Ho 






tt^ Y <* CONGRESS 

00003 



w 




^0* .j 







'III ^* &&■ \/*'$S&\ 









&■> «y *j. ■* v-s^v^ * 






*o 




^v<ss&&\ 



■ rr^srtnMi 




i '•• 



» * 



A >*,:;-., 






v 



^W? e/^ 




^ 




^£tsz>t^zc 







yV fe^ts-<^i^zAX{_ 









OLLENDORFF'S 

K E ¥ METHOD 

OF LEARNING TO 

READ, WRITE, AND SPEAR 

THE 

FRENCH LANGUAGE: 



AN APPENDIX, 

CONTAINING 

THE CARDINAL AND ORDINAL NUMBERS 

AND 

FULL PARADIGMS OF THE 

REGULAR AND IRREGULAR, AUXILIARY REFLECTIVE, 
AND IMPERSONAL VERBS. 

BY 

J. L. JEWETT. 



NEW YORK : 
D. APPLETON AND COMPANY 

90, 92 & 94 GRAND STREET. 
1870. 









ST 



Enteeed, according to Act of Congress, in the year 1346, by 
D. APPLETON & CO., 
In the Clerk's Office of the District Co-art of the United States for the Southern 
District of New York. 



Otft 

Mrs. Hennen Jennings 
April 26, 1933 



gUP A Key to the Exercises of tins Giammar is published in a 
separate volume. 



PREFACE TO THE AMERICAN EDITION 



The superiority of Ollendorff's Method of teaching 
languages is now so readily acknowledged, and the apprecia- 
tion of the merits of his German Grammar has been so rapid 
and general, in the United States as well as in Europe, that 
little apology is needed for an American edition of the present 
work. The plan pursued in the following Lessons is substan- 
tially the same as that developed in the German Method. 
The learner commences with the simplest elements of the 
language. Every step is intelligible. All that is learned is 
retained ; and all that is retained is of positive value. The 
difficulties are met singly, thoroughly analyzed, and mastered 
by repetition. It is hardly possible to go through the book 
with any degree of faithfulness, without having the mind sat- 
urated, so to speak, with the French idioms and constructions. 

The text of Ollendorff is given in the present edition 
without abridgment.. In preparing it for the press it has un- 
dergone a careful revision, and in some instances an attempt 
has been made to give greater perspicuity and conciseness to 
the English rules. It is hardly necessary, perhaps, to remark, 
that the English phrases in the Exercises are not always 
models worthy of imitation. They are selected for their 
adaptation to a particular purpose — namely, that of developing 
the peculiarities of the French language. 

To obviate the necessity of consulting other treatises, and 
to bring within the compass of the work every thing for which 
a French Grammar is commonly consulted, an Appendix has 



IV PREFACE. 

been added, containing the Cardinal and Ordinal Numbers, full 
conjugations of the Auxiliary, Regular, Reflective, and Imperson- 
al Verbs, and Paradigms of the Irregular Verbs. This general 
recapitulation of what the student has already learned in de- 
tached portions, will also be found of great utility in making 
him familiar with the most difficult points of French grammar. 

In the London edition, from which this is reprinted, no ef- 
fort has been made, either by rules or arbitrary signs, to teach 
the pronunciation of the French language ; and in the present 
edition it has not been thought advisable to attempt to supply 
the deficiency. The inadequacy of all means but that of 
the human voice to convey even a tolerable idea of French 
sounds to a wholly uninitiated ear has long been acknow- 
ledged. After the learner has gained some degree of famil- 
iarity with these sounds, however, a Dictionary may be con- 
sulted with advantage, either for learning the true enunciation 
of new words, or for recalling sounds partially forgotten. For 
this purpose a decided preference is justly due to Surenne's 
Pronouncing Dictionary, which, in addition to the charac* 
teristic idea conveyed by its title, contains a fuller vocabulary 
and more that is really useful to the French student, than is 
often found in the most voluminous and expensive works of a 
similar kind. 

Although Ollendorff's Method is intended for Teachers, 
and is probably better adapted to their purposes than any other 
that has been devised, it may, nevertheless, be used to great 
advantage for self-instruction. Those who have gained some 
knowledge of French sounds from a teacher, may, with the 
aid of the Key, perfect themselves not only in reading and 
writing, but also in speaking the French language with ease 
and propriety. J. L. J. 

New York, June, 1846. 



PREFACE 

TO THE 

FIRST EDITION OF OLLENDORFF'S "NOUVELLE 
METHODE," APPLIED TO THE GERMAN.* 

[TRANSLATED FROM THE GERMAN.] 



Every one who learns German naturally desires to be 
able to speak and write it : and as the Grammars that have 
heretofore appeared are not adapted to this purpose, I have 
thought it might be useful to make public the method which 
I have made use of in teaching for seventeen years/ and 
which has enabled my scholars not only to read this lan- 
guage, but also to speak and write it like native Germans. 
I might here expatiate with great fluency on the greater 
or lesser advantages which the different grammars of the 
present day offer ; this, however, would lead me too far. 
I shall confine myself to the remark, that none of those in 
common use corresponds to my idea of a good German 
Grammar : they all appear to me wanting in clearness, order, 
and precision. As to those which have lately appeared, 
the authors of which commence by giving examples from 
the best poets, they resemble the canvass on which a pain- 
ter has begun at the feet to paint his picture ; or rather they 
resemble one who appropriates to himself some character- 
istic features which he has borrowed from the great mas- 
ters, and which he merely disfigures, while he arranges and 
exhibits them without a plan or a leading object. But how 

* First published in 1835. 



n PREFACE. 



have we solved the problem proposed to us ? Teachers 
and scholars shall very soon judge for themselves. 

I must here be permitted to give a few explanations of 
my method ; it is intended not only to teach the reading of 
a language, but also to enable one to express himself in it 
with ease, and to write a letter correctly. 

I have often been led to reflect upon the maimer in which 
a language can be taught in the shortest time ; and I have 
found it everywhere surrounded with difficulties. Meidin- 
ger, who holds the first rank among those who have essentially 
contributed to improve the methods of teaching languages, 
is yet very far from leading the scholar to the object, he 
wishes to attain ; and although his Grammar has had an 
extraordinary sale, and imitators without number, it by no 
means contains the requisites of a good method. I have 
myself used it for a long time in teaching ; later, however, 
I found that this grammar, besides its deficiency in gram- 
matical accuracy, and precise and definite rules, accustome 
the learner to recite lessons too rapidly, without affording 
him a previous opportunity of practically applying them. 
It has also the disadvantage of containing ready-made, and 
therefore comparatively useless, sentences ; the authoi 
mixes too much those rules of which the scholar is quite 
ignorant, with those which he already knows ; and not till 
the 143d lesson, after he has explained the compound ten- 
ses of the verbs, can the teacher form questions and an- 
swers of the sentences ; and even then he is still obliged 
to adapt all such sentences to the very limited knowledge 
of his scholars. 

After Meidinger, Seidensticker has also done something to 
improve the method of teaching languages, especially in 
placing the dissected or analyzed [ze?~gliederte] sentences 
before the Lessons, and introducing the verb in his first ex- 
ercise. But besides not attempting any grammatical ex- 
planations, he also fails, equally with Meidinger, in putting 



PREFACE. VM 

questions which the scholars may readily answei in tha 
language they are learning. 

Nothing, therefore, availed, but to unite the excellences 
which these two grammars afforded ■ the sentences must 
be so dissected that the teacher may propose questions, 
and the scholar be able to answer them, in the language 
taught. 

This twofold need I in some measure supplied by causing 
my scholars to transpose the constructions of all the lessons 
they had learned ; and in order to combine and unite the 
first and last lessons learned, the earlier lessons were con- 
tinually repeated. In this way I attained my object. I 
was, however, still anxious to improve upon my efforts. 
" If," said I often to myself, " all the ordinary forms of 
conversational discourse were united in a series, and all the 
rules of grammar could be applied to them, this would be 
the method of acquiring a perfect knowledge of a language 
in the shortest time possible." 

While I continued to exercise my scholars in combining 
their lessons in various forms, I was naturally brought near- 
er. to this simple, easy, less monotonous, and often amusing 
system, by means of which beginners, from the first hour 
of instruction, are not only able to speak, but are not obli- 
ged to restrain their reasoning faculties, and confine them- 
selves to tedious forms. 

I therefore prefixed to all my sentences a clear and in- 
telligible grammatical statement ; I then arranged them in 
questions and answers, at the same time embracing all the 
parts of speech, the general as well as the particular rules 
of grammar, the idiomatic phrases, and the greater part of 
the familiar forms of conversation. I was not guided by 
arbitrary laws, but by the manner in which a child begins 
to learn his mother tongue. I left the scholar in freedom 
to meditate upon what he had learned, and to give an ac- 
count of every thing before he applied it. I thus succeeded 



PREFACE. 



in teaching my scholars at the same time to read, write, 
and amuse themselves. Experience has taught me that 
in less than one hundred and twenty lessons I can attain 
my object. 

Arranged in this manner, my method very nearly answer- 
ed my intentions ; it had, however, the defect, of being 
adapted only to private instruction, besides leaving too much 
to scholars the choice of sentences in their compositions. 
This I remedied by adding exercises to the lessons, in 
which I endeavored to give every sentence and every rule, 
with all the turns and transpositions capable of making 
sense. By this means my Method may be used with a 
great number of scholars, and it is by no means difficult 
for them to answer the questions with which they have 
become familiar in the Lessons. 

I do not flatter myself that my work, as I here present 
it, is susceptible of no improvement ; but all who have 
been occupied in the study of languages, or have had op- 
portunity of watching the progress of scholars in different 
schools, will agree with me, that this Method affords the 
only means of obtaining an exact knowledge of a language 
by the shortest way, and without disgust or fatigue. 

I have felt it necessary thus to explain how I have suc- 
ceeded, step by step, in forming my Method, that I might 
anticipate those who should feel disposed to criticise my 
work without waiting till at a future time it shall appear 
complete. I beg to remind them that this Method is not, 
like many others, the work of a day, or the product of a fiery 
imagination, but the fruit of seventeen years' labor and ex 
perience. 

H. G. Ollendorff 



CONTENTS 



Preface, . . . 

Le Sansonnet Prudent, 

Explanation of the Signs used in this book, 

Lessons— I. to LXXXVL, . 



Page 

3 

7 

8 

9-404 



. APPENDIX. 

Cardinal and Ordinal Numbers, .... . 417 

Conjugation of the Auxiliary Yerb Avoir, to have, . . 419 

" " " " Etre, to be, . . 423 

First Conjugation — Verbs in Er, 424 

Second " " " Ir, 426 

Third " " " Oir, 427 

Fourth " , " " Re, 428 

Conjugation of the Reflective Verb se Lever, to rise, . . 430 

" " Impersonal Verb Neiger, to snow, . . 432 

" " " " Pleuvoir, to rain, . . 432 

" " " " y Avoir, to be there, . 433 

" " " " Falloir, to be necessary, . 433 

irregular Verbs of the First Conjugation — er, . . . 434 

" " " Second " — ir, . . .435 

" " " Third " — oir, . . .444 

" Fourth " —re, . . .451 

Lo Juif Errant, . . . . . . ' . . .472 



Tkdex, 



473 



LE SANSONNET PRUDENT 



Un sansonnet altere trouva un flacon d'eau. II essaya de boire ; 
mais l'eau arrivait a peine au col du flacon, et le bee de l'oiseau n'at- 
teignait pas jusque-la. 

II se mit a becqueter le dehors du vase, afin d'y pratiquer un trou, 
Ce fut en vain, le verre etait trop dur. 

Alors il chercha a renverser le flacon. Cela ne lui reussit pas 
davantage : le vase etait trop pesant. 

Enfin le sansonnet s'avisa d'une idee qui lui reussit : il jeta dana 
le vase de petits cailloux qui firent hausser l'eau insensiblement jus- 
qu'a la portee de son bee. 

* 

L'adresse Pemporte sur la force ; la patience et la reflexion rendent 
faciles bien des choses qui au premier abord paraissent impossibles. 



THE SAGACIOUS STARLING. 



A thirsty starling found a decanter of water, and attempted to 
drink from it ; but the water scarcely touched the neck of the de- 
canter, and the bird's bill could not reach it. 

He began to peck at the outside of the vessel, in order to make a 
hole in it ; but in vain, the glass was too hard. 

He then attempted to upset the decanter. In this he succeeded 
no better ; the vessel was too heavy. 

At length the starling hit upon an idea that succeeded : he threw 
little pebbles into the decanter, which caused the water gradually to 
rise till within the reach of his bill. 

# 
* # 

Skill is better than strength : patience and reflection make many 

fnings easy which at first appear impossible. 



EXPLANATION OF THE SIGNS USED IN THIS BOOK. 

The irregular verbs are designated by a (*) star. 

The figures 1, 2, 3, 4, placed after verbs, denote that they are reg- 
ular, and indicate the conjugations to which they respectively be- 
long. 

Expressions which vary either in their construction or idiom from 
the English are marked thus : f . 

A hand (E?) denotes a rule of syntax or construction 



OLLENDORFF'S 



FRENCH GRAMMAR. 



FIRST LESSON.— Premiere Lecon. 1 
DEFINITE ARTICLE. 

MASCULINE SINGULAR. 



Nominative, the. 


Nominatif, le. 


Genitive, of or from the. 


Genitif, du. 


Dative, to the. 


Datif, au. 


Accusative, the. 


Accusatif, le. 


Have you ? 


Avez-vous ? 


Yes, Sir, I have. 


Oui, Monsieur, j'ai. 


The. 


Le, and, before a vowel, or h 




mute, V. 


The hat. 


Le chapeau. 


Have you the hat ? 


Avez-vous le chapeau? 


Yes, Sir, I have the hat. 


Oui, Monsieur, j'ai le chapeau. 


The bread. 


Le pain. 


The broom. 


Le balai. 


The soap. 


Le savon. 


The sugar. 


Le sucre. 


The paper. 


Le papier. 



1 To Teachers.— Each lesson should be dictated to the pupils, who 
should pronounce each word as soon as dictated. The teacher should also 
exercise his pupils by putting the questions to them in various ways. Each 
lesson includes three operations : the teacher, in the first place, looks over 
the exercises of the most attentive of his pupils, putting to them the ques- 
tions contained in the printed exercises ; he then dictates to them the next 
lesson ; and, lastly, puts fresh questions to them on all the preceding lessons. 
The teacher may divide one lesson into two, or two into three, or even make 
two into one, according to the degree of intelligence of his pupils. 



10 



FIRST LESSON. 



Obs. I means je ; but the apostrophe ( ' ) which in j'ai, I have, is substi 
tuted for the letter c, is always used when a vowel has been suppressed be- 
fore another vowel, or before k mute. 



My hat. 

Your bread. 
Have you my hat ? 
Yes, Sir, I have your hat. 
Have you your bread ? 
I have my bread. 

Which or to hat ? 
Which hat have you ? 
I have my hat. 
Which bread have you ? 
I have your bread. 



Mon chapeau. 

Votre pain. 

Avez-vous mon chapeau ? 

Oui, Monsieur, j'ai votre chapeau 

Avez-vous votre pain? 

J'ai mon pain. 

Quel? 
Quel chapeau avez-vous r t 
J'ai mon chapeau. 
Quel pain avez-vous? 
J'ai votre pain. 



EXERCISE. 
1. 
Have you the bread * — Yes, Sir, I have the bread. — Have you 
your bread 1 — I have my bread. — Have you the broom 1 — I have the 
.broom. — Have you my broom ? — I have your broom. — Have you the 
soap 1 — I have the soap. — Have you your soap 1 — I have my soap. — 
Which soap have you 1 — I have your soap-f-Have you your sugar ? 
■ — I have my sugar. — Which sugar have you 1 — I have your sugar. — 
Which paper have you ? — I have my paper. — Have you my paper 1 
' — I have your paper. — Which bread have you 1 — 1 have my bread. — ■ 
Which broom have you ? — I have your broom. 2 



3 Pupils desirous of making rapid progress may compose a great many 
phrases, in addition to those given in the exercises : but they must pro- 
nounce them aloud, as they write them. They should also make separate 
lists of such substantives, adjectives, pronouns, and verbs, as they meet with 
rii the course of the lessons, in order to be able to find those words more 
readily, when required to refer to them in Meriting their lessons 



SECOND LESSON. 



11 



SECOND LESSON.— Seconde Lecon. 



It 


Le. 


Have you my hat ? 


Avez-vous mon chapeau ? 


Yes, Sir, I have it. 


Oui, Monsieur, je l'ai. (See Oba 




Lesson I.) 


Good. 


Bon. 


Bad. 


Mauvais. 


Pretty. 


Joli. 


Handsome or fine. 


Beau. 


Ugly. 


Vilain. 


Old. 


Vieux. 


The cloth. 


Le drap. 


The salt. 


Le sel. 


The shoe. 


Le Soulier. 


The wood. 


Le bois. , 


The stocking. 


Le bas. 


The thread. 


Lefil. 


The dog. 


Le chien. 


The horse. " 


Le cheval. 


Have you the pretty dog ? 


Avez-vous le joli chien ? 


Not. 


Ne — pas. 


I have not. 


Je n'ai pas. (See Obs. Lesson I ) 


I have not the bread. 


Je n'ai pas le pain. 


No, Sir. 


Non, Monsieur. 


Have you my old hat ? 


Avez-vous mon vieux chapeau ? 


No, Sir, I have it not. 


Non, Monsieur, je ne l'ai pas. 



What or which ? 
What or which paper have you ? 
I have the good paper. 
Which dog have you? 
I havo my fine dog. 



Of. 
The thread stocking. 



Quel ? 
Quel papier avez-vous ? 
J'ai le bon papier. 
Quel chien avez-vous ? 
J'ai mon beau chien. 

De. 

Le bas de fil. 



Obs. The preposition de is always put between the name of Che thing 
and the name of the substance of which it is made, which latter, in French, 
te always placed last 



12 



THIRD LESSON, 



The paper hat. 

The gun. 

The leather. 

The wooden gun. 

The leather shoe. 
Which gun have you ? 
I have the wooden gun. 
Which stocking have you? 
I have my thread stocking. 
Have you my leather shoe? 
No, Sir, I have it not. 



Le chape au de papier 

Le fusil. 

Le cuir. 

Le fusil de bois. 

Le Soulier de cuir. 

Quel fusil avez-vous? 

J'ai le fusil de bois. 

Quel bas avez-vous ? 

J'ai mon bas de fil. 

Avez-vous mon Soulier de cuir? 

Non, Monsieur, je ne l'ai pas. 



EXERCISE. 

2. 
. Have you my fine horse 1 — Yes, Sir, I have it. — Have you mj 
old shoe 1 — No, Sir, I have it not. — Which dog have you 1 — I have 
your pretty dog. — Have you my bad paper 1 — No, Sir, I have it not. 
— Have you the good cloth ? — Yes, Sir, I have it. — Have you my 
ugly gun 1 ? — No, Sir, I have it not. — Which gun have you? — I have 
♦ your fine gun. — Which stocking have you 1 — I have the thread 
stocking. — Have you my thread stocking ? — I have not your thread 
stocking. — Which gun have you 1 — I have the yooden gun. — Have 
vou my wooden gun 1 — No, Sir, I have it not.— Have you the old 
bread ? — I have not the old bread. — Which shoe have you 1 — I have 
my fine leather shoe. — Which soap have you 1 — I have my old soap. 
— Which sugar have you 1 — I have your good sugar. — Winch salt 
have you 1 — I have the bad salt. — Which hat have you 1 — I have my 
bad paper hat. — Have you my ugly wooden shoe 1 — No, Sir, I have 
it not. 



THIRD LESSON.— 



Something, any thing 
Have you any thing? 
I have something. 

Nothing, not any thing 
I have nothing. 

The wine. 

My money or silver. 

The gold. . 

The string. 

The ribbon. 

The golden ribbon. 



Troisieme Legon. 
Quelque chose. 
Avez-vous quelque chose J 
J'ai quelque chose. 
Ne — rien. 
Je n'ai rien. 
Le vin. 
Mon argent. 

L'or. (See Obs. Lesson I ) 
Le cordon 
Le ruban. 
Le ruban d'or. 



THIRD LESSON. 



13 



The button. 

The coffee. 

The cheese. 

The coat. 

My coat. 

The silver candlestick. 



Are you hungry ? 
I am hungry. 
I am not hungry 
Are you thirsty ? 
I am thirsty. 
I am not thirsty. 
Are you sleepy ? 
I am sleepy. 
I am not sleepy. 

Any thing or something good. 
Have you any thing good ? 

Nothing or not any thing bad. 
I have nothing good. 

Obs. Quelque chose and ne — 
Jjective. Ex. 
Have you any thing pretty ? 
I have nothing pretty. 

What ? 
What have you ? 
What have you good ? 
I have the good coffee. 



Le bouton. 
Le cafe. 
Le fromage. 

L'habit. (See Obs. Lesson 1 ) 
Mon habit. 

Le chandelier d'argent. (See Oba 
Lesson I.) 

t Avez-vous faim ? 

t J'ai faim. 

t Je n'ai pas faim. 

t Avez-vous soif ? 

t J'ai soif. 

t Je n'ai pas soif. 

t Avez-vous sommeil ? 

t J'ai sommeil. 

t Je n'ai pas sommeil. 



Quelque chose de bon. 
Avez-vous quelque chose de bon? 
Ne — rien de mauvais. 
Je n'ai rien de bon. 
'ten require de when they are before an 

Avez-vous quelque chose de joli ? 
Je n'ai rien de joli. 



Que? (Quoi?) 
Qu'avez-vous ? (See Obs. Les. I ) 
Qu'avez-vous de bon ? 
J'ai le bon cafe". 



EXERCISE. 
3. 
Have you my good wine ] — 1 have it. — Have you the gold 1 — 1 
have it not. — Have you the money 1 — I have it. — Have you the gold 
ribbon 1 — No, Sir, I have it not. — Have you your silver candlestick ] 
— Yes, Sir, I have it. — What have you 1 — I have the good cheese. 
I have my cloth coat. — Have you my silver button 1 — I have it not. 
^Which button have you "? — I have your good gold button. — Which 
string have you 1 — I have the gold string. — Have you any thing 1 — 1 
have something. — What have you 1 — I have the good bread. 1 have 



14 



FOURTH LESSON. 



the good sugar. — Have you any thing good ? — I have nothing good 
-^Jiave you any thing handsome 1 — I have nothing handsome. I havt 
something ugly. — What have you ugly 1 — I have the ugly dog.— 
Have you any thing pretty ] — I have nothing pretty. I have some- 
thing old. — What have you old 1 — I have the old cheese. — Are you 
hungry \ — I am hungry. — Are you thirsty 1 — I am not thirsty. — Are 
ymi sleepy 1 — I am not sleepy. — What have you beautiful 1 — I have 
your, beautiful dog.— What have you bad 1 — I have nothing bad. — 
Which paper have you 1 — I have your good paper. — Have you the 
fine horse 1 — Yes, Sir, I have it. — Which shoe have you ] — I have 
my old leather shoe. — Which stocking have you 1 — I have your fine 
thread stocking. 



FOURTH LESSON.— Quatrieme Lecon. 

That. | Ce. 

That book. Ce livre. 



Of the. 


Du, (genitive,) before a vowel, or 




h mute, de V. 


Of the dog. 


Du chien. 


Of the tailor. 


Du tailleur. 


Of the baker. 


Du boulanger. 


Of the neighbor. 


Du voisin. 


That or the o?ie. 


Celui. 


The neighbor's, or that of the 


Celui du voisin. 


neighbor. 




The baker's, or that of the baker 


Celui du boulanger. 


The dog's, or that of the dog. 


Celui du chien. 


Or. 


Ou. 


Have you my book or the neigh- 


Avez-vous mon livre ou celui du 


bor's I 


voisin 1 


I have the neighbor's. 


J'ai celui du voisin. 


Have you my bread or that of the 


Avez-vous mon pain ou celui du 


baker ? 


boulanger? 


I have yours. 


J'ai le votre. . 


I have not the baker' 


Je n'ai pas ce.ui du boulcnger. 



,«. S Nominative. 

Mine or ray own. | Aeeu8ative . 

Of mine. Genitive. 



Le mien. 
Du mien. 



FOURTH LESSON. 



15 



Yours. 



Le votre. 



Norn. 
^ Accus. 

Of yours. Genitive. Du v6tre. 
Obs, A. Put a circumflex accent ( A ) over a long vowel, 
fours : le noire, ours. 



Ex Le votre 



Are you warm ? 
I am warm. 
I am not warm. 
Are you cold ? 
I am not cold. 
Are you afraid? 
I am afraid. 
I am not afraid. 



t Avez-vous chaud ? 

t J'ai chaud. 

t Je n'ai pas chaud. 

t Avez-vous froid? 

t Je n'ai pas froid. 

t Avez-vous peur? 

t J'ai peur. 

t Je n'ai pas peur. 



DECLENSION OF THE DEFINITE ARTICLE, 

MASCULINE AND FEMININE SINGULAR, 
IVHEN THE NOUN BEGINS WITH A VOWEL OR AN h MUTE. 



Nom. the. 

Gen. of or from the. 
Bat. to the. 

Ace. the. 



The man. 
The friend. 
That, or the one, of the man 

Obs 



N. Y. 
G. de l'. 
D. al'. • 

A. r. 

L'homme. (See Obs. Lesson I.) 
L'ami. (See Obs. Lesson I.) 
Celui de Phomme. 

del' 



B. Always translate of the, before a vowel or h mute, thus 
Of the friend. De l'ami. 

That of the friend Celui de l'ami. 



The stick. 
The thimble. 
The coal. 
My brother. 
My brother's, or that of my bro- 
ther. 
Your friend's, or that of your 
friend. 



Le baton. 

Lede. 

Le charbon. 

Mon frere. 

Celui de mon frere. 

Celui de votre ami. 



EXERCISES, 



Have you that book 1 — No, Sir, I have it not. — Which book have 
>*ou 1 — I have that of the neighbor. — Have you my stick, or that of 



lb FIFTH LESSON. 

my friend ? — I have that of your friend. — Have you my bread or tht 
baker's ? — I have not yours ; I have the baker's. — Have you the 
neighbor's horse ? — No, Sir, I have it not. — Which horse have you l 
— I have that of the baker. — Have you your thimble or the tailor's t 
— I have my own. — Have you the pretty gold string of my dog? — I 
have it not.-v-Which string have you ? — I have my silver string.v— 
Have you my gold button or the tailor's ? — I have not yours ; I have 
the tailor's. — Have you my brother's coat or yours? — I have your 
brother's. -^Which coffee have you \-I have the neighbor's. — Have 
you your dog or the man's ? — I have the man's. — Have you your 
friend's money ? — I have it not. — Are you cold ? — I am cold. — Are 
you afraid ? — I am not afraid. — Are you warm? — I am not warm. — 
Are you sleepy ? — I am not sleepy ; I am hungry. — Are you thirsty ? 
— I am not thirsty. 

5. 
Have you my coat or the tailor's ? — I have the tailor's. — Have you 
my gold candlestick or that of the neighbor ? — I have yours. — Have 
you your paper or mine ? — I have mine. — Have you your cheese or 
the baker's ? — I have my own. — Which cloth have you ? — I have 
that of the tailor. — Which stocking have you ? — I have my own. — 
Have you the old wood of my brother ? — I have it not. — Which soap 
have you? — I have my brother's good soap. — Have you my wooden 
gun, or that of my brother ? — I have yours. — Which shoe have you ? 
— I have my friend's leather shoe. — Have you your thread stocking 
or mine ? — I have hot yours ; I have my own. — What have you 1—^ 
1 have nothing. — Have you any thing good ? — I have nothing good. 
— Have you any thing bad? — I have nothing bad. — What have you 
pretty? — I have my friend's pretty dog. — Have you my handsome or 
my ugly stick ? — I have your ugly stick. — Are you hungry or thirsty ? 



FIFTH LESSON.— Cinquieme Lecon. 



The merchant. 
Of the shoemaker. 
The boy. 
The pencil. 
The chocolate. 



Le marchand. 
Du cordonnier. 
Le gar 9011. 
Le crayon. 
Le chocolat. 



Have you the merchant's stick or I Avez-vous le baton du marchand ou 
yours. le v6tre ? 



Neither I Ne — ; 



11 ;■ 



FIFTH LESSON. 



17 



Nor. 
I have neither the merchant's stick 

nor mine. 
Are you hungry or thirsty? 
I am neither hungry nor thirsty. 
Are you warm or cold? 
I am neither warm nor -cold. 
Have you the wine or the bread ? 
I have neither the wine nor the 

bread. 
I have neither yours nor mine. 
I have neither my thread nor that of 

the tailor. 



Ni. 

Je n'ai ni le baton du marchand ni 

le mien, 
t Avez-vous faim ou soif ? 
t Je n'ai ni faim ni soif. 
t Avez-vous chaud ou froid ? 
t Je n'ai ni chaud ni froid. 
Avez-vous le vin ou le pain ? 
Je n'ai ni le vin ni le pain. 

Je n'ai ni le votre ni le mien. 
Je n'ai ni mon fil ni celui du tail- 
leur. 



The cork. 
The corkscrew. 
The umbrella. 
The honey. 
The cotton. 
, The Frenchman. 
Of the carpenter. 
The hammer. 
The iron. 
The nail. 
The iron nail. 



Le bouchon. 
Le tire-bouchon. 
Le parapluie. 
Le miel. 
Le coton. 
Le Frahcais. 
Du charpentier. 
Le marteau. 
Le fer. 
Le clou. 
Le clou de fer. 



\ Qu 



What have you ? or, 

What is the matter with you 
Nothing. 
I have nothing ; or, > 

Nothing is the matter with me. £ e n 



Is any thing the matter with you ? 
Nothing is the matter with me. 



avez-vous ? 
Ne — rien. 
ai rien. 



t Avez-vous quelque choso? 
t Je n'ai rien. 



EXERCISES. 
6. 

I am neither hungry nor thirsty. — Have you my shoe or the shoe- 
maker's 1 — I have neither yours nor the shoemaker's. — Have you 
your pencil or the boy's ]-\-I have neither mine nor the boy's.— 
Which pencil have you ?-tI have that of the merchant. — Have you 
my chocolate or the merchant's 1 — I have neither yours nor the mer- 
chant's ; I have my own. — Have you the honey or the wine 1 — I 
have neither the honey nor the wine — Have you your thimble orths 



18 



SIXTH LESSON. 



tailor's? — I have neither mine nor 1 he tailor's. — Have you your cork 
screw or mine ? — I have neither yours nor mine ; I have the mer 
chant's.-^- Which cork have you 1 — I have the neighbor's. — Have 
you the iron or the silver nail ] — I have neither the iron nor the sil- 
ver nail ; I have the gold nail. — Are you warm or cold 1 — I am nei- 
ther warm nor cold; I am sleepy. — Are you afraid 1 ? — I am not 
afraid. — Have you my hammer or the carpenter's 1 — I have neither 
yours nor the carpenter's. — Which nail have you \-I have the iron 
nail. — Which hammer have you 1 — I have the wooden hammer of 
the carpenter. — Have you any thing 1 — I have something. — What 
have you ? — I have something fine — What have you fine 1 — I have 
the Frenchman's fine umbrella. — Have you the cotton or the thread 
stocking 1 — I have neither the cotton nor the thread stocking. 



Have you my gun or yours 1 — 1 have neither yours nor mine. — 
Which gun have you 1 — I have my friend's. — Have you my cotton 
ribbon or that of my brother 1 — I have neither yours nor your broth- 
er's. — Which string have you 1 — I have my neighbor's thread string. 
— Have you the book of Vhe Frenchman' or that of the merchant 1 — 
I have neither the Frenchman's nor the merchant's. — Which book 
have you 1 — I have my own. — What is the matter with you 1 — 
Nothing. — Is any thing the matter with you 1 — Nothing is the mat- 
tev with me. — Are you cold 1 — I am not cold ; I am warm. — Have 
you the cloth or the cotton 1 — I have neither the cloth nor the cot- 
ton. — Have you any thing good or bad 1 — I have neither any thing, 
good nor bad. — What have you 1 — I have nothing. 



SIXTH LESSON.— Sixieme Legon 



The beef, the ox. 
The biscuit. 
Of the captain. 
Of the cook. 

Havel? 

You have. 

You have not 
Am I hungry? 
You are hungry. 
You are not hungry. 
Am I afraid? 
You are afraid. 



Le bceuf. 
Le biscuit. 
Du capitaine. 
Du cuismier 



Ai-je ? 

Vous avez. 

Vous n'avez pas 

t Ai-je faim ? 

t Vous avez faim. 

t Vous n'avez pas faim. 

t Ai-je peur ■? 

t Von s aves peur. 









SIXTH LESSON. 



19 



You aie not afraid. 

Am I ashamed? 

You are not ashamed 

Are you ashamed ? 

I am ashamed. 

Am I wrong ? 

You are wrong. 

You are not wrong. 

Am I right ? 

You are right. 

You are not right. 

Have I the nail ? 

You have it. 

You have it not 

Have I any thing good ? 

You have nothing good. 

You have neither any thing good 

nor bad. 
What have I? 

Have I the carpenter's hammer ? 
You have it not 
Have you it? 
I have it 
I have it not 
Have lit? 

The butter. 

The mutton. 

The knifo. 
Which one ? 
That of the captain, or the cap- 
tain's. 
That of tho cook, or the cook's. 

The fine one. 

The ugly one. 



Am I right or wrong ? 
You are neither right nor wrong. 
You are neither hungry nor thirsty. 
You are neither afraid nor 
, ashamed. 

Have I your butter or "mine ? 
You havo neither yours nor mine. 



t Vous n'avez pas pouf. 

t Ai-je honte ? 

t Vous n'avez pas honte. 

t Avez-vous honte ? 

t J'ai honte. 

t Ai-je tort ? 

t Vous avez tort. 

t Vous n'avez pas tort 

t Ai-je raison ? 

t Vous avez raison. 

t Vous n'avez pas raison. 

Ai-je le clou ? 

Vous l'avez. 

Vous ne l'avez pas. 

Ai-je quelque chose de bon 1 

Vous n'avez rien de bon. 

Vous n'avez rien de bon ni de 

mauvais. 
Qu'ai-je? (For: que ai-je?) 
Ai-je le marteau du charpentier ? 
Vous ne l'avez pas. 
L'avez vous? 
Je 1'ai. 

Je ne l'ai pas. 
L'ai-je ? 
Le beurre. 
Le mouton. 
Le couteau. 
Lequel ? 
Celui du capitaine. 

Celui du cuisinier. 
Le beau. 
Le vilain. 



t Ai-je raison ou tort? 
t Vous n'avez ni raison ni tort 
t Vous n'avez ni faim ni soif. 
t Vous n'avez ni peur ni honte. 

Ai-je vctre beurre ou le mien ? 
Vous n'avez ni le votro ni lo mien 



20 SIXTH LESSON. 

EXERCISES 

8. 

I have neither the baker's dog nor that of my friend. — Are you 
ashamed ? — I am not ashamed. — Are you afraid or ashamed ? — I am 
neither afraid nor ashamed. — Have you my knife - — Which one! 
— The fine one. — Have you my beef or the coo&s? — I have neither 
yours nor the cook's. — Which (lequel) ha-ve you ? — I have that of the 
captain. — Have I your biscuit? — You have it not. — Am I hungry 
or thirsty ? — You are neither hungry nor thirsty. — Am I warm or 
cold? — You are neither warm nor cold. — Am I afraid? — You ar6 
not afraid. You are neither afraid nor ashamed. — Have I any thing 
good ? — You have nothing good. — What have 1 ? — You have nothing. 
— Which pencil have 1 ? — You have that of the Frenchman. — Have 
I your thimble or that of the tailor ? — You have neither mine nor that 
of the tailor. — Which one have 1 1 — You have your friend's. — Which 
umbrella have 1 ? — You have mine. — Have I the baker's good bread ? 
— You have it not. — Which honey have 1 ? — You have your own. 
— Have you my iron gun ? — I have it not. — Have I it ? — You have 
it. — Have I your mutton or the cook's ? — You have neither mine 
nor the cook's. — Have I your knife ? — You have it not. — Have you 
it ? — I have it. — Which biscuit have 1 ? — You have that of the cap- 
tain. — Which cloth have 1 ? — You have the merchant's. — Have you 
my coffee or that of my boy 1 — I have that of your good boy. — Have 
you your cork or mine ? — I have neither yours nor mine. — What 
have you ? — I have my brother's good candlestick. 

9. 

Am I right? — You are right. — Am I wrong? — You are not wrong. 
— Am I right or wrong? — You are neither right nor wrong; you 
are afraid. You are not sleepy. You are neither warm nor cold. — 
Have I the good coffee or the good sugar ? — You have neither the 
good coffee nor the good sugar ? — Have I any thing good or bad ? — 
You have neither any thing good nor bad. — What have I ? — You 
have nothing. — What have I pretty ? — You have my friend's pretty 
dog.~Which butter have I ? — You have that of your cook. — Have I 
your corkscrew or the merchant's ? — You have neither mine nor the 
merchant's. — Which chocolate have you ? — I have that of the French- 
man. — Which shoe have you ?-*-I ha^ve the shqemaker's leatfier shoS. 
—Which one have I ? — You have that of frre old baker. — Which one 
have you ? — I have that of my old neighbor. — What is the matter 
with you ? — I am afraid. — Have I any thing ? — You have nothing. 



SEVENTH LESSON. 



ai 



fysiSL 



SEVENTH LESSON.— Septieme Legon 



Who ? 
Who has ? 
Who has the pencil ? 
The man has the pencil. 
The man has not the pencil. 
Who has it? 
The boy has it. 
The boy has it not. 

The chicken. 

The chest, the trunk. 

The bag, the sack. 

The waistcoat. 

The ship. 

The young man. 

The youth. 

He. 

He has. 
He has the chest. 
He has not the chest. 
He has it. 
He has it not. 



Qui? 

Quia? 

Qui a le crayon ? 

L'homme a le crayon. 

L'homme n'a pas le crayon 

Quil'a? 

Le gar^on l'a. 

Le gar^on ne l'a pas. 



Le poulet. 

Le coffre. 

Le sac. 

Le gilet. 

Le vaisseau, le batiment 

Le jeune homme. 

L' adolescent. 






It. 

II a. 

II a le coffre. 

II n'a pas le coffre. 

II l'a. 

II ne l'a pas. 



Has he? A-t-il? 

Has he the knife? A-t-il le couteau? 

Has the man? t L'homme a-t-il? 

Has the friend ? t L'ami a-t-il ? ^~ " 

Obs. A. In French, interrogative propositions begin with the verb when 
the subject or nominative is a pronoun, as in English ; but when a noun, 
this mus^stand at the head of the sentence, and the pronoun il must be 
repeated after the verb, as shown by the above examples. 

Has the baker? t Le boulanger a-t-il? 

Has the young man ? I t Le jeune homme a-t-il? 

Obs B. The letter t, between a and il, is inserted for the sake of eu= 
phony, and to avoid a too harsh pronunciation. 



Is the man hungry ? 

He is hungry. 

Ho is neither hungry nor thirsty. 

Is your brother warm or cold ? 

Is tho man afraid or ashamed? 

Is the man riffht or wronjj? 



t L'homme a-t-il faim ? 

t II a faim. 

t II n'a ni faim ni soif. 

t Votre frere a-t-il chaud ou froid \ 

t L'homme a-t-il peur ou honto? 

t L'homme a-t-il raison ou tort? 



22 



JEVENTH LESSON, 



Has the boy the hammer of the 

carpenter '■ 
Ho has it. 
flas the baker it ? 
What has my friend? 



t Le garcon a-t-il le marteau do 

charpentier ? 
II l'a. 

t Le boulanger l'a-t-il ? 
+ Mon ami qu'a-t-il ? 



The rice. 


Le riz. 


The countryman, the peasant. 


Le paysan. 


The servant. 


Le domestique. 


His or her shoe. 


Son Soulier. 


His or her dog. 


Son chien 


The broom 


Le balai. 


The bird. 


L'oiseau. 


His foot. 


Son pied. 


His eye. 


Son ceil. 


His money. 


Son argent 



His or hers, (absolute possessive pro- | Le sien. 

nouns.) JS i 

Has the servant^g^Jrunk oJFmine ? j t Le domestique a-t-il son coflre 

ou le mien ? 
He has his own. ! II a le sien. 



Somebody or anybody, some one or 

any one, (indefinite pronouns.) 
Has anybody my book ? 
Somebody has it. 
Who has my stick ? " 



Quelqu'un 

t Quelqu'un a-t-il mon livre? 
Quelqu'un l'a. 
Qui a mon baton ? 



No one, nobody, not anybody. 
Nobody has your stick. 
Nobody has it. 



Personne — ne. 
Personne n'a votre baton, 
Personne ne l'a. 



EXERCISES, 
10. 
Who has my trunk l — The boy has it.- 



t^isT^- &T- t\j&j?o 



-Is he thirsty or hungiy 1 



— He is neither thirsty nor hungry. — Has the man the chicken 1 — 
He has it. — Who has my waistcoat 1 — The young man has it. — Has 
the young man my ship ] — The young man has it not. — Who has it 1 
—The captain has it. — What has the youth 1 — He has the fine 
chicken. — Has he the knife 1 — He has it not. — Is he afraid 1 — He is 
not afraid. — Is he afraid or ashamed] — He is neither afraid noi 
ashamed. — Is the man right or wronsr ? — He is neither right nor 



SEVENTH LEoSOX. 23 

wrong. — Is he warm or cold ] — He is neither warm nor cold. — Who 
has the countryman's rice 1 — My servant has it. — Has your servant 
my broom or his 1 — He has neither yours nor his. — Which broom 
has he 1 — He has that of his neighbor. — Who has my old shoe 1 — 
Your shoemaker has it. — What has your friend 1 — He has his good 
money. — Has he my gold"? — He has it" not. — Who has it? — The v 
baker has it. — Has your baker my bird or his ?-— He has'his.— -Wk'^ *£ 
has mine ? — The carpenter has it. — Who is cold ? — Nobody is cold. 
— Is anybody warm ? — Nobody is warm. — Has anybody my chick- 
en 1 — Nobody has it. — Has your servant your waistcoat or mine 1 — 
He has neither yours nor mine. — Which one has he ? — He has 
his own. 

11 

Has any one my gun 1 — No one has it. — Has the youth my book ? 
—-He has it not. — What has he ? — He has nothing. — Has he the 
hammer or the nail ? — He has neither the hammer nor the nail. — 
Has he my umbrella or my stick ? — He has neither your umbrella 
nor your stick. — Has he my coffee or my sugar ? — He has neither 
your coffee nor your sugar ; he has your honey. — Has the boy my 
brother's biscuit or that of the Frenchman ? — He has neither that of 
your brother nor that of the Frenchman ; he has his own. — Have I 
your bag or that of your friend ? — You have neither mine nor my 
friend's; you have your own. — Who has the peasant's bag 1 — The 
good baker has it. — Who is afraid 1 — The tailor's boy is afraid. — Is 
he sleepy ? — He is not sleepy. — Is he cold or hungry ?— He is neither 
cold nor hungry. — What is the matter with him ? — Nothing. — Has 
the peasant my money] — He has it not. — Has the captain it? — He 
has it not. — Who has it ? — Nobody has it. — Has your neighbor any 
thing good ? — He has nothing good. — What has he ugly ? — He hat 
nothing ugly. — Has he any thing ? — He has nothing. 

io 

Has the merchant my cloth or his ? — He has neither yours noi 
his. — Which cloth has he ? — He has that of my brother. — Which 
thimble has the tailor 1 — He has his own. — Has your brother his 
wine or the neighbor's 1 — He has neither his nor the neighbor's. — 
Which wine has he ? — He has his own. — Has anybody my gold 
ribbon 1 — Nobody has it. — Who has my silver string ? — Your good 
boy has it. — Has he my paper horse or my wooden horse 1 — He has 
neither your paper nor your wooden horse ; he has his friend's leath- 
ern horse? — Is anybody wrong 1 — Nobody is wrong. — Who has the 
Frenchman's good chocolate 1 — The merchant has it. — Has he it '! — 
Yes. Sir, he has it. — Are you afraid or ashamed'? — I am neither afraid 



24 



EIGHTH LESSON. 



nor ashamed. — Has your cook his mutton 1 — He has it. — Have you 
my bread or my cheese 1 — I have neither your bread nor your cheese. 
— Have I your salt or your butter 1 — You have neither my salt nor 
my butter. — What have 1 1 — You have your mutton. — Has any one 
my gold button 1 — No one has it. 



jfrpi L4TL /^^cn^-fL^ 
EIGHTH LESSON. 


— Huitieme Lecon. 


The sailor. 




Le matelot. 


His tree. 




Son arbre. 


His looking-glass. 




Son miroir. 


His pocket-book. 




Son porte-feuille 


His mattress. 




Son matelas. 


The pistol. 




Le pistolet. 


The stranger, the 


foreigner. 


L'etranger. 


The garden. 




Le jardin. 


His glove. 




Son gant. 


This or that ox. 




Ce boeuf 


This or that hay. 




Ce foin. 


This or that friend 




Cet ami. 


Obs. Always translat 


e this or th 


at before a vowel, c 


Cct. Ex. 






This or that man. 




Cet homme. 


This or that ass. 




Cet ane. 


This book 




Ce livre-ci. 


That book. 




Ce lime-Id. 



or h mute, thus 



Have you this or that book? 

I have this one, I have not that Due. 



Avez-vous ce livre-ci ou celui-la 1 
J'ai celui-ci, je n'ai pas celui-la. 



This one, that one. 



| Celui-ci, celui-la. 



Have I this one or that one ? 

You have this one, you have not 

that one. 
lias the man this hat or that one ? 



Ai-je celui-ci ou celui-la? 

Vous avez celui-ci, vous n'avez pas 

celui-la. 
L'homme a-t-il ce chapeau-ci ou 

celui-la? 



But. 

He has not this one, bat that one. 

He has tliis one, but not that one. 



I Mais. 

I II n'a pas celui-ci, mais il a celui-!a. 
i Tl'qfcelui-ci, mais il n'a pas celui-!?. 
) II a celui-ci, mais non celni-la. 



EIGHTH LESSON. 



25 



The note, the billet, or the ticket. 

The garret, the granary. 
The corn. 

Have you this note or that one ? 

I have not this one, but that one. 



I have this one, but not that one. 

Has the neighbor this looking-glass 

or that' one ? 
Lie has this one, but not that one. 
The horse-shoe. 



Le billet. 

Le grenier 

Le grain. 

Avez-vons ce billet-ci on celui la? 

( mais j'ai celui 
Je n'ai pas celui-ci,<? la. 

mais celui-la. 

pas celu' 

J'ai celui- . 

celui-la. 
Le voisin a-t-il ce miroir-ci ou celui 

la? 
II a celui-ci, mais il u'a pas celui-la 
Le fer de cheval. 



£ mais je n'ai 
i-ci,< la. 

f mais non ce 



That or which, (relative pronoun.) 

Have you the note which my bro- 
ther has ? 

I have not the note which your bro- 
ther has. 

Have you the horse which I have ? 

I have the horse which you have. 



Que. 

Avez-vous le billet que mon friue 

a? 1 
Je n'ai pas le billet que votre fr6re a. 

Avez-vous le cheval que j'ai ? 
J'ai le cheval que vou? avez. 



That which, the one which. 
I have not that which you have. 
I have not that which he has. 
Have I the glove which you have ? 
Vou have not the one which I have. 



Celui que. 

Je n'ai pas celui que vous avez. 
Je n'ai pas celui qu'il a. 
Ai-je le gant que vous avez ? 
Vous n'avez pas celui que j'ai. 

EXERCISES. 

13. 

Which hay has the stranger 1 — He has that of the peasant. — Has 
the sailor my looking-glass 1 — He has it not. — Have you this pistol 
or that one 1 — I have this one. — Have you the hay of my garden or 
that of yours 1 — I have neither that of your garden nor that of mine, 
but I have that of the stranger. — Which glove have you 1 — I liave 
that of the sailor. — Have you his mattress 1 — I have it. — Which 
pocket-book has the sailor ] — He has his own. — Who has my good 

1 When the subject or nominative is composed of several words, the verb 
must be placed before it. Ex. Avez-vous le ruban d'or qu' i le joli petit 
S^arcon de mon bon voisin ? Have you the golden ribbon which my neigh- 
bor's pretty little boy has ? — Here the verb would be too far away from the 
relative pronoun que. 



2ft EIGHTH LESSON. 

note 1 — This man has it. — Who has that pistol ! — Your friend has 
it. — Have you the corn of your granary or that of mine 1 — I have 
neither that of your granary nor that of mine, but I have that of my 
merchant. — Who has my glove 1 — That servant has it. — What has 
your servant ] — He has the tree of this garden. — Has he that man's 
book] — He has not the book of that man, but he has that of this boy. 
— Has the peasant this or that ox ] — He has neither this nor that, 
but he has the one which his boy has. — Has this ass his hay or that 
of the horse ! — He has neither his nor that of the horse. — Which 
horse has this peasant ] — He has that of your neighbor. — Have I 
your note or his ] — You have neither mine nor his, but you Iwtve that 
of your friend. — Have you this horse's hay ? — I have not his hay, 
but his shoe. — Has your brother my note or his ] — He has neither 
yours nor his own, but he has the sailor's. — Has the foreigner my 
bird or his own 1 — He has that of the captain. — Have you the tree 
of this garden 1 — I have it not. — Are you hungry or thirsty ] — I am 
neither hungry nor thirsty, but I am sleepy. 

11. 

Has the sailor this bird or that one 1 — He has not this, but thai 
one. — Has your servant this broom or that one ] — He has this one, 
but not that one. — Has your cook this chicken or that one ] — He 
has neither this one nor that one, but he has that of his neighbor. — 
Am I right or wrong 1 — You are neither right nor wrong, but your 
good boy is wrong. — Have I this knife or that one 1 — You have nei- 
ther this nor that one. — What have I ] — You have nothing good, but 
you have something bad. — Have you the chest which I have ] — I 
nave, not, that which vou have. — Yv T hich horse have you 1 — I have 
the one which your brother has. — Have you the ass which my friend 
has] — I have not that which he has, 'but I have that which you 
have. — Has your friend the looking-glass which you have or that 
which I have ] — He has neither that which you have nor that which 
I have, but he has his own. 

15. 

Which bag has the peasant ] — He has ihe one which his boy has 
— Have I your golden or your silver candlestick ] — You have nei- 
ther my golden nor my silver candlestick, but you have my iron can- 
dlestick. — Have you my waistcoat or that of the tailor ] — I have 
neither yours nor that of the tailor. — Which one have you ] — I havo 
that which my friend has. — Are you cold or warm 1 — I am neither 
cold nor warm, but I am thirsty. — Is your friend afraid or ashamed ? 
— He is neither afraid nor ashamed, but he is sleepy. — Who is 
wrong] — Your friend is wrong. — Has any one my umbrella'! — N<* 



NINTH LESSON. 



27 



ane lias it. — Is any one ashamed 1 — No one is ashamed, but my 
friend is hungry. — Has the captain the ship which you have or that 
which I have ] — He has neither that which you have, nor that which 
I have. — Which one has he 1 — He has that of his friend. — Is ho 
right or wrong 1 — He is neither right nor wrong. — Has the French- 
man any thing good or bad 1 — He has neither any thing good nor 
bad, but he has something pretty. — What has he pretty 1 — He has 
the pretty chicken. — Has he the good biscuit ? — He has it not, but 
his neighbor has it. 



NINTH LESSON.— Neuvlime Lecon. 

DECLENSION OF THE DEFINITE ARTICLE IN THE 
PLURAL. 



MASCULINE AND FEMININE, 

Before a Consonant, as well as before a Vowel, or an h mute. 



PLURAL. 




PLURIEL. 

Masculin et Feminin 


Norn. the. 


Norn. 


les. 


Gen. of or from the. 


Gen. 


des. 


Dai. to the. 


Bat. 


aux. 


Ace. the. 


Ace. 


les. 



THE FORMATION OF THE PLURAL. 

Rule. The plural number is formed by adding an s to the singular. But 
in French this rule is not only applicable to nouns, but also to the article, 
to adjectives, and to many of the pronouns. Ex. 

The books. Les livres. 

The good books. Les bons livres. 

Of the books. Des livres. 

The sticks. Les batons. 

The good sticks. Les bons batons. 

Of the sticks. Des batons. 

The neighbors. Les voisins 

The good neighbors. Les bons voisins. 

The friends. Les amis. 

The good friends. Les bons amis. 

Of the friends. Des amis. 

Of the neighbors. Des voisins. 

Obs. A. There are, however, some exceptions tc this rule, viz. — 
First Exception. — Nouns ending in s, z, or z, admit of no variation In 
the plural : Ex. 



28 NINTH LESSOX. 

The stockings. , L, es Da s> 



The woods or forests. 

The Frenchmen, (the French.) 

The Englishman, the Englishmen, 

(the English.) 
The nose, the noses. 



Les bois. 

Les Francais 

L' Anglais, les A iglais. 

Le nez, les nez. 



Second Exception. — Nouns ending in au, ew, or ou, form their plural by 
adding x instead of s. 1 Ex. 

The hats. Les chapeaux. 

The birds. lies oiseaux. 

The place, the places. Le lieu, les lieux. 

The fire, the fires. Le feu, les feux. 

The jewel, the jewels. Le bijou, les bijoux. 



Third Exception. — Nouns ending in ctP or ail? change these termina- 
tions in the plural into aux. Ex. 

The horses. Les chevaux. 

The work, the works. | Le travail, les travaux. 

Obs. B. There are a few more exceptions in the formation of the plural 
of nouns and adjectives, which will be separately noted as they occur in 
the Method. 

The ships. Les batiments or batimens. 

Obs. C. According to some grammarians, nouns of more than one sylla- 
ble, (polysyllables,) ending in the singular in nt, drop t in the plural, but 
nouns of one syllable (monosyllables) having this ending never do. 
The gloves. Les gants. 

1 Of the nouns ending in ou, only the following take x in the plural : le 
chou, the cabbage ; le caillou, the pebble ; le bijou, the jewel ; le genou,\he 
knee ; le hibou, the owl ; le joujou, the toy; le pou, the louse. All others 
that have this termination now follow the general rule, taking s in the plural ; 
as, le clou, the nail, plur. les clous, the nails ; le verrou, the bolt, plur. les 
verrous, the bolts, &c. 

2 Of the nouns ending in al, several follow the general rule, simply 
taking s in the plural, particularly the following: le bal, the ball ; le cal, 
the callosity ; le pal, the pale ; le regal, tho treat ; le carnaval, the carni- 
val ; &c. 

3 The nouns ending in ail, which make their plural in aux, are particular 
ly the following : le bail, the lease ; le sous-bail, the under-lease ; le corail, 
the coral ; V email, the enamel ; le soupirail, the air-hole ; le travail, the 
vork ; h r ant ail, the leaf of a folding-door ; le ventail, the ventail. All oth- 
ers havrhg this termination follow the general rule, ■/. e. take s in the plural ; 
as, Vattirail, the train ; le detail, particulars ; Veventail, the fan ; le gou- 
•orrnail, the rudder ; le portail, the portal ■• le serail, the seraglio ; &c. 



NINTH LESSON. 



29 



My books. 


Mes livres. 


Your books. 


Vos livres. 


Elave you my small knives ? 


Avez-vous mes petits couteaux ? 


I have not 3'our small knives, but I 


Je n'ai pas vos petits couteaux, m 


have your large knives. 


j'ai vos grands couteaux. 




Singular Plural for 




Masculine. both genders. 

1 .. . i v . t 


My 


y ^v 

Mon, mes. 


Your. 


Votre, vos. 


His or her. 


Son, ses. 


Our. 


Notre, 110s. 


Their 


Leur, leurs. 


His or her books. • 


Ses livres. 


Our book, our books. 


Notre livre, nos livres 


Their book, their books. 


Leur livre, leurs livres. 


Which books? 


Quels livres? 


Which ones ? 


Lesquels ? 


These or those books. 


Ces livres. 


The eye, the eyes. * 


L'oeil, les yeux. 


The scissors. 


Les ciseaux. 



Which horses have you? 

I have the fine horses of your good 

neighbors. 
Have I his small gloves ? 
You have not his small gloves, but 

you have his large hats. 
Which gloves have I ? 
You have the pretty gloves of your 

brothers. 
Have you the large hammers of the 

carpenters ? 
I have not their large hammers, but 

their large nails. 
Has your brother my wooden guns ? 
He has not your wooden guns. 
Which ones has he ? 



Quels chevaux avez-vous? 

J'ai les beaux chevaux de vos bona 

voisins. 
Ai-je ses petits gants? 
Vous n'avez pas ses petits gants, mais 

vous avez ses grands chapeaux. 
Quels gants ai-je ? 
Vous avez les jolis gants de vos 

freres. 
Avez-vous les grands marteaux des 

charpentiers ? 
Je n'ai pas leurs grands marteaux, 

mais j'ai leurs grands clous. 
Votre frere a-t-il mes fusils de bois ? 
II n'a pas vos fusils de bois. 
Lesquels a-t.-il ? 



30 



NINTH LESSON, 



Have you the Frenchmen's fine um- 
brellas ? 

I have not their fine umbrellas, but I 
have their fine sticks. 

The oxen. 

The asses. 
Of my gardens. 
Of your woods or forests. 
Have you the trees of my gardens ? 
I have not the trees of your gardens. 
Of my pretty gardens. 
Of my fine horses. 
Have you my leathern shoes ? 
I have not your leathern shoes, but 
I have your cloth coats. 
The bread, the loaves 



Avez-vous les beaux paiapluies deb 

Francais ? 
Je n'ai pas leurs beaux parapluUss, 

mais j'ai leurs beaux batons. 

Les boeufs. 

Les anes. 

De mes jardins. 

De vos bois. 

Avez-vous les arbres de mes jardins 

Je n'ai pas les arbres de vos jardins. 

De mes jolis jardins. 

De mes beaux chevaux. 

Avez-vous mes souliers de cuir? 

Je n'ai pas vos souliers de cuir, mais 

j'ai vos habits de drap. 
Le pain, les pains. 



EXERCISES. 
16. 



r 



Have you the gloves | — Yes, Sir, I have the gloves. — Have you 
my gloves 1 — No, Sir, I have not your gloves. — Have I your look- 
ing-glasses 1 — You have my looking-glasses. — Have I your pretty 
pocket-books 1 — You have not my pretty pocket-books. — Which 
pocket-books have 1 1 — You have the pretty pocket-books of your 
friends. — Has the foreigner our good pistols 1 — He has riot our good 
pistols, but our good ships. — Who has our fine horses 1 — Nobody has 
your fine horses, but somebody has your fine oxen. — Has your neigh- 
bor the trees of your gardens 1 — He has not the trees of my gardens, 
but he has your handsome jewels. — Have you the horses' hay? — I 
have not their hay, but their shoes, (leurs fers.) — Has your tailor my 
fine golden buttons'? — He has not your fine golden buttons, but your 
fine golden threads. — What has the sailor 1 — He has his fine ships. 
— Has he my sticks or my guns 1 — He has neither your sticks nor 
your guns. — Who has the tailor's good waistcoats 1 — Nobody has 
his waistcoats, but somebody has his silver buttons. — Has the French- 
man's boy my good umbrellas 1 — He has not your good umbrellas, 
but your good scissors. — Has the shoemaker my leathern shoes 1 — 
He has your leathern shoes. — What has the captain 1 — He has his 
^ood sailors. 

17. 

Which mattresses has the sailor ! — He has the good mattresses of 
his captain. — Which gardens has the Frenchman 1 — He has the gar- 



TENTH LESSON. 



31 



dens of the English. — Which servants has the Englishman 1 — H 
has the servants of the French. — What has your boy 1 — He has his 
pretty birds. — What has the merchant ] — He has our pretty chests. — 
What has the baker 1 — He has our fine asses. — Has he our nails or 
our hammers ] — He has neither our nails nor our hammers, but he 
has our good loaves. — Has the carpenter his iron hammers 1 — He 
has not his iron hammers, but his iron nails. — Which biscuits has 
the baker ? — He has the biscuits of his friends. — Has our friend our 
fine pencils 1 — He has not our fine pencils. — Which ones has he 1 — 
He has the small pencils of his merchants. — Which brooms hasyoui 
servant ? — He has the brooms of his good merchants. — Has your 
friend the small knives of our merchants 1 — He has not their small 
knives, but their golden candlesticks. — Have you these jewels 1 — 
I have not these jewels, but these silver knives. — Has the man this 
or that note 1 — He has neither this nor that. — Has he your book or 
your friend's 1 — He has neither mine nor my friend's ; he has his 
own. — Has your brother the wine which I have or that which you 
have 1 — He has neither that which you have nor that which I have. 
— Which wine has he 1 — He has that of his merchants. — Have you 
the bag which my servant has 1 — I have not the bag which your ser- 
vant has. — Have you the chicken which my cook has or that which 
the peasant has 1 — I have neither that which your cook has nor that 
which the peasant has. — Is the peasant cold or warm 1 — He is nei- 
ther cold nor warm. 



TENTH LESSON.— Dixieme Legon. 



Those. 
Have you my books or those of the 

man? 
I have not yours, I have those of 

the man. 



Ceux. 

Avez-vous mes livres ou ceux de 

l'homme ? 
Je n'ai pas les v6tres, j'ai ceux do 

l'homme. 



Those which. 
Have you the books which I have ? 
I have those which you have. 
Has the Englishman the knives 

which you have, or those which 

I have ? 
He has neither those which you 

have, nor those which I have. 
Which knives has he ? 
He has his own. 



Ceux que. 

Avez-vous les livres que j'ai ? 
J'ai ceux que vous avez. 
L' Anglais a-t-il les couteaux que vous 
avez ou ceux que j'ai ? 



II n'a ni ceux que 

ceux que j'ai. 
Quels couteaux a-t-il 
II a les siens. 



vous avez, ni 



32 



TENTH LESSON. 



Sing. <Sf Plur. 



Mine 

Yours. 

His or hers, (his own, her own.) 

Ours 

Theirs, (their own.) 



These hooks. 
Those books. 



Singular 
Le mien, 
Le votre, 
Le sien, 
Le notre, 
Le lean-, 



Ces livres-ci. 
Ces livres-la. 



Plural. 
les miens 
les votres. 
les siens. 
les notres. 
les leurs. 



v^ Have you these books or those ? I Avez-\ous ces livres-ci ou ceux-la? 
Obs. A. It is to be remarked, that the pronouns ce, cet, ces, are nevei 
u.«ed without a substantive. (See Lessons VIII. and IX.) 

I have neither these nor those. I Je n'ai ni ceux-ci ni ceux-la. 



These. (Plur. of this one.) 
Those, (Plur. of that one.) 



Ceux-ci, (Plur. of celui-ci.) 
Ceux-la, (Plur. of celui-ld.) 



Have I these or those ? 
You have these ; you have not 
those. 



Ai-je ceux-ci ou ceux-la ? 
Vous avez ceux-ci ; vous n'avez pas 
ceux la. 



Have I the looking-glasses of the I Ai-je les miroirs des Francais ou ceux 
French, or those of the English ? | des Anglais ? 



You have neither these nor those. 
You have neither the one nor the 

other. 
Yea have neither the former nor 

the latter. 



Vous n'avez ni ceux-ci ni ceux-la. 



Obs B. The English phrases the former and the latter, the one and the 
other, are generally expressed in French by celui-ci, plur. ceux-ci, and 
celui-ld, plur. ceux-la, but in an inverted order, celui-ci referring to the luttei 
and celui-ld to the former 



the 



or those 



Has the man 

jew dls I 
He has these, but not those. 

Have you your guns or mine ? 
I have neither yours nor mine, 
but those of our good friends. 



L'homme a-t-il ces bijoux-ci ou ceux 
la? 

II a ceux-ci, mais il n'a pas ceux- 
la. 

Avez -vous vos fusils ou les miens ? 

Je n'ai ni les v6tres ni les miens, mais 
j'ai ceux de nos bons amis 



TENTH LESSON. 33 

EXERCISES. 

18. 
Have you these or those notes 1 — I have neither these nor those. 
— Have you the horses of the French or those of the English 1 — I 
have those of the English, but I have not those of the French. — 
Which oxen have you] — I have those of the foreigners. — Have you 
the chests which I have * — I have not those which you have, but 
those which your brother has. — Has your brother your biscuits or 
mine 1 — He has neither yours nor mine. — Which biscuits has he ] — 
He has his own. — Which horses has your friend 1 — He has those 
which I have. — Has your friend my books or his 1 — He has neither 
yours nor his ; but he has those of the captain. — Have I your waist- 
coats or those of the tailors 1 — You have neither these nor those. — 
Have I our asses 1 — You have not ours, but those of our neighbors. 
—Have you the birds of the sailors 1 — I have not their birds, but 
their fine sticks. — Which jewels has your boy"? — He has mine. — 
Have I my shoes or those of the shoemakers 1 — You have not yours, 
but theirs. 

19. 
Which paper has the man 1 — He has ours. — Has he our coffee 1 — 
He has it not. — Have you our coats or those of the strangers 1 — I 
have not yours, but theirs. — Has your carpenter our hammers or 
those of our friends 1 — He has neither ours nor those of our friends. 
— Which nails has he 1 — He has his good iron nails. — Has any one 
the ships of the English 1 — No one has those of the English, but 
some one has those of the French. — Who has the cook s chickens ] 
— Nobody has his chickens, but somebody has his butter. — Who has 
his cheese ?— His boy has it. — Who has my old gun 1 — The sailor 
has it. — Have I that peasant's bag 1-^fiou have not his bag, but his 
corn. — Which guns has the Englishman'? — He has those which you 
have. — Which umbrellas has the Frenchman 1 — He has those which 
his friend has. — Has he our books 1 — He has not ours, but those 
which Kis neighbor has. — Is the merchant's boy hungry 1 — He is not 
hungry £ but thirsty. — Is your friend cold or warm 1 — He is neither 
cold nor warm. — Is he afraid ? — He is not afraid, but ashamed. — 
Has the young man the brooms of our servants 1 — He has not their 
brooms, but their soap. — Which pencils has he 1 — He has those of 
his old merchants. — Have you any thing good or bad ] — I have nei- 
ther any thing good nor bad, but something fine. — What have you 
fine 1 — I have our cooks' fine beef. — Have you not their fine mutton ? 
—No, Sir, I have it not. 



34 



ELEVENTH LESSON. 



ELEVENTH LESSON.— Onzieme Lecon. 



The comb. 

The glass. 
Have you my small combs ? 
I have them. 

Them. 
Has he my fine glasses ? 
He has them. 
Have I them ? 
You have them. 
You have them not. 
Has the man my fine pistols ? 

He has them not. 
Has the boy them ? 
The men have them. 
Have the men them ? 



Le peigne. 

Le verre. 

Avez-vous mes petits peignes 1 

Je les ai. 

Les, (before the verb in French., 

A-t-il mes beaux verres ? 

II les a. 

Les ai-je ? 

Vous les avez. 

Vous ne les avez pas. 

L'homme a-l-il mes beaux pisto- 

lets? 
II ne les a pas. 
Le garcon les a-t-il ? 
Les hommes les out. 
Les hommes les ont-ils ? 



They. 

They have them. 
They have them not. 
Who has them ? 

The Germans. 
The Turks. 


lis. 

lis les out. 

lis ne les out pas. 

Qui ies a ? 

Les Allemands. 
Les Turcs. 


The Germans have them. 
The Italians. 
The Spaniards. 


Les Allemands les ont. 
Les Italiens. 
Les Espagnols. 


J Some or any. 


Singular. Plural. 
Du, des. 



DECLENSION OF THE PARTITIVE ARTICLE 



+ 



Nom. some or any. 

Gen. of or from some — any. 
Dat. to some — any. 

Ace. some — any. 



SINGULAR. PLURAL. 

Masculine. Masc. <J- Feminine 



Nom. du. 
Gen. de. 
Dat. a du. 
A cc du. 



de. 




ELEVENTH LESSON. 



r~ * 



?"**,*/ 



35 



Some or any wine. 


Du vin. 


Some or any bread. 


Du pain. 


Some or any butter. 


Du beurre. 


Some or any milk. 


Du Iait- 


Some or any books.* 


Des livres. 


Some or any buttons 


Des boutons. 


Some or v any knives 


Des couteaux. 


Some or any men. 


Des hommes. 


Some or any money. 


De 1' argent. 


Some or any gold. 


De l'or. 


Some or any friends. 


Des amis. 


Have you any wine ? 


Avez-vous du vin 1 


I have some wine. 


J'ai du vin. 


Has this man any cloth ? 


Cet homme a-t-il du drap ? 


He has some cloth. 


II a du drap. 


Has he any books ? 


A-t-il des livres ? 


He has some books. 


11 a des livres. 


Have you any money ? 


Avez-vous de 1' argent? 


I have some money. 


J'ai de l'argent 



No, or not any, before a noun. 
I have no wine. 
He has no money 
You have no books. 
They have no friends. 

Some or any, before an adjective. 
No or not any. 



Ne — pas de* 

Je n'ai pas de vin. 

II n'a pas d'argent. 

Vous lvavez pas de livres 

lis n'ont pas d'amis. 



De. 

Ne- 



-pas de. 



DECLENSION OF THE PARTITIVE ARTICLE, 



AND TLURAL, MASCULINE AND FEMININE, 
AN ADJECTIVE. 



WHEN IT STANDS BEFORB 



Nom. some or any. 

Gen. of or from some — any. 
Dat. to some — any. 

Ace. some — any. 



Some or any good wine. 
Some or any bad cheese. 
Some or any excellent wine. 
Some or any excellent coffee. 



Nom. de. 
Gen. de. 
Dat. a de. 
Ace. de. 

De bon vin. 
De mauvaii fromage 
D'excellent vin. 
D'excebYnt cafe'. 



36 



ELEVENTH LESSON. 



Some or any good books. 
Some or any pretty glasses. 

Some or any old wine. 



Have you any good butter? 

I have no good butter, but some ex- 
cellent cheese. 

Has this mau any good books? 

Ha has not any good books. 

Has the merchant any pretty gloves ? 

He has no pretty gloves, but some 
pretty jewels. 



What has the baker? 

He has some excellent bread. 

The painter. 

The picture. 

Some coals. 



De bons livres. 
De jolis verres. 



Du vin vieux. 



Avez-vous de bon beurre ? 

Je n'ai pas de bon beune, mais 

j'ai d'excellent fromage. 
Cet homme a-t-il de bons livres? 
II n'a pas de bons livres. 
Le marchand a-t-il de jolis gants 2 
II n'a pas de jolis gants, mais il a 

de jolis bijoux. 



Lo boulanger qu'a-t-i.I ? 
II a d'excellent pain. 
Le peintre. 
Le tableau. 

Du charbon, (is in French always 
used in the singular.) 



EXERCISES. 
20. 
Have you my fine glasses 1 — I have them. — Have you the fine 
horses of the English 1 — I have them not. — Which sticks have you 1 
— I have those of the foreigners. — Who has my small combs 1 — My 
boys have them. — Which knives have you 1 — I have those of your 
friends. — Have I your good guns ] — You have them not, but your 
friends have them. — Have you my pretty pistols, or those of my 
brothers 1 — I have neither yours nor your brothers', but my own. — 
Which ships have the Germans 1 — The Germans have no ships. — 
Have the sailors our fine mattresses 1 — They have them not. — Have 
the cooks them ? — They have them. — Has the captain yourpretty 
books 1 — He has them not. — Have I them 1 — You have theiJBfiTou 
have them not. — Has the Italian them] — He has them. — Ha^e the 
Turks our fine guns 1 — They have them not. — Have the Spaniards 
them 1 — They have them. — Has the German the pretty umbrellas of 
the Spaniards 1 — He has them. — Has he them 1 — Yes, Sir, he has 
them. — Has the Italian our pretty gloves ] — He has them not. — Who 
has them 1 — The Turk has them. — Has the tailor our waistcoats or 
those of our friends 1 — He has neither the latter nor the former. — 
Wnich coats has he 1 — He has those which the Turks have. — -Which 
dogs have you 1 — I have those which my neighbors have 



ELEVENTH LESSON, 37 

21. 
Have you any wood ] — I have some wood. — Has your brother any 
soap 1 — He has no soap. — Have I any mutton ] — You have no mut- 
ton, but you have some beef. — Have your friends any money 1 — They 
have some money. — Have they any milk 1 — They have no milk, but 
they have some excellent butter. — Have I any wood 1 — You have no 
wood, but you have some coals, (in the sing, in French.) — Has the 
merchant any cloth 1 — He has no cloth, but some pretty stockings. — 
Plave the English any silver ] — They have no silver, but they have 
some excellent iron. — Have you any good coffee 1 — I have no good 
coffee, but some excellent wine. — Has the merchant any good books 1 
— He has some good books. — Has the young man any milk ] — He 
has no milk, but some excellent chocolate. — Have the French any 
good gloves 1 — They have .some excellent gloves. — Have they any 
birds 1 — They have no birds, but they have some pretty jewels. — ■ 
Who has the fine scissors of the English 1 — Their friends have 
them. — Who has the good biscuits of the bakers 1 — The sailors of 
our captains have them. — Have they our pocket-books 1 — Yes, Sir, 
they have them. — What have the Italians 1 — They have some beau- 
tiful pictures. — What have the Spaniards '? — They have some fine 
asses. — What have the Germans'? — They have some excellent corn. 

22. 

Have you any friends ] — I have some friends. — Have your friends 
any fire 1 — They have some fire. — Have the shoemakers any good 
shoes 1 — They have no good shoes, but some excellent leather. — 
Have the tailors any good waistcoats 1 — They have no good waist 
coats, but some excellent cloth. — Has the painter any umbrellas 1 — 
He has no umbrellas, but he has some beautiful pictures. — Has he 
the pictures of the French or those of the Italians 1 — He has nei- 
ther the latter nor the former. — Which ones has he 1 — He has those 
of his good friends. — Have the Russians (Les Russes) any thing 
good 1 — They have something good. — What have they good 1 — They 
have some good oxen. — Has any one my small combs 1 — No one has 
them. — Who has the peasants 1 fine chickens 1 — Your cooks have 
them. — What have the bakers ? — They have some excellent bread. — 
Have your friends any old wine 1 — They have no old wine, but some 
good milk. — Has anybody your golden candlesticks ? — Nobody has 
them 



38 



TWELFTH LESSON 



TWELFTH LESSON.— Douzieme Legon. 



Some of it, any of it, of it. 
Some of them, any of them, of 
them. 



Have you any wine? 
I have some. 
Have you any bread? 
I have not any, or none. 
Have you any good wine ? 
[ have some good- 
Have I any good cloth ? 
You have not any good. 
lias the merchant any sugar ? 
He has some sugar. 
He has some. 
He has not any. 
Has he any good sugar ? 
He has some good. 
He has not any good. 
Have I any salt ? 
You have some salt. 
You have no salt. 
You have some. 
You have not any. 
Have you any shoes ? 
I have some shoes. 
I have no shoes. 
I have some. 
I have not any. 
Has the man any good horses ? 
He has some good ones. 
He has not any good ones. 
Has he any pretty knives ? 
He has some pretty ones. 
He has not any pretty ones. 
Has he any money ? 
He has some. 
He has not any. 

Have our friends any good butter ? 
.-They "have sbmergood. 
They have not any good. 



En, (is always placed before the 
verb.) 



Avez-vous du vin ? 

J'en ai. 

Avez-vous du pain ? 

Jo n'en ai pas. 

Avez-vous de bon vin ? 

J'en ai de bon. 

Ai-je de bon drap? 

Vous n'en avez pas de bon. 

Le marchand a-t-il du sucre I 

II a du sucre. 

II en a. 

II n'en a pas. 

A-t-il de bon sucre ? 

II en a de bon. 

II n'en a pas de bon 

Ai-je du sel ? 

Vous avez du sel. 

Vous n'avez pas de sel 

Vous en avez 

Vous n'en avez pas. 

Avez-vous des souliers ? 

J'ai des souliers. 

Je n'ai pas de souliers. 

J'en ai. 

Je n'en ai pas. 

L'homme a-t-il de bons chevaux 1 

II en a de bo»s. 

II n'en a pas do bons. 

A-t-il de jolis couteaux 

II en a de jolis. 

II n'en a pas de jolis 

A-t-il de l'argent ? 

II en a. 

II n'en a pas. 

Nos amis ont-ils de bon beurre i 

lis en ont de bdri. * . -" 

lis n'en ont pas de htm. 



TWELFTH LESSON - 



39 



Have you good or bad books ? 

I have some good ones. 
Have you good or bad paper ? 

I have some good. 

Who has some bad wine ? 

Our merchant has some. 



Wbat bread has the baker ? 
He has some good. 
What shoes has the shoemaker ? 
He has some good ones. 

The hatter. 

The joiner. . 



Avez-vous de bons ou de mauvais 

livres? 
J'en ai de bons. 
Avez-vous de bOn ou de mauvais 

papier? 
J'en ai de bon. 
Qui a de mauvais vin? 
Notre marchand en a. 



Quel pain le boulanger a-t-il ? 

II en a de bon. 

Quels souliers le cordonnier a-t-il 

II en a de bons. 

Le chapelier. 

Le menuisier. 



A or one. 



Un. 



DECLENSION OF THE INDEFINITE ARTICLE 



Nom. a or an. 

Gen. of or from a — an. 

Dat. to a — an. 

Ace. a — an. 



A or one horse. 
Have you a book ? 
I have a book. 
Have you a glass ? 
I have no glass. 
I have one. 

Have you a good horse ? 
I have a good horse. 
I have a good one. 
I have two good ones. 
I have two good horses. 
I have three good ones. 
Have I a gun ? 
You have a gun. 
You have one. 
You have a good one. 
You have two good ones. 
Has your brother a frioud 
He has a friend. 



Masculine. 
Nom. un. 
Gen. d'un. 
Dat. a un. 
Ace. un. 



Un cheval. 
Avez-vous un livre ? 
J'ai un livre. 
Avez-vous un verre ? 
Je n'ai pas de verre. 
J'en ai un. 

Avez-vous un bon cheval 
J'ai un bon cheval. 
J'en ai un bon. 
J'en ai deux bons. 
J'ai deux bons chevaux. 
J'en ai trois bons. 
Ai-je un fusil ? 
Vous avez un fusil 
Vous en avez un. 
Vous en avez un bon. 
Vous en avez deux bons. 
Votre frere a-t-il un ami 
II a un ami. . 



40 



TWELFTH LESSON 



He lias one 
He has a good one. 
He has two good ones. 
He has three good ones. 

Four. 

Five. 
Has your friend a pretty knife ? 
He has one. 
He has none. 
He has two of them. 
Ho has three. 
Ho has four. 

Have you five good horses ? 
I have six. 

I have six good and seven bad ones 
Who has a fine umbrella ? 
The merchant has one. 



II en a un 

II en a un bon. 

II en a deux bona 

II en a trois bons. 

Quatre. 

Cinq. 

Voire ami a-t-ii un joli couteau ? 

II en a un. 

II n'en a pas. 

II en a deux. 

II en a trois. 

II en a quatre. 

Avez-vous cinq bons chevaux ? 

J'en ai six. 

J'en ai six bons et sept mauvais. 

Qui a un beau parapluie ? 

Le marchand en a un. 



EXERCISES. 
23. 
Have you any salt] — I have some. — Have you any coffee 1 — ] 
have not any. — Have you any good wine ] — I have some good. — 
Have you any good cloth ] — I have no good cloth, but I have some 
good paper. — Have I any good sugar 1 ? — You have not any good. — ■ 
Has the man any good honey 1 — He has some. — Has he any good 
cheese 1 — He has not any. — Has the American (ISAmericain) any 
money 1 — He has some. — Have the French any cheese 1 — They have 
not any. — Have the English any good milk 1 — They have no good 
milk, but they have some excellent butter. — Who has some good 
soap 1 — The merchant has some.- — Who has some good bread ] — 
The baker has some. — Has the foreigner any wood 1 — He has some 
-Has he any coals 1 — He has not any. — What rice have you 1 — ] 
have some good. — What hay has the horse ! — He has some good. — 
What leather has the shoemaker ] — He has some excellent. — Have 
you any jewels 1 — I have not any. — Who has some jewels 1 — The 
merchant has some. — Have I any shoes 1 — You have some shoes. — 
Have I any hats 1 — You have no hats. — Has your friend any pretty 
knives 1 — He has some pretty ones. — Has he any good oxen ? — He 
has not any good ones. — Have the Italians any fine horses ?- -They 
nave not any fine ones. — Who has some fine asses 1 — The Spaniards 
have some 



TWELFTH LESSON. 41 

24. 
Has the captain any good sailors 1 — He nas some good ones. — ■ 
Have the sailors any good mattresses ? — They have not any good 
ones. — Who has some good biscuits ] — The baker of our good neigh- 
bor has some. — Has he any bread 1 — He has not any. — Who has 
some beautiful ribbons 1 — The French have some. — Who has some 
excellent iron nails ? — The carpenter has some. — Has he any ham- 
mers 1 — He has some. — What hammers has he 1 — He has some iron 
ones. — What is the matter with your brother 1 — Nothing is the mat- 
ter with him. — Is he cold ] — He is neither cold nor warm. — Is he 
afraid 1 — He is not afraid. — Is he ashamed ] — He is not ashamed. — 
What is the matter with him 1 — He is hungry. — Who has some 
beautiful gloves 1 — I have some. — Who has some fine pictures 1 — 
The Italians have some. — Have the painters any fine gardens ? — 
They have some fine ones. — Has the hatter good or bad hats 1 — He 
has some good ones. — Has the joiner good or bad wood 1 — He has 
some good. — Who has some pretty pocket-books 1 — The boys of our 
merchants have some. — Have they any birds ? — They have not any. 
— Have you any chocolate 1 — I have not any. — Who has some ? — 
My servant has some. — Has your servant any brooms 1 — He has not 
any. — Who has some? — The servants of my neighbor have some. 

25. 
Have you a pencil 1 — I have one. — Has your boy a good book ? — • 
He has a good one. — Has the German a good ship 1 — He has none. 
—Has your 'tailor a good coat 1 — He has a good one. He has two 
good ones. He has three good ones. — Who has some fine shoes ? — > 
Our shoemaker has some. — Has the captain a fine dog? — He has 
two of them. — Have your friends two fine horses 1 — They have four. 
— Has the young man a good or a bad pistol ? — He has no good one. 
He has a bad one. — Have you a cork 1 — I have none. — Has your 
friend a good corkscrew ? — He has two. — Have I a friend 1 — You 
have a good one. You have two good friends. You have three 
good ones. Your brother has four good ones. — Has the carpenter an 
iron nail 1 — He has six iron nails. He has six good ones and seven 
bad ones. — Who has good beef?— Our cook has some. — Who has 
five good horses 1 — Our neighbor has six. — Has the peasant any 
corn 1 — He has some. — Has he any guns 1 — He has not any. — Who 
has some good friends 1 — The Turks have some. — Have they any 
money 1 — They have not any. — Who has their money] — Their 
friends have it. — Are their friends thirsty 1 — They are not thirsty, 
vut hungry. — Has the joiner any bread] — He has not any. — -Has 
your servant a good broom 1 — He has one. — Has he this or thaf 



42 



THIRT1ENTH LESSON. 



broom 1 — He has neither this nor that. — Which broom has lie ? — He 
has that which your servant has. — Have the peasants these or those 
bags 1 — They have neither these nor those. — Which bags have they 1 
— They have their own. — Have you a good servant 1 — I have a good 
one. — Who has a good chest] — My brother has one.-— Has he a 
leather or a wooden chest ] — He has a wooden one. 



THIRTEENTH LESSON.— Treizieme Lepon. 



How much ? How many ? 
How much bread ? 
How much money ? 
How many knives? 
How many men ? 
How many friends? 



Only, but. 
1 have but one friend. 
I have but one. 
I have but one good gun. 
I have but one good one. 
You have but one good one. 
How many horses has your brother ? 

He has but one. 

He has but two good ones. 



Combien de, 1 (before a substantive ) 
Combien de pain? 
Combien <f argent? 
Combien de couteaux ? 
Combien d'hommes? 
Combien d'amis" 



Ne — que. 

Je n'ai qu'un ami. 

Je n'en ai qu'un. 

Je n'ai qu'un bon fusil. 

Je n'en ai qu'un bon. 

Vous n'en avez qu'un bon. 

Combien de chevaux votre 

a-t-il? 
II n'en a qu'un. 
II n'en a que deux bons. 



frere 



Much, many, a good deal of, very 
much. 

Much bread. 

A good deal of good bread. 

Many men. 
Have you much money ? 
I have a good deal. 
Have you much good wine? 
I have a ffood deal. 



7 oo much, too many. 
You have too much wine. 
They I save too many books. 



Beaucoup de, (before a nounJ 

Beaucoup de pain. 

Beaucoup de bon pain. 

Beaucoup d'hommes. 

Avez-vous beaucoup J'argent 1 

J'en ai beaucoup. 

Avez-vous beaucoup de bon vin ? 

J'en ai beaucoup. 



Trop de, (before a substantive.) 
Vous avez trop de vin. 
lis ont trop de livres. 



1 CardiDal numbers are used to answer the Question, Combien ? How 



many 



THIRTEENTH LESSON. 



43 



Enough. 
Enough money. 
Knives enough. 

Little. 

A little. 
A little cloth. 
A little salt. 



Assez de, (before^ a substantive.) 
Assez d'argent. 
Assez de couteaux. 



Peu de, (before a noun.) 
Un peu de, (before a noun.) 
Un peu de drap. 
Un peu de sel. 



But little, only a little, net much, 

not many, but few. 
I have but little money. 



Ne — guere de, (pas beaucoup de,) 

before a substantive. 
Je n'ai guere d'argent. 



Obs. From the above examples it will be easily seen that when the ad- 
verbs : combien, beaucoup, trop, assez, peu, un peu, ne — guere, are followed 
by a substantive, that substantive must be preceded by de. 



Courage. 
You have not much courage. 
We have few friends. 



Du cceur, (du courage.) 
Vous n'avez guere dc cceur 
Nous n'avons guere tZ'amis. 



Have we? 




Avons-nous ? 


We have. 




Nous avons. 


We have not. 




Nous n'avons pas. 


Some pepper. 




Du poivre. 


Some vinegar. 




Du vinaigre. 


Have we any vinegar ? 




Avons-nous du vinaigre ? 


We have some. 




Nous en avons. 


We have not any. 




Nous n'en avons pas. 


Have you a good deal of 


money ? 


Avez-vous beaucoup d'ar 


I have but little of it. 




Je n'en ai guere. 


You have but little of it. 




Vous n'en avez gu6re. 


He has but little of it. 




11 n'en a guere. 


We have but little of it. 




Nous n'en avons guere. 


Have you enough wine ? 




Avez-vcus assez dovin? 


1 have only a little, but enough. 


Je n'en ai guere, mais as 


Eight. 




Huit 


Nine. 




Neuf. 


Ten. 




Dix 



And. 



Et 



44 THIRTEENTH LESSON 

EXERCISES. 
2G. 

How many friends have you !— I have t <vo good friends. — Hive 
you eight good trunks! — I have nine. — Has your servant three 
brooms ! — He has only one good one. — Has the captain two good 
ships 1 — He has only one. — How many hammers has the carpenter ! 
— He has but two good ones. — How many shoes has the shoema- 
ker ! — He has ten. — Has the young man nine good books ! — He has 
only five. — How many guns has your brother ! — He has only four. — 
Have you much bread ! — I have a good deal. — Have the Spaniards 
much money ! — They have but little. — Has your neighbor much cof- 
fee ! — He has only a little. — Has the foreigner much corn ! — He 
has a good deal. — What has the American (U Americain) ! — He 
has much sugar. — What has the Russian (Le Russe) ! — He has a 
great deal of salt. — Has the peasant much rice ! — He has not any. 
— Has he much cheese ! — He has but little. — What have we ! — We 
have much bread, much wine, and many books. — Have we much 
money I — We have only a little, but enough. — Have you many bro- 
thers ! — I have only one. — Have the French many friends ! — They 
have but few. — Has our neighbor much hay] — He has enough. — 
Has the Italian much cheese! — He has a great deal. — Has this man 
courage ! — He has none.— Has the painter's boy.any pencils ! — He 
has some. u 

27. 

Have you much pepper ? — I have but little. — Has the cook much, 
beef! — He has but little beef, but he has a good deal of mutton. — 
How many oxen has the German! — He has eight. — How many 
horses has he ! — He has only four. — Who has a good many bis- 
cuits ! — Our sailors have a good many. — Have we many notes ! — 
We have only a few. — How many notes have we ! — We have only 
three pretty ones. — Have you too much butter ! — I have not enough. 
— Have our boys too many books ! — They have too many. — Has 
our friend too much milk ! — He has only a little, but enough. — Who 
has a good deal of honey ! — The peasants have a good deal. — Have 
they many gloves.! — They have not any. — Has the cook enough 
butter ! — He has not enough. — Has he enough vinegar ! — He has 
enough, — Have you much soap ! — I have only a little. — Has the 
merchant much cloth ! — He has a good deal. — Who has a good deal 
af paper ! — Our neighbor has a good deal. — Has our tailor many but- 
tons ! — He has a good many. — Has the painter many gardens ! — • 
He has not many. — How many gardens has he ! — He has but two. 
— How many knives has the German ! — He has three of them.— 



FOURTEENTH LESSEN. 



45 



Has the captain any fine horses 1 — He has some fine ones, but his 
brother has none. — Have we any jewels ] — We have a good many. 
— What jewels have we 1 — We have gold jewels. — What candle- 
sticks have our friends? — They have silver candlesticks. — Have 
they gold ribbons 1 — They have some. 

28. 
Has the youth any pretty sticks 1 — He has no pretty sticks, but 
some beautiful birds. — What chickens has our cookl — He has some 
pretty chickens. — How many has he 1 — He has six. — Has the hat- 
ter any hats 1 — He has a good many. — Has the joiner much wood 1 
— He has not a great deal, but enough. — Have we the horses of the 
French, or those of the Germans I — We have neither these nor 
those. — Which horses have we 1 — We have our own. — Has the 
Turk my small combs 1 — He has them not. — Who has them ] — Your 
boy has them. — Have our friends much sugar ] — They have little 
sugar, but much honey. — Who has our looking-glasses 1 — The Ital- 
ians have them. — Has the Frenchman this or that pocket-book ] — 
He has neither this nor that. — Has he the mattresses which we 
have 1 — He has not those which we have, but those which his friends 
have. — Is he ashamed 1 — He is not ashamed, but afraid. 



FOURTEENTH LESSON.— Quatorzitme Le?on. 



A few books. 
Have you a few books ? 

A few. 
I have a few. 
You have a few. 
He has a few. 

I have but a few books. 
You have but a few books 
He has but a few sous. 
I have but a few. 
You have but a few. 
He lias but a few. 



Quelques livres. 
Avez-vous quelques livres ? 



Quelques-uns. 
J'en ai quelques-uns. 
Vous en avez quelques-uns. 
II en a quelques-uns. 



Je n'ai que quelques livres. 
Vous n'avez que quelques livres. 
II n'a que quelques sous. 
Je n'en ai que quelques-uns. 
Vous n'en avez que quelques-una 
II n'en a que quelques-uns. 



One or a sou, 


Plur. sous. 


1 Un sou, 


Plur. des sous. 


One or a franc, 


" francs. 


Un franc, 


" des francs. 


One or a crown, 


" crowns. 


1 Un ^cn, 


" des ecus. 



46 



FOURTEENTH LESSON. 



Other. 
Another sou. 
Some other sous. 

Have you another horse ? 
I have another 

No other horse. 
I have no other horse. 
I have no other. 
Have you any other horses ? 
I have some others. 
I have no others. 

The arm. 
The heart. 
The month. 
The work. 
The volume. 



Autre. 

Un autre sou. 

D'autres sous. 



Avez-vous un autre chevai ? 
J' en ai un autre. 



Ne — pas d' autre chevai. 
Je n'ai pas d'autre chevai. 
Je n'en ai pas d'autre. 
Avez-vous d'autres chevaux 1 
J'en ai d'autres. 
Je n'en ai pas d'autres. 



Le bras. 
Le coeur. 
Le mois. 
L'ouvrage. 
Le volume. 



What day of the month is il ? 
It is the first. 
It is the second. 
It is the third. 



est-ce ? 



Quel jour du mois 

( avcns-nous 

( C'est le premier. 
I t Nous avons le premier. 
( C'est le deux. 
I t Nous avons le deux. 
( C'est le trois. 
( t Nous avons le trois. 
Obs. A. The cardinal numbers must be used in French when speaking 
of the days of the month, though the ordinal be used in English ; but wo 
say le premier, the first, speaking of the first day of every month. 

' C'est le onze, (not l'onze.) 
t Nous avons le onze. 
Quel volume avez-vous ? 
J'ai le quatrieme. 

B The ordinal numbers are formed of the cardinal by adding ietnc, 
(and when they end in e this is dropped,) except premier, first, which ia 
irregular, and second, second, which is sometimes used for deuxieme. Uni- 
erne and deuxieme, however, are used in compound numbers, where pre* 
tnier and second cannot be employed. Ex. 



It is the eleventh. 

Which volume have you ? 
I have the fourth. 



The fast. 

— second. 



Singular. 
Le premier, 
Le deuxieme, 
second, 



Plural. 
les premiers, 
les deuxiemcs, 
ios seconds. 



FOURTEENTH LESSON. 



47 



The third. 

— fourth. 

— fifth. 

— sixth. 

— seventli. 

— eighth. 

— ninth. 

— tenth. 

— eleventh. 

— twenty-first. 

— twenty-second. 

— thirtieth, &c. 
[luve you the first or second book ? 

[ have the third. 

Which volume have you ? 

I have the fifth. 



Le troisieme, 
Le quatrieme, 
Le cinquieme. 
Le sixieme, 
Le septieme, 
Le huitieme, 
Le neuvieme, 1 
Le dixieme, 
Le onziemo, 
Le vingt et uni 

erne, 
Le vingt-deux- 

ieme, 
Le trentierrfe, 
Avez-vousfle premier 

(le second) livre ? 
J'ai le troisieme. 
Quel volume avez-vous? 
J'ai le cinquieme. 



les troisiemes. 
les quatriemes 
les cinquiemes. 
les sixiemes. 
les septiemes. 
les huitiernes. 
les neuviemes. 
les dixiemes. 
les onziemes. 
les vingt et uni« 

ernes, 
les vingt-deux- 

iemes. 
les trentiemes. 2 
ou le deuxiemo 



EXERCISES * 

29. 
Have you many knives 1 — I have a few. — Have you many pen- 
cils 1 — 1 have only a few. — Has the painter's friend many looking- 
glasses 1 — He has only a few. — Has your boy a few sous ] — He has 
a few. — Have you a few francs 1 — We have a few. — How many 
francs have you 1 — I have ten. — How many sous has the Spaniard 1 
— He has not many, he has only five. — Who has the beautiful 
glasses of the Italians 1 — We have them. — Have the English many 
ships 1 — They have a good many. — Have the Italians many horses? 
—They have not many horses, but a good many asses. — What have 
the Germans 1 — They have many crowns. — How many crowns have 
they 1 — They have eleven. — Have we the horses of the English oi 
those of the Germans 1 — We have neither the former nor the latter. 
—Have we the umbrellas of the Spaniards 1 — We have them not, 
but the. Americans (les Americains) have them. — Have you much 
butter \ — I have only a little, but enough. — Have the sailors the 
mattresses which we have 1 — They have not those which we have, 

1 It will be remarked, that in the formation of neuvieme the letter / of 
neuf, nine, is changed into v. 

2 Henceforth the learner should write the date before his task. Ex. 
Philaddphie, lo vingt-cinq Jan- ier, mil huit cent quarante-six ; Philadel- 
phia, 25th January, 1846. 



48 FOURTEENTH LESSON. 

out those which their captain has. — Has the Frenchman manv 
francs ] — He has only a few, but he has enough. — Has your servant 
many sous 1— He has no sous, but francs enough. 

30. - 
Have the Russians (les Russes) pepper ] — They have but little 
pepper, but a good deal of salt. — Have the Turks much wine ] — 
They have not much wine, but a good deal of coffee. — Who has a 
good deal of milk ] — The Germans have a good deal. — Have you 
no other gun ] — I have no other. — Have we any other cheese ] — We 
have some other. — Have I no other pistol ] — You have another. — 
Has our neighbor no other horse ] — He has no other. — Has your 
brother no other friends 1 — He has some others. — Have the shoe- 
makers no other shoes*] — They have no others. — Have the tailors 
<many coats ] — They*~J3i*?e only a few, they have only four. — How 
many stockings have you ] — I have only two. — Have you any other 
Discuits ] — I have no other. — How many corkscrews has the mer- 
chant ] — He has nine. — How many arms has this man 1 — He has 
m\y <*ne, the other is of wood. — What heart has your boy ]— He 
nas alrood heart. — Have you no other servant] — I have another. — 
Has year friend no other birds ] — He has some others. — How many 
other birds has he ] — He has six others. — How many gardens have 
you ] — I have only one, but my friend has two of them. 

31. 

Which volume have you ] — I have the first. — Have you the sec- 
ond volume of my work ] — I have it. — Have you the third or fourth 
book ] — I have neither the former nor the latter. — Have we the fifth 
or sixth volume ] — We have the fifth, but we have not the sixth vol- 
ume. — Which volumes has your friend] — He has the seventh vol- 
ume. — What day of the month is it, (avons-nous ?) — It is (nous 
avons) the eighth. — Is it not the eleventh ] — No, Sir, it is the tenth. 
— Who has out crowns ] — The Russians (les Russes) have them — 
Have they our gold] — They have it not. — Has the youth much 
money ] — He has not much money, but much courage. — Have you 
the nails of the carpenters or those of the joiners ] — I have neither 
those of the carpenters nor those of the joiners, but those of my 
merchants. — Have you this or that glove ] — I have neither this nor 
that. — Has your friend these or those notes ] — He has these, but not 
those. — Has the Italian a few sous ] — He has a few. — Has he a few 
francs ] — He has five of them. — Have you another stick ] — I have 
another. — What other stick have you ] — I have another iron stick. 
— Have you a few good candlesticks ] — We have a few. — Has your 
boy another hat] — He has another. — Have these men any vinegar ? 



FIFTEENTH LESSON. 



49 



— These men have none, but their friends have some. — Have the 
peasants any other bags ] — They have no others. — Have they any 
other bread 1 — They have some other. 



• 



FIFTEENTH LESSON. 

The tome, (the volume.) 
Have you the first or second tome 

of my work ? 

Both. 
I have both. 

Have you my book or my stick 1 
I have neither the one nor the 

other. 
The one and the other, (plural.) 
Has your brother my gloves or his 

own? 
He has both yours and his. 
Has he my books or those of the 

Spaniards ? 
He has neither the one nor the 

other. 



The Scotchman. 
The Irishman. 
The Dutchman. 
The Russian. 

Sull, yet, some, or any more. 
Some more wine. 
Some more money. 
Some more buttons. 



Quinzieme Lecon. 

Le tome. 

Avez-vous le premier ou le deux- 

ieme tome de mon ouvrage ? 
L'un et V autre. 
J'ai l'un et 1' autre. 

Avez-vous mon livre ou mon baton? 
Je n'ai ni l'un ni l'autre. 



Lcs uns et les autres. 

Votre frere a-t-il mes gants ou lee 

siens ? 
II a les uns et les autres. 
A-t-il mes livres ou ceux des E& 

pagnols ? 
II n'a ni les uns ni les autres. 



L'E< 
L'Irlandais. 
Le Hollandais. 
Le Russe. 



Encore. 
Encore du vin. 
Encore de l'argent 
Encore des boutons. 



Have you any more wine ? 
I have some more wine. 
I have some more. 
Has he any more money ? 
He has some more. 
Have I any more books ? 
You have some more. 

Not any more, no more. 
I have no more bread. 
He has no more money. 



Avez-vous encore du vin ? 

J'ai encore du vin. 

J'en ai encore. 

A-t-il encore de l'argent ? 

II en a encore. 

Ai-je encore des livres ? 

Vous en avez encore 



Ne — plus de, (before a noun,) 
Je n'ai plus do pain. 
II n'a pi up H'argent- 



50 



FIFTEENTH LESSON. 



Have you any more butter? 

I have no more. 

We have no more 

Has he any more vinegar ? 

He has no more. 

We have no more books. 

We have no more. 

He has no more dogs. 

Ho has no more. 



Avez-vous encore du beurrc \ 

Je n'en ai plus. 

Nous n'en avons plus. 

A-t-il encore du vinaigre ? 

II n'en a plus. 
I Nous n' avons plus de livres 
j Nous n'en avons plus. 
| II n'a plus de chiens. 
| II n'en a plus. 



— Not much more, jwt many more. 

Have you much more wine ? 
I have not much more. 
Have you many more books ? 
I have not many more. 



Ne — plus guere de, (before q 

noun.) 
Avez-vous encore beaucoup de vui ? 
Je n'en ai plus guere. 
Avez-vous encore beaucoup de livres i 
Je n'en ai plus guere. 



One more book. 

One more good book. 

A few books more. 
Have you a few francs more ? 
I have a few more. 
Have I a few sous more ? 
You have a few more. 
W T e have a few more. 
Thev have a few more. 



Encore un livre. 
Encore un bon livre 
Encore quelques livres. 
Avez-vous encore quelques francs ? 
J'en ai encore quelques-uns. 
Ai-je encore quelques sous 1 
Vous en avez encore quelques-uns. 
Nous en avons encore quelques-uns 
lis en out encore quelques-uns. 



EXERCISES. 
32. 
Which volume of his work have you ? — I have the first. — How many 
tomes has this work ? — It has two. — Have you my work or my broth- 
er's? — I have both. — Has the foreigner my comb or my knife? — He 
has both. — Have you my bread or my cheese ? — I have neither the one 
nor the other. — Has the Dutchman my glass or that of my friend ? — 
He has neither the one nor the other. — Has the Irishman our horses or 
our chests ? — He has both. — Has the Scotchman our shoes or our stock- 
ings ? — He has neither the one nor the other. — What has he ? — He 
has his good iron guns. — Have the Dutch our ships or those of the 
Spaniards ? — They have neither the one nor the other.— Which ships 
have they ? — They have their own. — Have we any more hay ? — We 
have some more. — Has our merchant any more pepper ? — He has 
some more. — Has your friend any more money ? — He has not any 
more. — Has me any more jewels? — He has some more.— Have you 
any more coffee ? — We have no more coffee ; but we have some 



FIFTEENTH LESSON. 51 

more chocolate. — Has the Dutchman any more salt ? — He has no 
more salt ; but he has some more butter. — Has the painter any more 
pictures 1 — He has no more pictures ; but he has some more pencils. 
— Have the sailors any more biscuits ? — They have not any more. — ■ 
Have your boys any more books 1 — They have not any more. — Has 
the young man any more friends 1 — He has no more. 

33. 

Has our cook much more beef? — He has not much more. — Has 
he many more chickens 1 — He has not many more. — Has the peasant 
much more milk 1 — He has not much more milk ; but he has a great 
deal more butter.— Have the French many more horses 1 — They have 
not many more. — Have you much more paper ] — I have much more. — 
Have we many more looking-glasses 1 — We have many more. — Have 
you one more book? — I have one more. — Have our neighbors one 
more garden? — They have one more. — Has our friend one more 
umbrella 1 — Ke'has no more. — Have the Scotch a few more books 1 
— They have a few more. — Has the tailor a few more buttons 1 — He 
has not any more. — Has your carpenter a few more nails 1 — He has 
no more nails ; but he has a few sticks more. — Have the Spaniards 
a few sous more ? — They have a few more. — Has the German a few 
more oxen ? — He has a few more. — Have you a few more francs ?— 
I have no more francs ; but I have a few more crowns. — What have 
you more 1 — We have a few more ships and a few more good sailors. 
— Have I a little more money 1 — You have a little more. — Have 
you any more courage 1 — I have no more. — Have j-ou much more 
vinegar 1 — I have not much more ; but my brother has a great deal 
more. 

34. 

Has he sugar enough 1 ? — He has not enough. — Have we francs 
eaough 1 — We have not enough. — Has the joiner wood enough 1 ? — 
He has enough. — Has he hammers enough 1 ? — He has enough. — 
What hammers has he ? — He has iron and wooden hammers. — Have 
you rice enough 1 — We have not rice enough ; but we have enough 
sugar. — Have you many more gloves 1 — I have not many more. — ■ 
Has the Russian another ship 1 — He has another. — Has he another 
bag ? — He has no other. — What day of the month is it ? — It is the 
sixth. — How many friends have you"? — I have but one good friend. 
— Has the peasant too much bread 1 — He has not enough. — Has he 
much money ? — He has but little money, but enough hay. — Have we 
the thread or the cotton stockings of the Americans, (des AmerU 
cams ?) — We have neither their thread nor their cotton stockings.-— 
Have wc the gardens which they have 1 — We have not those which 



52 



SIXTEENTH LESSON. 



they have, but those which our neighbors have. — Have you anj 
more honey ! — I have no more. — Have you any more oxen ? — I 
have not any more. 



SIXTEENTH LESSON.— Seizieme Lecon. 



Several. 


Plusieurs. 


Several men. 


Plusieurs hommes. 


Several children. 


Plusieurs enfants. 


Several knives. 


Plusieurs couteaux. 


The father. 


Le pere. 


The son. 


Le fUs. 


The child. 


L'enfant. 


The cake. 


Le gateau. 


Tea. 


Du the. 



As much, as many. 
As much — as, as many — as. 
As much bread as wine. 
As many men as children. 



Autant dc, (before a substantive.) 
Autant de — que de, (before a noun.) 
Autant de pain que de vin. 
Autant d'hommes que d'enfans. 



Have you as much gold as silver ? | Avez-vous autant d'or que d'argent ? 
I have as much of this as of that. } 

I have as much of the latter as of > J'ai autant de celui -ci que de celui-la, 
the former. 3 



J'ai autant de Tun que de l'autre. 



Avez-vous autant de souliers que de 
bas? 



I have as much of the one as of the 
other. 

Have you as many shoes as stock- 
ings? 

I have as many of these as of those. -\ 

L have as many of the latter as of the y J'ai autant de ceux-ci que do ceux-la 
former. y 

I have as many of the one as of the | J'ai autant des uns que des autroa. 
other. 



Quite (or just) as much, as many. 
I hare quite as much of this as of 

that. 
Quite as much of the one as of the 

other. 



Tout autant de, (before a noun.) 
J'ai tout autant de celui-ci quo d« 

celui-la. 
Tout autant de 1'un que de l'autre. 



SIXTEENTH LESSON. 



53 



Quite as ma?iy of these as of those. 

Quite as many of the one as of the 
other 



An enemy, enemies. 
The finger. 
My nose. 

More, (a comparative adverb.) 
More bread. 
More men. 



Than. 
More bread than wine. 
More knives than sticks. 
More of this than of that. 
More of the one than of the other. 
More of these than of those. 
More of the ones than of the others. 
I have more of your sugar than of 

mine. 
He has more of our books than of his 



Less, fewer. 
Less wine than bread. 
Fewer knives than sticks. 

Less than I. 
Less than he. 
Less than we. 
Less than you. 
Less than they. 

They. 

Than they. 
As much as you 
As much as he. 
As much as they 



Tout autant de ceux-ci que do ceux- 

la. 
Tout autant des uns que des au« 

tres. 



Un onnemi, des ennemis. 
Le doigt. 
Mon nez. 

Plus de, (before a substantive^ 
Plus de pain. 
Plus d'hommes. 



Que de, (before a substantive.; 

Plus de pain que de vin. 

Plus de couteaux que de batons. 

Plus de celui-ci que de celui-la. 

Plus do l'un que de l'autre. 

Plus de ceux-ci que de ceux-la. 

Plus des uns que des autres. 

J'ai plus de votre sucre que du mieu 

II a plus de nos livres que des siens. 



Moins de, (before a substantive.) 
Moins de vin que de pain. 
Moins de couteaux que de batons 



Moins que moi. 
Moins que lui. 
Moins que nous. 
Moins que vous. 
Moins qu'eux. 



Eux. 
Qu'eux. 

Autant que vous. 
Autant que lui. 
Autant qu'eux. 



54 SIXTEENTH LESSON 



EXERCISES. 
35. 
Have you a horse ? — I have several. — Has he several coats ?— 
He has only one. — Who has several looking-glasses ] — My brothel 
has several. — What looking-glasses has he 1 — He has beautiful ones 
— Who has my good cakes 1 — Several men have them. — Has your 
friend a child 1 — He has several. — Have you as much coffee as tea 1 
— I have as much of the one as of the other. — Has this man a son 1 
— He has several. — How many sons has he 1 — He has four. — How 
many children have our friends 1 — They have many ; they have ten 
of them. — Have we as much bread as butter 1 — You have as much 
of the one as of the other. — Has this man as many friends as ene- 
mies 1 — He has as many of the one as of the other. — Have we as 
many shoes as stockings 1 — We have as many of the one as of the 
other. — Has your father as much gold as silver 1 — He has more of 
the latter than of the former. — Has the captain as many sailors as 
ships 1 — He has more of the latter than of the former. He has more 
of the one than of the other. 

36. 
Have you as many guns as I? — I have just as many. — Has the 
foreigner as much courage as we 1 — He has quite as much. — Have 
we as much good as bad paper 1 — We have as much of the one as of 
the other. — Have our neighbors as much cheese as milk 1 — They 
have more of the latter than of the former. — Have your sons as 
many cakes as books 1 — They have more of the latter than of the 
former, more of the one than of the other. — How many noses has the 
man 1 — He has but one. — How many fingers has he 1 — He has sev- 
eral. — How many pistols have you 1 — I have only one, but my fa- 
ther has more than I ; he has five. — Have my children as much 
courage as yours 1 — Yours have more than mine. — Have I as much 
money as you 1 — You have less than I. — Have you as many boolcs as 
I ] — I have fewer than you. — Have I as many enemies as your father 1 
— You have fewer than he. — Have the Russians as many children 
is we 1 — We have fewer than they. — Have the French as many 
ships as we 1 — They have fewer than we. — Have we as many jew- 
els as they 1 — We have fewer than they. — Have we fewer knives 
than the children of our friends 1 — We have fewer than they. 

37. 
Who has fewer friends than we ? — Nobody has fewer. — Have you 
as much of your wine as of mine 1 — I have as much of yours as of 
mine.-— Have I as many of your books as of mine 1 — You have few- 



SEVENTEENTH LESSON. 55 

er of mine than of yours. — Has the Turk as much of your money as 
oi his own 1 — He has less of his own than of ours. — Has your baker 
less bread than money ] — He has less of the latter than of the for- 
mer. — Has our merchant fewer dogs than horses 1 — He has fewer 
of the latter than of the former ; fewer of the one than of the other. 
— Have your servants more sticks than brooms 1 — They have more 
of the latter than of the former. — Has our cook as much butter as 
beef? — He has as much of the one as of the other. — Has he as 
many chickens as birds 1 — He has more of the latter than of the 
former. 

38. 
Has the carpenter as many sticks as nails 1 — He has just as many 
of these as of those. — Have you more biscuits than glasses 1 — I have 
more of the latter than of the former. — Has our friend more sugar 
than honey 1 — He has not so much (pas autant) of the latter as of 
the former. — Has he more gloves than umbrellas ] — He has not so 
many (pas autant) of the latter as cf the former. — Who has more 
soap than 1 1 — My son has more, (en a plus.) — Who has more pen- 
cils than you 1 — The painter has more, (en a plus.) — Has he as many 
horses as 1 1 — He has not so many (pas autant) horses as you ; but 
he has more pictures. — Has the merchant fewer oxen than we 1 — 
He has fewer oxen than we, and we have less corn than he. — Have 
you another note ] — I have another. — Has your son one more pock- 
et-book 1 — He has several more. — Have the Dutch as many gardens 
as we? — We have fewer than they. We have less bread and less 
butter than they. We have but little money, but enough bread, beef, 
(repeat the preposition de before each noun,) cheese, and wine, — 
Have you as much courage as our neighbor's son T — I have just as 
much, (tout autant.) — Has the youth as many notes as we 1 — He has 
just as many, (tout autant.) 



SEVENTEENTH LESSON.— Dix-septibne Legon. 

OF THE INFINITIVE. 

There are in French four Conjugations, which are distinguished by tha 
termination of the Present of the Infinitive, viz 

1. The first has its infinitive terminated hi er, as: — 

parle?-, to speak ; 

acheter, to buy , 

coupcri to cut. 



56 



SEVENTEENTH LESSON. 



S. The second 


in ir, as' — 






fim'r, 


to finish ; 




choisir, 


to choose ; 




batz'r, 


to build. 


3. The third 


in oir, as:— 






recevozV, 


to receive ; 




aperce voir, 


to perceivo ; 




devoir, 


to owe. 


4. The fourth 


in re, as: — 






vendre, 


to sell ; 




attendre, 


to wait ; 




rendre, 


to render. 



Each verb we shall hereaftor give will have the number of the class to 
which it belongs marked after it The verbs marked with an asterisk (* x 
are irregular. 



Fear. 

Shame. 

Wrong. 

Right. 

Time. 

Courage. 

A mind, a wish. 
To work. 
To speak. 
Have you a mind to work ? 
I have a mind to work. 
He has not the courage to speak 

Are you afraid to speak ? 
I am ashamed to speak. 

To cut 
To cut it 
To cut them. 
To cut some. 

Have you time to cut the bread ? 

I have time to cut it 

Has he a mind to cut trees? 

He has a mind to cut some. 

To buy. 
To buy some more. 
To buy one. 
To buy two 



Peur. 

Honte. 

Tort 

Raison. 

Le temps. 

Le courage. 

Envie. 

Travailler 1. 

Parler 1. 

Avez-vous envie de travailler ? 

J'ai envie de travailler. 

II n'a pas le courage de parler. 



All these words re 
quire the prepo- 
sition de, of, after 
them, when fol- 
lowed by any 
infinitive 
Ex. 



verb 



Avez-vous peur de parler? 
J'ai honte de parler. 



Couper 1. 
Le couper. 
Les couper. 
En couper. 



Avez-vous le temps de couper 

pain ? 
J'ai le temps de le couper. 
A-t-il envie de couper des arbres? 
II a envie d'en couper. 



Acheter 1. 
En acheter encore. 
En acheter un. 
En acheter deux. 



SEVENTEENTH LESSON. 



57 



To buy one more. 
To buy two more. 

To break. 

To pick up. 

To mend, to repair. 

To look for, to seek. 



Have you a mind to buy one more 

horse ? 
I have a mind to buy one more. 
Have you a mind to buy some 

books? 
[ have a mind to buy some, but I 

have no money. 
Are you afraid to break the glasses ? 
I am afraid to break them. 
Has he time to work ? 
He has time, but no mind to work. 



Am I right in buying a horse ? 
You are not wrong in buying one. 



En acheter encore un. 
En acheter encore deux 



Casser 1. 
Ramasser 1. 
Raccommoder 1. 
Chorcher 1. 



Avez-vous envie d'acheter encore ua 

cheval ? 
J'ai envie d'en acheter encore un. 
Avez-vous envie d'acheter des livres 

J'ai envie d'en acheter, mais je n'ai 

pas d'argent. 
Avez-vous peur de casser les verres ? 
J'ai peur de les casser. 
A-t-il le temps de travailler ? 
II a le temps, mais il n'a pas envie 
de travailler. 



Ai-je raison d'acheter un cheval ? 
Vous n'avez pas tort d'en acheter 
un. 



EXERCISES. 
39. 
Have you still a mind to buy my friend's horse ] — I have still a 
mind to buy it ; but I have no more money. — Have you time to 
work 1 — I have time, but no mind (pas envie) to work. — Has your 
brother time to cut some sticks 1 — He has time to cut some. — Has 
he a mind to cut some bread 1 — He has a mind to cut some, but he 
has no knife. — Have you time to cut some cheese ? — I have time to 
cut some. — Has he a desire to cut the tree 1 — He has a desire to cut 
it, but he has no time. — Has the tailor time *.o cut the cloth 1 — He 
has time to cut it. — Have I time to cut the trees 1 — You have time 
to cut them. — Has the painter a mind to buy a horse 1 — He has a 
mind to buy two. — Has your captain time to speak 1 — He has time 
but no desire to speak. — Are you afraid to speak ? — I am not afraid 
but I am ashamed to speak. — Am I right in buying a gun? — You 
are right in buying one. — Is your friend right in buying a great ox 1 
—He is wrong in buying one. — Am I right in buying little oxen 1 — 
You are right in buying some. 



K- 



58 SEVENTEENTH LESSON. 

40. 

Have you a desire to speak 1 — I have a desire but I have not the 
courage to speak. — Have you the courage to cut your finger 1 — I 
have not the courage to cut it. — Am I right in speaking? — You are 
not wrong in speaking, but you are wrong in cutting my trees. — Has 
the son of your friend a desire to buy one more bird 1 — He has a de- 
sire to buy one more. — Have you a desire to buy a few more horses 1 
— We have a desire to buy a few more, but we have no more money. 
— What has our tailor a mind to mend 1 — He has a mind to mend our 
old coats. — Has the shoemaker time to mend our shoes 1 — He has 
time, but he has no mind to mend them. — Who has a mind to mend 
our hats 1 — The hatter has a mind to mend them. — Are you afraid to 
look for my horse, {chercher mon cheval ?) — I am not afraid, but I 
have no time to look for it, (le chercher.) — What have you a mind to 
buy 1 — We have a mind to buy something good, and our neighbors 
have a mind to buy something beautiful. — Are their children afraid 
to pick up some nails 1 — They are not afraid to pick up some — Have 
you a mind to break my jewel! — I have a mind to pick it up, but 
not (mais non pas) to break it. — Am I wrong in picking up your 
gloves 1 — You are not wrong in picking them up, but you are wrong 
in cutting them. 

41. 
Have you the courage to break these glasses 1 — I have the cour- 
age, but I have no mind to break them. — Who has a mind to break 
our looking-glass 1 — Our enemy has a mind to break it. — Have the 
foreigners a mind to break our pistols 1 — They have a mind, but they 
have not the courage to break them. — Have you a mind to break the 
captain's pistol 1 — I have a mind, but I am afraid to break it. — Whc 
has a mind to buy my beautiful dog 1 — Nobody has a mind to buy it. 
— Have you a mind to buy my beautiful trunks, or those of the 
Frenchman 1 — I have a mind to buy yours, and not (et non) those of 
the Frenchman. — Which books has the Englishman a mind to buy 1 
— He has a mind to buy that which you have, that which your son 
has, and that which mine has. — Which gloves have you a mind to 
seek 1 — I have a mind to seek j^ours, mine, and our children's. 

42. 
Which looking-glasses have the enemies a desire to break ! — 
They have a desire to break those which you have, those which I 
have, and those which our children and our friends have. — Has your 
father a desire to buy these or those cakes 1 — He has a mind to buy 
these. — Am I right in picking up your notes 1 — You are right in 
picking them up. — Is the Italian right ir seeking your pocket-book! 



EIGHTEENTH LESSOJN. 



59 



-He is wrong in seeking it. — Have you a mind to buy anothei 
ship 1 — I have a mind to buy another. — Has our enemy a mind to 
buy one more ship 1 — He has a mind to buy several more, but he is 
afraid to buy some. — Have you two horses 1 — I have only one, but I 
have a wish to buy one more. 



EIGHTEENTH LESSON.— Dix-huitieme Lccon. 

To make, 
To do. 

To be willing, 
To wish. 



Faire * 4. 



Vouloir * 3. 



Will you? 
Are you willing? 
Do you wish? 
I will, I am willing, I wish. 
Will he? is he willing? does he 

wish? 
He will, he is willing, he wishes. 
We will, we are willing, we wish. 
You will, you are willing, you 

wish. 
They will, they are willing, they 
wish. 



>Voulez-vous? 

Je veux. 
Veut-il ? 

II veut. 
Nous voulons. 
Vous voulez. 

lis veulent. 



Do you wish to make my 


fire? 


Voulez-vous faire mon feu? 


I am willing to make it. 




Je veux le faire. 


I do not wish to make it. 




Je ne veux pas le faire. 


Does he wish to buy your 


horse ? 


Veut-il acheter votre cheval ? 


He wishes to buy it. 




11 veut l'acheter. 


To burn. 




Bruler 1 


To warm 




Chauffer 1 


To tear. 




Dechirer 1 


The broth. 




Le bouillon. 


My linen, (meaning my linen 


Mon linge, (is always used m the 


clothes.) 




singular.) 



Togo. 
With or at the house of, 
Ta or to the house of. 

To be. 



| Aller *. 
I Chez. 
I Eire *- 



*0 



# 



To be with the man or at the man's 

house. 
To go to the man or to the man's 

house. 
To be with his (one's) friend or at his 

(one's) friend's house. 
To go to my father or to my father's 

house. 



EIGHTEENTH LESSON. 

Etre chez l'homme 
Aller chez l'homme. 
Etre chez son ami. 
Aller chez mon pisru 



At home. 
To be at home. 
To go home. 



*A la maison. 
Etre a la maison. 
Aller a la maison. 



To be with me, or at my house. 
To go to me, or to my house. 
To be with him, or at his house. 
To go to him, or to his house. 
To be with us, or at our house. 
To go to us, or to our house. 
To be with you, or at your house. 
To go to you, or to your house. 
To be with them, or at their house. 
To go to them, or to their house. 
To be with some one, or at some one's 

house. 
To go to some one, or to some one's 

house. 
To be with no one, or at no one's 

house. 
To go to no one, or to no one's house. 



Etre 
Aller 
Etre 
Aller 
Etre > 
Aller 5 
litre ) 
Aller $ 
Etre 



chez 



chez lui. 



chez 



chez vous. 



AJler £ cheze »*. 
Etre chez quelqu'un. 

Aller Chez quelqu'un. 

N'etre chez personne. 

N'aller chez personne. 



At whose house ? With whom ? 
To whose house ? To whom ? 
To whom (or to whose house) do you ! 

wish to go ? 
I wish to go to no one, (to no one's 

house.") 
At wnose house (with whom) is your 

brother ? 
He is at ours, (with us.) 

Is he at home ? 



v Chez qui ? 
Chez qui voulez-vous aller ? 
Je no veux aller chez personne 



Chez qui est votre frere ? 

Chez qui votre frere est-il 7 
| II est chez nous. 
( Est-il a la maison ? 
} t Est-il chez lui ? 



He is not at home. 



( II n'est pas a la maison. 
I t II n'< 



'est pas chez lui 



EIGHTEENTH LESSON. 



61 



Are you '( 




£tes-vous? 


Tired. 
Are you tired ? 
I am tired. 
I am not tired. 

Is he? 




Fatigue. 

fites-vous fatigue" ? 
Je suis fatigue*. 
Je ne suis pas fatigue" 
Est-il ? 


He is. 




11 est. 


We are. 




Nous sommes. 


They are. 




lis sont. 


To drink. 




Boire * 4. 


Where ? 




Oil? 


What do you wish to do ? 




Que voulez-vous faire ? 


What does your brother wish 


to do? 


Votre frere que veut-il faire ? 



Is your father at home ? 
What will the Germans buy ? 

They will buy something good. 

They will buy nothing. 

Do they wish to buy a book ? 

They wish to buy one. 

Do you wish to drink any thing ? 

[ do not wish to drink any thing. 



Votre pere est-il a la maison ? 

Les Allemands que veulent-ils acho- 

ter? 
lis veulent acheter quelque chose de 

bon. 
t lis ne veulent rien acheter. 
Veulent-ils acheter un livre ? 
lis veulent en acheter un. 
Voulez-vous boire quelque chose ? 
t Je ne veux rien boire. 



EXERCISES. 
43. 

Do you wish to work 1 — I am willing to work, but I am tired. — 
Do you wish to break my glasses ] — I do not wish to break them. — 
A.re you willing to look for my son 1 — I am willing to look for him. 
— What do you wish to pick up 1 — I wish to pick up that crown and 
that franc. — Do you wish to pick up this or that sou 1 — I wish to 
pick up both. — Does your neighbor wish to buy these or those 
combs 1 — He wishes to buy both these and those. — Does that ruan. 
wish to cut your finger'? — He does not wish to cut mine, but his own. 
— Does the painter wish to burn some paper 1 — He wishes tofH 
some. — What does the shoemaker wish to mend ? — He wishSSI 
mend our old shoes. — Does the tailor wish to mend any thing 1 — He 
wishes to mend some waistcoats. — Is our enemy willing to burn his 
ship 1 — He is not willing to burn his own, but ours. — Do you wish 
to do any thing 1 — I do not wish to do any thing. — What do you wish 



62 EIGHTEENTH LESSON. 

to do 1— We wish to warm our tea and our father's coffee. — Do you 
wish to warm my brother's broth 1 — I am willing to warm it. — la 
your servant willing to make my fire I — He is willing to make it, bul 
Ae has no time. 

44. 

Do you wish to speak 1 — I do wish to speak. — Is your son willing 
to work 1 — He is not willing to work. — What does he wish to do ?— 
He wishes to drink some wine. — Do you wish to buy any thing ] — J 
wish to buy something. — What do you wish to buy 1—1 wish to bu\ 
some jewels. — Are you willing to mend my linen 1 — I am willing to 
mend it. — Who will mend our son's stockings 1 — We will mend 
them. — Does the Russian wish to buy this or that picture 1 — He will 
buy neither this nor that. — What does he wish to buy ? — He wishes 
to buy some ships. — Which looking-glasses does the Englishman 
wish to buy 1 — He wishes to buy those whicli the French have, and 
those which the Italians have. — Does your father wish to look for 
his umbrella or for his stick 1 — He wishes to look for both. — Do you 
wish to drink some wine 1 — I wish to drink some, but I have not any. 
— Does the sailor wish to drink some milk 1 — He does not wish to 
drink any, he is not thirsty. — What does the captain wish to drink ? 
— He does not wish to drink any thing. — What does the hatter wish 
to make ? — He wishes to make some hats. — Does the carpenter wish 
to make any thing ?- — He wishes to make a large ship. — Do you wish 
to buy a bird 1 — I wish to buy several. 

45. 

Does the Turk wish to buy more guns than knives 1 — He wishes 
to buy more of the latter than of the former. — How many brooms 
does your servant wish to buy 1 — He wishes to buy three. — Do you 
wish to buy many stockings 1 — We wish to buy only a few, but our 
children wish to buy a great many. — Will your children seek the 
gloves that we have 1 — They will not seek those that you have, bu* 
those which my father has. — Does any one wish to tear your coat 1 
— No one wishes to tear it. — Who wishes to tear my books 1 — Your 

ildren wish to tear them. — With whom is our father 1 — He is with 
iend. — To whom do you wish to go 1 — I wish to go to you. — 
ou go to my house 1 — I will not go to yours but to my bro- 
— Does your father wish to go to his friend 1 — He does not 
wish to go to his friend, but to his neighbor. — At whose house is 
your son 1 — He is at our house. — Will you look for our hats or for 
those of theJPfctfcelA— I will look for neither yours, nor for those of 
the Dutch, but I will ook for mine, and for those of my good friends. 




EIGHTEENTH LESSON. 



63 



46. 

Am I right in warming your broth ? — You are right in warming 
it. — Is my servant right in warming your linen 1 — He is wrong in 
warming it. — Is he afraid to tear your coat 1 — He is not afraid to 
tear it, but to burn it. — Do your children wish to go to our friends ? 
— They do not wish to go to your friends but to ours. — Are your 
children at home 1 — They are not at home, (chez eux,) but at theii 
neighbors'. — Is the captain at home, (chez lid ?) — He is not at home. 
but at his brother's. — Is the foreigner at our brother's 1 — He is not 
at our brother's, but at our father's. — At whose house is the Eng- 
lishman 1 — He is at yours. — Is the American (V Americain) at our 
house ] — No, Sir, he is not at our house, but at his friend's. — With 
whom is the Italian 1 — He is with nobody ; he is at home. — Do you 
wish to go home 1 — I do not wish to go home ; I wish to go to the 
son of my neighbor. — Is your father at home 1 — No, Sir, he is not at. 
home. — With whom is he 1 — .He is with the good friends of our old 
neighbor. — Will you go to any one's house 1 — I will go to no one's 
house. 

47. 

Where is your son 1 — He is at home. — What will he do at home 1 
— He will drink some good wine. — Is your brother at home 1 — He is 
not at home ; he is at the foreigner's. — What do you wish to drink 1 
— 1 wish to drink some milk. — What will the German do at home 1 — 
He will work, and drink some good wine. — What have you at home ? 
— I have nothing at home. — Has the merchant a desire to buy as much 
sugar as tea 1 — He wishes to buy as much of the one as of the other. 
— Are you tired ? — I am not tired. — Who is tired 1 — My brother is 
tired. — Has the Spaniard a mind to buy as many horses as asses 1 — • 
He wishes to buy more of the latter than of the former. — Do you wish 
to drink any thing 1 — I do not wish to drink any thing. — How many 
chickens does the cook wish to buy 1 — He wishes to buy four. — Do 
the French wish to buy any thing 1 — They do not wish to buy any 
thing 1 — Does the Spaniard wish to buy any thing 1 — He wishes to 
buy something, but he has no money. — Do you wish to go to our 
brothers' 1 — I do not wish to go to their house, but to their children's 
— Is the Scotchman at any body's house 1 — He is at nobody's. — 
Where is he ? — He is at his own house, (chez lui.) 



64 



NINETEENTH LESSOR 



NINETEENTH LESSON.— Dix-neuvieme Lepn. 

Where ? Whither ? Where to ? Oil ? 

To it, at it, in it, there cr thither. Y, (stands always before the verb ) 



To go thither. 
To be there. 
It to it, it there or thither. 



Y aller*. 

Y etre *. 

L'y, (before the verb.) 



To take, to carry. 

To send. 

To take, to lead, to conduct. 



Porter 1. 
Envoyer 1. 
Mener 1. 



To take it there or thither. | L'y porter. 



Him, (object of the verb.) 
Him there or thither. 

To send him thither. 

To take him thither. 

Them there or thither. 
Some of it there or thither. 

To carry them thither. 

To carry some thither. 



Le, (stands always before the veio.; 
L'y, (before the verb.) 
L'y envoyer. 
L'y mener. 



Les y, (before the verb.) 

Y en, (before the verb.) 
Les y porter. 

Y en porter. 



Will you send him to my father? I Voulez-vousl'envoyerchezmonpeie 

I will send him thither, or to him. j Je veux l'y envoyer. 

Obs. The adverb y always stands before the verb, and when there is a 

pronoun like le, it, him, les, them, it stands immediately before the adveib 

y ; but en, some of it, stands after it, as may be seen from the above. 

The physician. I Le medecin. 
To come. Venir * 2. 



When? 

To-morrow 

To-day. 



Quand ? 
Demain. 
Aujourd'hui. 



Somewhere or whither, anywhere 

or whither. 
Nowhere, not anywhere. 
Do you wish to go any whither ? 
I wish to go some whither. 
I do not wish to go any whither. 



Quelque part. 

Ne — nulle part. 
Voulez-vous aller quelqne part ? 
Je veux aller quelque part. 
Je ne veux aller nulle part. 



NINETEENTH LESSON. 
To write. Ecrire * 4. 



At what o'clock? 
At one <)7jlock. 
At two o'clock. 



tt 



6ft 



A quelle heure P 1 
A une heure. 
A deux heures. 



Half. 

The quarter. 
At half past one. 
At a quarter past one. 
At a quarter past two. 
At a quarter to one. 
At twelve o'clock. 
At twelve o'clock at night, (mid- 
night.) 



Demi ; feminine, demieu 

Le quart. 

A une heure et demie. 3 

A une heure et quart. 

A deux heures et quart. 

A une heure moins un quart. 

A midi. 

A minuit. 

Moins, (comparative of pew, little; 



EXERCISES. 

48. 
Do you wish to go home 1 — I wish to go thither. — Does your son 
wish to go to my house ] — He wishes to go there. — Is your brother 
at home 1 — He is there. — Whither do you wish to go 1 — I wish to gc 
home. — Do your children wish to go to my house 1 — They do not wish 
to go there. — To whom will you take (porter) this note 1 — I will take 
it to my neighbor's. — Will your servant take my note to your father 1 
— He will take it there. — \\ ill your brother carry my guns to the 
Russian 1 — He will carry them thither. — To whom do our enemies 
wish to carry our pistols 1 — They wish to carry them to the Turks. 
— Whither will the shoemaker carry my shoes 1 — He will carry them 
to your house. — Will he carry them home 1 — He will not carry them 
thither. — Will you come to me 1 — I will not come (oiler) there. — 
Whither do you wish to go 1 — I wish to go to the good English. — 
Will the good Italians go to our house ? — They will not go thither. — 
Whither do they wish to go 1 — They will go no whither. 

49. 
Will you take your sor to my house 1 — I will not take him to youT 
house, but to the captain's. — When will you take him to the captain's 1 — 

1 Heure, hour, is a feminine noun. This class of nouns will be spoken of 
nereafter. For the present the learner has only to write them as he sees 
them written in the lessons. 

2 The adjective demie is here in the feminine gender, agreeing with the 
feminine noun heure. But when this adjective precedes the noun, it doe* 
lot agree with it in gender and number, as : une demi-heure,ha\f an hour. 



66 4M^h NINETEENTH LESSON. 



im thsfce 



I will take him ths|e to-morrow. — Do you wish to take my childrei 
to the physician 1 — I will take them thither. — When will you take 
them thither 1 — I will take them thither to-day. — At what o'clock 
will you take them thither 1 — At half-past two. — When will you send 
your servant to the -physician 1 — I will send him there to-day. — At 
what o'clock 1 — At a quarter past ten. — Will you go any whither ] — 
I will go some whither. — Whither will you go 1 — I will go to the 
Scotchman. — Will the Irishman come to you 1 — He will come to me 
— Will your son go to any one ? — He will go to some one. — To whom 
does he wish to go 1 — He wishes to go to his friends. — Will the 
Spaniards go any whither "? — They will go no whither. — Will out 
friend go to any one 1 — He will go to no one. 

50. 

When will you take your youth to the painter 1—1 will take him 
thither to-day. — Whither will he carry these birds ] — He will carry 
them no whither. — Will you take the physician to this man 1 — I will 
take him there. — When will the physician go to your brother 1 — He 
will go there to-day. — Will you send a servant to me 1 — I will send 
one there. — Will you send a child to the painter 1 — I will not send 
one thither. — With whom is the captain ] — He is with nobody. — Has 
your brother time to come to my house 1 — He has no time to come 
{aller) there. — Will the Frenchman write one more note ] — He will 
write one more. — Has your friend a mind to write as many notes as 
I ] — He has a mind to write quite as many. — To whose house does 
he wish to send them 1 — He will send them to his friends'. — Who 
wishes to write little notes % — The young man wishes to write some. 
— Do you wish to carry many books to my father's 1 — I will only 
carry a few thither. 

51. 

Will you send one more trunk to our friend 1 — I will send several 
more there. — How many more hats does the hatter wish to send 1 — 
He wishes to send six more. — Will the tailor send as many shoes as 
the shoemaker 1 — He will send fewer. — Has your son the courage to 
go to the captain 1 — He has the courage to go there, but he has no 
time. — Do you wish to buy as many dogs as horses 1 — I will buy 
more of the latter than of the former. — At what o'clock do you wish 
to send your servant to the Dutchman's 1 — I will send him thither at 
a quarter to six. — At what o'clock is your father at home 1 — He is at 
home at twelve o'clock. — At what, o'clock does your friend wish to 
write his notes 1 — He will write them at midnight. — Are you afraid 
to go to the captain 1 — I am not afraid, but ashamed to go there. 



TWENTIETH LESSON 



67 



TWENTIETH LESSON.— Vingtieme Le$on. 



To, meaning in order to. 

To see. 

Have you any money to buy bread ? 

I have some to buy some. 

Will you go to your brother in order 

to see him ? 
I have no time to go tnere to see 

him. 
Has your brother a knife to cut his 

bread ? 
He has none to cut it. 



Pour. 

Voir* 3. 

Avez-vous de l'argent pour achetel 

du pain 1 
J'en ai pour en acheter. 
Voulez-vous aller chez votre frere 

pour le voir ? 
Je n'ai pas le temps d'y aller pour le 

voir. 
Votre frere a-t-il un couteau pour 

couper son pain ? 
II n'en a pas pour le couper. 



To sweep 
To kill. 
To salt. 



er 1 
Tuer 1 
Saler 1. 



To be able, (can.) | Pouvoir * 3. 



Can you ? or are you able ? 

I can, or I am able. 

I cannot, I am not able. 

Can he, or is he able ? 

He can, he is able. 

He cannot, he is unable 

We can, we are able. 

You can, you are able. 

They can, they are able 

Me. 

Him. 
To see me. 
To see him. 
To see the man. 
To kill him. 



Pouvez-vous ? 

Je peux, (or je puis.) 1 

Je ne peux pas, (or je ne puis.; 

Peut-il ? 

II peut. 

II ne peut pas. 

Nous pouvons. 

Vous pouvez. 

lis peuvent. 



Me, (direct object or accusative.) 
Le, (direct object or accusative.) 
Me voir. 
Le voir. 
Voir l'homme. 
Le tuer. 



1 Je puis is more iu use than je peux, which should not be used in aa 
interrogative sentence. Say, therefore, puis-je ? and not peux-je ? Of 



ivbich hereafter (See Lesson XXVIII.) 



68 



TWENTIETH LESSON. 



To. 

To the or at the 
Singular. 
To the friend. 
To the man. 
To the captain. 
To the book. 



Plural. 
To the friends. 
To the men. 
To the captains. 
To the books. 



To him, to her 
To me. 



Au, plur. aux, 

Singular. 
A l'ami. 
A l'homme. 
Au capitaine, 
Au livre. 



e Lesson IX 

Plural 
Aux amis. 
Aux hommes. 
Aux capitaines 
Aux livres 



Lui, (indirect object or dative.) 
Me. 



To speak to me. 

To speak to him, (to her.) 

To write to him, (to her.) 

To write to me. 

To speak to the man. 

To speak to the captain. 

To write to the captain. 

Can you write to me ? 

I can write to you. 

Can the man speak to you ? 

He can speak to me. 

Will you write to your brother ? 

I will write to him. 



The basket. 
The carpet. 
The floor. 
The cat. 



Will you send the book to the man 

I will send it to him. 

When will you send it to him ? 

I will send it to him to-morrow 



Me parler. 

Lui parler. 

Lui ecrire. 

M'e"crire. 

Parler h l'homme. 

Parler au capitaine. 

ficrire au capitaine. 



Pouvez-vous m' ecrire ? 
Je peux vous Ecrire. 
L'homme peut-il vous parler ? 
II peut me parler. 
Voulez-vous ecrire a. votre frere? 
Je veux lui ecrire. 



Le panier. 
Le tapis. 
Le plancher. 
Le chat. 



Voulez-vous envoyer le litre d 

Vhomme ? 
Je veux le lui envoyer 
Quand-voulez-vous le lui envoyer ? 
Je veux le lui envoyer demain. 









Singular. 








Indirect object 
or Dative. 


Direct object 
or Accusative 


1st person. 
3d " 


To me, 
To him, 


Me. 

Him 


Me or a moi. 
Lui — a lui. 


Me or moi. 
Le — lui. 



TWENTIETH LESSON. 



69 



1st peison 



3d 



To us, Us. 

To you, You. 
To them, Them. 



Plural. 

Nous or a nous. Nous. 
Vous — a vous. Vous. 

Leur — deux. Les ox eux 



Obs. Me, lui, for the indirect object, and me, le, for the direct object, 
always precede the verb ; while a moi, a lui, for the indirect object, and 
moi, lui, for the direct object, always follow it. The same is the case with 
nous and a nous, vous and a. vous, leur and a eux, les and eux. Ex. 



Does he wish to speak to you ? 

He does not wish to speak to me, but 

to you. 
Do you wish to write to him ? 
I do not wish to write to him, but to 

his brother. 



Veut-il vous parler ? 

II ne veut pas parler a moi, mais a 

vous. 
Voulez-vous lui ecrire ? 
Je ne veux pas ecrire a lui, mais a 

son frere. 



The following is the order in which the personal pronouns must be placed 



In the sentence : — 

Singular. 
It to me, 
It to him, 
It to us, 
It to you, 
It to them, 



Plural. 
them to me. 
them to him. 
them to us. 
them to you. 
them to thevn. 



Singulier 
t Me le, 
Le lui, 
t Nous le, 
t Vous le, 
Le leur, 



Pluriel. 
t me les. 
les lui. 
t nous les. 
t vous les. 
les leur * 



When will you send me the basket ' 
I will send it to you to-day. 



Quand voulez-vous ra' envoy er le 

panier ? 
Je veux vous Z'envoyer aujourd'hui. 



In the following manner the relative pronoun en, some of it, is placed with 
regard to the personal pronoun : — 



Some to me. 
Some to him, (to her.) 
Some to us. 
Some to you. 
Some to them. 

To give. 
To lend. 



t M'en. 
t Lui en. 
t Nous en. 
t Vous en. 
t Leur en. 



Donner 1. 
Preter 1. 



A-re you willing to give mo some I Voulez-vous me donner du pain ? 

bread ? 
I am willing to givo you some Je veux vous en donner. 

Will you lend some money to my Voulez-vous preter de l'argent a mou 

brother ? f re re ? 

I will lend some to him. Je veux lui en prdter. 



70 



TWENTIETH LESSON 






v- 


> 


> 


















> 






c3 




0) 


© 


C3 


J3 


,3 


«! 


a 


r> 


rt 








o 










fe 




0) 




o 


'O 


nj 






.3 


.s 


H3 












o 


o 


o 




o 


» 


o 




'J=! J 


'-Q 5 


-a 


02 


o 


O 






J3 ^2 

o o 



TWENTIETH LESSJN. 71 

EXERCISES. 
52. 

Has the carpenter money enough to buy a hammer 1 — He hag 
enough of it to buy one. — Has the captain money enough to buy a 
ship 1 — He has not enough to buy one. — Has the peasant a desire 1o 
buy some bread 1 — He has a desire to buy some, but he has not mo- 
ney enough to buy some. — Has your son paper to write a note 1 — 
He has not any to write one. — Have you time to see my brother ! — 
I have no time to see him. — Does your father wish to see me '? — He 
does not wish to see you. — Has your servant a broom to sweep the 
floor 1 — He has one to sweep it. — Is he willing to sweep it ] — He is 
willing to sweep it. — Has the sailor money to buy some chocolate l — 
He lias none to buy any. — Has your cook money to buy some beef? 
— He has some to buy some. — Has he money to buy some chickens ? 
— He has some to buy some. — Have you salt enough to salt my 
beef? — I have enough to salt it. — "Will your friend come to my house 
in order to see me 1 — He will neither come {alter) to your house nor 
see you. — Has your neighbor a desire to kill his horse 1 — He has no 
desire to kill it. — Will you kill your friends 1 — I will kill only my 
enemies. 

53. 

Can you cut me some bread \ — I can cut you some. — Have you a 
knife to cut me some ! — I have one. — Can yon mend my gloves ) — 
[ can mend them, but I have no wish to do it. — Can the tailor make 
me a coat 1 — He can make you one. — Will you speak to the physi- 
cian 1 — I will speak to him. — Does your son wish to see me in order 
to speak to me 1 — He wishes to see you in order to give you a 
crown. — Does he wish to kill me 1 — He does not wish to kill you ; 
he only wishes to see you. — Does the son of our old friend wish to 
kill an ox 1 — He wishes to kill two. — Who has a mind to kill oui 
cat 1 ? — Our neighbor's boy has a mind to kill it. — How much money 
can you send rae? — I can send you twenty francs. — Will you send 
me my carpet ! — I will send it to you. — Will you send the shoe- 
maker any thing, {quelque chose au cordonnier ?) — I will send him 
my shoes. — Will you send him your coats 1 — No, I will send them 
to the tailor. — Can the tailor send me my coat 1 — He cannot send it 
you. — Are your children able to write to me 1 — They are able to 
write to you. — Will you lend me your basket] — I will lend it you. 

54. 
Have you a glass to drink your wine ! — I have one, but I have no 
«vine ; I have only tea. — Will you give me money to buy some ? — I 
xi\] give you some, but I have only a little. — Will you give me thai 



.'2 TWENTIETH LESSON. 

which (ce que) you have ! — I will give it you. — Can you drink as 
much wine as milk! — I can drink as much of the one as of the other. — 
Has our neighbor an)' wood to make a fire, (die feu ?) — He has some to 
make one, (pour en f aire,) but he has no money to buy bread and but- 
ter. — Are you willing to lend him some ! — I am willing to lend him 
some. — Do you wish to speak to the German ! — I wish to speak to 
him. — Where is he ! — He is with the son of the American, (de 
V Americain.) — Does the German wish to speak to me ! — He wishes 
to speak to you. — Does he wish to speak to my brother or to yours ! — 
He wishes to speak to both. — Can the children of our neighboi work 1 
— They can work, but they will not. 

55. 

Do you wish to speak to the children of the Dutchman ! — I wish 
to speak to them. — What will you give them ! — I will give them 
good cakes. — Will you lend them any thing ! — I am willing to lend 
hem something, but I cannot lend them any thing ; I have nothing. 
— Has the cook some more salt to salt the beef! — He has a little 
more. — Has he some more rice! — He has a great deal more. — Will 
ae give me some ! — He will give you some. — Will he give some to 
my little boys 1 — He will give them some. — Will he kill this or that 
chicken ! — He will neither kill this nor that. — Which ox will he kill ! 
— He will kill that of the good peasant. — Will he kill this or that ox ! 
— He will kill both. — Who will send us biscuits 1 — The baker will 
send you some. — Have you any thing to (a) do ! — I have nothing 
to do. 

56. 

What has your son to (a) do ! — He has to write to his good friends 
and to the captains. — To whom do you wish to speak ! — I wish to 
speak to the Italians and to the French. — Do you wish to give them 
some money ! — I wish to give them some.— Do you wish to give 
this man some bread ! — I wish to give him some. — Will you give 
him a coat ! — I will give him one. — Will your friends give me some 
coffee ! — They will give you some. — Will you lend me your books ! 
— I will lend them to you. — Will you lend your neighbors your mat- 
tress ! — I will not lend it to them. — Will you lend them your looking- 
glass! — I will lend it to them. — To whom (a qui) will you lend 
your umbrellas ! — I will lend them to my friends. — To whom (a qui) 
does vour friend wish to lend his linen ! — He will lend it to nobody 



TWENTY-FIRST LESSON. 



73 



TWENTY-FIRST LESSON.— Vingt e. umeme Le?on. 



To whom ? 

Whom ? 
What ? 


A qui? (a question followed by tlio 

object indirect in the dative.") 
For persons : qui ? 
For things : que ? quoi ? 



Subject 

or 

Nominative. 



THE FOUR CASES OF THE INTERROGATIVE PRONOUNS : 

Qui? Who?— Que? Quoi? What? 

For pefsons. Fo: tilings. 

Qui? que? quoi? 



Object indi- 
rect in the 
Genitive. 



Object indi- 
rect in the 



Dative. 



"J Of whom, 
I (also, 
{ from 
J whom ?) 

To whom? 
Whose? 



Object di- J 

rect or Ac- > Whom ? 



Of what, 

(also, 

from 

what?) 



To what? 



What? 



De qui ? 



A qui' 



Qui? 



do quoi ? 



a quoi ? 



que ? quoi ? 



cusativo. ) 

Qui ? who ? has no plural, and always refers to persons, without distinc- 
tion of sex, as who in English. 

Que ? and quoi ? What? have no plural, and always relate to things. 

Obs. A. Always use que for things before a verb, and never quoi as the 
3ubject and object direct or accusative. 



To answer. 
To answer the man. 
To answer the men. 



Rdpondre 4. 
Rdpondro a l'homme. 
Repondre aux homines. 



Obs. B. There are many verbs in English after which the preposition 
to may or may not be expressed ; but this is not the case in Frencli, whew 
io, d, must be expressed. 



To whom do you wish to answer? 
I wish to answer to my brother. 

To answer him. 

To answer them. 



A qui voulez-vous repondro ? 
Je veux repondre a mon from 
Lui repondre. 
Leur repondre. 



To answer the note. 
To answer it. 



Repondre au billet 
Y repondre. 



74 



TWENTY-FIRST LESSON. 



To it, to them. 

To answer the notes. 

To answer them. 
Will you answer my note ? 
I will answer it. 



►Y. 

Repondre aux billets 

Y repondre. 

Voulez-vous repondre a mon billet ? 

Je veux y repondre. 



The play, the theatre 


Le theatre. 




The ball. 


Le bal. 






Singular. 


Plural. 


To or at the play. 


Au theatre, 


aux theatres 


To or at the ball. 


Au bal, 


aux bals. 


To or at the garden. 


Au jardin, 


aux jardins 


The storehouse, 


| 




The magazine, 


>Le magasin. 




The warehouse. 


1 




The counting-house. 


Le comptoir. 




The market. 


Le marche. 




There, thither. 


Y. 




To go there, thither. 


Y alter. 




To be there 


Y etrc. 




Do you wish to go to the play ? 


Voulez-vous aller 


au theatre ? 


I wish to go there. 


Je veux y aller. 




Is your brother at the play ? 


Votre frere est-il 


au theatre ? 


He is there. 


11 y est. 




He is not there, 


11 n'y est pas. 




Where is he ? 


Ou est-il? 





In. 

Is your father in his garden ? 
He is there. 

Where is the merchant ? 

He is in his storehouse. 

What have you to do ? 

I have nothing to do. 

What has the man to drink ? 

He has nothing to drink. 

Have you any thing to do ? 

I have to answer a note. 

I havo to speak to your brother 



Dans. 

Votre pere est-il dans sou jardin? 

II y est. 

Ou est le marchand? 

Ou le marchand est-il? 

II est dans son magasin. 

Qu'avez-vous a faire ? 

Je n'ai rien a faire. 

L'homme qu'a-t-il a boire? 

II n'a rien a boire. 

Avez-vous quelque chose a fairol 

J'ai a repondre a un billet. 

J'ai a parler a votre frcio. 



? 



TWENTY-FIRST LESSON. 75 



EXERCISES 
57 

Will you write to me? — J will write to you. — Will you write to 
the Italian 1 — I will write to him. — Will your brother write to the 
English ? — He will write to them, but they have no mind to answer 
him. — Will you answer your friend 1 — I will answer him. — But 
whom will you answer 1 — I will answer my good father. — Will you 
not answer your good friends'! — I will answer them. — Who will 
write to you 1 — The Russian wishes to write to me. — Will you an- 
swer him 1 — I will not answer him. — Who will write to our friends 1 
— The children of our neighbor will write to them. — Will they an- 
swer them 1 — They will answer them. — To whom do you wish to 
write 1 — I wish to write to the Russian. — Will he answer you 1 — He 
wishes to answer me, but he cannot. — Can the Spaniards answei 
us ] — They cannot answer us, but we can answer them. — To whom 
do you wish to send this note 1 — I will send it to the joiner. 

58. 

What have you to do 1—1 have to write. — What have you to 
write 1 — I have to write a note. — To whom 1 — To the carpenter. — 
What has your father to drink 1 — He has to drink some good wine. — 
Has your servant any thing to drink 1 — He has to drink some tea. — 
What has the shoemaker to do ? — He has to mend my shoes. — What, 
have you to mend 1 — I have to mend my thread stockings. — To 
whom have you to speak 1 — I have to speak to the captain. — When 
will you speak to him 1 — To-day. — Where will you speak to him 1 — 
At his house. — To whom has your brother to speak 1 — He has to 
speak to your son. — What has the Englishman to do 1 — He has to 
answer a note. — Which note has he to answer 1 — He has to answer 
that of the gocd German. — Have I to answer the note of the French- 
man 1 — You have to answer it. — Which note have you to answer 1 
—I have to answer that of my good friend. — Has your father to an- 
swer a note 1 — He has to answer one, (a un billet.) — Who has to an- 
swer notes ] — Our children have to answer a few. — Will you answei 
the notes of the merchants 1 — I will answer them. — Will your bro- 
ther answer this or that note 1 — He will answer neither this nor that. 
— Will any one answer my note 1 — No one will answer it. 

59. 

Which notes will your father answer 1 — He will answer only thoao 
of his good friends. — Will he answer my note 1 — He will answer it. 
— Have you to answer any one "? — I have to answer no one. — Who 
will answer my notes 1 — Your friends will answer them — Have you 



76 TWENTY-FIEST LESSON. 

a mind to go to the ball 1 — I have a mind to go there. — When will 
you go there] — To-day. — -At what o'clock] — At half-past ten. — 
When will you take your boy to the play 1 — I will take him there to- 
morrow. — At what o'clock will you take him there 1 — At a quarter 
to six. — Where is your son ] — He is at the play. — Is your friend at 
the ball ] — He is there. — Where is the merchant 1 — He is at his 
counting-house. — Where do you w r ish to take me to 1 — I wish to take 
you to my warehouse. — Where does your cook wish to go to ] — He 
wishes to go to the market. — Is your brother at the market 1 — He is 
not there. — Where is he 1 — He is in his magazine. 

60. 

Where is the Dutchman 1 — He is in his garret. — Will you come 
to me in order to go to the play ] — I will come {aller) to you, but I 
have no mind to go to the play. — Where is the Irishman ] — He is at 
the market. — To which theatre do you wish to go. 1 — I wish to go to 
that of the French. — Will you go to my garden or to that of the 
Scotchman 1 — I will go neither to yours nor to that of the Scotch- 
man ; I wish to go to that of the Italian. — Does the physician wish 
to go to our storehouses or to those of the Dutch 1 — He will go nei- 
ther to yours nor to those of the Dutch, but to those of the French. — 
What do you wish to buy at the market ] — I wish to buy a basket 
and some carpets. — Where will you take them to 1 — I will take them 
home. 

61. 

How many carpets do you wish to buy ] — I wish to buy two. — To 
whom do you wish to give them ] — I will give them to my servant. 
—Has he a mind to sweep the floor ] — He has a mind to do it, but he 
has no time. — Have the English many storehouses ] — They have 
many. — Have the French as many dogs as cats ] — They have more 
of the latter than of the former. — Have you many guns in your 
warehouses 1 — We have many there, but we have but little corn.— 
Do you wish to see our guns 1 — I will go into your warehouses in 
order to see them. — Do you wish to buy any thing ] — I do wish to 
buy something. — What do you wish to buy] — I wish to buy a 
pocket-book, a looking-glass, and a pistol. — Where will you buy your 
trunk ] — I will buy it at the market. — Have you as much wine as 
tea in your storehouses ] — We have as much of the one as of the 
Dther. — Who wishes to tear my linen ] — No one wishes to tear it. 

62. 

Will the English give us some bread ] — They will give you some 
-—Will they give us as much butter as bread ] — They will give you 
more of the latter than of the former. — Will you give this man a 



TWENTY-SECOND LESSON 



7? 



franc 1 — I will give him several. — How many francs will you give 
him] — I will give him five. — What will the French lend us!— 
They will lend us many books. — Have you time to write to the mer- 
chant 1 — I wish to write to him, but I have no time to-day. — When 
will you answer the German 1 — I will answer him to-morrow. — At 
what o'clock 1 — At eight. — Where does the Spaniard wish to go to 1 
— He wishes to go no whither. — Does your servant wish to warm 
my broth 1 — He wishes to warm it. — Is he willing to make my lire 1 
— He is willing to make it. — Where does the baker wish to go to 1 — 
He wishes to go to the wood. — Where is the youth ] — He is at the 
play. — Who is at the captain's ball ] — Our children and our friends 
are there. 



TWENTY-SECOND LESSON.— Vingt-deuxieme Lecon. 



To or at the corner. 
To or at the hole. 

in the hole, in the holes. 



Sing. 
Au coin, 
Au trou, 

Dans le trou, 



Plur. 
aux coins, 
aux trous, (See n 

1. Less. IX.) 
dans les trous. 



To or at the bottom. 




Au fond. 


To or at the bottom of the 


bag. 


Au fond du sac. 


At the corner of the fire. 




Au coin du feu. 


To or at the end. 




Au bout. 


To the end of the road. 




Au bout du chemhi. 


To the end of the roads. 




Au bout des ehemins. 


The road. 




Le chemin. 



To send for. 
To go for, to fetch. 
Will you send for some wine ? 

I will send for some. 

Will your boy go for some bread ? 

lie will not go for any. 

I will send for the physician. 

I will send for him. 

He will send for my brothers. 

He will send foi them. 



Envoyer chercher. 

Aller chercher 

Voulez-vous envoyer chercher du 

vin? 
Je veivx en envoyer chercher 
Votre garcon veut-il aller cherchel 

du pain ? 
II ne veut pas en aller chercher. 
Je veux envoyer chercher le mede- 

cin. 
Je veux Fenvoyer chercher. 
II veut envoyer chercher mes freres 
II veut les envoyer chercher. 



78 



TWENTY-SECOND LESSON. 



Will you send for glasses ? 
I will send for some. 



Voulez-vons envoy er cherchor do« 

verres? 
Je veux en envoyer cliercher. 



What have you to do ? 

I have to go to the market. 

What have you to drink ? 

We have to drink some good wine 

You have to mend your stockings. 



Qu'avez-vous a faire ? 

J'ai a aller au marche. 

Qu'avez-vous a boire ? 

Nous avons a boire de bon vin. 

Vous avez a raccommoder vos bua, 



They have. 
What have the men to do ? 
They have to go to the storehouse. 



lis ont. 

Les homines qu'ont-ils a faire ? 

lis ont & aller au magasin. 



This evening, (to-n 
In the evening. 
This morning. 
In the morning. 


ght.) 


Ce soir. 
t Le soir 
Ce matin, 
t Le matin. 


Now, at present. 




A present. 


Thou. . 
Thou hast — thou art. 
Art thou fatigued 1 
I am not fatigued. 
Are the men tired ? 




Tu. 1 

Tu as— Tu es. 

Es-tu fatigue ? 

Je ne suis pas fatigue. 

Les hommes sont-ils fatigue's ? 



Obs. The adjective in French, when it is preceded by a noun or pronoun, 
must agree with it in number ; that is, if the noun or pronoun is in the 
plural, the adjective must take an s. 

They are not tired. | lis ne sont pas fatigues. 



Thou wilt (wishest) — thou art able, 
(canst.) 

Art thou willing to make my fire ? 

I am willing to make it, but I can- 
not. 



Tu veux — tu peux. 

Veux-tu faire mon feu ? 
Je veux le faire, mais je ne peux 
pas. 



1 In addressing one another the French use the second person plural, as 
in English. The second person singular, however, is employed : 1. In sub- 
lime or serious style, and in poetry ; 2. It is a mark of intimacy among 
friends, and Ts used by parents and children, brothers and sisters, husbands 
and wives, towards one another : in general it implies familiarity founded on 
affection and fondness, or hatred and contempt. 



TWENTY-SECOND LESSON. 



79 



Art thou afraid ? 

I am not afraid, I am cold. 

Art thou hungry ? 

To sell. 

To tell, to say. 



To tell some one, to say to some 

one. 

The word. 
Will you tell the servant to make the 

fire? 
[ will tell him to make it. 



Thy. 
Thine. 
Thy book — thy books. 



1" As-tu peur ? 

t Je n'ai pas peur ; j'ai froid. 

t As-tu faim ? 



Vendre 4. 

Dire * 4, (takes the preposition di 

before the verb.) 
Dire a quelqu'un. 

Le mot. 

Voulez-vous dire au domestique de 

faire lo feu ? 
Je veux lui dire de le faire. 



Sing. Ton. Plur. tes. 

— Le tien, — les tiens. 

— Ton livre — tes livres. 



EXERCISES. 
63. 
Will you send for some sugar 1 — I will send for some. — Son, (mon 
fds,) wilt thou go for some cakes 1 — Yes, father, (mon pere,) I will 
go for some. — Whither wilt thou go 1 — I will go into the garden. — 
Who is in the garden 1 — The children of our friends are there. — 
Will you send for the physician ] — I will send for him. — Who will 
go for my brother 1 — My servant will go for him. — Where is he 1 — 
He is in his counting-house. — Will you give me my broth 1 — I will 
give it you. — Where is it 1 — It is at the corner of the fire. — Will you 
give me some money to (pour) fetch some milk 1 — I will give you 
some to fetch some. — Where is your money 1 — It is in my counting- 
house : will you go for it ? — I will go for it. — Will you buy my horse ? 
— I cannot buy it ; I have no money. — Where is your cat 1 — It is in 
the hole. — In which hole is it 1 — In the hole of the garret. — Where 
is this man's dog ] — It is in a corner of the ship. — Where has the 
peasant his corn 1 — He has it in his bag. — Has he a cat 1 — He has 
one — Where is it 1 — It is at the bottom of the bag. — Is your cat in 
this bag 1 — It is in it. 

64. 

Have you any thing to do ? — I have something to do. — What have 

you to do 1 — I have to mend my stockings, and to go to the end of the 

road. — Who is at the end of the road 1 — My father is there. — Has 

your cook any thing to drink 1 — He has to drink some wine and some 



80 TWENTY-THIRD LESSON. 

good broth. — Car. you give me as much butter as bread ! — I can give 
you more of the latter than of the former. — Can our friend drink as 
much wine as coffee 1 — He cannot drink so much of the latter as of 
the former. — Have you to speak to any one 1 — I have to speak to 
several men. — To how many men have you to speak 1 — I have to 
speak to four. — When have you to speak to them ] — This evening. — 
At what o'clock 1 — At a quarter to nine. — When can you go to the 
market 1 — I can go thither in the morning-. — At what o'clock 1 — At 
half-past seven. — When will you go to the Frenchman 1 — I will go 
to him to-night. — Will you go to the physician in the morning or in 
the evening 1 — I will go to him in the morning.-:— At what o'clock ] — 
At a quarter past ten. 

65. 

Have you to write as many notes as the Englishman 1 — I have to 
write fewer of them than he. — Will you speak to the German 1 — I will 
speak to him. — When will you speak to him 1 — At present. — Where 
is he 1 — He is at the other end of the wood. — Will you go to the 
market 1 — I will go thither to {pour) buy some linen. — Do your neigh- 
bors not wish to go to the market ] — They cannot go thither ; they 
are fatigued. — Hast thou the courage to go to the wood in the even- 
ing ] — I have the courage to go thither, but not in the evening. — Are 
your children able to answer my notes 1 — They are able to answer 
them. — What do you wish to say to the servant 1 — I wish to tell him 
to make the fire and to sweep the warehouse. — Will you tell your 
brother to sell me his horse 1 — I will tell him to sell it you. — What 
do you wish to tell me 1 — I wish to tell you a word. — Whom do you 
wish to see 1 — I wish to see the Scotchman. — Have you any thing 
to tell him 1 — I have to tell him a few words. — Which books does 
my brother wish to sell 1 — He wishes to sell thine and his own. 



TWENTY-THIRD LESSON.— Vingt-troisieme Le^n 



To go out. 

To remain, to stay. 
When do you wish to go out ? 
I wish to go out now. 

To remain (to stay) at home. 



Sortir 2 *. 

Hester 1. 

Quand voulez-vous sortir ? 

Je veux sortir a present. 

Hester a la maison. 1 



1 La maison, the house, is a feminine noun, the article of such nouns be 
ing for the singular la. This class of nouns will be spoken of hereafter 
fSee Note 1, Less XIX.) 



Ipriot^ //.\ &X&z&ww<?S V ^l&Z'V'U/l'/r&i^ 



(/TWENTY- THIRI^ LESSON. 



81 



Here. 

To remain here. 
There. 
WilJ you stay here ? 
I will stay here. 
Will your friend remain there ? 
He will not stay there. 
Will you go to your brother? 
I will go to him. 

The pleasure. 

The favor. 
To give pleasure. 
To do a favor. 



Are you going ? 
I am going. 
I am not going. 
Thou art going. 
Is he going ? 
He goes, or is going. 
He is not going. 
Are we going ? 
We go, or are going. 

What are you going to do ? 
I am going to read. 

To read. 

Are you going to your brother? 
I am going there. 
Where is he going4# ? 
He is going to his father. 

All, every. \ 
Every day. 
Every morning. 
Every evening. 



It is. 

Late. 



Ici, y. 

Rester ici. 

Ld,y. 

Voulez-vous rester ici ? 

Je veux y rester. 

Votre ami veut-il rester la ? 

II ne veut pas y rester. 

Voulez-vous aller chez votre frkre 1 

Je veux y aller. 



> Le plaisir. 

Faire plaisir. 
Faire un plaisir. 



Allez-vous ? 

Je vais. 

Je ne vais pas. 

Tu vas. 

Va-t-il? 

II va. 

II ne va pas. 

Allons-nous ? 

Nous allons. 



Qu' allez-vous faire 
Je vais lire. 
Lire 4 *. 



Allez-vous chez votre frero ? 

J'y vais. 

Ou va-t-il ? 

II va chez son pere. 



Sing. Tout. Plur. Tons. 
Tous les jours. 
Tous les matins. 
Tous les soirs. 



What o'clock is it ? 



II est. 
Tard. 
Quelle 3 heure est-il ? 



a The interrogative pronoun quelle is here in the feminine gender, agree 
mg with the feminine noun heure, hour. (See Note 2, Lesson XIX.) 



82 



TWENTY-THIRD LESSON. 



It is three o'clock. 

It is twelve o'clock. 

It is a quarter past twelve. 

It wants a quarter to six. 

It is half-past one. 



II est trois hemes. 
II est midi 

II est midi et quart, (or et un quart.) 
II est six heures moins un quart. 
II est une heme et demie. (S«v> 
Note 2, Less. XIX.) 



To be acquainted with, (to know.) 
To be acquainted with (to know) a 
man. 



Need. 

To want. 

To be in want of. 

I want it. 

I am in want of it. 
Are you in want of this knife ? 
i am not in want of it. 
Are you in want of these knives ? 
I am in want of them. 
I am not in want of them. 
I am not in want of any thing. 
Is he in want of money ? 
He is not in want of any. 



Of what ? 
What are you in want of ? 
What do you want ? 



Connaitre * 4. 
Connaitre un homme. 



| Besoin, (is always followed by tin* 
preposition de.) 

\ Avon besoin de 

> J'en ai besoin. 

| Avez-vous besoin de ce couteau ? 

j Je n'en ai pas besoin. 

' Avez-vous besoin de ces couteaux? 

j J'en ai besoin. 

i Je n'en ai pas besoin. 

! Je n'ai besoin de rien. 

; A-t-il besoin d'argent ? 

| II n'en a pas besoin. 



| De quoi ? 

\ De quoi avez-vous besoin ' 



Of me, 

Of us, 



OBJECT INDIRECT IN THE GENITIVE OF THE PERSONAL PRONOUNS. 

(See Lesson XX.) 

of thee, of him. { De moi, de toi, de lui, (en.) 

of you, of them. | De nous, de vous, d'eux, (en.) 



Is your father in want of me ? 

Ho is in want of you. 

Are you in want of these books ? 

I am in want of ihem. 

Is he in want of my brothers ? 

He is in want of them. 



Votre pere a-t-il besoin de moi ? 

II a besoin de vous. 

Avez-vous besoin de ces livres? 

J'en ai besoin. 

A-t-il besoin de mes freres ? 
S II a besoin d'eux. 
I II en a besoin. 3 



8 The former of these two expressions is the more polite with respect t< 
sersons, the latter being more commonly used for things. 



TWENTY-THIRD LESSON. 83 

EXERCISES. 
66. 
Will you do me a favor 1 — Yes, sir, what one, (lequel ?) — Will you 
tell my servant to make the fire 1 — I will tell him to make it. — Will 
you tell him to sweep the warehouses 1 — I will tell him to sweep 
them. — What will you tell your father ] — I will tell him to sell you 
his horse. — Will you tell your son to go to my father 1 — I will tell 
him to go to him, (y.) — Have you any thing to tell me 1 — I have 
nothing to tell you. — Have you any thing to say to my father 1 — I 
have a word to say to him. — Do these men wish to sell their car- 
pets 1 — They do not wish to sell them. — John ! (Jean) art thou 
lere, (Id?) — Yes, sir, I am here, (fy suis.) — What art thou going 
to do ? — I am going to your hatter to ( pour) tell him to mend your 
hat. — Wilt thou go to the tailor to tell him to mend my coats 1 — I 
will go to him, (y.) — Are you willing to go to the market] — I am 
willing to go thither. — What has your merchant to sell 1 — He has to 
sell some beautiful leather gloves, combs, good cloth, and fine wood- 
en baskets. — Has he any iron guns to sell ! — He has some to sell. — 
Does he wish to sell me his horses 1 — He wishes to sell them to 
von. — Have you any thing to sell ? — I have nothing to sell. 

67. 
Is ii late] — It is not late. — What o'clock is if? — It is a quarter 
past twelve. — At what o'clock does the captain wish to go out 1 — 
He wishes to go out at a quarter to eight. — What are you going to 
do 1 — I am going to read. — What have you to read 1 — I have to read 
a good book. — Will you lend it to me 1 — I will lend it you. — When 
will you lend it me 1 — I will lend it you to-morrow. — Have you a 
mind to go out ] — I have no mind to go out. — Are you willing to 
stay here, my dear (cher) friend 1 — I cannot remain here. — Whither 
have you to go 1 — I have to go to the counting-house. — When will 
you go to the ball 1 — To-night. — At what o'clock 1 — At midnight. — 
Do you go to the Scotchman in the evening or in the morning ? — I 
go to him (y) (both) in the evening and in the morning. — Where are 
you going to now ? — I am going to the theatre. — Where is your son 
going to 1 — He is going no whither ; .ie is going to stay at home to 
(pour) write his notes. — Where is your brother? — He is at his 
warehouse. — Does he not wish to go out 1 — No, sir, he does not 
wish to go out. — What is he going to do there 1 — He is going to 
write to his friends. — Will you stay here or there 1 — I will stay 
there. — Where will your father stay "? — He will stay there. — Has oui 
fr/end a mind to stay in the garden ? — He has a mind to stay there 



84 TWENTY-THIRD LESSON. 

68. 

At what o'clock is the Dutchman at home 1 — He is at home everj 
evening - at a quarter past nine. — When does your ccok go to the 
market 1 — He goes thither every morning at half-past five. — When 
does our neighbor go to the Irishmen 1 — He goes to them (y) every 
day. — At what o'clock 1 — At eight o'clock in the morning. — What 
do you wish to buy 1 — I do not wish to buy any thing ; but my fa- 
ther wishes to buy an ox. — Does he wish to buy this or that ox 1 — 
He wishes to buy neither this nor that. — Which one (lequel) does 
lie wish to buy 1 — He wishes to buy your friend's, (celui de voire 
ami.) — Has the merchant one more coat to sell 1 — He has one more, 
but he does not wish to sell it. — Has this man one knife more to 
sell 1 — He has not one more {plus de) knife to sell ; but he has a 
few more guns to sell. — When will he sell them 1 — He will sell them 
to-day. — Where? — At his warehouse. — Do you wish to see my 
friend 1 — I do wish to see him in order to know him. — Do you wish 
to know my children 1 — I do wish to know them. — How many chil- 
dren have you 1 — I have only two ; but my brother has more than I : 
he has six of them. — Does that man wish to drink too much wine 1 
— He wishes to drink too much of it. — Have you wine enough to 
drink 1 — I have only a little, but enough. — Does your brother wish 
to buy too many cakes 1 — He wishes to buy a great many, but not 
too many. 

69. 

Can you lend me a knife 1 — I can lend you one. — Can your father 
lend me a book 1 — He can lend you several. — What are you in want 
of? — I am in want of a good gun. — Are you in want of this picture 1 
— I am in want of it. — Does your brother want money 1 — -He does 
not want any. — Does he want some shoes 1 — He does not want any. 
— What does he want ] — He wants nothing. — Are you in want of 
these sticks 1 — I am in want of them. — Who w'ants some sugar 1 — 
N obody wants any. — Does anybody want pepper 1 — Nobody wants 
any. — What do I want 1 — You want nothing. — Does your father 
want these or those pictures 1 — He wants neither these nor those. — 
Are you in want of me ! — I am in want of you. — When do you want 
me 1 — At present. — What have you to say to me 1 — I have a word 
to say to you. — Is your son in want of us 1 — He is in want of you and 
your brothers. — Ajre you in want of my servants'? — I am in want of 
them. — Does any one want my brother 1 — No one wants him. — Does 
your father want any thing ] — He does not want any thing. — What 
does the Englishman want ? — He wants some linen. — Does lie not 
a r ant some jewels 1 — He dors not want any. — What does the savioi 



TWENTY-FOURTH LESSON. 85 

want i — He wants some biscuits, some milk, cheese, and butter. — ■ 
Are you going to give me any thing 1 — I am going to give you some 
bread and wine. 



TWENTY-FOURTH LESSON.— Vingt-quatrieme Legon. 
THE PRESENT TENSE. 

To find the present tense of a verb its present participle must bo 
known, as it serves to form the three persons plural. 1 It always ends in 
ant, and as all grammars and dictionaries give it, it is easily formed, and 
almost guessed at by learners. 2 

The first, second, and third persons plural of the present tense are formed 
by changing the syllable ant of the present participle into ons for the firsl 
person, into cz for the second, and into ent for the third. 3 Ex. 

FIRST CONJUGATION. 

Infinitive. Present participle. I Tnfinitif. Participe present 
To speak, speaking. | Parler, pariah. 

pRESENTr* 1 "***-^ ~lQlyVk*Jk 

I speak, thou speakest, he speaks. I Je parle, tu paries, il parle. r 
We speak, you speak, they speak. | Nous parlorcs, vous parlez, ils parlen* 

SECOND CONJUGATION. 



To finish, finishing. 
I finish, thou finishest, lie finishes. 
We finish, you finish, they finish. 



Finir, finissarcZ. 
Je finis, tu finis, il fini£. 
Nous finissorcs, vous finisse^, ils finis- 
sent. 



1 The present of the indicative, the participle, and the infinitive, art 
primitive parts of the verb. The other primitives are the preterite definite 
and the participle past. 

a The formation of the present tense from the infinitive presents too 
many exceptions, they being almost as numerous as the different termina- 
tions of the various infinitives, and is consequently too difficult for begin- 
ners. 

3 In all the four conjugations the second person singular has an s.* In 
the first conjugation the third person singular is the same as the first person ; 
in the second and third conjugations it has t. In the fourth conjugation it 
adds nothing to the root.t 

* Except in the imperative of the first conjugation, and of some verbs of the second, 
where the s is dropped Ex. Parle, speak, (thou.) When the imperative, however, is 
followed by one )f the pronouns, en, y, the letter s is not dropped, as : donnes-cn a ton 
f-.ere, give some to thy brother ; portcs-y tcs livres, take thy books thither. 

t By root we understand that part of the verb which precedes the terminations er, vr 
si.; re, of the infinitive ; f< r example, in the verb finir, to finish, fin, end, is the root 



S(i 



TWENTY-FOURTH LESSON 



THIRD CONJUGATION. 



Te receive, receiving. 

I receive, thou receivest, he receives 
We receive, you receive, they re- 
ceive. 

Obs.A 



Recevoir, relevant. 
Je regois, tu re qois, il re9oiZ. 
Nous vecevons, vous recevez, ils re 
qoivent. 4 

We have already seen in several words of the foregoing Les- 



sons that a cedilla is placed under the letter c (9) to give it the sound of s 
before the vowels a, 0, u, as in gargon, boy ; Frangais, Frenchman, &c 
This is the case also in verbs whose root ends in c, which, to preserve the 
soft sound, receives a cedilla whenever it is followed by a, 0, or u. Ex 
Je regois, tu regois, il regoit ; forcer, to force ; forgant, forcing ; placer, 
to place ; plagant, placing ; &c. 



FOURTH- CONJUGATION. 



To sell, selling. 

I sell, thou sellest, he sells. 
We sell, you sell, they sell. 



Vendre, vendam. 

Je vends, tu vends, il vend. 
Nous vendons, vous vondez, ils vend 
ent. 



The principal exceptions^ tbj»rule are : — 



To be, being. 

We are, you are, they are. 

To have, having. 
We have, you have, they have. 

To know, knowing. 
We know, you know, they know, 

To do, doing. 

You do, they do. 

To say, saying. 

You say. 



Etre *, etant. 

Nous sommes, vous etes, ils sont. 

Avoir *, ay ant. 

Nous avons, vous avez, ils ont. 

Savoir *, sachant. 

Nous savons, vous savez, ils savent. 

Fane *, faisant. 

Vous faites, ils font. 

Dire *, disant. 

Vous dites. 5 



4 The thira person plural of the third conjugation presents, as may bo 
observed, a little exception, as the present participle is here changed inta 
regoivent. 

6 The remaining exceptions to this rule are the following : — 

CON I 

1st Allcr, to go ; allant 

2d. Venir, to come ; venant : 

tenant : 

acquerant 

mourant : 

recevant : 



U 



Allcr, to go ; 
Venir, to come ; 
Tenir, to keep ; 
Acquerir, to acquire ; 
Mourir, to die, (lose life 
Recevoir, to receive : 



ils vont, they go. 

ils viennent, they como. 

ils t'iennent, they keep. 

ils acquierent, they acquire 

ils meurent, they die. 

ils regoivent, they receive.* 



* And all those ir ?voir, as apercevoir, to perceive ; concevoir, to conceive, &o 
(See Note 4 above. 



^-f 4*+^ 4ev*- #$ &v*f 

VENTY-^OURTH LESSON. 



87 



Obs. B. There is no distinction in French between I love, I do love, and 
I am loving. All these present tenses are expressed by faime, I love 

To love, to like. 
love. C loves, 

do love. He < does love. 
* am loving. ' is loving, 
lovest. C love. 



i5 

I 

riiou ) 



dost love. You < do love. 

art loving. * are loving. 

{ love. C love. 

We \ do love. They < do love. 
' are loving. * are loving. 



Aimer 1. 
J'aime, il aime. 



Tu 



aimes, vous aimez. 



Nous aimorcs, ils aimcnt. 



To love, to like, to be fond of. 
To arrange, to set in order. 



Aimer. 

Arranger, ranger 1. 



Obs. C. In verbs where the ending er is preceded by g, the letter e is, 
for the softening of the sound, retained in all those tenses where g is follow- 
ed by a or o. Ex. manger, to eat ; mangeant, eating ; juger, to judge ; 
jugeant, judging ; negliger, to neglect ; negligeant, neglecting ; nous 
mangeons, we eat ; nous jugeons, we judge ; nous negligeons, we neglect. 



Do you like him ' 



| U aimez vous ' 



0° Personal pronouns hot standing in the nominative, take their place 
before the verb. 



I do like him. 

I do not like him. 
Do you sell your horse ? 
I do sell it. 
Do you sell it ? 

Does he send you the note ? 
He does send it me. 



Je Z'aime. 

Je ne Z'aime pas. 

Vendez-vous votre cheval ? 

Je le vends. 

Le vendez-vous ? 



Vous envoie-t-il le billet ? 
II me Z'envoie. 



Obs. D. In verbs ending in ayer, oyer, uyer, the letter y is ciianged into 
i in all persons and tenses where it is followed by e mute. Ex. 



Devoir, to owe ; devant : 

Mouvoir, to move ; mouvant 

Pouvoir, to be able, (can :) pouvant : 
Vouloir, to be willing ; voulant : 
4th. Boire, to drink ; buvant .• 

Prendre, to tako ; prenant : 



ils doivent, they owe. 
ils meuvent, they move. 
ils peuvent, they are able. 
ils veulent, they are willing. 
ils boivent, they drink. 
ils prennent, they take 



88 



T VVLNTY-FOU^THV L ESSON . 



I send, thcu sendest, he sends, they 

send. 
I sv^eep, thou sweepest, he sweeps, 

they sweep. 



J'envoie, tu envoies, il envoie, ils en- 

voient. 
Je balaie, tu balaies, il balaie, ils ba- 

laient. 



Does the servant sweep the floor ? 
He does sweep it. 



Le domestique balaie-t-il le plancher ? 
II le balaie. 



Obs. E. As the rule which I have given above, on the formation of the 
plural of the present tense, is applicable to irregular as well as regular verbs, 
it remains now only to point out the present tense singular of those irregular 
verbs which we have already employed, to enable the learner to use them 
all in his exercises. They are the following : — 



To do, to make. 
I do, thou dost, he does. 

To drink, drinking. 
I drink, thou drinkest, he drinks. 

To come, coming. 
I come, thou comest, he comes. 

To write, writing. 
I write, thou writest, he writes. 

To see, seeing. 
I see, thou seest, he sees. 

To say, to tell. 
I say, thou sayest, he says. 

To go out, going out. 
[ go out, thou goest out, he goes out. 

To read, reading. 
[ read, thou readest, he roads. 

To know, (to be acquainted 
with,) knowing. 
i know, thou knowest, he knows. 



To open, opening. 
I open, thou openest, he opens 
Do you open his note ? 
I do not open it. 
Does he open his eyes ? 
He opens them. 
Whom do you love ? 
I love my father. 



Faire *. 

Je fais, tu fais, il fait. 

Boire *, buvant. 

Je bois, tu bois, il boit. 

Venir *, venant. 

Je viens, tu viens, il vient 

ficrire *, ecrivant. 

J'ecris, tu ecris, il ecrit. 

Voir *, voyant. 

Je vois, tu vois, il voit. 

Dire *. 

Je dis, tu dis, il dit. 

Sortir *. sortant. 

Je sors, tu sors, il sort. 

Lire *, lisant. 

Je lis, tu lis, il lit. 

Connaitre *, connaissant. 

Je connais, tu connais, il connait 



Ouvrir * 2, ouvrant. 
J'ouvre, tu ouvres, il ouvre. 
Ouvrez-vous son billet ? 
Je ne l'ouvre pas. 
t Ouvre-t-il les yeux ? 
II les ouvre. 
Qui aimez-vous? 
J'aime mon pere 



6 It will be remarked that this verb has in the present indicative the final 
letters of the first regular conjugation. 



TWENTY-FOURTH LESSON. 



89 



Does your father love his son 1 

He does love him. 

Do you love your children ? 

I do love them. 

Are you fond of wine ? 

I am fond of it. 

What are you fond oil 

Cider. 
I am fond of cider. 

The American. 
What is the American fond of? 
He is fond of coffee. 



Votre pere aime-t-il son fils ? 

II l'aime. 

Aimez-vous vos enfants ? 

Je les aime. 

Aimez-vous le vin ? 

Je l'aime. 

Qu' aimez-vous ? 

Du cidre. 

J 'aime le cidre. 



L'Americain. 
L'Americain qu'aime-t-il ? 

II aime le cafe. 



EXERCISES. 
70. 
Do you love your brother 1 — I do love him. — Does your brother 
love you 1 — He does not love me. — Dost thou love me, my good child 1 
—I do love thee. — Dost thou love this ugly man ] — I do not lovo 
him. — Whom do you love 1 — I love my children. — Whom do we love 1 
— We love our friends. — Do we like any one 1 — We like no one. — 
Does anybody like us 1 — The Americans like us. — Do you want any 
thing ! — I want nothing. — Whom is your father in want of ] — He is 
in want of his servant. — What do you want 1 — I want the note. — Do 
you want this or that note 1 — I want this one. — What do you wish to 
do with it, (en ?) — 1 wish to open it, in order to read it. — Does your 
son read our notes ] — He does read them. — When does he read them ? 
— He reads them when he receives them. — Does he receive as many 
notes as I, (que moi ?) — He receives more of them than you. — What 
do you give me 1 — I do not give thee any thing. — Do yon give this 
book to my brother 1 — I do give it him. — Do you give him a bird 1 ? 
— I do give him one. — To whom do you lend your books ? — I lend 
them to my friends. — Does your friend lend me a coat 1 — He lends 
you one. — To whom do you lend your clothes, (habits ?) — I do not 
lend them to anybody. 

71. 

Do we arrange any thing 1 — We do not arrange any thing. — What 
does your brother set in order, (ranger ?) — He sets in order his books. 
— Do you sell your ship 1 — I do not sell it. — Does the captain sell 
his ! — He does sell it. — What does the American sell 1 — He sells hia 
oxen. — Does the Englishman finish his note 1 — He does finish it.— 
Which notes do you finish 1 — T finish those which I write to my 



'90 TWENTY-FOURTH LESS :». 

friends. — Dost thou see any thing] — I see nothing. — Do you see my 
large {grand) garden 1 — I do see it — Does your father see our ships ? 
— He does not see them, but we see them. — How many soldiers do 
you see 1 — We see a good many, we see more than thirty of them.—- 
Do you drink any thing 1 — I drink some wine. — What does the sail- 
or drink 1 — He drinks some cider. — Do we drink wine or cider 1 — 
We drink (both) wine and cider. — What do the Italians drink 1 — 
They drink some chocolate. — Do we drink wine 1 — We do drink 
some. — What art thou writing 1 — I am writing a note. — To whom 1 
— To my neighbor. — Does your friend write 1 — He does write. — To 
whom does he write 1 — He writes to his tailor. 

72. 

Do you write your notes in the evening 1 — We write them in the 
morning. — What dost thou say 1 — I say nothing. — Does your brother 
say any thing 1 — He says something. — What does he say ?- — I do not 
know. — What do you say to my servant 1 — I tell him to sweep the 
floor, and to go for some bread, cheese, and wine. — Do we say any 
thing 1 — We say nothing. — What does your friend say to the shoe- 
maker ] — He tells him to mend his shoes. — What do you tell the 
tailors 1 — I tell them to make my clothes, (habits.) — Dost thou go 
out 1 — I do not go out. — Who goes out 1 — My brother goes out. — 
Where is he going to 1 — He is going to the garden. — To whom are 
you going 1 — We are going to the good English. — What art thou 
reading 1 ? — I am reading a note frova (de) my friend. — What is your 
father reading 1 — He is reading a book. — What are you doing 1 — 
We are reading. — Are your children reading ] — They are not read- 
ing, they have no time to read. — Do you read the books which ] 
read 1 — I do not read those which you read, but those which your 
father reads. — Do you know this man \ — I do not know him. — Does 
your friend know him 1 — Pie does know him. 

73. 

Do you know my children 1 — We do know them. — Do they know 
you 1 — They do not know us. — Whom are you acquainted with 1 — I 
am acquainted with nobody. — Is any one acquainted with you 1 — 
Some one is acquainted with me. — Who is acquainted with you 1 — 
The good captain knows me. — What dost thou eat ] — I eat some 
bread. — Does not your son eat some cheese 1 — He does not eat any. 
— Do you cut any thing 1 — We cut some wood. — What do the mer- 
chants cut 1 — They cut some cloth. — Do you send me any thing ? — 
[ send you a good gun. — Does your father send you money 1 — He 
Joes send me some. — Does he send you more than I V — He sends me 
wore thar you — How Tiuch does he send yo - i ? — He sends me iporo 



TWENTY-FOURTH LESSON. 91 

than {plus de) filiy {cmquanie) crowns — When do you receive youi 
notes 1—1 receive t/iem every morning. — At what o'clock 1 — At half- 
past ten. — Is your son coming 1 — He is coming. — To whom is he 
coming ] — He is coming to me. — Do you come to me 1 — I do not 
come (Je ne vais pas) to you, but to your children. — Where is our 
friend going to ] — He is going no whither ; he remains at home. — 
Are you going home 1 — We are not going home, but to our friends'. 
— Where are your friends 1 — They are in their garden. — Are the 
Scotchmen in their gardens 1 — They are there. 

74. 

What do you buy 1 — I buy some knives. — Do you buy more knives 
than glasses 1 — I buy more of the latter than of the former. — How 
many horses does the German buy 1 — He buys a good many ; he 
buys more than twenty of them. — W~hat does your servant carry 1 — 
He carries a large (grand) trunk. — Where is he carrying it to ?- — 
He is carrying it home. — To whom do you speak 1 — I speak to the 
Irishman. — Do you speak to him every day 1 — I speak to him every 
morning and every evening. — Does he come to you 1 — He does not 
come to me, but I go to him. — What has your servant to do 1 — He 
has to sweep my floor, and to set my books in order. — Does my 
father answer your notes 1 — He answers them, (y.) — What does your 
boy break 1 — He breaks nothing, but your boys break my glasses. — 
Do they tear any thing 1 — They tear nothing. — Who burns my hat 1 
— Nobody burns it. — Are you looking for anybody 1 — I am not look- 
ing for anybody. — What is my son looking for 1 — He is looking for 
his pocket-book. — What does your cook kill 1 — He kills a chicken. 



Are you killing a bird 1 — I am killing one. — How many chick- 
ens does your cook kill 1 — He kills three of them. — To whom 
do you take my boy 1 — I take him to the painter. — When is the 
painter at home 1 — He is at home every evening at seven o'clock. — 
What o'clock is it now 1 — It is not yet (encore) six o'clock. — Do 
you go out in the evening 1 — I go out in the morning. — Are you 
afraid :o go out in the evening 1 ? — I am not afraid, but I have no 
time to go out in the evening. — Do you work as much as your son 1 
—I do not work as much as he. — Does he eat more than you 1 — 
He eats less than I. — Can your children write as many notes as 
my children 1 — They can write just as many. — Can the Russian drink 
is much wine as cider 1 — He can drink more of the latter than of the 
former. — When do our neighbors go out? — They go out every morn- 
tfig at a quarter to six. — Which note do you send to your father 1 — 



92 



TWENTY-FIFTH LESSON. 



I am sending him my own. — Do you not send mine 1 — I am sending 
it also, (aussi.) 

* # * We should fill volumes were we to give ail the exercises that are 
applicable to our lessons, and which the pupils may very easily compose by 
themselves. We shall, therefore, merely repeat what we have already said 
at the commencement : — Pupils who wish to improve rapidly ought to com- 
pose a great many sentences in addition to those given ; but they must pro- 
nounce them aloud. This is the only way in which they will acquire tho 
habit of speaking fluently. 



TWENTY-FIFTH LESSON.— Vingt-cinquieme Lecon. 



To bring. 
To find. 

To or at the play. 

The butcher. 

The sheep. 



Apporter 1. 
Trouver 1. 
Au spectacle. 
Le boucher. 
Le mouton. 



What, or the thing which. 
Do you find what you look for, (or 

what you are looking for?) 
I find what I look for. 
I find what I am looking for. 
He does not find what he is looking 

for. 
We find what we look for. 

They find what they look for- 
I mend what you mend. 

I buy what you buy. 



Ce que. 

Trouvez-vous ce que vous cherchez? 

Je trouve ce que je cherche. 

II ne trouve pas ce qu'il cherche. 

Nous trouvons ce que nous cher- 

ehons. 
lis trouvent ce qu'ils cherchent. 
Je raccommode ce que vous raccom- 

modez. 
J'achete ce que vous achetez. 

Obs. A. In verbs having e mute in the last syllable but one of the in- 
finitive, the letter e has the grave accent ( v ) in all persons and tenses where 
the consonant immediately after it is followed by e mute : as in mencr, ta 
guide, to take ; promener )y io walk ; achever, to finish, &c. ; as, 

I buy, thou buyest, he buys. I J'achete, tu achetes, il achete. 

I lead, thou leadest, he leads. Je mene, tu menes, il mene. 



Do you take him to the play 1 
I do lake him thither. 

To study. 
Instead of. 



Lie menez-vous au spectacle? 
Je l'y mene. 



] Etudier 1. 
Au lieu dc 



V 



TWENTY-FIFTH .ESSON. 

93 

Obs. B. Instead of is in English followed by the present participle, but iu 

French it is followed by the infinitive. 

To play. J oner 1. 

To listen. Ecouter 1. 



Instead of listening. 

Instead of playing. 
Do you play instead of studying ? 
I study instead of playing. 
That man speaks instead of listen- 
ing. 



Au lieu d' ecouter. 

Au lieu de jouer. 

Jouez-vous au lieu d'etudier ? 

J'etudio au lieu dejoucr. 

Cet homme parle au lieu d'ecouter. 



Have you a sore finger? 

I have a sore finger. 

Has your brother a sore foot ? 

He has a sore eye. 

We have sore eyes. 



t Avez-vous mal au doigt ? 

t J'ai mal au doigt. 

t Votre frere a-t-il mal au pied 1 

t II a mal d l'ceil. 

t Nous avons mal aux yeux 



The elbow. 


Le coude. 


The back. 


Le dos. 


The arm. 


Le bras. 


The knee. 


Le genou 



Do you read instead of writing 1 
Does your brother read instead of 
speaking ? 



Lisez-vous au lieu d'ecrire ? 
Votre frere lit-il au lieu de parlei i 



The bed. 
Does the servant make the bed ? 
He makes the fire instead of making 
tho bed. 



Le lit. 

Le domestique fait-il le lit ? 

II fait le feu au lieu de faire le lit. 



To learn, learning. 
I learn, thou learnest, he learns. 

I learn to read. 
He learns to write. 



Apprendre * 4, apprenani. 
J'apprends, tu apprends, il apprend. 

(See Note 5, Less. XXIV.) 
J'apprends a lire. 
II apprend a ecrire. 



EXERCISES. 
76. 
Do you go to the play this evening 1 — I do not go to the play. — 
What have you to do] — I have to study. — At what o'clock do yov 



94 TWENTY-FIFTH LESSON. 

go out"? — I do not go oat in the evening. — Does your father go out? 
— He does not go out. — What does he do, {fait-il ?) — He writes. — 
Does he write a book 1 — He does write one. — When does he write 
it ? — He writes it in the morning and in the evening. — Is he at home 
now 1 — He is at home. — Does he not go out 1 — He cannot go out ; 
he has a sore foot. — Does the shoemaker bring our shoes ] — He does 
not bring them. — Is he not able to work ] — He is not able to work ; 
he has a sore knee. — Has anybody a sore elbow 1 — My tailor lias a 
sore elbow. — Who has a sore arm 1 — I have a sore arm. — Do you 
cut me (Me coupez-vous) some bread 1 — I cannot cut you any ; 1 
have sore fingers. — Do you read your book 1 — I cannot read it ; I 
have a sore eye. — Who has sore eyes 1 — The French have sore 
eyes.— Do they read too much 1 — They do not read enough. — What 
day of the month is it to-day"? — It is the third, (Lesson XIV.) — 
What day of the month is it to-morrow ] — To-morrow is the fourth. 
— Are you looking for any one 1 — I am not looking for any one. — 
What is the painter looking for 1 — He is not looking for any thing. 
— Whom are you looking for 1 — I am looking for your son. — Have 
you any thing to tell him 1 — I have something to tell him. 

77. . 
Who is looking for me 1 — Your father is looking for you. — Is any- 
body looking for my brother 1 — Nobody is look/ng for him. — Dost 
thou find what thou art looking for ] — I do find what I am looking 
for. — Does the captain find what he is looking for 1 — He finds what 
he is looking for, but his children do not find what they are looking 
for. — What are they looking for 1 — They are looking for their books. 
— Where dost thou take me to 1 — I take you to the theatre. — Do you 
not take me to the market 1 — I do not take you thither. — Do the 
Spaniards find the umbrellas which they are looking for 1 — They do 
not find them. — Does the tailor find his thimble ] — He does not find 
it. — Do the merchants find the cloth which they are looking for 1 — 
They do find it. — What do the butchers find ] — They find the oxen 
and sheep which they are looking for. — What does your cook find I 
— He finds the chickens which he is looking for. — What is the phy- 
sician doing 1 — He is .doing what (ce que) you are doing. — What io 
he doing in his room 1 — He is reading. — What is he reading ? — He 
is reading the book of your father. — Whom is the Englishman look- 
ing for 1 — He is looking for his friend, in order to take him into the 
garden. — What is the German doing in his room 1 — He is learning 
to read. — Does he not learn to write 1 — He does not learn it, (ne 
Vapprend pas.) — Does ycur son learn to write 1 — He learns to write 
tnd to read. 



TWENTY-SIXTH LESSON. 95 

78. 

Does the Dutchman speak instead of listening ? — He speaks in- 
stead of listening. — Do you go out instead of remaining at home ? — 
I remain at home instead of going out. — Does your son play instead 
of studying 1 — He studies instead of playing. — When does he study 1 
— He studies every day. — In the morning or in the evening ? — In 
the morning and in the evening. — Do you buy an umbrella instead 
of buying a book 1 — I buy neither the one nor the other. — Does our 
neighbor break his sticks instead of breaking his glasses 1 — He breaks 
neither the ones nor the others. — What does he break ? — He breaks 
his guns. — Do the children of our neighbor read 1 — They read in- 
stead of writing. — What does our cook 1 — He makes a fire, instead 
of going to the market. — Does the captain give you any thing 1 — He 
does give me something. — What does he give you ? — He gives me a 
great deal of money. — Does he give you money instead of giving you 
bread ] — He gives me (both) money and bread. — Does he give you 
more cheese than bread 1 — He gives me less of the latter than of the 
former. 

79. 
Do you give my friend fewer knives than gloves 1 — I give him more 
of the latter than of the former. — What does he give you 1 — He 
gives me many books instead of giving me money. — Does your ser- 
vant make your bed 1 — He does not make it. — What is he doing in- 
stead of making your bed 1 — He sweeps the room instead of making 
my bed. — Does he drink instead of working 1 — He works instead of 
drinking. — Do the physicians go out 1 — They remain at home instead 
of going out. — Does your servant make coffee 1 — He makes tea instead 
of making coffee. — Does any one lend you a gun 1 — -"Nobody lends 
me one. — What does your friend lend me 1 — He lends you many 
books and many jewels. — Do you read the book which I read 1 — I do 
not read the one which you read, but the one which the great 
(grand) captain reads. — Are you ashamed to read the books which 
I read 1 — I am not ashamed, but I have no wish to read them — (See 
the end of preceding Lesson.) 



TWENTY-SIXTH LESSON.— Vingt-sixitme Le 9 <m 



Do you learn French 1 
I do learn it. 
I do not learn it. 



Apprenez-vous le frangais? 

Je l'apprends. 

Je no l'apprends paB. 



96 



TWENTY-SIXTH LESSON. 



French. 


Le franc, ais. 


English. 


L' anglais. 


German. 


.L'allemand. 


Italian. 


Zr'italien. 


Spanish. 


Zi'espagnol. 


Polish. 


Le polonais. 


Russian. 


Le russe. 


Latin. 


Le latin. 


Greek. 


Le grec. 


Arabian, Arabic. 


i'arabe. 


Syrian, Syriac. 


Le syriaque 


I learn Italian. 


J'apprends l'italien. 


My brother learns German 


Mon frere apprend l'allemand 


The Pole. 


Le Polonais. 


The Roman. 


Le Romain. 


The Greek. 


Le Grec. 


The Arab, the Arabian. 


L'Arabe. 


The Syrian. 


Le Syrien. 



Are you an Englishman ? 



| Etes-vous Anglais? 



Obs. A. Where the indefinite article is used in English to denote qualities, 
the French make use of no article. 



Ho, Sir, I am a Frenchman. 

He is a German. 

Is he a tailor ? 

No, he is a shoemaker. 

He is a fool. 



I Non, Monsieur, je suis France 

j II est Allemand. 

| Est-il tailleur ? 

! Non, il est cordonnier. 

I II est fou. 



The fool. 


Le fou. (Plur. s. 
IX.) 


See Note 1, Leas 


The evening. 
The morning. 
The day. 


Le soir. 
Le matin. 
Le jour. 





Obs B. Often the indefinite article in English answers to the definite ar- 
ticle in French. Ex. 



I wish you a good morning. 
Does he wish me a good evening ? 
He wishes you a good morning. 
He has a large forehead. 
He has blue eyes. 



Je vous souhaite le bonjour. 
Me souhaite-t-il le bonsoir ? 
II vous souhaite le bonjour. 
II a le front large. 
II a les yeux bleus. 



TWENTY-SIXTH LESSON. 
To wish. I Souhaiter 1. 



97 



The forehead. 


Le front. 


Blue. 


Bleu. 


Black. 


Noir. 


Large. 


Large. 



Great, big or large, tall. 
A large knife. 
A great man. 
A French book. 
An English book. 
French money. 
English paper. 



Grand. 

Un grand couteau. 
Un grand homme. 
Un livre fransais. 
Un livre anglais. 
De l'argent fran9ais. 
Du papier anglais. 



Obs. C. All adjectives 
their substantives. Ex. 
Do you read a German book ? 
I read an Italian book. 



expressing the names of nations are placed aflei 



Lisez-vous un livre allemand '. 
Je lis un livre italien. 



To listen to something. 

To listen to some one. 

What, or the thing which. 
Do you listen to what the man tells 

you? 
I listen to it. 

He listens to what I tell him. 
Do you listen to what I tell you ? 
Do you listen to me ? 
I do listen to you. 
Do you listen to my brother ? 
[ do not listen to him. 
Do you listen to the men ? 
I listen to them. 



t Ecouter quelque chose. 

t Ecouter quelqu'un. 

Ce que. 

t Ecoutez-vous ce que l'homme voufi 

dit? 
t Je Pecoute. 

t II dcoute ce que je lui dis. 
t Ecoutez-vous ce que je vous dis? 
t M'ecoutez-vous ? 
t Je vous e*coute. 
t Ecoutez-vous mon frere ? 
t Je ne l'ecoute pas. 
t Ecoutez-vous les hommes? 
t Je les ecoute. 



To correct. 
To take off. 
To take away. 



| Corriger 1. 
I Oter 1. 



1 Un grand homme means a great man, but un homme grand a tall man. 
A similar distinction is made with respect to the word pauvre, poor, which 
expresses pitiful, or a want of intellect, when before, and indigent whon 
after, the substantive Ex. Un pauvre homme, a sorrowful (pitiful, misera- 
ble) man, and un liommc pauvre, an indigent man. 



93 



TWENTY-SIXTH LESSON 
The exercise | Le th£me. 



To take, taking 



Prendre * 4, prenant 

(See Note 5, Lesso l XXIV.) 



Do you take your hat off? 

I take it off 

Does your father correct your exer- 



He corrects them. 

To speak French. 

To speak English. 
Do 3 ou speak French ? 
No. Sir, I sneak English. 



Otez-vous votre chapeau ? 

Je 1'ote. 

Votre pere corrige-t-il vos thdnies I 

II les corrige. 

Parler francais. 

Parler anglais. 

Parlez-vous francais ? 

Non, monsieur, je parle anglais. 



To drink coffee. 

To drink tea. 

Do you drink tea ? 

I do drink some. 

Do you drink tea every day ? 

I do drink some every day. 

My father drinks coffee. 

He drinks coffee every morning. 

My brother drinks chocolate. 

He drinks chocolate every morning. 



i t Prendre le cafe. 

{ t Prendre du cafe. 

S Prendre le the". 

( Prendre du the\ 

| t Prenez-vous du the ? 

t J'en prends. 

t Prenez-vous le the tous les jours'? 

t Je le prends tous les jours. 

t Mon pere prend du cafe. 

t II prend le cafe tous les matins. 

t Mon frere prend du chocolat. 

t II prend le chocolat tous les matins 



EXERCISES 
80 
Do you go for any thing ? — I do go for something. — What do you 
go for 1 — I go for some cider. — Does your father send for any thing * 
— He sends for some wine. — Does your servant go for some bread 1 
— He goes for some. — For whom does your neighbor send 1 — He 
sends for the physician. — Does your servant take off his coat in or- 
der to make the fire 1 — He takes it off in order to make it. — Do you 
take off your gloves in order to give me money 1 — I do take them 
off in order to give you some. — Do you learn French 1 — I do learn it. 
— Does your brother learn German] — He does learn it. — Who 
learns English 1 — The Frenchman learns it. — Do we learn Italian % 
— You do learn it. — What do the English learn ? — They learn 
French and German. — Do you speak Spanish] — No, sir, I speak 



TWENTY-SIXTH LESSON. 95 

Italian. — Who speaks Polish] — My brother speaks Polish. — Do oin 
neighbors speak Russian 1 — They do not speak Russian, but Arabic. 
— Do you speak Arabic 1 — No, I speak Greek and Latin. — What 
knife have you? — I have an English knife. — What money have you 
there 1 Is it (est-ce) Italian or Spanish money 1 — It is Russian mo- 
ney. — Have you an Italian hat 1 — No, I have a Spanish hat. — Are 
you a Frenchman 1 — No, I am an Englishman. — Art thou a Greek 1 
— No, I am a Spaniard. 

81. 
Are these men Germans 1 — No, they are Russians. — Do the Rus- 
sians speak Polish 1 — They do not speak Polish, but Latin, Greek, 
and Arabic. — Is your brother a merchant 1 — No, he is a joiner. — Are 
these men merchants 1 — No, they are carpenters — Are you a cook - 
— No, I am a baker. — Are we tailors 1 — No, we are shoemakers. — 
Art thou a fool 1 — I am not a fool. — What is that man 1 — He is a 
physician. — Do you wish me any thing 1 — I wish you a good morn- 
ing. — What does the young man wish me 1 — He wishes you a good 
evening. — Do your children come to me in order to wish me a good 
evening 1 — They come to you in order to wish you a good morning. 
— Has the German black eyes 1 — No, he has blue eyes. — Has that 
man large feet 1 — He has little feet, a large forehead, and a large 
nose. — Have you time to read my book ? — I have no time to read it, 
but much courage to {pour) study French. — What dost thou do in- 
stead of playing % — I study instead of playing. — Dost thou learn in- 
stead of writing 1 — I write instead of learning. — What does the son 
of our friend do 1 — He goes into the garden instead of doing his ex- 
ercise. — Do the children of our neighbors read 1 — They write instead 
of reading. — What does our cook ] — He makes a fire instead of going 
to the market. — Does your father sell his ox 1 — He sells his horse 
instead of selling his ox. 

82. 
. Does the son of the painter study English 1 — He studies Greek 
instead of studying English. — Does the butcher kill oxen? — He kills 
sheep instead of killing oxen. — Do you listen to me 1 — I do listen to 
you. — Does your brother listen to me 1 — He speaks instead of listen- 
ing to you. — Do you listen to what I am telling you 1 — I do listen to 
what you are telling me. — Dost thou listen to what thy brother tells 
thee 1 — I do listen to it. — Do the children of the physician listen to 
what we tell them 1 — They do not listen to it — Do you go to the 
theatre? — I am going to the warehouse instead of going to the thea- 
tre. — Are you willing to read my book 1 — I am willing to read it, but 
I cannot ; I have sore eyes. — Does your father correct my exercises 



100 



TWENTY- SEVENTH LESSON. 



or those of my brother ] — He corrects neither yours nor your broth- 
er's. — Which exercises does he correct 1 — He conects mine. — Do 
you take off your hat in order to speak to my father t — I do take it 
off in order to speak to him. — Do you take off your shoes 1 — I do not 
take them off. — Who takes off his hat 1 — My friend takes it off. — 
Does he take off his gloves'? — He does not take them off.— What do 
these boys take off? — They take off their shoes and their stockings. 
— Who takes away the glasses ? — Your servant takes them away. — ■ 
Do you give me English or German paper ] — I give you neither 
English (repeat papier} nor German paper ; I give you French pa- 
per. — Do you read Spanish 1 — I do not read Spanish, but German. — 
What book is your brother reading 1 — He is reading a French book. 
— Do you drink tea or coffee in the morning 1 — I drink tea. — Do you 
drink tea every morning 1 — I do drink some (Ze) every morning. — 
What do you drink ] — I drink coffee. — What does your brother 
drink 1 — He drinks chocolate. — Does he drink some (Ze) every day ? 
— He drinks some (Ze) every morning. — Do your children drink tea 1 
■ — They drink coffee instead of drinking tea. — WTiat do we drink 1— 
We drink tea or coffee. 



TWENTY-SEVENTH LESSON.— Vingt-septieme Legon. 



To wet, to moisten. 

To show. 

I show. 
He shows. 
Thou showest. 



| Mouiller 1. 
i Montr er 1. 
( Faire * voir. 

Je fais voir. 

II fait voir. 

Tu fais voir. 



Je montre. 
II montre. 
Tu montres. 



To show to some one. 

Do you show me your gun? 
I do show it you. 
What do you show the man? 
I show him my fine clothes. 



\ a quelqu 
)ir 5 



un. 



Montrer 

Faire voir 

Me faites-vous voir votre fusil ? 

Je vous le fais voir. 

Que rnontrez-vous a l'homrno ? 

Je lui montre mes beaux habita 



Tobacco 

Tobacco (for smoking.) 

Snuff 



I Du tabac. 
I Du tabac a fumer. 
$ Du tabac en poudro. 
(Da tabac a priser. 



To smoke I Fumer 1. 



TWENTY-SEVENTH LESSON. 



101 



The gardener. 
The valet. 
The concert. 

To intend. 



Do you intend to go to the ball this 

evening ? 
[ intend to go thither. 

To know. 
Do you know ? 
I know. 
Thou knowest. 
He knows. 



Le jardinier. 
Le valet. 
Le concert. 



Compter 1, (does not take d before 

the infinitive.) 
Comptez-vous aller au bal ce soir ? 

Je compte y aller. 



Savoir * 3. 
Savez-vous ? 
Je sais. 
Tu sais. 

II sait (For the three persons plur 
see Less. XXIV.) 



To swh 

Do you know how to swim? 
Can you swim? 



I Nager 1. 

(See Obs. C. Lesson XXIV.) 
\ t Savez-vous nager ? 



Obs. To know how is in English followed by to before the verb in the in- 
finitive, wliile in French the infinitive joined to the verb savoir is not prece- 
ded by any particle, as may be seen from the above example. 



Do you know how to write ? 
Does he know how to read ? 



t Savez-vous ecrire ? 
t Sait-il lire ? 



To conduct, conducting. 
I conduct, thou conductest, he con- 
ducts. 

To extinguish, extinguishing. 
Do you extinguish the fire ? 
I do not extinguish it. 
He extinguishes it. 
Thou extinguishest it. 



Conduire * 4, conduisant. 

Je conduis, tu conduis, il conduit 

Eteindre * 4, eteignant. 
^3teignez-vous le feu? 
Je ne luteins pas. 
II l'eteint. 
Tu luteins. 



To light, to kindle. | Allumer 1. 



Often. 
Do you often go to the ball j 
As often as you. 
As often as I. 
As often as he. 
As often as thoy 



Souvent. 

Allez-vous souvent au bal? 
Aussi souvent que vous. 
Aussi souvent que moi. 
Aussi souvent que lui 
Aussi souvent qu'eux 



102 TWENTV-SEVENTH LESSON. 

Do you often see my brother ? [ Voyez-vous souvent mon f rere 1 



Oftener. 
I see him oftener than you. 

Not so often. 
Not so often as you. 
Not so often as I. 
Not so often as they. 



Plus souvent. 

Je le vols plus souvent quo vous. 

Moins souvent. 

Moins souvent que vous. 

Moins souvent que moi. 

Moins souvent qu'eux. 



EXERCISES. 
83. 
What does your father want 1 — He wants some tobacco.-— Will 
you go for some 1 — I will go for some. — What tobacco does he want "? 
— He wants some snuff. — Do you want tobacco, (for smoking ?) — I 
do not want any ; I do not smoke. — Do you show me any thing 1 — I 
show you gold ribbons, (des rubans a" or.) — Does your father show his 
gun to my brother 1 — He does show it him. — Does he show him his 
beautiful birds 1 — He does show them to him. — Does the Frenchman 
smoke 1 — He does not smoke. — Do you go to the ball 1 — I go to the 
theatre instead of going to the ball. — Does the gardener go into the 
garden ] — He goes to the market instead of going into the garden. — 
Do you send your valet to the tailor 1 — I send him to the shoemaker 
instead of sending him to the tailor. — Does your brother intend to go 
to the ball this evening 1 — He does not intend to go to the ball, but 
to the concert. — When do you intend to go to the concert 1 — I in- 
tend to go there this evening. — At what o'clock 1 — At a quarter past 
ten. — Do you go for my son 1 — I do go for him. — Where is he 1 — 
He is in the counting-house. — Do you find the man whom you are 
looking for 1 — I do find him. — Do your sons find the friends whom 
they are looking for ] — They do not find them. 

84. 
Do your friends intend to go to the theatre 1 — They do intend to go 
thither. — When do they intend to go thither ] — They intend to go 
thithsr to-morrow. — At what o'clock 1 — At half-past seven. — What 
does the merchant wish to sell you ] — He wishes to sell me some 
pocket-books. — Do you intend to buy some 1 — I will not buy any. — 
Dost thou know any thing 1 — I do not know any thing. — What does 
your little brother know ? — He knows how to read and to write. — 
Does he know French 1 — He does not know it. — Do you know Ger- 
man 1 — I do know it. — Do your brothers know Greek 1 — They do 
not knew it, but they intend to study it. — Do you know English 7 — 



TWENTY-SEVENTH LESSON. 103 

[ do not know it, bu intend to learn it. — Do my children know how 
to read Italian 1 — They know how to read, but not (metis non) how to 
speak it. — Do you know how to swim 1 — I do not know how to swim, 
but how to play. — Does your son know how to make coats 1 — He 
does not know how to make any ; he is no tailor. — Is he a mer- 
chant 1 — He is not, (ne Vest pas.) — What is he I — He is a physician. 
— Do you intend to study Arabic 1 — I do intend to study Arabic and 
Syriac. — Does the Frenchman know Russian 1 — He does not know 
it ; but he intends learning it. — Whither are you going ? — I am go- 
ing into the garden in order to speak to my gardener. — Does he lis= 
ten to you 1 — He does listen to me. 

85. 
Do you wish to drink some cider 1 — I wish to drink some wine ; 
have you any 1 — I have none, but I will send for some. — When will 
you send for some ! — Now. — Do you know how to make tea 1 — I 
know how to make some. — Where is your father going to 1 — He is 
going nowhere ; he remains at home. — Do you know how to write a 
note 1 — I know how to write one. — Can you write exercises 1 — I can 
write some. — Dost thou conduct anybody ] — I conduct nobody. — 
Whom do you conduct 1 — I conduct my son. — Where are you con- 
ducting him to 1 — I conduct him to my friends to (pour) wish them a 
good morning. — Does your servant conduct your child 1 — He con- 
ducts it. — Whither does he conduct it 1 — He conducts it into the 
garden. — Do we conduct any one 1 — We conduct our children. — 
Whither are our friends conducting their sons 1 — They are conduct- 
ing them home. 

86. 
Do you extinguish the fire 1 — I do not extinguish it. — Does your 
servant light the fire 1 — He does light it. — Where does he light it 1 — 
He lights it in your warehouse. — Do you often go to the Spaniard ? 
— I go often to him. — Do you go oftener to him than I ] — I do. go 
oftener to him than you. — Do the Spaniards often come to you 1 — 
They do come often to me. — Do your children oftener go to the ball 
than we 1 — They do go thither oftener than you. — Do we go out as 
often as our neighbors ? — We do go out oftener than they. — Does 
your servant go to the market as often as my cook 1 — He does go 
thither as often as he. — Do you see my father as often as I ? — I do 
not see him as often as you. — When do you see him 1 — I see hire 
every morning at a quarter to five. 



104 



TWENTY-EIGHTH LESSON. 



TWENTY-EIGHTH LESSON.- Vingl-huitieme Le 9 on. 

Do and am, when used to interrogate, for all persons and tenses, may ba 
rendered by est-ce que. But they must be rendered thus for verbs whose 



first person singular, present tense, 
Examples : — 

Do I wish? 

Am I able? 

Am I doing ? 



cannot be employed interrogatively 

Est-ce que je veux? 
Est-ce que je peux? 
Est-ce que je fais ? 



What am I doing ? 
What do I say? 
Where am I going to ? 
To whom do I speak? 

Am I going? 
Am I coming? 
You do come. 
Do you tell or say ? 
I do say or tell. 
He says or tells. 
What does he say ? 
We say. 



Qu'est-ce que je fais ? 
Qu'est-ce que je dis? 
Ou est-ce que je vais? 
A qui est-ce que je parle? 



Est-ce que je vais ? 
Est-ce que je viens? 
Vous venez. 
Dites-vous ? 
Je dis. 
II dit. 
Que dit-il? 
Nous disons. 



Obs. Some verbs, however, ending in e mute in the first person sin- 
gular, present tense, may be used interrogatively in that person, but then 
they change e mute into e with the acute accent, followed by je. (See 
Note 1, Lesson XX.) Ex. 

Parle-je ? 

Est-ce que je parle? 

Aime-je ? 

Est-ce que j'aime ? 



Do I speak? 
Do I love ? 



Are you acquainted with that man? 
I am not acquainted with him 
Is your brother acquainted with him ? 
He is acquainted with him. 
Do you drink cider? 



Connaissez-vous cet homme ? 
Je ne le connais pas. 
Votre frere le connait-il? 
II le connait. 
Buvez-vous du cidre? 



1 Verbs whose first person singular forms only one syllable, as : je sens, 
I feel ; je prends, I take ; je tends, I tend ; je fonds, I melt : or whose 
last syllable sounds like je, such as,je mange, I eat; je venge, I revenge 
je range, I range ; jc songe, I dream : and others, such as, j'unis, I unite 
je permets, I permit , j'ojfre, I offer ; &c. &c. 



TWEN TIL-EIGHTH LESSON. 



7 

m le 



105 



1 do drink cider, but my brother 

drinks wine. 
Do you receive a note to-day ? 
I do receive one. 
What do we receive ? 
What do our children receive ? 

They receive some books. 



To begin, (commence,) beginning. 
I begin to speak. 



Before. 

Do you speak before you listen ? 

Does he go to market before lie 
breakfasts ? 

To breakfast. 

He does go thither before he writes. 

Do you take off your stockings be- 
fore you take off your shoes ? 



To depart, to set out, departing. 
When do you intend to depart? 
I intend to depart to-morrow. 

I depart, thou departest, he departs 



Well. 
Badly. 
Do I speak well? 



Je bois du cidre, mais mon frere boit 

du vin. 
Recevez-vous un billet aujourd'hui? 
J'en regois un. 
Que recevons-nous? 
Nos enfants que recjoivcnt-ils ? 

(See Note 4, Lesson XXIV.) 
lis re^oivent des livres. 



Commencer 1, commengant. 
Je commence a parler. 



Avant, (takes de before the infini- 
tive.) 

Parlez-vous avant d'ecouter? 

Va-t-il au march e avant de de- 
jeuner ? 

Dejeuner 1. 

II y va avant d'ecxire. 

Otez-vous vos bas avant d'oter voa 
souliers ? 



Partir * 2, partant. 
Quand comptez-vous partir? 
Je compte partir demain. 

(See the preceding Lesson.) 
Je pars, tu pars, il part. 



Bien, (adverb.) 
Mai, (adverb.) 
Est-ce que je parle bien? 



EXERCISES. 
87. 
Do I read well 1 — You do read well. — Do I speak well 1 — You do 
not speak well. — Does my brother speak French well 1 — He does 
speak it well. — Does ho speak German well 1 — He speaks it badly. 
Do we speak well 1 — You speak badly. — Do I drink too much ?— ■ 
You do not drink enough. — Am I able to make hats 1 — You are not 
able to make any ; you are not a hatter. — Am I able to write a note ? 
—You are able to write one. — Am I doing my exercise well 1 — You 
are doing it well. — What am I doing 1 — You are doing exercises. — 
What is my brother doing ' — He is doing nothing. — What do I say 1 



V 

106 TWENTY-EIGHTH LESSON. 

— You say nothing. — Do I begin to speak 1 — You do begin to speak. 
— Do I begin to speak well ? — You do not begin to speak well, (& 
bien parler,) but to read well, (mais a bien lire.) — Where am I going 
to 1 — You are going to your friend. — Is he at home 1 — Do I know 1 
— Am I able to speak as often as the son of our neighbor 1 — He is 
able to speak oftener than you. — Can I work as much as he ] — You 
cannot work as much as he. — Do I read as often as you 1 — You do 
not read as often as I, but you speak oftener than I. — Do I speak as 
well (aussi bien) as you 1 — You do not speak as well as I. — Do I go 
to you, or do you come to me 1 — You come to me, and I go to you 
— When do you come to me 1 — Every morning at half-past six. 

88. 

Do you know the Russian whom I know ? — I do not know the one 
you know, but I know another. — Do you drink as much cider as wine * 
— I drink less of the latter than of the former. — Does the Pole drink 
as much as the Russian 1 — He drinks just as much. — Do the Germans 
drink as much as the Poles 1 — The latter drink more than the former. 
— Dost thou receive any thing ? — I do receive something. — What 
dost thou receive 1 — I receive some money. — Does your friend re- 
ceive books ? — He does receive some. — What do we receive 1 — We 
receive some cider. — Do the Poles receive tobacco 1 — They do receive 
some. — From whom (de qui) do the Spaniards receive money ! — 
They receive some from the (des) English, and from the (des) 
French. — Do you receive as many friends as enemies ? — I receive 
fewer of the latter than of the former. — From whom (de qui) do your 
children receive books 1 — They receive some from (de) me and from 
(de) their friends. — Do I receive as much cheese as bread ? — You 
receive more of the latter than of the former. — Do our servants re- 
ceive as many brooms as coats 1 — They receive fewer of the latter 
than of the former. — Do you receive one more gun 1 — I do receive 
one more. — How many more books does our neighbor receive 1 — He 
receives three more. 

89. 

When does the foreigner intend to depart I — He intends to depart 
to-day. — At what o'clock? — At half-past one. — Do you intend to de- 
part this evening 1 — I intend to depart to-morrow. — Does the French- 
man depart to-day 1 — He departs now. — Where is he going to 1 — He 
is going to his friends. — Is he going to the English 1 — He is going 
to them, (y.) — Dost thou set out to-morrow 1 — I set out this even- 
ing. — When do you intend to write to your friends? — I intend to 
write to them to-day. — Do your friends answer you ? — They do an- 
swer me. — Does your father answer your note 1 — He answers it — 



TWENTS -NINTH LESSON. 107 

Do you answer my jrothers' notes 1 — I do answer them. — Does youi 
brother begin to learn Italian 1 — He begins to learn it. — Can you 
speak French 1 — I can speak it a little. — Do our friends begin to 
speak German 1 — They do begin to speak it. — Are they able to write 
it 1 — They are able to write it. — Does the merchant begin to sell ? — 
He does begin. — Do you speak before you listen 1 — I listen before I 
speak. — Does your brother listen to you before he speaks 1 — He speaks 
before he listens to me. — Do your children read before they write 1 — 
They write before they read. . 

90. 
Does your servant sweep the warehouse before he goes to the mar- 
ket'! — He goes to the market before he sweeps the warehouse. — 
Dost thou drink before thou goest out 1 — I go out before I drink. — 
Do you intend to go out before you breakfast 1 — I intend to breakfast 
before I go out. — Does your son take off his shoes before he takes off 
his coat 1 — He neither takes off his shoes nor his coat. — Do I take off 
my gloves before I take off my hat 1 — You take off your hat before 
you take off your gloves. — Can I take off my shoes before I take off 
my gloves 1 — You cannot take off your shoes before you take off your 
gloves. — At what o'clock do you breakfast 1 — I breakfast at half-past 
eight. — At what o'clock does the American breakfast 1 — He break- 
fasts every day at nine o'clock. — At what o'clock do your children 
breakfast 1 — They breakfast at seven o'clock. — Do you go to my fa- 
ther before you breakfast 1 — I do go to him before I breakfast. 



TWENTY-NINTH LESSON.— Vingt-neuvieme Legon. 
COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES. 

We have seen (Lessons XVI. and XXVII.) that the comparative of equal- 
ity is formed by autant and aussi, the comparative of superiority by plus, 
and that of inferiority by moins The superlative is formed by prefixing the 
definite article with plus to the adjective. Ex. 

; Positive. Comparative. Superlative 



Great, greater, greatest. 

Small, smaller, smallest. 

Rich, richer, richest. 



Grand, plus grand, le plus grand. 
Petit, plus petit, le plus petit. 
Riche, plus riche, le plus riche. 



Poor, poorer, poorest. j Pauvre, plus pauvre, le plus pauvre 

Learned, more learned, most learnec Savant, plus savant, le plus savant 
Often, oftener, most often, ! Souvent, plus souvent, lo plus souvent 



108 



TWilNTT-NINrH LESSON. 



This book is small, that is smaller, 
and this is the smallest of all. 

This hat is large, but that is larger. 

Is your hat as large as mine ? 

It is larger than yours. 
It is not so large as yours. 



Ce livre-ci est petit, celui-la est plus 

petit, et celui-ci est le plus petit de 

tous. 
Ce chapeau-ci est grand, mais celui 

1& est plus grand. 
Votre chapeau est-il aussi grand que 

le mien ? 
II est plus grand que le v6tre. 
II est moins grand que le votre. 



Not so large. j Moins grand. 

Obs. A. In the same manner as the superlative of superiority is formed 
by the definite article with plus, the superlative of inferiority is sometimes 
formed by the definite article with moins. Ex. 

I Posit. Compcrat. Superlative. 
j Beau, moins beau, le moins beau. 



Fine, not so fine, least fine. 



Are our neighbor's children as good 

as ours? 
They are better than ours. 
They are not so good as ours. 



Les enfants de notre voisin sont-ils 

aussi sages que les notres ? 
lis sont plus sages que les ndtres. 
lis sont moins sages que les n6tres. 



Obs. B. To express the absolute superlative, the French, like the Eng- 
lish, use one of the adverbs, tres, fort, Men, very ; extremement, extremely ; 
infiniment, infinitely. Ex. 



A very fine book 
Very fine books. 
A very pretty knife. 
Very well. 

That man is extremely learned. 
This bird is very pretty. 



TJn tres beau livre. 
De tres beaux livres. 
Un fort joli couteau. 
Tres bien, fort bien. 



Cet homme est extremement savant 
Cet oiseau est tres joli. 



Obs. C. The following adjectives and adverbs are irregular hi the forma- 
tion of their comparatives and superlatives. 







ADJECTIVES. 












Posit. 


Comparat. 


Superl. 


Good, 


better, 


best 


Bon, 


meilleur, 


le meilleur 


Bad, 


worse, 


the worst. 


Mauvais, 


pire, 


le pire. 


Little, 


less, 


the least. 

ADVI 


Petit, 


moindre, 


le moindre. 


Well, 


better, 


the best. 


Bien, 


mieuv, 


le mieux 


Bad, 


worse, 


the worst 


Mai, 


pis, 


le pis. 


Little, 


less, 


the least. 


Peu, 


moins, 


le moins. 


Much, 


more, 


the most 


Beaucoup, 


plus, 


le plus. 



TWENTY-NINTH IESSON. 



10'J 



Obs. D. We may with equal correctness say : plus mauvais, plus mal, 
vlus petit, but never plus bon, plus bien, plus peu. 

Whose, (to whom ?) 
Whose hat is this ? 
It is. 
It is my brother's hat 
It is the hat of my brother. 
It is my brother's. 
Who has the finest hat ? 
Whose hat is the finest ? 
That of my father is the finest. 
Whose ribbon is the handsomer, 
yours or mine ? 



A qui ? (See Lesson XXI.) 
A qui est ce chapeau? 
C'est. 

C'est le chapeau de mon frere 

> Qui a le plus beau chapeau ( 

Celui de mon pere est le plus beau. 
Quel ruban est le plus beau, le v6tre 
ou le mien ? 



Do you read as often as I ? 

I read oftener than you. 

Does he read as often as I ? 

He reads and writes as often as you. 

Do your children write as much as 

we? 
They write more than you. 
We read more than the children of 

our friends. 
To whom do you write ? 
We write to our friends. 
We read good books. 



Lisez-vous aussi souvent que moi ? 
Je lis plus souvent que vous. 
Lit-il aussi souvent que moi ? 
II lit et ecrit aussi souvent que vous. 
Vos enfants ecrivent-ils autant que 

nous? 
lis ecrivent plus que vous. 
Nous lisons plus que les enfants do 

nos amis. 
A qui ecrivez-vous ? 
Nous ecrivons a nos amis. 
Nous lisons de bons livres. 



EXERCISES 
<H 
Whose book is this? — It is mine. — Whose hat is that 1 — It is my 
father's. — Are you taller (grand) than I ? — I am taller than you. — 
Is your brother as tall as you 1 — He is as tall as I. — Is thy hat as 
bad as that of my father 1 — It is better, but not so black as his — 
Are the clothes (les habits) of the Italians as fine as those of the 
Irish 1 — They are finer, but not so good. — Who have the finest 
gloves 1 — The French have them. — Who has the finest horses ? — 
Mine are fine, yours are finer than mine ; but those of our friends 
are the finest of all. — Is your horse good ? — It is good, but yours is 
better, and that of the Englishman is the best of all the horses 
which we know. — Have you pretty shoes 1 — I have very pretty ones, 
out my brother has prettier ones than I. — From whom (de qui) doea 
he receive them 1 — He receives them from (de) his best friend. 



110 TWENTY-NINTH LESSON 

92. 

Is your wine as good as mine 1 — It is better. — Does your mer- 
chant sell good knives] — He sells the best knives that I know, (con 
naisse, subjunctive.) — Do we read more books than the French] — 
We read more of them than they ; but the English read more of 
them than we, and the Germans read the most, (le plus.) — Hast thou 
a finer garden than that of our physician 1 — I have a finer one than 
he. — Has the American a finer stick than thou ? — He has a finer one. 
— Have we as fine children as our neighbors ] — We have finer ones. 
— Is your coat as pretty as mine ] — It is not so pretty, but better than 
yours. — Do you depart to-day] — I do not depart to-day. — When 
does your father set out ] — He sets out this evening at a quarter to 
nine. — Which of these two children is the better, (sage ?) — The one 
who studies is better than the one who plays. — Does your servant 
sweep as well as mine ] — He sweeps better than yours. — Does the 
Englishman read as many bad books as good ones ] — He reads more 
good than bad ones. 

93. 

Do the merchants sell more sugar than coffee ] — They sell more 
of the latter than of the former. — Does your shoemaker make as 
many shoes as mine ] — He makes more of them than yours. — Gan you 
swim as well (aussi bien) as my son ] — I can swim better than he, hut 
he can speak French better than I. — Does he read as well as you ] — 
He reads better than I. — Does the son of your neighbor go to market 1 
— No, he remains at home ; he has sore feet. — Do you learn as well 
as our gardener's son ] — I learn better than he, but he works better 
than I. — Whose gun is the finest ] — Yours is very fine, but that of 
the captain is still finer, and ours is the finest of all. — Has any one 
finer children than you ] — No one has finer ones. — Does your son 
read as often as I ] — He reads oftener than you. — Does my brother 
speak French as often as you ] — He speaks and reads it as often as 
I. — Do I write as much as you ] — Yo i write more than I. — Do our 
neighbor's children read German as often as we ] — We do not read 
it so often as they. — Do we write it as often as they ] — They write 
oftener than we. — To whom do they write ] — They write to theii 
friends. — Do you read English books ] — We read French books in- 
stead of reading English books. (See end of Lesson XXIV.) 



THIRTIETH LESSON. 



Ill 



THIRTIETH LESSON.— Trentieme Le?on 



To believe, believing. 
I believe, thou belie vest, he believes. 



Croire * 4, croyant. 

Je crois, tu crois, il croit. 



To put on, putting on. 
Do you put on ? 
I do put on. 
Thou puttest on. 
He puts on. 

I put on my hat. 

He puts on his gloves. 

Do you put on your shoes ? 

We do put them on. 

What do your brothers put on ? 

They put on their clothes. 

Where do you conduct me to ? 

I conduct you to my father. 

Do vou go out ? 
I do go out. 
Do we go out? 
We do go out. 
When does your father go out ? 

Early. 
As early as you. 
He goes «mt as early as you. 
Late. 
Too. 
Too late. 

Too soon, too early. 
Too large, too great. 
Too little. 
Too small. 



Mettre * 4, mettant. 
Mettez-vous ? 
Je mets. 
Tu mets. 
II met. 



Je mets mon chapeau. 

II met ses gants. 

Mettez-vous vos souliers ? 

Nous les mettons. 

Vos freres que mettent-ils? 

lis mettent leurs habits. 

Oh me conduisez-vous ? 

Je vous conduis chez mon pere. 



Sortez-vous ? 

Je sors. 

Sortons-nous ? 

Nous sortons. 

Quand votre pere sort-il 1 

De bonne heure. 

D'aussi bonne heure que vous. 

II sort d'aussi bonne heure que voua 

Tard. 

Trop. 

Trop tard 

Trop tot, de trop bonne heure 

Trop grand. 

Trop peu. 

Trop petit. 



Too much. 

Do you speak too much ? 
I do not speak enough. 



| Trop. 



Parlez-vous trop ? 
Je ne parlo pas 



112 



THIRTIETH LESS JN 



Later than you. 
[ go out later than you. 



Plus tard que vous. 

Je sors plus tard que vous. 



Do you go to the play as early as I ? 
I go thither earlier than you. 

Earlier, (sooner.) 
Does your father go thither earlier 

than I ? 
He goes thither too early. 



Allez-vous au spectacle d'aussi bonne 

heure que moi ? 
J'y vais plus tot (de meilleure heure) 

que vous. 
Plus tot, (de meilleure heure.) 
Votre pere y va-t-il plus t6t que mo". 

(de meilleure heure que moi ?) 
II y va trop tot. 



Already. 
Do you speak already ? 

Not yet. 
I do not speak yet. 
Do you finish your note ? 
I do not finish it yet. 
Do you breakfast already? 



Deja. 

Parlez-vous deja ? 

Ne — pas encore. 

Je ne parle pas encore. 

Finissez-vous votre billet ? 

Je ne le finis pas encore. 

Dejeunez-vous deja.? 



Obs. A. We have seen in the foregoing lessons that the infinitive in 
French is sometimes preceded by de, (Lesson XVII.,) sometimes by a, (Les- 
sons XXV. and XXVIII.,) sometimes by pour, (Lesson XX.,) and sometimes 
it is used without any of these prepositions before it. This is the case when 
it is joined to one of the following verbs, several of which have already been 
exemplified in some of the preceding lessons, such as : vouloir, to wish, to 
be willing, (Lesson XVIII. ;) pouvoir, to be able, can, (Lesson XX. ;) 
allcr chercher, to go for ; and envoyer chercher, to send for, (Lesson XXII. ;) 
aller, to be going to, (Lesson XXIII. ;) faire voir, to show, (Lesson XXVII j) 
compter, to intend to. (Lessons XXVII. and XXVIII.) 



Aller*, 


to go. 


Nier, 


to deny. 


Compter, 


to intend to. 


Oser, 


to dare 


Croire *, 


to believe. 


Paraitre *, 


to appear. 


Daigner, 


to deign. 


Penser, 


to think. 


Declarer, 


to declare 


Pretendre. 


to pretend. 


Devoir, 


to owe. 


Pouvoir *, 


to be able, (can.) 


Entendre, 


to hear. 


S avoir *, 


to know. 


Envoyer, 


to send. 


Sembler, 


to appear 


Esperer, 


to hope. 


Souli alter. 


to wish 


Faillir*, 


to miss. 


Soutenir * 


to maintain. 


Faire *, 


to do. 


Vemr*, 


to come. 


Falloir *, 


to be requisite. 


Voir *, 


to see. 


Laisser, 


to let. 


Vouloir *, 


to be willing. 



Obs. B. Further there is no preposition before the infinitive when it is 
used in an absolute sense. Ex. 



THIRTIETH LESSON', 



113 



To eat too much is dangerous. 
To speak too much is foolish. 
To do good to those that have of- 
fended us is a commendable action. 



Manger trop est dangereux. 
Parler trop est imprudent. 
Faire du bien a ceux qui nous out 
offenses est une action louable. 



EXERCISES. 
94. 

Do you put on another coat in order to go to the play 1 — I do put 
on another. — Do you put on your gloves before you put on your 
shoes 1 — I put on my shoes before I put on my gloves. — Does youi 
brother put on his hat instead of putting on his coat 1 — He puts on 
his coat before he puts on his hat. — Do our children put on then 
shoes in order to go to our friends 1 — They put them on in order to 
go to them, (y.) — What do our sons put on ? — They put on their 
clothes and their gloves. — Do you already speak French 1 — I do not 
speak it yet, but I begin to learn. — Does your father go out already 1 
— He does not yet go out. — At what o'clock does he go out 1 — Ho 
goes out at ten o'clock. — Does he breakfast before he goes out 1 — He 
breakfasts and writes his notes before he goes out. — Does he go 
out earlier than you 1 — I go out earlier than he. — Do you go to the 
play as often as I ] — I go thither as often as you. — Do you begin to 
know (connaitre) this man 1 — I do begin to know him. — Do you 
breakfast early ] — We do not breakfast late. — Does the Englishman 
go to the concert earlier than you 1 — He goes there later than I. — 
At what o'clock does he go thither 1 — He goes thither at half-past 
eleven. 

95. 

Do you not go too early to the concert 1 — I go thither too late. — 
Do I write too much 1 — Ycu do not write too much, but you speak- 
too much. — Do I speak more than you 1 — You do speak more than I 
and my brother. — Is my hat too large ? — It is neither too large nor 
too small. — Do you speak French oftener than English 1 — I speak 
English oftener than French. — Do your friends buy much corn 1 — 
They buy but little. — Have you bread enough 1 — I have, only a little, 
but enough. — Is it late] — It is not late. — What o'clock is it 1 — It is 
one o'clock. — Is it too late to (pour) go to your father 1 — It is not 
too late to go to him. — Do you conduct me to him ] — I do conduct 
you to him. — Where is he ] — He is in his counting-house. — Does the 
Spaniard buy a horse 1 — He cannot buy one. — Is he poor 1 — He is 
not poor; he is richer than you. — Is your brother as learned as you? 
— He is more learned than I, but you are more learned than ht 
Hud I. 



114 



THIRTY-FIRST LESSON. 



Do you know that man ? — I do know him. — Is he learned 1 — He id 
(J est) the most learned of all men that I know. — Is your horse worse 
(preceding Lesson) than mine] — It is not so bad as yours. — Is 
mine worse than the Spaniard's 1 — It is worse ; it is the worst horse 
that I know, (connaisse, subjunctive.) — Do you give those men less 
bread than cheese 1 — I give them less of the latter than of the former. 
— Do you receive as much money as your neighbors 1 — I receive mucl 
more than they. — Who receives the most money 1 — The English re- 
ceive the most. — Can your son already write a note 1 — He cannot 
write one yet, but he begins to read a little. — Do you read as much 
as the Russians 1 — We read more than they, but the French read the 
most. — Do the Americans write more than we ? — They write less 
than we, but the Italians write the least, (preceding Lesson.)— Are 
they as rich as the Americans 1 — They are less rich than they. — Are 
your birds as fine as those of the Irish ! — They are less fine than 
theirs, but those of the Spaniards are the least fine. — Do you sell 
your bird ] — I do not sell it ; I like it too much to (pour) sell it. 



THIRTY-FIRST LESSON.— Trenie et unieme Lecon. 

THE PAST PARTICIPLE. 

The past participle being a primitive tense, (see Note 1, Less. XXIV.,) its 
formation cannot be determined by another tense. Of regular verbs it may, 
however, be formed by changing the terminations of the infinitive, for the first 
conjugation, into e with the acute accent, thus : parler — parle ; for the sec- 
ond into i, thus : finir—fini ; for the third into u, thus : recevoir — regu ; and 
for the fourth also into u, thus : vendre — rendu. Examples : 

FIRST CONJUGATION. 

Inf. P. P. 

Aimer, to love, aime. 

Pleurer, to weep, pleure. 

Manger, to eat, mange. 

Commencer, to begin, commence. 

THIRD CONJUGATION. 

Devoir, to owe, du. x 

Concevoir, to conceive, concu. 

Recevoir, to receive, regu. 

\percevoir, to perceive, apergu. 



SECOND CONJUGATION. 

Inf. P. P. 

Batir, to build, bat i. 

Gemir, to sigh, gemi. 

Benir, to bless, beni. 

Choisir, to choose, choisi. 

FOURTH CONJUGATION. 

Vendre, to sell, vendu. 

Rendre, to render, rendu. 

Entendre, to hear, entendu. 

Defendre, to defend, defendu. 



1 It will be perceived, that in the third conjugation "t is not oir, but evoir 
which in the past participle must be changed into u. 



THIRTY-FIRST LESSON. 



115 



To be — been. 
Have you been to market ? 
I have been there. 
I have not been there. 
Have I been there ? 
You have been there. 
You have not been there. 
Has he been there ? 
He has been there. 
He has not been there. 



Ever. 

Never. 
Have you been at the ball ? 
Have you ever been at the ball ? 
I have never been there. 
Thou hast never been there. 
He has never been there. 
You have never been there. 



Already or yet. 
Have you already been at the play ? 
I have already been there. 
You have already been there. 



Not yet. 
I have not yet been there. 
Thou hast not yet been there. 
He has not yet been there. 
You have not been there yet. 
We have not yet been there. 



Have you already been at my fa- 
ther's? 
I have not yet been there. 



Where have you been this morning ? 
I have been in the garden. 
Where has thy brother been ? 



Eire *—ete? 

Avez-vous ete au marche* P 

J'y ai ete. 

Je n'y ai pas ete\ 

Y ai-je ete? 
Vous y avez e'te. 
Vous n'y avez pas e*te\ 

Y a-t-il e'te* 1 
II y a e'te*. 

II n'y a pas e*te\ 



Jamais. 
Ne— jamais. 
Avez-vous ete au bal ? 
Avez-vous jamais e'te" au bal ? 
Je n'y ai jamais e*te. 
Tu n'y as jamais e'te. 
II n'y a jamais ete. 
Vous n'y avez jamais e*te. 



Deja. 

Avez-vous deja e'te au 
J'y ai deja ete. 
Vous y avez deja ete. 



Ne — pas encore. 
Je n'y ai pas encore 6t6. 
Tu n'y as pas encore ete*. 
II n'y a pas encore e'te. 
Vous n'y avez pas encore e'te'. 
Nous n'y avons pas encore ete* 



Avez-vous deja ete chez mon pero! 
Je n'y ai pas encore e*te\ 



Oil avez-vous ete ce matin ? 
J'ai ete au jardin. 
Ton frereou a-t-il e'te*? 



a The pupil, in repeating the irregular verbs already given, must not fail to 
■nark in his list the past participles of those verbs, 
f Avoa eie is used for went and did go. (See Obs. page 116."* 



116 



THIRTY-FIRST LESSON. 



He has been in the warehouse. 
Has he been there as early as I ? 

He has been there earlier than you. 



II a dte au magasin. 

Y a-t-il ete d'aussi bonne heure qu« 

moi? 
II y a etd de meilleure heure que vous 



Obs. Ete, past participle of the verb etre, to be, is hi French often em 
ployed for alle, past participle of the verb aller, to go. We say, JTai ete au 
spectacle, when the meaning is, that I went to the play, and am returned 
from it ; and, il est alle au spectacle, that he is gone to the play, but is not 
yet returned. Accordingly it is better to say, in the first and second persons 
sing, and plur. : Ty ai ete, I have been there ; tuy as ete, thou hast been 
there ; nous y avons ete, we have been there ; vous y avez ete, you havo 
been there, — than, fy suis alle, tu y es alle, nous y sommes alles, vous y ete* 
all is, when motion is not particularly to be expressed. 



EXERCISES. 

97. 
Where have you been 1 — I have been to the market. — Have you 
been to the ball 1 — I have been there. — Have I been to the play 1 — 
You have been there. — Hast thou been there 1 — I have not been 
there. — Has your son ever been at the theatre 1 — He has never 
been there. — Hast thou already been in my warehouse 1 — I have 
never been there. — Do you intend to (Obs. A. Lesson XXX.) go 
thither 1 — I do intend to go thither. — When will you go thither 1 — 
I w T ill go thither to-morrow. — At what o'clock ] — At twelve o'clock. 
— Has your brother already been in my large garden 1 — He has not 
yet been there. — Does he intend to see if? — He does intend to see it. — 
When will he go thither 1 — He will go thither to-day. — Does he in- 
tend to go to the ball this evening ? — He does intend to go thither. — 
Have you already been at the ball ! — I have not yet been there. — When 
do you intend to go thither ! — I intend to go thither to-morrow. — 
Have you already been in the Frenchman's garden ? — I have not 
yet been in it, (y.) — Have you been in my warehouses 1 — I have been 
there. — When did you go there 1 — I went there this morning. — Have 
I been in your counting-house, or in that of your friend 1 — You have 
neither been in mine, nor in that of my friend, but in that of the 
Englishman. 

98. 

Has the Italian been in our warehouses or in those of the Dutch ! 

— He has neither been in ours nor in those of the Dutch, but in those 

of the Germans. — Hast thou already been at the market ] — I have 

not yet been there, but I intend to (Obs. A. Lesson XXX ) go thither. 



thirty-fFjSst lesson. 117 

—Has our neighbor's son been there 1 — He has been there. — When 
has he been there 1 — He has been there to-day. — Does the son of 
our gardener intend to go to the market ] — He does intend to go 
thither. — What does he wish to buy there 1 — He wishes to buy there 
some chickens, oxen, corn, wine, cheese, and cider. — Have you al- 
ready been at my brother's house, (chez?) — I have already been 
there. — Has your friend already been there 1 — He has not yet been 
there. — Have we already been at our friends' 1 — We have not yet 
been there. — Have our friends ever been at our house, (chez nous ?) 
— They have never been there. — Have you ever been at the thea- 
tre 1 — I have never been there. — Have you a mind to write an exer- 
cise 1 — I have a mind to write one. — To whom do you wish to write 
a note 1 — I wish to write one to my son. — Has your father already been 
at the concert 1 — He has not yet been there, but he intends to go 
thither 1 — Does he intend to go thither to-day 1 — He intends to go 
thither to-morrow. — At what o'clock will he set out 1 — He will set 
out at half-past six. — Does he intend to leave (partir) before he 
breakfasts 1 — He intends to breakfast before he leaves. 

99. 
Have you been to the play as early as 1 1 — I have been there ear- 
lier than you. — Have you often been at the concert 1 — I have often 
been there. — Has our neighbor been at the theatre as often as we ? 
— He has been there oftener than we. — Do our friends go to their 
counting-house too early 1 — They go thither too late. — Do they go 
thither as late as we 1 — They go thither later than we. — Do the 
English go to their warehouses too early 1 — They go thither too ear- 
ly. — Is your friend as often in the counting-house as you 1 — He is 
there oftener than I. — What does he do there 1 — He writes. — Does 
he write as much as you 1 — He writes more than I. — Where does 
your friend remain 1 — He remains in his counting-house. — Does he 
not go out I — He does not go out. — Do you remain in the garden 1 — 
I do remain there. — Do you go to your friend every day 1 — I do go 
to him every day. — When does he come to you 1 — He comes to me 
every evening. — Do you go anywhere in the evening 1—1 go no- 
where ; I stay at home. — Do you send for any one 1 — I send for my 
physician. — Does your servant go for any thing 1 — He goes for some 
wine. — Have you been anywhere this morning 1 — I have been no- 
where. — Where has your father been] — He has been nowhere. — 
When do you drink (Lesson XXVI.) tea ? — I drink some (le) every 
morning. — Does your son drink coffee 1 — He drinks chocolate. — 
Have you been to drink seme coffee ? — I have been to drink some 
(See end of Lesson XXIV ) 
6 



118 



;sson. 



THIRTY-SECOND LESSON.— Trente-deuxieme Le f on. 



| Avoir * — eu. 
i. e. those which are not in the nominative, 



To have — had. 
O" A. Objective pronouns 
and which in French are placed before the verb, must never stand before 
the past participle, but before the auxiliary verb. 



Have you had my book ? 
I have not had it. 
Have I had it ? 
You have had it. 
You have not had it. 
Thou hast not had it. 
Has he had it ? 
He has had it. 
He has not had it. 
Hast thou had the coat ? 
I have not had it. 



Avez-vous eu mon livre ? 

Je ne Vai pas eu. 

L' ai-je eu ? 

Vous Vavez eu. 

Vous ne Vavez pas eu. 

Tu ne Vas pas eu. 

L'a-t-il eu ? 

II Va eu. 

II ne Va pas eu. 

As-tu eu l'habit ? 

Je ne Vai pas eu. 



Have you had the books ? ] Avez-vous eu les livres ? 

[nr B. The past participle in French, (the same as the adjective, Obs 
Lesson XXII.,) When it is preceded by its object, must agree with it in 
number ; that is, if the object is in the plural, the past participle must take 
an s. 



I have had them. 
I have not had them. 
Have I had them ? 
You have had them. 
You have not had them. 
Has he had them ? 
He has had them. 
He has not had them. 
Have you had any bread ? 
I have had some. 
I have not had any. 
Have I had any? 
You have had some. 
You have not had any. 
Has he had any ? 
He has not had any. 

Have you had any knives ? 
f have had some 



Je les ai eus. 

Je ne les ai pas ens. 

Les ai-je eus? 

Vous les avez eus. 

Vous ne les avez pas eus. 

Les a-t-il eus ? 

II les a eus. 

II ne les a pas eus. 

Avez-vous eu du pain r 

J'en ai eu. 

Je n'en ai pas eu. 

En ai-je eu? 

Vous en avez eu. 

Vous n'en avez pas eu 

En a-t-il eu ? 

II n'en a pas eu. 



Avez-vous eu des couteaux ? 
J'en ai cu. 



THIRTY-SECOND LKSSON. 



119 



O* C. The past participle does not agree with its obj.ct .11 number, 
that is, if the object is in the plural, the past participle does not take an s, 
when it is preceded by the relative pronoun en, some, some of them, any of 
them. 

I have not had any. | Je n'en ai pas eu. 



What has he had ? 
He has had nothing. 



Qu'a-t-il eu ? 
II n'a rien eu. 



Have you been hungry ? 
I have been afraid. 
He has never been either right or 
wrong. 



To take place. 
That, (meaning, that thing.) 
Does the ball take place this even- 
ing? 
It does take place. 
It takes place this evening. 
ft does not take place to-day. 



When did the ball take place ? 
It took place yesterday. 

Yesterday. 
The day before yesterday. 

How many times, (how often ?) 

Once. 

Twice. 
Thrice, (three times.) 
Several times. 

Formerly. 
Sometimes. 



Do you go sometimes to the ball ? 
{ go sometimes. 



Gone. 

Gone thither. 
Have you gone thither sometimes ? 
I hav9 gone thither often. 
Oftener than you. 



t Avez-vous eu faim ? 

t J'ai eu peur. 

t II n'a jamais eu ni tort ni raison 



t Avoir lieu. 

Cela. 

t Le bal a-t-il lieu ce soir ? 

t II a lieu. 

t II a lieu ce soir. 

t II n'a pas lieu aujourd'hui. 



t Quand le bal a-t-il eu liou ? 
t II a eu lieu hier. 



Hier. 

Avant-hier. 



Combien de fois ? 
Une fois. 
Deux fois. 
Trois fois. 
Plusieurs fois 



Autrefois. 
Quelquefois. 



Allez-vous quelquefois au bal t 
J'y vais quelquefois. 



Alle 

Y— alle 

Y eTes-vous alle queiquefois? 

J'y suis alle souvent. 

Plus souvent que vous. 



120 



THIRTY-SECOND LESSON 



Have the men had my trunk ? 
They have not had it. 
Who has had it ? 
Have they had my knives 1 
They have not had them. 
Who has had them ? 



Les hommes ont-ils eu mon coffre '( 

lis ne l'ont pas eu. 

Qui l'a eu ? 

Ont-ils eu mes couteaux? 

lis ne les out pas eus. 

Qui les a eus ? 



Have I been wrong in buying books ? 
You have not been wrong in buying 



t Ai-je eu tort d'acheter des livres ? 
t Vous n'avez pas eu tort d'en ache- 
ter. 



EXERCISES. 
100. 

Have you had my pocket-book 1 — I have had it. — Have you had 
my glove ?— -I have not had it. — Hast thou had my umbrella 1 — I 
nave not had it. — Have I had your knife ] — You have had it. — When 
Lad I it, (V ai-je eu ?) — You had it yesterday. — Have I had your 
gloves 1 — You have had them. — Has your brother had my wooden 
hammer, (marteau de hois ?) — He has had it. — Has he had my golden 
jfibbon 1 — He has not had it. — Have the English had my beautiful 
ship ] — They have had it. — Who has had my thread stockings "? — Your 
servants have had them. — Have we had the iron trunk of our good 
neighbor ] — We have had it. — Have we had his fine pistol 1 — We 
have not had it. — Have we had the mattresses of the foreigners ? — 
We have not had them. — Has the American had my good work ? — 
He has had it. — Has he had my silver knife 1 — He has not had it. — 
Has the young man had the first volume of my work 1 — He has not 
nad the first, but (mais il a eu) the second. — Has he had it 1 — Yes, 
Sir, he has had it. — When has he had it 1 — He has had it this morn- 
ing. — Have you had any sugar 1 — I have had some. — Have I had 
any good paper 1 — You have not had any. — Has the cook of the Rus- 
sian captain had any chickens'? — He has had some, (ID 3 C.) — He 
has not had any, (ID 3 C.) 

101. 

Has the Frenchman had good wine 1 — He has had some, and he 
has still (encore) some. — Hast thou had large cakes 1 — I have had 
some. — Has thy brother had any 1 — He has not had any. — Has the 
son of our gardener had any butter 1 — He has had some. — Have the 
Poles had good tobacco 1 — They have had some. — What tobacco 
have they had ] — They have had tobacco and snuff. — Have the Eng- 
lish had as much sugar as tea"? — They have had as much of the one 
as of the other. — Has the physician been right? — He has been wrong 
— Has the Dutchman been right or wrong 1 — He has never been 



THIK TV-SECOND LESSON. 121 

either right or wrong. — Have I been wrong in buying honey ? — You 
have been wrong in buying some. — What has the painter had 1 — He 
has had fine pictures. — Has he had any fine gardens 1 — He has not 
had any. — Has your servant had my shoes 1 — He has not had them 
— What has the Spaniard had ] — He has had nothing. — Who has had 
courage ] — The English sailors have had some. — Have the Germans 
had many friends'? — They have had many. — Have we had more 
friends than enemies] — We have had more of the latter than of the for- 
mer. — Has your son had more wine than cider 1 — He has had more 
of the latter than of the former. — Has the Turk had more pepper than 
corn T — He has had less of the latter than of the former. — Has the 
[talian painter had any thing 1 — He has had nothing. 

102. 

Have I been right in writing to my brother 1 — You have not been 
wrong in writing to him. — Have you had a sore finger 1 — I have had 
a sore eye. — Have you had any thing good ? — I have had nothing 
bad. — Did the ball take place yesterday \ — It did not take place. — 
Does it take place to-day T — It takes place to-day. — When does the 
ball take place ? — It takes place this evening. — Did it take place the 
day before yesterday "? — It did take place. — At what o'clock did it 
take place 1 — It took place (a eu lieu) at eleven o'clock. — Did you 
go (see Obs. Less. XXXI.) to my brother's 1 — I went thither. — Row 
often have you been at my friend's house 1 — I have been there twice. 
—Do you go sometimes to the theatre 1 — I go thither sometimes. — 
How many times have you been at the theatre ? — I have been there 
only once. — Have you sometimes been at the ball ? — I have often 
been there. — Has your brother ever gone to the ball ? — He has never 
gone thither. — Has your father sometimes gone to the ball'? — He 
went (a ete, see Note 3, and Obs. Lesson XXXI.) thither formerly 
— Has he gone thither as often as you 1 — He has gone thither often 
er than I. — Dost thou go sometimes into the garden ? — I go thithei 
sometimes. — Hast thou often been there ? — I have often been there. 
— Does your old cook often go to the market 1 — He goes thither often. 
—Does he go thither as often as my gardener 1 — He goes thither 
oftener than he. — Did that take place 1 — It did take place. — When 
did that take place 1 

103. 

Have you formerly gone (avez-vous ete, Note 3, Obs. Lesson 
XXXI.) to the ball 1 — I have gone thither sometimes. — When hast 
thou been at the concert 1 — I was there (j'y ai ete) the day before 
yesterday. — Didst thou find anybody there ? — I found nobody there, 
(ja rCy ai trouve — .) — Hast thou gone to the ball oftener than thy 



f 



/** * / fjl4rt'- 



122 THIRTY-THIRD LESSON. 

brothers ? — 1 have not gone thither so often as they. — Has your friend 
often been at the play 1 — He has been there several times. — Have 
you sometimes been hungry? — I have often been hungry. — Has your 
varet often been thirsty 1 — He has never been either hungry or 
thirsty, — Did you go to the play early 1 — I went thither late. — Did 
I go to the ball as early as you 1 — You went thither earlier than I. — 
Did your brother go thither too late ? — He went thither too early. — 
Have your brothers had any thing 1 — They have had nothing. — Who 
has had my sticks and (et mes) gloves 1 — Your servant has had both. 
— Has he had my hat and (et mon) gun 1 — He has had both. — Hast 
thou had my horse or my brother's ] — I have had neither yours noi 
your brother's. — Have I had your note or the physician's 1 — You 
have had neither the one nor the other. — What has the physician 
had ? — He has had nothing. — Has anybody had my golden candle 
stick 1 — Nobody has had it. — Has any one had my silver knives ' — 
No one has had them. (See end of Lesson XXIV.) 



THIRTY-THIRD LESSON.— Trent e-troisieme Legon. 

OF THE PRETERIT INDEFINITE. 

The preterit indefinite (le preterit indefi.ni) is formed as the perfect tense 
is in English, viz. from the present of the auxiliary and the past participle. 
Being a compound of the present, it is used to express an action past at a 
time not far distant from that period, or during a time wholly expired or not. 
We may, therefore, say : Fai etudie ce matin, I have studied this morning ; 
j'ai etudie hier, I studied yesterday ; fai etudie le mois passe, I studied 
last month ; fai etudie ce mois-ci, I have studied this month. 



To make, to do — made, done. 
What have you done ? 
I have done nothing. 



Faire *—fait. 
Qu'avez-vous fait ? 
Je n'ai rien fait. 



Has that shoemaker made my shoes ? I Ce cordonnier a-t-il fait mes sculie? ? 

He has made them. I II les a faits. 

He has not made them. I II ne les a pas faits. 



To put, to put on — put, put on 
Have you put on your shoes ? 
I have put them on. 



Mettre * — mis. 

Avez-vous mis vos souliers ? 

Je les ai mis. 



Have you taken off ycur gloves ? | Avez-vous 6te" vos gants'i 
[ have taken them off. ' Je les ai 6te"s. 



THIRTY. THIRD 1ESS0.N. 



123 



To tell, to say, — told, said. 
[lave you said the words ? 
I have said them. 
Have you told me the word 1 
I have told you the word. 
I have told it you. 



Dire *— dit. 

Avez-vous dit les mots ? 
Je les ai dits. 
M'avez-vous dit le mot? 
Je vous ai dit le mot. 
Je vous l'ai dit 



The word. 
That, (meaning, that tiling.) 
This, (meaning, this thing.) 
Has he told you that ? 
He has told me that. 
Have I told you that? 
You have told me that. 

It. 
Have you told it me ? 
I have told it you. 
I have not told it you. 
Has he told it you ? 
He has told it me. 
He has not told it me. 
Have you told him that ? 
I have told it him, (meaning to him.) 
You have told it him. 
He has told it him. 



Le mot. 

Ccla. 

Ceci. 

Vous a-t-il dit cela? 

II m'a dit cela. 

Vous ai-jo dit cela ? 

Vous m'avez dit cela. 

Le. 

Me l'avez-vous dit ? 

Je vous l'ai dit. 

Je ne vous l'ai pas dit. 

Vous l'a-t-il dit ? 

II me l'a dit. 

II ne me l'a pas dit. 

Lui avez-vous dit cela ? 

Je le lui ai dit. 

Vous le lui avez dit. 

II le lui a dit. 



Have you told it them, (meaning to I Le leur avez-vous dit ? 

them ?) 
I have told it them. Je le leur ai dit. 



Have you spoken to the men 1 
I have spoken to them. 
To whom did you speak ? 



Avez-vous parl£ aux hommea ? 

Je leur ai parle. 

A qui avez-vous parle 1 



Obs. A. The pronoun le, which is sometimes rendered into English by so, 
and more elegantly omitted, may in French relate to a substantive, an 
adjective, or even a whole sentence. It changes neither its gender nor num- 
ber when it relates to an adjective or a whole sentence. 



Are you the brother of my fr'end ? 

I am. 

Are you rich ? 

[ am not. 

Is he learned ? 



Stes-vous le l'rere de mon ami? 
Je le suis. 
fitos-vous riche ? 
Je ne le suis pas. 
Est-il savant ? 



m 



THIRTl -THIRD LESSOR. 



He is. 

He is not. 

Are our neighbors as poor as they 

say? 
They are so. 
Did your brother go to the ball the 

cay before yesterday ? 
I do not know. 



II Vest 

II ne Z'est pas. 

Nos voisins sont-iis aussi pauvres qu'ils 

le disent '; 
lis le sont. 
Votre frere a-t-il 6t6 au bal avant- 

hier? 
Je ne le sais pas. 



To write — written. 
Which notes have you written ? 
I have written these. 
Which words has he written ? 
He has written those which you see. 



ficrire * — ecrit. 

Quels billets avez-vous Merits? 

J'ai ecrit ceux-ci. 

Quels mots a-t-il ecrits ? 

II a ecrit ceux que vous voyez. 



To drink, drunk. 


Boire *, 


bu. 


To see, seen. 


Voir *, 


vu. 


To read, read. 


Lire *, 


lu. 


To be acquainted with, been ac- 


Connaitre *, 


connu. 


quainted with. 







Which men have you seen ? 

I have seen those. 

Which books have you read ? 

I have read those which you have 

lent me. 
Have you been acquainted with these 

men? 
I have not been acquainted with 

them. 



Quels hommes avez-vous vns ? 

J'ai vu ceux-la. 

Quels livres avez-vous lus ? 

J'ai lu ceux que vous m'avez prfitd. 

Avez-vous connu ces hommes? 

Je ne les ai pas connus. 



Have you seen any sailors ' 
I have seen some. 
I have not seen any 



Tc call 

To i/trow, throw away 
Do you call me 1 
I do call you. 



Avez-vous vu des matelots ? 
J'en ai vu. 

Je n'en ai pas vu. (See O* C. Lwji 
son XXXII.) 



Appeler 1. 
Jeter L 

M'appelez-vous ? 
Je vous appelle. 



Obs. B. In verbs ending in eler and eter, as appeler, to call ; jeter, to 



THIRTY-THIRD LESSON. 



123 



throw ; the letter I or t is doubled in all persons or tenses where it is followed 

by e mute. 1 

Who calls me ? 

Your father calls you. 

Have you called the men ? 

I have called them. 

Do you throw your money away ? 

I do not throw it away. 

Who throws away his books ? 

Have you thrown away any thing ? 

I have thrown away my gloves. 

Have you thrown them away ? 



Qui m'appelle ? 
Votre pere vous appelle, 
Avez-vous appele les hommes ? 
Je les ai appeles. 
Jetez-vous votre argent ? 
Je ne le jette pas. 
Qui jette ses livres ? 
Avez-vous jete quelque chose ? 
J'ai jete" mes gants. 
Les avez-vous jetes ? 



EXERCISES. 
104. 
Have you any thing to do ] — I have nothing to do. — What hasl 
thou done 1 — I have done nothing. — Have I done any thing 1 — You 
have done something. — What have I done ] — You have torn my 
books. — What have your children done 1 — They have torn their 
clothes. — What have we done 1 — You have done nothing ; but your 
brothers have burnt my fine pencils. — Has the tailor already made 
your coat 1 — He has not yet made it. — Has your shoemaker already 
made your shoes 1 — He has already made them. — Have you some- 
times made a hat 1 — I have never made one. — Have our neighbors 
ever made books'? — They made ( — ont fait) some formerly. — How 
many coats has your tailor made 1 — He has made twenty or thirty 
— Has he made good or bad coats 1 — He has made (both) good and 
bad. — Has ycur father put on his coat 1 — He has not yet put it on, 
but he is going to put it on. — Has your brother put his shoes on 1 — 
He has put them on. — Have our neighbors put on their shoes and 
their stockings 1 — They have put on neither, (ni ceux-ci ni ceux-la.) 
— What has the physician taken away ] — He has taken away noth- 
ing. — What have you taken off! — I have taken off my large hat.— 
Have your children taken off their gloves 1 — They have taken them 
off. — When did the ball take place 1 — It took place the day before 
yesterday. — Who has told you that 1 — My servant has told it me. — 
What has your brother told you 1 — He has told me nothing. — Did I 
teL you that] — You did not tell it me. — Has he told it you ] — He 
has told it -ne. — Who has told it your neighbor 1 — The English have 

1 Custom, however, does not observe this rule with regard to the verb 
acheter, to buy, (See Obs. A. Lesson XXV.,) and its compound, rachcter, to 
r odeum, to buy again. 



126 THIRTY-THIRD LESSON. 

told it him. — Have they told it to the French 1 — They have told it 
them. — Who has told it you? — Your son has told it me. — Has he 
told it you 1 — He has told it me. — Are you willing to tell your 
'nends that] — 1 am willing to tell it them. 

105. 

Are you the brother of that young man 1 — I am. — Is that young 
man your son 1 — He is. — Are your friends as rich as they say 1 — 
They are so. — Are these men as learned as they say 1 — They are 
not so. — Do you sweep the warehouse often ! — I sweep it as often 
as I can, (que je le puis.) — Has our neighbor money enough to buy 
some coals ] — I do not know. — Did your brother go to the ball yes- 
terday ]— I do not know. — Has your cook gone to the market 1 — He 
has not gone thither. — Is he ill, (malade ?) — He is. — Am I ill, (ma- 
lade ?) — You are not. — Are you as tall (grand) as 1 1 — I am. — Are 
you as fatigued as your brother ] — I am more so than he. — Have 
you written a note] — I have not written a note, but (maisfai ecrit) 
an exercise. — What have your brothers written 1 — They have writ- 
ten their exercises. — When did they write them 1 — They wrote (ont 
ecrits) them yesterday. — Have you written your exercises 1 — I have 
written them. — Has your friend written his ? — He has not written 
them yet. — Which exercises has your little brother written ] — He 
has written his own. — Have you spoken to my father ] — I have spo- 
ken to him. — When did you speak to him ? — I spoke to him ( — lui 
ai parle) the day before yesterday. — How many times have you spo- 
ken to the captain 1 — I have spoken to him several times. — Have 
you often spoken to his son 1 — I have often spoken to him. — To 
which men has your friend spoken 1 — He has spoken to these and 
to those. 

106. 

Have you spoken to the Russians ? — I have spoken to them. — 
Have the English ever spoken to you 1 — They have often spoken to 
me. — What has the German told you 1 — He has told me the words. 
— Which words has he told you 1 — He has told me these words. — 
What have you to tell me ] — I have a few words to tell you. — Which 
exercises has your friend written 1 — He has written those. — Which 
men have you seen at the market 1 — I have seen these. — Which 
books have your children read ] — They have read those which you 
have lent them. — Have you seen these men or those 1 — I have nei- 
ther seen these nor those. — Which men have you seen 1 — I have seen 
those to whom (a qui) you have spoken. — Have you been acquainted 
with these men 1 — I have been acquainted with them. — With which 
boys has your brother been acquainted ? — He has been acquainted 



THIRTY-FOURTH LESSON. 



127 



with those of our merchant. — Have I been acquainted with these 
Frenchmen 1 — You have not been acquainted with them. — Which 
wine has your servant drunk 1 — He has drunk mrie. — Have you seen 
my brothers 1 — I have seen them. — Where have you seen them 1 — 
1 have seen them at their own house, (chez eux.) — Have you ever 
seen Greeks 1 — I have never seen any, (E~p C. Lesson XXXII.) — 
Hus your father seen any 1 — He has sometimes seen some, (ID 3 C. 
Lesson XXXII.) — Do you call me 1 — I do call you. — Who calls your 
brother 1 — Mv father calls him. — Dost thou call any one 1 — I call no 
one. — Have you thrown away your hat 1 — I have not thrown it away. 
- -Does your father throw away any thing 1 — He throws away the 
notes which he receives. — Have you thrown away your pencils 1 — I 
have not thrown them away. — Dost thou throw away thy book 1 — I 
do not throw it away ; I want it (Lesson XXIII.) to {pour) study 
French. 



THIRTY-FOURTH LESSON.— Trente-quatri&m Legon. 



To extinguish, 
To open, 
To conduct, 
To take, 
To believe, 



extinguished. 

opened. 

conducted. 

taken. 

believed. 



To be able, (can,) been able, (could.) 

To know, known. 

To be willing, been willing. 



Infinitive. 
Eteindre *, 
Ouvrir *, 
Conduire *, 
Prendre *, 
Croire *, 
Pouvoir *, 
Savoir *, 
Vouloir *, 



Past part. 

e*teint. 

ouvert. 

conduit. 

pris. 

crii. 

pu. 

su. 

voulu. 



NEUTER VERBS. 

In neuter verbs the action is intransitive, that is, it remains in the agent. 
They are conjugated like the active. The latter, however, always form 
their past tenses with the auxiliary avoir *, to have ; on the contrary, some 
neuter verbs take etre *, to be, and others avoir*, for their auxiliary ; othera 
again take sometimes avoir *, and sometimes etre *, according as action or 
state is more particularly meant. Their past participles must agree in gen- 
der and number 7/ith the subject. Those neuter verbs which are conju- 
gated with the auxiliary etre * in French, and to have in English, wii! 
always be marked. 



To set out, 
To go out, 
To come, 



set out, (past part.) 

gone out. 

come, (past part.) 



Partir*, 
Sortir *, 
Veair* 



parti, 
sorti. 
venu 



128 



THIRTY-FOURTH LESSON. 



Has your father sat out? 
Have your friends set out ? 
They have not set out. 

When did your brothers go out 
They went out at ten o'clock. 



Did the men come to your father ? 
They did come to him. 



Which fires have you extinguished ? 

Which storehouses have you open- 
ed? 

Have you conducted them to the 
storehouse ? 

I have conducted them thither. 

Which books have you taken ? 

How many notes have you received ? 

I received but one. 



Upon. 
Upon the bench. 
The bench. 
Upon it. 

Under. 

Under the bench. 

Under it, (underneath.) 
Where is my hat? 
It is upon the bench. 
Are my gloves on the bench .' 
They are under it. 

Do you learn to read ? 

I do (learn it.) 

I learn to write. 

Havs you learned to speak? 

I ha ve (learned it.) 

In the storehouse 
In the stove. 
In it, or within. 
The stove. 



Votre pere est-il parti ? 
Vos amis sont-ils partis? 
lis ne sont pas parti*. 



Quand vos freres sont-ils sortis ? 
lis sont sortis a dix heures. 



Les hommes sont-ils venus chez votro 

pbre? 
lis y sont venus. 



Quels feux avez-vous ^teints ? 
Quels magasins avez-vous ouverts? 

Les avez-vous conduits au magasinl 

Je les y ai conduits. 
Quels livres avez-vous pris? 
Combien de billets avez-vous rec.ua I 
Je n'en ai rec,u qu'un. 



Sur, (preposition.) 
Sur le banc. 
Le banc. 
Dessus, (adverb.) 



Sous, (preposition.) 

Sous le banc. 

Dessous, (adverb.) 

Oil est mon chapeau? 

II est sur le banc. 

Mes gants sont-ils sur le banc 1 

Us sont dessous. 



Apprenez-vous a lire ? 
Je l'apprends. 
J'apprends a e"crire. 
Avez-vous appris a parler ? 
Je l'ai appris. 



Dans le magasia 
Dans le poele. 
Dedans. 
Le poSle 



THIltTV-FOURTH LESSON. 



129 



To wash. 
To get or to have mended, got or 

had mended. 
To get or to have washed, got or 

had washed. 
To get or to have made, got or had 

made 
To get or to have swept, got or had 

swept. 
To get or to have sold, got or had 

sold. 



To get the coat mended. 

To have it mended. 

To get them mended. 

To get some mended. 
Are you getting a coat made, (do 

you order a coat?) 
I am getting one made, (I order one.) 
I have had one made. 
Have you had your coat mended ? 

I have had it mended. 
I have not had it mended. 
I have had my shoes mended. 
I have had them mended. 
To wipe. 

Have you not seen my book ? 
I have seen it. 

When?— Where? 
When did you see my brother ? 
I saw him the day before yesterday. 
Where have you seen him ? 
I have seen him at the theatre. 



Laver 1. 

t Faire raccommoder, fait raccouv 

moder. 
t Faire laver, fait laver. 

t Faire faire, fait faire. 

t Faire balayer, fait balayer. 

t Faire vendre, fait vendre. 



t Faire raccommoder l'habit 
t Le faire raccommoder. 
t Les faire raccommoder. 
t En faire raccommoder. 
t Faites-vous faire un habit? 

t J'en fais faire un. 

t J'en ai fait faire un. 

t Avez-vous fait raccommoder votro 

habit ? 
t Je l'ai fait raccommoder. 
t Je ne l'ai pas fait raccommoder. 
t J'ai fait raccommoder mes souliers. 
t Je les ai fait raccommoder. 
Essuyer 1. (See Obs. D. Less 

XXIV.) 
N'avez-vous pas vu mon livre ? 
Je l'ai vu. 
Quand?— Ou? 1 

Quand avez-vous vu mon frere ? 
Je l'ai vu avant-hier. 
Oil l'avez-vous vu ? 
Je l'ai vu au theatre. 



EXERCISES. 

107. 

Where are your brothers gone to 1 — They are gone to the theatre 

—Have your friends left, (partir* ?) — They have not yet left.— When 

do they set out] — This evening. — At what o'clock 1 ? — At half-past 

nine. — When did the French boys come to your brother 1 — They 

1 Learners ought now to use in their exercises the adverbs of time, place, 
aud number, mentioned in Lessons XIX., XXII., XXIII., and XXXII, 



1 30 THIRTY-FOURTH LESSON. 

same to him yesterday. — Did their friends also (aussi) come ]— 
They came also. — Has any one come to us ] — The good Germans 
hav^ come to us. — Who has come to the English ] — The French 
have come to them. — When did you drink any wine ] — I drank some 
yesterday and to-day. — Has the servant carried my note ] — He has 
carried it. — Where has he carried it 1 — He has carried it to your 
friend — Which notes have you carried I — I have carried those which 
you have given me to carry. — Whom have you carried them to ] — 1 
have carried them to your father. — Which books has your servant 
taken 1 — He has taken those which you do not read. — Have your 
merchants opened their storehouses ] — They have opened them. — 
Which storehouses have they opened] — They have opened those 
which you have seen. — When have they opened them 1 — They have 
opened them to-day. — Have you conducted the foreigners to the 
storehouse 1 — I have conducted them thither. — Which fires have 
the men extinguished ? — They have extinguished those which you 
have perceived, (aperfus.) — Have you received any notes'? — We 
have received some. — How many notes have you received ] — I have 
received only one ; but my brother has received more than I : he 
has received six. 

108. 
Where is my coat 1 — It is upon the bench. — Are my shoes upon 
the bench] — They are under it. — Are the coals under the bench] — 
They are in the stove. — Have you put any wood into the stove ] — 1 
have put some into it. — Are you cold ] — I am not cold. — Is the wood 
which I have seen in the stove 1 — It is in it. — Are my papers upon 
the stove ] — They are in it, (within.) — Have you not been afraid to 
burn my papers ] — I have not been afraid to burn them. — Have you 
sent your little boy to market] — I have sent him thither. — When 
did you send him thither] — This morning.— Have you written to 
your father ] — I have written to him. — Has he answered you ] — He 
has not yet answered me. — Are you getting your floor swept ] — I am 
getting it swept. — Have you had your counting-house swept ] — I have 
not had it swept yet, but I intend to have it swept to-day. — Have 
you wiped your feet] — I have w T iped them. — Where did you wipe 
your feet ] — I wiped them upon the (au) carpet. — Have you had your 
benches wiped ] — I nave had them wiped. — What does your servant 
wipe ] — He wipes the knives. — Have you ever written to the phy- 
sician ] — I have never written to him. — Has he sometimes written to 
you 1 — He has often written to me.— What has he written to you ] — 
He has written something to me.— How many times have youi 
friends written to you ] — They have written to me more than twent) 
times. — Have you seen my sons ] — I have never seen them. 



THIRTY-FOURTH LESSON. 131 

109. 

Have you ever seen any Greeks? — I hare never seen (KF C. 
Lesson XXXII.) any. — Have you already seen a Syrian 1 — I have 
already seen one. — Where have you seen one ) — At the theatre. — 
Have you given the book to my brother ! — I have given it to him. — 
Have you given money to the merchant 1 — I have given him some. 
— How much have you given to him 1 — I have given to him fourteen 
crowns. — Have you given any gold ribbons to our neighbors' chil- 
dren 1 — I have given them some. — Wilt thou give me some wine 1 — 
I have given you some aheady. — When didst thou give me some 1 — 
I gave you some formerly. — Wilt thou give me some now 1 — I can- 
not give you any ; I have none — Has the American lent you money] 
— He has lent me some. — Has he often lent you some 1 — He has 
sometimes lent me some. — Has the Italian ever lent you money 1 — 
He has never lent me any. — Is he poor 1 — He is not poor ; he is 
' richer than you. — Will you lend me a crown 1 — I will lend you two. 
— Has your boy come to mine 1 — He has come to him. — When 1 — 
This morning. — At what time 1 — Early. — Has he come earlier than 
1 1 — At what o'clock did you come 1 — I came at half-past five. — He 
has come earlier than you. 

110. 

Has the concert taken place 1 — It has taken place. — Has it taken 
place late 1 — It has taken place early. — At what o'clock 1 — At twelve. 
— At what o'clock has the ball taken place ? — It has taken place at 
midnight. — Does your brother learn to write 1 — He does learn. — 
Does he know how (Lesson XXVII.) to read 1 — He does not know 
f\ow yet. — Do you know the Frenchman whom I know ] — I do not 
know the one whom you know, but I know another. — Does your 
friend know the same merchants as I know ] — He does not know the 
same, but he knows others. — Have you ever had your coat mended ? 
— I have sometimes had it mended. — Hast thou already had thy 
shoes mended 1 — I have not yet had them mended. — Has your brother 
sometimes had his stockings mended ] — He has had them mended 
several times. — Hast thou had thy hat or thy shoe mended 1 — I have 
neither had the one nor the other mended. — Have you had your 
stockings or your gloves washed 1 — I have neither had the one nor the 
ether washed. — Has your father had any thing made 1 — He has not 
had any thing made. — Have you looked for my gloves 1 — I have look- 
ed for them. — Where have you looked for them 1 — I have looked for 
them upon the bed, and have found them under it. — Have you found 
my notes in the stove 1 — I have found them in it. — Have you found 
my stockings under the bed ] — I have found them upon it. (See end 
of Lesson XXIV,) 



132 



THIRTY-FIFTH LESsn-N 



THIRTY-FIFTH LESSON.— Trent e-cinquieme Lecon. 



To promise — promised. 



To learn — learned. 



Promettre 4 * — promis, (takes de be 

fore the infin.) 
Apprendre 4 * — appris. 

Obs. A. Compound and derivative verbs are conjugated like their primi- 
tives : thus the verb promettre * is conjugated like mettre *, to put, (Lessons 
XXX. and XXXIII.,) the verb apprendre *, iike prendre *, to take. (Les- 
sons XXVI. and XXXIV.) 



Do you promise mo to come ? 
I do promise you. 

What have you promised the man ? 
I have promised him nothing. 
Have you ever learned French 1 
I learned it formerly. 



Me promettez-vous de venir ? 
Je vous le promets. 
Qu'avez-vous promis a l'homme ? 
Je ne lui ai rien promis. 
Avez-vous jamais appris le fran<;ais T 
Je l'ai appris autrefois 



To wear out. 


User 1. 


To refuse. 


Refuser 1, (de before infin.) 


To spell. 


Epeler 1. (See Obs. Lesson XXXIII.) 


How? 


Comment ? 


Well. 


Bien. 


Badly. 


Mai. 


So, thus. 


Ainst. 


So so. 


Comme cela. 


In this manner. 


t De cette maniere. 


ow has your brother written his 


Comment votre frere a-t-il ecrit son 


exercise 1 


theme? 


e has written it well. 


11 l'a bien ecrit. 



To dry. 
Do you put your coat to dry ? 
I do put it to dry 



How old are you ? 
I am twelve years old. 
How old is your brother ' 
He is thirteen years old. 



Secher 1. 

Mettez-vous votre habit a secher ? 

Je le mets a secher. 



t Quel age avez-vous \ 
t J'ai douze ans. 
t Quel age votre frere a-t-il ? 
tlla treize ans. 



THIRTY-FIFTH LESSON. 



133 



Almost. 
ile is almost fourteen years old. 

About. 
I am aoout fifteen years old. 

Nearly. 
He is nea.'j' fifteen years old. 

Hardly. 
You are hardly seventeen years 
old. 

Not quite. 
I am not quite sixteen years old. 



Presque. 

t II a presque quatoize ans. 

Environ. 

t J'ai environ quinze ans. 

Pres de. 

t II a pres de quinze ans. 

y A peine. 

t Vous avez h peine dix-sept ana 

Pas tout-d-fait. 

t Je n'ai pas tout-a-fait seize ana. 



Art thou older than thy brother ? 
I am younger than he. 

Old, (in years.) 



Es-tu plus age que ton frfcro ? 
Je suis plus jeune que lui. 
Age. 



There is, there are. 
How many francs are there in a 

crown ? 
Three. 

There are five centimes in a sou. 
There are twenty sous or a hun- 
dred centimes in one franc. 
A or one hundred. 
The centime. 



II y a. 

Combien de francs y a-t-il dans ua 

ecu? 
Trois. 

II y a cinq centimes dans un sou. 
II y a vingt sous ou cent centimes 

dans un franc. 
Cent. 
Le centime. 



To understand. 

To hear, to understand. 
To wait for, to expect 
To lose. 



Comprendre * 4 (Conj. like pren- 
dre *, Less. XXVI. and XXXIV) 
Entendre 4. 
Attendre 4. 
Perdre 4 



Do you understand me ? 

1 do understand you. 

Have you understood the man ? 
I have understood him. 
I hear you, but I do not under- 
stand you 



Me comprenez-vous ? 
M'entendez-vous ? 
Je vous comprends 
( Je vous entends. 
Avez-vous compris Fhomme ? 
Je l'ai compris. 

Je vous entends, ma is je ne vous 
comprends pas. 



134 



THIRTY-FIFTH LESSON 



The noise. 

The wind. 
The noise (roaring) of the wind. 
Do yon hear the roaring of the wind ? 
I do hear it 



To bark. 

The barking. 
Elave you heard the barking of 

the dogs ? 
I have heard it. 



Lc bruit. 

Le vent 

Le bruit du vent 

Entendez-vous le bruit du Tent ? 

Je l'entends. 



Aboyer 1. 

(See Obs. D. Less. XXIV.) 
L'aboiement 
Avez-vous entendu l'aboiement del 

chiens ? 
Je l'ai entendu. 



To wait for some one or some- 

tliing. 
To expect some one or something. 
Are you waiting for my brother ? 
I am waiting for him. 
Do you expect some friends ? 
I do expect some. 



Attendre quelqu'un ou quelque choire, 

Attendez-vous mon frere ? 
Je 1' attends. 

Attendez-vous des amis 1 
J'en attends quelques-mis. 



How much has your brother lost? I Combien votre frere a-t-il perdu ? 
He has lost about a crown. I II a perdu environ un ecu. 

I have lost more than he. | J'ai perdu plus que iui. 



To remain. 

The nobleman. 
Noblemen. 

Obs. B. When a word 
iho mark of the plural. 2 



Rester 1, (takes more frequently Mrs 

than avoir for its auxiliary.) 1 
Le gentilhomme. 
Les gentilshommes. 

composed of a noun and an adjective, both taka 



1 This verb takes avoir when it signifies to live in, and etre, when it 
signifies to remain. Ex. tPai reste sept mois k Colmar sans partir de ma 
chambre, (Voltaire ;) I remained (lived) seven months at Colmar without 
leaving my room. Je l'attendais h Paris, mais il est reste h Lyon, (The 
French Academy ;) I waited for him in Paris, but he remained at Lyons. 
Cependant Telemaque etait reste seul avec Mentor, (Fenelon ;) Telemachus, 
however, had remained alone with Mentor. 

a Except the adjective demi, half, which does not take it. (See Note 2, 
Lesson XIX.) 



THIRTY-FIFTH LESSON. 135 

Genteel, pretty. I Gentil. 

Where 1ms the nobleman remain- | Ou le gentilhomme est-il rest6 ? 

ed? 
He has remained at home. j II est reste a la maison. 

Have you remained with him? ! fites-vous reste avec lui? 
With. I Avec. 



EXERCISES. 
111. 

Do you promise me io come to the ball? — I do promise you. — 
Have I promised you any thing 1 — You have promised me nothing. — ■ 
What has my father promised youl — He has promised me a fine 
book. — Have you received it 1 — Not yet. — Do you give me what 
(ce que) you have promised me 1 — I give it you. — Has your friend 
received much money ? — He has received but little. — How much has 
he received ] — He has received but one crown. — How much money 
have you given to my son 1 — I have given him thirty francs. — Have 
you not promised him more 1 — I have given him what (ce que) I prom- 
ised him. — Have you any French money 1 — I have some. — What 
money have you 1 — I have francs, sous, and centimes. — How many 
sous are there (y a-t-il) in a franc 1 — There are twenty sous in a franc. 
— Have you any centimes 1 — I have a few. — How many centimes are 
there in a sou ] — There are five. — And how many are there in a 
franc 1 — One hundred. — "Will you lend me your coat] — I will lend it 
you, but it is worn out. — Are your shoes worn out 1 — They are not 
worn out. — Will you lend them to my brother 1 — I will lend them to 
him. — To whom have you lent your hat 1 — I have not lent it ; I have 
given it to somebody. — To whom have you given it 1 — I have given 
it to a pauper, (a un pauvre.) 

112. 

Does your little brother already know how to spell 1 — He does 
know. — Does he spell well 1 — He does spell well. — How has your lit- 
tle boy spelt 1 — He has spelt so-so. — How have your children written 
their exercises 1 — They have written them badly. — Has my neighbor 
lent you his gloves 1 — He has refused to (de) lend them to me. — Do 
you know Spanish 1 — I know it. — Does your son speak Italian 1 — 
He speaks it well. — How do your friends speak 1 — They do not 
speak badly. — Do they listen to what you tell them ] — They listen to 
it. — How hast thou learned English 1 — I have learned it in this man- 
ner. — Have you called me ? — I have not called you, but I have called 
your brother. — Is he come] — Not yet. — Where did you wet your 
clothes 1 — I Avetted them in the garden. — Will you put them to dry ?— 



136 THIRTY-FIFTH LESSON. 

I have already put them to dry. — Does the nobleman wish to give mi 
any thing to do 1 — He wishes to give you something to do — How- 
old are you ] — I am hardly eighteen years old. — How old is youi 
brother 1 — He is twenty years old. — Are you as old as he ? — I am not 
so old. — How old art thou ] — I am about twelve years old. — Am I 
younger than you 1 — I do not know. — How old is our neighbor ? — 
He is not quite thirty years old. — Are our friends as young as we 1 — 
They are older than we. — How old are they 1 — The one is nineteen, 
and the other twenty years old. — Is your father as old as mine 1 — He 
is older than yours. 

113. 
Have you read my book 1 — I have not quite read it yet. — Has 
your friend finished his books t — He has almost finished them. — Do 
you understand me 1 — I do understand you. — Does the Frenchman 
understand us 1 — He does understand us. — Do you understand what 
(ce que) we are telling you 1 — We do understand it. — Dost thou un- 
derstand French 1 — I do not understand it yet, but I am learning it 
— Do we understand the English 1 — We do not understand them.— 
Do the English understand us ? — They do understand us. — Do we 
understand them 1 — We hardly understand them. — Do you hear any 
noise 1 — I hear nothing. — Have you heard the roaring of the wind ? 
— I have heard it. — What do you hear 1 — I hear the barking of the 
dogs. — Whose (Lesson XXIX.) dog is this] — It is the dog of the 
Scotchman. — Have you lost your stick ] — I have not lost it. — Has 
your servant lost my notes 1 — He has lost them. — Did you go to the 
ball ? — I did not go to it, (y.) — Where did you remain 1 — I remained 
at home. — Where did the noblemen remain? — They remained in the 
garden. — Has your father lost as much money as 1 1 — He has lost 
more than you. — How much have I lost 1 — You have hardly lost a 
crown. — Did your friends remain at the bain — They remained 
there. — Do you know as much as the English physician 1 — I do not 
know as much as he. — How many books have you read ? — I have 
hardly read two. — Do you wait for any one 1—1 wait for no one. — 
Are you waiting for the man whom I saw this morning 1 — I am 
waiting for him. — Art thou waiting for thy book 1 — I am waiting for 
it. — Do you expect your father this evening 1 — I do expect him. — 
Do you expect some friends 1 — I do expect some. (See end of Lea- 
son XXIV.) 



THIRTY-SIXTH LESSON. 



137 



THIRTY-SIXTH LESSON.— Trente-miew Lecon. 



To beat — beaten. 
To bite— bitten. 



Battre 4 — battu. 
Mordre 4 — morel u. 



Why? 
Why do you beat the dog ? 

Because. 
I beat it, because it has bitten me. 



Pourquoi ? 

Pourquoi battez-vous le chien ? 

Farce que. 

Je le bats, parce qu'il m'a moidu. 



To owe — owed. 
How much do you owe me ? 
I owe you fifty crowns. 
How much does the man owe you ? 
He owes me sixty francs. 
Do our neighbors owe as much as 

we? 
We owe more than they. 
How much dost thou owe ? 

Two hundred francs. 

Eighty francs. 

Eighty -three francs. 

Two hundred and fifty francs. 



Devoir 3 — du. 

Cornbien me devez-vous ? 

Je vous dois cinquante ecus. 

Combien l'homme vous doit-il ? 

II me doit soixante francs. 

Nos voisins doivent-ils autant que 

nous? 
Nous devons plus qu'eux. 
Combien dois-tu? 
Deux cents francs. 
Quatre-vingts francs. 
Quatre-vingt-trois francs. 
Deux cent cinquante francs. 



Obs. A. From the above it may be seen, that to quatre-vingt and cent 
> s is added when they are followed by another numeral. 



Are you to . . ? 
I am to . . 
Where are you to go to this morn- 
ing? 
I am to go to the warehouse. 
Is your brother to come hither to- 
day? 

Soon, shortly. 
He is to come hither soon 



j t Devez-vous . . ? 

I t Je dois . . 

I t Oil devez-vous aller ce matin ? 

t Je dois aller au magasin. 

t Votre frere doit-il venir jci aujour 

d'hui ? 
Bientot. 
t II doit venir ici bient6t. 



To return, (to come back.) 



A.t what o'clock do you return from 
the market ? 



Revenir *, 2 (is conjugated like its 
primitive venir *, to come, Lessons 
XXIV. and XXXIV.) 

A quelle heure revenez-vous du 
marche" ? 



138 



THIRTY-SIXTH LESSON. 



I return from it at twelve o'clock. 

From it, from there, thence. 
Does the servant return early from 

the warehouse ? 
He returns from it at six o'clock in 

the morning. 

At nine o'clock in the morning. 

At five o'clock in the evening. 

At eleven o'clock at night. 



Ten reviens k midi. 

En. 

Le domestique revient-il de bonne 

heure du magasin ? 
II en revient a six heures du matin 

t A neuf heures du matin, 
t A cinq heures du soir. 
t A onze heures du soir. 



Comhien de temps ? 

Pendant. 

Combien de temps y est-il restd ? 

Pendant 1 une minute. 2 

Pendant une heure. 2 

Pendant un jour. 

Pendant un mois. 
I Pendant une anne"e. 2 

L'ete. 
i L'hiver. 

Obs. B. The names of seasons, months, and days, are of the masculine 
gender, except Vautomne, autumn, which is both masculine and feminine. 



How long ? 
During, for. 
How long has he remained there ' 
A minute. 
An hour. 
A day. 
A month. 
A year. 
The summer. 
The winter. 



During the summer. 
To dwell, to live, to reside, to remain. 
Where do you live ? 
I live in William-street, number 

twenty-five. 
Where did your brother live ? 
He lived in Rivoli-street, number 

forty-nine. 



Pendant l'ete. 

Demeurer l. 3 

Ou demeurez-vous? 

Je demeure (dans la) rue 4 Guillaume, 

(au) numero vingt-cinq. 5 
Oil votre frere a-t-il demeure" ? 
II a demeure (dans la) rue de Rivoli. 

(au) numero quarante-neuf. 5 



1 The adverb pendant, when it signifies for, may be omitted in French 
as well as in English, but it is then understood. 

9 Minute, heure, and annee, are feminine nouns, of which the indefinite 
article is une, a, one, and the definite la, whose plural (les) is the same as 
that of le. Feminine nouns take, like masculine nouns, an s in tho plural, 
as will be seen hereafter. 

8 The verb demeurer takes avoir for its auxiliary when it means to live 
in, and etre when it signifies to remain. Ex. II a demeure k Paris, he has 
Uved in Paris ; il est demeure court en haranguant le roi, he stopped short 
in haranguing the king 

4 La rue, the street, is also a feminine noun. 

6 Dans la before rue, and au before numero, have been put between pn 
rentheser, because they are generally omitted, but understood. 



THIRTY-SIXTH LESSON. 



139 



Dost thou live at thy brother's house ? 
[ do not live at his, but at my father's 

house. 
Does your friend still live where I 

lived ? 
[Ie lives no longer where you lived. 

No longer. 
The number. 



How long were you speaking to the 

man? 
I spoke to him for two hours. 
Did you remain long with my father? 

I remained with him an hour. 
Long. 



Demeures-tu chez ton frere ? 

Je ne demeure pas chez lui, maia 

chez mon pere. 
Votre ami demeure-t-il encore oh j'ai 

demeure" ? 
II ne demeure plus ou vous avez de 

meure 
Ne — plus. 
Le numeVo 



Combien de temps avez-vous parle" 

a l'homme ? 
Je lui ai parle pendant deux heures. 
fites-vous reste" long-temps chez mon 

pere? 
J'y suis reste" une heure. 
Long-temps. 



EXERCISES. 
114. 

Why do you not drink % — I do not drink because I am not thirsty. 
— Why do you pick up this ribbon 1 — I pick it up, because I want it. — 
Why do you lend money to this man 1 — I lend him money (en) be- 
cause he wants some. — Why does your brother study 1 — Ke studies, 
because he wishes to learn French. — Has your cousin drunk already 1 
— He has not yet drunk, because he has not yet been thirsty. — Does 
the servant show you the floor which he sweeps 1 — He does not 
show me that which he sweeps now, but that which he swept (qu'il 
a lalaye) yesterday. — Why do you love that man 1 — I love him, be- 
cause he is good.— Why does your neighbor beat his dog ] — Because 
it has bitten his boy. — Why do our friends love us ] — They love us 
because we are good. — Why do you bring me wine 1 — I bring you 
some because you are thirsty. — Why does the sailor drink 1 — He 
drinks because he is thirsty. — Do you see the sailor who is in (sur) 
the ship ] — I do not see the one who is in the ship, but the one who 
is in the (au) market.— Do you read the books ^hich my father haa 
given you ? — I do read them. — Do you understand them 1 — I under- 
stand them so so.— Do you know the Italians whom we know 1 — We 
do not know those whom you know, but we know others. — Does the 
shoemaker mend the shoes which you have sent him 1 — He does not 
mend them, because thev are worn out. 



140 THIRTY-SIXTH LESSON 

115. 

Is your servant returned from market 1 — He is not yet returned 
from it. — At what o'clock did your brother return from the ball 1 — 
He returned from it at one o'clock in the morning. — At what o'clock 
didst thou come back from thy friend 1 — I came back (en) at eleven 
o'clock in the morning. — Didst thou remain long with him 1 — I re- 
mained with him about an hour. — How long do you intend to remain 
it the ball ? — I intend to remain there a few minutes. — How long 
did the Frenchman remain with you 1 — He remained with me for 
two hours. — How long did your brothers remain in town, (a laville?) 
— They remained there during the winter. — Do you intend to re- 
main long with us ] — I intend to remain with you during the sum- 
mer. — How much do I owe you] — You do not owe me much. — How 
much do you owe your tailor 1 — I owe him eighty francs. — How 
much dost thou owe thy shoemaker 1 — I owe him already eighty-five 
francs. — Do I owe you any thing 1 — You owe me nothing. — How 
much does the Englishman owe you ? — He owes me more than you. 
— Do the English owe as much as the Spaniards 1 — Not quite so 
much. — Do I owe you as much as my brother 1 — You owe me more 
than he. — Do our friends owe you as much as we 1 — They owe me less 
than you. — How much do they owe you ? — They owe me two hun- 
dred and fifty francs. — How much do we owe you 1 — You owe me 
three hundred francs. 

116. 

Why do you give money to the merchant ] — I give him some, be- 
cause he has sold me something. — Whither are you to go 1 — I am to 
go to the market. — Is your friend to come hither to-day 1 — He is to 
come hither. — When is he to come hither 1 — He is to come hither 
soon. — When are our sons to go to the play ] — They are to go thither 
to-night, (ce soir.) — When are they to return from it 1 — They are to re- 
turn from it at half-past ten. — W T hen are you to go to the physician 1 
— I am to go to him at ten o'clock at night. — When is your son to 
return from (de chez) the painter's ] — He is to return from him (en) 
at five o'clock in the evening. — Where do you live 1 — I live in Ri- 
voli-street, number forty-seven. — Where does your father live] — He 
lives at his friend's house. — Where do your brothers live 1 — They 
live in William-street, number one hundred and twenty. — Dost thou 
live at thy brother's house 1 — I live at his house. — Do you still live 
where you did 1 — I live there still. — Does your friend still live where 
he did ! — He no longer lives where he did. — Where does he live at 
present* — He lives at his father's house. 



THIRTY-SEVEHTH LESSON, 



141 



THIRTY-SEVENTH LESSON.— Trente*septieme le^on. 



How long ? 

Till, until 
Till twelve o'clock, (till noon.) 
Till to-morrow. 
Till the day after to-morrow. 
Till Sunday. 
Till Monday. 
Till this evening. 
Till evening. 
Until morning. 
Until the next day. 
Until that day. 
Until that moment. 
Till now — hitherto. 
Until then. 
Then. 



Jusqu'a. quand ? 
Jusque, (adverb of time.) 
Jusqu'a midi. 
Jusqu'a demain. 
Jusqu apres demain. 
Jusqu'a dimanche. 
Jusqu' a lundi. 
Jusqu' a ce soir. 
Jusqu' au soir. 
Jusqu' au matin. 
Jusqu' au lendemain. 
Jusqu'a ce jour. 
Jusqu' a ce moment. 
Jusqu'a. present — jusqu'ici. 
Jusqu' alors. 
Alors. 



Tuesday, Wednesday. 
Thursday, Friday. 
Saturday. 



Le mardi, le mercredi. 
Le jeudi, le vendredi. 
Le samedi. 



Obs. The names of days, months, and seasons, are all masculine. (See 
Obs. B., preceding Lesson.) 



Till I return, (till my return.) 

Till my brother returns, (till my bro- 
ther's return.) 

Till four o'clock in the morning. 

Till midnight, (till twelve o'clock at 
night.) 

The retum or coming back. 



Jusqu'a raon retour. 
Jusqu'au retour de mon frerc. 

Jusqu'a quatre heures du matin. 
Jusqu'a minuit. 

Le retour 



How long did you remain at my fa- I Jusqu'a quand eles-vous reste" chez 

ther's house ? mon pere ? 

I remained at his house till eleven J'y suis reste jusqu'a onze heures du 

o'clock at night. I soir. 



142 



THIRTY-SEVENTH LESSON. 



One, the people, they, or any one. 

Have they brought my shoes ? 

They have brought them. 

They have not brought them yet. 

What have they said? 

They have said nothing. 

What have they done ? 

They have done nothing. 



To be willing, (to wish,) been wil- 
ling, (wished.) 

Have they been willing to mend my 
coat? 

They have not been willing to mend 
it. 



To be able, (can) — been able, (could.) 

Have they been able to find the 

books? 
They could not find them. 
Can they find them now ? 
They cannot find them. 



Can they do what they wish ? 
They do what they can ; but they do 
not do what they wish. 



On, (indefinite pronoun, always sin* 

gular.) 
A-t-on apporte mes souliers ? 
On les a apportes. 
On ne les a pas encore apportes. 
Qu'a-t-ondit? 
On n'a rien dit. 
Qu'a-t-onfait? 
On n'a rien fait. 



Vouloir * — voulu, (Less. XVIII. and 

XXXIV.) 
A-t-on voulu raccommoder mon 

habit? 
On n'a pas voulu le raccommoder. 



Pouvoir * — pu. (Lessons XX. and 
XXXIV.) 

A-t-on pu trouver les livres ? 

On n'a pu les trouver. 
Peut-on les trouver a present ? 
On ne peut pas les trouver. 



Peut-on faire ce qu'on veut? 
On fait ce qu'on peut ; mais on uc 
fait pas ce qu'on veut. 



What do they say ? 
What do they say new ? 
They say nothing new. 

Something or any thing new. 

Nothing or not any thing new. 

New. 



Que dit-on ? 
Que dit-on de nouveau ? 
On ne dit rien de nouveau. 
Quelque chose de nouveau. 
Rien de nouveau. 



Neuf, nouveau, (before a vowel or k 
mute, nouvel.) 1 



1 Nouveau (nouvel before a vowel or h mute) is used for things which are 
new from nature or invention, as : du vin nouveau, new wine ; un nouveau 
commis, a new clerk ; un nouvel ami, a new friend ; un livre nouveau, a 
book just published. Neuf, on the contrary, is used of things made by men, 
as : un habit neuf, a new coat ; un livre neuf, a new book, (which has been 
printed long ago, but has not been used.) Thus we may say : Ce livre neuj 



THIRTY-SEVENTH LESSON- 



143 



My new coat. 
My new horse. 
My handsome horse. 
My new friend. 
My handsome coat. 

To brush 
This fine man. 
These fine men. 
This fine tree. 
Those fine trees. 
My new friends. 



Mon habit neuf. 
Mon nouveau cheval 
Mon beau cheval. 
Mon nouvel ami. 
Mon bel habit. 2 
Brosser 1. 
Ce bel homme. 
Ces beaux hommes. 
Ce bel arbre. 
Ces beaux arbres. 
Mes nouveaux amis. 



Do they believe that ? 
They do not believe it. 
Do they speak of that ? 
They do speak of it. 
They do not speak of it. 



Croit-on cela ? 
On ne le croit pas. 
Parle-t-on de cela ? 
On en parle. 
On n'en parle pas. 



EXERCISES. 
117. 

How long have you been writing- ? — I have been writing until mid- 
night. — How long did I work ? — You worked (avez travaille) till 
four o'clock in the morning. — How long did my brother remain with 
you'? — He remained with me until evening. — How long hast thou 
been working? — I have been working till now. — Hast thou still long 
{pour long-temps) to write? — I have to write till (pour jusqu' — ) the 
day after to-morrow. — Has the physician still long (pour long-temps) 
to work? — He has to work till (pour jusqu 1 a) to-morrow. — Am I to 
remain long here? — You are to remain here till Sunday. — Is my 
brother to remain long with you ? — He is to remain with us till Mon- 
day. — Hdw long are we to work ? — You are to work till the day af- 
ter to-morrow. — Have you still long to speak ? — I have still an hour 
to speak. — Did you speak long? — I spoke (ai parle) till the next day. 
— Did you remain long in my counting-house ? — I remained in it till 
this moment. — Have you still long to live at the Frenchman's house? 



est-il nouveau ? Is this new book a new publication ? Neuf. figuratively 
means inexperienced. Ex. Ce valet est bien neuf, this valet is very inex- 
perienced. 

2 Bel and nouvel are usod only before masculine substantives beginning with 
a vowel, or h mute, as may be seen from our examples. But in the plural 
the adjectives remain beau and nouveau. Ex. Ces beaux arlrtes, these fine 
trees ; mes noureaux amis, my new friends. 



144 THIRTY-SEVENTH LESSON. 

— I have stil] long to live at his house. — How long have you still to 
live at his house'? — Till Tuesday. — Has the servant brushed my 
coats 1 — He has brushed them. — Has he swept the floor "?— He has 
swept it. — How long did he remain here 1 — Till noon, (midi.) — Does 
your friend still live with you 1 — He lives with me no longer. — How 
long did he live with you 1 — He lived with me only a year. — How 
long did you remain at the ball 1 ? — I remained there till midnight. — 
How long did you remain in the ship ? — I remained an hour in it. — 
Have you remained in the garden till now 1 — I have remained there 
till now. 

118. 
What do you do in the morning 1 — I read. — And what do you do 
then 1 — I breakfast and work. — Do you breakfast before you read ] — • 
No, Sir, I read before I breakfast. — Dost thou play instead of work- 
ing 1 — I work instead of playing. — Does thy brother go to the play 
instead of going into the garden 1 — He goes neither to the play nor 
to the garden. — What do you do in the evening 1 — I work. — What 
hast thou done this evening ] — I have brushed your clothes, and have 
gone to the theatre. — Didst thou remain long at the theatre 1 — I re- 
mained there but a few minutes. — Are you willing to wait here 1 — 
How long am I to wait ? — You are to wait till my father returns. — 
Has anybody come 1 — Somebody has come. — What did they (on) 
want 1 — They (on) wanted to speak to you. — Would they not waif? — 
They would not wait. — Have you waited for me long 1 — I have wait- 
ed for you two hours. — Have you been able to read my note 1 — I 
have been able to read it. — Have you understood it ? — I have under- 
stood it. — Have you shown it to any one 1 — I have shown it to no one. 
— Have they brought my fine clothes 1 — They have not brought them 
yet. — Have they swept my floor and brushed my clothes ] — They 
have done both. — What have they said 1 — They have said nothing. 
— What have they done 1 — They have done nothing. — Haas your lit- 
tle brother been spelling 1 — He has not been willing to spell. — 
Has the merchant's boy been willing to work ] — He has not been 
willing. — What has he been willing to do ? — He has not been willing 
to do any thing. 

119. 

Has the shoemaker been able to mend my shoes ? — He has not 
been able to mend them. — Why has he not been able to mend them ? 
— Because he has had no time. — Have they (on) been able to find 
my gold buttons'? — They have not been able to find them. — Why has 
the tailor not mended my coat 1 — Because he has no good thread. — 
Why have you beaten the dog? — Because it has bitten me.— Wh\ 



THIRTY-EIGHIII LESSON. 



145 



do you drink ? — Because I am thirsty. — What have they wished tc 
say ? — They have not wished to say any thing. — Have they said any 
thing new ? — They have not said any thing new. — What do they (on) 
say new in the market ? — They say nothing new there. — Did they 
wish to kill a man ? — They wished to kill one. — Do they believe thai ? 
— They do not believe it. — Do they speak of that ? — They do speak of 
it, — Do they speak of the man that has been killed ? — They do not 
speak of him, (en.) — Can they do what they wish ? — They do what 
tiiey can ; but they do not what they wish. — What have they brought ? 
■ — They have brought your new coat. — Has my servant brushed my 
fine carpets? — He has not yet brushed them. — Have you bought a- 
new horse ? — I have bought two new horses. — How many fine trees 
have you seen ? — I have seen but one fine tree. — Have you seen a 
fine man ? — I have seen several fine men. — Have you a new friend ? 
— I have several. — Do you like your new friends ? — I do like them. 



THIRTY-EIGHTH LESSON.— Trente-lmilieme Legon 



How far ? 


Jusqu'oit ? 


Up to, as far as. 


Jusque, (adverb of place.) 


As far as my brother's. 


Jusque chez mon frere 


As far as here, hither. 


Jusqu'ici. 


As far as there, thither. 


Jusque-la.. 


As far as London. 


Jusqu'S. Londres. 


As far as Paris. 


Jusqu'k Paris 


To, at, or in Paris. 


A Paris. 


To, at, or in Berlin. 


A Berlin. 


To, at, or in France. 


En France. 


To, at, or in England. 


En Angleterre. 


As far as England. 


Jusqu'en Angleterre. 


As far as Spain. 


Jusqu'en Espagne. 


As far as France. 


Jusqu'en France. 


As far as Italy. 


Jusqu'en Italie 



As far as my house 

As far as the warehouse. 

As far as the corner. 

As far as the end of the road. 

As far as the middle of the road. 



Jusque chez moi. 
Jusqu'au magasin 
Jusqu'au coin. 
Jusqu'au bout da chemin. 
Jusqu'au milieu du chemin. 



146 



THIRTY-EIGHTH LESSON. 



Above or up stairs. 
Below or down stairs. 
As far as above. 
As far as below. 
As far as the other side of the roao 



En haut. 

En bas. 

Jusqu'en haut. 

Jusqu'en bas 

Jusqu'a 1' autre coto" du chemin, 



This side. 
That side. 

On this side of the ro^d. 

On that side of the road. 



De ce cote-ci. 
De ce c6te-la. 
En dec> du chemin. 
Au dec, a du chemin. 
| Au dela du chemin. 



Germany. L'Allemagne. 

America. L'Amenque. 

Holland. La Hollande. 1 

Obs. A. The names of states, empires, kingdoms, and provinces, arc 
generally feminine when they end in e mute, and masculine when in a con- 
sonant, or in a, e, (with the acute accent.) i, o, u. 



The middle. 
The well. 
The cask. 
The castle. 

To travel. 

Do you go to Paris ? 

Do you travel to Paris ? 
I do travel (or go) thither. 
Is he gone to England ? 
He is gone thither. 
How far is he gone ? 
How far has he travelled ? 
He is gone as far as America. 



Le milieu. 
Le puits. 
Le tonneau. 
Le chateau. 



Voyager 1. 
Allez-vnus a Paris? 

J'y vais. 

Est-il alle en Angleterre? 

II y est alle". 

Jusqu'ou est-il alle" ? 

Jusqu'ou a-t-il voyage" ? 

II est alle" jusqu'en Ame'rique. 



To steal. 
To steal something from some one. 
Have they stolen your hat from you ? 
They have stolen it from me. 
flas the man stolen the books from 

thee? 
flo has stolen them from me. 
What have they stolen from you ? 



Voter 1. 

t Voler quelque chose d quelqu'un. 

t Vous a-t-on vole" votre chapoau ? 

+ On me l'a vole. 

t L'homme t'a-t-il vole" les livres? 

t II me les a voles. 

t Que vous a-t-on void ? 



1 In Hollande the letter h is aspirated ; therefore we say la Hollande 



THIRTY-EIGHTH LESSON, 



147 



All. 
All the wine 
All the books. 
All the men. 



Tout 

Tout le vin. 
Tous les livres. 
Tous les hommes. 



How do you spell this word ? 
How is this word written ? 
It is written thus. 



t Comment ecrit-on ce mot ? 

On l'ecrit ainsi, (de cette maniere.) 



To dye, or to color. 
I dye, thou dyest, he dyes ; dyeing. 
To dye black. 
To dye red. 
To dye green. 
To dye blue. 
To dye yellow 



Teindre * 4 ; part, past, teint. 

Je teins, tu teins, il teint ; teignant 

t Teindre en noir. 

t Teindre en rouge. 

t Teindre en vert. 

t Teindre en bleu. 

t Teindre en jaune. 



My blue coat. | Mon habit bleu. 

Obs. B. Adjectives denotin, color or shape are always placed after the 
substantive. Ex. 



This white hat. 

His round hat. 
jJo you dye your coat blue ? 
I dye it green. 
What color will you dye your cloth ? 

I will dye it blue. 

The dyer. 



Ce chapeau blanc. 

Son chapeau rond. 

t Teignez-vous voire habit en bleu ? 

t Je le teins en vert. 

t Comment voulez-vous teindre votre 

drap? 
i" Je veux le teindre en bleu. 
Le teinturier. 



To get dyed, got dyed. 
What color have you had your hat 

dyed? 
I have got it dyed white. 
Red. 
Brown. 
Gray. 



t Faire teindre— fait teindre. 

t Comment avez-vous fait teindio 

votre chapeau? 
t Je 1'ai fait teindre en blanc. 
Rouge. 
Brim. 
Gris 



EXERCISES. 
120. 
How far have you travelled 1 — I have travelled as far as Ger- 
many. — Has he travelled as far as Italy 1 — He has travelled as fai 



148 THIRTY-EIGHTH LESSON. 

as America. — How far have the Spaniards gone ? — They have gone 
as far as London. — How far has this poor man come ? — He has 
come as far as here. — Has he come as far as your house ? — He has 
come as far as my father's. — Have they stolen any thing from you ? 
— They have stolen all the good wine from me. — Have they stolen 
anv thing from your father ? — They have stolen all his good books 
irom him. — Dost thou steal any thing ? — I steal nothing. — Hast thou 
ever stolen any thing "? — I have never stolen any thing. — Have they 
stolen your good clothes from you ? — They have stolen them from 
me. — What have they stolen from me ? — They have stolen all the 
good books from you. — When did they steal the money from you ? — 
They stole it from me the day before yesterday. — Have they ever 
stolen any thing from us ] — They have never stolen any thing from 
us. — How far did you wish to go ? — I wished to go as far as the 
wood. — Have you gone as far as there ? — I have not gone as far as 
there ? — How far does your brother wish to go 1 — He wishes to go 
as far as the end of that road. — How far does the wine go 1 — It goes 
to the bottom of the cask. — Whither art thou going ? — I am going to 
the market. — How far are we going ? — We are going as far as the 
theatre. — Are you going as far as the well 1 — I am going as far as 
the castle. — Has the carpenter drunk all the wine ? — He has drunk 
it. — Has your little boy torn all his books'? — He has torn them all. 
— Why has he torn them 1 — Because he does not wish to study. 

121. 

How much have you lost ? — I have lost all my money. — Do you 
know where my father is 1 — I do not know. — Have you not seen my 
book ? — I have not seen it. — Do you know how this word is written ? 
— It is written thus. — Do you d}^ any thing 1 — I dye my hat. — What 
color do you dye it 1 — I dye it black. — What color do you dye your 
clothes ? — I dye them yellow. — Do you get your trunk dyed 1 — I get 
it dyed. — What color do you get it dyed ? — I get it dyed green. — 
What color dost thou get thy thread stockings dyed ? — I get them 
dyed red. — Does your son get his ribbon dyed? — He does get it 
dyed. — Does he get it died red ? — He gets it dyed gray. — What color 
have your friends got their coats dyed 1 — They have got them dyed 
green. — What color have the Italians had their hats dyed ? — They 
have had them dyed brown — Have you a white hat ? — I have a 
black one. — What hat has the nobleman 1 — He has two hats ; a white 
one and a black one. — What hat has the American? — He has a 
round hat. — Have I a white hat ? — You have several white and 
black hats. — Has your dyer already dyed your cloth ? — He has dyed 
it. — What color has he dyed it 1 — He has dyed it green. — Do yoii 



THIRTY-NINTH LESSON. 149 

fravel sometimes! — I travel often. — Where do you intend to go to 
this summer, {cet cte?) — I intend to go to Paris. — Do you not go to 
Italy 1 — I do go thither. — Hast thou sometimes travelled ? — I have 
never travelled. — Have your friends a mind to go to Holland 1 — 
They have a mind to go thither. — When do they intend to depart 1 — 
They intend to depart the day after to-morrow. 

122. 
Is your brother already gone to Spain 1 — He is not yet gone 
thither. — Have you travelled in Spain 1 — I have travelled there.— 
When do you depart 1 — I depart to-morrow. — At what o'clock 1 — At 
five o'clock in the morning. — Have you worn out all your shoes 1 — I 
have worn them all out. — What have the Spaniards done 1 — They 
have burnt all our good ships. — Have you finished all your exerci- 
ses 1 — I have finished them all. — How far is the Frenchman come 1 
— He is come as far as the middle of the road. — Where does your 
friend live ! — He lives on this side of the road. — Where is your 
warehouse 1 — It is on that side of the road. — Where is the counting- 
house of our friend 1 — It is on that side of the theatre. — Is the gar- 
den of your friend on this or that side of the wood ! — It is on that 
side. — Is our warehouse not on this side of the road ? — It is on this 
side. — Where have you been this morning 1 — I have been at the 
castle. — How long did you remain at the castle 1 — I remained there 
an hour. — Is your brother below or above "? — He is above. — How far 
has your servant carried my trunk 1 — He has carried it as far as my 
warehouse. — Has he come as far as my house 1 — He has come as 
far as there. — How far does the green carpet go 1 — It goes as far as 
the corner of the counting-house. — Have you been in France 1 — I 
have been there several times. — Have your children already been in 
Germany 1 — They have not yet been there, but I intend to send them 
thither in the spring, (au printemps.) — Will you go on this or that 
side of the road 1 — I will go neither on this nor that side ; I will go 
in the middle of the road. — How far does this road lead 1 — It leads 
as far as London. 



THIRTY-NINTH LESSON.— Trente-neuvieme Lecon, 

To he necessary — must. I Falloir*^ (an irregular, impersonal 

verb.) 
Its past participle is Fallu. 



Is it necessary ? 

Must I, he, we, you, they, cr si" " ' 



,.] 



L50 



THIRTY-NINTH LESSON. 



It is necessary. | II faut. 

Obs. A. All verbs expressing necessity, obligation or want, as, to be 
obliged, to want, to be necessary, must, are in French generally rendered 
oy falloir. 



Is it necessary to go to the market ? 
It is not necessary to go thither. 
What must be done to learn French ? 



Faut-il aller au marche" ? 
II ne faut pas y aller. 
Que faut-il faire pour apprendre lo 
francais ? 
It is necessary to study a great deal. I II faut etudier beaucoup. 



What must I do ? | Que me faut-il faire ? 

Obs B. The English nominative or subject of the verb must is ren- 
dered in French by the indirect cases in the dative : me, te, lui, nous, vous, 
leur, (see the Personal Pronouns, Lesson XX.,) according to number and 
person. 



You must stay still. 
Whither must he go ? 
He must go for his book. 
What must they buy? 
They must buy some beef 
What must we read? 



II vous faut rester tranquille. 

Ou lui faut-il aller? 

II lui faut aller chercher son livre. 

Que leur faut-il acheter ? 

II leur faut acheter du boeuf. 

Que nous faut-il lire ? 



What must you have ? ] Que vous faut-il ? 

Obs. C. The verb have, following in English the verb must, is not ren- 
dered in French. 



i" must have some money. 

Must you have a sou ? 

Must you have a great deal ? 

/ must have a great deal. 

J want only one sou. 

Is that all you want? 

That is all I want. 

How much must thou have ? 

How much dost thou want ? 

I want only a franc. 

How much must your brother have ? 

He wants only two francs. 



II me faut de l'argent. 
Vous faut-il un sou ? 
Vous en faut-il beaucoup ? 
II m'en faut beaucoup. 
II ne me faut qu'un sou. 
t Ne vous faut-il que cela / 
t II ne me faut que cela. 

Combien te faut-il? 

II ne me faut qu'un franc. 
Combien faut-il a votre frerel 
II ne lui faut que deux franca. 



Have you what you want ? 
I have what I want. 
He has what he wants. 
They have what they want. 



Avez-vous ce qu'il vous faut? 
J'ai ce qu'il me faut. 
II a ce qu'il lui faut. 
lis ont ce qu'il leur faut 



THIRTY-NINTH LESSON. 



151 



More. J Davantage. 

Obs. D. This adverb has the same signification as plus, with this differ- 
ence only, that it cannot precede a noun. 



No more. 
Do you not want more ? 
I do not want more. 
He does not want more. 



Have you been obliged to work much 

to learn French ? 
f have been obliged to work much. 



What am I to do? 
You must work. 
Am I to go thither ? 
You may go thither. 



To be worth — been worth. 
How much may that horse be worth ? 
It may be worth a hundred crowns. 

Are you worth ? 

I am worth. 

Thou art worth. 

He is worth. 
We are worth — they are worth. 



How much is that gun worth ? 
It is worth but one crown. 
How much is that worth ? 
That is not worth much. 
That is not worth any thing. 



This is worth, more than that. 
The one is not worth so much as the 
other. 



To be better 
Am I not as good as my brother ? 

You are better than he. 
I am not so good as you. 



To give back, to restore. 
Does he restoie you you: book? 



Ne — pas davantage. 
Ne vous faut-il pas davantage ? 
II ne me faut pas davantage. 
II ne lui faut pas davantage. 



Vous a-t-il fallu travailler beaucoup 

pour apprendre le franc, ais? 
II m'a fallu travailler beaucoup. 



Que dois-je faire? 
Vous devez travailler. 
Faut-il y aller? 
Vous pouvez y aller. 



Valoir * 3 — valu. 

Combien ce cheval peut-il valoir? 

II peut valoir cent e"cus. 

Valez-vous ? 

Je vaux. 

Tu vaux. 

II vaut. 

Nous valons — ils valent. 



Combien ce fusil vaut-il ? 
II ne vaut qu'un ecu. 
Combien cela vaut-il ? 
Cela ne vaut pas grand' chose. 
Cela ne vaut rien. 



Celui-ci vaut plus que celui-la. 
L'un ne vaut pas autant que l'autre 



Valoir mieux. 

Est-ce que je ne vaux pas autant que 

mon frere ? 
Vous valez mieux que lui. 
Je ne vaux pas autant que vous. 



Rendre 4. 

Vous rend-il votre livre? 



J 52 FHlRT¥->xTj 

He does lestore it to me. 

Has he given you back your gloves i 1 
He has given them me back. 



IH U2QGX. 

I! me ie rend. 
Tons a-t-il ren 
II me les a rendus. 



Has your brother already commenced 
his exercises? 

Not yet. 
He has not yet commenced tnem. 



Votre frere a-t-il deja commence si 

themes? 
Pas encore. 
II ne les a pas encore commences. 



The present 
Have you received a present ? 
I have received several. 
Have you received the books ? 
I have received them. 



Le present. 

Avez-vous recu un present? 
J'en ai recu plusieurs. 
Avez-vous recu les livres? 
Je les ai recus. 



From to horn ? 
From whom have you received pres- 
ents? 
F^om mv friends. 



De qui ? 

De qui avez-vous recu des presents 

De mes amis. 



Whence ? Where from 1 
Where do you come from? 
[ come from the garden. 
Where is he come from ? 
He is come from the theatre. 
Where did they come from ? 



D'ou? 

D'ou venez-vous? 

Je viens du jardin. 

D'oh est-il venu? 

II est venu du thdatre. 

D'ou sont-ils venus? 



EXERCISES. 
123. 
Is it necessary to go to the market ? — It is not necessary to go 
thither. — What must you buy 1 — I must buy some beef. — Must I go 
for some wine ? — You must go for some.— Am I to go to the ball ? — 
You must go thither. — When must I go thither ! — You must go 
thither this evening. — Must I go for the carpenter ? — You must go 
for him. — What must be done to learn Russian ? — It is necessary to 
study a great deal. — Is it necessary to study a great deal to learn 
German ] — It is necessary to study a great deal. — What must I do \ 
— You must buy a good book.— -What is he to do ? — He must stay 
still. — What are we to do 1 — You must work. — "Must you work much 
m order to learn the Arabic ? — I must work much to learn it. — Why 
must I go to market 1 — You must go thither to buy some beef ai.d 
wine. — Must I go anywhere 1 — Thou must go into the garden. — 
Must I send for any thing 1 — Thou must send for some wine. — What 
must I do ? — You must write an exercise. — To whom must I write & 



THIRTY-NINTH LESSON. 153 

note ? — You must write one to your friend. — What do you want, Sir 1 
— I want some cloth. — How much is that hat worth 1 — It is worth 
four crowns. — Do you want any stockings 1 — I want some. — How 
much are those stockings worth ? — They are worth two francs. — Is 
that all you want 1 — That is all. — Do you not want any shoes 1 — I 
do not want any. — Dost thou want much money 1 — I want much. — ■ 
How much must thou have ] — I must have five crowns. — How much 
does your brother want 1 — He wants but six sous. — Does he not 
want more 1 — He does not want more. — Does your friend want more 1 
He does not want so much as I. — What do you want 1 — I want mo- 
ney and clothes. — Have you now what you want ? — I have what I 
want. — Has your father what he wants 1 — He has what he wants. 

124. 
Have the neighbor's boys given you back your books 1 — They 
have given them me back. — When did they give them you back ? — 
They gave them me back yesterday. — Has your little boy received 
a present 1 — He has received several. — From whom has he received 
any ] — He has received some from my father and from yours. — 
Have you received any presents 1 — I have received some. — What 
presents have you received 1 ? — I have received fine presents. — Do 
you come from the garden 1 ? — I do not come from the garden, but 
from the warehouse. — Where are you going to 1 — I am going to the 
garden. — Whence does the Irishman come ] — He comes from the 
garden. — Does he come from the garden from which (duquel) you 
come 1 — He does not come from the same, (du mime.) — From which 
(de quel) garden does he come 1 — He comes from that of our old 
(vieil) friend. — Whence comes your boy ] — He comes from the play. 
— How much may that horse be worth 1 — It may be worth five hun- 
dred crowns. — Is this book worth as much as that 1 — It is worth 
more. — How much is my gun worth 1 — It is worth as much as that 
of your friend. — Are your horses worth as much as those of the 
English 1 — They are not worth so much. — How much is that knife 
worth 1 — It is worth nothing. 

125. 

Is your servant as good as mine ] — He is better than yours. — Are 
you as good as your brother 1 — He is better than I. — Art thou as 
good as thy friend 1 — I am as good as he. — Are we as good as our 
neighbors 1 — We are better than they. — Is your umbrella worth as 
much as mine 1 — It is not worth so much. — Why is it not worth eg 
much as mine ? — Because it is not so fine as yours. — How much ia 
that gun worth ? — It is not worth much. — Do you wish to sell your 
horse ? — I do wish to sell it. — How much is it won hi — It is worth 



154 



FORTIETH LESSON. 



*wo hundred crowns. — Do you wish to buy it 1 — I have bought one 
already. — Does your father intend to buy a horse 1 — He does intend 
to buy one, but not {non pas) yours. — Have your brothers commenced 
their exercises ! — They have commenced them. — Have you received 
your notes ? — We have not yet received them. — Have we what we 
want 1 — We have not what we want. — What do we want 1 — We 
want fine horses, several servants, and much money. — Is that all we 
want ? — That is all we want. — What must I do ? — You must write. 
— To whom must I write ? — You must write to your friend. — Where 
is he ] — He is in America. — Whither am I to go 1 — You may go to 
France. — How far must I go 1 — You may go as far as Paris. — 
Which (a quels) notes has your father answered ] — He has answered 
those (a ceux) of his friends. — Which dogs has your servant beaten? 
—He has beaten those that have made much noise. (See end of 
Lesson XXIY.) 



FORTIETH LESSON.— Quarantieme Lepon. 



To eat — eaten. 

To dine, (eat dinner.) 

The dinner. 

The breakfast. 
To eat supper, (to sup.) 

The supper. 



Manger 1 — mange. 

Diner 1 — dine. 

Le diner or dine. 

Le dejeuner or dejeund 

Souper 1. 

Le souper or soupe". 



After. 
After me. 
After him. 
After you. 
After my brother. 



Apres, (a preposition.) 
Apres moi. 
Apres lui. 
Apres vous. 
Apres mon frere. 



After having spoken. | t Apres avoir parle*. 

O* Whenever the present participle is used in English after a preposi- 
tion, it is rendered in French by the infinitive. 

After having sold his horse. I t Apres avoir vendu son cheval. 

After having been there. t Apres y avoir ete. 

I broke your knife after cutting the t J'ai casse" votre couteau apres avoir 

beef. ' coupe" le boeuf. 



I have dined earlier than you. 
You have supped late. 



J'ai dine de meilleure heure que 

vous. 
Vous avez soupe tard. 



FORTIETH LESSON. 



155 



To pay for. 

To pay a man for a horse. 

To pay the tailor for the coat. 

Do you pay the shoemaker for the 

shoes ? 
I pay him for them. 
Does he pay you for the knife 1 
He does pay me for it. 
I pay what I owe. 



Payer 1. 

(See Obs. D. Lesson XXIV ) 
t Payer un cheval a un horame. 
t Payer l'habit au tailleur. 
t Payez-vous les souliers au cordou« 

nier? 
t Je les lui paie. 
t Vous paie-t-il le couteau ? 
t II me le paie. 
Je paie ce que je dois. 



To ask for. \ Demanderl. 

O" The English verbs to pay and to ask require the preposition for, but 
in French they require the person in the dative and the object in the accu- 
sative. When the verb payer, however, has no object in the accusative, it 
requires the person in that case. 



I have paid the tailor. 

I have paid him. 
Have you paid the shoemaker ? 
I have paid him. 
To ask a man for some money. 
I ask my father for some money. 

Do you ask me for your hat 1 
I do ask you for it. 

To ask him for it. 

To ask him for them. 
What do you ask me for ? 
I ask you for nothing. 



To try. 



Will you try to do that ? 
1 have tried to do it. 
You must try to do better. 

To hold— held 
I hold — thou holdest — he holds 
Do you hold my stick ? 
I do hold it 

We hold. 

They hold. 



J'ai paye le tailleur. 

Je l'ai paye. 

Avez-vous paye le cordonnier ? 

Je l'ai paye. 

t Demander de l'argent a un homme. 

tJe demande de l'argent a mon 

pere. 
t Me demandez-vous votre chapeau 1 
t Je vous le demande. 
t Le lui demander. 
t Les lui demander. 
t Que me demandez-vous ? 
t Je ne vous demande rien. 



Essay er 1, (See Obs. D. Lesson 
XXIV.,) takes de before the in- 
finitive. 

Voulez-vous essayer de faire cela ? 

J'ai essaye de le faire. 

II vous faut essayer de faire mieux. 



I Tenir*2 — term; pres. part, tenant 
\ Je tiens — tu tiens — il tient 

Tenez-vous mon baton. 

Je le tiens. 

Nous tenons. 

lis tiennent 



156 



FORTIETH LESSON. 



Are you looking for any one ? 

Whom are you looking for ? 

I am looking for a brother of mine. 

My uncle 
My cousin. 
My relation. 
The parents, (father and mother.) 

A brother of mine. 

A cousin of yours. 

A relation of his, (or hers.) 

A friend of ours. 

A neighbor of theirs. 
He tries to see you 
Does he try to see me? 
He tries to see an uncle of his. 



To inquire after some one. 
After whom do you inquire ? 
I inquire after a friend of mine. 
They inquire after you. 
Do they inquire after me ? 

Properly. 
You write properly. 
These men do their duty properly 

The duty. 

The task. 
Have you done your task ? 
We have done it. 



t Cherchez-vous quelqu'im? 

t Qui cherchez-vous ? 

t Je cherche un de mes freres. 

Men oncle. 
Mon cousin. 
Mou parent. 
Les parents. 

t Un de mes freres. 

t Uu de vos cousins. 

t Un de ses parents. 

t Un de nos amis. 

t Un de leurs voisins. 

II cherche a vous voir. 

Cherche-t-il a- me voir? 

II cherche a voir un de ses oncloa. 



f Demander quelqu'un 

t Qui demandez-vous? 

t Je demande un de mes amis. 

t On vous demande. 

t Me demande-t-on ? 

Comme ilfaut. 
Vous ecrivez comme il faut 
Ces hommes font leur devoir comme 
il faut. 

Le devoir. 

Avez-vous fait voire devoir? 
Nous l'avons fait. 



A glass of wine. 
A piece of bread. 



Un verre de vin. 
Un morceau de pain. 



EXERCISES. 

126. 

Have you paid for the gun ? — I have paid for it. — Has your uncle 

paid for the books ? — He has paid for them. — Have I paid the tailor 

for the clothes ? — You have paid him for them. — Hast thou paid the 

merchant for the horse ? — I have not yet paid him for it. — Have wc 



FORTIETH LESSON. 157 

paid for our gloves ? — We have paid for them — Has your cousin al- 
ready paid for his shoes ? — He has not yet paid for them. — Does my 
brother pay you what he owes you ? — He does pay it me. — Do you 
pay what you owe ? — I do pay what I owe. — Have you paid the 
baker] — I have paid him. — Has your uncle paid the butcher for the 
Decf ? — He has paid him for it. — Who has broken my knife ? — I have 
Droken it after cutting the bread. — Has your son broken my pencils? 
— He has broken them after writing his notes. — Have you paid the 
merchant for the wine after drinking it ? — I have paid for it after 
drinking it. — What did you do after finishing your exercises ? — I 
went to my cousin in order to conduct him to the play. — How do I 
speak ? — You speak properly. — How has my cousin written his ex- 
ercises ? — He has written them properly. — How have my children 
done their task ? — They have done it well. — Does this man do his 
duty! — He always does it. — Do these men do their duty? — They 
always do it. — Do you do your duty ? — I do what I can. — What do 
you ask this man for ! — I ask him for some money. — What does this 
boy ask me for ? — He asks you for some money. — Do you ask me 
for any thing? — I ask you for a crown. — Do you ask me for the 
bread ? — I do ask you for it. — Which man do you ask for money? — 
I ask him for some whom you ask for some. — Which merchant do 
you ask for gloves ? — I ask those for some who live in William-street. 
— What do you ask the baker for ? — I ask him for some bread. 

127. 

Do you ask the butchers for some beef? — I do ask them for some. 
— Dost thou ask me for the stick? — I do ask thee for it. — Does he 
ask thee for the book ? — He does ask me for it. — What have you 
asked the Englishman for ? — I have asked him for my leather trunk. 
— Has he given it you ? — He has given it me. — Whom have you 
asked for some sugar ? — I have asked the merchant for some. — 
Whom does your brother pay for his shoes? — He pays the shoe- 
makers for them. — Whom have we paid for the bread ? — We have 
paid our bakers for it. — How old art thou ? — I am npt quite ten yeais 
old. — Dost thou already learn French ? — I do already learn it — ■ 
Does thy brother know German? — He does not know it. — Why does 
he not know it ?— Because he has not had time. — Is your father at 
home ? — No, he is gone, (partir *,) but my brother is at home. — 
Where is your father gone to ? — He is gone to England. — Have you 
sometimes been there? — I have never been there. — Do you intend 
going to France this summer ? — I do intend going thither. — Do you 
intend to stay there long? — I intend to stay there during the summer, 
— How long does your brother remain at home ? — Till twelve o'clock 



158 FORTIETH LESSON. 

— Have vou had your gloves dyed 1 — I have had them dyed. — Wha 
have you had them dyed * — I have had them dyed yellow. — Have 
you already dined 1 — Not yet. — At what o'clock do you dine 1 — 
I dine at six o'clock. — At whose house (chez qui) do you dine 1 — 
I dine at the house of a friend of mine. — With whom did you dine 
yesterday 1 — I dined with a relation of mine. — What did you eat 1 — 
We ate good bread, beef, and cakes. — What did you drink ] — We 
drank good wine and excellent cider. — Where does your uncle dine 
to-day 1 — He dines with us. — At what o'clock does your father sup 1 
— He sups at nine o'clock. — Do you sup earlier than he * — I sup 
later than he. 

128. 
Where are you going to 1 — I am going to a relation of mine, in or- 
der to breakfast with him. — Art thou willing to hold my gloves ] — I 
am willing to hold them. — Who holds my hat 1— Your son holds it. 
— Dost thou hold my stick 1 — I do hold it. — Do you hold any thing 1 
— I hold your gun. — Who has held my book 1 — Your servant has 
held it. — Will you try to speak ? — I will try. — Has your little brother 
ever tried to do exercises 1 — He has tried. — Have you ever tried to 
make a hat 1 — I have never tried to make one. — Whom are you look- 
ing for ? — I am looking for the man who has sold a horse to me. — Is 
your relation looking for any one"? — He is looking for a friend of his. 
— Are we looking for any one ? — We are looking for a neighbor of 
ours. — Whom dost thou look for 1 — I look for a friend of ours. — Are 
you looking for a servant of mine 1 — No, I am looking for one of 
mine. — Have you tried to speak to your uncle 1 — I have tried to speak 
to him. — Have you tried to see my father 1 — I have tried to see him 
— Has he received you! — He has not received me. — Has he re- 
ceived your brothers'? — He has received them. — Have you been able 
to see your relation 1 — I have not been able to see him. — What did 
you do after writing your exercises ? — I wrote my note after writing 
them. — After whom do you inquire 1 — I inquire after the tailor — Does 
this man inquire after any one 1 — He inquires after you. — Do they in- 
quire after you 1 — They do inquire after me. — Do they inquire after 
me 1 — They do not inquire after you, but after a friend of yours. — Do 
you inquire after the physician 1 — I do inquire after him. — What 
does your little brother ask for 1 — He asks for a small piece of bread. 
— Has he not yet breakfasted ? — He has breakfasted, but he is still 
hungry. — What does your uncle ask for ? — He asks for a glass of 
wine. — Has he not already drunk 1 — He has already drunk ; but ho 
is still thirsty. 



FORTY-FIRST LESSON, 



153 



FORTY-FIRST LESSON.— Quarante et unieme Lefon. 



Do 



Him who 

you perceive the man who is 



coming { 
I do perceive him who is coming- 
Do you perceive the men who are 

going into the warehouse ? 
I do perceive those who are going in- 
to it. 



How is the weather ? 
What kind of weather is it ? 
It is fine weather at present. 
How was the weather yesterday ? 
What kind of weather was it yester- 
day? 
Was it fine weather yesterday ? 
It was bad weather yesterday. 
t is fine weather this morning. 



Is it warm ? 
It is warm. 

Very. 
It is very warm 
It is cold. 
It is very cold. 
It is neither warm nor cold 



Celui qui. 

Apercevez-vous l'homme qui vient ? 

J'apercois celui qui vient. 
Apercevez-vous les hommes qui voat 

au magasin ? 
J'apercois ceux qui y vont. 



Quel temps fait-il ? 
| t II fait beau temps a present. 

t Quel temps a-t-il fait hier ? 

I t A-t-il fait beau temps hier? 
t II a fait mauvais temps hier. 
I t II fait beau temps ce matin. 



t Fait-il chaud? 

t II fait chaud. 

Tres. 

t II fait tres-chaud. 

t II fait froid. 

t II fait tres-froid. 

t II ne fait ni chaud ni froid. 



Dark, obscure. 

Dusky, gloomy. 

Clear, light. 
It is dark in your warehouse. 
Is it dark in his garret ? 
It is dark there. 

Wet, da-mp. 

Dry. 
Is the weather damp ? 
It is not damp. 
It is dry weather. 



Obscur. 

Sombre. 

Clair. 

t II fait sombre dans votre magasin 

t Fait-il sombre dans son grenier \ 

t II y fait sombre. 



Humide. 

Sec. 

t Fait-il humide? 

+ II ne fait pas humide. 

t II fait sec. 



160 



FOitTY-FIRST LESSON 



The weather is too dry. 

The moonlight, moonshine. 

The sun. 
It is moonlight 
We have too much sun. 

To taste. 
Have you tasted that wine ? 
I have tasted it. 
How do you like it? 
I like it well. 
I do not like it. 

To like. 
I like fish. 
He likes fowl. 
Do you like cider? 
No, I like wine. 



Do you like to see my brother ? 
I do like to see him. 
I like to do it. 
IJe likes to study. 

To learn hy heart. 
The scholar. 
The pupil. 

The master, (teacher.) 
Do your scholars like to learn by 

heart? 
They do not like learning by heart. 

Have you learned your exercises by 

heart? 
We have learned them. 



Once a day. 
Thrice ; or three times a month. 
So much a year. 
So much a head. 

So much a soldier. 
Six times a year. 

Early in the morning. 
We go out early in the morning 
When did your father go out? 



t II fait trop sec. 
Le clair de lune. 
Le soleil. 

t II fait clair de luuo. 
t II fait trop de soleil. 



Gouter 1. 

Avez-vous goute" ce vin? 

Je l'ai goute. 

t Comment le trouvez-vous ? 

t Je le trouve bon. 

t Je ne le trouve pas bon 

Aimer 1. 

t J'aime le poisson. 

t II aime le poulet. 

t Aimez-vous le cidre ? 

t Non, j'aime le vin. 



Aimez-vous a voir mon fr&m ? 

J'aime a le voir. 

J'aime a le faire. 

II aime a 6tudier. 

Apprendre par ccsur. 

L'dcolier. 

L'eleve. 

Le maitre. 

Vos ecoliers aiment-ils 



par cceur I 



a apprendre 
a apprendre par 



lis n'aiment 

coeur. 
Avez-vous appris vos themes pat 

cocur ? 
Nous les avons appris. 



t Une fois par jour 

t Trois fois par mois. 

t Tant par an. 

r Tant par tete, (la tete, the head, i? 

a feminine noun.) 
t Tant par soldat. 
t Six fois par an. 



Le matin de honne heurt. 
Nous sortons le matin de bonne heurc 
i Quand votre pere est-il sorti 7 



FORTY-FIRST LESSON. 



161 



To speak of some one or something. 

Of whom do you speak ? 

We speak of the man whom you 

know. 
Of what are they speaking ? 
They are speaking of the weather. 

The weather. 

The soldier. 

Also. 



Parler de quelqu un ou de quelque 

chose. 
De qui parlez-vous ? 
Nous parlous de l'homme que voua 

connaissez. 
De quoi parlent-ils ? 
lis parlent du temps. 
Le temps. 
Le soldat. 
Aussi. 



To be content (satisfied) with some 

one or something. 
Are you satisfied with this man ? 
E am satisfied with him. 
Are you content with your new coat ? 
I am contented with it. 
With what are you contented? 

Discontented. 
I am discontented with him, or it. 



Eire content de quelqu'un ou de 

quelque chose. 
fites-vous content de cet homme ? 
J' en suis content. 

fltes-vous content de votre habit neuf J 
J'en suis content. 
De quoi etes-vous content? 
Me'content. 
Ten suis mecontent. 



They speak of your friend. 
They speak of him. 
They are speaking of your book. 
They are speaking of it. 

If- 

I intend paying you if I receive my 

money. 
Do you intend to buy wood ? 
I do intend to buy some, if they pay 

me what they owe me. 



On parle de votre ami. 
On en parle. 
On parle de votre livre. 
On en parle. 



Si. 

Je compte vous payer, si je recoia 

mon argent. 
Comptez-vous acheter du bois ? 
Je compte en acheter, si on me paio 

ce qu'on me doit. 



How was the weather yesterday ? 
Was it fine weather yesterday ? 
ft was bad weather. 



Quel temps a-t-il fait hier ? 
A-t-il fait beau temps hier < 
II a fait mauvais temps. 



EXERCISES 

129. 

Do you perceive the man who is coming 1 — I do not perceive him, 

— Do you perceive the soldier's children 1 — I do perceive them — Do 

you perceive the men who are going into the garden 1 — I do not per 



162 FORTY-FIRST LESSON. 

ccive those who are going into the garden, but those who are going 
to the market. — Does your brother perceive the man who has lent 
him money * — He does not perceive the one who has lent him, but 
the one to whom he has lent some. — Dost thou see the children who 
are studying 1 — I do not see those who are studying, but those whc 
are playing. — Dost thou perceive any thing 1 — I perceive nothing. — 
Have you perceived my parents' warehouses ] — I have perceived 
them. — Where have you perceived them 1 — I have perceived them 
on that side of the road. — Do you like a large hat 1 — I do not like a 
large hat, but a large umbrella. — What do you like to do 1 — I like to 
write. — Do you like to see these little boys 1 — I like to see them. — 
Do yon like wine 1 — I do like it. — Does your brother like cider 1 — 
He does like it. — What do the soldiers like 1 — They like wine. — 
Dost thou like tea or coffee 1 — I like both. — Do these children like 
to study ] — They like to study and to play. — Do you like to read 
and to write 1 — I like to read and to write. — How many times a day 
do you eat 1 — Four times. — How often do your children drink a day 1 
— They drink several times a day. — Do you drink as often as they 1 
— I drink oftener. — Do you often go to the theatre 1 — I go thither 
sometimes. — How often in a month do you go thither 1 — I go thither 
but once a month. — How many times a year does your cousin go to 
the ball ? — He goes thither twice a year. — Do you go thither as 
often as he 1 — I never go thither. — Does your cook often go to the 
market ] — He goes thither every morning. 

130. 

Do you often go to my uncle 1 — I go to him six times a year. — 
Do you like fowl 1 — I like fowl, but I do not like fish. — What do you 
like 1 — I like a piece of bread and a glass of wine. — Do you learn 
by heart ] — I do not like learning by heart. — Do your pupils like 
to learn by heart 1 — They like to study, but they do not like learning 
by heart. — How many exercises do they do a day 1 — They only do 
two, but they do them properly. — Were you able to read the note 
which I wrote to you 1 — I was able to read it. — Did you understand 
it 1 — I did understand it. — Do you understand the man who is speak- 
ing to you 1 — I do not understand him. — Why do you not understand 
him I — Because he speaks too badly. — Does this man know French ? 
— He knows it, but I do not know it. — Why do you not learn it '? — I 
have no time to learn it. — Do you intend going to the theatre thi? 
evening 1 — I intend going thither, if you go. — Does your father in- 
tend to buy that horse 1 — He intends buying it, if he receives his 
money. — Does your friend intend going to England 1 — He intends 
going thither, if they pay him what they owe him. — Do you intend 



FORTY-FIRST LESSON. 163 

going to the concert 1 — I intend going thither, if my friend goes.— 
Does your brother intend to study French ]— He intends studying it 
if he finds a good master. 

131 
How is the weather to-day 1 — It is very fine weather. — Was it 
fine weather yesterday 1 ? — It was bad weather yesterday. — How 
was the weather this morning 1 — It was bad weather, but now it is 
fine weather. — Is it warm 1 — It is very warm. — Is it not cold 1 — It 
is not cold. — Is it warm or cold 1 — It is neither warm nor cold. — Did 
you go to the garden the day before yesterday 1 — I did not go thith- 
er. — Why did you not go thither 1 — I did not go thither, because it 
was bad weather. — Do you intend going thither to-morrow 1 — I do 
intend going thither if the weather is fine. — Is it light in your count- 
ing-house 1 — It is not light in it. — Do you wish to work in mine 1 — 
I do wish to work in it. — Is it light there 1 — It is very light there. — 
Why cannot your brother work in his warehouse ] — He cannot work 
there, because it is (il y fait) too dark. — Where is it too dark 1 — In 
his warehouse. — Is it light in that hole 1 — It is dark there. — Is the 
weather dry 1 — It is very dry. — Is it damp 1 — It is not damp. It is 
too dry. — Is it moonlight 1 — It is not moonlight, it is very damp. — 
Of what does your uncle speak 1 — He speaks of the fine weather. — 
Of what do those men speak 1 — They speak of fair and bad weather. 
— Do they not speak of the wind 1 — They do also speak of it. — Dost 
thou speak of my uncle 1 — I do not speak of him. — Of whom dost 
thou speak ] — I speak of thee and thy parents. — Do you inquire after 
any one 1 — I inquire after your cousin ; is he at home 1 — No, he is 
at his best friend's. 

132. 

Have you tasted that wine 1 — I have tasted it. — How do you like 
it 1 — I like it well. — How does your cousin like that cider 1 — He 
does not like it. — Which wine do you wish to taste 1 — I wish to 
taste that which you have tasted. — Will you taste this tobacco 1 — I 
have tasted it already. — How do you like it 1 — I like it well. — Why 
do you not taste that cider 1 — Because I am not thirsty. — Why does 
your friend not taste this beef] — Because he is not hungry. — Of 
whom have they (on) spoken 1 — They have spoken of your friend.— 
Have they not. spoken of the physicians 1 — They have not spoken 
of them. — Do they not speak of the man of whom we have spoken 1 
— They do speak of him. — Have they spoken of the noblemen 1 — 
They have spoken of them. — : Have they spoken of those of whom 
we speak] — They have not spoken of those of whom we speak, but 
they have spoken of others. — Have they spoken of our children or 



164 



FORTY-SECOND LESSON. 



of those of our neighbors ! — They have neither spoken of ours, nor 
those of our neighbors. — Which children have been spoken of? — 
Those of our master have been spoken of. — Do they speak of my 
book] — They do speak of it. — Are you satisfied with your pupils'? — 
I am satisfied with them. — How does my brother study 2 — He stud- 
ies well. — How many exercises have you studied ? — I have already 
studied forty-one. — Is your master satisfied with his scholar 1 — He 
is satisfied with him. — Is your master satisfied with the presents 
which he has received 1 — He is satisfied with them. — Have you re- 
ceived a note ] — I have received one. — Will you answer if? — I am 
going to answer it. — When did you receive it ] — I received it early 
this morning. — Are you satisfied with it] — I am not satisfied with it. 
— Does your friend ask you for money 1 — He does ask me for some. 
(See end of Lesson XXIV.) 



FORTY-SECOND LESSON.— Quarante-deuxieme Legon. 



OF PASSIVE VERBS. 

Passive verbs represent the subject as receiving or suffering from others 
the action expressed by the verb. In French, as in English, they are 
conjugated by means of the auxiliary verb etre, to be, joined to the past 
participle of the active verb. Thus any active verb may be changed into 
the passive voice. Ex. 







Active voice. 


Passive voice 


I love. 


I am loved. 


J'aime. 


Je suis aime. 


Thou conductest. Thou art conduct- 


Tu conduis. 


Tu es conduit. 




ed. 






He praises. 


He is praised. 


11 loue. 


11 est loue. 


We hear. 


We are heard. 


Nous entendons 


Nous sommes en 
tendus. 


You punish. 


You are punish- 
ed. 


Vous punissez. 


Vous etes punis. 


They blame. 


They are blamed. 


lis blament 


lis sont blame's. 




To praise. 


Louer 1. 






To punish. 


Punir 2. 






To blame. 


Blamer 1. 






By 


Par or de. 




By me, by us 


De or par moi, 


de or par noua. 


By thee, by you 


De or par toi, 


de or par vous. 


By him, oy them 


De or par lui, 


d' or par eux. 



FORTY-SECOND LESSON, 



165 



I am loved by him 
Who is punished ? 
The naughty boy is punished 
By whom is he punished ? 
He is punished by his father. 
Which man is praised, and which is 
blamed ? 



Je suis aime de lui. 
Qui est puni ? 

Le mediant garcon est jrani. 
Par qui est-il puni ? 
II est puni par son pere. 
Quel homme est loud, et lequel est 
blame ? 



Naughty. 

Skilful, diligent, clever. 
Awkward. 
Assiduous, industrious, studious. 
Idle. 
Ignorant. 



Mediant. 

Habile 

Inhabile. 

Assidu, studieux. 

Paresseux. 

Ignorant. 



The idler, the lazy fellow | Le paresseux. 



To reward. 
To esteem. 
To despise. 



| Recompenser 1. 

Estimer 1. 
I Mepriser 1. 



To hate ; hating. 

Hated. 
I hate, thou hatest, he hates. 



Good, (wise.) 
These children are loved, because 
they are studious and good. 



To travel to a place. 
Where has he travelled to 1 
He has travelled to Vienna. 
Is it good travelling ? 
It is good travelling. 
It is bad travelling. 
In the winter. 
In the summer. 
In the spring. 
In the autumn. 
It ia bad travelling in the winter. 
8 



j Hair* 2; ha'issant. (See 
XXIV.) 
Hal. 
Je hais, tu hais, il hait. 



Sage. 

Ces enfants sont aime\, parce qu'da 
sont studieux et sages. 



Aller*l. 

Ou est-il alle ? 

II est alle a Vienne. 

t Fait-il bon voyager ? 

t II fait bon voyager. 

t II fait mauvais voyages 

Dans l'hiver. 

Dans l'&e. 

Dans le printemps, au printempa, 

Dans l'automne. 

II fait mauvais vo) T ager dans l'hiver 



166 



IORTY-SECOND LESSON 



To drive, to ride in a carriage. 

To ride, (on horseback.) 

To go on foot. 
Do you like to ride ? 
I like to drive. 



Aller en voiture, 

Aller a cheval, 

Aller a pied, 

Aimez-vous a rnonter a cheval 

J'aime a aller en voiture. 



take the aux- 
iliary etn . 



To live ; lived, living. 
I Hve, thou livest, he lives. 
Is it good living in Paris ? 
Is the living good in Paris ? 
It is good living there. 
The living is good there. 

Dear. 
Is the living dear in London ? 
Is it dear living in London ? 
The living is dear there. 



| Vivre * 4 ; vecu, vivant. 
I Je vis, tu vis, il vit. 

> t Fait-il bon vivre a Paris ? 

> t II y fait bon vivre. 
| Cher. 

> t Fait-il cher vivre a Londr* 
| t II y fait cher vivre. 



Is it windy ? 
It is windy. 
It is not windy. 
It is very windy. 
Does it thunder ? 
Is it foggy 1 
It is stormy. 
It is not stormy. 
Does the sun shine ? 
It thunders very much 



Thunder 

The storm. 

The fog. 
Does the wind blow ? 
The wind blows. 



Afterwards. 
As soon as. 
As soon as I have eaten I drink. 
As soon as I have taken off my 

shoes, I take off my stockings. 
What do you do in the evening ? 



To sleep ; slept, sleeping. 
I sleep, thou sleepest, he sleeps. 
Does your father still sleep ? 
He still sleeps. 



Le tonnerre. 

L'orage. 

Le brouillard. 

t Fait-il du vent ? 

t II fait du vent. 

t II ne fait pas de vent 

t II fait beaucoup de vent 

t Fait-il du tonnerre ? 

t Fait-il du brouillard ? 

t II fait de l'orage. 

t II ne fait pas d'orago. 

t Fait-il du soleil ? 

t II fait beaucoup de tonnene. 



Ensuite. 

Aussitot que. 

Aussit6t que j'ai mange*, je bois. 

Aussitot que j'ai 6te" mes souliera, 

j'6te mes bas. 
Que faites-vous le soir ? 



Dormir * 2 ; dormi, dormant, 
Je dors, tu dors, il dort. 
Votre pere dort-il encore ? 
II dort encore. 



FORTY-SECOND LESSON 



16? 



Without. 
Without money. 
W'thout speaking 



Sans. 

Sans argent. 

t Sans 'parley. 



Obs Without, sans, requires the English present participle, 'vhile in 
French it is followed by the infinitive. 

Without saying any thing [ 1 Sans rien dire 



At last. 


Enfin. 


To arrive. 


Arriver 1, (takes etre for its aux 




iliary.) 


Has ho arrived at last 1 


Est-il enfin arrive ? 


He has not arrived yet. 


11 n'est pas encore arrive". 


[s he coming at last ? 


Vient-il enfin ? 


He is coming. 

* 


11 vient 


And then. 


Puis. 


And then he sleeps. 


Puis il dort. 


As soon as he has supped he reads, 


Aussit6t qu'il a soupe", il lit ; puis i 


and then he sleeps. 


dort. 



EXERCISES. 
133. 

Are you loved 1 ? — I am loved. — By whom are you loved 1 ? — I am 
loved by my uncle. — By whom am I loved 1 — Thou art loved by thy 
parents. — By whom are we loved 1 — You are loved by your friends. 
— By whom are those boys loved 1 — They are loved by their friends 
— By whom is this man conducted ? — He is conducted by me. — 
Where do you conduct him to 1 — I conduct him home. — By whom 
are we blamed 1 — We are blamed by our enemies. — W r hy are we 
blame-d by them 1 — Because they do not love us. — Are you punished 
by your master "? — I am not punished by him, because I am good and 
studious. — Are we heard 1 — We are. — By whom are we heard] — Wc 
are heard by our neighbors. — Is thy master heard by his pupils 1 — 
He is heard by them. — W T hich children are praised "? — Those that are 
good. — Which are punished ? — Those that are idle and naughty. — Are 
we praised or blamed! — We are neither praised nor blamed. — Is our 
friend loved by his masters "? — He is loved and praised by them, because 
he is studious and good ; but his brother is despised by his, because he is 
naughty and idle. — Is he sometimes punished 1 — He is (il Vest) every 
morning and every evening. — Are you sometimes punished 1 — I am 
(je ne le sui.s) never ; I am loved and rewarded by my good masters 



168 FORTY-SECOND LESSON. 

— Are these childien never punished] — They are {Us ne le sont) 
never, because they are studious and good ; but those are so {le sont) 
very often, because they are idle and naughty. — Who is praised and 
rewarded ? — Skilful children are praised, esteemed, and rewarded, 
but the ignorant are blamed, despised, and punished. — Who is loved, 
and who is hated 1 ? — He who is studious and good is loved, and he 
who is idle and naughty is hated. — Must one be {faut-il etre) good 
in order to be loved"? — One must be so, {ilfaut Vetre.) — What must 
one do {que faut-il j "aire) in order to be loved! — One must be good 
and assiduous. — What must one do in order to be rewarded ] — One- 
must be {il faut etre) skilful, and study much. 

134. 

Why are those children loved ] — They are loved because they are 
good. — Are they better {plus sages) than we! — They are not better, 
but more studious than you. — Is your brother as assiduous as mine 1 — 
He is as assiduous as he, but your brother is better than mine. — Do 
you like to drive ] — I like to ride. — Has your brother ever been on 
horseback 1 — He has never been on horseback. — Does your brother 
ride on horseback as often as you ] — He rides on horseback oftener 
than I. — Did you go on horseback the day before yesterday 1 ? — 1 
went on horseback to-day. — Do you like travelling ] — I do like travel- 
ling. — Do you like travelling in the winter] — I do not like travelling 
in the winter ; I like travelling in the spring {au printemps) and in au- 
tumn. — Is it good travelling in the spring ! — It is good travelling in 
spring and in autumn, but it is bad travelling in the summer and in the 
winter. — Have you sometimes travelled in the wdnter ! — I have often 
travelled in the winter and in the summer. — Does your brother travel 
often ] — He travels no longer, (Less. XXXVI. ;) he formerly travel- 
led much. — When do you like to ride !— I like to ride in the morn- 
ing.— Have you been in London ] — I have been there. — Is the living 
good there ] — The living is good there, but dear. — Is it dear living 
in Paris ] — It is good living there, and not dear. — Do you like travel- 
ling in France ] — I like travelling there, because one finds good peo- 
ple {de tonnes gens) there. — Does your friend like travelling in Hol- 
land ] — He does not like travelling there, because the living is bad 
there. — Do you like travelling in Italy ! — I go like travelling there, 
because the living is good there, and one {et qu'on y) finds good peo- 
ple there ; but the roads are not very good there. — Do the English 
like to travel in Spain ] — They like to travel there ; but they find the 
roads there too bad. — How is the weather ] — The weather is very 
bad. — Is it windy ] — It is very windy. — Was it stormy yesterday?— 
It was very storm} r . 



FORTY-THIRD LESSON. 169 

135. 

Do you go to the market this morning'? — I do go thither, if it is 
not stormy. — Do you intend going to France this year, (cette annee ?) 
I intend going thither if the weather is not too bad. — Do you like to 
go on foot 1 — I do not like to go on foot, but I like going in a car- 
riage when (qua?id) I am travelling. — Will you go on foot ] — I can- 
not go on foot, because I am tired. — What sort of weather is it 1 — It 
thunders. — Does the sun shine 1 — The sun does not shine ; it is fog- 
gy — Do you hear the thunder! — I hear it. — Is it line weather] — 
The wind blows hard, and it thunders much. — Of whom have you 
spoken 1 — We have spoken of you. — Have you praised me ] — We 
have not praised you ; we have blamed you. — Why have you blamed 
me 1 — Because you do not study well. — Of what has your brother 
jpoken 1 — He has spoken of his books, his horses, and his dogs. — 
What do you do in the evening 1 — I work as soon as I have supped. 
— And what do you do afterwards 1 — Afterwards I sleep. — When do 
you drink ? — I drink as soon as I have eaten. — When do you sleep 1 
— I sleep as soon as I have supped.-— Have you spoken to the mer- 
chant 1 — I have spoken to him. — What has he said 1 — He has left 
{partir *) without saying any thing. — Can you work without speak- 
ing 1 — I can work, but not (non pas) study French without speaking. 
— Wilt thou go for some wine 1 — I cannot go for wine without 
money. — Have you bought any horses 1 — 1 do not buy without 
money. — Has your father arrived at last 1 — He has arrived. — When 
did he arrive 1 — This morning at four o'clock. — Has your cousin set 
out at last 1 — He has not set out yet. — Have you at last found a good 
master ! — I have at last found one. — Are you at last learning Ger- 
man 1 — I am at last learning it. — Why have you not already learned 
it ] — Because I have not been able to find a good master. 



FORTY-THIRD LESSON.— Quarante-troisieme Lepon. 
OF REFLECTIVE VERBS. 

When the action falls upon the agent, and the objective case refers to the 
same person as the nominative, the verb is called reflective. In French 
nearly all the active verbs may become reflective. 

In reflective verbs the pronoun of the object is of the same person as that 
of the subject. Each person is therefore conjugated with a double personal 
pronoun, thus : — 

I, myself. I Je, me. 

Thou, thyself. | Tu, te 



170 



FORTY-THIRD LESSON. 



He, 

She, 
It, 
One, 
We, 

You, 
Ye, 

They 



himself. 

herself. 

itself. 

one's self. 

ourselves. 

yourself. 

yourselves. 

themselves. 




Obs. A. It will be remarked that the third person is always sc, whatever 
may be its number or gender. 



To cut yourself 
To cut myself. 
To cut ourselves 
To cut himself. 
To cut herself. 
To cut itself. 
To cut one's self. 



Vous couper 
Me couper. 
Nous couper. 

> Se couper. 



Do you burn yourself? 
I do not burn myself. 
You do not burn yourself. 
I see myself. 
Do I see myself? 
He sees himself. 
We see ourselves. 
They see themselves. 



Vous brulez-vous ? 

Je ne me brule pas. 

Vous ne vous brulez pas. 

Je me vois. 

Est-ce que je me vois ? 

II se voit 

Nous nous voyons. 

lis se voient 



Do you wish to warm yourself? 
I do wish to warm myself. 
Does he wish to warm himself? 
He does wish to warm himself. 
They wish to warm themselves. 



Voulez-vous vous chauffer ? 
Je veux me chauffer. 

Veut-il se chauffer? 
II veut se chauffer 
lis veulent se chauffer. 



To enjoy, to divert, to amuse o»e' 

self. 
In what do you amuse yourself? 
I amuse myself in reading. 
He diverts himsolf in playing 



S'amuser 1, (takes d before the uifin 

itive.) 
t S A quoi vous amusez-vous? 
t Je m'amuse a lire. 
t II s'amuse djouer. 



FORTY-THIRD LESSON. 



171 



Each 
Each one. 
Each man. 
Each man amuses himself as he likes 

Each one amuses himself in the best 
way he can. 

The taste. 
Each man nas his taste. 
Each of you. 
The world, (the people.) 
Every one, everybody. 
Everybody speaks of it. 
Every one is liable to error. 



To mistake, to be mistaken. 
You are mistaken. 
He is mistaken. 



To deceive, to cheat. 
He has cheated me. 
He has cheated me of a hundred 
francs. 



Chaque. 

Chacun. 

Chaque homme. 

Chaque homme s'amuse comme il 

veut. 
Chacun s'amuse de son mieux. 

Le gout. 

Chaque homme a son gout. 
Chacun de vous. 
Le monde. 
Tout le monde. 

Tout le monde (chacun) en parle. 
Tout homme (or chaque homme) est 
sujet a se tromper. 



t Se tromper 1. 

t Vous vous trompez. 

t II se trompe. 



Tromper 1. 

II m'a trompe - . 

II m'a trompe" de cent francs. 



You cut your finger. ] Vous vous coupez le doigt. 

Obs. B. When an agent performs an act upon a part of himself the 
verb is made reflective. 



I cut my nails. 

A hair. 
To pull out. 
He pulls out his hair. 
He cuts his hair. 

The piece, 
A piece of bread 

To go away. 
Are you going away ? 
I am going away. 
Is he going away ? 
He is going away 
Are we going away? 
We are going away 



Je me coupe les ongles. 

Un cheveu, (plur. x.) 

Arracher 1. 

II s'arrache les cheveux. 

II se coupe les cheveux. 

Le morceau. 

Un morceau de pain. 



t S'en aller * 1. 

Vous en allez-vous? 

Je m'en vais. 

S'en va-t-il? 

II s'en va. 

Nous en allons-nous ? 

Nous nous en allons. 



172 



FORTY-THIRD LESSON 



Aro these men going away ? 
They are not going away. 

To feel sleepy. 
Do you feel sleepy? 
I do feel sleepy. 



Ces hommes s'en vont-ils ? 
lis ne s'en vont pas. 



t Avoir envie de dormir. 

t Avez-vous envie de dormir f 

t J'ai envie de dormir 



To soil. 

To fear, to dread. 



I dread, thou dreadest, he dreads. 
He fears to soil his fingers. 
Do you dread to go out ? 
£ do dread to go out. 
He is ufraid to go thither. 

To fear some one. 
I do not fear him. 
Do you fear that man ? 
What do you fear? 
Whom do you fear ? 
I fear nobody. 



j Salir 2. 

I Craindre * 4. Part, past, crainl 
part. pros, craignant, (takes dt 
before the infinitive.) 
Je crains, tu crains, il craint. 
II craint de se salir les doigts. 
Craignez-vous de sortir ? 
Je crains de sortir. 
II craint d'y aller. 



Craindre * quelqu'un. 
Je ne le crains pas. 
Craignez-vous cet homme 1 
Que craignez-vous? 
Qui craignez-vous? 
Je ne crains personne. 



EXERCISES. 
136. 
Do you see yourself in that small looking-glass 1 — I see myself in 
it. — Can your friends see themselves in that large looking-glass 1 — 
They can see themselves therein. — Why does your brother not light 
the fire 1 — He does not light it, because he is afraid of burning him- 
self. — Why do you not cut your bread 1 — I do not cut it, because I 
fear to cut my finger. — Have you a sore finger '? — I have a sore fin- 
ger and a sore foot. — Do you wish to warm yourself? — I do wish to 
warm myself, because I am very (grand) cold. — Why does that man 
not warm himself? — Because he is not cold. — Do your neighbors 
warm themselves 1 — They warm themselves, because they are cold. 
— Do you cut your hair ] — I do cut my hair. — Does your friend cut 
his nails 1 — He cuts his nails and his hair. — What does that man do ? 
— He pulls out his hair. — In what do you amuse yourself? — I amuse 
myself in the best way I can. — In what do your children amuse 
themselves] — They amuse themselves in studying, writing, and 
playing. — In what does your cousin amuse himself] — He amuses 



FORTY-THIRD LESSON. 173 

himself in reading good books, and in writing to his friends.-~In 
what do you amuse yourself when you have nothing to do at home 1 
— I go to the play, and to the concert. I often say, " Every one 
amuses himself as. he likes." — Every man has his taste ; what is 
yours 1 — Mine is to study, to read a good book, to go to the theatre, 
the concert, and the ball, and to ride. 

137. 

Why does your cousin not brush his coat 1 — He does not brush it, 
because he is afraid of soiling his fingers. — What does my neighboi 
tell you ] — He tells me that (que) you wish to buy his horse ; but I 
know that (que) he is mistaken, because you have no money to buy 
it. — What do they (on) say at the market 1 — They say that (que) the 
enemy is beaten. — Do you believe that 1 — I believe it, because every 
one says so. — Why have you bought that book 1 — I have bought it, 
because I want it to learn French, and because every one speaks of 
it. — Are your friends going away 1 — They are going away. — When 
are they going away ] — They are going away to-morrow. — When 
are you going away 1 — We are going away to-day. — Am I going 
away 1 — You are going away if you like, (si vous voulez.) — What 
do our neighbors say 1 — They are going away without saying any 
thing. — How do you like this wine? — I do not like it. — What is the 
matter with you 1 — I feel sleepy. — Does your friend feel sleepy 1 — 
He does not feel sleepy, but he is cold. — Why does he not warm 
himself? — He has no wood to make a fire. — Why does he not buy 
some wood 1 — He has no money to buy any. — Will you lend him 
some 1 — If he has none I will lend him some. — Are you thirsty 1 — 
I am not thirsty, but very hungry, (granoV /aim.) — Is your servant 
sleepy "? — He is sleepy. — Is he hungry 1 — He is hungry. — Why does 
he not eat 1 — Because he has nothing to eafc. — Are your children 
hungry 1 — They are hungry, but they have nothing to eat. — Have 
they any thing to drink 1 — They have nothing to drink. — Why do you 
not eat 1 — I do not eat when (quand) I am not hungry. — Why does 
the Russian not drink 1 — He does not drink when he is not thirsty. — 
Did your brother eat any thing yesterday evening ] — He ate a piece 
of beef, a small piece of fowl, and a piece of bread. — Did be not 
drink 1 — He also drank. — What did he drink 1 — He drank a glass cf 
vine. (See end of Lesson XXIY.) 



174 



FORTY-FOURTH LESSON. 



FORTY-FOURTH LESSON.— Quarante-qmtrieme Legor. 

PERFECT OF REFLECTIVE VERBS. 

In French all reflective verbs, without exception, take in their compound 
tenses the auxiliary etre, while in English they take to have. 

Have you cut yourself ? 

I have cut myself. 

Have I cut myself? 

You have cut yourself. 

You have not cut yourself. 

Hast thou cut thyself? 

I have not cut myself. 

Has your brother cut himself? 

He has cut himself. 

Have we cut ourselves? 

We have not cut ourselves. 

Have these men cut themselves ? 

They have not cut themselves. 



Vous etes-vous coupe ? 

Je me suis coupe. 

Me suis-je coupe? 

Vous vous etes coupe. 

Vous ne vous etes pas coupe" 

T'es-tu coupe? 

Je ne me suis pas coupe. 

Votre frere s'est-il coupe ? 

II s'est coupe. 

Nous sommes-nous coupes ? 

Nous ne nous sommes pas coupes. 

Ces hommes se sont-ils coupe's? 

lis ne se sont pas coupes. 



To take a walk. 
To go a walking. 
To take an airing in a carriage. 
The coach. 
To take a ride. 
Do you take a walk ? 
I do take a walk. 

He takes a walk. 

We take a walk. 

Thou wishest to take an airing. 

They wish to take a ride. 



t Se promener 1. 

Aller se promener 

t Se promener en carosse 

Le carosse. 

t Se promener a cheval. 

Vous promenez-vous? 

Je me promene. (See Obs. A. LeB- 

son XXV.) 
II se promene. 
Nous nous promenons. 
Tu veux te promener en carosse. 
Us veulent se promener a cheval. 



To walk a child. 

Do you take your children a walk- 
ing? 

I take them a walking every morn- 
ing. 



Promener un enfant. 
Promenez-vous vos enfants ? 

Je les promene tous les matins. 



To go to bed, to lie down. 
To go to bed. 
To get up, to rise. 
Do you rise early? 



t Se coucher 1. 

+ Aller se coucher, se mettre au lil 

Se lever I. 

Vous levez-vous de bonne heure ? 



FORTY-FOURTH LESSON. 



175 



I rise at sunrise. 

I go to bed at sunset. 

The sunrise. 

The sunset. 
At what time did you go to bed ? 

At three o'clock in the morning. 
At what o'clock did he go to bed 

yesterday ? 
He went to bed late. 



To rejoice at something. 
I rejoice at your happiness. 
At what does your uncle rejoice ? 

I have rejoiced. 

They have rejoiced. 

You have mistaken. 

We have mistaken. 

To hurt somebody. 
The evil, the pain, the harm. 
Have you hurt that man ? 

I have hurt that man. 

Why did you hurt that man ? 



I have not hurt him. 
Does that hurt you ? 
That hurts me. 

To do good to anybody. 
Have I ever done you any harm ? 

On the contrary. 
No ; on the contrary, you have done 

me good. 
I have never done harm to any one. 



Have I hurt you? 
You have not hurt me. 

That does me good. 



Je me leve au lever du soleil. 
Je me couche au coucher du soleil. 
Le lever du soleil. 
Le coucher du soleil. 
A quelle heure vous etes-vous cou- 
ched 
A trois heures du matin. 
A quelle heure s'est-il couche" hier7 

I II s'est couche" tard. 



t Se rejouir 2 de quelque chose. 

Je me rejouis de votre bonheur. 

De quoi votre oncle se rejouit-il ? 

Je me suis rejoui. 

lis se sont rejouis. 

t Vous vous etes trompe. 

t Nous nous sommes trompes. 



t Faire du mal a quelqu'un. 

Le mal. 

t Avez-vous fait du mal a cet 

homme? 
t J'ai fait du mal a cet homme. 
t Pourquoi avez-vous fait du mal a 

cet homme ? 
t Je ne lui ai pas fait de mal. 
t Cela vous fait-il du mal? 
t Cela me fait du mal. 
t Faire du bien a quelqu'un. 
t Vous ai-je jamais fait du mal ? 
Au contraire. 
t Non ; vous m'avez au contraire 

fait du bien. 
t Je n'ai jamais fait de mal k per- 

sonne. 



t Vous ai-je fait mal ? 

t Vous ne m'avez pas fait mal. 



[ Cela me fait du bien. 



To do with, to dispose of. 
What does the servant do with his 
broom ? 



Faire de. 

Le domestique que 

? 



fait-il de eon 



176 



FORTY-FOURTH LESSOI 



He sweeps the floor with it. 

What does he wish to make of this 

wood ? 
He does not wish to make any thing 

of it. 



t Ii balaie le plancher avec. 
+ Que veut-il faire de ce bois 1 

II n'en veut rien faire. 



Obs. A. When a proposition has no definite subject, the English, in 
order to avoid the pronouns they, people, &c, use the verb in the passive 
voice, and say : / was told, instead of, They told me ; He is flattered, 
instead of, They flatter him; It was given to me, instead of, They gave ii 
to me. This is always expressed in French by means of the indefinite pro- 
noun on, one. Ex. 

He is flattered, but he is not beloved. [ On le flatte, mais on ne l'aime pas. 
I am told that he is arrived. 

That, (conjunction.) 
A knife was given to him to cut his 

bread, and he cut his finger. 



To flatter some one. 
To flatter one's self. 

He flatters himself that he knows 
French. 

Nothing but. 
He has nothing but enemies. 



On me dit qu'il est arrive. 

Que. 

On lui a donne un couteau pour cou- 
per son pain, et il s'est coupe le 
doigt. 

Flatter 1 quelqu'un. 

Se flatter, (takes de before the infin- 
itive.) 



Ne — que. 

II n'a que des ennemis. 



To become. 



He has turned a soldier. 
Have you turned a merchant ; 
I Lave turned (become) a lawyer. 

What has become of your brother ? 

What has become of him ? 
I do not know what has become of 
him. 

To enlist, to enrol. 

He has ^listed. 



Devenir * 2, part, past, devenu, (ia 
conjugated like its primitive venir * 
Less. XXIV. and XXXIV.) 

t II s'est fait soldat. 

t Vous etes-vous fait marchand ? 

t Je me suis fait avocat. 
j t Votre frere qu'est-z'Z devenu ? 
} t Qu'est devenu votre frere ? 

t Qu'est-z'Z devenu 1 

t Je ne sais pas ce qu'il est devenu 

S'enroler 1, se faire soldat. 
t II s'est enrole. 
t II s'est fait soldat. 



For, (meaning because.) 
I cannot pay you, for I have no 
money. 



Car. 

Je ne puis vous payer, car je n'ai 
pas d' argent. 



FORTY-FOURTH LESSON. 177 

He cannot give you any bread, for I II ne peut pas vous donner de pain, 
he has none. car il n'en a Das. 



To believe some one. 
Do you believe that man ? 
I do hot believe him. 



Croire * 4 quelqu'un. 
Croyez-vous cet homme ? 
Je ne le crois pas. 



Obs. B. The verb croire * governs the accusative ; we say, however : 
To believe in God. I Croire en Dieu. 

I believe in God. Je crois en Dieu. 



To utter a falsehood, to lie. I Mentir * 2 ; past part, menti, pres, 

; part, mentant. 
I lie, thou liest, he lies. Je mens, tu mens, il ment 

The story-teller, the liar. I Le menteur. 



EXERCISES. 

138. 

Why has that child been praised ? — It has been praised because it 
has studied well. — Hast thou ever been praised? — I have often been 
praised. — Why has that other child been punished? — It has been 
punished, because it has been naughty and idle. — Has this child been 
rewarded? — It has been rewarded because it has worked well. — 
What must one do in order not to be (pour ne pas etre) despised? — 
One must be studious and good. — What has become of your friend ? 
— He has become a lawyer. — What has become of your cousin? — ■ 
He has enlisted. — Has your neighbor enlisted ? — He has not enlist- 
ed. — What has become of him ? — He has turned a merchant. — What 
has become of his children ? — His children have become men. — 
What has become of your son ? — He has become a great man. — Has 
he become learned ? — He has become learned. — What has become 
of my book ? — I do not know what has become of it. — Have you 
torn it ? — I have not torn it. — What has become of our friend's son ? 
— I do not know what has become of him. — What have you done 
with your money ? — I have bought a book with it. — What has the 
joiner done with his wood ? — He has made a bench of it. — What has 
the tailor done with the cloth which you gave him ? — He has made 
clothes of it for (pour) your children and mine. — Has that man hurt 
you? — No, Sir, he has not hurt me. — What must one do in order to 
be loved? — One must do good to those that have done us harm.-- 
Have we ever done you harm ? — No ; you have on the contrary done 
as good. — Do you do harm to any one ? — I do no one any harm. — 



178 FORTY-FOURTH LESSON. 

Why have you hurt these children 1 — I have not hurt them. — Have 
I hurt you 1 — You have not hurt me, but your boys have, (nCen out 
fait.) — What have they done to you 1 — They have beaten me. — Is v 
(est-ce) your brother who has hurt my son ! — No, Sir, it is not (ce 
rCest pas) my brother, for he has never hurt any one. 

139. 

Have you drunk that wine ? — I have drunk it. — How did you like 
it 1 — I liked it very well. — Has it done you good ? — It has done me 
good. — Have you hurt yourself? — I have not hurt myself. — Who has 
hurt himself? — My brother has hurt himself, for he has cut his fin- 
ger. — Is he still ill, (malade ?) — He is better, (mieux.) — I rejoice to 
hear that he is no longer ill, for I love him. — Why does your cousin 
pull out his hair 1 — Because he cannot pay what he owes. — Have 
you cut your hair 1 — I have not cut it, (myself,) but I have had it 
cut, (me les suis fait couper.) — What has this child done 1 — He 
has cut his foot. — Why was a knife given to him 1 — A knife was 
given him to (pour) cut his nails, and he has cut his finger and his 
foot. — Do you go to bed early ] — I go to bed late, for I cannot sleep 
when I go to bed early. — At what o'clock did you go to bed yester- 
day 1 — Yesterday I went to bed at a quarter past eleven. — At what 
o'clock do your children go to bed 1 — They go to bed at sunset. — 
Do they rise early 1 — They rise at sunrise. — At what o'clock did 
you rise to-day ? — To-day I rose late, because I went to bed late 
yesterday evening, (hier au soir.) — Does your son rise late 1 — He 
rises early, for he never goes to bed late. — What does he do when 
he gets up 1 — He studies, and then breakfasts.- — Does he not go out 
before he breakfasts 1 — No, he studies and breakfasts before he goes 
out. — What does he do after breakfasting 1 — As soon as he has 
breakfasted he comes to my house, and we take a ride. — Didst thou 
rise this morning as early as 1 1 — I rose earlier than you, for I rose 
before sunrise. 

140. 

Do you often go a walking 1 — I go a walking when I have nothing 
to do at home. — Do you wish to take a walk 1 — I cannot take a walk, 
for I have too much to do. — Has your brother taken a ride 1 — He has 
taken an airing in a carriage. — Do your children often go a walking * 
— They go a walking every morning after breakfast, (apres le de- 
jeuner.) — Do you take a walk after dinner, (apres le diner ?) — After 
dinner I drink tea, and then I take a walk. — Do you often take your 
children a walking 1 — I take them a walking every morning and ev- 
ery evening. — Can you go with me 1 — I cannot go with you, for I 
to take my little brother out a walking. — Where do you walk 1 — 



FORTY-FIFTH LESSON. 179 

We walk in our uncle's garden. — Did your father rejoice to see you ? 
— He did rejoice to see me. — What did ycu rejoice at 1 — I rejoiced 
at seeing my good friends. — What was your uncle delighted with, 
(s'est il rejoui ?) — He was delighted with the horse which you have 
sent him. — What were your children delighted with 1 — They were 
delighted with the fine clothes which I had had made for them, (que 
je leur ai fait fair e.) — Why does this man rejoice so much, (tant ?) 
'—Because he flatters himself he has good friends. — Is he not right 
in rejoicing ? — He is wrong, for he has nothing but enemies. — Is he 
not loved 1— He is flattered, but he is not beloved. — Do you flatter 
yourself that you know French ] — I do flatter myself that I know it ; 
for I can speak, read, and write it. — Has the physician done any 
harm to your child 1 — He has cut his finger, (lui a coupe le doigt,) 
but he has not done him any harm, so (et) you are mistaken, if you 
believe that he has done him any harm. — Why do you listen to that 
man % . — I listen to him, but I do not believe him ; for I know that he 
is a story-teller. — How do you know that he is a story-teller 1 — He 
does not believe in God ; and all those (tous ceux) who do not be- 
lieve in God are story-tellers. 



FORTY-FIFTH LESSON.— Quarante-cinquieme Lecon. 
OF IMPERSONAL VERBS. 

We have already seen (Lessons XLI. and XLII.) some idiomatical ex- 
pressions with faire, all of which belong to the impersonal verbs. These 
verbs, having no determinate subject, are conjugated only in the third per- 
son, by means of the pronoun il, it. Ex. 



To rain, it rains. 
To snow, it snows. 
To hail, it hails. 



Pleuvoir * 3. il pleut, past part. plu. 
Neiger 1. il neige. 

Greler 1. il grele. 



The substantives belonging to these three verbs are feminine, as will be 
seen when we come to treat of feminine nouns. 

t Faire des e'clairs. 
t Fait-il des eclairs ? 
t II fait des e'clairs. 
L'eclair. 
Le parasol. 



To lighten. 
Does it lighten ? 
It does lighten. 

The lightning. 

The parasol. 
It rains very hard. 
It lightens much. 
Does it snow ? 
It snows much. 



t II pleut a verse. 

t II fait beaucoup d'eclairs. 

Neige-t-il ? 

II neige fort. 



180 



FORTY-FIFTH LESSON. 



It hails much. 

The sun does not shine. 
The sun is in my eyes. 



To thunder, — it thunders. 
To shine, to glitter. 



To shut. 
Have you done ? 
Is the walking good ? 

In that country. 
The country. 
He has made many friends in 
country. 



II fait beaucoup de grele. 

(La grele, a feminine noun ) 
t II ne fait point de soleil. 
t Le soleil me donne dans la vue. 
(La vue, the sight, a feminine noun. 



Tonner 1 — il tonne. 
Luire * 4 ; pres. part, luisant ; past 
lui. 



that 



Fermer 1. 
t Avez-vous fini ? 
t Fait-il bon marcher ? 
Dans ce pays. 
Le pays. 

t II s'est fait beaucoup d'amis dans 
ce pays. 



Of which, of whom, whose. i 

I see the man of whom you speak. I 
I have bought the horse of which ; 

you spoke to me. 
I see the man whose brother has 

killed my dog. 
I see the man whose dog you have ! 

killed. 
Do you see the child whose father j 

set out yesterday ? 
I see it. 

Whom have you seen ? 
1 have seen the merchant whose ! 

warehouse you have taken. 



Dont, (connective pronoun.) 

Je vois l'homme dont vous parlez. 

J'ai achete le cheval dont vous 

m'avez parle. 
Je vois l'homme dont le frere a tu6 

mon chien. 
Je vois l'homme dont vous avez tiie* 

le chien. 
Voyez-vous l'enfant dont le pere est 

parti hier ? 
Je le vois. 
Qui avez-vous vu 1 
J'ai vu le marchand dont vous avez 

pris le magasin. 



I have spoken to the man whose 
warehouse has been burnt. 



J'ai parle a l'homme dont le maga 
sin a etc brule". 



That of which. 

That, or the one of which. 

Those, or the ones of which. 
I have that of which I have need. 
I have what I want. 
He has what he wants. 



Ce dont. 
Celui dont. 
Ceux dont. 



> J'ai ce.dont j'ai besoin. 
I II a ce dont il a besoin 



Have you the book of which you 

have need ? 
[ have that of which I have need. 



Avez-vous le livre dont vous avez 

besoin ? 
J'ai cehd dont j'ai besoin 



FORTY-FIFTH LESSON. 



181 



Has the man the nails of which he 

has need? 
He has those of which he has need. 

To need, to want. 

To have need of. 



L'homme a-t-il les clous dont il a be- 

soin ? 
II a ceux dont il a besom. 

Avoir besoin de. 



Which men do you see ? 
[ see those of whom you have spoken 
to me. 



Quels hommes voyez-vous ? 

Je vois ceux dont vous m'avez park) 



O* The past participle does not agree with its object in number, (that is, 
if the object is in the plural, the past participle does not take an s,) when il 
is preceded by the connective pronoun dont, of whom, of which, whose. 



Do you see the pupils of whom I 

have spoken to you 1 
I see them. 



Voyez-vous les cleves dont je vous 

parle ? 
Je les vois. 



To whom. 
I see the children to whom you have 

given some cakes. 
To which men do you speak ? 
T speak to those to whom you have 

applied. 



Masc. cj- Fein. 

Sing. # Plur. Masc. Plur. 

X A qui, auxquels. 

Je vois les enfants a qui vous avei 

donne des gateaux. 
A quels hommes parlez-vous ? 
Je parle a ceux auxquels (a qui) vous 

vous etes adresse. 



Obs. X A qui, dative for all genders and numbers, is more usually employed 
for persons than auxquels, dative plural of lequel ; but for things, auxquels 
must always be used. 



To apply to. 
To meet with. 

I have met with the men to whom 
you have applied. 



S'adresser 1 a. 

Rencontrer 1, (governs the accusa- 
tive.) 

J'ai rencontre les hommes a qui (aux- 
quels) vous vous etes adresse". 



Of which men do you speak ? 
I speak of those whose children have 
been studious and obedient. 

Obedient, disobedient. 



5 j that. 
I have lost my money, so that I can- 
not pay you. 



De quels hommes parlez-vous ? 

Je parle de ceux dont les enfants out 

e"te studieux et obeissants. 
Obeissant, desobeissant. 



De sorte que, (conjunction.) 
J'ai perdu mon argent, de sorte que 
je ne puis vous payer. 



182 FORTST-FIFTH LESSON 

I am ill, so that I cannot go out. 
Ill 



Je suis malade, de sorte que jo ne puis 

sortir. 
Malade. 



EXERCISES. 
141. 

Have you at last learned French 1 — I was ill, so that I could /tot 
iearn it. — Has your brother learned it 1 — He has not learned it, because 
he has not yet been able to find a good master. — Do you go to the 
ball this evening 1 — I have sore feet, so that I cannot go to it. — Did 
you understand that German ] — I do not know German, so that ] 
could not understand him. — Have you bought the horse of which 
you spoke to me 1 — I have no money, so that I could not buy it. — 
Have you seen the man from whom I have received a present 1 — I 
have not seen him. — Hal a you seen the fine gun of which I spoke 
to j-ou 1 — I have seen it. — Has your uncle seen the books of which 
you spoke to him 1 — He has seen them. — Hast thou seen the man 
whose children have been punished 1 — I have not seen him. — To 
whom have you been speaking in the theatre"? — I have been speak- 
ing to the man whose brother has killed my fine dog. — Have you 
seen the little boy whose father has become (s^ est fait) a lawyer 1 — 
I have seen him. — Whom have you seen at the ball 1 — I have seen 
there the men whose horses, and those whose coach (carosse) you 
have bought. — Whom do you see now 1 — I see the man whose ser- 
vant has broken my looking-glass. — Have you heard the man whose 
friend has lent me money 1 — I have not heard him. — Whom have 
you heard 1 — I have heard the French captain whose son is my 
friend. — Hast thou brushed the coat of which I spoke to thee 1 — I 
have not yet brushed it. — Have you received the money which you 
have been wanting ] — I have received it. — Have I the paper of 
which I have need 1 — You have it. — Has your brother the books 
which he is wanting ] — He has them. — Have you spoken to the mer- 
chants whose warehouse we have taken 1 — We have spoken to them. 
— Have you spoken to the physician whose son has studied German 1 
• — I have spoken to him. — Hast thou seen the poor men whose ware- 
houses have been burnt 1 — I have seen them. — Have you read the 
books which we have lent you 1 — We have read them. — What do 
you say of them, (en?) — We say that they are very fine. — Have 
your children what they want 1 — They have what they want. 

142. 
Of which man do you speak] — I speak of the one whose brother 
has turned soldier. — Of which children have you spoken 1 — I have 



FORTY-SIXTH LESSON. 183 

spoken of those whose parents are learned. — Which book have you 
read ]■ — I have read that of which I spoke to you yesterday. — Which 
paper has your cousin 1 — He has that of which he has need. — Which 
fishes has he eaten 1 — He has eaten those which you do not like. — 
Of which books are you in want 1 — I am in want of those of which 
you have spoken to me. — Are you not in want of those which I am 
reading 1 — I am not in want of them. — Do you see the children to 
whom I have given cakes 1 — I do not see those to whom you have 
given cakes, but those whom you have punished. — To whom have 
you given some money 1 — I have given some to those who have been 
skilful. — To which children must one give books ] — One must give 
some to those who are good and obedient. — To whom do you give to 
eat and to drink 1 — To those who are hungry and thirsty — Do you 
give any thing to the children who are idle 1 — I give them nothing. 
— Did it snow yesterday 1 — It did snow, hail, and lighten. — Did it 
rain 1 — It did rain. — Did you go out 1 — I never go out, when it is bad 
weather. — Have the captains at last listened to that man 1 — They 
have refused (Lesson XXXV.) to listen to him ; all those to whom 
he applied have refused to hear him. — With whom have you met this 
morning 1 — I have met with the man by whom I am esteemed. — 
Have you given any cakes to your pupils 1 — They have not studied 
well, so that I have given them nothing. 



FORTY-SIXTH LESSON.— Quarante-sixieme Lefon. 
OF THE FUTURE. 

Rule. — The first or simple future is formed, in all French verbs, from tho 
infinitive, by changing the letter r, for the first three conjugations, 1 and the 
ending re for the fourth, into rai. Ex. 









Infin. 


Future. 


To love, 


I shall or will love. 


1st Conj. 


Aimer, 


j'aimerai. 


To finish, 


I shall or will finish. 


2d — 


Finir, 


je finirai. 


To foresee, 


I shall or will foresee, 


3d — 


Prevoir, 


je prevoirai. 


To restore, 


I shall or will restore.. 


4th — 


Rendre, 


je rendrai. 



Obs. A. We need only know the first person singular of the future in order 
to form all the other persons, as they are always alike in all French verbs, 
viz. for the second person singular ras, the third person singular ra; the first 
person plural rons, the second rez, and the third ront. 

- Though the third conjugation is composed almost entirely of exceptions, 
the rule is notwithstanding correct, as all those verbs which now form ex* 
ceptions were formerly spelled and written according to it. 



184 



FORTY-SIXTH LESSON. 



Thou shalt or wil. love, thou shalt or 

wilt finish. 
He shall or will love, he shall or will 

finish. 
We shall or will love, we shall or will 

finish. 
You shall or will love, you shall or 

will finish. 
They shall or will love, they shall or 

will finish. 
Thou shalt or wilt foresee, thou shalt 

or wilt restore. 
He shall or will foresee, he shall or 

will restore. 
We shall or will foresee, we shall or 

will restore. 
You shall or will foresee, you shall or 

will restore. 
They shall or will foresee, they shall 

or will restore. 



Fitlim 
Tu aimeras. 

II aimera. 

Nous aimerons. 

Vous aimerez. 

lis aimerottZ. 

Tu prevoiras. 

II prevoira. 

Nous prevoirons. 

Vous prevoirez 

Us prevoi ront 



Tu finiras. 
II finira. 
Nous finiro/is 
Vous finircz. 
Us ftmront. 
Tu rendras 
II rendra. 
Nous rendrons 
Vous rendrez. 
Us rendremi 



EXCEPTIONS. 



-Ohs. B. The following fourteen verbs, besides the auxiliaries avoir and 
etre, and ten more, the futures of which are given at the end of this Lesson, 
form all the exceptions to our rule for the formation of the future. It must 
be remembered that the first person singular of the exceptions being once 
known, all the other persons are likewise known, they being, as may be seen 
from the above, the same in all verbs. 







Infinitive. 


Future. 


To have. 


I shall or will have. 


Avoir *. 


J'aurai. 


To be. 


I shall or will be. 


£tre *. 


Je serai. 


To go. 


I shall or will go. 


Aller * 1. 


J'irai. 


To send. 


I shall or will send. 


Envoyer * 1. 


J'enverrai. 


To hold. 


I shall or will hold. 


Tenir * 2. 


Je tiendrai. 


To come. 


I shall or will come. 


Venir * 2. 


Je viendrai. 


To sit down. 


I shall or will sit 


S'asseoir * 3 


Je m'asseierai 




down. 




Je m'assierai. 


To owe. 


I shall or will owe. 


Devoir * 3. 


Je devrai. 


To be necessary It will be necessary. 


Falloir * 3. 


11 faudra. 


To be able. 


I shall or will be 
able. 


Pouvoir * 3. 


Je pourrai. 



FORTY-SIXTH LESSON. 



185 



To receive 
To know. 
To be worth. 

To see. 

To be willing. 

To do. 



I shall or will receive. 
I shall or will know. 
I shall or will be 

worth. 
I shall or will see. 
I shall or will be 

willing. 
I shall or will do. 



Shall or will he have money ? 

He will have some. 

He will not have any. 

Shall you soon have done writing ? 

I shall soon have done. 

He will soon have done his exercise. 



When will your cousin go to the con- 
cert? 
He will go next Tuesday 
Shall you go anywhere ? 
We shall go nowhere. 



Will ho send me the book? 

He will send it you if he has done 

with it. 
Shall you be at home this evening? 

I shall be there. 

Will your father be at home ? 

He will be there. 

Will your cousins be there ? 

They will be there. 



When shall you do your exercises ? 
I will do them soon, (ere long.) 
My brother will do his exercises to- 
morrow. 

Next Monday. 

Last Monday. 

Next month. 

This month. 

This country. 



Infinitive, 
Recevoir 3. 
Savoir 3. 
Valoir * 3. 

Voir * 3. 
Vouloir * 3. 

Faire * 4. 



Future. 
Je recevrai. 8 
Je saurai. . 
Je vaudrai 

Je verrai. 
Je voudrai. 

Je ferai. 



Aura-t-il de 1' argent? 

II en aura. 

II n'en aura pas. 

t Aurez-vous bientot fini d'ecrire 1 

t J'aurai bientot fini. 

t II aura bient6t fini son theme. 



Quand ferez-vous vos themes? 

Je les ferai bientot. 

Mon frere fera ses themes demain. 

Lundi prochain. 

Lundi passe or lundi dernior. 

t Le mois prochain. 

Ce mois-ci. 

Ce pays-ci. 



Quand votre cousin ira-t-il au con- 
cert ? 
II ira mardi prochain. 
Irez-vous quelque part? 
Nous n'irons nulle part. 



M'enverra-t-il le Iivre ? 

t II vous l'enverra s'il l'a fini. 

Serez-vous chez-vous (a la maison) 

ce soir? 
J'y serai. 
Votre pere sera-t-il chez Iui, (a la 

maison?) 
II y sera. 

Vos cousins y seront-ils ? 
lis y seront. 



2 And all those in cevoir, as: apercevoir, to perceive; corxcvoir to con 

coive, &c. 



186 



FORTY-SIXTH LESSON. 



Will he send mo the books ? 

He will send them you. 

Will he send some paper to my 

counting-house ? 
He will send some thither. 



M'enverra-t-L les livres ? 

II vous les enverra. 

Enverra-t-il du papier a mon comp 

toir? 
II y en enverra. 



Shall you be able to pay your shoe- 
maker ? 

I have lost my money, so that I shall 
not be able to pay him. 

My friend has lost his pocket-book, 
so that he will not be able to pay 
for his shoes. 



Pourrez-vous payer votre cordonnier I 

J ? ai perdu mon argent, de sorte que 
je ne pourrai pas lo payer. 

Mon ami a perdu son portefeuille, de 
sorte qu'il ne pourra pas payer ses 
souliers. 



Will you hold any thing ? 
I shall hold your umbrella. 
Will your friend come to my con- 
cert ? 
He will come. 
Shall you come ? 
I shall come. 



Tiendrez-vous quelque chose ? 
Je tiendrai votre parapluie. 
Votre ami viendra-t-il 5. mon con- 
cert ? 
II viendra. 
Viendrez-vous ? 
Je viendrai. 



Faudra-t-il aller au marche - ? 



Will it be necessary to go to the 
market ? 

It will be necessary to go thither to- 
morrow morning. 

It will not be necessary to go thither. 

Shall you see my father to-day ? 

We shall see him. 

Obs. C. The following ten verbs are the remaining exceptions to our rule 

for the formation of the future. 



II faudra y aller demain matin. 

II ne faudra pas y aller. 
Verrez-vous mon pere aujourd'hui ? 
Nous le verrons. 



To lean. 
To employ. 
To try. 
To acquire. 
To run. 
To gather. 
To die, (to 
lose life.) 
To expire. 



I shall or 
I shall or 
I shall or 
I shall or 
I shall or 
I shall or 
I shall or 



will lean, 
will employ, 
will try. 
will acquire, 
will run. 
will gather, 
will die. 



I shall or will expire. 



Infinitive. 
Appuyer 1. 
Employer 1. 
Essay er 1. 
Acquerir*2. 
Courir*2. 
Cueillir * 2. 
Mourir * 2. 

£choir*3. 



Future. 
J'appuierai. 
J'emploieraL 
J'essaierai. 1 
J'acquerrai. 
Je courrai. 
Je cueillerai. 
Je mourrai. 

J'echerrai. 



1 These three* are, properly speaking, and according to Obs. D. of Lesson 
XXIV., no exceptions ; but we have given them in order to leave the learner 
u no doubt respecting the formation of the future of all the French verbs. 



FORTY-SIXTH LESSON. 187 



To move. I shall or will move. 
To rain. It will rain. 



Infinitive. . Future. 

Mouvoir * 3. Je mouvrai. 

Pleuvoir * 3. II pleuvra. 



EXERCISES. 
143. 

Shall you have any books I — I shall have some. — Who will give 
you any 1 — My uncle will give me some. — When will your cousin 
have money 1 — He will have some next month. — How much money 
shall you have? — I shall have thirty-five francs. — Who will have 
good friends 1 — The English will have some. — Will your father be 
at home this evening 1 — He will be at home. — Will you be there 1 — 
I shall also be there. — Will your uncle go out to-day 1 — He will go 
out, if it is fine weather. — Shall you go out 1 — I shall go out, if it 
does not rain. — Will you love my son ? — I shall love him, if he is 
good. — Will you pay your shoemaker ] — I shall pay him, if I receive 
my money. — Will you love my children 1 — If they are good and as- 
siduous I shall love them ; but if they are idle and naughty I shall 
despise and punish them. — Am I right in speaking thus 1 — You are 
not wrong. — Is your friend still writing 1 — He is still writing. — 
Have you not done speaking 1 — I shall soon have done. — Have our 
friends done reading 1 — They will soon have done. — Has the tailor 
made my coat] — He has not made it yet ; but he will soon make it. 
— When will he make it 1 — When he shall have time. — When will 
you do your exercises ] — I shall do them when I shall have time. — 
When will your brother do his ] — He will do them next Saturday. — 
Wilt thou come to me 1 — I shall come. — When wilt thou come 1 — I 
shall come next Friday. — When have you seen my uncle 1 — I saw 
him last Sunday. — Will your cousins go to the ball next Tuesday ? 
— They will go. — Will you come to my concert 1 — I shall come, if ] 
am not ill. 

144. 

When will you send me the money which you owe me 1 — I shall 
send it you soon. — Will your brothers send me the books which I have 
lent them 1 — They will send them you. — When will they send them 
to me 1 — They will send them to you next month. — Will you be able 
to pay me what you owe me 1 — I shall not be able to pay it you, for 
I have lost all my money. — Will the American be able to pay for his 
shoes 1 — He has lost his pocket-book, so that he will not be able to 
pay for them. — Will it be necessary to send for the physician 1 — No- 
body is ill, so that it will not be necessary to send for him. — Will it 
be necessary to go to the market to-morrow 1 — It Avill be necessary 



188 



FORTY-SEVENTH LESSON. 



to go thither, for we want some beef, some bread, and some wine. — ■ 
Shall you see your father to-day? — I shall see him. — Where will he 
oe 1 — He will be at his counting-house. — Will you go to the ball to- 
night ? — I shall not go, for I am too ill to go to it. — Will your friend 
go 1 — He will go, if you go. — Where will our neighbors go "? — They 
will go nowhere ; they will remain at home, for they have a good 
deal (beaucoup) to do 



FORTY-SEVENTH LESSON.— Quarante-septieme Lepon. 



To belong. 

Do you belong ? 
I do belong. 

Does that horse belong to your broth- 
er? 

It does belong to him. 

To whom do these gloves belong ? 

They belong to the captains. 

Do these horses belong to the cap- 
tains? 

They do belong to them. 



To suit. 

Does that cloth suit your brother ? 

It suits him. 

Do these shoes suit your brothers ? 

They suit them. 

Does it suit you to do that ? 

It suits me to do it. 

Does it suit your cousin to come with 

us? 
[t does not suit him to go out. 



To succeed. 
Do you succeed in learning French ? 

[ succeed in it. 

■. do succeed in learning it. 



Appartenir * 2, (is conjugated like ita 

primitive tenir *, Lesson XL.) 
Appartenez-vous ? 
J'appartiens. 
Ce cheval appartient-il a votre frera ? 

II lui appartient. 
A qui appartiennent ces gants ? 
lis appartiennent aux capitaines. 
Ces chevaux appartiennent-ils aux 

capitaines ? 
lis leur appartiennent. 



Convenir * 2, (Conjugated like ve- 
nir*, Less. XXIV. and XXXIV.) 

Ce drap convient-il a votre frere ? 

II lui convient. 

Ces souliers conviennent-ils a vos 

fi-eres ? 
Us leur conviennent. 
Vous convient-il de faire cela ? 
II me convient de le faire. 
Convient-il a votre cousin de venir 

avec nous ? 
II ne lui convient pas de sortir. 



Parvenir * 2. (Conjugated like ve- 
nir *.) 

t Parvenez-vous a apprendre le fran- 
qedsl 

t J'y parvieris. 

t Je parviens a Fapprendre. 



FORTY-SEVENTH LESSON. 



39 



Do these men succeed in selling their | t Ces homines parvieiuient-ils a ven- 



horses ? 
They succeed therein. 



dre leurs chevaux ? 
t Us y parviennent. 



To succeed. 
Do you succeed in doing that ? 
I succeed in it. 

To forget. 

To clean. 
The inkstand. 



Reussir 2. 

Reussissez-vous a faire cela ? 

J'y reussis. 



Oublier 1, (takes de hefore tho in- 

finitive.) 
Nettoyer 1 
L'encrier. 



Immediately, directly. 


Tout de suite. 


This instant, instantly. 


A l'instant, sur le champ. 


Presently. 


Tout & l'heure. 


I am going to do it. 


Je vais le faire. 


I will do it immediately. 


Je vais le faire tout de suite 


I am going to work. 


Je vais travailler. 


Is there ? 


1 *r 




• Y a-t-il ? 


Are there ? 




There is not. 


! T, , 


There are not. 


> 11 n y a pas. 


Will there be ? 


Y aura-t-il ? 


There will be. 


U y aura. 


Was or were there, or has there 


Y a-t-il eu ? 


been ? 




There has been. 


Ilya eu. 


Is there any wine ? 


Y a-t-il du via ? 


There is some. 


11 y en a. 


There is not any. 


11 n'y en a pas. 


Are there any men ? 


Y a-t-il des hommes ? 


There are some. 


11 y en a. 


There are not any. 


11 n'y en a pas. 



There are men who wiil not study. 'Ilya des hommes qui ne veulent paw 

etudier. 



Is there any one ? 

There is no one. 

Are there to be many people at the 

ball? 
There are to be a great many people 

them 

9 



Y a-t-il quelqu'un ? 

II n'y a personne, 

Doit-il y avoir beaucoup de monde 

au bal ? 
II doit y en avoir beaucoup. 



190 



FORTY-SEVENTH LESSON 



On credit. 
To sell on credit. 
The credit. 
Ready money. 
To buy for cash. 
To sell for cash. 
To pay down. 
Will you buy for cash ? 

Does it suit you to sell me on credit ' 



To fit. 
Does that coat fit me ? 
It fits you. 
That hat does not fit your brother. 

It does not fit him. 
Do these shoes fit you ? 
They fit me. 
That fits you very well 



To Jceep. 
You had better. 
I had better. 
He had better. 
Instead of keeping your horse you 

had better sell it. 
Instead of selling his hat he had 
better keep it. 



A credit. 
Vendre h, credit 
Le credit. 

De 1' argent comptant 
Acheter coraptant. 
Vendre comptant. 
Payer comptant. 
Voulez-vous acheter 

tant ? 
Vous convient-il de 

credit ? 



argent comp* 



me vendre t 



Will you keep the horse ? 

I shall keep it. 

You must not keep my money. 

To please, to be pleased. 

i please, thou pleasest, he pleases. 

To please some one. 
Does that book please you ? 
It pleases me much. 
[ will do what you please. 
Vou are pleased to say so. 



t Aller Men. 

t Cet habit me va-t-il bien? 

t II vous va bien. 

t Ce chapeau ne va pas bien a votre 

frere. 
t II ne lui va pas bien. 
t Ces souliers vous vont-ils bien ? 
t lis me vont bien. 
t Cela vous va fort bien. 



Garder 1. 

t Vous ferez mieux de. 

t Je ferai mieux de. 

t II fera mieux de. 

t Au lieu de garder votre cheval 

vous ferez mieux de le vendre. 
t Au lieu de vendre son chapeau il 

fera mieux de le garder. 



I Garderez-vous le cheval ? 
Je le garderai. 
II ne faut pas garder mon argent. 



Plaire * 4 ; pres. part, plaisant ; pas! 

part. plu. 
Je plais, tu plais, il plait, 
t Plaire a qaelqiCun. 
Ce livre vous plait-il ? 
II me plait beaucoup. 
t Je ferai ce qu'il vous plaira. 
t Cela vous plait a dire, (a fumiliai 

expression.) 



FORTY-SEVENTH LESSON. 



191 



What is your pleasure ? 
What do you want ? 
What do you say ? 

To please. 
How do you please yourself here ? 
I please mysolf very well here. 



( t Que vous plait-il f 

t Plait-il ? 

t Se plaire * 4. 

Comment vous plaisez-vou3 ici ? 

Je m'y plais tres-bien. 



Obs. The impersonal it is, is rendered by e'est for t'he singular, and by 
ce sont for the plural. Ex. 



Whose book is this ? 
[t is his. 

Whose shoes are these ? 
They are ours. 

It is they who have seen him. 
It is your friends who are in 
right. 



the 



A qui est ce livre ? 

C'esi le sien. 

A qui sont ces souliers 1 

Ce sont les notres. 

Ce sont eux qui l'ont vu. 

Ce sont vos amis qui ont raison. 



EXERCISES. 
145. 
To whom does that horse belong ? — It belongs to the English cap- 
Vain whose son has written a note to you. — Does this money belong 
to you 1 — It does belong to me. — From whom have you received it '? 
— T have received it from the men whose children you have seen. — ■ 
Whose horses are those 1 — They are (ce sont) ours. — Have you told 
your brother that I am waiting for him here ] — I have forgotten to 
tell him so, (le.) — Is it (est-ce) your father or mine who is gone to 
Berlin 1 — It is mine. — Is k your baker, or that of our friend, who 
has sold you bread on credit] — It is (Jest) ours. — Is that your son] 
— He is not (ce rtest pas) mine, he is (Jest) my friend's. — Where is 
yours 1 — He is at. Paris. — Have you brought me the book which you 
promised me 1 — I have forgotten it. — Has your uncle brought you 
the pocket-books which he promised you ? — He has forgotten to 
bring me them. — Have you already written to your friend 1 — I have 
not yet had time to write to him. — Have you forgotten to write to 
your relation, (le parent ?) — I have not forgotten to write to him. — 
Docs this cloth suit you 1 — It does not suit me ; have you no other 1 
— I have some other ; but it is dearer than this. — Will you show it 
me ] — I will show it you. — Do these shoes suit your uncle 1 — They 
do not suit him, because they are too dear. — Are these (sont-ce) the 
shoes of which (dont) you have spoken to us 1 — They are (ce sont) 
the same, (les memes.) — Whose shoes are these 1 — They belong to 
the nobleman whom you have seen this morning in my warehouse. — 



192 FORTY-SEVENTH LESSON. 

Does it suit you to come with us ] — It does not suit me. — Does if 
suit you to go to the market 1 — It does not suit me to go thither. — Did 
you go on foot to Germany 1 — It does not suit me to go on foot, so 
that I went thither in a coach. (Lesson XLIV.) 

146. 

What is your pleasure, Sir ] — I am inquiring after your father 
Is he at home 1 — No, Sir, he is gone out. — What do you say 1 — I 
tell you that he is gone out. — Will you wait till he comes back ? 
(Lesson XXXVI.) — I have no time to wait. — Does this merchant 
sell on credit ] — He does not sell on credit. — Does it suit you to buy 
for cash ! — It does not suit me. — Where did you buy these pretty 
knives \ — I bought them at (chez) the merchant's whose warehouse 
you saw yesterday. — Has he sold them to you on credit ] — He has 
sold them to me for cash. — Do you often buy for cash 1 — Not so 
often as you. — Have you forgotten any thing here 1 — I have forgot- 
ten nothing. — Does it suit you to learn this (ceci) by heart 1—1 have 
not much time to study, so that it does not suit me to learn it by 
heart. — Has that man tried to speak to your father 1 — He has tried 
to speak to him, but he has not succeeded in it. — Have you suc- 
ceeded in writing an exercise ? — I have succeeded in it. — Have those 
merchants succeeded in selling their horses ? — They have not suc- 
ceeded therein. — Have you tried to clean my inkstand ] — I have 
tried, but I have not succeeded in it. — Do your children succeed in 
learning English 1 — They do succeed in it. — Is there any wine in 
this cask ] — There is some in it. — Is there any vinegar in this glass 1 
— There is none in it. — Is wine or cider in it, (dedans ?) — There is 
neither wine nor cider in it. — What is there in it 1 — There is some 
vinegar in it. 

147. 
Are there any men in your warehouse 1 — There are some there 
— Is there any one in the warehouse ? — There is no one there. — 
Were there many people in the theatre 1 — There were many there 
— Will there be many people at your ball 1 — There will be many 
there. — Are there many children that will not play ? — There are 
many that will not study, but all will play. — Hast thou cleaned ray 
trunk 1 — I have tried to do it, but I have not succeeded. — Do you 
intend buying an umbrella 1 — I intend buying one, if the merchant 
sells it me on credit. — Do you intend to keep mine 1 — I intend to 
give it you back, (Lesson XXXIX.,) if I buy one.— Have you re- 
turned the books to my brother 1 — I have not returned them to him 
yet. — How long do you intend keeping them 1 — I intend keeping 
them till next Saturday. — How long do you intend keeping my 



FORTY-EIGHTH LESSON. 



193 



horse ? — I intend keeping it till my father returns. — Have you 
cleaned my knife ] — I have not had time yet, but I will do it this in- 
stant. — Have you made a fire 1 — Not yet ; but I will make one pres- 
ently. — Why have you not worked ? — I have not yet been able. — 
What had you to do ] — I had to clean your carpet, and to mend your 
thread stockings. — Do you intend to sell your coat 1—1 intend keep- 
ing it, for I want it. — Instead of keeping it you had better sell it. — 
Do you sell your horses 1 — I do not sell them. — Instead of keeping 
them you had better sell them. — Does our friend keep his parasol 1 
— He does keep it ; but instead of keeping it he had better sell it, 
for it is worn out. — Does your son tear his book 1 — He does tear it ; 
but he is wrong in doing so, for instead of tearing it he had better 
read it. 



FORTY-EIGHTH LESSON.— Quarante-huitieme Legon. 



To go away. 
When will you go away ? 
I will go soon. 

By and by. 
He will go away soon, (by and by.) 
We will go to-morrow. 
They will go to-morrow. 
Thou wilt go immediately. 



Wht 



To become. 
What will become of you if you lose 

your money ? 
I do not know what will become of 

me. 
What will become of him ? . 
What will become of us ? 
What will become of them, ? 
I do net know what will become of 

them. 



t Fen aller * (Less. XLIII.) 
Quand vous en irez-vous ? 
Je m'en irai bient6t. 
Tout a l'heure. 
II s'en ira tout a l'heure. 
Nous nous en irons demaiii. 
lis s'en iront demain. 
Tu t'en iras sur le champ. 



Lorsque, (conjunction.) 



Devenir * 2. (Lesson XLIV.) 

t Que deviendrez-tfows si vous perdez 

votre argent? 
t Je ne sais pas ce que je deviendraL 

t Que deviendra-t-z7 ? 

t Que deviendrons-rcous ? 

t Que deviendront-z'Zs ? 

t Je ne sais pas ce qu'ils deriendront 



The turn. 
My turn. 
In my turn. 
In his turn. 



Le tour. 
Mon tour. 
A mon tour. 
I A son tour. 



194 



FORTY-EIGHTH LESSON. 



In my brother's turn. 

Each in his turn. 
When it comes to your turn. 
Our turn will come. 



Au tour de moa frere. 
Chacun a son tour, 
t Quand votre tour viendra 
t Nous aurons notre tour. 



To take a turr, (a walk.) \ J a | re un tour ' 
I f ai 



He 



gone to take a walk. 
To walk round the garden. 

To run. 

I ran, thou runnest, he runs. 

Do you run ? 

I do run. 
Shall or will you run ? 
I shall or will run. 

Behind. 
Behind him. 



Faire un tour de promenade. 
II est alle faire un tour. 

est alle faire un tour de prome- 
nade. 
| t Faire un tour de jardin. 



J 11 



Courir * 2, past part, couru; pres. 

part, cot/rant. 
Je cours, tu cours, il court 
Courez-vous ? 
Je cours. 

Courrez-vous '? (See Less. XLVI.) 
Je courrai. 



Derriere. 
Derriere lui. 



A blow, a kick, a knock, a stab. 
A clap, a slap. 
Have you given that man a blow ? 

I have given him one. 
A blow with a stick. 
A kick, (with the foot.) 
A blow with the fist. 
A stab of a knife. 
A shot or the report of a gun. 
The shot of a pistol. 
A glance of the eye. 
A clap of thunder. 



Un coup. 

Avez-vous donne un 

homme ? 
Je lui en ai donne un. 
Un coup de baton. 
Un coup de pied. 
Un coup de poing. 
Un coup de couteau. 
Un coup de fusil. 
Un coup de pistoiet. 
Un coup d'oeil. 
Un coup de tonnerre. 



coup a cet 



To give a cut with a knife. 

To give a man a blow with a stick. 

To give a man a kick, (with the 

foot.) 
To give a man a blow w'th the fist. 



Donner un coup de couteau. 
Donner un coup de baton a au 

homme. 
Donner un coup de pied a iui 

homme. 
Donner un coup do poing a un 

homme. 



FORTY-EIGHTH LESSON. 



195 



To pull, to draw. 

To shoot, to fire. 
To fire a gun 
To fire a pistol. 
To fire at some one. 

I have filed at that bird. 

I have fired twice. 
I have fired three times. 
I have fired several times. 
How many times have you fired? 

How many times have you fired at 

that bird ? 
I have fired at it several times. 
I have heard a shot. 
He has heard the report of a pistol. 
We have heard a clap of thunder. 

The fist. 



Tirer 1. 

t Tirer tin coup de fusil. 

t Tirer un coup de pistolet 

t Tirer un coup de fusil sur que!* 

qu'un. 
t J'ai tire" un coup de fusil a cet 

oiseau. 
t J'ai tire deux coups de fusil, 
f J'ai tire trois coups de fusil, 
t J'ai tire" quelques coups de fusil, 
t Combien de coups de fusil avez- 

vous tire's ? 
Combien de fois avez-vous tire' sur cet 

oiseau ? 
J'ai tire plusieurs fois sur lui. 
t J'ai entendu un coup de fusil, 
t II a entendu un coup de pistolet. 
t Nous avons entendu un coup de 

tonnerre. 
Le poing. 



To cast an eye upon some one or 

something. 
Have you cast an eye upon that 

book ? 
I have cast an eye upon it. 



Jeter un coup d'osil sut quelqu'un 

ou quelque chose. 
Avez-vous jete un coup d'ceil sur ce 

livre ? 
J'y ai jete un coup d'ceil. 



Has that man gone away ? 

He has gone away. 

Have your brothers gone away ? 

They have gone away. 

They have not gone away. 

Have they gone away? 

They were not willing to go away. 



Cet i.v-toime s'en est-il alld ? 

II s'en est alle. 

Vos freres s'en sont-ils allds? 

lis s'en sent alles. 

lis ne s'en sont pas alles. 

S'en sont-ils alles ? 

lis n'ont pas voulu s'en aller. 



EXERCISES. 

148. 
Are you going away already 1 — I am not going yet.- 



-When will 



that man go away 1 — He will go presently. — Will you go away 
soon 1 — I shall go away next Thursday. — Wnen will your friends go 
away 1 — They will go away next month. — Wnen wilt thou go away ? 
■ — I will go awaj r instantly. — Why has your father gone away so 



196 FORTY-EIGHTH LESSON. 

soon, (si tot ?)— He has promised his friend to be at his house at a 
quarter to nine, so that he went away early in order to keep what he 
has promised. — When shall we go away ] — We shall go away to- 
morrow.— Shall we start early 1 — We shall start at five o'clock in 
the morning. — When will you go away 1 — I shall go away as soon as 
I have done writing,. — When will your children go away 1 — They 
will go as soon as they have done their exercises. — Will you go 
when (lorsque) I shall go 1 — I shall go away when you go, (quand 
vous vous en irez.) — Will our neighbors soon go away 1 — They will 
go away when they have done speaking. — What will become of your 
son if he does not study 1 — If he does not study he will learn nothing. 
— What will become of you if you lose your money 1 — I do not know 
what will become of me. — What will become of your friend if he 
loses his pocket-book 1 — I do not know what will become of him if 
he loses it. — What has become of your son 1 — I do not know what 
has become of him. — Has he enlisted 1 — He has not enlisted. — What 
will become of us if our friends go away ] — I do not know what will 
become of us if they go away. — What has become of your relations ? 
— They have gone away. 

149. 

Do you intend buying a horse 1 — I cannot buy one, for I have not 
yet received my money. — Must I go to the theatre 1 — You must not 
go thither, for it is very bad weather. — Why do you not go to my 
brother 1 — It does not suit me to go to him, for I cannot yet pay him 
what I owe him. — Why does your servant give that man a cut with 
his knife 1 — He gives him a cut, because the man has given him a 
blow with the fist. — Which of these two pupils begins to speak 1 — 
The one who is studious begins to speak. — What does the other do 
who is not so 1 — He also begins to speak, but he knows neither how 
to write nor to read. — Does he not listen to what you tell him 1 — He 
does not listen to it, if I do not give him a beating, (de coups.) — 
Why do those children not work 1 — Their master has given them 
blows with his fist, so that they will not work. — Why has he given 
them blows with his fist ? — Because they have been disobedient. — 
Have you fired a gun ] — I have fired three times. — At what did you 
fire 1 ? — I fired at a bird. — Have you fired a gun at that man? — I 
have fired a pistol at him. — Why have you fired a pistol at him 1 — 
Because he has given me a stab with his knife. — How many times 
have you fired at that bird 1 — I have fired at it twice. — Have you 
killed it 1 — I have killed it at the second shot, (au deuxieme coup.) 
Have you kil.ed that bird at the first shot, (du premier coup T) — I 
have killed him at the fourth, (du quatrieme .) — Do you fire at the 



FORTY-NINTH LESSON. 197 

birds which you see upon the trees, or at those which you see in the 
gardens 1 — I fire neither at those which I see upon the trees nor at 
rtiose which I see in the gardens, but at those which I perceive on 
the castle behind the wood. 

150. 
How many times have the enemies fired at us 1 — They have fired 
at us several times. — Have they killed any one 1 — They have killed 
no one. — Hare you a wish to fire at that bird 1 — I have a desire to 
fire at it. — Why do you not fire at those birds 1 — I cannot, for I have 
a sore finger. — "When did the captain fire 1 — He fired when his 
soldiers fired. — How many birds have you shot at 1 — I have shot at 
all that I have perceived, but I have killed none, because my gun is 
good for nothing. — Have you cast an eye upon that man 1 — I have 
cast an eye upon him. — Has he seen you 1 — He has not seen me, for 
he has sore eyes. — Have you drunk of that wine 1 — I have drunk of 
it, and it has done me good. — What have you done with my book 1 
— 1 have put it upon your trunk. — Am I to answer you 1 — You will 
answer me when it comes to your turn. — Is it (est-ce) my brother's 
turn 1 — When it comes to his turn I shall ask him, for — each in his 
turn. — Have you taken a walk this morning 1 — I have taken a walk 
round the garden. — Where is your uncle gone to 1 — He is gone to 
take a walk. — Why do you run ? — I run because I see my best 
friend. — Who runs behind us 1 — Our dog runs behind us. — Do you 
perceive that bird 1 — I perceive it behind the tree. — Why have your 
brothers gone away 1 — They have gone away, because they did not 
wish to be seen by the man whose dog they have killed. (See end 
of Lesson XXIV.) 



FORTY-NINTH LESSON.— Quarante-neuvieme Lecon 



To hear oj. 
Have you heard of your brother ? 

I have heard of him. 

Is it long since you breakfasted ? 

How long is it since you breakfasted 



Entendre purler. 

t Avez-vous entendu parler de votro 

frere ? 
t J'en ai entendu parler. 
t Y a-t-il long-temps que vous avez 

dejeune? 
t Combien de temps y a-t41 que vous 

avez dejeune - ? 



Obs. A. The impersonal il y a cannot be rendered into English by there isj 
there are, when it is used in reply to the question : How long is it since ? 



198 



FORTY-NINTH LESSON. 



It is not long since I breakfasted. 

It is a great while since. 
It is a short time since. 
How long is it since you heard of 
your brother ? 

It is a year since I heard of him. 



t II n'y a pas long-temps que j'ai 
dejeune. 

t II y a tres long-temps que. 

t II y a peu de temps que. 

t Combien de temps y a-t-il que voue 
avez entendu parler de votre frere 1 

t II y a un an que j'ai entendu par- 
ler de lui. 

t II y a un an que j'en ai entendu 
parler. 



It is only a year since. 

It is more than a year since. 



t II n'y a qu'un an que. 
t II y a plus d'mx an que. 



Obs. B. Than, before a cardinal number, is rendered by de. 



More than nine. 

More than twenty times. 

It is hardly six months since. 

A few hours ago. 

Half an hour ago. 

Two years ago. 

Two hours and a half ago. 

A fortnight ago. 

A fortnight. 



Plus de neuf. 

Plus de vingt fois. 

t II y a a peine six mois que. 

t II y a quelques heures. 

t II y a une demi-heure. 

t II y a deux ans. 

t II y a deux heures et demie, (s 

Note 2. Lesson XIX.) 
t II y a quinze jours, 
t Quinze jours. 1 



Have you been long in France ' 



t Y a-t-il long -temps que vous etes eD 
France ? 



Obs. C. In English the state of existence or of action, when in its dura- 
tion, is always expressed in the preterperfect tense, while in French it is 
expressed by the present tense. 

He has been in Paris these three I II y a trois ans qu'il est a Paris. 

years. 
I have been living here these two II y a deux ans que je demeure ici. 

years. | 

Ob3 D. De temps is often not expressed, but understood. Ex. 

How long have you had that horse ? Combien y a-t-il quo vous avez ce 

cheval? (Instead of combien dc 
temps y a-t-il.) 
II y a cinq ans que je l'ai. 



I hare had it these five years. 



1 Literally, fifteen days. 



FORTY-NINTH LESSON. 



199 



How long, (since when?) 
liovv long has he been here ? 
These three days. 
This month. 
I have seen him more than twenty 

times. 
It is six months since I spoke to him 

Obs. E. When que means depuis que, il y a must be followed by the 
negative ne. In such instances the English use no negative. 



Depuis quand? 

Depuis quand est-il ic' ? 

Depuis trois jours. 

Depuis un mois. 

Je l'ai vu plus de vingt fois. 

II y a six mois que je ne lui ai pail6 



Since I saw you it has rained very 

often. 
It is more than a year since I heard 

of him. 



Depuis que je ne vous ai vu il a plu 

tres-souvent. 
II y a plus d'un an que je w'en ai en- 

tendu parler. 



To have just. j Venir * 2 de. 

I have just seen your brother. " | f Je viens de voir votre frere. 

Obs. F. To express an action recently past, we often make use of the 
verb venir * immediately followed by the preposition de, and the infinitive. 

He has just done writing. 



The men have just arrived. 

Has that man been waiting long ? 

He has but jus* .ome. 

To do one's best 
I will do my best. 
He will do his best. 



t II vient d'ecrire. 

t Les hommes viennent d ? arriver. 

t Y a-t-il long-temps que cet homme 

attend ? 
t II ne fait que d'arriver. 



t Faire de son mieux. 
t Je ferai de mon mieux. 
t II fera de son mieux. 



To spend money. 
How much have you spent to-day ? 

He has fifty crowns a month to live 
upon. 



Depenser 1. 

Combien avez-vous defense aujour- 

d'hui? 
II a cinquante e"cus par mois a de- 
penser. 



Have the horses been found? 



Les chevaux ont-ils 6t6 trouv6s 1 



O* The passive participle agrees with the nominative in number ; that is, 
when the nominative is plural, the participle takes an s. 



They have been found. 

Where? When? 
The men have been seen. 
Our children have been praised and 



lis ont 6t6 trouve"s. 

Oil? Quand? 

Les hommes ont e^e vus. 

Nos enfants ont e'te loue"s et recom' 



200 



FORTY-NINTH LESSON. 



rewarded, because they have been 

good and studious. 
By whom have they been rewarded ? 
By whom have we been blamed ? 



penses, parce qu'ils ont did sagot el 

assidus. 
De qui ont-ils e"te rdcompenses ? 
De qui avons-nous etc" blamed? 



To pass. 
Before. 



Passer 1. 
Devant. 



Obs. G. Before is expressed in French by avant when it denotes priority, 
(see Lesson XXVIII.,) and by devant, when it signifies in presence of. Ex 



To pass before some one. 
To pass before a place. 
A place. 
I have passed before the theatre. 
He has passed before me. 



To spend time in something. 
What do you spend your time in ? 
I spend my time in studying. 
What has he spent his time in ? 
What shall we spend our time in ? 

To miss, to fail. 



The merchant has failed to bring the 

money. 
You have missed your turn. 
Y"ou have failed to come to me this 

morning. 



To be good for something. 
Of what use is that ? 
It is good for nothing. 

The good-for-nothing fellow. 
Is the gun which you have bought a 

^ood one ? 
No, it is worth nothing, (good for 
nothing.) 



To throw away. 
Have you thrown away any thing? 
[ have not thrown away any thing. 



Passer devant quelqu'un. 
Passer devant un endroit. 
Un endroit. 

J'ai passe" devant le theatre. 
II a passe devant moi. 



Passer le temps a quelque chose. 
t A quoi passez-vous le temps ? 
t Je passe le temps a dtudier. 
t A quoi a-t-il passe le temps ? 
t A quoi passerons-nous le temps 



Manquer 1, (takes de before the in- 
finitive.) 

Le marchand a manque d'apportei 
l'argent. 

Vous avez manque votre tour. 

Vous avez manque de venir chea 
moi ce matin. 



t Etre bon a quelque chose. 

t A quoi cela est-il bon ? 

■f Cela n'est bon a rien. 

Le vaurien. 

Le fusil que vous avez a( bete* est-i 

bon? 
Non, il ne vaut rien. 



Jeter 1, (j-ejeter.) 

Avez-vous jete" quelque chose? 

Je n'ai rien jete\ 



FORTY-NINTH LESSON. 201 



EXERCISES. 



151. 

Have you heard of any one 1 — I have not heard of any one, for I 
have not gone out this morning. — Have you not heard of the man 
who has killed a soldier ? — I have not heard of him. — Have you heard 
of my brothers ] — I have not heard of them. — Of whom has you) 
cousin heard 1 — He has heard of his friend who is gone to America. 
— Is it long since he heard of him 1 — It is not long since he heard 
of him. — How long is it ] — It is only a month. — Have you been long 
in Paris ] — These three years. — Has your brother been long in Lon- 
don 1 — He has been there these ten years. — How long is it since you 
dined] — It is long since I dined, but it is not long since I sup- 
ped. — How long is it since ycu supped 1 — It is half an hour. — How 
long have you had these books 1 — I have had them these three 
months. — How long is it since your cousin set out 1 — It is more than 
a year since he set out. — What is become of the man who has lent 
you money ? — I do not know what is become of him, for it is a 
great while since (que je ne) I saw him. — Is it long since you heard 
(que vous rCavez entendu parler) of the soldier who gave your friend 
a cut with the knife ] — It is more than a year since I heard of him 
— How long have you been learning French 1 — I have been learning 
it only these two months. — Do you know already how to speak it 1— 
You see that I am beginning to speak it. — Have the children of the 
English noblemen been learning it long? — They have been learning 
it these three years, and they, do not yet begin to speak. — Why do 
they not know how to speak it 1 — They do not know how to speak 
it, because they are learning it badly. — Why do they not learn it 
well ] — They have not a good master, so that they do not learn it 
well. 

152. 

Is it long since you saw the young man who learned German with 
(chez) the master with whom we learned it 1 — I have not seen him 
for nearly a year. — How long is it since that child ate 1 — It ate a few 
minutes ago. — How long is it since those children drank 1 — They 
drank a quarter of an hour ago. — How long has your friend been in 
Spain 1 — He has been there this month. — How often have you seen 
the king, (le roi ?) — I saw him more than ten times when I was in 
Paris.— When did you meet my brother \ — I met him a fortnight ago. 
— Where did you meet him 1 — I met him before the theatre. — Did 
he do you any harm 1 — He did me no harm, for he is a very good 
boy — Where are mv gloves 1 — They (on) have thrown them away. 



202 FORTY-NINTH LESSON. 

— Have the horses been found 1 — They have been found. — "Where 
have they been found 1 — They have been found behind the wood, on 
this side of the road. — Have you been seen by anybody 1 — I have 
been seen by nobody. — Do you expect any one 1 — I expect my cousin 
the captain. — Have you not seen him ?- — I have seen him this morn- 
ing - ; he has passed before my warehouse. — What does this young 
man wait for 1 — He waits for money. — Art thou waiting- for any 
thing 1 — I am waiting for my book. — Is this young man waiting for 
his money I — He is waiting for it. — Has the king passed here, (par 
ici ?) — He has not passed here, (par ici.) but before the theatre. — 
Has he net passed before the castle 1 — He has passed there, but I 
nave not seen him. 

153. 
What do you spend your time in 1 — I spend my time in studying 
— What does your brother spend his time in 1 — He spends his time 
in reading and playing. — Does this man spend 'his time in working? 
— He is a good-for-nothing fellow ; he spends his time in drinking 
and playing. — What do your children spend their time in 1 — They 
spend their time in learning. — Can you pay me what you owe me * 
— I cannot pay it you, for the merchant has failed to bring me my 
money. — Why have you breakfasted without me 1 — You failed to 
come at nine o'clock, so that we have breakfasted without you. — Has 
the merchant brought you the gloves which you bought at his house, 
(chez lui ?) — He has failed to bring them to me. — Has he sold them to 
you on credit 1 — He has sold them to me, on the contrary, for cash. — 
Do you know those men 1 — I do not know them ; but I believe that 
they are (ce sont) good-for-nothing fellows, for they spend their time 
in playing. — Why did you fail to come to my father this morning T — 
The tailor did not bring me the coat which he promised me, so that 
I could not go to him. — Who is the man who has just spoken to you 1 
— He is a merchant. — What has the shoemaker just brought 1 — He 
has brought the shoes which he has made us. — Who are the men 
that have just arrived 1 — They are Russians. — Where did your uncle 
dine yesterday 1 ? — He dined at home. — How much did he spend? — 
He spent five francs. — How much has he a month to live upon 1 — 
He has two hundred francs a month to live upon. — Do you throw 
your hat away ! — I do not throw it away, for it fits me very well. — 
How much have you spent to-day 1 — I have not spent much ; I have 
spent only two francs. — Do you spend every day as much as that '?— 
E sometimes spend more than that. — Has that man been waiting 
long ? — He has but just come. — What does he wish 1 — He wishes to 
speak to vou. — -Are voti willing to do that * — T am willing' to do it.-* 



FIFTIETH LESSON 



203 



Shall you be able (Lesson XLVL) to do it well 1 — I will do my best. 
— Will this man be able to do that ? — He will be able to do it, for he 
will do his best. 



FIFTIETH LESSON.— Ciriquantieme Lecon 

Far I Loin. 

How far, (meaning what distance ?) j Quelle distance ? 

Obs. The impersonal il y a cannot be rendered into English by there is 
there are, when it is used in reply to the question, Hoio far ? Quelle dis 
tance ? 



How far is it from here to Paris ? 
Is it far from here to Paris ? 
It is far. 
It is not far. 
How many miles is it ? 
It is twenty miles. 

A mile. 
It is almost two hundred miles from 

nere to Paris. 
It is nearly a hundred miles from 
Berlin to Vienna. 



Quelle distance y a-t-il d'ici a Paris I 

Y a-t-il loin d'ici k Paris ? 

II y a loin. 

II n'y a pas loin. 

Combien de milles y a-t-il ? 

II y a vingt milles. 

Un mille. 

II y a pres de deux cents milles d'ici 6 

Paris. 
II y a environ cent milles de Berlin & 

Vienne. 



From. 
From Venice. 
From London. 
I am from Paris. 
What countryman are you ? 
Are you from France ? 
I am. 

The Parisian. 
He^ is a Parisian, (from Paris ) 
The king. 
The philosopher. 
The preceptor, the tutor. 
The professor. 
1 he landlord, the innkeeper 



Aro you an Englishman ? 
Whence do you come ? 
I come from Paris. 



De. 

De Venise. 

De Londres. 

Je suis de Paris. 

t De quel pays etes-vous ? 

fites-vous de France? 

J'en suis. 

Le Parisien. 

t II est Parisien. 

Le roi. 

Le philosophe. 

Le precepteur. 

Le professeur. 

L'aubergiste. 



fites-vous Anglais? 
D'ou venez-vous ? 
Je viens de Paris. 



204 



FIFTIETH LESSON. 



To fly, to run away. 

I run away, thou runnest away, he 

runs away. 
Why do you fly ? 
I fly because I am afraid. 



To assure. 
I assure you that he is arrived 

To hear. 



Have you heard nothing new 1 
I have heard nothing new. 



To happen. 

The happiness, fortune. 

The unhappiness, misfortune. 
A great misfortune has happened. 
He has met with a great misfortune. 
What has happened to you ? 
Nothing has happened to me. 
I have met with your brother. 



The poor man. 

I have cut his finger. 
You have broken the man's neck. 
To pity. 

I pity, thou pitiest, he pities. 

Do you pity that man ? 

T pity him with all my heart. 

With all my heart. 

To complain. 
Do y.ju complain ? 
I do not complain. 
Do you complain of my friend ? 
I do complain of him. 
t do not complain of bim 



S'enfuir * 2 ; pres. part, fuyani 

past part. fui. 
Je m'enfuis, tu t'enfuis, il s'enfuit 

Pourquoi vous enfuyez-vous ? 
Je m'enfuis parce que j'ai peur. 



Assurer 1. 

Je vous assure qu'il est arrive. 



t Apprendre *, (is conjugated like 
its primitive prendre *, Lesson 
XXXIV.) 

t N'avez-vous rien appris de nou- 

veau? 
t Je n'ai rien appris de nouveau. 



Ar river 1. 

Le bonheur. 

Le malheur. 

II est arrive un grand malheur. 

t II lui est arrive un grand malheur. 

Que vous est-il arrive" ? 

II ne m'est rien arrive*. 

J'ai rencontre votre frere. 



Le pauvre homme. (See Note 1. 

Lesson XXVI.) 
t Je lui ai coupe le doigt. 
t Vous avez casse le cou a l'homme 
Plaindre * 4 ; pres. part, plaignant 

past part, plaint. 
Je plains, tu plains, il plaint. 
Plaignez-vous cet homme ? 
Je le plains de tout mon cceur. 
t De tout mon coeur. 



f Se plaindre * 4. 

t Vous plaignez-vous ? 

t Je ne me plains pas. 

Vous plaignez-vous de mon ami 7 

Je m'en plains. 

Je ne m'en plains pas. 



FIFTIETH LESSON. 



205 



To dare. 

To spoil, to damage. 

To serve, to wait upon. 

Dost thou wait upon, (serve ?) 

I do wait upon, (I serve.) 

He waits upon, (he serves.) 

Do you wait upon, (do you serve ?) 

To serve some one, to wait upon 

some one. 
Has he been in your service ? 
Has he served you ? 

How long has he been in your ser- 
vice ? 

The service 



past 



Oser 1. 
Gater 1. 

Servir * 2 ; pres. part, seivant 

part, servi. 
Sers-tu? 
Je sers. 
II sert. 

Servez-vous? 
Servir quelqu'un. 



A-t-il ete a. votre service ? 

Vous a-t-il servi ? 

t Combien y a-t-il qu'il vous sort ? 

t Combien y a-t-il qu'il est a votre 



Le service. 



To offer 

Do you offer ? 
I do offer. 
Thou offerest. 
He offers. 



To confide, to trust with, to intrust. 
Do you trust me with your money ? 
I do trust you with it. 
I have intrusted that man with a se- 
cret. 

The secret. 
To keep any thing secret. 
I have kept it secret. 



Offrir * 2 ; pres. part, offrant ; past 

part, offert. 
Offrez-vous ? 
J'offre. 
Tu offres. 
II offre. 



Confier 1. 

Me confiez-vous votre argent ? 

Je vous le confie. 

J'ai confie un secret a cet homme. 

Le secret. 

t Garder le secret de quelque chose. 

t J'en ai garde le secret. 



To take care of something 

Do you take care of your clothes ? 

I do take care of them. 

Will you take care of my horse ? 

I will take care of it. 

To leave. 

To squander, to dissipate. 
He has squandered all his wealth- 



- '. > de quelque chose 
re * soin, } ^ l 



Avoir 

Prendre 

Avez-vous soin de vos habits 1 

J'en ai soin 

Voulez-voua prendre soin de mon 

cheval ? 
Je veux en prendre soin. 
Laisser 1. 
Dissiper 1. 
11 a dissipe tout son bien 



200 



FIFTIETH LESSON. 



To kinder, to prevent. ( Empecher I, (takes de before th« 
To keep from. ( infinitive ) 

You hinder me from sleeping. | t Vous m'empechez de dormir 



To purchase. 

What have you purchased to-day ? 

I have purcnased two handkerchiefs. 

Have you purchased any thing to- 
day ? 



Faire emplette, (a feminine noun ' 
takes de before the substantive.) 

Faire des emplettes. 

t De quoi avez-vous fait emplette 
aujourd'hui 1 

tJ'ai fait emplette de deux mou- 
choirs. 

Avez-vous fait des emplettes au- 
jourd'hui ? 



Most lovely, charming. 

Admirably. 
That hat fits you admirably. 
That coat fits him very well. 

It is charming. 



Charmant, (an adjective,) tres-bien 

extremement bien, (adverbs.) 
A merveille, (an adverb.) 
Ce chapeau vous va a merveille. 
Cet habit lui va tres-bien. 
C'est charmant. 



EXERCISES. 
154. 
How far is it from Paris to London ] — It is nearly two hundred 
miles from Paris to London. — Is it far from here to Berlin 1 — It ia 
far. — Is it far from here to Vienna 1 — It is almost a hundred and fifty 
miles from here to Vienna. — Is it farther from Paris to Blois than 
from Orleans to Paris ! — It is farther from Orleans to Paris than 
from Paris to Blois. — How far is it from Paris to Berlin ? — It is al- 
most a hundred and thirty miles from Paris to Berlin. — Do you in- 
tend to go to Paris soon'? — I intend to go thither soon. — Why do 
you wish to go this time, (cetle fois ?) — In order to buy good books 
and good gloves there, and to see my good friends. — Is it long sinc& 
you were there 1 — It is nearly a year since I was there. — Do you 
not go to Italy this year, (cette annee ?) — I do not go thither, for it 
is too far from here to Italy. — Who are the men that have just ar- 
rived ! — They are philosophers. — Of what country are they 1 — They 
arc from London. — Who is the man who has just started 1 — He is an 
Englishman, who has squandered away (dissipe) all his fortune (tout 
son lien) in France. — What countryman are yon? — I am a Span- 
iard, and my friend is an Italian. — Are yon from Tonrs ? — ¥o, I am 
a Parisian. — How much money have yonr children spent to-day ? — 
They have spent but little ; they have spent but one crown. — "Where 



FIFTIETH LESSON. 207 

did you dine yesterday 1 — I dined at the innkeeper's.— Did you spend 
much 1 — I spent a crown and a half. — Has the king passed here 
(par ici ?) — He has not passed here, but before the theatre. — Have 
you seen him 1 — I have seen him. — Is it the first time (la premiere 
fois que) you have seen him 1 — It is not the first time, for I have 
seen him more than twenty times. 

155. 

Why does that man run away 1 — He runs away, because he is 
afraid. — Why do you run away 1 — I run away because I am afraid. 
— Of whom are you afraid 1 (Lesson XLIII.) — I am afraid of the 
man who does not love me. — -"Is he your enemy 1 — I do not know 
whether he (sHl) is my enemy ; but I fear all those who do not love 
me, for if they do me no harm, they will do me no good. — Do you 
fear my cousin 1 — I do not fear him, for he has never done anybody 
harm. — You are in the wrong to run away before that man, for I as- 
sure you that he is (que Jest) a very good man, (brave homme,) who 
has never done harm to any one. — Of whom has your brother heard 1 
— He has heard of a man to whom a misfortune has happened. — 
Why have your scholars not done their exercises'? — I assure you 
that they have done them, and you are mistaken if you believe that 
they have not done them. — What have you done with my book 1 — I 
assure you that I have not seen it. — Has your son had my knives 1 
— He assures me that he has not had them. — Has your unc&e arrived 
already 1 — He has not arrived yet. — Will you wait till he returns 1 — 
T cannot wait, for I have a good deal (beaucoup) to do. — Have you 
not heard any thing new 1 — I have heard nothing new. — Has the 
king arrived 1 — They say that he has arrived. — What has happened 
to you 1 — A great misfortune has happened to me. — What, (lequel ?) 
— I have met with my greatest enemy, who has given me a blow 
with a stick. — Then I pity you with all my heart. — Why do you pity 
that man 1 — I pity him because you have broken his neck. — Why do 
you complain of my friend 1 — I complain of him because he has cut 
my finger. — Does that man serve you well 1 — He does serve me 
well, but he spends -too much. — Are you willing to take this servant! 
— I am willing to take him, if he will serve me. — Can I take that 
servant 1 — You can take him, for he has served me very well. — How 
long is it since he is out of (hors de) your service 1 — It is but two 
months since. — Has he served you long 1 : — He has served me for 
(pendant) six years. 

156 

Do you offer me any thing ?— I have nothing to (a) offer you.— 
What does my friend offer you? — He offers me a book.— Have the 



208 FIFTY-FIRST LESSON. 

Parisians offered you any thing 1 — They have offered me wine, bread 
and good beef. — Why do you pity our neighbor \ — I pity him, be- 
cause he has trusted a merchant of (de) Paris with his money, and 
the man (et que celui-ci) will not return it to him. — Do you trust this 
man with any thing ? — I do not trust him with any thing. — Has he 
already kept any thing from you 1 — I have never trusted him with 
any thing, so that he has never kept any thing from me. — Will you 
trust my father with your money 1 — I will trust him with it. — With 
what secret has my son intrusted you 1 — I cannot intrust you with 
that with which he has intrusted me, for he has desired me (rrCaprie) 
to keep it secret. — Whom do you intrust with your secrets 1 — I in- 
trust nobody with them, so that nobody knows them. — Has your 
brother been rewarded 1 — He has, on the contrary, been punished ; 
but I beg you (prier) to keep it secret, for no one knows it. — What 
has happened to him 7 ? — I will tell you what has happened to him, if 
you promise me to keep it secret. Do you promise me to keep it se- 
cret 1 — I do promise you, for I pity him with all my heart. — Will you 
take care of my clothes 1 — I will take care of them. — Are you taking 
care of the book which I lent you 1 — I am taking care of it. — Who 
will take care of my servant 1 — The landlord will take care of him. 
■ — Do you throw away your hat 1 — I do not throw it away, for it fits 
me admirably. — Does your friend sell his coat ] — He does not sell it 
for it fits him most beautifully. — Who has spoiled my book ? — No one 
has spoiled it, because no one has dared to touch it, (le toucher.) 



FIFTY-FIRST LESSON.— Cinquante et unieme Lecon 



Will the people come soon ? Le monde viendra-t-il bientot ? 

Bientot. 
Un violon. 



Soon, very soon. 

A violin. 

To play upon the violin. ) , 

rp i .i • i- > t Jouer du violon. 

1 o play the violin. ) 

Obs. When a musical instrument is spoken of, the verb jouer, to play, 

governs the genitive, but the dative when a game is spoken of. Ex. Ta 

play at cards, jouer aux cartes ; to play at chess, jouer aux echecs. 

The harpsichord. | Le clavecin. 

To play the harpsichord. \ . _ Y ■ 

mi ( > i • i j > t Jouer du clavecin. 

lo play upon the harpsichord ) 

What instrument do you play? | t De quel instrument jouez-voua? 



To touch. I Toucher 1 



FIFTY-FIRST LESSON. 



209 



Near. 


Pres de. 


Near me. 


Pres de moi. 


Near them. 


Pres d'eux. 


Near the fire. 


Pres du feu. 


Near the trees. 


Pres des arbres. 


Near going. 


Pres d'aller. 


Where do you live ? 


Ou demeurez-vous ? 


I live near the castle. 


Je demeure pres du chateau. 


What are you doing near the fire ? 


Que faites-vous pres du feu ? 


To dance. 


Danser 1. 


To fall. 


Tomber 1, (takes etre for its aux- 




iliary.) 


To drop, (meaning to let fall.) 


Laisser tomber. 


Has he dropped any thing ? 


A-t-il laisse tomber quelque chose ? 


He has not dropped any thing 


11 n'a rien laisse tomber. 


To retain, to hold back. 


Retenir * 2, (is conjugated like tc- 




nir *, Less. XL.) 



To approach, to draw near. 

Do you approach the fire ? 

I do approach it. 

To approach, to have access to one. 

He is a man difficult of access. 

I go away (withdraw) from the fire. 
To withdraw from. 
To go away from. 
I go away from it. 
Why does that man go away from 

the fire ? 
He goes away from it because be is 
not cold. 



S'approcher 1, (governs the geni- 
tive.) 

Vous approchez-vous du feu ? 

Je m'en approche. 

Approcher quelqu'un. 

C'est un homme qu'on ne peut ap- 
procher. 

Je m'eloigne du feu. 

( S' eloigner 1, (governs the genitive.) 

Je m'en eloigne. 

Pourquoi cet homme s'eloigne-t-il du 

feu? 
II s'en eloigne parce qu'il n'a paa 

froid. 



To recollect. 



Do you recollect that? 

I do recollect it. 

Does your brother recollect thai ? 

He does recollect it. 

Do you recollect the words ? 



t Se rappeler 1, (governs the accu- 
sative. See Obs. Less. XXXIII , 
on the doubling of the letter I 
when it is followed by e mute.) 

Vous rappelez-vous cela? 

Je me le rappelle. 

Votre frere se rappelle-t-il cela'i 

II se le rappelle. 

Vous rappelez-vous les mots? 



210 



FIFTY-FIRST LESSON. 



I do recollect them. 

Have you recollected the words ? 

I have recollected them. 

I have not recollected them. 

Have you recollected them ? 

You have recollected them. 

Has he recollected them ? 

He has recollected them. 

We have recollected them. 

They have recollected them. 



To remember, to recollect. 



Do you remember that man ? 
I do remember him. 
Do you remember that ? 
I do remember it. 
What do you remember ? 
I remember nothing. 

To sit down. 

Are you sitting down? 
I am sitting down. 
Thou art sitting down. 
He is sitting down. 
I shall or will sit down 

He sits near the fire. 

He is sitting near the fire. 



J Je me les rappelle. 

| Vous etes-vous rappele les mots ? 

Je me les suis rappeles. 

Je ne me les suis pas rappeles. 

Vous les etes-vous rappeles ? 

Vous vous les etes rappeles. 

Se les est-i. rappeles? 

II se les est rappeles. 

Nous nous les sommes rappeles. 

lis se les sont rappeles. 



'Se souvenir* 2, or 

Se ressouvenir * 2, (govern the gen- 
itive ; are conjugated like venir *, 
their primitive, Lessons XXIV. & 
XXXIV.) 

Vous souvenez-vous de cet homme ? 

Je m'en souviens. 

Vous souvenez-vous de cela? 

Je m'en souviens. 

De quoi vous souvenez-vous ? 

Je ne me souviens de rien 



t S'asseoir * ; pres. part, s'asseyant 
past part, assis. 
i Vous asseyez-vous? 
I Je m'assieds. 
Tu t'assieds. 
II s'assied. 

Je m'assierai, or je m : 
Lesson XLVI.) 

II est assis pres da feu. 



(See 



To like better, to prefer 

Do you like to stay here better than 
going out ? 

I like staying here better than going 
out. 

He likes to play better than to study. II aime mieux jouer que d'e"tudier 

Do you like to write better than to j Aimez-vous mieux 6crire que de par- 
speak ? ler ? 



Aimer mieux. 

Aimez-vous mieux rester ici que de 

sortir? 
J'aime mieux rester ici que de sortir. 



\ like to speak better than to write. 
Better than. 



J'aime mieux parler que d'ecrire 



Miei 



-que de. 



FIFTY -FIRST LESSON. 



211 



He likes to do both 

I like beef better than mutton. 

Do you like bread better than cheese ? 

I like neither the one nor the other 
I like tea as much as coffee 

Just as much. 

Some veal. 

A calf, calves. 



Quick, fast. 
Slow, slowly. 
Aloud. 
Does your master speak aloud ? 
He speaks aloud. 

In order to learn French one must 
speak aloud. 

Quicker, faster. 
Not so quick, less quick. 
As fast as you. 
He eats quicker than I. 
Do you Seam as fast as I ? 
I learn faster than you. 
[ do not understand you because 
you speak too fast. 



To sell cheap. 
To sell dear. 
Does he sell cheap? 
He does not sell dear. 
He has sold to me very dear. 

So. 
This man sells every thing so dear, 
that one cannot buy any thing of 
him. 
You speak so fast that I cannot un- 
derstand you. 
To buy' something of some one. 
[ have bought it of him. 



II aime h. faire Pun et l'autie. 
J'aime mieux le boeuf que le mouton 
Aimez-vous mieux le pain que le 

from age? 
Je n'aime ni Fun ni Fautre. 
J'aime tout autant le the" que le cafe*. 
Tout autant. 
Du veau. 
Un veau, des veaux 



Fife. 

Lentement. 

Haut or a haute voix. 

Votre maitre parle-t-il haut? 

II parle haut. 

Pour apprendre le franc, ais, il faut 

parler haut. 
Plus vite. 

Pas si vite, moins vite. 
Aussi vite que vous. 
II mange plus vite que moi. 
Apprenez-vous aussi vite que moi? 
J'apprends plus vite que vous. 
Je ne vous comprends pas parce que 

vous parlez trop vite. 



Vendre d bon marche. 
Vendre cher. 
Vend-il h bon marche" ? 
II ne vend pas cher. 
II m'a vendu fort cher. 
Si. 

Get homme vend tout si cher, qu'on 
ne peut rien acheter chez lui. 

Vous parlez si vite que je ne puis vous 

comprendre. 
Acheter quelque chose a quelqu'un. 
Je le lui ai achete. 1 



1 Acheter a quelqu'un means to buy of or for some one. Ex. Jai 
achete ce cheval a votre frere, I have bought that horse of you* brother ; 
\ o. Jc Vai achete de lui, I have bought it of him. .Tai achete un gateav 



212 



FIFTV-IIRST LESSON. 



So much so many. 
I have written so many notes that I 
cannot write any more. 



Do you fear to go out ? 
I do fear to go out. 
To run away, to fiy. 

Did you run away ? 

I did not run away. 

Why did that man run away \ 

He ran away because he was afraid. 

Who has run away ? 
He has run away. 



Tant. 

J'ai ecrit tant de billets, que je ue 
puis plus en ecrire. 



Craignez-vous de sortir? 

Je crains de sortir. 

Se sauver 1 ; s'cnfuir * 2. 
(Lesson L.) 

Vous etes-vous sauve"? 

Je ne me suis pas sauve". 

Pourquoi cet homme s'est-il sauv<3 ? 

II s'est sauve parce qu'il a eu peur. 
{ Qui s'est enfui ? 
\ Qui s'est sauve ? 
5 II s'est enfui. 
( II s'est sauve". 



EXERCISES. 
157 

Do you play the violin 1 — I do not play the violin, but the harpsi- 
chord. — Shall we have a ball to-night 1 — We shall have one. — At 
what o'clock 1 — At a quarter to eleven. — What o'clock is it now 1 ? — 
It is almost eleven, and the people will soon come. — What instru- 
ment will you play 1 — I shall play the violin. — If you play the violin 
I shall play upon the harpsichord. — Are there to be (doit-il y avoir) 
a great many people at our ball ] — There is to be a great many. — Will 
you dance ] — I shall dance. — Will your children dance ? — They will 
dance if they please, (si cela leur convient, or si cela leur plait.) — 
In what do you spend your time in this country 1 — I spend my time 
in playing on the harpsichord, and in reading. — In what does your 
cousin divert himself? — He diverts himself in playing upon the vio- 
lin. — Does any one dance when you play 1 — A great many people 
dance when I play. — Who 1 — At first (d'abord) our children, then 
our cousins, at last our neighbors. — Do you amuse yourselves 1 — 1 
assure you that we amuse ourselves very much. — Whom do you 
pity 1 — I pity your friend. — Why do you pity him ? — I pity him be- 
cause he is ill. — Has anybody pitied you 1 — Nobody has pitied me, 
because 1 have not been ill. — Do you offer me any thing 1 — I oilei 



a mon enfant, I have bought a cake for my child 
luU I have bought it for him. 



e. Je I'ai achete poui 



FIFTY-FIRST LESSON. 2 I'd 

you a fine gun. — What has my father offered you ? — He has offered 
me a fine book. — To whom have you offered your fine horses 1 — I 
have offered them to the English captain. — Dost thou offer thy pret- 
ty little dog to these children 1 — I offer it to them, for I love them 
with all my heart. — Why have you given that boy a blow with your 
fist 1 — Because he hindered me from sleeping. — Has anybody hin- 
dered you from writing 1 — Nobody has hindered me from writing, 
but I have hindered somebody from hurting your cousin. 

158. 

Have you dropped any thing 1 — I have dropped nothing, but my 
cousin dropped some money. — Who has picked it up 1 — Some men 
have picked it up. — Was it returned to him, (le lui a-t-on rendu 1) — 
It was returned to him, for those who picked it up did not wish to 
„.eep it. — Is it cold to-day 1 — It is very cold. — Will you draw near the 
fire 1 — I cannot draw near it, for I am afraid of burning myself. — 
Why does your friend go away from the fire ] — He goes away from 
it because he is afraid of burning himself. — Art thou coming near the 
fire ? — I am coming near it, because I am very cold. — Do you go 
away from the fire ] — I do go away from it. — Why do you go away 
from it 1 — Because I am not cold. — Are you cold or warm 1 — I am 
neither cold nor warm. — Why do your children approach the fire 1 — 
They approach it because they are cold. — Is anybody cold 1 — Some- 
body is cold. — Who is cold 1 — The little boy, whose father has lent 
you a horse, is cold. — Why does he not warm himself? — Because 
his father has no money to buy wood. — Will you tell him to come tc 
me to warm himself? — I will tell him so, (le.) — Do you remember 
any thing 1 — I remember nothing. — What does your uncle recollect 1 
— He recollects what you have promised him. — What have I prom- 
ised him 1 — You have promised him to go to France with him next 
winter. — I intend to do so, if it is not too cold. — Why do you with- 
draw from the fire ? — I have been sitting near the fire this hour and 
a half, so that I am no longer cold. — Does your friend not like to sit 
near the fire 1 — He likes, on the contrary, much (heaucoup) to sit near 
the fire, but only when he is cold. — May one approach your uncle 1 
— One may approach him, for he receives everybody. — Will you 
ait down 1 — I will sit down. — Where does your father sit down ? — He 
aits down near me. — Where shall I sit down 1 — You may sit near me. 
-Do you sit down near the fire 1 — I do not sit down near the fire v 
for I am afraid of being too warm. — Do you recollect my brother 1 ?— 
I do recollect him. 

10 



214 FIFTY-FIRST LESSON 

159. 

Do your parents recollect their old friends 1 — They do recollect 
them. — Do you recollect these words 1 — I do not recollect them. 
— Have you recollected that 1 — I have recollected it. — Has your un- 
cle recollected those words 1 — He has recollected them. — Have I 
recollected my exercise 1 — You have recollected it. — Have you 
recollected your exercises 1 — I have recollected them, for I have 
learned them by heart ; and my brothers have recollected theirs, be- 
cause they have learned them by heart. — Is it long since you saw 
your friend from Paris 1 — I saw him a fortnight ago. — Do your 
scholars like to learn by heart 1 — They do not like to learn by heart ; 
they like reading and writing better than le&rning by heart. — Do you 
like cider better than wine ! — I like wine better than cider. — Does 
your brother like to play 1 — He likes to study better than to play. — 
Do you like veal better than mutton 1 — I like the latter better than 
the former. — Do you like to drink better than to eat 1 — I like to eat 
better than to drink ; but my uncle likes to drink better than to eat. 
— Does the Frenchman like fowl better than fish 1 — He likes fish 
better than fowl. — Do you like to write better than to speak 1 — I like 
to do both. — Do you like honey better than sugar ? — I like neither. 
— Does your father like coffee better than tea 1 — He likes neither. — 
Can you understand me 1 — No, sir, for you speak too fast. — Will 
you be kind enough (avoir la bonte) not to speak so fast 1 — I will noi 
speak so fast, if you will listen to me. 

160. 
Can you understand what my brother tells you 1 — He speaks so 
fast, that I cannot understand him. — Can your pupils understand you ? 
— They understand me when I speak slowly ; for in order to be un- 
derstood one must speak slowly. — Is it necessary to speak aloud to 
learn French ] — It is necessary to speak aloud. — Does your master 
speak aloud "? — He does speak aloud and slow. — Why do you not. 
buy any thing of that merchant ] — He sells so dear that I cannot buy 
any thing of him. — Will you take me to another 1 ? — I will take you 
to the son of the one whom you bought of last year, (Vannee passee.) 
— Does he sell as dear as this one 1 — He sells cheaper. — Do your 
children like learning Italian better than Spanish? — They do not 
like to learn either ; they only like to learn French. — Do you like 
mutton'! — I like beef better than mutton. — Do your children like 
cake better than bread] — They like both. — Has he read all the 
books which he bought 1 — He bought so many (tant) that he cannot 
read them all. — Do you wish to write some exercises ? — I have 
written so many that I cannot write anv more. — W^hy does that man 



FIFTY-SECOND LESSON. 



215 



run away % — He runs away because he is afraid — Will any one do 
him harm 1 — No one will do him harm ; but he dares not stay, be- 
cause he has not done his task, and is afraid of being punished. — Will 
iny one touch him 1 — No one will touch him, but he will be punished 
ay his master for not having ( pour n" 1 avoir pas) done his task. (See 
end of Lesson XXIV.) 



FIFTY-SECOND LESSON.— Cinquante-deuxieme Legon. 



By the side of. 
To pass by the side of some one. 
f have passed by the side of you. 
Have you passed by the side of my 

brother? 
[ have passed by the side of him. 



X A cote de. 

Passer a c6te" de quelqu'un. 

J'ai passe a cdte" de vous. 

Avez-vous passe k c6te" de mon frere 1 

J'ai passe a cdte de lui. 



Obs. A. Prepositions formed with a, au, or aux, and a noun, require the 
genitive case after them ; almost all others require the accusative. 



To pass by a place. 
I have passed by the theatre. 
He has passed by the castle. 
You have passed before my ware- 
house. 



To dare. 



I dare not go thither 

He dares not do it 

I did not dare to tell him so 



To make use of, to use 

Do you use my horse ? 

I do use it. 

Does your father use it ? 

He does use it. 

Have you used my gun ? 

I have used it. 



t Passer aupres d'un endroit. 
t J'ai passe" aupres du theatre, 
t II a passe aupres du chateau. 
Vous avez passe* devant mon 
gasin. 



Oser 1. 

(See Obs. A. Lesson XXX. on 
verbs not taking a preposition be« 
fore the infinitive.) 

Je n'ose pas y aller. 

II n'ose pas le faire. 

Je n'ai pas ose le lui dire. 



t Se servir * 2, de. 
(See Lesson L.) 

Vous servez-vous de mon cheval ? 

Je m'en sers. 

Votre pere s'en sert-il ? 

II s'en sert. 
i Vous etes-vous servi de mcc fjsil ' 
! Je m'en suis servi. 



216 



FIFTY-SECOND LESSON. 



They have used your books. | lis se sont servis de vos livres. 

They have used them. | lis s'en sont servis. 

To instruct. I Instruire * 4 ; pres. part, inslrui 

sant ; past part, instruit. 
1 instruct, thou instructest, he in- J'instruis, tu instruis, il instruit. 
siructs. 



To teach. 
To teach some one something. 

He teaches me arithmetic. 

I teach you French. 

I have taught him French. 

To teach some one to do something. 

He teaches me to read. 
I teach him to write. 



The French master, (meaning the 
master of the French language.) 

The French master, (meaning that 
the master is a Frenchman, what- 
ever he teaches.) 



To shave. 
To get shaved. 
To dress. 
To undress. 
To dress one's self. 
To undress one's self. 
Have you dressed yourself? 
I have not yet dressed myself. 
Have you dressed the child ? 
I have dressed it. 

To undo. 



To get rid of. 
A.re you getting rid of your damaged 
sugar? 



quel- 



Enseigner 1. Apprendre*4. 
Enseigner quelque chose a 

qu'un. 
II m'enseigne le calcul. 
Je vous enseigne le francos. 
Je lui ai enseigne" le frangais. 
Apprendre d quelqu'un a f aire quel' 

que chose. 
II m'apprend a lire. 
Je lui apprends a 6criro. 



Le maitre de franc,ais. 
Le maitre francjais. 



Raser 1. 

t Sefaire raser. 

Habiller 1. 

Deshabiller 1. 

S' habiller 1. 

Se deshabiller 1. 

Vous etes-vous habilld ? 

Je ne me suis pas encore habille". 

Avez-vous habille l'enfant? 

Je l'ai habille. 



Defaire *. 

(Conjugated like its primitive, Les- 
sons XXIV. and XXXIII.^) 

Se defaire * de. 

Vous ddfaites-vous de votre sucre 
avarie" ? 



FIFTY- SECOND LESSON. 



217 



1 am getting rid of it. 

Did you get rid of your eld ship ? 

I did get rid of it. 



To part with. 

The design, the intention. 

To intend or to have the intention. 

I intend to go thither. 

We have the intention to do it. 

Do you intend to part with your 

horses ? 
[ have already parted with them, 
fie has parted with his gun. 
Have you parted with (discharged) 

your servant ? 
1 have parted with (discharged) him. 



To get rid of some one. 
I did get rid of him. 
Did your father get rid of that man? 

lie did get rid of him. 



To wake. 
To awake. 



Je m'en deYais. 

Vous etes-vous defait de sotte vieux 

vaisseau ? 
Je m'en suis defait. 



t Se defaire * de. 

Le dessein. 

Avoir dessein, (takes de before the 

infinitive.; 
J'ai dessein d'y aller. 
Nous avons dessein de le faire. 
Avez-vous dessein de vous defaire de 

vos chevaux ? 
Je m'en suis deja defait. 
II s'est defait de son fusil. 
Vous etes-vous defait de votro domes « 

tique ? 
Je m'en suis defait. 



Se debarrasser de quelqu'un. 

Je me suis debarrasse de lui. 

Votre pere s'est-il debarrasse' de cet 

homme ? 
II s'en est debarrasse\ 



Eveiller 1. 
S' eveiller 1. 



Reveiller 1. 
Se reveiller 1. 



Obs. B. Eveiller means, to put an end to sleep ; reveiller, to interrupt 
sleep. The same distinction must be observed with respect to the reflectives, 
J eveiller and se reveiller. Ex. 



I generally awake at six o'clock in 

the morning. 
My servant generally wakes me at 

six o'clock in the morning. 
A slight noise wakes me. 
A dream has waked me. 
I do not make a noise in order not 

to wake him. 



Je m'e veille ordinairement a six heures 
du matin. 

Mon domestique m'e veille ordinaire- 
ment a six heures du matin. 

Un bruit leger me reveille. 

TJn songe m'a reveille. 

Je ne fais pas de bruit pour no pas le 
reveiller. 



A dream. 
Generally. 



Un songe, un rSve. 
Ordinairement- 



219 



FIFTY-SECOND LESSON. 



To come down. 
To alight from one's horse, to dis- 
mount 



Descendre 4. 
Descendre de cheval. 



To conduct one's self. 
To behave. 
I conduct myself well. 
How does he conduct himself? 

Towards. 
He behaves ill towards that man. 
He has behaved ill towards me. 

To be worth while. 
Is it worth while ' 
It is worth while. 
Is it not worth while 
Is it worth while to do that ? 

Is it worth while to write to him ? 

It is worth nothing. 

Is it better ? 

It is better. 

Will it be better? 

It will not be better. 

It is better to do this than that. 

It is better to stay here than go 
walking. 



Se conduire * 4. (Less. XXXIV.; 
Se comporter 1. 
Je me conduis bien. 
Comment se conduit-il ? 



Envers or vers. 

II se comporte mal envers cet honime. 

II s'est mal comoorte" envers moi. 



t Valoir la peine. 

t Cela vaut-il la peine ? 

t Cela vaut la peine. 

t Cela ne vaut-il pas la peine ? 

t Cela vaut-il la peine de le faire ? 

t Cela vaut-il la peine de lui ecrire 1 

t Est-ce la peine de lui e"crire ? 

Cela ne vaut rien. 



t Vaut-il mieux ? 

t II vaut mieux. 

t Vaudra-t-il mieux ? 

t II ne vaudra pas mieux. 

t II vaut mieux faire ceci que de faire 

cela. 
t II vaut mieux rester ici que de se 

promener. 



EXERCISES. 

161. 
Have your books been found ] — They have been found. — Where ? 
— Under the bed. — Is my coat on the bed ? — It is under it. — Are 
your brother's stockings under the bed 1 — They are upon it. — Have 
I been seen by anybody 1 — You have been seen by nobody. — Have 
you passed by anybody 1 — I passed by the side of you and you did 
not see me. — Has anybody passed by the side of you 1 — Nobody has 
passed by the side of me. — Where has your son passed 1 — He has 
passed by the theatre. — Shall you pass by the castle 1 — I shall pass 
there. — Why have you not cleaned my trunk 1 — I was afraid to soil 
my fingers. — Has my brother's servant cleaned his master's guns 1 — 



FIFTY-SECOND LESSON. 219 

He has cleaned them. — Has he not been afraid to soil his fingers ? 
— He has not been afraid to soil them, because his fingers are never 
clean, (propre.) — Do you use the books which I have lent you 1 — I 
do use them. — May I (puis-je) use your knife } — Thou may est use 
it, but thou must not cut thyself. — May rny brothers use your books 1 
— They may use them. — May we use your gun 1 — You may use it, 
but you must not spoil it. — What have you done with my wood ? — I 
have used it to warm myself. — Has your father used my horse 1 — 
He has used it. — Have our neighbors used our clothes ? — They have 
not used them, because they did not want them. — Who has used my 
hat 1 — Nobody has used it. — Have you told your brother to come 
down 1 — I did not dare to tell him. — Why have you not dared to tell 
him 1 — Because I did not wish to wake him. — Has he told you not 
to wake him ! — He has to?d me not to wake him when he sleeps. 

162. 

Have you shaved to-day? — I have shaved. — Has your brother 
shaved ] — He has not shaved himself, but he got shaved. — Do you 
shave often 1 — I shave every morning, and sometimes also in the 
evening. — When do you shave in the evening 1 — When I do not dine 
at home. — How many times a day does your father shave 1 — He 
shaves only once a day, but my uncle shaves twice a day. — Does 
your cousin shave often 1 — He shaves only every other day, (de 
deux jours Pun.) — At what o'clock do you dress in the morning'? — I 
dress as soon as I have breakfasted, and I breakfast every day at 
eight o'clock, or at a quarter past eight. — Does your neighbor dress 
before he breakfasts 1 — He breakfasts before he dresses. — At what 
o'clock in the evening dost thou undress ] — I undress as soon as I 
return from the theatre. — Dost thou go to the theatre every evening] 
— I do not go every evening, for it is better to study than to go to the 
theatre. — At what o'clock dost thou undress when thou dost not go 
to the theatre 1 — 1 then undress as soon as 1 have supped, and go to 
bed at ten o'clock. — Have you already dressed the child 1 — I have 
not dressed it yet, for it is still asleep, (dort encore.) — At what 
o'clock does it get up 1 — It gets up as soon as it is waked. — Do you 
vise as early as 1 1 — I do not know at what o'clock you rise, but I 
rise as soon as I awake. — Will you tell my servant to wake me to- 
morrow at four o'clock ] — I will tell him. — Why have you risen so ear- 
ly ] — My children have made such a (tant de) noise that they wakened 
me. — Have you slept well 1 — I have not slept well, for you made too 
much noise. — At what o'clock did the good captain awake 1 — Ho 
awoke at a quarter past five- in the morning. 



220 FIFTY-SECOND LESSON. 



163. 

How did my child behave ! — He behaved very we.l. — How did 
my brother behave towards you 1 — He behaved very well towards 
me, for he behaves well towards everybody. — Is it worth while to 
write to that man 1 — It is not worth while to write to him. — Is it 
worth while to dismount from my horse in order to buy a cake 1 — It 
is not worth while, for it is not long since you ate. — Is it worth while 
to dismount from my horse in order to give something to that poor 
man 1 — Yes, for he seems (paraii) to want it ; but you can give him 
something without dismounting from your horse. — Is it better to go 
to the theatre than to study 1 — It is better to do the latter than the 
former. — Is it better to learn to read French than to speak it 1 — It is 
not worth while to learn to read it without learning to speak it. — Is 
it better to go to bed than to go a walking 1 — It is better to do the 
latter than the former. — Is it better to go to France than to Germa- 
ny ] — It is not worth while to go to France or to Germany when one 
has no wish to travel. — Did you at last get rid of that man? — I did 
get rid of him. — Why has your father parted with his horses] — Be- 
cause he did not want them any more. — Has your merchant suc- 
ceeded at last to get rid of his damaged sugar 1 — He has succeeded 
in getting rid of it. — Has he sold it on credit 1 — He was able to sell 
it for- cash, so that he did not sell it on credit. — Who has taught you 
to read 1 — I have learned it with (chez) a French master. — Has he 
taught you to write 1 — He has taught me to read and to write. — Who 
has taught your brother arithmetic 1 — A French master has taught it 
him. — Do you call me 1 — I do call you. — What is your pleasure, (qice 
vous plait-il ? Lesson XLVII.) — W^hy do you not rise : do you not 
know that it is already late 1 — What do you want me for, (demander 1 
Lesson XL.) — I have lost all my money, and I come to beg (prier) 
you to lend me some. — What o'clock is it 1 — It is already a quarter 
past six, and you have slept long enough, {assez dormi.) — Is it long 
since you rose ? — It is an hour and a half since I rose. — Do you wish 
to take a walk with me ?— - 1 cannot go a walking, for I am waiting 
for r..y French master. 



FIFTY-THIRD LESSON. 



221 



FIFTY-THIRD LESSON.— Cinquante-truisieme Le^on. 

To hope, to expect. \ Esperer 1. 

Obs. A. In verbs having the acute accent ( ' ) on the last syllaole but 

one of the infinitive, the letter e takes the grave accent ( v ) in all persona 

and tenses where it is followed by a consonant having e mute after it, as . 

cedcr, to yield ; je cede, I yield ; tu cedes, thou yieldest ; il cede, he yields. 



I hope 
Thou hopest. 
He hopes. 

Do you hope ? 

We do hope. 

Do ypu expect to find him there ? 
I do expect it. 



To change, (meaning, to exchange.) 
To change one thing for another. 

I change my hat for his. 



J'espere. 
Tu esperes. 
II espere. 
Espe"rez-vous ? 
Nous espe'rons. 



Esperez-vous l'y trouver ? 

B. Lesson XXX.) 
Je l'espere. 



(Obs. A 



Changer 1. 

Changer quelque chose contre quel- 

que chose. 
Je change mon chapeau contre is 

si en. 



To change, (meaning, to put on 

other things.) 
Do you change your hat ? 
I do change it. 
He changes his linen. 
They change their clothes 



To mix. 
I mix among the men. 
He mixes among the soldiers. 
Among. 



To recognise or to acknowledgt 



Do you recognise that man ? 
It is so long since I saw him that I 
do not recollect him. 



Changer 1, (takes de before a sub 

stantive.) 
t Changez-vous de chapeau? 
t J' en change, 
t II change de linge. 
t lis changent <f habits. 



t Se meler 1. 

t Je me mele parmi les hommee. 

t II se mele parmi les soldats. 

Parmi. 



Reconnaitre * 4. (Conjugated like 
its primitive, connaitre *, Less 
XXVIII. and XXXIII.) 

Reconnaissez-vous cet homme? 

II y a si long-temps que je ne l'ai vu 
que je ne le reconnais plus 



222 



FIFTY-THIRD LESSON. 



I have more bread than I can eat. I J'ai plus de pain que je n'en puii 

manger. 

Obs. B. When there is a comparison between two sentences, the verb 
which follows plus, or moins, requires the negative ne. 



That man has more money than he 
will spend. 

There is more wine than is neces- 
sary. 

You have more money than you 
want. 

We have more shoes than we want. 

That man has fewer friends than he 
imagines. 

To fancy 
To think. 



Cet homme a plus d'argent qu'il n'en 

depensera. 
II y a plus de vin qu'il n'en faut. 

Vous avez plus d'argent qu'il ne voua 

en faut. 
Nous avons plus de souliers qu'il ne 

nous en faut. 
Cet homme a moins d'amis qu'il ne 

pense. 
S'imaginer I. 
Penser 1. 



To earn, to gain, to get. 
Has your father already started, (de- 
parted?) 
He is ready to depart 



Gagner 1. 

Votre pere est-il dej& parti? 

II est pret a partir. 



Ready. 
To make ready. 
To make one's self ready. 
To keep one's self ready. 

To split. 
To break somebody's heart. 
You break that man's heart. 
Whose heart do I break ? 



Pret, (takes a before the inf ) 
Preparer 1. 
Se preparer 1. 
Se tenir * pret. 



Fendre 4. 

Fendre le coeur a quelqu'un. 
Vous fendez le coeur & cet homme. 
A qui est-ce que je fends le coeur ? 



To spill. 
To spread. 
To expatiate, to lay stress upon. 
That man is always expatiating upon 
that subject. 

The subject. 
Always. 
To stretch one's self along the floor. 



Repandre 4 

Etendre 4. 

S'etendre sur. 

Cet homme s'e'tend toujours sur ce 

sujet. 
Le sujet. 
Toujours. 
S'etendre sur le plancher. 



To hang on or upon- 
The wall 



Pendre 4, a. 
Le mur. 



FIFTY-THIRD LESSON. 



223 



I hang my coat on the wall. 
He hangs his hat upon the tree. 
We hang our shoes upon the nails. 
The thief has been hanged. 
Who has hanged the basket on the 
tree? 

The thief. 
The robber, the highwayman. 



Je pends mon habit au mur. 

II pend son chapeau a Parbre. 

Nous pendons nos souliers aux clcua 

Le voleur a e"te pendu. 

Qui a pendu le panier a l'arbre? 

Le voleur. 

Le brigand, le voleur de grand che- 
min. 



You are always studious, and will I Vous etes toujours studieux et vous 
always be so. i le serez toujours. 

Obs. C. The personal pronouns are almost always repeated in French 
before every verb of which they are the nominative case, whether they are 
repeated in English or not ; but when they are not in the nominative case 
they must always be repeated. Ex. 



Your brother is, and will always be 

good. 
A well-educated son never gives his 

father any grief; he loves, honors, 

and respects him. 



Votre frere est toujours sage et il le 

sera toujours. 
Un fils bien eleve' ne fait jamais de 

chagrin a son pere ; il Z'aim*\, 

Z'honore, et le respect* 



EXERCISES. 
164. 
Do you hope to receive a note to-day 1 — I hope to receive one. — 
From (de) whom 1 — From a friend of mine. — What dost thou hope ? 
— I hope to see my parents to-day, for my tutor has promised me to 
take me to them. — Does your friend hope to receive any thing ] — 
He hopes to receive something, for he has worked well. — Do you 
hope to arrive early in Paris 1 — We hope to arrive there at a quarter 
past eight, for our father is waiting for us this evening. — Do you ex- 
pect to find him at home 1 — We do expect it. — For what have you 
exchanged your coach of which you have spoken to me ] — I have 
exchanged it for a fine Arabian (Lesson XXVI.) horse. — Do you 
wish to exchange your book for mine ] — I cannot, for I want it to 
study French. — Why do you take your hat off] — I take it off be 
cause I see my old master coming, (je vols venir.) — Do you put on 
another (changer) hat to go to the market 1 — I do not put on another 
to go to the market, but to go to the concert. — When will the concert 
lake place f — It will take place the day after to-morrow. — Why do 
you go away"? — Do you not amuse yourself here ?— Ycu are mis- 
taken when you say that I do not amuse myself here,, for I assure you 



224 FIFTY-THIRD LESSON. 

that 1 find a great deal of (beaucoup de) pleasure in conversing (6 
causer) with you ; but I am going because I am expected (on rrCat 
tend, Obs. A. Less. XLIV.) at my relation's ball. — Have you prom 
Ised to go 1 — I have promised. — Have you changed your hat in ordei 
to go to the English captain 1 — I have changed my hat, but I have not 
changed my coat or my shoes. — How many times a day dost thou 
change thy clothes 1 — 1 change them to dine and to go to the theatre. 

165. 
Why do you mix among these men 1 — I mix among them in order 
to know what they say of me. — What will become of you if you al- 
ways mix among the soldiers ? — I do not know what will become of 
me, but I assure you that they will do me no harm, for they do not 
hurt anybody. — Have you recognised your father 1 — It was so long 
since I saw him, that I did not recognise him. — Has he recognised 
you 1 — He recognised me instantly. — How long have you had this 
coat I — It is a long time since I have had it. — How long has your 
orother had that gun 1 — He has had it a great while. — Do you still 
{toujours) speak French 1 — It is so long since I spoke it, that I have 
nearly forgotten it all. — How long is it since your cousin has been 
learning IJrench 1 — It is only three months since. — Does he know as 
much as you 1 — He knows more than I, for he has been learning it 
longer. — Do you know why that man does not eat ] — I believe he 
is not hungry, for he has more bread than he can eat. — Have you 
given your son any money 1 — I have given him more than he will 
syend. — Will you give me a glass of cider 1 — You need not drink 
cider, for there is more wine than is necessary. — Am I to sell my 
gun in order to buy a new hat I — You need not sell it, for you have 
more money than you want. — Do you wish to speak to the shoe- 
maker ? — I do not wish to speak to him, for we have more shoes than 
we want. — Why do the French rejoice ? — They rejoice because they 
flatter themselves they have many good friends. — Are they not right 
in rejoicing, (de se rejouir ?) — They are wrong, for they have fewer 
fiiends than they imagine. 

186. 
Are you ready to depart with me 1 — I am so —Does your uncle 
depart with us 1 — He departs with us if he pleases, (s'il le veut.) — 
Will you tell him to be ready to start to-morrow at six o'clock in the 
evening ] — I will tell him so. — Is this young man ready to go out 1 
— Xot yet, but he will soon be ready. — Why have they hanged that 
man 1 — They have hanged him because he has killed somebody. — 
Have they hanged the man who stole (Lesson XXXVIII.) a horse 
from your brother ? — They have punished him, but they have not 



FIFTY-FOURTH LESSON. 225 

hanged him ; they hang only highwaymen in our country. — What 
have you done with my coat ! — I have hanged it on the wall. — Will 
you hang my hat upon the tree 1 — I will hang it thereon. — Have you 
not seen my shoes 1 — I found them under your bed, and have hanged 
them upon the nails. — Has the thief who stole your gun been hanged 1 
— He has been punished, but he has not been hanged. — Why do you 
expatiate so much upon that subject 1 — Because it is necessary to 
speak upon all subjects. — If it is necessary to (sHlfaui) listen to 
you, and to answer you when you expatiate upon that subject, I will 
hang my hat upon the nail, (repeat the pronoun je before each verb,) 
stretch myself along the floor, listen to you, and answer you as well 
as I can. — You will do well. 



FIFTY-FOURTH LESSON.— Cinquanle-quairieme Lecon. 



To be well. 
How do you do ? 
I am well. 



t Se porter bien. 

t Comment vous portez-vous? 

t Je me porte bien. 



Obs. A. The verbs to be, and to do, are both expressed in French by the 
reflective verb se porter, when they are used in English to inquire after, or 
to speak of a person's health. 

How is your father ? ] Comment se porte monsieur votre 

I pere ? 
Obs. B. The qualifications of monsieur, Mr. ; madame, Mi's. ; made- 
moiselle, Miss, usually precede the possessive pronouns in French, when we 
speak to a person respecting his parents, relations, or friends, and wish to 
oay them some respect. 



He is ill. 
Your brother. 
Your cousin. 
Your brothers. 



II se porte mal. 
t Monsieur votre frere. 
t Monsieur votre cousin 
t Messieurs vos freres. 



Obs. C. It may be seen that the plural of inonsieur is messieurs, mon 
being changed into mes. 

Your uncles. I t Messieurs vos oncles. 



To doubt a thing. } 

To question any thing. \ Douter *> de l uel( l ue cho8e ' 

Do you doubt that ? | Doutez-vous de cela ? 

I do doubt it. I J'en doute. 

I do not doubt it. } 

t make no question, have no doubt VJen'eu doute pos. 

of it ) 



226 



FIFTY-FOURTH LESSON. 



What do you doubt 1 

I doubt what that n an has told me. 

The doubt. 
Without doubt, no doubt. 



De quoi doutez-vous ? 

Je doute de ce que cet homme in'fl 

dit. 
Le doute. 
Sans doute. 



To agree to a thing 



Do you agree to that ? 
I do agree to it. 



Convenir * 2, de quelque chose, (con 
jugated like its primitive venir * ) 
Convenez-vous de cela ? 
J'en conviens. 



How much have you paid for that 

hat? 
I have paid three crowns for it. 



t Combien avez-vous paye* ce cha- 

peau? 
t Je l'ai paye trois ecus. 



Obs. D. When one of the prepositions, for, at, is used in English to ex- 
press the price of a thing, it is not rendered in French. (See Less. XL.) 



I have bought this horse for five hun- 
dred francs. 

The price. 
Have you agreed about the price ? 
We have agreed about it 
About what have you agreed ? 
About the price. 



t J'ai achete ce cheval cinq cents 

francs. 
Le prix. 

£tes-vous convenus du prix ? 
Nous en sommes convenus. 
De quoi etes-vous convenus 1 
Du prix. 



To agree, to compose a difference. 
To feel 

I feel, thou feelest, he feels. 
To consent. 



I consent to go thither. 
However. 



S'accorder 1. 

Sentir * 2 ; pres. part, sentant ; past 
part, senti. 

Je sens, tu sens, il sent. 

Consentir * 2, (is conj. like its primi- 
tive sentir*: takes a or de before 
the infin. and a before the noun.) 

Je consens h. (d'y) aller. 

Cependant. 



To wear, (meaning to wear gar- 
ments.) 
What garments does he wear ? 
IIo wears beautiful garments. 
The garment. 



Porter 1 

Quels vetements porte-t-il ? 
II porte de beaux vetements. 
Le vetement. 



Against my custom. 
As customary. 
My partner. 



Contre mon ordinaire. 
Comme a l'ordinaire. 
Mon associe". 



FIFTY-FOURTH LESSON. 



227 



To observe something. 

To take notice of something. 
Do you take notice of that ? 
I do take notice of it. 
Did you observe that ? 
Did you notice what he did ? 

T did notice it. 



t S'apercevoir 3, de quelquc chose. 

Vous apercevez-vous de cela ? 

Je m'en apercois. 

Vous etes-vous apergu de cela ? 

Vous etes-vous apergu de ce qu'il a 

fait? 
Je m'en suis apergu. 



To expect, (to /tu ± e.) 

Do you expect to receive a note from 

your uncle ? 
I expect it. 
He expects it 
We expect it. 
Have we expected it ? 
We have expected it. 



t S'attendrc 4, (takes a before the in- 
finitive.) 

Vous attendez-vous d recevoir un bil- 
let de votre oncle ? 

Je m'y attends. 

II s'y attend. 

Nous nous y attendons. 

Nous y sommes-nous attendus ? 

Nous nous y sommes attendus. 



To get, (meaning to procure.) 
cannot procure any money. 



t Se procurer 1. 



$Je: 
J Je 



ne peux pas me procurer d' argent 
ne puis me procurer de l'argent. 

He cannot procure any thing to eat. | II ne peut se procurer de quoi manger. 



To make fun of some one or some 

thing. 
To laugh at some one or something, 
He laughs at everybody. 
He criticises everybody. 
Do you laugh at that man ? 
I do not laugh at him. 



St Se moquer de quelqu'un ou 
quelque chose. 

> II se moque de tout le monde. 

I Vous moquez-vous de cet homme i 
I Je ne m'en moque pas. 



de 



To stop, to stay. 
Have you stayed long at Berlin ? 

I stayed there only three days. 

To sojourn, to stay. 
Where does your brother stay at 
present ? 

At present, actually. 
The residence, stay, abode 
Paris is a fine place to live in. 



S'arreter 1. 

Vous etes-rous arrete long temps a 

Berlin? 
Je ne m'y suis arrete" quo trois jours. 
Sejourner 1. 
Oh Monsieur votre frere sejourne-t-il 

actuellement ? 
Actuellement 
Le sejour. 
t C'est un beau sejour que Paris. , 



228 



FIFTY-FOURTH LESSON. 



After reading. 
After cutting myself. 
Obs. See O" Lesson XL. 

After dressing yourself. 
After dressing himself. 
After shaving ourselves. 
After warming themseh es. 
I returned the book after reading it. 
[ threw the knife away after cutting 

myself. 
You went to the concert after dress- 
ing yourself. 
He went to the theatre after dressing 

himself. 
We breakfasted after shaving our- 
selves. 
They went out after warming them- 
selves. 



The sick person, (the patient.) 
Tolerably well. 
It is rather late. 
It is rather far. 



| t Apres avoir lu. 

I t Apres m'etre coupe\ 

t Apres vous etre habille*. 

t Apres s'etre habille. 

t Apres nous etre rases. 

t Apres s'etre chauffes. 

t J'ai rendu le livre apres l'avoir in 

t J'ai jete le couteau apres m'etre 

coupe, 
t Vous etes alle au concert aprea 

vous etre habille. 
t II est alle au theatre apres s'etre 

habille. 
t Nous avons dejeune apres nous etre 



t lis sont sortis aprfcs s'etre chauflSs. 



Le malade. 

Assez bien, passablement 

II est bien tard. 

C'est bien loin. 



EXERCISES. 

167. 

How is your father, (Monsieur votre pere ?) — He is (only) so-so 
Lesson XXXV.) — How is your patient 1 — He is a little better to- 
day than yesterday. — Is it long since you saw your brothers, (Mes- 
sieurs vos freres ?) — I saw them two days ago. — How art thou 1 — 1 
am tolerably well. — How long has your cousin been learning French 1 
— He has been learning it only three months. — Does he already speak 
it 1 — He already speaks, reads, and writes it better than your brother 
who has been learning it these two years. — Is it long since you heard 
of my uncle 1 — It is hardly a fortnight (quinze jours) since I heard 
of him. — Where is he staying now? — He is staying at Berlin, but 
my father is in London. — Did you stay long at Vienna 1 — I stayed 
there a fortnight. — How long did your cousin stay at Paris ] — He 
stayed there only a month. — Do you like to speak to my uncle 1 — I 
like much to speak to him, but I do not like him to (quil se moque) 
laugh at me. — Why does he laugh at you 1 — He laughs at me be- 
cause I speak badly. — Why has your brother no friends 1 — He has 



FIFTY-FOURTH LESSON. 229 

none because he criticises everybody. — Why are you laughing al 
that man 1 — I do not intend {je rtai pas dessein) to laugh at him. — 
I beg {prier) you not to do it, for you will break his heart if you 
laugh at him. — Do you doubt what I am telling you? — I do not doubt 
it. — Do you doubt what that man has told you 1 — I doubt it, for he 
has often told stories, {mentir *, Lesson XLIV.) — Have you at last 
bought the horse which you wished to buy last month 1 — I have not 
bought it, for I have not been able to procure money. 

168. 
Has your uncle at last bought the garden 1 — He has not bought it, 
for he could not agree about the price. — Have you at last agreed 
about the price of that picture 1 — We have agreed about it. — How 
much have you paid for it 1 — I have paid fifteen hundred francs for 
it. — What hast thou bought to-day 1 — I have bought two fine horses, 
three beautiful pictures, and a fine gun. — For how much hast thou 
bought the pictures'? — I have bought them for seven hundred francs. 
— Do you find them dear 1 — I do not find them dear. — Have you 
agreed with your partner ] — I have agreed with him. — Does he con- 
sent to pay you the price of the ship 1 — He consents to pay it me. — 
Do you consent to go to France ] — I consent to go thither. — Have 
you seen your old friend again 1 {revoir *, conjug. like voir *, Lessons 
XXIV. and XXXIII.) — I have seen him again. — Did you recog- 
nise him 1 — I could hardly {je ne Vai presque plus) recognise him, 
for, contrary to his custom, he wears a large hat. — How is he 1 — He 
is very well. — What garments does he wear 1 — He wears beautiful 
new garments. — Have you taken notice of what your boy has done 1 
— I have taken notice of it. — Have you {Ven) punished him for it 1 — 
I have punished him for it. — Has your father already written to you] 
— Not yet ; but I expect {je rrC attends) to receive a note from him 
to-day. — Of what do you complain 1 — I complain of not being able U 
procure some money. — Why do these poor men complain 1 — They 
complain because they Cannot procure any thing to eat. — How are 
your parents 1 — They are as usual, {comme a V ordinaire,) very well 
— Is your uncle well 1 — He is better than he usually is. — Have you 
already heard of your friend who is in Germany 1 — I have already 
written to him several times ; however, he has not answered me yet. 

169. 

What have you done with the books which the English captain has 
ient you ] — I have returned them to him after reading them. — Why 
nave you thrown away your knife ] — I have thrown it away after 
tutting myself. — When did I go to the concert ! — You went thither 
after dressing yourself. — When did your brother go to the ball 1— He 



230 



FIFTY-FIFTH LESSON. 



went thither after dressing himself. — When did you breakfast? — We 
nreakfasted after shaving ourselves. — When did our neighbors go 
out 1 — They went out after warming themselves. — Why have you 
punished your boy 1 — I have punished him because he has broken my 
finest glass. I gave him some wine, and instead of drinking it, he spill 
it on the new carpet, and (et il) broke the glass. — What did you do this 
morning 1 — I shaved after rising, and went out after breakfasting. — 
What did your father do last night, Qiier soir ?) — He supped aftei 
going to the play, and went to bed after supping. — Did he rise early ? 
— He rose at sunrise. (See end of Lesson XXIV.) 



FIFTY-FIFTH LESSON.— Cinquante-cinquieme Lefon. 
FEMININE SUBSTANTIVES AND ADJECTIVES. 



DECLENSION OF THE DEFINITE ARTICLE FEMININE. 



Nom. Gen. 

.Singular La, de la, 

* Plural Les, des, 



Bat. 

a la, 
aux, 



Ace. 
la. 



Obs. A. It will be observed that the plural of the definite article is alike 
for both genders. (See Lesson IX.) 

When the definite article stands before a vowel or an h mute, in the sin- 
gular it is also alike for both genders, viz. Nom. V, the ; Gen. de V, of the ; 
Dat. d V, to the ; Ace. V, the. (See Lesson IV.) 



The woman — women. 

The mother. 

The daughter or the girl. 

The sister. 

The candle. 

The bottle. 

The key 

The shirt or shift. 



Singular. 
La femma. 
La mere, 
La fille, 
La soeur, 
La chandelle, 
La bouteille, 
La clef, 
La chemise, 



Plural. 
les femmes. 
les meres, 
les filles. 
les soeurs. 
les chandeiies. 
les bouteilles. 
les clefs, 
les chemises. 



She— they. 

Has she ? 
She has. 
She has not. 



Elle— elles. (See Table of the Pol 

sonal Pronouns, Less. XX ) 
A-t-elle ? 
Elle a. 
Elle n'a pas. 



FIFTi T -FIFTH LESSON. 



231 



Have they? (feminine.) 


Ont-elles ? 






They have. " 


Elles ont. 






They have not. " 


Elles n' 


ont pas. 
Gen. 


Bat. 






Norn. 


Ace. 


My, (feminine singular.) 


Ma, 


de ma, 


a ma, 


ma. 


Thy. " 


Ta, 


de ta, 


ata, 


ta. 


His, her. " 


Sa, 


de sa, 


a sa, 


sa. 


My, (plural for both genders.) 


Mes, 


de mes, 


a mes, 


mes. 



Obs. B. In the plural the possessive pronouns are always alike for both 
go.iders. (See Lesson IX.) 

Le pere et son fils ou sa fille. 



The father and his son or his daugh- 
ter. 

The mother and her son or her 
daughter. 

The child and its brother or its 



La mere et son fils ou sa fille. 
L' enfant et son frere ou sa soeur. 

Obs. C. The following most important rule must be attended to. 

Rule. — The English possessive adjectives or pronouns are in the gender 
of the possessor ; in French they must be in the gender of the thing pos- 
sessed. My, thy, his, her, its, must be expressed by mon, ton, son, when 
the thing possessed is masculine, and by ma, ta, sa, when it is feminine 
without regard to the gender of the possessor, as may be seen from the above 
examples 



My pen, 
Thy fork, 
His or her nut, 
Our hand, 
Your mouth, 
Their door, 



my pens, 
thy forks, 
his or her nuts, 
our hands, 
your mouths, 
their doors. 



Singular. 
Ma plume, 
Ta fourchette, 
Sa noix, 
Notre main, 
Votre bouche, 
Leur porte, 



Plural. 
mes plumes, 
tes fourchettes. 
ses noix. 
nos mains, 
vos bouches. 
leurs portes. 



Obs. B. The personal pronoun leur must not be mistaken for the pos 
sessive leur. The former never takes an s, while the latter does, whei 
the person or thing possessed is in the plural. Ex. Je leur parle, I speak 
to them ; je vois leurs freres et leurs soeurs, I see their brothers and their 
sisters. 



The pretty woman. 
The pretty women. 



La jolie femme. 
Les jolies femmes 



Rule. — All adjectives, without exception, end in e mute, in the feminine 
lingular, and in es in the feminine plural. 



232 FIFTY-FIFTH LKfeHUS 

The small candle, the small ' La petite cbandolle, les petites 

candles. | chandelles 

The large bottle, the large | La grande bouteille. les grandet 

bottles. I bouteilles. 



Which woman ? wliich women ? 

Which daughter ? wliich daugh- 
ters? 



Quelle femme 1 
Quelle fille? 



quelles femmea 
quelles lilies ? 



This or that woman. 
These or those women. 



Cette femme. 
Ces femmes. 



This young lady, these young 

ladies. 

That young lady, those young 

ladies. 



Cette demoiselle -ci, 



Cette demoiselle-la, 



ces demoi- 
selles-ci. 



selles-l&. 



The hand, the hands. 
The right hand. 
The left hand. 
I have a sore hand. 



La main, les mains. 
La main droite. 
La main gauche. 
J'ai mal a la main. 



Obs. E. Avoir mal is used with the dative in French to express that 
part of the body is affected with illness or pain. (Lesson XXV.) 



The tooth, the teeth. 
Have you the toothache ? 
I have the headache. 
I feel a pain in my side. 
His feet are sore. 

The face. 

The mouth. 

The cheek. 
The tongue, the language, 

The door. 

The window. 

The street. 

The town. 

The linen. 

The old woman. 



La dent, les dents. 

Avez-vous mal aux dents ? 

J'ai mal a la tete. 

J'ai mal au cote. 

II a mal aux pieds. 

La figure. 

La bouche. 

La joue. 

La langue. 

La porte. 

La fenetre 

Larue. 

La ville. 

La toile. 

La vieille femme. 



From what precedes, this principle may be deduced: — The characteristic 
ending of French feminine nouns and adjectives is Mie Utter e. There are. 



FIFTY-FIFTH LESSON. 



233 



novvcver, some adjectives which also have this ending in the masculine, and 
then they are of both genders, as : 



An amiable man. 
An amiable woman. 

The room. 
The front room. 

The back room. 

The upper room. 



Un homme aimable. 
Une femme aimable. 



La chambre. 

La chambre du devant or sur le de 

vant. 
La chambre du derriere or sur le der- 

riere. 
La chambre du haut 



PARTITIVE ARTICLE FEMININE. 

Gen. de. 
Dat. a de la. 



f m -Ula. 
Acc. J 



Obs. F. For the plural of this article, and when it stands before an adjec- 
tive, see Lesson XI. 



Some light. 
Some silk. 
Some good soup. 



De la lumiere. 

De la soie. 

De bonne soupe. 



Obs. G. Most adjectives ending in el, eil, ien, on, and et, double their final 
consonant before the e mute of the feminine. Examples : 



A cruel certitude. 
Such a promise. 
An old acquaintance. 
A good truth. 
A dumb woman. 



Une cruelle certitude. 
Une paretic promesse. 
Une ancienne conhaissance. 
Une bonne verite". 
Une femme muette. 



Obs. H. In the masculine, the above adjectives would be cruel, pareil, 
ancien, bon, muet. 



INDEFINITE ARTICLE FEMININE. 

Norn. ) Gen. d'une 

Acc. \ " Dat. a une. 

A virtuous woman. 



| Une femme vertueuse. 

Obs. I. Adjectives ending in tho masculine in x become feminine by cliang- 
Jig x into se ; as, masc. rcrtncux ; fern, veilueuse, virtuous. 



234 



FIFTY-FIFTH LESSON. 



A happy young lady. 
An active young woman. 



Une demoiselle heureuse. 1 
Une jeune personne 2 active. 



Obs. K. Adjectives ending in the masculine in /, become feminine by 
changing / into ve, as, masc actif; fern, active, active. 

Une robe neuve. 3 
Une proposition naive.* 



A new gown. 

An ingenious proposal. 



Have you my pen ? 
No, Madam, I have it not. 
Which bottle have you broken ? 
Which door have you opened ? 



Avez-vous ma plume ? 
Non, Madame, je ne 1'ai pas. 
Quelle bouteille avez-vous cassee ? 
Quelle porte avez-vous ouverte? 



HT The past participle agrees with its noun in gender as well as in 
number. 



Which windows have you opened ? 
Which bottles has the woman broken ? 

Which young lady have you con- 
ducted to the ball? 
Which water have you drunk ? 
Which letters have you written ? 

These. 

Those. 
Have you this or that pen ? 

I have neither this nor that. 
It or her — them. 
Do you see that woman ? 
I see her. 

Have you seen my sisters ? 
No, my lady, I have not seen them. 



Quelles fenetres avez-vous ouvertes ? 
Quelles bouteilles la femme a-t-elle 

casse'es ? 
Quelle demoiselle avez-vous conduite 

au ba] ? 
Quelle eau avez-vous bue ? 
Quelles lettras avez-vous ecrites ? 
Celles-ci. 
Celles-la. 
Avez-vous cette plume-ci ou celle 

la? 
Je n'ai ni celle-ci ni celle-Ja. 
La — les. 

Voyez-vous cette femme? 
Je la vois. 

Avez-vous vu mes soeurs? 
Non, Mademoiselle, je ne les ai pas 

vues. 



To her, to him — to them. 
Do you speak to my sisters ? 
I speak to them. 
Some coarse linen. 
Some good water. 
A. napkin, a towel. 



Lui — leur. (See Obs. D, page 231.) 

Parlez-vous a mes sceurs ? 

Je leur parle. 

De grosse toile. 

De bonne eau. 

Une serviette. 



1 From the masculine heureux. 

2 Personne, as a pronoun, is masculine 
From the masculine neuf. 

* From the masculine naif. 



as a substantive, it is feminine. 



FIFTY-FIFTH LESSON. 



235 



expresse. 
gentille. 



Obs. L. Adjectives form their feminine in various ways, viz 

1. The following double the last consonant : 

Masculine. Feminine. 

Low. Bas, 

Thick. lilpais, 

Express. Expres, 

Genteel, gentle, pretty. Gentil, 

Fat Gras, 

Big. Gros, 

Weary. Las, 

No, none. Nul, nulle. 

Initiated. Profes, profesj 

Silly. Sot, sotte. 

2. The following double the letter I : 

f before a conso 



Handrouw.-s , e , 

I before a vowel 



Beau, 



Bel, 



Nev 



O'd. 



L or A mute, 

["before a conso 
J nant, 

before a vowel > Nouvd 
L or h mute, $ 

["before a conso- 
I nant, 
] before a vowel 
L or A mute, 

Foolish. 



> Nouveau, 

I 

> Vieux, 



Vieil, 



belle. 



nouvelle. 



vieillo 



Soft. 



5 Fou, ) 

( Fol, 6 ^ 

( Mou, > 

I Mol, 6 5 



folio. 



mollo. 



3. Several, wni«h in the masculine terminate in eur, change this termi- 
nation in the feminine, (a) some into euse, (b) others into rice, and (c) oth- 
ers again into eresse. Ex. 



6 Fol is used instead of fou before nouns beginning with a vowel. Fol 
always precedes, and fou always follows its substantive. Ex. Un marche 
fou, a foolish bargain ; un fol espoir, a foolish hope. Substantively, fou 
means a madman, and folle a mad woman. 

6 Formerly, mol was more in use than mou. The Academy writes 
'« Un homme mou et effemine," a weak and effeminate man. We read, 
aowever, in Buffon, " Les Chinois sont des peuples 7nols," the Chinese are 
m\ effeminate people. 



36 -flFTV- FIFTH LESSON 








Masculine 


Feminine. 


(a) Deceitful, (eur- 


-euse.) 


Trompeur, 


trompeuse. 


Lying, " 


a 


Menteur, 


menteuse. 


Talkative, " 


a 


Parleur, 


parleuse. 


(b) Executing, (eur — rice.) 


Executeur, 


executrice. 


Persecuting, " 


cc 


Perse'cuteur, 


persecutrice. 


(c) Enchanting, (eur- 


-eresse.) 


Enchanteur, 


enchanteresse 


Sinning, " 


« 


Pecheur, 


p^cheresse 


Avenging, " 


a 


Vengeur, 


vengeresse. 


4. The following form their feminine quite irregularly : 


Absolved. 




Absous, 


absoute. 


Benign. 




Benin, 


be"nigne. 


White. 




Blanc, 


blanche. 


Declining. 




Caduc, 


caduque. 


Sweet. 




Doux, 


douce 


False. 




Faux, 


fausse. 


Favorite, 




Favori, 


favorite 


Fresh. 




Frais, 


fraiche. 


Free. 




Franc, 


franche. 


Greek. 




Grec, 


grecque 


Long. 




Long, 


longue 


Wicked. 




Malin, 


maligne. 


Public. 




Public, 


publique 


Red. 




Roux, 


rousse. 


Dry. 




Sec, 


seche. 


Third. 




Tiers, 


tierce. 


Turkish. 




Turc, 


Turque. 


Traitorous. 




Traitre, 


traitresse 



Obs. M. The plural of adjectives is formed like that of the substantives, 
(Lesson IX.) Of the following twenty-eight adjectives, the first eighteeB 
have no plural for the masculine ; the last ten may form it by adding an s, 
but it is better to avoid using them in the plural for the masculine gender ■ 



Austral, 


southern. 


Medical, 


medical. 


Beneficial, 


beneficiary. 


Mental, 


mental. 


Boreal, 


northern. 


Natal, 


natal. 


Brumal, 


brumal. 


Patronal, 


patronal. 


Canonial, 


canonical. 


Sentimental. 


sentimental 


Diametral, 


diametrical. 


Vocal, 


vocal. 


Experimental, 


experimental 


Zodiasal, 


zodiacal 


Labial, 


labial, 
lingual 






Lingual, 






Lustral, 


lustral. 


Amical 


friendly 


Matinal, 


earlv- 


Fatah 


fatal 





FIFTY 


-FIFTH 


LESSON". 




Filial, 


filial. 






Jovial, 


ovial. 


Final, 


final. 






Naval, 


naval. 


Frugal, 


frugal. 






Pascal, 


pascal. 


Glacial, 


frozen. 






Virginal, 


virginal 



237 



Some beautiful linen shirts. 
Some fine silk stockings. 

The Christian. 

The Jew. 

The negro. 
A companion. 

A friend. 

To celebrate, to feast. 



De belles chemises de toile. 

De beaux bas de soie. 

Le Chretien, Fern, la Chretienne, 

(Obs. G.) 
Le Juif, " la Juive, (Obs. 

K.) 
Le negre, " la negresse. 

Un compagnon, " une compagne. 
Un ami, " une amie, (seo 

Remark, p. 232. 
Celebrcr 1 ; feter 1 



EXERCISES. 

170. 
How are your brothers 1 — They have been very well for these few 
days. — Where do they reside 1 — They reside in Paris. — Which day 
of the week do the Turks celebrate 1 — They celebrate Friday, (le 
vendredi ;) but the Christians celebrate Sunday, the Jews Saturday, 
and the negroes their birthday, (le jour de lear naissance.) — Among 
you country people (parmi vous autre s gens de campagne) there are 
many fools, are there not, (n'est-ce pas ?) asked (demanda) a philos- 
opher lately (Vautre jour) of a peasant, (with dative.) The latter 
answered, (repondit :) " Sir, they are to be found (on en trouve) in 
all stations, (Vetat") " Fools sometimes tell the truth, (la verite^) 
said (dii) the philosopher. — Has your sister my gold ribbon ] — She 
has it not. — What has she 1 — She has nothing. — Has your mother 
any thing 1 — She has a fine gold fork. — Who has my large bottle 1 
— Your sister has it. — Do you sometimes see my mother 1 — I see 
ner often. — When did you see your sister ] — I saw her a fortnight 
ago. — Who has my fine nuts 1 — Your good sister has them. — Has 
she also my silver forks 1 — She has them not. — Who has them !— 
VTour mother has them. — What fork have you ? — I have my iron 
fork — Have your sisters had my pens 1 — They have not had them, 
but I believe that their children have had them. — Why does your 
brother complain 1 — He complains because his right hand aches.— 
Why do vou complain? — T complain because my left hand aches. 
11 



238 FIFTY-FIFTH LESSON. /* 

171. 

Is your sister as old as my mother ? — She is not so old, but she is 
taller. — Has your brother purchased any thing ? — He has purchased 
something, (il en a fait.) — What has he bought ? — He has bought 
fine linen and good pens. — Has he not bought some silk stockings ? 
— He has bought some. — Is your sister writing? — No, Madam, sho 
is not writing. — Why does she not write ? — Because she has a soro 
hand. — Why does not the daughter of your neighbor go out ? — She 
does not go out because she has sore feet. — Why does my sister not 
speak ? — Because she has a sore mouth. — Hast thou not seen my 
silver pen ? — I have not seen it. — Hast thou a front room ? — I have 
one behind, but my brother has one in the front. — Is it (est-ce) ar 
upper room ? — It is one, {e'en est une.) — Does the wife (la femme) 
of our shoemaker go out already ? — No, my lady, she does not go 
out yet, for she is still very ill. — Which bottle has your little sister 
broken ? — She broke the one (celle) which my mother bought yester- 
day. — Have you eaten of my soup or of my mother's ? — I have eaten 
neither of yours (de la votrc) nor your mother's, but of that of my 
good sister. — Have you seen, the woman who was with me this 
morning ? — I have not seen her. — Has your mother hurt herself? — 
She has not hurt herself. 

172. 

Have you a sore nose ? — I have not a sore nose, but I have tho 
toothache. — Have you cut your finger ? — No, my lady, I have cut 
my hand. — Will you give me a pen 1 — I will give you one. — Will 
you have this or that ? — I will have neither. — Which (laquelle) one 
do you wish to have ? — I wish to have that which your sister has. — 
I)o you wish to have my mother's good black silk (bonne sole noire) 
or my sister's ? — I wish to have neither your mother's nor your sis- 
ter's, but that which you have. — Can you write with this pen ? — I 
can w T rite with it. — Each (chaque) woman thinks herself amiable, 
and each (chacune) is conceited, (a de V amour propre.) — The same 
as (de meme que) men, my dear friend. Many a one (tel) thinks 
himself (se croit) learned who is not so, (ne Vest pas,) and many me:i 
(bien des liommes) surpass (surpasser) women in vanity, (envanite.) 
—What is the matter with you ? — Nothing is the matter with me.— 
Why does your sister complain ? — Because she has a pain in her 
cheek. — Has your brother a sore hand ? — No, but he feels a pain in 
his side. — Do you open the window? — I open it, because it is too 
warm. — Which windows has your sister opened ? — She has opened 
those of the front room. — Have you been at the ball of my old ac- 
quaintance ? — I have beer, there. — Which young ladies have you 



4 



& 



l^C4&&*t**~ 



FIFTY-SIXTH WESSON. 



239 



taken it the ball] — I took my sisters friends there. — Did they 
dance 1 — They danced a good deal. — Did they amuse themselves 1 — 
They amused themselves. — Did they remain long at the ball 1 — They 
remained there two hours. — Is this young lady a Turk 1 — No, she is 
a Greek. — Does she speak French 1 — She speaks it. — Does she not 
speak English ? — She speaks it also, but she speaks French better. 
— Has your sister a companion 1 — She has one. — Does she like her * 
— She likes her very much, for she is very amiable 



FIFTY-SIXTH LESSON.— Cinquante-sixieme Lepon. 



To go to the country. 
To be in the country. 
To go to the bank. 
To be at the bank. 

To or at the exchange. 

To or at the river. 

To or at the kitchen. 

To or at the cellar. 

To or at church. 

To or at school. 
To or at the French school. 
To or at the dancing school. 

The play, (the comedy.) 
The opera. 

To go a hunting. 

To be a hunting. 

To go a fishing. 

To be a fishing. 
To hunt. 



Aller a la campagne 

Etre a la campagne. 

Aller a la banque. 

Etre a la banque 

A la bourse. 

A la riviere. 

A la cuisine. 

A la cave. 

A l'eglise. 

A l'ecole. 

A l'ecole de francais. 

A l'ecole de danse. 

La comedie. 

L'opera, (a masculine noun ) l 

t Aller a la chasse. 

t Etre a la chasse. 

Aller a la peche. 

Etre a la peche. 

Chasser 1. 



The whole day, all th( 
The whole morning 
The whole evening 



day. 



Toute la journee. 
Toute la matine'e. 
Toute la soiree 2 



All nouns ending in a are of the masculine gender, except sepia, sepia , 
and talpa, a tumor, which are feminine 

2 The words day, morning, and evening, are expressed by jour, matin, 
and soir, when we speak of a part of them, and by journee, matinee, and 
soiree, when their whole duration is to be expressed. Ex. TL vient me voir 
tous les jours, he comes to see me every day ; j'ai reste chez moi toute la 
journee, I stayed at home all the day long ; je me promene tous les matins 
pendant une heure, I take an hour's walk every morning ; il a plu toute la 



s ? 



240 



FIFTY-SIXTH LES 



-\^ :>W*r># 



The whole night, all the night. 


Toute la nuit 


The whole year. 


Toute l'annee. 8 . 


The whole week. 


Toute la semaine 


The whole society. 


Toute la societe". 


\ 


Tout a la fois. 


All at once. 


Tout a coup. 


Suddenly, all of a sudden. 


Soudainement. 


This week. 


Cette semaine. 


This year. 


Cette annee. 


Last week. 


La semaine passe'e. 


Next week. 


La semaine prochaine. 


Every woman. 


Toutes les femmes. 


Every time. 


Toutes les fois. 


Every week. 


Toutes les semaines. 


Your mother 


Madame votre mere. (See Ob3. B 




Lesson LIV.) 


Your sister. 


Mademoiselle votre soeur. 


Your sisters 


Mesdemoiselles vos sceurs. (See Obs 




C. Lesson LIV.) 


A person. 


Une personne. (See Note 2, Less 




LV.) 


The ear-ache. 


t Le mal d'oreille. 


The heart-ache. 


t Le mal de coeur. 


The belly-ache. 


t Le mal de ventre. 


The stomach-ache 


t Le mal d'estomac. 


She has the stomach-ache. 


t Elle a une douleur dans l'estomac 


His sister has a violent head-ache. 


t Sa soeur a un violent mal de tete 


E have the stomach-ache. 


t J'ai des raaux d'estomac. 


PRONOUNS POSSESSIVE 


ABSOLUTE FEMININE. 


Singular. 


Singular. 


Mine, thine, his, (hers, its.) 


La mienne, la tienne, la sienne. 


Ours, yours, theirs. 


La notre, la votre, la leur. 



matinee, it has been raining all the morning ; firai vous voir domain au 
soir, I shall call upon you to-morrow evening ; oil passerez-vous la soiree ? 
where shall you spend the evening ? 

3 Year is expressed by an when we wish to express one or more units 
of a twelvemonth, and by annee when it is considered as a twelvemonth in 
its duration. Ex. 11 y a six ans que mon frere ne irta ecrit, it is six years 
since my brother wrote to me ; une annee heureuse est celle que Von passe 
sans ennui et sans infirmite, a happy year is that which is spent without te~ 
diousness or infirmity 



FIFTY-SIXTH LESSON. 



241 



Plural. 
Mine, thine, his, fhers, its.) 
Ours, yours, theirs. 

Obs. A. It will be remarked that 
pronouns, have a circumflex accent ( 

Have you my pen or hers ? 

I have hers. 

What do you wish to send to your 

aunt ? 
I wish to send her a tart. 
Will you send her some fruit also ? 

I will send her some. 
Have you sent the books to my sis- 
ters? 
F have sent them to them. 



The ache, pain, 


la douleur. 


The 


The tart, 


la tourte. 


The 


The peach, 


la peche. 


The 


The strawberry, 


la fraise. 


The 


The cherry, 


la cerise. 


The 


The newspaper, 




The 


the gazette, 


la gazette. 


The 


The merchandise, 




The 


(goods,) 


la marchandise. 


The 



Obs. B. The following substantives have 
(he female sex : — 



An abbot, 
An accuser, 
An actor, 
An ambassador, 
An apprentice, 
A baron, 
A shepherd, 
A benefactor, 
A canon, 
A singer, 
A hunter, 

, (va poetry,) 

A count, 
A dancer, 



Masculine. 
un abbe, 
un accusateur, 
un acteur, 
un ambassadeur, 
un apprenti, 
un baron, 
un berger, 
un bienfaiteur, 
un chanoine, 
un chanteur, 
un chasseur, 
un chasseur, 
un comte, 
un danseur, 



Plural. 

Les miennes, les tiennes, les siennes. 
Les notres, les votres, les leurs. 

notre and votre, as absolute possessive 
A ) upon o. 

Avez-vous ma plume ou la sienne ? 

J'ai la sienne. 

Que voulez-vous envoyer a votre 

tante ? 
Je veux lui envoyer une tourte. 
Voulez-vous lui envoyer aussi des 

fruits ? 
Je veux lui en envoyer. 
Avez-vous envoye les livres a mes 

soeurs? 
Je les leur ai envoyes. 



aunt, la tante. 

female cousin, la cousine. 

niece, la niece, 

maid-servant, la servante. 

female relation, la parente. 

female neighbor, la voisine. 

female cook, la cuisiniere. 

brother-in-law, le beau-frere. 

sister-in-law, la belle-sceur. 

a distinct form for individuals of 
Feminine. 



une 

une accusatrice. 
une actrice. 
une ambassadrice. 
une apprentie. 
une baronne. 
une bergere. 
une bienfaitrice. 
une chanoinesso. 
une chanteuse. 
une chasseuse. 
une chasseresse. 
une comtesse. 
une danseuse. 



!42 



FIFTY- SIXTH LESSON. 







Masculine. 




Feminine. 


A god, 




un dieu, 


une deesse. 


A. duke, 




un due, 


une duchesse. 


An elector, 




un electeur, 


une electrice. 


An emperor, 




un empereur, 


une imperatrica 


A founder, 




un fond ate ur, 


une fondatrice. 


A lad, 




un jouvenceau, 


une jouvencello. 


A lion, 




un lion, 


une iionne. 


A heathen, 




un paien, 


une paienne. 


A peacock, 




un paon, 


une paonne. 


A peasant, 




un paysan, . 


une paysanne 


A prior, 




un prieur, 


une prieure. 


A prince, 




un prince, 


une princesse. 


A protector, 




un protecteur, 


une protectrice. 


A king, 




un roi, 


une reine. 


Obs. C. The three substantives, auteur, author ; peintre, paintei 


poet, are of the masculine gender only, and are 


used for both sexes 


She is 


a poetess. 




Elle est 


poete. 


Is she 


a painter ? 




Est-elle 


peintre ? 


She is 


an author 




Elle est auteur. 



poete 



To hire, to let. 
Have you already hired a room ? 



Louer 1. 

Avez-vous dej&, loue* une chambre? 



To admit or grant a thing. 
To confess a thing. 
Do you grant that ? 
I do grant it. 

Do you confess your fault ? 
I confess it 
I confess it to be a fault. 

To confess, to avow, to own, 

to acknowledge. 
To confess. 



So much. 
She has so many candles that she 
cannot burn them all. 
To catch a cold. 
To make sick. 
[{ you eat so much it will make you 
sick. 



Convenir * de quelque chose. 

Convenez-vous de cela ? 

J' en conviens. 

Convenez-vous de votre faute ? 

J'en conviens. 

Je conviens que e'est une faute. 

Avouer 1. 

Confesser 1. 



Tant. 

Elle a tant de chandelles qu'elle ne 
peut pas les bruler toutes. 

1 S'enrhumer 1. 

+ liendre malade. 

Si vous mangez tant, cela vous ren- 
dra malade. 



Obs. D. When the English pronoun i£ relates to a preceding circum- 
stance, it is translated by cela ; when to a following circumstance by il 



&d^$&& l &?. - s ; v.v •»• ;*• 



FIFTY-SIXTH LESSON. 



243 



Does it suit you to lend your gun? 


Vous convient-il de preter votre fusil ? 


It does not suit me to lend it. 


II ne me convient pas de le preter. 


It does not suit me. 


Cela ne me convient pas. 


Where did you catch a cold 1 


t Ou vous etes-vous enrhum6 ? 


I caught a cold in going from the 


t Je me suis enrhume en sortant de 


opera. 


1'cpera. 


To have a cold. 


t litre enrhume. 


The cold. 


Le rhume. 


The cough. 


La toux. 


I have a cold. 


t J'ai un rhume de cerveau. 


You have a cough. 


t Vous avez un rhume de poitnno- 


The brain. 


Le cerveau. 


The chest. 


La poitrine. 


EXER( 


:ises. 



173. 
Where is your cousin 1 — He is in the kitchen. — Has your cook 
(fern.) already made the soup ? — She has made it, for it is already 
Gpon the table. — Where is your mother 1 — She is at church. — la 
your sister gone to school 1 — She is gone thither. — Does your mother 
often go to church 1 — She goes thither every morning and every 
evening. — At what o'clock in the morning does she go to church] — 
She goes thither as soon as she gets up. — At what o'clock does she 
get up 1 — She gets up at sunrise. — Dost thou go to school to-day 1 — 
I do go thither. — What dost thou learn at school 1 — I learn to read, 
write, and speak there. — Where is your aunt 1 — She is gone to the 
play with my little sister. — Do your sisters go this evening to the 
opera 1 — No, Madam, they go to the dancing school. — Do they not 
go to the French school 1 — They go thither in the morning, but not 
(mais non) in the evening.— Is your father gone a hunting 1 — He has 
not been able to go a hunting, for he has a cold. — Do you like to go 
a hunting 1 — I like to go a fishing better than a hunting. — Is your 
father still in the country 1 — Yes, Madim, he is still there. — What 
does he do there 1 — He goes a hunting and a fishing. — Did you hunt 
in the country 1 — I hunted the whole day. — How long did you stay 
with my mother 1 — I stayed with her the whole evening. — Is it long 
since you were at the castle 1 — I was there last week. — Did you find 
many people there 1 — I found only three persons there, the count, 
the countess, and their daughter. 

174. 

Are these girls as good (sage) as their brothers ? — They are bet- 
ter than they. — Can your sisters speak German 1 — They cannot, but 
they are learning it. — Have you brought any thing to your mother? 



244 FIFTY-SIXTH LESSOR. 

— I brought her some good fruit and a fine tart. — What has yoiu 
niece brought you 1 — She has brought us good cherries, good straw- 
berries, and good peaches. — Do you like peaches 1 — I like them 
much. — How many peaches has your neighbor (fern.) given you? — 
She has given me more than twenty. — Have you eaten many cher- 
ries this year 1 — I have eaten many. — Did you give any to your lit- 
tle sister 1 — I gave her so many that she cannot eat them all. — Why 
have you not given any to your good neighbor, (fem. 1) — I wished to 
give her some, but she would not take any, because she does not like 
cherries. — Were there any pears (la poire) last year 1 — There were 
not many. — Has your cousin (fem.) any strawberries 1 — She has so 
many that she cannot eat them all. 

175. 

Why do your sisters not go to the play 1 — They cannot go thither 
because they have a cold, and that makes them very ill. — Where did 
they catch a cold 1 — They caught a cold in going from the opera last 
night. — Does it suit your sister to eat some peaches ? — It does not 
suit her to eat any, for she has already eaten a good many, and if she 
eats so much it will make her ill. — Did you sleep well last night 1 — 
I did not sleep well, for my children made too much noise in my 
room. — Where were you last night 1 — I was at my brother-in-law's. 
— Did you see your sister-in-law 1 — I did see her. — How is she '? — 
She is better than usual. — Did you play 1 — We did not play, but we 
read some good books ; for my sister-in-law likes to read better than 
to play. — Have you read the gazette to-day 1 — I have read it. — Is 
there any thing new in it 1 — I have not read any thing new in it. — 
Where have you been since I saw you ! — I have been at Vienna, 
Paris, and Berlin. — Did you speak to my aunt 1 — I did speak to her. 
— What does she say 1 ? — She says that she wishes to see you. — 
WTiither have you put my pen 1 — I have put it upon the bench. — Do 
you intend to see your niece to-day ? — I intend to see her, for she 
has promised me to dine with us. — I admire (admire?') that family, 
(lafamille,) for the father is the king and the mother is the queen of 
it. The children and the servants are the subjects (le sujet) of the 
s'.ate, (Vetat.) The tutors of the children are the ministers, (le mi- 
~.ii' r e,) who share (partager) with the king and queen the care (le 
sotn) of the government, (le gouvernement.) The good education 
(V it iucation, fem.) which is given to children (See Obs. A. Lesson 
XLIV.) is the crown (la couronne) of monarchs, (le monarque.) . 

176. 
Have you already hired a room 1 — I have already hired one. — 
Where have you hired it 1 — I have hired it in William-street, (dans la 



FIFTY-SEVENTH LESSON. 



2-tfi 



rue or rue Guillaume,) number one hundred and fifty-two. — At whose 
house (chez qui) have you hired it 1 — At the house of the man whose 
Eon has sold you a horse. — For (pour) whom has your father hired a 
room 1 — He has hired one for his son, who has just arrived from 
France. — Why have you not kept your promise, (la promesse ?) — I 
do not remember what I promised you. — Did you not promise us to 
take us to the concert last Thursday ] — T confess that I was wrong 
in promising you ; the concert, however, (cependant,) has not taken 
place. — Does your brother confess his fault 1 — He confesses it. — 
What does your uncle say to (de) that note 1 — He says that it is 
written very well, but he admits that he has been wrong in sending 
it to the captain. — Do you confess your fault now 1 — I confess it to 
be a fault. — Where have you found my coat 1 — I have found it in the 
blue room, (Obs. B. Lesson XXXVIII.) — Will you hang my hat on 
the tree 1 — I will hang it thereon. — How are you to-day 1 — I am not 
very well. — What is the matter with you 1 — I have a violent head- 
ache and a cold. — Where did you catch a cold 1 — I caught it last 
night in going from the play. 



FIFTY SEVENTH LESSON.— Cinquante-septieme Legon. 

OF THE PRESENT PARTICIPLE. 

The present participle is formed from the first person plural of the pres- 
ent of the indicative by changing ons into ant. 

parlant. ■ 
finissant.- 
vecevant. 
rendant. 



We speak, 


speaking. 


1. Nous 


parlons, 


We finish, 


finishing. 


2. Nous 


finissons, 


We receive, 


receiving. 


3. Nous 


recevons, ] 


We render, 


rendering. 


4. Nous rendons, i 


The five following 


verbs form exce 


)tions to this rule : 


To have, 


having. 


Avoir, 


ayant. 


To be, 


being. 


Etre, 


dtant. 


To expire, 1 


expiring. 


E choir, 


echeant 


To know, 


knowing. 


Savoir, 


sachant. 


To become, 


becoming. 


Seoir, 


seant. 



Obs. A. This form of the verb is very seldom used in French ; for 
whenever it is used in English after a preposition, it is rendered into French 
by the infinitive. (See O 3 Lessons XL. and LIV.) Yet it is used when 



1 In speakbg of a lease, or a given portion of time. 



246 



FIFTY-SEVENTH LESSON. 



an agent performs two actions at the same time, as in the following ex 
amples : 



The man eats while running. 
I correct while reading. 
I question while speaking. 
You speak while answering me. 



L'homme mange en courant. 
Je corrige en lisant. 
Je questionne en parlant. 
Vous parlez en me repondant. 



Obs. B. These examples show how the preposition en, in, always pre- 
cedes the present participle, although it is sometimes not expressed, b&l 
understood. 

I Questionner 1. 
La cravate. 



To question. 
The cravat. 
The carriage. 
The house. 
The letter. 
The table. 
The family. 
The promise. 
The leg. 
The sore throat. 
The throat. 
I have a sore throat. 
The meat. 
Salt meat. 
Fresh meat. 
Fresh beef. 
Cool water. 
The food, (victuals.) 
The dish, (mess.) 
Salt meats. 
Milk-food. 



La voiture. 
La maison. 
La lettre. 
La table. 
I La famille. 
La promesse. 
La jambe. 
Le mal de gorge. 
La gorge. 

J'ai mal a la gorge. 
La viande. 
De la viande saiee. 
De la viande fraiche. 
Du bceuf frais. 
De l'eau fraiche. 
L'aliment. 
Le mets. 
Des mets sale's. 
Du laitao-e. 



The traveller. 
T'o march, to walk, to step. 



Le voyageur. 
Marcher 1. 



Obs. C. Marcher must not be mistaken for se promener. (L 
XLIV.) The former means to walk, and the latter to walk for pleasure 

I have walked a good deal to-day. 
I have been walking in the garden 

with my mother. 
To walk or travel a mile. 
To walk or travel a league 
To walk a step. 
To take a step, (meaning to take 

measures.) 



J'ai marche beaucoup aujourd'hui. 
Je me suis promene dans le jardbi 

avec ma mere, 
t Faire un mille. 
t Faire une lieue. 
t Faire un pas. 
* Faire une d-marche 



- 

FIFTY-SEVENTH LESSOR. 



247 



To go on a journey. 
To make a speech. 

A piece of business. 

An affair. 
To transact business. 



j t Faire un voyage. 
| t Faire un discours. 

> Une affaire. 

| Faire des affaires. 



To meddle with something. 
What are you meddling with ? 
I am meddling with my own busi- 
ness. 
That man always meddles with 

other people's business. 
I do not meddle with other people's 
business. 

Others, other people. 

He employs himself in painting. 

The art of painting. 
Chemistry. 
The chemist. 
The art. 
Strange. 
It is strange. 
To employ one's self in. 



t Se meler de quelque chose. 

De quoi vous melez-vous? 

Je me mule de mes propres affaires. 

Cet homme se mele toujours dea 

affaires des autres. 
Je ne me mele pas des affaires 

d'autrui. 
Autrui, (indeterminate pronoun, 

without gender or plural.) 
t II se mele de peindre. 
t II s'occupe de peinture. 
La peinture. 
La chimie. 
Le chimiste. 
L'art, (masculine.) 
Strange, etonnant. 
C'est Strange. 
S'occuper 1, de or a. 



To 



concern some one. 



To look at some one. 

I do not like to meddle with things 
that do not concern me. 

That concerns nobody. 

To concern one's self about some- 
thing. 

To trouble one's head about some- 
thing. 



Concerner 1, or regarder 1, quel- 

qu'un. 
Regarder 1, quelqu'un. 
t Je n'aime pas a me meler de ce 

qui ne me regarde pas. 
Cela ne regarde personne. 

Se soucier de quelque chose. 



To attract. 

* 

Loadstone attracts iron. 
Her sinking attracts me. 

Xo charm. 

To enchant. 
I am charmed with it. 

The beauty. 



Attirer 1. 

L'aimant attire le fer. 

Son chant m'attire. 

Charmer 1. 

Enchanter 1. 

J'en suis charme", (fern. 6e.) 

La beaute". 



248 



FIFTY-SEVENTH LESSON. 



Obs. D. All nouns ending in ti, and expressing properties or qualities 
are feminine. 



The harmony. 

The voice. 

The power. 

To repeat. 

The repetition. 
The commencement, beginning. 

The wisdom. 

Study. 

The lord. 

A good memory. 

A memorandum. 

The nightingale. 
All beginnings are difficult. 



L'harmonie. 
La voix. 
Le pouvoir. 
Rep iter 1. 
La repetition. 
Le commencement. 
La sagesse. 
L'etude. 
Le seigneur. 
Une bonne memoire. 
Un memoire. 
Le rossignol. 

Tous les commencements sont diffi- 
ciles. 



To create. 
Creation. 
The Creator. 
The benefit. 
The fear of the Lord. 
Heaven. 
The earth. 
Solitude. 
The lesson. 
The goodness. 
Flour, meal. 
The mill. 



Crier 1. 
La creation. 
Le Cre"ateur. 
Le bienfait. 

La craiute du Seigneur. 
Le ciel. 
La terre. 
La solitude. 
La legon. 

La bonte. (See Obs. D. abova.' 
De la farine. 
I Le moulin. 



Obs. E. We have seen (Lesson XLIV.) that all reflective verbs are in 
French conjugated with the auxiliary etre, t~> be, in their compound tensos. 
There are also some other verbs which, in French, are compounded with 
the auxiliary etre, to be, though they are not reflective, and generally take 
to have for their auxiliary in English. They are the following: 

entrer 1 
mourir * 2. 
naitre * 4. 
partir * 2. 
sortir * 2. 
parvenir * 2 
revenir * 2 
survenir * 2. 



To gc, 


aller * 1. 


To come in, 


To stop, 


s'arreter 1. 


To die, 


To arrive, 


arriver 1. 


To be born, 


To decay, 


dechoir * 3 


To set out, 


To die, 


deceder 1. 


To go' out, 


To fall, 


tomber 1. 


To attain, 


To come, 


venir * 2. 


To come back 


To become, 


devenir * 2 


To happen, « 



FIFTY-SEvENTH LESSON. 249 

To disagree, disconvenir* 2. I (See Lesson XXXIV. Neuter 
To intervene, intervenir * 2. . Verbs.) 



Has your mother come ? | Votre mere est-elle venue ? 

(O 3 The past participle of these verbs must agree in gender and oumbei 
with the nominative of the verb etre, to be. 

She has not come yet. I Elle n'est pas encore venue. 

Have the women already come? | Les femmes sont-elles deja venues? 
They have not come yet. Elles ne sont pas encore venues. 

Has your sister arrived? I Votre soeur est-elle arrivee ? 



EXERCISES. 
177. 

Will you dine with us to-day 1 — With much pleasure. — What 
have you for dinner, (quels mets avez-vous ?) — We have good soup, 
some fresh and salt meat, and some milk food. — Do you like milk 
food ] — I like it better than (preferer a) all other food. — Are you 
ready to dine 1 — I am ready. — Do you intend to set out soon 1 — I 
intend setting out next week. — Do you travel alone, (seul ?) — No, 
Madam, I travel with my uncle. — Do you travel on foot or in a car- 
riage 1 (Less. XLII.)— We travel in a carriage. — Did you meet any 
one in your last journey (dans votre dernier voyage) to Berlin 1 — We 
met many travellers. — What do you intend to spend your time in 
(Lesson XLIX.) this summer 1 — I intend to take a short (petit) jour- 
ney. — Did you walk much in your last journey 1 — I like much to 
walk, but my uncle likes to go in a carriage. — Did he not w r ish to 
walk 1 — He wished to walk at first, (d'abord,) but he wished to get 
into the coach (monter en voiture) after having taken a few steps, so 
that I did not walk much. — What have you been doing at school to- 
day 1 — We have been listening to our professor. — What did he say 1 
— He made a long (grand) speech on (sur) the goodness of God. 
After saying, " Repetition is the mother of studies, and a good mem- 
ory is a great benefit of God," he said, " God is the Creator of heav- 
en and earth ; the fear of the Lord is the beginning of all wisdom." 
— What are you doing all day in this garden 1 — I am walking in it. 
— What is there in it that attracts you, (qiCest-ce qui vous y attire ?) 
— The singing of the birds attracts me, (m'y attire.) — Are there any 
nightingales in it 1 — There are some in it, and the harmony of theii 
tinging enchants me. — Have those nightingales more power over (sur) 
you than the beauties of painting, or the voice of your tender (tendre) 
mothej -w\)Q loves you so much 1 — I confess the harmony of the sirg- 



250 FIFTV-SEVENTH LESSON. 

ing of those little birds has more power over me than the most ten 
der words (que les paroles les plus tendres) of my dearest friends 

178. 
What does your niece amuse herself with (Lesson XLIII.) in hex 
solitude 1 — She reads a good deal, and writes letters to her mother. 
— What does your uncle amuse himself with in his solitude 1 — He 
employs himself in painting and chemistry. — Does he no longer do 
any business 1 — He no longer does any, for he is too old to do it. — 
Why does he meddle with your business 1 — He does not generally 
(ordinairement) meddle with other people's business, but he meddles 
with mine because he loves me. — Has your master made you repeat 
your lesson to : day 1 — He has made me repeat it. — Did you know it ! 
— I knew it pretty well. — Have you also done some exercises 1 — I 
have done some, but what is that to you (qu'est-ce que cela vous fait) 
I beg, (je vous prie 1) — I do not generally meddle with things that do 
not concern me, but I love you so much that I concern myself much 
about {que je nCinteresse beaucoup a) what you are doing. — Does 
any one trouble his head about you 1 — No one troubles his head 
about me, for I am not w T orth' the trouble, (je rfen vaux pas la peine.) 
— Who corrects your exercises ? — My master corrects them. — How 
(comment) does he correct thern 1 — He corrects them in reading 
them, and in reading them he speaks to me. — How many things 
(combien de choses) does your master do at the same time, (a la 
fois ?) — He does four things at the same time. — How so, (comment 
cela ?) — He reads and corrects my exercises, speaks to me and ques- 
tions me all at once, (tout a la fois.) — Does your sister sing (chanter) 
while dancing 1 — She sings while working, but she cannot sing while 
dancing.— Has your mother left 1 — She has not left yet. — When 
will she set out ] — She will set out to-morrow evening. — At what 
o'clock 1 — At a quarter to seven. — Have your sisters arrived ? — 
They have not arrived yet, but we expect them this evening., — Will 
they spend (passer) the evening (Note 2, Less. LYL) with us 1 — 
They will spend it with us, for they have promised me to do so. — 
Where have you spent the morning 1 — I have spent it in the coun- 
try. — Do you go every morning to the country 1 — I do not go every 
morning, but twice a week. — Why has your niece not called upon 
me, (venir voir quelqu'un ?) — She is very ill, and has spent the whole 
day in her room. (See end of Lesson XXIV.) 



FIFTY-EIGHTH LESSON. 



251 



FIFTY-EIGHTH LESSON.— Cinquante-huitieme Lepo?i. 

OF THE PAST FUTURE. 

The past or compound future is formed from the future of the auxiliary 
and the past participle of the verb to be conjugated. Ex. 

J'aurai aime". 

Tu auras aime. 

II ou elle aura aimd. 

Nous aurons aime. 

Vous aurez aime. 

lis (/em. elles) auront aime\ 



I shall have loved. 
Thou wilt have loved. 
He or she will have loved, 
We shall have loved. 
You will have loved. 
They will have loved. 



I shall have come. 
Thou wilt have come. 
He will have come. 
She will have come. 
We shall have come. 
You will have come. 
They will have come. 
They will have come, fern. 



I shall have been praised. 
Thou wilt have been praised. 
He will have been praised. 
She will have been praised. 
We shall have been praised. 
You will have been praised. 
They will have been praised. 
They ( fcm.) will have been praised. 



To have left. 
When I have paid for the horse I 

shall have only ten crowns left. 
How much money have you left? 
I have one franc left. 
I have only one franc left 
How much has your brother left ? 
He has one crown left. 



Je serai venu, Fern, venue. 
Tu seras venu, " venue. 
II sera venu. 
Elle sera venue. 

Nous serons venus, Fern, venues 
Vous serez venus, " venues. 
lis seront venus. 
Elles seront venues. 



J'aurai ete loue, Fern. louee. 
Tu auras ete loue, " louee. 
II aura ete loue. 
Elle aura ete louee. 
Nous aurons ete loues, fern, louets 
Vous aurez ete loues, " loudes. 
lis auront ete loues. 
Elles auront ete louees. 



t Rester 1. 

Quand j'aurai paye le chrval il ne 

me restera que dix ecus. 
Combien d' argent vous reste-t-i 1 1 
II me reste un franc. 
II ne me reste qu'un franc. 
Combien reste-t-il a- votre frere ? 
II lui reste un ecu. 



1 It is hardly necessary to remark, that if one oerson only is spoken to 
i. 6 when the second person plural, vous, is employed instead of the second 
person singular, tu, no s is put to the past participle. 



252 



FIFTY-EIGHTH LESSON. 



How much has your sister left? 
She has only three sous left. 
How much have your brothers left ? 
They have one louis left. 
When they have paid the tailor they 
will have a hundred francs left. 



Combien reste-t-il a votre soeur? 
II ne lui reste que trois sous. 
Combien reste-t-il a vos freres ? 
II leur reste un louis. 
Quand Us auront pave" le tailleur il 
leur restera cent francs. 



Obs. A. In English the present, or the compound of the present, is used 
after the conjunctions when, as soon as, or after, when futurity is to be 
expressed ; but in French the future must in such instances always be em- 
ployed. Ex. 

Quand je serai chez ma tante vien- 
drez-vous me voir ? 

Quand vous aurez fini d'ecrire, 
viendrez-vous faire un tour avec 



When I am at my aunt's will you 

come to see me ? 
After you have done writing will you 

take a turn with me ? 

You will play when you have finished 

your exercise. 
What will you do when you have 

dined? 
When I have spoken to your brother 

I shall know what I have to do. 



Vousjouerez, quand vous aurez fini 

votre theme. 
Que ferez-vous quand vous aurez 

dine? 
Quand j'aurai parle" a votre frere je 

saurai ce que j'ai a faire. 



Idioms 
Does it rain ? 
It rains. 
Does it snow ? 
It snows. 
Is it muddy ? 
It is muddy. 

Is it muddy out of doors ? 
It is very muddy. 
Is it dusty ? 
It is very dusty. 
Is it smoky ? 
It is too smoky. 

Out of doors. 



with Faire. 

t Fait-il de la pluie ? 

t II fait de la pluie. 

t Fait-il de-la neige? 

t II fait de la neige. 

t Fait-il delaboue? 

t II fait de la boue. 

t Fait-il sale dehors ? 

t II fait tres-sale. 

t Fait-il de la poussiere ? 

t II fait beaucoup de poussiere. 

t Fait-il de la fnmee? 

t II fait trop de fumee- 

Dehors. 



To enter, to go in, to come in. 
Will you go into my room ? 

I will go in 
Will you go in? 
I shall go in. 



Entrer 1, dans. 

Voulez-vous entrer dans ma chore* 

bre ? 
Je veux y entrer 
Y entierez-vous ? 
J'y entrerai. 



FIFTY-EIGHTH LESSON. 



253 



To sit down. 
To sit, to be seated. 
Ho is seated upon the large chair. 
She is seated upon the bench. 



I S'asseoir * 3. (See Lessoa LI.) 
Etre assis ; fern, assise. 
II est assis sur la grande chaise. 
Ella est assise sur le banc. 



To fill with. 
To fill a bottle with wine. 
Do you fill that bottle with water 7 

I fill my purse with money. 
He fills his belly with meat. 

The pocket. 



Remplir 2, de. 

Remplir de vin une bouteille. 

Remplissez-vous d'eau cetts bou- 
teille ? 

Je remt lis d'argent ma bourse.. 

II se remplit de viande le ventre, (a 
vulgar expression.) 

La poche. 



Have you come quite alone? I Etes-vous venu tout seul? 

No, I have brought all my men along | Non, j'ai amene tout mon monde. 
with me. 

To bring. I Amener 1. 

Obs. B. Amener must, in French, not be mistaken for apporter. Tho 
former is used when the object can walk, and the latter when it cannot. Ex. 



He has brought all his men along 

with him. 
Have you brought your brother along 

with you ? 
I have brought him along with me. 
Have you told the groom to bring me 

the horse ? 

The groom. 
Are you bringing me my books ? 
I am bringing them to you. 

To take, to carry. 



II a amene tout son monde. 

Avez-vous amene votre frere ? 

Je l'ai amene. 

Avez-vous dit au palefrenier de m'a« 

mener le cheval ? 
Le palefrenier. 
M'apportez-vous mes livres? 
Je vous les apporte. 
Mener 1. 



Obs. C. The same distinction must be observed with regard to mener and 
porter, as with amener and apporter. Ex. 



Will you take that dog to the sta- 
ble? 
I will take it thither. 
Are you carrying this gun to my 

father ? 
I carry it to him. 

The cane, stick, 
The stable 



Voulez-vous mener ce chien a Y6* 

curie ? 
Je veux l'y mener. 
Portez-vous ce fusil a mon pere 1 

Je le lui porte. 
La canne. 
L'ecurio. 



254 



FIFTY-EIGHTH LESSON. 



To come down, to go down. 
To go down into the well. 
To go or come down the hill. 
To go down the river. 
To alight from one's horse, to dis 
mount. 

To alight, to get out. 
To go up, to mount, to ascend. 
To go up the mountain. 
Where is your brother gone to ? 
He has ascended the hill. 

To mount the horse. 
To get into the coach. 
To get on board the ship. 
To desire, to beg, to fray, to re- 
quest. 
Will you desire your brother to come 
down ? 

The beard. 
The river. 
The stream, torrent. 
To go Gr come up the river. 



Descendre 4. 
Descendro dans le puits 
Descendre la montagne. 
Descendre la riviere. 1 
Descendre de cheval. (Less. LII / 

Descendre de voiture. 

Monter 1. 

Monter la mcntagne. 

Ou votre frere est-il alle ? 

II a monte" la colline* 

Monter a cheval. 

t Monter en voiture. 

Monter sur mi vaisseau. 

Frier 1, (takes de before the iniini< 
tive.) 

Voulez-vous prier votre frere de de- 
scendre ? 

La barbe. 

La riviere, le fleuve. 

Le torrent. 

Remonter la riviere. 



EXERCISES. 

179. 
"Will vour parents go into the country to-morrow 1 — They will not 
go, for it is too dusty. — Shall we take a walk to-day 1 — We will not 
take a walk, for it is too muddy out of doors. — Do you see the cas- 
tle of my relation behind (derriere) yonder mountain, (cette mon- 
tagne-la ?) — I see it. — Shall we go in 1 — We will go in if you like. 
— Will you go into that room"? — I shall not go into it, for it is 
smoky. — I wish you a good morning, Madam, (Obs. B. Lesson 



1 The verb descendre takes the auxiliary avoir in its compound tenses 
when, as in these examples, it is construed with the accusative ; otherwise 
it takes etre. Ex. II a descendu la montagne, he has gone down the moun- 
tain ; elle est descendue d'une famille honorable, she is descended from pu 
honorable family. 

2 Monter also takes avoir when, as in these examples, it is construed with 
the accusative, and itre, when otherwise. Ex. H est monte par degres 
aux plus kautes charges militaires, he . has ascended by degrees to the 
highest military employments 



fIFTY-EIGHTH LESSON. 255 

XXVI.) — Will you not come in 1 Will you not sit down 1 — I will 
sit down upon that large chair. — Will you tell me what has become 
of your brother 1 — I will tell you. — Where is your sister 1 — Do you 
not see her 1 She sits upon the bench. — Is your father seated upon 
die bench \ — No, he sits upon the chair. — Hast thou spent all thy 
money 1 — I have not spent all. — How much hast thou left } — I have 
not much left. I have but five francs left. — How much money have 
thy sisters left 1 — They have but three crowns left. — Have you mo- 
ney enough left to pay your tailor 1 — I have enough left to pay him ; 
but if I pay him I shall have but little left. — How much money will 
your brothers have left ] — They will have a hundred crowns left. — 
When will you go to Italy 1 — I shall go as soon as (aussitot que) I 
have learned Italian. — When will your brothers go to France 1 — 
They will go thither as soon as they know French. — When will 
I hey learn it 1 — They will learn it when they have found a good 
master. — How much money shall we have left when we have paid 
for our horses 1 — When we have paid for them we shall have only a 
hundred crowns left. 

180. 

Do you gain (gagner, Lesson MIL) any thing by (a) that busi- 
ness ? — I do not gain much by it, (y,) but my brother gains a good 
deal by it. He fills his purse with money. — How much money have 
you gained 1 — I have gained only a little, but my cousin has gained 
much by it. He has filled his pocket with money. — Why does that 
man not work? — He is a good-for-nothing fellow, for he does noth- 
ing but eat all the day long. He continually {toujours) fills his bel- 
ly with meat, so that he will make himself (se rendre) ill if he con- 
tinues (continuer) to eat so much. — With what have you filled that 
bottle ? — I have filled it with wine. — Will this man take care of my 
horse 1 — He will take care of it. — Who will take care of my ser- 
vant 1 — The landlord will take care of him. — Does your servant take 
care of your horses 1 — He does take care of them. — Is he taking 
care of your clothes \ — He takes care of them, for he brushes them 
every morning. — Have you ever drunk French wine 1 — I have never 
drunk any. — Is it long since you ate French bread 1 — It is almost 
three years since I ate any. — Have you hurt my brother-in-law \ — 
I have not hurt him, but he has cut my finger. — What has he cut 
your finger with 1 — With the knife which you have lent him. 

181. 
Is your father arrived at last ! — Everybody says that he is ar- 
rived, but I have not seen him yet. — Has the physician hurt your 
uon 1 — He has hurt him, for he has cut his finger. — Have they cut 



256 FIFTY-NINTH LESSON. 

off {couper) that man's leg, {a cet homme ?) — They have cut it off— 
Are you pleased {content) with your servant 1 — I am much pleased 
with him, for he is fit for any thing, {propre a tout.) — What does 
he know ? — He knows every thing, {tout.) — Can he ride, {monter a 
cheval?) — He can. — Has your brother returned at last from Eng- 
land ] — He has returned thence, and has brought you a fine horse. — 
Has he told his groom to bring it to me 1 — He has told him to bring 
it you. — What do you think {que dites-vous) of that horse 1 — I think 
{je dis) that it is a fine and good one, {qu'il est beau et don,) and beg 
you to lead it into the stable. — In what did you spend your time yes- 
terday ] — I went to the concert, and afterwards {ensuite) to the 
play. — When did that man go down into the well 1 — He went down 
into it this morning. — Has he come up again yet, {remonter ?) — He 
came up an hour ago. — Where is your brother 1 — He is in his room. 
— Will you tell him to come down? — I will tell him so, but :>e is 
not dressed (Lesson LII.) yet. — Is your friend still {toujo--"'?^ on 
the mountain 1 — He has already come down. — Did you go down ci 
up {remonter) the river 1 — We went down it. — Did my cqusi* speak 
to you before he started 1 — He spoke to me before he got i lto the 
coach. — Have you seen my brother 1 — I saw him before I went on 
board the ship. — Is it better to get into a coach than to go on board 
the ship 1 — It is not worth while to get into a coach or to go on 
board the ship when one has no wish to travel. 



FIFTY-NINTH LESSON.— Cinquante-neuvieme Lecon. 

OF THE IMPERFECT. 

The imperfect of the indicative is formed from the present participle by 
changing ant 

1st Person. 2d Person. ' 3d Person. 
For the singular into ais, ais, ait. 

For the plural into ions, iez, aient. 

Pres. Participle. Imperfects 

C Je parlaz's, tu parlais, il (eile) pariah. 
Speaking — I spoke. 1. Parish. \ Nous parHons, vous park'ez, ils (elles) 

v. parlaient. 1 



The orthography of the first and second persons singular, and of the 
third person singular and plural, of the imperfect, was formerly je parlois. 
tu parlois, il parloit, ils parloient. Some authors still persist in this way cf 
spelling, but they ought not to be imitated. The orthography wo follow was 



V 



FIFTY-NINTH LESSON. 



257 



Pres. Part Imperfects. 

f Je finissais, tu finissazs, il (tJie) finis- 
Finishing--! finished. 2. Finissan* < AT ' ~ . . £ . . ., 
6 I JNous mussions, vous miissjez, lis 

[_ (elles) finissaiejiJ. 

rJ'apercevazs, tu apereevaz's, il (elle) 
Perceiving — I per- 3. Aperce- J apereevaz'z\ 

ceived. varc£. j Nous apercevzows, vous apercev/ez, 

L ils (elles) apercevaz'enf. 

rJe rendaz's, tu rendaz's, il (elle) ren- 
Rendering — I ren- 4. Rendanf. dait. 

dered. j Nous vendions, vous rendiez, ils 

(_ (elles) l-endaient. 
Obs. A. There are but two exceptions to this rule, viz. : 

C J'avaz's, tu avaz's, il (elle) a.vait. 
Having — I had. 3. Ayanl. < Nous avions, vous avz'ez, ils (elles) 

* swaient. 

szivais, il (elle) savazY. 
Knowing — I knew. 3. Sachant. <J Nous savzo/zs, vous savzez, ils (elles) 




I was, thou wast, he (she) was. 
We were, you were, they were. 



J'etais, tu e"tais, il (elle) e"tait. 
Nous etions, vous etiez, ils (elles) 
etaient. 



Obs. B. The imperfect is a past tense which was still present at the time 
spoken of, and may always he recognised by using the two terms " was 

DOING," 01* " USED TO DO." Ex. 



When I was at Berlin I often went 

to see my friends. 
When you were in Paris you often 

went to the Champs-Elysees. 
Rome was at first governed by kings. 

Caesar was a great man. 
Cicero was a great orator. 
Our ancestors went a hunting every 
day. 



Quand yetais a Berlin, j'allais sou- 
vent voir mes amis. 

Quand vous etiez a Paris vous alliez 
souvent aux Champs-Elyse'es. 

Rome etait d'abord gouvernee par des 
rois. 

Cesar e"tait un grand homme. 

Ciceron etait un grand orateur. 

Nos ancetres allaient tous Ies jours a 
la chasse. 



first proposed in 1675, by a lawyer of the name of Berain, and has since 
been adopted by the generality of French authors. According to the ancient 
orthography, the conditionals and other words, as, faimerais, paraitre, dis- 
paraitre, faible, monnaie, Anglais, Fran$ais, Hollandais, Irlandais, &c 
were written : j'aimerois, paroitre, disparoitre, foible, monnoie, Anglais 
Vrancois, Jrlandois, Hollanders, &c. 



^258 ff FIFTY-NINTH J^CSSON. 



,58 

The Romans cultivated the arts and 
sciences, and rewarded merit. 



Were you walking ? 

I was not walking. 

Were you in Paris when the king 
was there ? 

I was there when he was there. 

Where were you when I was in Lon- 
don? 

At what time did you breakfast when 
you were in Germany ? 

I breakfasted when my father break- 
fasted. 

Did you work when he was work- 
ing? 

1 studied when he was working. 
Some fish. 
Some game. 

When I lived at my father's I rose 
earlier than I do now. 



When we lived in that country we 
went a fishing often. 

When I was ill I kept in bed all day. 

Last summer when I was in the 
country there was a great deal of 
fruit. 



FIFTY-NINTH 

Kes Romains cultivaient les arts et 

les sciences et recompensaient le 

merite. 
Vous promeniez-vous ? 
Je ne me promenais pas. 
£tiez-vous a Paris lorsque le roi y 

e"tait ? 
J'y etais lorsqu'il y etait. 
Ou etiez-vous lorsque j'e"tais a Lon- 

dres? 
Quand dejeuniez-vous lorsque voua 

etiez en Allemagne ? 
Je dejeunais lorsque mon pere de"- 

jeunait. 
Travailliez-vous lorsqu'il travaillait ? 



A thing. 
The same thing. 
The same man. 
It is all one, (the same.) 



J'etudiais lorsqu'il travaillait. 

Du poisson. 

Du gibier. 

Quand jo demeurais chez mon pere, 

je me levais de meillure heure que 

je ne le fais a present. (See Obs 

B., Lesson LIU.) 
Quand nous demeurions dans ce 

pays-la, nous allions souvent a la 

peche. 
Quand j'etais malade je gardais le lit 

toute la journee. 
L'e"te passe, pendant que j'etais a la 

campagne il y avait beaucoup do 

fruit. 



Une chose. 
La meme chose. 
Le meme homme. 
t Cost egal. 



Such. 
Such a man 
Such men. 
Such a woman 
Such things. 
Such. 
"Such men merit esteem 



Mas. Un tel ; fem. Vne telle. 
Un tel homme. 
De tels hommes. 
Une telle femme. 
De telles choses. 
Pareil ; fem. pareille. 
De pareils hommes mentor-* da 
Pestime. 



j£wjj&«: 



FIFTY-NINTH LESSON 



Out 



'$*??*, 



Out of the city, (ti/e town) 
Without or out doors. 
The church stands outside the town. 
I shall wait for you before the town 
gate. 

The town or city gate. 
The barrier, the turnpike. 



Hors de. 

Hors de la ville. 

Dehors. 

L'eglise est hors de la viLe 

Je vous attendrai devant la port 

Ja ville. 
La porte de la ville 
La barriere. 




da 



Seldom, (rarely.) 
Some brandy. 
The life. 
To get one's livelihood by 
I get my livelihood by working. 
He gets his living by writing. 
I gain my money by working. 
By what does that man get his live- 
lihood ? 



Rarement. 

De l'eau de vie. 

La vie. 

Gagner sa vie a. 

Je gagne ma vie a travailler. 

II gagne sa vie a e"crire. 

Je gagne mon argent a travailler 

A quoi cet homme gagne-t-il sa vie I 



To proceed, to go on, to continue. 
He continues his speech. 

A good appetite. 

The narrative, the tale. 
The edge, the border, the shore 
The edge of the brook. 
The sea-shore. 
On the sea-shore. 

The shore, the water -side, the coast, 
the bank. 



Continuer 1, (de or a bef. inf.) 

II continue son discours. 

Un bon appetit. 

Le conte, (la narration ) 

Le bord. 

Le bord du ruisseau. 

Le bord de la mer. 

Au bord de la mer. 

Le rivage, la rive. 



People or folks. I Gens. 

They are good folks. | t Ce sont de bonnes gens. 

Obs. C. Gens is masculine when it comes before its adjective, and fem- 
inine when after it. 

They are wicked people. | Ce sont de mechantes gens. 



EXERCISES. 

182. 
Were you loved when you were at Dresden, {Dresdel) — I was 
not hated. — Was your brother esteemed when he was in London 1 — 
He was loved and esteemed. — When were you in Spain 1 — I wa? 
there when you were there. — Who was loved and who was hated 1 — 
Those that were good, assiduous, and obedient, were loved, and those 
who were naughty, (mechant,) idle, and disobedient weie punished, 




r »%***A^fc* 



NINTH LESSON. 

hated, and despised. — Were you in Berlin when the king was there * 
■^-1 was there when he was there. — Was your uncle in London when 
Twas there 1 — He was there when you were there. — Where were you 
when I was at Dresden 1 — I was in Paris. — Where w r as your father 
when you were in Vienna 1 — He was in England. — At what time did 
you breakfast when you were in France 1 — I breakfasted when my 
uncle breakfasted. — Did you work when he was working ! — I studi- 
ed when he was working. — Did your brother work when you were 
working 1 — He played when I was working. — On what (De quoi) 
lived our ancestors 1 — They lived on nothing but fish and game, for 
they went a hunting and a fishing every day. — What sort of people 
were the Romans 1 — They were very good people, for they cultivated 
the arts and sciences and rewarded merit. — Did you often go to see 
your friends when you were at Berlin 1 — I went to see them of f en. — 
Did you sometimes go to the Champs-Elysees when you wer; at 
Paris '? — I often went thither. 

183. 
What did you do when you lived in that country ? — When we 
lived there we went a fishing often. — Did you not go out walking, 
(aller se promener ?) — I went out walking sometimes. — Do you rise 
early 1 — Not so early as you, but when I lived at my uncle's I rose 
earlier than I do now. — Did you sometimes keep in bed when you 
lived at your uncle's 2 — When I was ill I kept in bed all day. — Is 
there much fruit this year 1 — I do not know ; but last summer, when 
I was in the country, there was a great deal of fruit. — What do you 
get your livelihood by 1 — I get my livelihood by working. — Does your 
friend get his livelihood by writing 1 — He gets it by speaking and 
writing. — Do these gentlemen get their livelihood by working 1 — 
They get it by doing nothing, (a ne rienfaire,) for they are too idle 
to work. — What has your friend gained that money by 1 — He has 
gained it by working. — What did you get your livelihood by when 
you were in England! — I got it by writing. — Did your cousin get his 
livelihood by writing 1 — He got it by working. — Have you ever seen 
such a person 1 — I have never seen such a one, (une pareille.) — 
Have you already seen our church 1 — I have not seen it yet. Where 
does it stand 1 — It stands outside the town. If you wish to see ic I 
will go with you in order to show it you. — What do the people live 
upon that live on the sea- shore 1 — They live on fish aione. — Why 
will you not go a hunting any more 1 — I hunted yesterday the whole 
day, and I killed nothing but an ugly bird, so that I shall not go a;ry 
more a hunting. — Why do you not eat 1 ? — Because I have no; a good 
appetite. — Why does your brother eat so much 1 — Because he has s 
good appetite. 



*<• 



SIXTIETH LESSON 263 

184. 
Whom are you looking for 1 — I am looking for my little brother. 
—If you wish to find him you must go (il faut alter) into the garden, 
tor he is there. — The garden is large, and I shall not be able to find 
him if you do not tell me in which part (dans quelle partie) of the 
garden he is. — He is sitting under the large tree under which we 
were sitting yesterday. — Now I shall find him. — Why did you not 
bring my clothes 1 — They were not made, so that I could not bring 
them, but I bring them to you now. — You have learned your lesson ; 
why has not your sister learned hers 1 — She has taken a walk with 
my mother, so that she could not learn it, but she will learn it to- 
morrow. — When will you correct my exercises 1 — I will correct them 
when you bring me those of your sister. — Do you think you have 
made faults in them? — I do not know. — If you have made faults you 
have not studied your lesson well ; for the lessons must be learned 
well {il faut bien apprendre) to make no faults in the exercises. — It 
is all the same : if you do not correct them to-day, I shall not learn 
them before (ne les apprendrai que) to-morrow. — You must not (il 
ne faut pas) make any faults in your exercises, for you have all you 
want in order to make none. 



SIXTIETH LESSON.— Soixantieme Lecon. 
THE IMPERFECT— (continued.) 

I forgot, thou forgottest, he or she I J'oubliais, tu oubliais, il ou elle ou 

forgot. I bliait. 

We forgot, you forgot, they forgot. I Nous oublnons, vous oubh'zez, ils ou 

I elles oubliaient. 

Obs. A. Verbs whose present participle ends in iant, as oublier, ouhliant , 
rite, to laugh, riant ; prier, to pray, to desire, priant, &c, do not drop the 
letter i in the first and second persons plural of the imperfect of the indica- 
tive, (and present of the subjunctive, of which hereafter.) 



When we weni to school we often 
forgot our books. 

When you went to church you often 
prayed to the Lord for your chil- 
dren. 



Quand nous allions a l'ecole nous on 

bliions souvent nos livres. 
Quand vous allies a l'eglise vous 

pmez souvent le Seigneur pour vos 

enfants. 



I paid, thou paidest, he or she paid. I Je payais, tu payais, il ou ello payait. 
We paid, you paid, thoy paid. Nous payi'ows, vous payi'ez, ils oh 



12 



elles payaient 



262 



SIXTIETH LESSON. 



Obs. B. Verbs whose present participle ends in yant, as payer , pay ant 
appuyer, to support, appuyant ; croire, to believe, croyant; s'asseoir, to si 
down, s'asseyant ; employer* to employ, employ ant ; cnx-oyer, to send, cn- 
voyant; essayer, to try, essayant ; fuir, to flee, fuyant ; voir, to see, voy- 
ant, &.c., do not drop the letter i after y in the first and second persons plu- 
ral of the imperfect of the indicative, (and present of the subjunctive, of 
which hereafter.) * 



When we received some money we 
employed it in purchasing good 
books. 

When you bought of that merchant 
you did not always pay in cash. 



Quand nous recevions de l 5 argent 

nous Femployiorts a acheter de 

bons livres. 
Quand vous achetiez chez co mar- 

chand vous ne payzez pas toujours 

comptant. " 



Has your sister succeeded hi mend- 
ing your cravat ? 

She has succeeded in it. 

Has the woman returned from the 
market ? 

She has not yet returned. 

Did the women agree to that 1 

They did agree to it. 

Where is your sister gone to ? 

She is gone to the church 



Votre soeur est-elle parvenue a rac- 
commoder votre cravate ? 

Elle y est parvenue. 

La femme est-elle revenue du mar- 
che - ? 

Elle n'en est pas encore revenue. 

Les femmes sont-elles convenues de 
cela? 

Elles en sont convenues. 

Oil votre sceur est-elle allee ? 

Elle est allee a 1'eglise. 



OF THE CONDITIONAL OR POTENTIAL PRESENT. 

This mood is formed from the Future by changing the ending-* 

RA, RONS, REZ, ROXT, illtu 



RAI, 
RA1S 



RAS, 
RAIS, 



RAIT, 



RIEZ, 



RAI EXT. 



RIOXS, 

Obs. C. It will be observed that the conditional is like the future as fat 
as the letter r, after winch it is exactly like the imperfect Ex. 

I should have, thou wouldst have, he I J'aurais, tu aurai3, il ou elle aurait. 

or she would have. 
We should have, you would have, I Nous aurions, vous auriez, ils ou 6lles 

they would have. auraient. 



I should be, thou wouldst be, he or I Je serais, tu serais, il ou elle serait. 

she would be. 
We should be, you would be, they I Nous serious, vous seriez. ils ou elle3 

would be seraient. 



SIXTIETH LEISSON. 



268 



£ should speak, thou wouldst speak, 

he or she would speak. 
We should speak, you would speak, 

they would speak. « 



Je parlerais, tu parlerais, il ou elle 

parlerait. 
Nous parlerious, vous parleriez, ils ou 

elles parleraient. 



Obs. D. Whenever this mood is used, there is always an if in the sen- 
tence, expressed or understood ; but the verb which immediately follows ir 
must be in the imperfect tense. 



If I had money I would have a new 

coat. 
If thou couldst do this thou wouldst 

do that. 
If he could he would. 
I would go if I had time. 
If lie knew what you have done he 

would scold you. 

To scold. 
If there were any wood he would 

make a fire. 
Should the men come, it would be 

necessary to give them something 

to drink. 
Should we receive our letters, we 

would not read them until to-mor- 
row. 
Not until, (meaning not before.) 



Si j'avais de l'argent j'aurais un habit 

neuf. 
Si tu savais faire ceci tu voudraia 

faire cela. 
S'il pouvait il voudrait. 
J'irais si j'avais le temps. 
S'il savait ce que vous avez fait il 

vous gronderait 
Grander 1. 
S'il y avait du bois il ferait du feu. 

Si les homines venaient, il faudrait 
leur donner quelque chose a boire 

Si nous recevions nos lettres, nous 
ne les lirions pas avant demain. 

Pas avant, (takes de before inf.) 



CONDITIONAL OR POTENTIAL PAST. 

This is formed from the present of the conditional of the auxiliary, and 
the past participle of the verb to be conjugated. Ex. 



I should, thou wouldst, he or she 

would have spoken. 
We should, you would, they would 

have spoken. 



J'aurais, tu aurais, il ou elle aurait 

parle. 
Nous aurions, vous auriez, ils ou elles 

auraient parle. 



I should, thou wouldst, \ 

he or she would > departed. 

have ) 

We should, you ~\ 

would, they would > departed. 

have i 



Je serais, tu serais, i parti, 
il ou elle serait $ fern, partie. 



Nous serions, vous ^ pi. mas. partis ; 
seriez, ils ou elles > pi. fern, par- 
seraient 5 ties. 



264 



SIXTIETH LESSON. 



If I had received my money I would 

have bought new shoes. 
If he had had a pen he would have 

recollected the word. 
If you had risen early, you would 

not have caught a cold. 

If they had got rid of their old horse, 
they would have procured a better 
one. 

If he had washed his hands he would 
have wiped them. 

If I knew that, I would behave dif- 
ferently. 

If I had known that, I would have 
behaved differently. 

If thou ha-dst taken notice of that, 
thou wouldst not have been mis- 
taken. 



Si j'avais re9u mon argent, j'auraia 

achete des souliers neufs. 
S'il avait eu une plume, il se serait 

rappele Je mot. 
Si vous vous etiez leve de bonne 

heure, vous ne vous seriez pas en- 

rhume. 
S'ils s'etaient defaits de leur vieux 

cheval, ils s'en seraient procure un 

meilleur. 
S'il s'etait lave" les mains, il se les 

serait essuyees. 
Si je savais cela, je me comporterais 

differemment. 
Si j'avais su ccla, je me serais com- 

porte autrement. 
Si tu t'etais apergu de cela, tu ne te 

serais pas trompe. 



Would you learn French if I learned 

it? 
[ would learn it if you learned it. 
Would you have learned German if 

I had learned it ? 
I would have learned it if you had 

learned it. 
Would you go to France if I went 

thither with you ? 
I would go thither, if you went thith- 
er with me. 
Would you have gone to Germany, 

if I had gone thither with you ? 
Would you go out if I remained at 

home ? 
I would remain at home if you went 

out. 
Would you have written a letter if I 

had written a note ? 



Apprendriez-vous le franc, ais si je 
l'apprenais ? 

Je l'apprendrais si vous l'appreniez. 

Auriez-vous appris 1'allemand si je 
l'avais appris ? 

Je I'aurais appris si vous l'aviez ap- 
pris. 

Iriez-vous en France, si j'y allais 
avec vous ? 

J'irais, si vous y alliez avec moi. 

Seriez -vous alle en Allemagne, si j'y 

etais alle avec vous ? 
Sortiriez-vous si je restais a la mai- 

son? 
Je resterais a la maison, si vous sor- 

tiez. 
Auriez-vous 6crit une lettre si j'avaie 

ecrit un billet ? 



There is my book. 
Behold my book. 
Here is my book. 
There if is. 



Voila mon livre. 

I Voici mon livre. 

I Le vc ; la ; fern, la voila. 



SIXTIETH LESSON. 



265 



There they are. 

Here I am 
That is the reason why. 
Therefore I say so. 

My feet are cold. 

His feet are cold. 

Her hands are cold. 

My body is cold. 

My head hurts me. 

Her leg hurts her. 
He has a pain in his side. 
Her tongue hurts her very much. 

A plate. 
The son-in-law. 
The step-son. 
The daughter-in-law. 
The step-daughter. 
The progress. 
To profit. 
To improve in learning. 

The progress of a malady. 



The father-in-law, the step-father. 
The mother-in-law, the step-mother. 



Les voila. 

Me voici. 

Voila pourqucr. 

Voila pourquoi je le dis. 



t J'ai froid aux pieds. 

t II a froid aux pieds. 

t Elle a froid aux mains. 

t J'ai froid au corps. 

t La tete me fait mal. 

t La jambe lui fait mal. 

t II a mal au cdte. 

t La langue lui fait beaucoup de mal. 



Une assiette. 

Le beau-fils, le gendre. 

Le beau-fils. 

La belle-fille, la bru. 

La belle-fille. 

Le progres. 

t Faire des progres. 

t Faire des progres dans les etudes, 
dans les sciences. 

Le progres or les progres d'une main- 
die. 1 

Le beau-pere. 

La belle-mere. 



EXERCISES. 
185. 
Did you forget any thing when you went to school 1 — We often 
forgot our books. — Where did you forget them] — We forgot them 
at the school. — Did we forget any thing 1 — You forgot nothing. — 
Did your mother pray for any one when she went to church 1 — She 
prayed for her children. — For whom did we pray ? — You prayed for 
your parents. — For whom did our parents pray ? — They prayed for 
their children. — When you received your money what did you do 
with it, (qu'en faisiez-vous ?) — We employed it in purchasing some 
good books. — Did you employ yours also in purchasing books ] — 
No; we employed it in assisting the poor, (a secourir les pauvres.) 



1 All nouns ending in ie are feminine, 
to the English termination y. 



This ending frequently answers 



266 SIXTIETH LESSON. 

— Did you not pay y:>ur tailor 1 — We did pay him. — Did you always 
pay in cash when you bought of that merchant ] — We always paid 
in cash, for we never buy on credit. — Has your sister succeeded in 
mending your stockings'? — She has succeeded in it. — Has your 
mother returned from church ! — She has not yet returned. — Whither 
has your aunt gone 1 — She has gone to church. — Whither have oui 
cousins (fem.) gone ? — They have gone to the concert. — Have they 
not yet returned from it 1 — They have not yet returned. 

188. 

Who is there 1 — It is I, (e'est moi.) — Who are those men ] — They 
are foreigners who wish to speak to you. — Of what country are 
they 1 — They are Americans. — Where is my book 1 — There it is. — 
And my pen 1 — Here it is. — Where is your sister 1 — There she is. — 
Where are our cousins, (fem. ?) — There they are. — Where are you, 
John, (Jean ?) — Here I am. — Why do your children live in France 1 
— They wish to learn French ; that is the reason why they live in 
France. — Why do you sit near the fire 1 — My hands and feet are 
cold ; that is the reason why I sit near the fire. — Are your sister's 
hands cold 1 — No ; but her feet are cold. — What is the matter with 
your aunt ] — Her leg hurts her. — Is any thing the matter with you 1 
— My head hurts me. — What is the matter with that woman 1 — Her 
tongue hurts her very much. — Why do you not eat 1— 1 shall not eat 
before I have (avant oVavoir) a good appetite. — Has your sister a 
good appetite 1 — She has a very good appetite ; that is the reason 
why she eats so much. — If you have read the books which I lent 
you why do you not return them to me \ — I intend reading them once 
more, (encore une fois ;) that is the reason why I have not yet re- 
turned them to you ; but I will return them to you as soon as I have 
read them a second time, (pour la seconde fois.) — Why have you 
not brought my shoes 1 — They were not made, therefore I did not 
bring them ; but I bring them you now : here they are. — Why has 
your daughter not learned her exercises 1 — She has taken a walk with 
her companion, (fem. ;) that is the reason why she has not learned 
them : but she promises to learn them to-morrow, if you do not 
scold her. 

187. 

Would you have money if your father were here * — I should have 
some if he were here. — Would you have been pleased if I had had 
some books 1 — I should have been much pleased if you had had 
some. — Would you have praised my little brother if he had been 
good ' — -If he had been good I should certainly (certamement) not 
only (non settlement) have praised, but also loved, honored, (honorer,) 



SIXTIETH LESSOxV. 267 

and rewarded him. — Should we be praised if we did our es ercises 1 
— If you did thsm without a fault (sans faute) you would be praised 
and rewarded. — Would my brother not have been punished if he had 
done his exercises 1 — He would not have been punished if he had 
done them. — Would my sister have been praised if she had not been 
skilful ] — She would certainly not have been praised if she had not 
been very skilful, and if she had not worked from morning (depuis le 
matin) till evening. — Would you give me something if I were very 
good 1 — If you were very good, and if you worked well, I would give 
you a fine book. — Would you have written to 3'our sister if I had gone 
to Paris 1 — I would have written to her, and sent her something 
handsome if you had gone thither. — Would you speak if I listened 
to you ] — I would speak if you listened to me, and if you would an- 
swer me. — Would you have spoken to my mother if you had seen 
her ] — I would have spoken to her, and have begged of her (frier 
quelqu'un) to send you a handsome gold w T atch (la montre en or) if 
I had seen her. 

188. 

One of the valet de chambres (un des valets de chambre) of Louis 
XIV. (de Louis XIV.) requested that prince, as he was going to 
bed, (comme il se mettait au lit,) to recommend (de /aire recom- 
mander) to the first president (a Monsieur le premier president) a 
lawsuit (un proces) which he had against (contre) his father-.in-law, 
and said, in urging him, (en le pressant :) " Alas, (Helas,) Sire, 
(Sire,) you have but to say one word." " Well," (Eh !) said Louis 
XIV., " it is not that which embarrasses me, (ce rfest pas de quoi 
ie suis en peine ;) but tell me, (dis-moi,) if thou wert in thy father- 
in-law's place, (a la place de — ,) and thy father-in-law in thine, 
wouldst thou be glad (bien aise) if I said that word 1" 

If the men should come it would be necessary to give them some- 
thing to drink. — If he could do this he w r ould do that. — I have al- 
ways flattered myself, my dear brother, that you loved me as much 
as I love you ; but I now see that I have been mistaken. I should 
like (je voudrais) to know why you went a walking without me. — I 
have heard, my dear sister, that you are angry with me, (etre fdche 
contre quelqu'un,) because I went a walking without you. I assure 
you that, had I known that you were not ill, I should have come for 
you, (venir chercher quelqu'un ;) but I inquired (sHnformer) at (chez) 
your physician's about your health, (de votre sante,) and he told me, 
that you had been keeping your bed (que vous gardiez le lit) the last 
eight days, (depuis kuit jours.) 



268 



SIXTY-FIRST LESSON. 



189. 

A French officer having arrived (Slant arrive) at the court (la cour) 
of Vienna, the empress Theresa (Therese) asked (demanda) him, if 
he believed that the princess of N., whom he had seen the day be- 
fore, (la veille,) was really the handsomest woman in the (du) world, 
as was said. (See Obs. A. Lesson XLIV.) " Madam," replied 
(repliqua) the officer, " I thought so yesterday." — How do you like 
(Lesson XLI.) that meat 1 — I like it very well. — May I ask you for 
(oserais-je vous demander) a piece of that fish 1 — If you will have 
the goodness (la bonte) to pass me your plate I will give you some. 
— Would you have the goodness to pour me out (verser) some drink, 
(a boire ?) — With much pleasure.— Cicero, seeing his son-in-law, 
who was very short, (petit,) arrive (venir) with a long sword (une 
longue epee) at his side, (au cote,) said, " Who has fastened (qui est- 
ce qui a attache) my son-in-law to this sword ?" (See end of Les- 
son XXIV.) 



SIXTY-FIRST LESSON. -^Soixante et unieme Lecon. 



What has become of your aunt ? 
I do not know what has become of 

her. 
What has become of your sisters? 
I cannot tell you what has become of 

them. 



To die, (to lose life.) 

I die, thou diest, he or she dies. 

Shall or will you die ? 

I shall die. 

The man died this morning, and his 

wife died also. 
The man is dead. 
The woman died this morning 



Wine sells well. 
Wine will sell well next year. 

That door shuts easily. 

That window does not. open easily. 



Qu'est devenue votre tante ? 

Je ne sais pas ce qu'elle est devenue. 

Que sont devenues vos soeurs ? 
Je ne peux pas vous dire ce qu'ellea 
sont devenues. 



Mourir * 2 ; pres. part, mourant ; 

past part. mort. 
Je meurs, tu meurs, il ou elle meurt. 



Mourrez-^ 



(See Less. XLVI ) 



Je mourrai. 

L'homme est mort ce matin, et sa 

femme est morte aussi. 
L'homme est mort. 
La femme est morte ce matin. 



t Le vin se vend bien. 

t Le vin se vendra bien l'annee pro- 

chaine. 
t Cette porte se ferme facilement. 
t Cette fenetre ne s'ouvre pas facile^ 

ment 



SIXTY-FIRST LESSON. 



269 



That picture is seen far off. 
Far off, from afar. 
Winter clothes are not worn in sum- 
mer. 
That is not said. 
That cannot be comprehended. 
To conceive, to comprehend. 
It is clear. 



t Ce tableau se ?oit de loin. 

De loin. 

t Les vetements d'hiver ne se portent 

pas en e'te. 
t Cela ne se dit pas. 
t Cela ne se congoit pas. 
Concevoir 3. 
C'est clair. 



According to circumstances. 
The circumstance. 
That is according to circumstances. 
It depends. 



t Selon les circonstances. 
La circonstance. 

t C'est selon. 



Glad. 
Pleased. 

Sorry, displeased 
Are you rich 1 
I am. 

Ar<3 the women handsome ? 
They are ; they are rich and hand- 
some. 
Are you from France ? 
I am. 

What countrywoman is she ? 
She is from France. 
Would you be sorry if you were 

rich ? 
I should not be sorry for it. 
To be angry with somebody. 
To be angry about something. 
What are you angry about ? 
Are you sorry for having done it ? 
I am sorry for it. 

Honest, polite. 
Impolite. 
Polite, courteoue. 
Impolite, uncivil. 
Happy, lucky. 
Unhappy, unlucK) . 
Easy. 
Difficult. 
Useful. 
Useless. 



Bien aise, {de before inf.) 

Content, {de before inf.) 

Fache. 

Etes-vous riche ? 

Je le suis. 

Les femmes sont-elles belles ? 

Elles le sont ; elles sont riches ct 

belles. 
Etes-vous de France? 
J' en suis. 

De quel pays est-elle ? 
Elle est de France. 
Seriez-vous fache si vous etiez riche ? 

Je n'en serais pas fache. 

Etre fache contre quelqu'un. 

Etre fache de quelque chose. 

De quoi etes-vous fachd ? 

fites-vous fache de l'avoir fait ? 

J'en suis faclie". 

Honnete. 

Malhonnete. 

Poli. 

Impoli. 

Heureux ; 

Malheureux 

Facile. 

Difficile. 

Utile. 

Inutile. 



fern heureuse. 
; " malheureuae 



270 



SIXTY-FIRST LESSOJM 



Is it useful to write a great deal ? 

It h useful. 

Is it well (right) to take the property 

of others ? 
It is bad, (wroug.) 
It is not well, (wrong.) 

Well, right. 

Bad, wrong. 



Est-il utile d'ecrire beaucoup ? 

C'est utile. 

Est-il bien de prendre le bien des 

autres ? 
C'est mal. 
Ce n'est pas bien. 
Bien. 
Mal. 



Of what use is that ? 
That is of no use. 
What is that ? 
I do not know what that is 

What is it ? 

I do not know what it is. 



t A quoi cela est-il bon ? 

t Cela n'est bon a rien. 

t Qu'est-ce que c'est que cela ? 

tJe ne sais pas ce que c'est que 

cela. 
t Qu'est-ce que c'est ? 
t Je ne sais pas ce que c'est. 



What is your name? 
My name is Charles. 
What do you call this in French ? 

How do you express this in French ? 
What is that called ? 



t Comment vous appelez-vous ? 
t Je m'appelle Charles, 
t Comment cela s'appelle-t-il en fran- 
cos ? 
t Comment dit-on cela en franc^? 
Comment appelle-t-on cela ? 



George the Third. | George trois. 
Obs. A. After the Christian name of a sovereign, the French employ 
the cardinal numbers without an article, while the English use the ordinal. 
Lewis the Fourteenth. I Louis quatorze. 

Henry the Fourth . ' j Henri quatre. 

Obs. B. First and second, however, are exceptions to this rule : for first. 
the French use premier ; and for second, either deux or second. Quint in- 
stead of cinq is also used in speaking of the emperor Charles V., and of the 
pope Sixtus V. 



Henry the First. 
Henry the Second. 
Sixtus the Fifth. 
Charles the Fifth spoke severa Eu- 
ropean languages fluently. 
Europe, European. 
Fluently. 



Henri premier 

Henri second or Henri deux. 

Sixte-Quint. 

Charles-Quint parlait courammeut 

plusieurs laugues europe'ennes. 
L'Europe, europe'en. 
Couramment. 



Rather. 
Rather — than. 



Pluto t — que. 
Plutot — que de. 



SIXTY-FIRST LESSON. 271 



Rather than squander my money I 

will keep it. 
f will rather pay him than go thither. 
I will rather burn the coat than wear 

it. 
He has arrived sooner than I. 
A half-worn coat. 
To do things imperfectly, (by halves.) 



Plutdt que de dissiper mon argent je 

le garderai. 
Je le paierai plut6t que d'y aller. 
Je brulerai plutot l'habit que de le 

porter. 
II est arrive plus t6t que moi. 
t Un habit a demi usd. 
t Faire les choses a demi. 



EXERCISES. 
190. 

What has become of your uncle 1 — I will tell you what has be- 
come of him. — Here is the chair (la chaise) upon which he often 
sat, (etre assis, Lesson LVIIL) — Is he dead 1 — He is dead. — When 
did he die 1 — He died two years ago. — I am very much afflicted 
(afflige) at it. — Why do you not sit down 1 — If you will stay with 
(aupres de) me I will sit down ; but if you go I shall go along with 
you. — What has become of your aunt ] — I do not know what has be- 
come of her. — Will you tell me what has become of your sister 1 — I 
will tell you what has become of her. — Is she dead 1 — She is not 
dead. — What has become of her 1 — She is gone to Vienna. — What 
has become of your sisters ] — I cannot tell you what has become of 
them, for I have not seen them these two years. — Are your parents 
still alive 1 — They are dead. — How long is it since your cousin (fern.) 
died 1 — It is six months since she died. — Did wine sell well last 
year 1 — It did not sell very well, (pas trop bien ;) but it will sell bet- 
ter (mieux) next year, for there will be a great deal, and it will not 
be dear. — Why do you open the door 1 — Do you not see how it 
smokes here 1 — I see it, but you must (il faut) open the window in- 
stead of opening the door. — The window does not open easily ; that 
is the reason why I open the door. — When will you shut it 1 — I will 
shut it as soon as there is (Obs. A. Lesson LVIIL) no more smoke. 
— Did you often go a fishing when you were in that country 1 — We 
often went a fishing and a hunting. — If you will go with us into the 
country you will see my father's castle. — You are very polite, Sir ; 
but I have seen that castle already. 

191. 

When did you see my father's castle 1 — I saw it when I was trav- 
elling last year. It is a very fine castle, and is seen far off. — How 
is that said ? — That is not said. That cannot be comprehended. — 
Cannot every thing be expressed in your language 1 — Every thing 
can be expressed, but not as in yours. — Will you rise early to-mor- 



272 SIXTY-FIRST LESSON. 

row ? — It will depend upon circumstances ; if I go to bed early 1 
shall rise early, but if I go to bed late I shall rise late. — Will you 
love my children 1 — If they are good I shall love them. — Will you 
dine with us to-morrow 1 — If you get ready {/aire preparer) the food 
I like I shall dine with you. — Have you already read the letter which 
you received this morning ? — I have not opened it yet. — When will 
you read it 1 — I shall read it as soon as I have time. — Of what use 
is that 1 — It is of no use. — Why have you picked it up 1 — I have 
picked it up in order to show it you. — Can you tell me what it is ! — 
I cannot tell you, for I do not know ; but I will ask (demander a, 
Lesson XL.) my brother, who will tell you. — Where did you find it ? 
— I found it on the shore of the river, near the wood. — Did you per- 
ceive it from afar 1 — I had no need to perceive it from afar, for I 
passed by the side of the river. — Have you ever seen such a thing 1 
— Never. — Is it useful to speak much ] — It is according to circum- 
stances : if one wishes to learn a foreign (Stranger) language it is 
useful to speak a great deal. — Is it as useful to write as to speak 1 — 
It is more useful to speak than to write ; but in order to learn a for- 
eign language one must do both, (Pun et Vautre.) — Is it useful to 
write all that one says 1 — That is useless. 

192. 

Where did you take this book from 1 — I took it out of (dans) the 
room of your friend, (fern.) — Is it right to take the books of other 
people 1 — It is not right, I know ; but I wanted it, and I hope that 
your friend will not be displeased, for I will return it to her as soon 
as I have read (Obs. A. Lesson LVIII.) it. — What is your name 1 — 
my name is William, (Guillaume.) — What is your sister's name 1 — 
Her name is Eleanor, (Leonore.) — Why does Charles complain of 
his sister 1 — Because she has taken his pens. — Of whom do those 
children complain 1 — Francis (Francois) complains of Eleanor, and 
Eleanor of Francis. — Who is right 1 — They are both (tous deux) 
wrong ; for Eleanor wishes to take Francis's books, and Francis 
Eleanor's. — To whom have you lent Racine's works, (les amvres 
de ?) — I have lent the first volume to William and the second to 
Louisa, (Louise.) — How is that said in French 1 — It is said thus, 
(ainri.) — How is that said in German 1 ? — That is not said in Ger- 
raan.— Has the tailor brought you your new coat ? — He has brought 
it me, but it does not fit (Lesson XLVII.) me well. — Will he make 
you another ! — He will make me another ; for rather than wear it I 
will give it away, (donner.) — Will you use that horse 1 — I shall not 
use it. — Why will you not use it 1 — Because it does not suit me. — 
Will you pay for it ? — I will rather pay for it than use it. — To whom 



SIXTY-SECOND LESSON. 

<* j those fine books belong, (a qui appartiennent ?) — They belong to 
William. — Who has given them to him 1 — His father. — Will he read 
them 1 — He will tear them rather than read them. — Who has told 
you that 1 — He has told me so himself, (lui-meme.) 

193. 
What countrywoman is that lady, (la dame ?) — She is from France. 
— Are you from France 1 — No, I am from Germany. — Why do you 
not give your clothes to mend 1 — It is not worth while, for I must 
have new clothes. — Is the coat which you wear not a good one 1 — 
It is a half-worn coat, and is good for nothing. — Would you be sorry 
if your mother were to arrive to-day 1 — I should not be sorry for it. 
— Would your sister be sorry if she were rich 1 — She would not be 
sorry for it. — Are you angry with any one 1—1 am angry with 
Louisa, who went to the opera without telling me a word of it. — ■ 
Where were you when she went out 1 — I was in my room. — I assure 
you that she is very sorry for it ; for had she known that you were 
in your room, she would have called you in order to take you along 
with her to the opera. — Charles V., who spoke fluently several Eu- 
ropean languages, used to say, (avait coutume de dire,) that we should 
speak (quHl fallait parler) Spanish with the gods, Italian with our 
(son) friend, (fem.,) French with our friend, (mas.,) German with 
soldiers, English with geese, (une oie,) Hungarian (hongrois) with 
horses, and Bohemian (bohimien) with the devil, (le diable.) (See 
end of Lesson XXIV.) 




SIXTY-SECOND LESSON.— Soixante-deuxiemc Lccon, 



Quant a. 

Quant a moi. 

Quant a cela, je ne sais que dire. 



As to, (as for.) 
As to me. 
As to that, I do not know what to 
say. 

Obs. A. What, before an infinitive, is translated by que ; and if the 
sentence is negative, pas is not used. 

f do not know what to do. 

I do not know where to go. 

He does not know what to answer. 



We do not know what to buy. 



Je ne sais que faire. 

Je ne sais oti aller. 

II ne sait que repondre. 

Nous ne savons qu'acheter. 



To die of a disease. I Mourir d'une maladie 

She died of the small-pox. | Elle est morto' de la petite vdrole 




SIXTY-SECOND LESSON. 



The small-pox. 
The fever. 
The intermittent fever. 

The apoplexy. 

He had a cold fit. 
He has an ague. 
His fever has returned. 
He has been struck with apoplexy. 
To strike. 



Sure. 
To be sure of a thing. 

I am sure of that. 

I am sure that she has arrived. 
I am sure of it. 
Something has happened. 
Nothing has happened. 
What has happened? 
What has happened to her ? 
She had an accident. 



! La petite ve'role. 

La fievre. 
I La fievre intermitteute. 
i L'attaque d'apoplexie. 
I L'apoplexie. 
I t II avait un acces de fievre 

t La fievre I'a pris. 

t La fievre l'a repris. 

II a ete frappe d'apoplexie. 
I Fr upper 1. 



| Sur, sure. 

I Etre sur de quelque chose. 

j J'en suis sur. 

( Je suis sur de cela. 

Je suis sur qu'elle est arrived. 

J'en suis sur. 

II est arrive quelque chose. 

II n'est rien arriv^. 

Qu'est-il arrive? 

Que lui est-il arrive ? 

II lui est arrive un accident. 



To shed, to pour out. 
A tear. 
To shed tears. 
To pour out some drink. 
I pour out some drink for that man. 
With tears in his, her, our, or my 



Verser 1. 

Une larme. 

Verser des larmes. 

Verser a boire. 

t Je verse a boire a cet homme. 

Les larmes aux yeux. 



Sweet, mild. 
Sour, acid. 
Some sweet wine. 
A mild air. 
A mild zephyr. 
A soft sleep. 
Nothing makes life more agreeable 
than the society of., and intercourse 
with, our friends. 



Doux ; fern, douce. 
Sur. 

Du vin doux. 
Un air doux. 
Un doux zephir. 
Un doux sommeil. 
Rien ne rend la vie si douce que In 
soci6te et le commerce de ivx. 



To repair to. 
To repair to the army, to one's regi- 
ment. 



Se rendre a. 

Se rendre a l'arm^e, a son regiment 






SIXTY SECOND LESSON. 



275 



An army, a regiment 
I repaired to that place. 
He repaired thither. 



Une armee, ua regiment. 

Je me suis rendu k cet endroit. 

II s'y est rendu. 



To cry, to scream, to shriek 
To help. 

I help him to do it. 
I help you to write. 
I will help you to work. 

To cry out for help. 
The help. 



Crier 1. 

Aider 1, (governs the accus. and 

takes a before the inf.) 
Je l'aide a le faire. 
Je vous aide a ecrire. 
Je veux vous aider a travailler. 
Crier a l'aide. 
Appeler du secours. 
L'aide, 1 le secours. 



To inquire after some one. 
Will you have the goodness to pass 

me that plate 1 
Will you pass me that plate, if you 
please ? 

If you please. 
As you please. 
At your pleasure- 
As you like. 
To knock at the door. 



S' informer 1, de quelqu , un. 
Voulez-vous avoir la bonte de me 

passer ce plat ? 
Voulez-vous me passer ce plat, s'il 

vous plait ? 
S'il vous plait. 

V Comme il vous plaira. 

| Frapper 1, a la porte. 



To trust some one. 

To distrust one. 
Do you trust that man ? 
I do trust him. 
He trusts me. 
We must not trust everybody 

To laugh at something. 



I laugh, thou laughest, he or she 
laughs. 

Do you laugh at that? 

I do laugh at it 

At what do they laugh ? 



t Se fier 1, a quelqu'un. 

t Se defer de quelqu'un. 

Vous fiez-vous a cet homme ? 

Je me fie a lui. 

II se fie k moi. 

II ne faut pas se fier a tout le monde. 



Rire * 4, de quelque chose ; pres 

part, riant; past part. ri. 
Je ris, tu ris, il ou elle rit. 

Riez-vous de ce.a? 

J'en ris. 

De quoi rient-ils ; fern, elles ? 



1 Aide, in the signification of help, is feminine ; it 
means an assistant. 



masculine when it 



276 



SlXT\ r -SECOND LESSON. 



To laugh in a person's face. 

We laughed in his face. 
To laugh at, to deride some one. 
I laugh at (deride) you. 
Did you laugh at us? 

Wo did not laugh at you. 



Full. 
A book full of errors. 



Rire au nez de quelqu'un. 

Nous lui avons ri au nez. 

Se rire, ou se moquer de quelqu'un. 

Je me ris (me moque) de vous. 

Vous riiez-vous de nous ? (See Obfl 

A. Lesson LX.) 
Nous ne nous riions pas de vous. 



Plein, pleine. 

Un livre plein de fautes. 



To afford. 
Can you afford to buy that horse ? 

I can afford it. 
I cannot afford it. 



Who is there ? 
It is I. 
It is not I. 
Is it he ? 
It is not he. 

Are they your brothers ? 

It is they. 
It is not they 
Is it she ? 
It is she. 
It is not she 

Are they your sisters? 

It is they, (feminine.) 
It is not they. " 
It is I who speak. 

Is it they who laugh ? 

It is you who laugh. 

It is thou who hast done it 

It is you, gentlemen, who have said 

that. 
We learn French, my brother and I. 



t Avoir les moyens, (de before infini- 
tive.) 

t Avez-vous les moyens d'acheter ce 
cheval ? 

t J'en ai les moyens. 

t Je n'en ai pas les moyens. 



Qui est la ? 

C'est moi. 

Ce n'est pas moi. 

Est-ce lui? 

Ce n'est pas lui. 

Sont-ce vos freres ? or, 

Est-ce que ce sont vos freres? 

Ce sont eux. 

Ce ne sont pas eux. 

Est-ce elle ? 

C'est elle. 

Ce n'est pas elle. 

Sont-ce vos soeurs ? or, 

Est-ce que ce sont vos soeurs ? 

Ce sont elles. 

Ce ne sont pas elles. 

C'est moi qui parle. 

Sont-ce eux (elles) qui rient? or, 

Est-ce que ce sont eux (elles) qui 

rient ? 
C'est vous qui riez. 
C'est toi qui l'as fait. 
C'est vous, Messieurs, qui avez dit 

cela. 
t Mon frere et moi nous apprenons le 

frangais. 






SIXTY-SECOND LESSON, 



277 



Obs. B. The personal pronoun must be repeated before the verb when it 
has two or more nominatives, of different persons. 



You and I will go into the country. 
You and he will stay at home. 

You will go to the country and I will 
return to town. 

A lady. 

What were you doing when your tu- 
tor was here ? 

I was doing nothing. 

What did you say ? 

I said nothing. 



t Vous et moi nous irons a la cam- 

pagne. 
t Vous et lui vous re&terez a la mai- 



Vous irez a la campagne, et moi je 

reviendrai a la ville. 
Une dame. 
Que faisiez-vous quand votre institu- 

teur etait ici ? 
Je ne faisais rien. 
Que disiez-vous ? 
Je ne disais rien. 



EXERCISES. 

194. 
Of what illness did your sister die ? — She died of (de la) fever.—- 
How is your brother 1 — My brother is no longer living. He died 
three months ago. — I am surprised (etonne) at it, for he was very 
well last summer when I was in the country. Of what did he die 1 
— He died of apoplexy. — How is the mother of your friend ? — She 
is not well ; she had an attack of ague the day before yesterday, and 
this morning the fever has returned. — Has she an intermittent fever 1 
— I do not know, but she often has cold fits. — What has become of 
the woman whom I saw at your mother's 1 — She died this morning 
of apoplexy. — Do your scholars learn their exercises by heart 1 — ■ 
They will rather tear them than learn them by heart. — What does 
this man ask me for 1 — He asks you for the money Avhich you owe 
him. — If he will repair to-morrow morning (demain matin) to my 
house I will pay him what I owe him. — He will rather lose his mo- 
ney than repair thither. — Why does the mother of our old servant 
shed tears 1 What has happened to her 1 — She sheds tears because 
the old clergyman, (le vieil ecclesiastique,) her friend, who was so 
very good to her, (qui luifaisait tant de bien,) died a few days ago. 
— Of what illness did he die 1 — He w T as struck with apoplexy. — 
Have you helped your father to write his letters 1 — I have helped 
him. — Will you help me to work when w r e go to town ] — I will help 
you to work if you help me to get a livelihood. 

195. 
Have you inquired after the merchant who sells so cheap 1 — I 
have inquired after him, but nobody could tell me what has become of 



278 SIX'IY-SECOND LESSON. 

him.— Where did he live when you were here three years ago \— 
He lived then (alors) in Charles-street, (rue Charles,) No. 57.- 
How do you like (Lesson XLI.) this wine 1 — I like it very well, bui 
it is a little sour. — How does your sister like those apples, (la pom- 
me ?) — She likes them very well, hut she says that they are a little 
too sweet. — Will you have the goodness to pass that plate to me \— 
With much pleasure. — Shall I (faut-il) pass these fishes to you 1 — 
I will thank you to (je vous prie de) pass them to me. — Shall I 
(faut-il) pass the bread to your sister 1 — You will oblige her by 
(vous lui ferez plaisir de) passing it to her. — How does your mother 
like our food 1 — She likes it very well, but she says that she has 
eaten enough. — What dost thou ask me for 1 — Will you be kind 
enough to (je vous prie de) give me a little bit (un petit morceau) of 
that mutton % — Will you pass me the bottle, if you please 1 — Have 
you not drunk enough 1 — Not yet, for I am still thirsty. — Shall I give 
you (faut-il vous verser) some wine 1 — No ; I like cider better. — 
Why do you not eat 1 — I do not know what to eat. — Who knocks at 
the door 1 — It is a foreigner. — Why does he cry 1 — He cries because 
a great misfortune has happened to him. — What has happened to 
you?- — Nothing has happened to me. — Where will you go to this 
evening"? — I do not know where to go. — Where will your brothers 
go to ] — I do not know where they will go to ; as for me, I shall go 
to the theatre. — Why do you go to town 1 — I go thither in order to 
purchase some books. Will you go thither with me 1 — I will go 
with you, but I do not know 7 what to do there. 

196. 
Must I sell to that man on credit 1 — You may (pouvoir *) sell to 
him, but not on credit ; you must not trust him, (vous fier a lui,) foi 
he will not pay you. — Has he already deceived (tromper) anybody ? 
— He has already deceived several merchants who have trusted him 
— Must I trust those ladies 1 — You may trust them ; but as to me J 
shall not trust them, for I have often been deceived by (par les) wo- 
men, and that is the reason why I say : We must not trust everybody. 
— Do those merchants trust you 1 — They trust me, and I trust them. 
—Whom do those gentlemen laugh at 1 — They laugh at those ladies 
who wear red gowns (la robe) with yellow ribbons. — Why do those 
people laugh at usl — They laugh at us because we speak badly, 
{mal.) — Ought we to laugh (faut-il se moquer) at persons w T ho speak 
badly 1 — We ought not to laugh at them ; we ought, on the contrary, 
to listen to them, and if they make blunders, (fautes,) we ought to 
correct them to them. — What are you laughing at ? — I am laughing 
at your hat : how long (depuis quand) have you been wearing it so 



SIXTY-SECOND LESSON. 279 

large, (grand ?) — Since (depuis que) I returned from Germany. — Can 
you afford to buy a horse and a carriage 1 — I can afford it. — Can 
your brother afford to buy that large house 1 — He cannot afford it. — 
"Will your cousin buy that horse ? — He will buy it, if it pleases {con- 
venir*) him. — Have you received my letter] — I have received it 
with much pleasure. I have shown it to my French master, who 
was surprised, (s'etonner,) for there was not a single fault in it. — 
Have you already received Corneille's and Boileau's works, (les 
ceuvres ?) — I have received those of Boileau ; as to those of Coi- 
neille, I hope to receive them next week. 

197. 

Is it thou, Charles, who hast soiled my book 1 — It is not I, it is 
your little sister who has soiled it. — Who has broken my fine ink- 
stand 1 — It is I who have broken it. — Is it you who have spoken of 
me 1 — It is we who have spoken of you, but we have said of you 
nothing but good, (du Men.) — Who knocks at the door 1 — It is I, will 
you open it ] — What do you want, (desirer ?) — I come (to) ask you 
for the money which you owe me, and the books which I lent you. — 
If you will have the goodness to come to me to-morrow I will return 
both to you 1 — Is it your sister who is playing on the harpsichord 1 — 
It is not she. — Who is it 1 — It is my cousin, (fern.) — Are they your 
sisters who are coming 1 — It is they. — Are they your neighbors 
(fern.) who were laughing at you ? — They are not our neighbors. — 
Who are they ) — They are the daughters of the countess whose 
brother has bought your house. — Are they the ladies you have 
spoken of to me ]— They are. — Shall you learn German 1 — My bro- 
ther and I will learn it. — Shall we go to the country to-morrow 1 — 
I shall go to the country, and you will remain in town. — Shall my 
sister and I go to the opera 1 — You and she will remain at home, and 
your brother will go to the opera. — What did you say when your tu- 
tor was scolding you ? — I said nothing because I nad nothing to say, 
for I had not done my task, and he was in the right to scold me — 
What were you doing while he (pendant quHl) was out 1 — I was 
playing on the violin, instead of doing what he had given me to do. 
— What has my brother told you 1 — He has told me that he would 
be the happiest man in the (du) world, if he knew the French lan- 
guage, the most useful of all languages. 



280 



SIXTY-THIRD LESSON. 



SIXTY-THIRD LESSON.— Soixante-troisieme Lepon. 



To get into a bad scrape. 

To get out of a bad scrape. 
I got out of the scrape. 
That man always gets into bad 

scrapes, but he always gets out of 

them again 



t S'attirer 1, (se faire,) de mauva* 

ses affaires. 
t Se tirer 1, d' 'affaire. 
Je me suis tire d' affaire. 
Cet homme s'attire toujours de mau- 

vaises affaires, mais il s'en tire tou 

jours. 



Between. 
Amongst or amidst. 



Entre. 
Parmi. 



To male some one's acquaintance. 

To become acquainted with some- 
body. 

I have made his or her acquaintance. 

I have become acquainted with him 
or her. 

Are you acquainted with him, (or 
her?) 

Do you know him, (or her ?) 

I am acquainted with him, (or her.) 

I know him, (or her.) 

He is an acquaintance of mine. 

She is my acquaintance. 

He is not a friend, he is but an ac- 
quaintance. 



Faire connaissance avec quelqu'uru 



J'ai fait sa connaissance. 



> Le (ou la) connaissez-vous I 1 

> Je le (ou la) connais. 

| II est de ma connaissance. 
j Elle est de ma connaissance. 

Ce n'est pas un ami, ce n'est qu'une 
I connaissance. 



To enjoy. 
Do you enjoy good health ] 

To be well 
She is well. 



I Jouir 2, de. 

j Jouissez-vous d'ime bonne sante ? 

( Eire bien portant, portante. 

I Eire en bonne sante. 
C t Elle est bien portante. 
< t Elle se porte bien. 
f t Elle est en bonne sante. 



1 The verb to know is always expressed by connaitre * when it signifies to 
be acquainted with, and by savoir * in all other cases. Ex. I know that 
man, that lady, je connais cet homme, cette dame ; I know my lesson, je 
sais ma lecon ; I know what you wish to say, je sais ce que vous coulez dire. 



SIXTY-THIED LESSON. 



281 



To imagine. 



| SHmaqiner 1. 



Our fellow-creatures. 
He lias not his equal, or his match. 
To resemble some one, to look like 

some one. 
That man resembles my brother. 
That beer looks like water. 
Each other. 
We resemble each other. 
They do not resemble each other. 
The brother and the sister love each 

other. 
Are you pleased with each other ? 
We are. 

As, or as well as. 



Nos semblables, 

II n'a pas son semblable. 

f Resembler 1, d quelqu'un.: 

Cet homme ressemble a mon fr^rg. 

Cette biere ressemble a de l'eau. 

L'un l'autre, l'une l'autre. 

Nous nous ressemblons. 

lis ou elles ne se ressemblent pas. 

Le frere et la sceur s'aiment l'un 

l'autre. 
Etes-vous contents l'un de l'autre ? 
Nous le sommes. 
Ainsi que. 



The appearance, the countenance. 

To show a disposition to. 
That man whom you see shows a 
desire to approach us. 

To look pleased with some one. 
To look cross at some one. 
When I go to see that man, instead 
of receiving me with pleasure, he 
looks displeased. 

A good-looking man. 
A bad-looking"man. 
Bad-looking people, or folks. 
To go to see some one. 

To pay some one a visit. 

To frequent a place. 
To frequent societies. 
To associate with some one. 



La mine. 

Faire mine de. 

Cet homme que vous voyez fait mine 

de nous approcher. 
Faire bonne mine d quelqu'un. 
Faire mauvaise mine d quelqu'un. 
Quand je vais voir cet homme, au 

lieu de me faire bonne mine il me 

fait mauvaise mine. 
Un homme de bonne mine. 
Un homme de mauvaise mine. 
Des gens de mauvaise mine. 
Aller voir quelqu'un. 
I Faire une visite ) } 

1 Rendre visite ) ^ ^ U n " 
Frequenter un lieu. 
Frequenter des societes. 
•J- Frequenter quelqu'un. 



To look like, to appear. 
How does he look ? 
He looks gay, (sad, contented.) 
You appear very well. 
You look like a doctor. 
She looks angry, appears to be angiy. 
They look contented, appear to be 

contented. 
To 'ook good, to appear to be good. 



Avoir Vair. 

Quelle mine a-t-il ? 

II a 1'air enjou6, (triste, content.) 

Vous avez l'air bien portant. 

Vous avez Fair d'un me'decin. 

Elle a l'air fache. 

lis ont l'air content. 

Avoir l'air bon. 



282 



SIXTY-THIRD LESSON. 



To drink to some one. 
To drink some one's health. 
I drink your health. 

It is all over with me ! 
It is all over. 

To hurt some one's feelings. 

You have hurt that man's feelings. 



A place. 
[ know a good place to swim in. 

To experience, to undergo. 
I have experienced a great many 
misfortunes. 

To suffer. 

Dost thou suffer ? 
I do suffer. 
He suffers. 
To feel a pain in one's head or foot 
I felt a pain in my eye. 

To neglect. 
To yield. 
We must yield to necessity. 



To spring forward. 
The cat springs upon the rat. 

To leap on horseback. 



An increase, an augmentation. 

For more bad luck. 

For more good luck. 
For more bad luck I h?,ve lost my 
purse. 



To lose one's wits. 
That man has lest his wits, and he 
does not know what to do. 

Obstinately, by all means. 
That man wishes by all means to 
lend me his money. 



Boire a quelqu'mi. 

t Boire a la Bante" de quelqu'uu. 

t Je bois a votre sante\ 



t C'est fait de moi ! 
t C'en est fait. 



t Faire de la peine a quelqu'un. 
t Vous avez fait de la peine a- cet 
homme. 



Un endroit. 

Je connais un bon endroit pour nager. 



Eprouver 1. 

J'ai eprouve beaucoup de malheurs. 

Souffrir * 2 ; pres. part, so'tffrant ; 

past part, souffert. 
Souffres-tu ? 
Je souffre. 
II souffre. 

t Souffrir de la tete, du pied, 
t J'ai souffert de l'oeil. 
Negliger 1, (de before infin.) 
Cider. (See Obs. A. Lesson LIU ) 
II faut ceder a la necessity. 



t S'elancer. 

Le chat s'elaiice sur le rat. 

S'elancer sur son cheval. 



Un surcroit. 

Pour surcroit de malheur. 
Pour surcroit de bonhcur. 
Pom- surcroit de malheur j'ai perdu 
ma bourse. 



Perdre la tete. 

Cet homme a perdu la tete, et il ne 
sait que faire. (See Obs. A. Les- 
son LXII.) 

S A toute force. 

Cet homme veut a toute force me 
preter son argent. 



SIJCTY-THIRD LESSON. 283 

To follow. 



I follow, thou followest, he or she 
follows. 

To pursue. 

To preserve, to save 



Suivre4*', pres. part, suivant • past 

part, suivi. 
Je suis, tu suis, ?1 ou elle suit. 

Poursuivre * 4. (Is conjugated liko 

suivre.) 
Conserver 1. 



EXERCISES. 
198. 
Why do you associate with those people ] — I associate with them 
because they are useful to me. — If you continue to associate with 
them you will get into bad scrapes, for they have many enemies. — 
How does your cousin conduct himself? — He does not conduct him- 
self very well, for he is always getting into some bad scrape, (or 
other.) — Do you not sometimes get into bad scrapes] — It is true (vrai) 
that I sometimes get into them, (nCenfais,) but I always get out of 
them again. — Do you see those men (gens) who seem desirous of ap- 
proaching us 1 — I do see them, but I do not fear them, (Lesson 
XLIII. ;) for they hurt nobody. — We must go away, (il faut nous 
eloigner,) for I do not like to mix with people whom I do not know. 
— I beg of you (Lesson LVIII.) not to be afraid of them, (en,) for I 
perceive my uncle among them. — Do you know a good place to swim 
in 1 — I know one. — Where is it ] — On that side (Lesson XXXVIII.) 
of the river, behind the wood, (la foret,) near the high road, (le 
grand chemin.) — When shall we go to swim ] — This evening, if you 
like. — Will you wait for me before the city gate ] — I shall wait for 
you there ; but I beg of you not to forget it. — You know that I never 
forget my promises. — Where did you become acquainted with that 
lady ] — I became acquainted with her at the house of one of my rela- 
tions. — Why does your cousin ask me for (Lesson XL.) money and 
books'? — Because he is a fool, (Obs. Lesson XXVI. ;) of me, (car a 
moi,) who am his nearest relation, (son plus proche parent,) and his 
best friend, he asks nothing. — Why did you not come to dinner, (venir 
diner 1) — I have been hindered, but", you have been able to dine with- 
out me. — Do you :hink (croire*) that we shall not dine, if you can- 
not come ] — How long (jusqu'a, quand) did you wait for me ? — We 
waited for you till a quarter past seven, and as you did not come we 
dined without you. — Have you drunk my health] — We have drunk 
yours (a la vot^e) and that of your parents. 



284 SIXTY-THIRD LESSON. 

199. 

How does your uncle look, {quelle mine a— ?) — He looks (a Voir) 
very gay, (enjoue,) for he is much pleased with his children. — Dc 
his friends look (ont-ils la mine) as gay as he 1 — They, on the con- 
trary, look sad, because they are discontented. My uncle has no 
money, and is always contented, and his friends who have a good 
deal of it, are scarcely ever so. — Do you like your sister ? — I like 
her much, and as (et comme) she is very good-natured {complaisante) 
to (envers) me I am so to her ; but how do you like yours ? — We 
love each other, because we are pleased with each other. — A certain 
(certain) man liked much wine, but he found in it (lui) two bad qual- 
ities, (une qualite.) "If I put water to it," said he, "I spoil it; 
and if I do not put any to it, it spoils me." — Does your cousin resem- 
ble you ? — He resembles me. — Do your sisters resemble each other 1 
—They do not resemble each other ; for the elder (Vainee) is idle 
and naughty, and the younger (la cadette) assiduous and good-na- 
tured towards everybody. — How is your aunt 1 — She is very well. 
— Does your mother enjoy good health 1 — She imagines she enjoys 
(s 'imagine jouir) good health, but I believe she is mistaken, for she 
has had a bad cough (la toux) these six months of which (dont) she 
cannot get rid. — Is that man angry with you 1 — I think he is angry 
with me because I (de ce que je) do not go to see him : but I do not 
like to go to his house, for when I go to him, instead of receiving me 
with pleasure, he looks displeased. — You must not believe that ; he 
is not angry with you, for he is not so bad (mechant) as he looks, 
(quHl en a Pair.) He is the best man in the (du) world ; but one 
must know him in order to appreciate him, (pour pouvoir Vapprecier.) 
— There is a great difference (la difference) between you and him, 
(lui ;) you look pleased with all those who come to see you. and he 
looks cross at them. 

200. 

Is it right to laugh thus at everybody 1 — If I laugh at your coat, 1 
do not laugh at everybody. — Does your son resemble any one ? — He 
resembles no one. — Why do you not drink 1 — I do not know what to 
drink, for I like good wine, and yours looks like vinegar. — If you 
wish to have some other I shall go down (descendre) into the cellar 
to fetch you some. — You are too polite, Sir, I shall drink no more 
to-day. — Have you known my father long ? — I have known him long, 
for I made his acquaintance when I was yet at school. We often 
worked for one another, and we loved each other like brothers. — I 
believe it, for you resemble each other. — When I had not done my 
exercises he did them for me, and when he had not done his I did 



SIXTY-FOURTH LESSON. 



185 



tnem for him. — Why doe3 your father send for the r hysician 1 — He 
is ill, and as (et comme) the physician does not come he sends for 
him. — Ah, (Ah,) it is all over with me ! — But, bless me, (mon Dieu!) 
why do you cry thus, (comme cela ?) — I have been robbed (Obs. A., 
Lesson XLI V.) of my gold rings, (la bague d'or,) my best clothes, 
and all my money ; that is the reason why I cry. — Do not make (ne 
failes pas) so much noise, for it is we who have taken them all (tout 
cela) in order to teach you to take better care (avoir plus de som, 
Lesson L.) of your things, (affaires,) and to shut the door of your 
room when you go out. — Why do you look so sad 1 — I have experi- 
enced great misfortunes ; after having lost all my money I was beaten 
by Dad-looking men ; and to my still greater ill-luck, I hear that my 
good uncle, whom I love so much, has been struck with apoplexy. 
— You must not afflict yourself (s'qffllger) so much, for you know 
that we must yield to necessity 



SIXTY-FOURTH LESSON,— Soixante-quatrieme Le?on. 

Obs. A. How, how much, how many, before an exclamation, are trans • 
lated by que. Ex. 

TT , ( Que vous etes bon ! 

How good you are : < -. , , • , , 

° ( Que de bonte vous avez ! 

How foolish he is ! | Qu'il est sot ! 

Obs. B. The adjective which in English follows how, stands in French 
after the verb ; and when que is followed by a substantive, de must always 
precede it. 

How foolish she is ! 

How rich that man is ! 

How handsome that woman is ! 

How much kindness you have for 

me ! 
How many obligations I am under to 

you ! 
To be under obligations to some one. 
I am under many obligations to him. 
How many people ! 
How happy you are ! 
How mucli wealth that man has . 
How much money that man has 

spent in his life ! 
13 



Qu'elle est sotte ! 

Que cet homme est riche ! 

Que cette femme est belle * 

Que de bonte* vous avez pour moi " 

t Que d' obligations je vous ai ! 

t Avoir des obligations d quelqu^ua, 
t Je lui ai beaucoup d'obligations. 
Que de monde ! 
Que vous etes heureux ! 
Que de richesses cet homme a I 
Que d'argent cot homme a depend 
dans sa vie ! 



286 



SIXTT-FOTJKTH LESSON. 



% 



To be obliged to some one for some- 
thing. 

To be indebted to some one for some- 
thing. 

I am indebted to him for it. 
To thank 



To (hank some one for something. 
I thank you for the trouble you have 
taken for me. 



Etre oblige a quelqu'un de quelque 
chose. 

Etre redevable a quelqu'un de quel- 
que chose. 

Je lui en suis redevable. 

Remercier 1, (governs the accusative 
of the person, and the genitive of 
the object.) 

Remercier quelqu'un de quelque chose. 

Je vous remercie de la peine que vous 
avez prise pour moi. 



Is there any thing more grand ? 
Is there any thing more cruel ? 
Is there any thing more wicked ? 
Can any thing be more handsome ? 



Qu'y a-t-il de plus grand ? 
Y a-t-il rien de plus cruel ? 
Qu'y a-t-il de plus mechant ? 
Est-il rien de plus beau ? 



How large ? Of what size ? 
How high ? Of what height ? 
How deep ? Of what depth ? 



De quelle grandeur ? 
De quelle hauteur ? 
De quelle profondeur ? 



Obs. C. When speaking of dimension, wo use in French the verb avoir, 



when the English use the verb to be 
the noun or adjective of dimension. 
Of what height is his or her house ? 

It is nearly fifty feet high. 

Our house is thirty feet broad. 

That table is six feet long. 

That river is twenty feet deep. 

The size. 
Of what size is that man ? 
How was that child dressed ? 
It was dressed in green. 
The man with the blue coat. 
The woman with the red gown. 



and the preposition de stands before 
Ex. 

■j- Combien sa maison a-t-elle de haut 
ou de hauteur ? 

■j- Elle a environ cinquante pieds de 
haut ou de hauteur. 

f Notre maison a trente pieds de 
large ou de largeur. 

| Cette table a six pieds de long ou 
de longueur. 

j Cette riviere a vingt pieds de pro- 
fondeur. * 

La taille. 

De quelle taille cet homme est-il ? 

Comment cet enfant etait-il habille ? 

f II etait habille de vert. 

f L'homme a Thabit bleu. 

•j- La femme a la robe rouge. 



1 In general, the substantive is more elegantly used than the adjective 
but deep cannot be expressed by de profond. 



f . 



vrv. V*;.. JV< 



8IXTY-F0URTH LESSON. 



28? 



True. 
\b it true that his house is burnt? 

It is true. 
Ts it not, (or is it not true ?) 



Perhaps. 
I shall perhaps go thither. 
To share, to divide. 



Whose ? 

Whose horse is this? 

It is mine, or it belongs to me. 

Whose horses are these ? 

They are mine, or they belong to 

me. 
Whose house is that ? 
It is mine, or it belongs to me. 
Whose houses are these ? 
They are mine, or they belong to 

me. 



Vrai. 

Est-il vrai que sa maisou est brh- 

lee? 
C'est vrai. 
N'est-ce pas, (n'est-il pas vrai ?) 



Peut-6tre. 

J'y irai peut-6tre. 

Partager 1 



\A qui ? (See Lessons XXI. and 

XXIX.^ 
A qui est ce cheval? 
C'est le mien, ou il est a moi. 
A qui sont ces chevaux? 
Ce sont les miens, ou ils sont a moi. 

A qui est cette maison ? 
C'est la mienne, ou elle est a moi. 
A qui sont ces maisons? 
Ce sont les miennes, ou elles sont a 
moi. 



To run up. 

Many men nad run up ; but instead 
of extinguishing the fire they set to 
plundering. 

To run to the assistance of some 
one. 

To save, to deliver. 
To save anybody's life. 
To plunder, (to rob.) 
To set about something. 
Have they succeeded in extinguish- 
ing the fire? 
They have succeeded in it. 



Accourir * 2, (conjugated like cou- 
rir *, Lesson XLVIII.) 

Beaucoup d'hommes e"taient accou- 
nts, mais au lieu d'eteindre le 
feu, les misdrables s'etaient mis b 
piller. 

Accourir * au secours de quelqu'un. 

Sauver 1. 

Sauver la vie a quelqu'un. 

Piller 1. 

t Se mettre * a quelque chose. 

Est-on parvenu a eteindro le fou ' 

On y est parvenu. 



The watch indicates the hours. I La montre marque les heurcft 

To indicate, to jnarh I Marquer 1 ; indiquer 1. 



y* 




VPt-Vtm* 



188 



SIXTY-FOURTH LESSON 



To quarrel. 
To quarrel with one. 
To dispute (to contend) about some- 
thing. 
About what are these people dis- 
puting ? 
They are disputing about who shall 
£0 first. 



Se quereller 1. 

t Quereller quelqu'im 

Disputer sur quelnue chose 

Sur quoi ces gens disputent-ila ? 

t Us disputent a qui ira le premier 



Thus or so. 
To be ignorant of, or 
Not to know 

The day before. 

The day before that day was Satur- 
day 
The day before Sunday is Saturday. 



Ainsi 1 
Ignorer 1. 

La veille, (takes de before the noun 

that follows it.) 
t La veille de ce jour-la e"tait un 

samedi. 
t La veille de dimanche est samedi. 



EXERCISES. 

201. 
Can you not get rid of that man ? (Lesson L1I.) — 1 cannot get rid 
of him, for he will absolutely (a toute force) follow me. — Has he 
not lost his wits 1 — It may be, (cela se pent.) — What does he asu 
ycu. for 1 — He wishes to sell me a horse which I do not want. — 
Whose houses are those 1 — They are mine. — Do these pens belong 
^o you 1 — No, they belong to my sister. — Are those (sont-ce la) the 
oens with which she writes so well 1 — They are the same. — Whose 
gun is this 1 — It is my father's. — Are these books your sister's 1 — 
They are hers. — Whose carriage is this 1 — It is mine. — Which is 
the man of w T hom you complain 1 — It is he (celui) who wears a red 
coat. — " What is the difference (la difference) between a watch and 
me 1" inquired (demanda) a lady of a young officer. — " My lady," 
replied he, (lui repondit celui-ci,) " a watch marks the hours, and 
near (aupres de) you one forgets them.'' — A Russian peasant who 
had never seen asses, (un dne,) seeing (en voyant) several in France, 
said, (dit,) " Lord, (mon Dieu,) what large hares (le lievre) there are 
in this country !" — How many obligations I am under to you, my 
dear friend ! you have saved my life ! without you I had been lost 
— -Have those miserable men hurt you ] — They have beaten and 
robbed me, and when you ran to my assistance they were about to 
[Us allaicnt) strip (deshaliller) and kill me. — I am happy to have 



SIXTY-FOURTH LESSON. 289 

delivered you from the (des) hands of those rubbers. — How good 
you are . 

202. 

Will you go to Mr. Tortenson's to-night 1 — I shall, perhaps, go. — And 
will your sisters go 1 — They will, perhaps. — Had you any pleasure 
yesterday at the concert 1 — I had no pleasure there, for there was 
such a multitude of people there that one could hardly get in. — I 
bring you a pretty present with which you will be much pleased. — 
What is it 1 — It is a silk cravat. — Where is it 1 — I have it in my 
pocket, (dans ma poche.) — Does it please you ] — It pleases me 
much, and I thank you for it with all my heart. I hope that you 
will at last accept (accepter) something of me. — What do you intend 
to give me ] — I will not tell you, for if I do tell you, you will have 
no pleasure when I give it you. — Have you seen any one at the mar- 
ket 1 ? — I have seen a good many people there. — How were they 
dressed 1 — Some were dressed in blue, some in green, some in yel- 
low, and several in red. — Who are those men '? — The one who is 
dressed in gray is my neighbor, and the man with the black coat 
the physician whose son has given my neighbor a blow with a stick. 
— Who is the man with the green coat ? — He is one of my relations. 
— Are there many philosophers in your country 1 — There are aa 
many there as in yours. — How does this hat fit me 1 — It fits yon 
very well. — How does that coat fit your brother 1 — It fits him ad- 
mirably. — Is your brother as tall (grand) as you 1 — He is taller than 
I, but I am older (age) than he. — Of what size (de quelle taille) is 
that man 1 — He is five feet four inches (un pouce) high. — How high 
is the house of our landlord ] — It is sixty feet high. — Is your well 
deep 1 — Yes, sir, for it is fifty feet deep. — " There are many learned 
men (un savant) in Rome, are there not, (nest-ce pas ?") Milton 
asked a Roman. " Not so many as when you were there," an- 
swered (repondit) the Roman. 

203. 

Is it true that your uncle has arrived '? — I assure you that he has 
arrived. — Is it true that the king has assured you of his assistance, 
(de son assistance ?) — I assure you that it is true. — Is it true that 
the six thousand (mille ; takes no s in the plural) men, whom we 
were expecting, have arrived 1 — I have heard so. — Will you dine 
with us] — I cannot dine with you, for I have just eaten. — Will your 
brother drink a glass of wine ] — He cannot drink, for I assure you 
that he has just drunk. — Why are those men quarrelling 1 — They 
are quarrelling because they do not know what to do. — Have they 



290 



SIXTY-FIFTH LESSON 



succeeded in extinguishing the fire] — They have at last succeeded 
in it ; but it is said (on dit, Obs. A, Less. XLIV.) that several 
houses have been burnt. — Have they not been able to save any 
tiling ] — They have not been able to save any thing ; for instead oi 
extinguishing the fire, the miserable wretches (les miserables) who 
had come up, set to plundering. — What has happened ] — A great 
misfortune has happened. — Why did my friends set out without me \ 
— They waited for you till twelve o'clock, and seeing that you did 
not come they set out. — What is the day before Monday called 1 — 
The day before Monday is Sunday. — Why did you not run to the 
assistance of your neighbor whose house has been burnt 1 — I was 
quite (cntierement) ignorant of his house being on fire, (que le feu 
fill a sa maison ;) for had I known it I would have :un to his assist 
ance. (See end of Lesson XXIV.) 



SIXTY-FIFTH LESSON.— -8oimnte-cinquie?ne Leptm. 



To propose. 
I propose going on that journey. 
lie proposes joining a hunting party. 

A game at chess. 
A game at billiards. 
A game at cards. 



To succeed. 
Do you succeed in doing that ? 
I do succeed in it. 

To endeavor. 
I endeavor to do it. 
I endeavor to succeed in it. 
Endeavor to do better. 



Se proposer 1, (de bef. infill.) 

Je me propose de faire ce voyage. 

II se propose d'aller a une partie de 

chasse. 
Une partie d'echecs. 
Une partie do billard. 
Une partie de cartes. 



Reussir 2, (d before infill.; 

Reussissez-vous a faire cela 

J'y reussis. 

Tacher 1, (de before infm.) 

Je tache de le faire. 

Je tache d'y reussir. 

Tachez de faire mieux. 



Since, considering. 
Since you are happy, why do you 
complain ? 



To be thoroughly acquainted with a 
thing. 

To make one's self thoroughly ac- 
quainted with a thing. 



Puisque. 

Puisque vous etes heureux, pourquoi 
vous plaignez-vous? 



Etre an fait de quelque chose. 

Se mettre au fait de quelque choac 



SIXTY-FIFTH LESSON. 



5291 



That man understands that business 

perfectly. 
I understand that well. 

Since or from. 
From that time. 
From my childhood. 
From morning until evening 
From the beginning to the end. 

From here to there. 
f have had that book these two 

years. 
I have lived in Paris these three 

years. 



Get homme est au fait de cette af« 

faire. 
Je suis au fait de cela 
Depuis. 

Depuis ce moment. 
Depuis ma jeunesse. 
Depuis le matin jusqu'au soir. 
Depuis le commencement jusqu'ii la 

fin 
Depuis ici jusque la. 
J'ai co livre depuis deux ans. 

Je demeure a Paris depuis trois ans. 



To blow, to blow out. 
To reduce. 

Dost thou reduce ? 
I do reduce. 
He reduces. 
To translate. 



To produce. 
To destroy. 
To construct. 
To introduce. 



Souffler 1. 

Reduire * 4 ; pres. part, reduisant 

past part, reduit. 
Reduis-tu? 
Je reduis. 
II reduit. 
Traduire * 4, 



(is conjugated like 
reduire *.) 



Produire * 4. 

Detruire * 4. 
j Construire * 4. 
! Intro duire * 4. 



To reduce the price. 
To reduce the price a crown. 
To translate into French. 
To translate from French into F-ng- 

lish. 
To translate from one language into 

another. 



I introduce him to 



you. 



Reduire le prix. 
Reduire le prix un ecu. 
Traduire en francais.* 
Traduire du francais eh anglais. 



Traduire d'une 
autre. 



langue dans une 



) Je Pintroduis chez vous. 
v t Je vous le 



presente. 



Self, selves 


Memej mimes. 


Myself. 


Moi-meme. 


Thyself. 


Toi-meme. 


Himself. 


Lui-meme. 


Herself. 


Elle-meme. 



292 



SIXTY-FIFTH LESSUJV, 



Ourselves. 

Yourself. 

Themselves. 

One's self. 
He himself has told it me. 
He has told it me, to myself, (not to 

another person.) 
One does not like to flatter one's self. 

Obs. Sometimes the word mane is 
word even. 

He has not even money enough to 

buy some bread. 
We must love everybody, even our 



i Nous-memes. 
Vous-meme. 

Eux-memes, elles-memes. 
Soi-meme. 

II me l'a dit lui-meme. 
II me l'a dit a moi-meme. 



On n'aime pas a se flatter soi-mfime 
an adverb, and answers to the English 

II n'a pas merae assez d'argent pom 

acheter du pain. 
II faut aimer tout le monde, meme 

nos ennemis. 



Again, (anew.) 
He speaks again. 
To fall 
The price of the merchandise falls. 
To deduct 

To overcharge, to ask too much. 
Not having overcharged you, I cannot 
deduct any thing. 

An ell, a yard. 
A metre, (measure.) 
To p-oduce, (to yield, to profit.) 
How much does that employment 
yield you a year ? 

An employment 



To make one's escape. 
To run away, tofl.ee. 
To take to one's heels. 
To desert. 
He deserted the battle. 

To run away. 
The thief has run away 



By no means. 
Not at all. 



De nouveau. 

II parle de nouveau. 

Baisser 1, (tomber 1, Less. LI.) 

La marchandise baisse de prix. 

Rabattre 4, (see battre, Lesson 

XXXVI.) 
Surf aire *, (like faire *.) 
Ne vous ayant pas surfait, je ne sau- 

rais rien rabattre 
Une aune. 
Un metre. 
Rapporter 1. 
Combien cet eroploi (cette charge) 

vous rapporte-t-il (elle) par an? 
Un emploi, une charge. 



Prendre lafuite 

Deserter 1. 

II a deserte la bataille. 

S' evader 1. 

Le voleur s'est eVad& 



Pas du tout 
Point du tout. 



SIXTY-FIFTH LESSON. 293 

EXERCISES. 
204. 

Well, (Eh lien .) does your sister make any progress ] — She would 
make some, if she were as assiduous as you. — You flatter me. — Not 
at all ; I assure you that I should be highly satisfied, (tres-content,) 
if all my pupils worked like you. — Why do you not go out to-day 1 
— I would go out if it were fine weather. — Shall I have the pleasure 
of seeing you to-morrow 1 — If you wish it I will come. — Shall I still 
be here when you arrive, (a voire arrivee ?) — Will you have occa- 
sion (occasion) to go to town this evening 1 — I do not know, but I 
would go now if I had an opportunity, (une bonne occasion.) — You 
would not have so much pleasure, and you would not be so happy, 
if you had not friends and books. — Man (Vhomme) would not expe- 
rience so much misery (la misere) in his career, (la carriere,) and he 
would not be so unhappy, were he not so blind, (aveugle.) — You 
would not have that insensibility (cette insensibilite) towards (pour) 
the poor, and you would not be so deaf (sourd) to their supplication, 
(la priere,) if you had been yourself in misery for some time, (quel- 
que temps.) — You would not say that if you knew me well. — Why 
has your sister not done her exercises'? — She would have done them 
if she had not been prevented. — If you worked more, and spoke of- 
tener, you would speak better. — I assure you, Sir, that I should learn 
better if I had more time. — I do not complain of you, but of your 
sister. — You would have no reason (vous rfauriez pas lieu) to com- 
plain of her, had she had time to do what you gave her to do. — Do 
you already know what has happened? — I have not heard any thing. 
— The house of our neighbor has been burnt down, (brulee.) — Have 
they not been able to save anything] — They were very fortunate 
(bien heureux) in saving the persons that were in it ; but out of the 
(des) things that were there, (se trouver,) they could save nothing, 
— Who has told you that 1 — Our neighbor himself has told it me. 

205. 

Why are you without a light 1 (sans lumiere, Obs. A. Lesson LII.) 
— The wind blew it out when you came in. — What is the price of 
this cloth 1 — I s?ll it at (Obs. D. Lesson LIV.) three crowns and a 
half the ell. — I think (trouver) it very dear. Has the price of cloth 
not fallen 1 — It has not fallen : the price of all goods (lamarchandise) 
has fallen, except that of cloth, (excepte celui du drap.) — I will give 
you three crowns for it, (en.) — I cannot let you have (donner) it for 
(a) that price, for it costs me (time coiite) more. — Will you have the 
goodness to show me some pieces (la piece) of English cloth ? — With 



294 SIXTY-FIFTH LESSON. 

much pleasuie. — Does this cloth suit you] — It does not suit me. — 
Why does it not suit you.1 — Because it is too dear ; if you will low- 
er the price, (en rabattre quelque chose,) I shall buy twenty yards 
of it. — Not having asked too much, I cannot take off any thing. — ■ 
You learn French : does your master let you translate 1 — He lets me 
read, write, and translate. — Is it useful to translate in learning a 
foreign language ? — It is useful to translate when you (on) nearly 
know the language you are learning ; but while (quand) you do not 
yet know any thing it is entirely (tout-a-fait) useless. — What does 
your French master make you do 1 — lie makes me read a lesson ; 
afterwards he makes me translate English exercises into French on 
the lesson which he has made me read ; and from the beginning to 
the end of the lesson he speaks French to me, and I have to answer 
him (il me faut lui repondre) in the very language (dans la langue 
meme) which he is teaching me. — Have you already learned much 
in that manner 1 — You see that I have already learned something, 
for I have hardly been learning it three months, and I already un- 
derstand you when you speak to me, and can answer you. — Can you 
read (it) as well 1 — I can read and write as well as speak, (it.) — 
Does your master also teach German 1 — He teaches it. — Wishing 
to make (desirant faire) his acquaintance, I must beg of you (je vous 
prierai) to introduce me to him. 

206. 

How many exercises do you translate a day '? — If the exercises 
are not difficult I translate from three to four (trois a quatre) every 
day ; and when they are so I translate but one. — How many have 
you already done to-day 1 — It is the third which I am translating ; 
but to-morrow I hope to be able to do one more, (un de plus,) for I 
shall be alone, (sew/.)— Have you paid a visit to my aunt 1 — I went 
to see her two months ago, and as she looked displeased, I have not 
gone to her any more since that time. — How do you do to-day 1 — 1 
am very unwell, (tres-mal.) — How do you like that soup 1 — I think 
(trouver) it is very bad ; but since I have lost my appetite (Vappetil) 
I do not like any thing, (je ne trouve rien de bo?i.) — How much does 
that employment yield to your father ? — It yields him more than four 
thousand (mille has no s in the plural) crowns. — What news do they 
mention, (dire ?) — The}' say nothing new. — What do you intend to 
do to-morrow "? — I propose joining a hunting party. — Does your bro- 
ther purpose playing (de faire) a game at billiards ? — He proposes 
playing a game at chess. — Why do some people laugh when I 
speak 1 — Those are unpolite people; you have only to laugh also 
Bad thev will no longer laugh at you. If you did as I do (comrni 



SIXTY-SIXTH LESSON. 



295 



moi) you would speak well. You must study (il vous faut eludier, 
a little every day, and you will soon be no longer afraid to speak. — 
I will endeavor to follow your advice, for I have resolved (se propo- 
ser) to rise every morning at six o'clock, to study till ten o'clock 
and to go to bed early. — Why does your sister complain 1 — I do not 
know ; since she succeeds in every thing, and since (et qu'elle) she 
is happy, even happier than you and I, why does she complain 1 — 
Perhaps she complains (se plaint-elle, because she is not thoroughly 
acquainted with that business. — That may be, (cela se peut.) 



SIXTY-SIXTH LESSON.— Soixante-sixieme Lecon. 



A kind, sort, (a species.) 
What kind of fruit is that ? 

A stone, (of a fruit.) 
A stone of a peach, an apricot, a 
plum. 

Stone-fruit. 
One must break the stone before one 
comes at the kernel. 
A kernel. 
An almond. 
Kernel-fruit. 



It is a kernel-fruit. 
To gather. 

I gather, thou gatherest, he gathers. 
To gather fruit. 
To serve up the soup 
To bring in the dessert 

The fruit. 

An apricot. 

A peach. 

A plum. 

An anecdote. 

Roast meat. 



Une cspece. 

Quelle espece de fruit est cela, (or 

est-ce la ?) 
Un noyau. 
Un noyau de peche, d'abricot, do 

prune. 
Fruits a noyau. 
II faut casser le noyau pour en avoir 

1'amande : (a proverb.) 
Une amande, un pepin. 
Une amande. 
Fruits a pepin. 



C'est un fruit a pepin. 

Cueillir * 2 ; pres. part, cueillant 

past part, cueilli. 
Je cueille, tu cueilles, il cueilb. 
Cueillir du fruit 
Servir la soupe. 
Servir le desser 
Le fruit. 
Un abricot 
Une peche. 
Une prune. 
Une anecdote. 
Du r6ti. 



1 The verb cueillir, though of the second, is in the present of the indica- 
tive conjugated according to the first conjugation. 



296 



SIXTY-SIXTH LESSON. 



The last. 

Last week. 
To cease, to leave off. 
I leave off reading. 
She leaves off speaking 



I Le dernier, la derniere. 

I La semaine derniere. 

| Cesser 1, de. 

I Je cesse de lire. 

I Elle cesse de parler. 



To avoid. 
To escape. 
To escape a misfortune. 
lie ran away to avoid death. 



Eviter 1, {de before infin.) 
Echapper 1. 

t Echapper a un malheur. 
II a pris la fuite pour Echapper a U 
mort. 



To do without a thing. 
Can you do without bread ? 
I can do without it. 
There are many things which we 
must do without. 



Se passer de quelque chose. 
Pouvez-vous vous passer de pain ? 
Je puis (je peux) m'en passer. 
II y a bien des choses dont il faut 
passer. 



To execute a commission. \ 

To acquit one's self of a commis- l-S'acquitter 1, d'une commission. 

sion. ) 

I have executed your commission. I Je me suis acquitte de votre com- 
mission. 
C Vous etes-vous acquitte" de ma corn- 
Have you executed my commission ? < mission ? 

f Avez-vous fait ma commission ? 



I have executed it. 

To do one's duty. 
To discharge, to do, or to fulfil one's 

duty. 
That man always does his duty. 
That man always* fulfils his duty. 



Je m'en suis acquitte. 
Faire son devoir. 
Remplir son devoir. 

Cet homme fait toujoitrs son devoir. 
Cet homme s'acquitte toujoqrs de 
son devoir. 



To rely, to depend upon something. | Compter 1, sur quelque chose. 
He depends upon it. | II y compte. 



I rely upon you. 
You may reiy upon him. 



( Je compte sur vous. 

I Je me fie a vous. 

( Vous pouvez vous fier a lui 

-? Vous pouvez vous y fier. 

(, Vous pouvez compter sur Jul 



SIXTY-SIXTH LESSON. 



297 



To suffice, to be sufficient. 

Is that bread sufficient for you ? 

It is sufficient for me. 

£ suffice, thou dost suffice. 

Will that money be sufficient for that 

man ? 
It will be sufficient for him. 
Little wealth suffices for the wise. 
Has that sum been sufficient for that 

man 1 
Was that man contented with that 

sum ? 
It has been sufficient for him. 
He has been contented with it. 

To be contented with something. 
It would be sufficient for him if you 

would only add a few crowns. 
He would be contented if you would 
only add a few crowns. 
To add. 
To build. 
To embark, to go on board. 
A sail. 
To set sail. 
To set sail for. 
To sail for America. 

To sail. 
Under full sail. 
To sail under full sail. 
He embarked on the sixteenth of last 

month. 
He sailed on the third instant. 
The instant, the present month. 
The fourth or fifth instant. 
The letter is dated the 6th instant. 



That is to say, (i. e.) 

Et ccBtera, (etc.) 
My pen (quill) is better than yours. 
[ write better than you. 



Suffire * 4 ; pres. part suffisant 

past part, suffi. 
Ce pain vous suffit-il ? 
II me suffit. 
Je suffis, tu suffis. 
Cet argent suffira-t-il h cet homme 1 

II lui suffira. 

Peu de bien suffit au sage. 

Cette somme a-t-elle suffi a. cet 

homme ? 
Cet homme s'est-il contente de cette 

somme ? 
Elle lui a suffi. 
II s'en est contente. 
Se contender de quelque chose. 
Elle lui suffirait, si vous vouliez seule- 

ment y ajouter quelques ecus. 
II se contenterait, si vous vouliez 

seulement y ajouter quelques ecus. 
Ajouter 1. 
Bdtir 2. 
S'embarquer 1. 
Une voile. 2 
t Mettre a la voile, 
t Faire voile pour. 
Faire voile pour l'Amerique, (aller 

en Amerique.) 
Marcher. 

A pleines voiles, (a toutes voiles.) 
Marcher a pleines voiles, (cingler.) 
II s'est embarque le seize du moia 

dernier. 
II a mis a la voile le trois courant. 
Le courant. 

Le quatre ou le cinq du courant. 
La lettre est du six du courant. 



C'est-d-dire. Savoir. 

Et catera, (etc.) 

Ma plume est meilleure que la vfttre 

J'ecris mieux que vous. 



9 Voile, meaning a veil, a cover, is masculine, 
veil, elle s'est achete un voile. 



Ex. She has bought 8 



298 SIXTY-SIXTH LESSON. 



They vriil warm the soup. I On fera chauffer la soupa 

Dinner (or supper) is on the table, On a servi. 

(is served up.) 
Do you choose any soup ? 
Shall I help you to some soup ? 
I will trouble you for a little. I t Je vous en demanderai un pea 

To serve up, to attend. | Servir *. 



> t Vous servirai-jo de la soupe? 



EXERCISES. 
207. 

1 should like to (je voudrais Men) know why I cannot speak as 
well as you. — I will tell you : you would speak quite as well (tout 
aussi bien) as I, if you were not so bashful, (timide.) But if you 
had studied your lessons more carefully (mieux) you would not be 
afraid to speak ; for in order to speak well one must know, and it 
is very natural (tres-naturel) that he who does not know well what 
he has learned, should be timid, (soit timide, pres. subj., of which 
hereafter.) You would not be so timid as you are, if you were sure 
to make no faults. 

I come to wish you a good morning. — You are very kind, (amia- 
ble.) — Would you do me a favor 1 — Tell me what you want, for 1 
would do any thing (je ferais tout) to oblige you, (pour vous obliger.) 
— I want five hundred crowns, and I beg you to lend them to me. I 
will return them to you as soon as I have received my money. You 
would oblige (obliger) me much (beaucoup) if you would render 
(rendre) me this service. — I would do it with all my heart if I could ; 
but having lost all my money, it is impossible for me (il nCest impos- 
sible) to render you this service. — Will you ask your brother whether 
he (s^il) is satisfied with (content de) the money which I have sent 
him ] — As to my brother he is satisfied with it, but I am not so ; for 
having suffered shipwreck (/aire naufrage) I am in want of the 
money which you owe me. 

208. 
Have they served up the soup 1 — They have served it up some 
minutes ago. — Then (alors) it must be cold, and I only like soup hot ? 
(la soupe chaude.) — They will warm it for you. — You will oblige me. 
(obliger.) — Shall I help you to some of this roast meat 1 — I will 
trouble you for a little. — Will you eat some of this mutton 1 — I thank 
you, I like fowl better. — May I offer you (vous offrirai-je) some 
wine ? — I will trouble you for a little. — Have they already brought 
in the dessert 1 — They have brought it in — Do you like fruit'? — I 



SIXTY-SIXTH LESSON. 2^9 

like fruit, but I have no more appetite. — Will you eat a little cheese 1 
— I will eat a little. — Shall I help you to English or Dutch cheese * 
— I will eat a little Dutch cheese. — What kind of fruit is that 1 — It 
is stone-fruit. — What is it called] — It is called thus. — Will you 
wash your hands 1 — I should like to (je voudrais bien) wash them, 
but I have no towel to {pour) wipe them with. — I will let you have 
{faire donner) a towel, some soap, and some water. — I shall be much 
obliged {fort oblige) to you. — May I ask you for (oserais-je vous de- 
mander) a little water 1 — Here is some, (en void.) — Can you do with- 
out soap 1 — As for soap I can do without it, but I must have a towel 
to wipe my hands with. — Do you often do without soap 1 — There are 
many things which we must do without. — Why has that man run 
away 1 — Because he had no other means of escaping the punishment 
(la punifion) which he had deserved, (meriter.) — Why did your bro- 
thers not get (se procurer) a better horse 1 — If they had got rid of 
their old horse, they would have got a better. — Has your father ar- 
rived already 1 — Not yet, but we hope that he will arrive this very 
lay, (aujourdlmi meme.) — Has your friend set out in time, (a temps?) 
— I do not know, but I hope he has (quHl sera, Obs. A. Less. LVIII.) 
set out in time. 

209. 

Have you executed my commission 1 — I have executed it. — Has 
your brother executed the commission which I gave him 1 — He has 
executed it. — Would you (voudriez-vous) execute a commission for 
me 1 — I am under so many obligations to you that I will always exe- 
cute your commissions, when it shall please you to give me any. — 
Will you ask the merchant whether (si) he can let me have (me don-- 
ner) the horse at the price (au prix) which I have offered him 1 — I 
am sure that he would be satisfied if you would add a few crowns 
more. — If I were sure of that I would add a few crowns more.— 
Good morning, my children ! have you done your task! — You well 
know that we always do it ; for we must be ill (il faudrait que nou* 
fussions malades, imperfect of the subjunctive, of which hereafter) 
not to (pour) do it. — What do you give us to do to-day 1 — I give you 
to study the sixty-sixth lesson, and to do the exercises belonging to 
it, (qui en dependent ;) that is to say, the 207th, 208L., and 209th. 
Will you endeavor to commit no errors, (faire des f antes?) — We 
shall endeavor to commit none. — Is this bread sufficient for you \— 
It would be sufficient for me if I was not very hungry. — When did 
your brother embark for America 1 — He sailed on the 30th of last 
month. — Do you promise me to speak to your brother 1 — I promise 
you, you may depend upon it. — I rely upon you. — Will you work 



300 



SIXTY-SEVENTH LESSON. 



harder (jnieux) for next lesson than you have done (que vous rCave*. 
travaille) for this 1 — I will work harder. — May I rely upon it 1 — You 
may. 



SIXTY-SEVENTH LESSON.— Soixante-septieme Lecon. 



To be a judge of something. 
Are you a judge of cloth ? 
I am a judge of it. 
I am not a judge of it. 
I am a good judge of it. 
I am not a good judge of it. 



To draic. 

To chalk, to trace, (to counterdraw.) 
To draw a landscape. 
To draw after life. 
The drawing. 
The drawer. 
Nature. 



To manage, or to go about a thing. 

How do you manage to make a fire 
without tongs ? 

I go about it so. 

You go about it the wrong way 

I go about it the right way. 

How does your brother manage to 
do that? 

Skilfully, handily, dexterously, clev- 
erly. 

Awkwardly, unhandily, badly. 



To forbid. 
I forbid you to do that. 

To lower. 
To cast down one's eyes. 



t Se connaitre en quelque chose 

t Vous connaissez-vous en drap? 

Je m'y connais. 

Je ne m'y connais pas. 

Je m'y connais tres-bien. 

Je ne m'y connais pas beaucoup. 



Dessiner 1. 

Calquer 1. 

Dessiner un paysage. 

Dessiner d'apres nature. 

Le dessin. 

Le dessinateur. 

La nature. 



S'y prendre. 

Comment vous y prenez-vous pour 

faire du feu sans pincette I 1 
Je m'y prends comme cela. 
Vous vous y prenez mal. 
Je m'y prends bien. 
Comment votre frere s'y prend-il 

pour faire cela ? 
Adroitement. 

Maladroitement. 



Defendre 4, (de before inf.) 
Je vous defends de faire cela. 
Baisser 1. 
t Baisser les yeux. 



; All nouns ending in tte are feminine, except the two following: un 
imulette, an amulet ; un squelette, a skeleton ; and some compounds, as : 
un porte-mouchettes, a snuffer-stand ; un tire-botte, a boot-jack ; un casse- 
noisettc, nut-crackers. 



SIXTY-SEVENTH LESSON. 



301 



The curtain. 
The curtain rises, falls. 
The stocks have fallen 
The day falls. 
It grows toward night. 
Night comes on. 
It grows dark. 
It grows late. 

To stoop. 



To smell, to feel. 
Ha smells of garlic. 
To reel some one's pulse. 

To consent to a thing. 

I consent to it. 



! La toile, le rideau 

j t La toile (le rideau) se leve, se baisse; 

[ Le change a baisse. 

| Le jour baisse. 

II se fait nuit. . 

II se fait tard. 
Se baisser. 



To hide, to conceal. 
The mind. 
Indeed. 
In fact. 
The truth. 
The effect. 
True. 

A true man. 
This i» the right place for that pic- 
ture. 



Sentir *. (Lesson LIV.) 

II sent Tail. 

t Tater le pouls h, quelqu'un. 

Consentir * d quelque chose. (Le 

son LIV.) 
J'y consens. 



Cacher 1. 

L'esprit. 

En verite". 

En effet. 

La vente*. 

L'effct. 

Vrai. 

Un homme vrai. 

Voila la vraie place de ce tableau. 



To think much of one, (to esteem 
one.) 

To esteem some one. 
I do not think much of that man. 

I think much of him, (I esteem him 
much.) 

The case. 



Faire cas de quelqu'un. 

Estimer 1, quelqu'un. 

Je ne fais pas grand cas de cet 

homme. 
Je fais grand cas de lui, (je l'esttme 

beaucoup.) 
Le cas. 



The flower, the bloom, the blossom. 

On a level with, even with. 
That man has his eyes on a level 
with his head. 



La fleur. 
K Afleur de. 

Cet homme a les yeux a fleui de 
tete. 



502 



SIXTY-SEVENTH LESSON. 



To blossom, (to flourish.) 
To grow. 



Fleurir 2. 5 
. Croitre * 4 ; pres. part croiscani 
past part. cru. 
I grow, thou growest, he or she ; Je crois, tu crois, il oil elle croit. 
grows. 



To grow rapidly, (fast.) 
To grow tall or big. 
That child grows so fast that we 

may even see it. 
That child has grown very fast in a 

short lime. 
That rain has made the corn grow. 
Corn. 



Croitre rapidement. 

Grandir 2. 

t Cet enfant grandit a vue d'ceil. 

Cet enfant a bien grandi en peu do 

temps. 
Cette pluie a fait grandir les bloa- 
Du ble. 



A cover. 
A shelter. 
A cottage, a hut 
To shelter one's self from something. 
To take shelter from 
Let us shelter ourselves from the 

rain, the wind. 
Let us enter that cottage in order to 
be sheltered from the storm, (the 
tempest.) 



Un gite. 
Un abri. 
Une chaumiero. 
-om something. ) . ■ 

something. $ Se mettre k * abn de <l ueI( l ue chose ' 
Mettons-nous k l'abri de la pluie, du 

vent. 
Entrons dans cette chaumiere, pour 

etre a convert de la tempetc, ou 

pour etre k l'abri des injures du 

temps. 



Everywhere, all over, throughout. 
All over (throughout) the town. 
A shade. 
Under the shade. 
Let us sit down under the shade of 
that tree. 



Partout. 

Par toute la ville. 
Une ombre. 3 
y A Vombre. 

Allons-nous asseoir a 1'ombre do cet 
arbre. 



To pretend. 
That man pretends to sleep. 



Faire semblant de. 

Cet homme fait semblant de dormir. 



3 Fleurir, to blossom, is regular; but when it means to flourish, its pres 
ent participle \sflorissant, and its imperfect indicative florissait, florissaiem 
Ex. Un empire florissant, a flourishing empire ; une armee florissante, a 
flourishing army ; cet auteur florissait sous son regne, that author flour- 
shed under his reign ; les arts et les sciences florissaient alors, arts and 
sciences were then nourishing. 

s Ombre, a shadow, is feminine ; but ombre, a kind of fish, and Vombre, 
a game at cards, are masculine. 



SIXTY- SEVENTH LESSON. 



303 



That young lauy pretends to know 

French. 
They pretend to come near us. 



Now. 

From, since. 
From morning. 
From the break of day. 
From the cradle, from a child. 
From this time forward. 

As soon as. 
As soon as I see him I shall speak 
to him. 

For fear of. 
To catch a cold. 
I will not go out for fear of catching 

a cold. 
He does not wish to go to town for 
fear of meeting with one of his 
creditors. 
He does not wish to open his purse 
for fear of losing his money. 



To copy, transcribe. 
To decline. 
To transcribe fairly 
A substantive, an adjective, a pro- 
noun. 
A verb, a preposition, a grammar, a 
dictionary. 



Cette demoiselle fait semblant do 

savoir le franc, ais. 
lis font semblant de s'approcher do 

nous. 



Maintenant. 

Des. 

Des le matin. 

Des le point du jour. 

Des le berceau. 

Des a present. 

Des que. 

Des que je le verrai je lui parlerai. 

De crainte ou depeur de. 

Prendre froid, s'enrhumer. 

Je ne veux pas sortir, de peur de 

m'enrhumer. 
II ne veut pas aller a la ville, de peur 

de rencontrer un de ses creanciers, 

II ne veut pas ouvrir sa bourse, de 
peur de perdre son argent. 



Obs, 



l4. Less. LX.) 
(Less. XXXIII.) 



Copier 1. (See 

Decliner 1. 

Mettre * au net. 

Un substantif, un adjectif, un pro- 

nom. 
Un verbe, une preposition, une gram- 

maire, un dictionnaire. 



EXERCISES. 

210. 
Are you a judge of cloth"? — I am a judge of it. — Will you buy 
some yards for me, (nCen ?) — If you will give me the money I will 
buy you some, (vous en.) — You will oblige (oblige?') me — Is that 
man a judge of cloth? — He is not a good judge of it. — How do you 
manage to do that ] — I manage it so. — Will you show me how you 
manage it 1 — I will show you, (je le veux Men.) — What must 1 do 
(que me faul-il /aire) for my lesson of to-morrow ] — You will 
transcribe your exercises fairly, do three others, and study the next 



304 SIXTY-SEVENTH LESSON 

lesson, (la lecon suivante.) — How do you manage to get goods (dei 
marchandises) without money \ — I buy on credit. — How does your 
sister manage to learn French without a dictionary ? (Obs. Lesson 
LIL) — She manages it thus. — She manages it very dexterously. 
But how does your brother manage it, (Mais M. voire j "r ere comment 
s'y prend-il ?) — He manages it very awkwardly ; he reads, and looks 
for the words in the dictionary. — He may (pent) learn in this man- 
ner twenty years without knowing how to make a single sentence, 
(une seule phrase.) — Why does your sister cast down her eyes ? — ■ 
She casts them down because she is ashamed of not having done her 
task. — Shall we breakfast in the garden to-day 1 — The weather is so 
fine, that we should (qu'ilfaut) take advantage of it, (en profiler.) — 
How do you like that coffee 1 — I like it very much, (excellent.) — ■ 
Why do you stoop ] — I stoop to pick up the handkerchief which 1 
have dropped. — Why do your sisters hide themselves ] — They would 
not hide themselves if they did not fear to be seen. — Whom are 
they afraid of] — They are afraid of their governess (une institutricc) 
who scolded them yesterday because they had not done their tasks, 
(leur devoir.) 

211. 
Have you already seen my son 1 — I have not seen him yet ; how 
is he 1 — He is very well ; you will not be able to recognise him, foi 
he has grown very tall in a short time. — Why does that man give 
nothing to the poor, (aux pauvres ?) — He is too avaricious, (avare ;) 
he does not wish to open his purse for fear of losing his money. — 
What sort of weather is it ? — It is very warm ; it is long since we 
had any rain : I believe we shall have a storm, (un or age.) — It may 
be, (cela se pent bien.) — The wind rises, (s'elever,) it thunders al- 
ready ; do you hear it 1 — Yes, I hear it, but the storm is still far off, 
(encore bien loin.) — Not so far as you think ; see how it lightens. — 
Bless me, (mon Dieu !) what a shower, (quelle averse !) — If we go 
into some place (quelque part) we shall be sheltered from the storm. 
— Let us go into that cottage, then, (done ;) we shall be sheltered there 
from the wind and the rain. — Where shall we go to now 1 Which 
road shall we take 1 — The shortest (court) will be the best. — We 
have too much sun, and I am still very tired ; let us sit down under 
the shade of that tree. — Who is (quel est) that man who is sitting 
under the tree'? — I do not know him. — It seems he (il par ait qttHl) 
wishes to be alone, (seul ;) for when we offer (vouloir *) to approach 
aim, he pretends to be asleep. — He is like your sister : she under- 
stands French very well, (fort bien ;) but when I begin to speak to 
her, she pretends not to understand me. — You have promised me to 



SIXTY-EIGHTH LESSON. 



305 



speak to the captain ; wny have you not done so 1 — I have not seen 
him yet ; but as soon as I see him I shall speak to him. (See end 
of Lesson XXIV.) 



SIXTY-EIGHTH LESSON.— Soixante-huitieme Lepon. 



OF THE PRETERIT DEFINITE. 

(Preterit Defini.) 

This past tense is formed from the past participle by changing, for the first 
conjugation, e into 

Sing. 1st pers. 2d pers. 3d pers. Plur. 1st pers. 2d pers. 3d pers 
ai, as, a, ames, dies, 

For the second and fourth conjugations i and u into : 

is, is, it, imes, ites, 

And for the third conjugation u into: 



erent. 



irent. 



ut, 



utes, 



urent* 



Examples. 



INFINI- PAST 

TIVE. PART. 

Parler, parle. 
Finir, finz. 
Recevoir, recw. 
Vendre, vend*/. 



Je 

parlaz, 

finz's, 

regus, 



PRETERIT DEFINITE. 

Tu II Nous Vous lis 

parlas, parla, parlames, parldtes, pax\erent. 

finz's, fimt, fmimes, finites, fmirent. 

regus, vequt, resumes, refutes, xequrent. 



vendz's, vendz's, vendit, xendimes, xendites, xendirent. 



Obs. A. This rule holds good even throughout almost all the irregular 
verbs, with this difference only, that when the past participle ends in is ^1 
it, it is equally changed in the Preterit defini for the terminations : 
is, zs, it, imes, ites, irent. 

Examples, 
infini- past preterit definite. 

tive. part. Je Tu II Nous Vous lis 

Sentir *, senti. sentis, sentis, sentit, sentimes, sentites, sentirent 

Mettre *, mis. mis, mis, mit, mimes mites, mirent. 

Dire *, dit. dis, dis, dit, dimes, dites, dirent. 



The following "rregular verbs are exceptions to this rule : 

INFINITIVE. PAST PART. PRETERIT DEFINITE. 

Uouvrir *, to cover, couvert. Jecouvris, is, it, imes, ites, irent 

Offrir *, to offer, offert. J'offris, " " " " »' 

Ouvrir *, to open, ouvert. J'ouvris, " " " " " 

Kouffrir *, to suffer, sonffert. Je souffris, ' 4 " " " " 



306 



SIXTY-EIGHTH LESbON. 



INFINITIVE. 


PAST PART. 


PRETERIT DEFINITE 






Tenir *, 


to hold, 


tenu. 


Je tins, 


ins 


int, 


inmes, 


intes. 


inrent 


Ven'ur *, 


to come 


venu. 


Je vins, 


" 


" 


" 


«' 


" 


Mnnrir *, 


to die. 


mort. 


Je niourus 


us, 


ut, 


umes, 


utes, 


urent 


Vetir *, 


to clothe. 


vetu. 


Je vetis, 


is, 


it, 


imes, 


ites, 


irent. 


Voir*, 


to see, 


vu. 


Je vis, 


is, 


it, 


imes, 


ites, 


irent 


Prevoir *, 


to foresee, 


prevu. 


Je pr£vis, 


is, 


it, 


imes, 


ites, 


irent 


Ceindre *, 


to gird. 


ceint. 


Je ceignis, 


is, 


it, 


imes, 


ites, 


irent 


Astreindre *, 


to restrain ; 


astreint. 


J'astreignis, 


i« 


" 


" 


" 


" 


Craindre *, 


to fear, 


craint. 


Je craignis, 


" 


«< 


" 


it 


" 


Entpreindre * 


to imprint, 


empreint. 


J'empreignis, 


" 


" 


" 


" 


" 


Enfreindre *, 


to infringe, 


enfreint. 


J'enfreignis, 


" 


" 


" 


it 


" 


Epreindre *, 


to squeeze, 


epreint. 


J'epreignis, 


" 


" 


" 


ii 


" 


Feindre *, 


4o feign, 


feint. 


Je feignis, 


" 


" 


u 


" 


" 


Joindre *, 


' to join, 


joint 


Je joignis, 


" 


" 


II 


" 


ii 


Oindre *, 


to anoint, 


cint. 


J'oignis, 


" 


" 


" 


" 


" 


Peindre *, 


to paint, 


peint. 


Je peignls, 


" 


" 


" 


" 


" 


Plaindre *, 


to lament, 


plaint. 


Je plaignis, 


" 


" 


" 


" 


" 


Restreindre * 


to restrain, 


restreint. 


Je restreignis, 


" 


" 


" 


" 


»■ 


Teindre *, 


to dye, 


teint. 


Je teignis, 


" 


" 


" 


" 


" 


Cuire *, 


to cook, 


cult. 


Je cuisis, 


is, 


it, 


imes, 


ites, 


irent 


Conduire *, 


to conduct, 


conduit. 


Je conduisis, 


" 


" 


" 


" 


«« 


Construire *, 


to construct, 


construit. 


Je construisis 


" 


" 


" 


ii 


* 


Betruire*, 


to destroy, 


detruit 


Je detruisis, 


" 


« 


" 


" 


" 


Enduire *, 


to lay over, 


enduit. 


J'enduisis, 


" 


" 


" 


" . 


" 


Indnire *, 


tu induce, 


induit. 


J'induisis, 


" 


" 


" 


" 


" 


Instmire *, 


to instruct, 


instruit. 


J'instruisis, 


" 


" 


« 


ii 


" 


[r.troduire *, 


to introduce, 


introduit. 


J'introduisis, 


" 


" 


" 


" 


« 


Reduire *, 


to reduce, 


reduit. 


Je reduisis, 


" 


<c 


" 


41 


t 


Seduire * 


to seduce, 


seduit. 


Je seriuisis, 


" 


" 


" 


" 


" 


Trad ui re *, 


to translate, 


traduit. 


Je traduisis, 


« 


" 


" 


" 


" 


Luire *, 


to shine, 


lui. 


Je luisis, 


" 


" 


" 


" 


" 


Nuire *, 


to hurt, 


nui. 


Je nuisis, 


" 


" 


" 


" 


14 


Condre *, 


to sew, 


cousu. 


Je cousis, 


" 


.« 


" 


" 


" 


Ecrire *, 


to write, 


ecrit. 


J'ecrivis, 


" 


" 


" 


" 


" 


Etre * 


to be, 


etc. 


Je fus, 


fus 


fut, iimes, utes 


, urent 


Faire *, 


to do, 


fait. 


Je fis, 


fis, 


fit 


fimes, fi tes 


, firenl 


Naitre *, 


to be born, 


ne. 


Je naquis, 


is, 


i', 


imes 


ites, 


irent 


Vaincre *, 


to vanquish 


vaincu. 


Je vainquis, 

REMARK. 


- 


it, 


imes 


ites, 


irent 



The learner will remark, that in the above list some irregular verbs follow 
the conjugation of others ; thus we see three verbs conjugated exactly like* 
couvrir, to cover, viz. offrir, to offer ; ouvrir, to open ; souffrir, to suffer : 
venir, to come, we see conjugated like tenir, to hold ; twelve verbs after 
ceindre, to gird ; ten after cuire, to bake, to cook ; and one after luire, to 
shine, viz. nuire, to hurt. Now this is not only the case with respect to the 
preterit defini of these verbs, but for all the other tenses. It would therefore 
be of essential importance to the learner to commit them to memory in the 
Drder wo have givsn them, as by their help the greatest difficulties of th« 
irregular verbs are almost overcome. 



SIXT1T-EIGHTH LESSON. 



307 



ON THE USE OF THE PRETERIT DEFINITE. 

This tense is so called, because it always expresses an action completed at 
a time specified either by an adverb, or some other circumstance. Ex. 



I had done reading 1 when he entered 
Ym had lost your purse when I found 
mine. 



J'avais fini de lire, quand il entra. 
Vous aviez perdu votre bourse, quand 
je trouvai la mienue. 
Obs. B. These examples show that the pluperfect is formed in French, 
as in English, with the imperfect of the auxiliary and the past participle of 
the verb to be conjugated. 



We had dined when he arrived. 
The king had named an admiral 

when he heard of you. 
After having spoken you went away. 

After shaving I washed my face. 

After having warmed themselves 

they went into the garden. 
As soon as the bell rung you awoke. 

As soon as they called me I got up. 

As soon as he was ready he came to 
see me. 

As soon as we had our money we 
agreed to that. 

As soon as he had his horse he came 
to show it me. 

After trying several times they suc- 
ceeded in doing it. 

As soon as I saw him I obtained 
what I wanted. 

As soon as I spoke to him he did 
what I told him. 

The business was soon over. 



Nous avions dine, lorsqu'il arriva. 
Le roi avait nomme un amiral, quand 

on lui parla de vous. 
Apres avoir parlc, vous vous en al- 

lates. 
Apres m'etre rase, je me lavai la 

figure. 
Apres s'etre chauffes, Us allerent au 

jardin. 
Des que la cloche sonna, vous voja 

reveillates. 
Des qu'ils ?n , appelerent, je me levai. 
Aussitot qu'il fut pret, il vint me 

voir. 
Aussitot que nous eumes notre argent, 

nous convinmes de ceia. 
Aussitot qu'il eut son cheval, il vint 

me le montrer. 
Apres avoir essay e* plusieurs fois, ila 

parvinrent h. le faire. 
Aussitot que je le vis, fobtins ce 

dont j'avais besoin. 
Aussitot que je lui parlai, il ft ce que 

je lui dis. 
L'affaire fut bient&t faite. 



ON THE PRETERIT ANTERIOR. 1 

(Preterit anterieur.) 
This tense is compounded of the Pretent Defini of the auxiliary, and the 
past participle of the verb to be conjugated. It is used (from its name an- 

1 There is another Preterit Anterieur, called the Preterit Anterieur In- 
dtfini, which is, however, seldom employed. Il is forme i from the perfect 
of the auxiliary and the past participle of another verb Ex Quand vans 



308 



SIXTY-EIGHTH LESSON. 



terieur, anterior) to express an 


action past before another which is likewise 


past, and is hardly ever used except after one of the conjunctions : 




("Aussitot que. 
J Sitot que. 
] D'abord que. 


As soon as. 




[_Des que. 


After. 


| Apres que. 


When. 


( Lorsque. 
( Quand. 


No sooner. 


1 Pas plut6t. 


Scarcely. 


1 A peine. 


It also expresses an action as 


i quickly done. 




EXAMPLES. 



As soon as I had finished my work 
I carried it to him. 

As soon as I had dressed myself I 
went out. 

When they had done playing they 
began singing. 

When I had dined it struck twelve. 

As soon as the guests were assem- 
bled the repast commenced. 

I had soon done eating. 

After the soldiers had pillaged the 
town, they slaughtered without 
pity the women and children. 

Scarcely had we arrived when we 
were conducted to the king. 

He had no sooner perceived us than 
he advanced towards us. 



Aussitot que j'cusfini mon ouvrago, 

je le lui portai. 
Aussitot que je me fus habille, je 

sort is. 
Quand Us eurent acheve de jouer, ils 

se mirent k chanter. 
Quand feus dine, midi sonna. 
Des que les convives se furent as- 
sembles, le repas commenga. 
J'eus bientot fini de manger. 
Apres que les soldats eurent pille la 

ville, ils egorgerent sans pitie les 

femmes et les enfants. 
M peine fumes-nous arrives, qu'on 

nous conduisit au roi- 
II ne nous eut pas plutot apercus 

qu'il s'avai^a vers nous. 



EXERCISES. 

212. 

What did you do {que fites-vous) when you had finished your let- 
ter 1 — I went to my brother, who took {conduire *) me to the thea- 
tre, where I had the pleasure to find one of my friends whom I had 
not seen for ten years. — What didst thou do after getting up this morn- 
ing 1 — When I had read the letter of the Polish count I went to see 

avons eu dine, nous sommes alles a la promenade, when we had done dinner 
we went to take a walk ; quand fai eu parle a, voire pere, je m'en suis alle, 
jvhen I had spoken to your father I went away ; fai eu dejeune ce matin 
r dix heures, I had done breakfast this morning at ten o'clock 



SIXTi*-EIGHTH LESSON 309 

y je sortis pour voir) the theatre of the prince whi<*h I had not seen 
before, (pas encore.) — What did your father do when he had break- 
fasted % — He shaved and went out. — What did your friend do after 
he had been a walking 1 — He went to the baron, (le baron.) — Did the 
baron cut the meat after he had cut the bread 1 — He cut the bread 
after he had cut the meat. — When do you set out 1 — I do not set out 
■■ill (jene pars que) to-rnorrow ; for before I leave I will once more 
see my good friends. — What did your children do when they had 
breakfasted 1 — They went a walking with their dear preceptor, (pre- 
cepteur.) — Where did your uncle go after he had warmed himself] 
— He went nowhere. After he had warmed himself he undressed 
and went to bed. — At what o'clock did he get up 1 — He got up at 
sunrise. — Did you wake him 1 — I had no need to wake him, for he 
had got up before me. — What did your cousin do when he heard of 
the death (la mort) of his best friend] — He was much afflicted, (tres- 
afflige,) and went to bed without saying a word. — Did you shave be- 
fore you breakfasted 1 — I shaved when I had breakfasted. — Did you 
go to bed when you had eaten supper 1 — When I had eaten supper I 
wrote my letters, and when I had written them I went to bed. — At 
what (de quoi) are you afflicted 1 — I am afflicted at that accident. — 
Are you afflicted at the death (de la mort) of your relation ] — I am 
much afflicted at it, (en.) — When did your relation die ] — He died 
last month. — Of whom do you complain ] — I complain of your boy. 
— Why do you complain of him 1 — Because he has killed the pretty 
dog which I received from one of my friends. — Of what has your 
uncle complained ] — He has complained of what you have done. — 
Has he complained of the letter which I wrote to him the day before 
yesterday 1 — He has complained of it. 

213. 

Why did you not stay longer in Holland 1 — When I was there the 
living was dear, and I had not money enough to stay there longer. — 
What sort of weather was it when you were on the way to Vienna ] 
— It was very bad weather, for it was stormy, and snowed and rained 
very heavily, (a verse.) — Where have you been since I saw you 1 — 
We sojourned long on the sea-shore, (Lesson LIX.,) until a ship 
arrived (jusqtfa Varrivee d?un — ) which brought us (amener) to 
France. — Will you conti^e your narrative ? (Lesson LIX.) — ■ 
Scarcely had we arrived in France when we were taken (conduire *) 
to the king, who received us very well, and sent us back to our coun- 
try. — A peasant having seen that old men (le vieillard) used (se ser- 
vtr* de) spectacles (lunettes, fern.) to read, went to an optician (un 
oplicicn) and asked for a pair, (et en demanda.) The peasant thee 
14 




310 



SIXTY-NINTH LESSON. 



took a book, and having opened it, said the spectacles were not good, 
(fem.) The optician put another pair (une autre paire) of the best 
which he could find in his shop (la boutique) upon his nose ; but the 
peasant being still unable to read, the merchant said to him : " My 
friend, perhaps you cannot read at all V " If I could, (si -je savais 
lire") said the peasant, " I should not want your spectacles." — Henry 
IV. meeting one day in his palace (le palais) a man whom he did not 
know, (qui lui etail inco?inu.) asked him to whom he belonged : " I be- 
long to myself," replied this man. " My friend," said the king, " you 
have a stupid master." — Tell us (racontez-nous) what has happened 
to you lately, (Vautre jour.) — Very willingly, (tres-volontiers :) but 
on condition (sous la condition) that you will listen to me without in- 
terrupting (interrompre) me.— We will not interrupt you ; you may 
be (pouvez etre) sure of it, (en.) — Being lately at the theatre, I saw 
the speaking picture and the weeping (pleurer) woman performed. 
(voir * representer.) This latter play (cette derniere piece) not be- 
ing very (trop) amusing to me, (pour moi,) I went to the concert, 
where the music (la musique) caused me a violent head-ache, (une 
violente migraine.) I then left (quitter) the concert, cursing it, 
(en le maudissant,) and went straight (et fallai droit) to the mad- 
house {an hopital des fous) in order to see my cousin. On entering 
the hospital of my cousin I was struck with horror (etre saisi dVior- 
*-eur) at (en) seeing several madmen, (lefou,) who came up to me, 
(s^ appro cher de quelqu'un,) jumping (sauter) and howling, (hurler.)—' 
What did you do then 1 — I did the same, (autant,) and they set up a 
laugh (se mettre * a rire) as they were withdrawing, (se retirer.) 



SIXTY-NINTH LESSON.— Soixante-neuvieme Lecon. 



To get beaten, (whipped.) 
To get paid. 
To get one's self invited to dine. 



t Se faire battre. 
t Se faire payer, 
t Se faire inviter a diner 



At first 
Firstly. 
Secondly. 
Thirdly, &c 

Is your mother at home ? 

She is. 

I am going to her house. 



D'abord. 

Premierement, en premier lieu. 

Secondement, en second lieu. 

Troisiemement, en troisieme lieu, &c 

Votre mere est-elle chez elle ? 

Votre mere est-elle a la maison ? 

Elle y est. 

Je vais chez elle 



SIXTY-NINTH LESSON. 



311 



J. cause. 
A cause of complaint. 
A cause of sadness. 
She has reason to be sad. 
Grief, sorrow, sadness. 
Is that woman ready to go out ? 
She is. 



Notwithstanding, in spite of. 
Notwithstanding that. 
In spite of him, her, them. 



To manage. 
Do you manage to finish your work 

every Saturday night ? 
Do you manage to have your work 

done eveiy Saturday night ? 
Try to do that to oblige me. 



Un sujet. 

Un sujet de chagrin. 

Un sujet de tristesse. 

Elle a un sujet de tristesse. 

Le chagrin, la tristesse. 

Cette femme est-elle prete a jortir 1 

Elle l'est. 



Malgre, en dipit de. 
Malgre cela. 
Malgre lui, elle, eux. 



Faire en sorte de. 

Faites-vous en sorte de finir votro 

ouvrage tous les samedis soir ? 
Faites-vous en sorte d' avoir fini votre 

ouvrage tous les samedis soir ? 
Faites en sorte de faire cela pour 

m'obliger. 



Obs. A. Whenever in order to can be substituted for the preposition to, the 
latter is rendeied in French by pour, to express the end, the design, or the 
cause for whica a thing is done. 

I will do every thing to oblige you. | Je ferai tout pour vous obliger. 



To look upon. 
The window looks into the street. 
The window looks out upon the river. 
The back-door looks into the gar- 
den. 

To drown. 
To drown a dog. 
To be drowned, to be drowning. 
To drown one's self, to get drowned. 
To leap through the window. 
To throw out of the window. 
[ am drowning. 

He jumped out of the window. 

To fasten. 
He was fastened to a tree. 



Donner sur. 

La fenetre donne sur la rue. 

La fenetre donne sur la riviere 

La porte de derriere donne sur le 

jardin. 
Noyer I. 
Noyer un chien. 

Se noyer. 

Sauter par la fenetre. 

Jeter par la fenetre. 

Je me noie. (See Obs. D. Lcea. 

XXIV) 
II sauta par la fenetre. 
Attacher 1. 
On V attach a a un arbro. 



-h 



j- 



31! 



SIXTY-NINTH LESSON. 



The cattle. 
To keep warm. 
To keep cool. 
To keep clean. 
To keep on one's guard against some 

one. 
Keep on your guard against that 

man. 
To take care (to beware) of somebody 

or something. 
If you do not take care of that horse 
it will kick you. 

Take care that you do not fall. 

To keep on one's guard against 
some one. 

To beware of somebody or some- 
thing. 

Keep on your guard against that 
man. 

Take care. 



Le betail ; plm. les bestiaux 

t Se tenir chaud. 

t Se tenir frais. 

t Se tenir propre. 

t Se tenir en garde contre quelqu'un 

t Tenez-vous en garde contre cet 

homme. 
Prendre garde a quelqu'un ou a 

quelque chose. 
Si vous ne prenez pas garde a ce che- 

val, il vous donnera un coup da 

pied, 
t Prenez garde de tomber. 
t Se tenir (etre) sur ses gardes avcc 

quelqu'un. 
t Se garder de quelqu'un ou quelque 

chose, 
t Tenez-vous sur vos gardes avec cet 

homme. 
Prenez garde. 



A thought. 
An idea. 
A sally. 
To be struck with a thought. 
A thought strikes me. 
That never crossed my mind. 

To take it into one's head. 
He took it into his head lately to rob 

me. 
What is in your head ? 



Une pensee. 

Une idee. 

Une saillie. 

Venir en pensee, (a l'idee, a l'esprft. 

II me vient une pensee. 

Cela ne m'est jamais venu a l'esprit 

t S'aviser 1. 

t II s'avisa l'autre jour de me voler 

t De quoi vous avisez-vous ? 



In my, your, his or Jier place. 
We must put every thing in its place- 
Around, round. 
All around. 
Wo sailed around England. 

They went about the town to look at 
the curiosities. 

To go around the house 



v A ma, votre, sa place. 

II faut mettre chaque chose a sa place 

Autour. 

Tout autour. 

Nous naviguames autour de 1' Angle-. 

terre. 
t lis allerent 5a et la dans la ville, pour 

en voir les choses remarquables. 
Aller autour de la maison. 
Faire le tour de la maison. 



JAIL 
)Fai 



STXT\ -NINTH LESSON. 



313 



To go about the house. 
To cost. 
How much does that cost you 1 
How much does this book cost you ? 
It costs me three crowns and a half. 
That table costs him twenty crowns. 
Alone, by one's self. 
I was alone. 
One woman only. 
One God. 
God alone can do that. 
The very thought of it is criminal. 
A single reading is not sufficient to 
satisfy a mind that has a true taste. 



To kill by shooting. 
To blow out some one's brains. 
To shoot one's self with a pistol. 

He has blown out his brains. 
He has blown out his brains with a 
pistol. 



Aller <;a et la dans la maison. 
Couter 1. 

Combien cela vous coute -t-il? 
Combien ce livre vous coftte-t-il? 
II me coute trois ecus et demi. 
Cette table lui coute vingt ecus. 
Seul ; fem. seule. 
J'etais seul. 
Une seule femme. 
Un seul Dieu. 
Dieu seul peut faire cela. 
La seule pensee de cela est criminello. 
Une seule lecture no suffit pas poui 
ccntenter un homme qui a du gout 



Tuer oVun coup oVarme a feu. 
Bruler la cervelle a quelqu'un. 
Se bruler la cervelle d'un coup de 

pistolet. 
II s'est brule" la cervelle. 
II s'est brule" la cervelle d'un coup de 

pistolet. 



He served for a long time, acquired 
honors, and died contented. 



II servit long-temps, parvint aux 
honneurs, et mourut content. 



Obs. B. In some instances, when the verbs are in the same tense, 
pronouns of the third person are not repeated. 



the 



fie arrived poor, grew rich in a short 
time, and lost all in a still shorter 
time. 



II arriva pauvre, deviut riche en peu 
de temps, et perdit tout en moiua 
de temps encore. 



EXERCISES. 
214. 

What is the matter with you 1 Why do you look so melancholy, 
(avoir Vair melancolique ?) — I should not look so melancholy if I 
had no reason to be sad. I have heard just now (Lesson XLIX.) 
that one of my best friends has shot himself with a pistol, and thai 
one of my wife's best friends has drowned herself. — Where has she 
drowned herself 1 — She has drowned herself in the river which i& 
behind her house. Yesterday, at four o'clock in the morning, she 
rose without saying a word to any one, (a personnel leaped out of 



314 SIXTY-NINTH LESSON. 

tlie window which looks into the garden, and threw herself into the 
river, where she was drowned. — I have a great mind (grande envie) 
to bathe (se baigner) to-day. — Where will you bathe 1 — In the river. 
— Are you not afraid of being drowned 1 — Oh, no ! I can swim. — 
Who taught you ? — Last summer I took a few lessons in the swim- 
ming-school, (a Vecole de natation.) 

When had you finished your task 1 — I had finished it when you 
came in. — Those who had contributed (contribuer) most (le plus) to 
his elevation to the throne (a son elevation sur le trone) of his an- 
cestors, were those who labored (travailler) with the most eagerness 
{le plus d? acharnement) to precipitate (precipiter) him from it, (en.) 
As soon as Caesar (Cesar) had crossed (passer) the Rubicon, he had 
no longer to deliberate, (deliberer :) he was obliged (devoir) to con- 
quer (vaincre) or to die. — An emperor (un empereur) who was irri- 
tated at (irrite contre) an astrologer, (un astrologue,) aslted him : 
" Wretch, (miserable !) what death (de quel genre de mort) dost thou 
believe thou wilt die ?" — " I shall die of the fever," replied the as- 
trologer. " Thou liest," said the emperor, " thou wilt die this in- 
stant of a violent death, (de mort violent e.^) As he was going to be 
seized, (saisir,) he said to the emperor, " Sire, (Seigneur,) order 
some one (ordonnez) to feel (qu'on me tdte, pres. subjunctive, of 
which hereafter,) my pulse, and it will be found that I have a fever." 
This sally saved his life. 

215. 
Do you perceive yonder house, (cette maison la-bas ?) — do per- 
ceive it : what house is it 1 — It is an inn, (une auberge ;) if you like 
we will go into it to drink a glass of wine, for I am very (Men) thirsty. 
— You are always thirsty when you see an inn. — If we enter I shall 
drink your health, (Lesson LXIII.) — Rather than (Lesson LXI.) go 
into an inn I will not drink. — When will you pay me what you owe 
me 1 — When I have money.: it is useless to ask me for some to-day, 
for you know very w r ell that there is nothing to be had of him who 
has nothing. — When do you think you will have money 1 — I think I 
shall have some next year. — Will you do what I shall tell you 1 — I 
will do it if it is not too difficult. — Why do you laugh at me 1 — I do 
not laugh at you, but at your coat.; — Does it not look like (Lesson 
LXIII.) yours ] — It does not look like it, for mine is short (court) 
and yours is too long, (long ;) mine is black and yours is green. — 
Why do you associate with (Lesson LXIII.) that man 1 — I would not 
associate with him if he had not rendered me great services, (le ser- 
vice.) — Do not trust him, (ne vous y fie z pas,) for if you are not on 
your guard, he will cheat (tromper) you. — Why do you work so 



SEVENTIETH LESSON. 315 

much, {tant ?) — I work in order to be one da/ useful to my country 
— When I was yet {etant encore) little I once {un jour) said to my 
father, " I do not know {entendre) commerce, (le commerce,) and I do 
not know how to sell ; let me {permettez-moi de) play." My father 
answered me, smiling; {en souriant,) " In dealing {Jest en marchan- 
dant que) one learns to deal, and in selling to sell." " But, my dear 
father," replied {repliquer) I, " in playing one learns also to play." 
"You are right," said he to me, "but you must first {auparavanl) 
learn what is necessary {necessaire) and useful." — Judge not {ne 
jugez point) that you may not {vous qui ne voulez pas) be judged ! 
Why do you perceive the mote {une paille) in your brother's eye, 
you who do not perceive the beam {une poutre) which is in your own 
eye 1 — Would you copy your exercises if I copied mine 1 — I would 
copy them if you copied yours. — Would your sister have transcribed 
her letter if I had transcribed mine "? — She would have transcribed 
it. — Would she have set out if I had set out 1 — I cannot tell you 
what she would have done if you had set out. (See end of Lesson 
XXIV.) 



SEVENTIETH LESSON.— Soixante et dixicme Lecon. 
OF THE IMPERATIVE. 

The second person singular of this mood is formed, in all French verbs, 
from the first person singular of the indicative by omitting the pronounce, I. 
Examples : 



Present. Imperative. , Present. Lnperat. 2d pas sing. 

I speak, speak thou. Je parle, parle. 1 

Je viens, viens. 

J'aper^ois, apercois. 

Je prends, prends. 



I come, come thou 

I perceive, perceive thou 
I take, take thou. 



The five following verbs must be excepted from this rule : fai, I have ; 
imperat. aie, bave thou ; je suis, I am ; sois, be thou ; je vais, I go ; va, go 



1 When the second person singular of the imperative ends in e, it takes s 
after it before the relative pronouns en, y. Ex. Offres-en d ta sosur, offer 
some to thy sister ; portes-y tes livres, carry thy books thither. But when 
en is a preposition the imperative takes no s. Ex. Dor.ne en cette occasion 
des preuvcs de ton zele, give, on this occasion, a proof of thy zeal. 



316 



SEVENTIETH LESSON. 



thou ; je sais, I know ; sache, know thou ; je veux, am willing ; veuille, 
be thou willing. 3 

Obs. A. All the other persons of the impel ative, except the third of both 
numbers, which is derived from, and is like the present of the subjunctive 
(of which hereafter,) are derived from the present of the indicative. 



Have patience. 
Be (ye) attentive. 
Go (ye) thither. 
Give it me. 
Send it to him. 
Lend it to me. 
Have the goodness to hand me that 
plate. 

Obs. B. The second person singular, and the first and second persons 
plural, admit of no pronouns before them ; but the third, in both numbers, is 
always preceded by the pronouns il, Us, elle, dies, and the conjunction que, 
(of which hereafter, when we speak of the present of the subjunctive.) 



Ayez patience 

Soyez attentif. 

Allez-y. 

Donnez-le-moi. 

Envoyez-le-lui. 

Pretez-le-moi. 

Ayez la bonte de me passer ce plat. 



To borrow. 
I will borrow some money of you. 
1 will borrow that money of you. 

Borrow it of (or from) him. 
I borrow it from him. 
Do not tell him or her. 



Emprunter 1. 

Je veux vous emprunter de 1' argent 

Je veux vous emprunter cet argent 

Empruntez-le-lui. 

Je le lui emprunte. 

Ne le lui dites pas. 



2 The imperative va takes s, when it is followed by the relative pronoun 
y. Ex. Vas-y, go thou thither ; but when there is another verb after the 
pronoun y, va must be written without an s. Ex. Va y donner ordre, go 
thither to give the order ; va y faire un tour, go thither to take a turn. In 
the expression va-fen, go away, an apostrophe must be placed after the 
letter t, and not a hyphen, as it is not here the euphonic t, but te, an apos- 
trophe supplying the place of e before a vowel. 

3 These verbs are also irregular in all the other persons of the imperative, 
which are as follows : 



Qu'il ait ; ayons, ayez, qu'ils aient. 
Qu'il solt ; soyons, soyez, qu'ils soient. 
Qu'il aille ; allons, allez, qu'ils aillent. 

Qu'il sach? ■ sachona, ^achez, qu'ils 

sachent 
Qu'il veuille ; veuillez, qu'ils veuil- 

lent. 



Let him have ; let us have, have ye, 

let them have. 
Let him be ; let us be, be ye, let them 

be. 
Let him go ; let us go, go ye, let them 

go- 
Let him know ; let us know, know 

ye, let them know. 
Let him be willing ; be ye willing, let 

them be willing. 



SEVENTIETH LESSON. 



317 



Do not return it to them. 

Patience, impatience. 
The neighbor. 
• The snuff-box. 



Be (ye) good. 
Know (ye) it. 



Obey your masters, and never give 

them any trouble. 
Pay what you owe, comfort the af- 
flicted, and do good to those that 
have offended you. 
Love God, and thy neighbor as thy- 
self. 

To obey. 
To comfort. 
To offend. 
Let us always love and practise vir- 
tue, and we shall be happy both in 
this life and in the next. 
To practise. 
Let us see which of us can shoot 



Ne le leur rendez pas. 
La patience, l'impatienco. 
Le prochain. 
La tabatiere. 



Soyez bons. 
Sachez-le. 



Obeissez a vos maitres, et ne leur 
donnez jamais de chagrin. 

Payez ce que vous devez, consolez 
les malheureux, et faites du bicn a 
ceux qui vous ont offense's. 

t Aimez le bon Dieu, et le prochain 
comme vous-meme. 

Obeir 2. 

Consoler 1. 

Off ens er 1. 

Aimons et pratiquons toujours la vertu, 
et nous serons heureux dans cette 
vie et dans l'autro. 

Pratiquer 1. 

Voyons qui tirera le mieux. 



To express. 
To express one's self, 
ro make one's self understood. 
To have the habit. 

To accustom. 
To accustom one's self to something. 
Children must be accustomed early to 

labor. 
To be accustomed to a thing. 
I am accustomed to it. 
I cannot express myself in French, 
for I am not in the habit of speak- 
ing 
You speak properly. 

To converse 
To chatter. 
To prate. 



Exprimer 1. 

S'exprimer 1. 

Sefairc comprendre. 

Avoir Vhabitude. 

Accoutumer 1. 

S'accoutumer a quelque chose. 

II faut accoutumer de bonne heure 

les enfants au travail. 
Etre accoutume a quelque chose. 
J'y suis accoutume". 
Je ne puis pas bien m'exprimer en 

francos, parce que je n'ai pas l'ha- 

bitude de parler. 
Vous parlez comme i! faut 
Causer 1. 
Bavarder 1. 
Jaser I. 



318 



SEVENTIETH LESSON, 



A prattler. 
A chatterer. 
To practise. 
I practise speaking. 

To permit, to allow. 

The permission. 
I permit you to go thither. 



Un causeur ; fern, euse.* 
Un jaseur ; fern. euse. 
Exercer 1. 
Je m'exerce a parler. 



Do good to the poor, have compas- 
sion on the unfortunate, and God 
will take care of the rest. 

To do good to some one. 
To have compassion on some one 
Compassion. 
Pity. 
The rest. 



Permettre * 4, (is conj. like 7/iefr 

tre *.) 
La permission. 
Jo vous permets d'y aller. 



Faites du bien aux pauvres, et ayez 
compassion des malheureux, et le 
bon Dieu aura scin du reste. 

Faire du bien a quelqu'un. 

Avoir compassion de quelqu'un. 

La compassion. 

La pitie. 

Le reste. 



If he comes tell him I am in the I SHI vient dites-lui que je suis au jej> 
garden. | din.' 

Obs. C. The letter i suffers elision in the conjunction si, if before the per- 
sonal pronouns, il, he ; Us, they ; but not before elle or elles. Ex. 

Ask the merchant whether he can let Demandez au marchand sHl peut me 
me have the horse at the price donner le cheval au prix que je lui 
which I have offered him ai offert. 



I read, and was told. 



J'ai lu et Von m'a raconte. 



Obs. D. The indeterminate pronoun on takes V with an apostrophe (T) 
after the words et, ou, oil, or si. Ex. 



There they laugh and weep by tx»rns. 
If they knew what you have done. 
The country where diamonds are 

found. 
You have been, or will soon be told. 



On y rit et Von y pleure tour a tour. 
Si Von savait ce que vous avez fait. 
Le pays ou Von trouve le diamant. 

On vous a dit, ou Von vous dira bien* 
t6t. 



06s. E. Que and qui also have sometimes Von after them when the har- 
mony of the sentence requires it. Ex. 



4 Vne causeusc means also a small sofa for two persona. 



SEVENTIETH LESSON. 



319 



Ce que Von concoit bien s'enonce 

clairement. 

Boileau, Art Poetique. ch. i. 
Pour paraitre a mes yeux, son mcrite 

est trop grand : 
On n'aime pas a voir ceux a qui Von 

doit tant. 

Corneille, Nicomede, acte ii. sc. 1. 
C'est d'un roi (Agesilas) que Von tieut 

cette maxime auguste : 
Que jamais on n'est grand qu'autant 

que Von est juste. 

Boileau, Satire IX. 

Obs. F. But V must not be made use of before on when it is followed by 
le, la, or les. Say : Je ne vcux pas qu'on le tourmente, I do not wish hini 
to be molested, and not que Von le, <J-c. 



What we conceive well we express 
clearly. 

To appear before me his merit is too 

great : 
We do not like to see those to whom 

We owe so much. 

It is from a king (Agesilaus) that we 
have that excellent maxim : 

That a man is great only inasmuch 
as he is just. 



EXERCISES. 
216. 
Have patience, my dear friend, and be not sad ; for sadness alters 
{changer) nothing, and impatience makes bad worse, (empirer le 
mal.) Be not afraid of your creditors ; be sure that they will do 
you no harm. They will wait if you cannot pay them yet. — When 
will you pay me what you owe me 1 — As soon as I have money I 
will pay all that you have advanced (avancer) for me. I have not 
forgotten it, for I think of it (fy pense) every day. I am your debt- 
or, (Je debiteur,) and I shall never deny (jiier) it. — What a beautiful 
inkstand you have there ! pray lend it me. — What do you wish to do 
with it 1 — I wish to show it to my sister. — Take it, but take care of 
it, and do not break it. — Do not fear, (ne craignez rien.) — What do 
you want of my brother 1 — I want to borrow some money of him. — 
Borrow some of somebody else, (d un autre.) — If he will not lend 
me any I will borrow some of somebody else. — You will do well. — 
Do not wish for (souhaiter) what you cannot have, but be contented 
with what Providence (la Providence^, has given you, and consider 
(considerer) that there are many men who have not what you have. 
— Life being short, (court,) let us endeavor (Lesson LXV.) to make 
it (de nous la rendre) as agreeable (agreable) as possible, (quHl est 
vossible.) But let us also consider that the abuse (Vabus) of pleasure 
(in the plural in French) makes it bitter, (amere, fern.) — Have you 
done your exercises 1 — I could not do them, because my brother was 
not at home. — You must not get your exercises done by your bio- 



320 SEVENTIETH LESSON 

ther, but you must do them yourself. — What are you doing there 1— 
I am reading the book which you lent me. — You are wrong in al- 
ways reading it. — What am I to do ! — Draw this landscape, (Lesson 
LXVII.,) and when you have drawn it you shall decline some sub- 
stantives with adjectives. 

217. 

What must we do in order to be happy 1 — Always love and prac- 
tise virtue, and you will be happy both in this life and in the next. — ■ 
Since {puisque) we wish to be happy, let us do good to the poor, 
and let us have compassion on the unfortunate ; let us obey our mas- 
ters, and never give them any trouble ; let us comfort the unfortu- 
nate, {les infortunes,) love our neighbor as ourselves, and not hate 
those {et ne haissons pas ceux) that have offended us ; in short, {en 
un mot,) let us always fulfil our duty, and. God will take care of the 
rest. — My son, in order to be loved you must be laborious {laborieux) 
and good. Thou art accused {on f accuse) of having been idle and 
negligent {negligent) in thy affairs. Thou knowest, however, {pour- 
tant,) that thy brother has been punished for having been naughty. 
Being lately {Vaulre jour) in town, I received a letter from thy tu 
tor, in which he strongly {fort) complained of thee. Do not weep, 
{pleurer ;) now go into thy room, learn thy lesson, and be a good 
boy, {sage,) otherwise {autrement) thou wilt get nothing for dinner, 
{a diner.) — I shall be so good, my dear father, that you will certain- 
ly {certainement) be satisfied with me. — Has the little boy kept his 
word, {tenir* parole 1) — Not quite ; for after having said that, he 
went into his room, took his books, sat down at the table, {se mit a 
une table,) and fell asleep, {s'endormit.) — " He is a very good boy 
when he sleeps," said his father, seeing him some time {quelque 
temps) after. 

Good morning, Miss N. — Ah ! here you are at last, {vous voila 
enjin.) I have been waiting for you with impatience. — You will 
pardon me, {pardonner a quelqu'un,) my dear, I could not come 
sooner. — Sit down, if you please. — How is your mother 1 — She is 
better to-day than she was yesterday. — I am glad of it, {fen suis 
lien aise.) — Were you at the ball yesterday 1 — I was there. — Were 
vou much amused, {se divertir ?) — Only so-so, {passablement.) — At 
what o'clock did you return {retourner) home 1 — At a quarter past 
eleven. 

218. 

Have vou been learning French long 1 — No, Sir, I have only been 
learning it these six months. — Is it possible ! you speak tolerably 



SEVENTY-FIRST LESSON. 321 

»vell yassez bien) for so short a time, {si peu de temps.) — You jest 
(plaisanter ;) I do not know much of it yet. — Indeed, you speak it 
well already. — I think you natter me a little. — Not at all ; you speak 
it properly. — In order to speak it properly one must know more of 
it than I know, {que je n'en sais, Obs. B. Lesson LIII.) — You know 
enough of it to make yourself understood. — I still make many faults. 
— That is nothing, {ne fait rien ;) you must not be bashful, {timide ;) 
besides {d'ailleurs) you have made no faults in all you have said just 
now. — I am still timid, {timide}) because I am afraid of being laughed 
at, {qu'on ne se moque de moi, pres. of the subjunctive.) — They 
would be {il faudrait etre) very unpolite to laugh at you. Who 
would be so unpolite as to laugh at you % Do you not know the prov- 
erb, {le proverbe ?) — What proverb % — He who wishes to speak well 
must begin {doit commencer) by {par) speaking badly. — Do you un- 
derstand all I am telling you 1 — I understand {entendre) and compre- 
hend (comprendre *) it very well ; but I cannot express myself well 
in French, because I am not in the habit of speaking it. — That will 
come in {avec le) time. — I wish {souhaiter) it with all my heart. 

Do you sometimes see my brother 1 — I see him sometimes ; when 
I met him the other day he complained of you. " If he had behaved 
better, and had been more economical, econome") said he, " he 
would have no debts, {la dette,) and I would not have been angry 
with him." — I begged of him to have compassion on you, telling him 
that you had not even money enough to buy bread. — " Tell him, 
when you see him,'' replied he to me, " that notwithstanding his bad 
behavior {la conduite) towards me, I pardon {pardonner a quelquun) 
him. Tell him also," continued he, " that one should not laugh 
{qu'on ne se moque pas) at those to whom one is under obligation. 
Have the goodness to do this, and I shall be much obliged to you," 
added he in going away, {s 'eloigner.) 



SEVENTY-FIRST LESSON.— Soixante et onzieme Legon. 
To stand up. \ Etre debout 



To remain up. 
Will you permit me to go to the 
market ? 

To hasten, to make haste. 
Mako haste, and return soon. 



Rester debout. 

Voulez-vous me pemettre d'aller au 

marche ? 
f Se depecher 1. 
Depechez-vous et revenez bientot. 



322 



SEVENTY-FIRST LESSON. 



Go and tell him that I cannot come I Allez lui dire que je ne puia venii 

to-day. aujourd'hui. 

Obs. A. In French the verbs aller *, to go, and venir *, to come, are al- 
ways followed by the infinitive instead of another tense used in English, 
and the conjunction and is not rendered. 
He came and told us he could not II vint nous dire qu'il ne pouvait pas 

come. venir. 

Go and see your friends. Allez voir vos amis. 



To weep, to cry. 
The least blow makes him cry. 

To frighten. 
To be frightened, to startle. 
The least thing frightens him or her. 
Be not frightened. 
To be frightened at something. 
What are you frightened at ? 



Pleurer 1. 

Le moindre coup le fait pleurer. 

Effrayer 1. 

S'effrayer 1. 

La moindre chose l'effraie. 

Ne vous effrayez pas. 

S'effrayer de quelque chose. 

De quoi vous effrayez-vous ? 



At my expense. 
At his, her, our expense. 
At other people's expense. 
That man lives at everybody's ex- 
pense. 

To depend. 
That depends upon circumstances. 
That does not depend upon me. 
It depends upon him to do that. 
O ! yes, it depends upon him. 



Ames depens. 

A ses, a nos depens. 

Aux depens d'autrui. 

Cet homme vit aux depens de tout la 

monde. 
Dependre de. 

Cela depend des circonstances. 
Cela ne depend pas de moi. 
II depend de lui de faire cela. 
Oh ! oui, cela depend de lui. 



To astonish, to surprise. 

To be astonished, to wonder. 

To be surprised at something. 

I am surprised at it. 

An extraordinary thing happened 

which surprised everybody. 
To take place. 
Many things have passed which will 

surprise you. 

To surprise. 
Many days will pass before that. 

A man came in who asked me how 
I was. 



Etonner 1. 

S'eionner 1 

Eire etonne de quelque chose. 

J'en suis etonne. 

II arriva une chose extraordinaire qui 

etonna tout le monde. 
Se passer 1. 
II s'est passe plusieurs choscs qui 

vous surprendront. 
Surprendre *. 
II se passera plusieurs jours avant 

cela. -a 

U entra un homme qui me demanda 

comment je me portais. 



SEVENTY-FIRST LESSON. 



823 



Then, thus, consequently. 
Therefore. 

The other day 

Lately. 

In a short time. 
In. 



Done. 

C'est pourquoi. 

L' autre jour. 

Dernierement. 

Dans peu de temps 

Dans, en. 



Obs. B When speaking of time, dans expresses the epoch, and en the 
duration. 



He will arrive in a week, (when a 

week is elapsed.) 
It took him a week to make this 

journey. 
He will have finished his studies in 

three months. 
He finished his studies in a year. 
He has applied himself particularly 

to geometry. 



II arrivera dans huit jours. 

II a fait ce voyage en huit jours. 

II aura fini ses eludes dans troia 

mois. 
II a fini ses eludes en un an. 
II a fait une etude particuliere de la 

ge'ome'trie 



( II a bien des amis. 
He has a good many friends. ^ n a beaucoup d , amis> 

Obs. C. The word bien is always followed by the partitive article, and 
beaucoup by the preposition de. 

{ Vous avez bien de la patience. 
I Vous avez beaucoup de patience. 



You have a great deal of patience. 

They have a great deal of money. 
You have a great deal of courage. 



Us ont bien de l'argent. 
Vous avez bien du courage. 



To make a present of something to 
some one. 

Mr. Lambert wrote to me lately, 
that his sisters would be here in a 
short time, and requested me to 
tell you so ;*you will then be able 
to see them, and to give them the 
books which you have bought. 
They hope that you will make 
them a present of them. Their 
brother has assured me that they 
esteem you, without knowing you 
personally. 



Faire present de quelquc chose a 
quelqu'un. 

Monsieur Lambert m'dcrivit l'autro 
jour que mesdemoiselles ses soeurs 
viendraient ici dans peu de temps, 
et me pria de vous le dire. Vous 
pourrez done les voir et leur donnei 
les livres que vous avez achete's. 
Elles esperent que vous leur en 
ferez present. Leur frere m'a as- 
sure" qu'elles vous estiment, sans 
vous connaitre personnellement. 



To icant amusement. 
To get or be tired. 



t Sfcnnuyer 1. 



324 SEVENTY-FIRST LESSON. 



How could I get tired in your com- 
pany? 



t Comment pourrais-je m'ennuyei 
aupres de vous 1 



He gets tired everywhere. II s'ennuie partout 



Agreeable, (pleasi: g.) 
To be welcome. 
You are welcome everywhere. 



Agreable. 

t fitre le bienvenu. 

t Vous etes partout le bienvenu. 



EXERCISE. 

219. 

Will you drink a cup of tea 1 — I thank you ; I do not like tea. — ■ 
Do you like coffee 1 — I like it, but I have just drunk some. — Do you 
not get tired here 1 — How could I get tired in this agreeable society ? 
— As to me I always want amusement. — If you did as I do, you would 
not want amusement, for I listen to all those who tell me any thing. 
In this manner I learn a thousand agreeable things, and I have no 
time to get tired ; but you do nothing of that kind, (de tout cela,) that 
is the reason why you want amusement. — I would do every thing 
like (comme) you, if I had no reason to be sad. — Have you seen 
Mr. Lambert 1 — I have seen him ; he told me that his sisters would 
be here in a short time, and desired (prier) me to tell you so. When 
they have arrived you may give them the gold rings (la oague) which 
you have bought ; they flatter themselves that you will make them 
a present of them, for they love you without knowing you person- 
ally. — Has my sister already written to you 1 — She has written to 
me ; I am going to answer her. — Shall I (faut-il) tell her that you 
are here 1 — Tell her ; but do not tell her that I am waiting for her 
impatiently, (avec impatience.) — Why have you not brought (Obs. B. 
Less. LVIII.) your sister al«ng with you 1 — Which one 1 — The one 
you always bring, the youngest. — She did not wish to go out because 
she has the toothache — I am very sorry for it, for she is a very good 
girl. — How old is she ? — She is nearly fifteen years old. — She is 
very tall (grande) for her age, (Vdge.) — How old are you 1 — I am 
twenty-two. — Is it possible ! I thought you were not yet twenty 



SEVENTY-SECOND LESSON. 



325 



SEVENTY-SECOND LESSON.— Soixante-douzieme Lecon. 



PLACE OF THE NEGATION. 



Not. 



i Ne — pas. 
( Ne — point. 
Ne stands before the verb or its auxiliary, and pas or point after it. Ex. 



Have you not my book ? 

I have it not. 

Do not speak to that man. 

Have you not seen my brother? 

Has he not learned French ? 

He has not learned it. 



N'avez-vous pas mon livre 1 
Je ne l'ai pas. 

Ne parlez pas a cet homme. 
iV'avez-vous pas vu mon frere ? 
iV'a-t-il pas appris le francais ? 
II ne l'a pas appris. 



Obs. A. Ne and pas are placed before the verb, with the preposition 
pour before an infinitive. Ex. 



He is too fond of me not to do it. 
I go away not to displease him or 

her. 
One must be a fool not to perceive 

that. 



II m'aime trop pour ne pas le faire. 
Je m'en vais pour ne pas lui deplaire- 

II faut etre peu sense pour ne pad 
voir cela. 



Obs. B. Ne is used without pas with the four verbs : 
* 

To cease. 
To dare. 



To be able. 
You continually ask me for money 

She does not cease complaining. 
I do not dare to ask you for it. 
She does not dare to tell you so. 
[ cannot go thither. 
I cannot tell you. 
You cannot believe it. 



Cesser 1. 

Oser 1. 

Pouvoir *. 

Savoir *. 

Vous ne cessez de me demander de 

l'argent. 
Elle ne cesse de se plaindre. 
Je n'ose vous le demander. 
Elle n'ose vous le dire. 
Je ne puis y aller. 
Je ne saurais vous dire. 
Vous ne sauriez le croire 



Obs. C. Point is a stronger negation than pas; pas is used to deny sim- 
ply, point to deny with energy. The first often denies a thing indiiFerently, 
the latter exclusively and without reserve. The best example that can be 
given on the difference of these two negations are the two following lines by 
Moliere : 



326 



SEVENTY-SECOND LESSOR 



do not answer for my father's will, Je ne vous reponds pas des volontdJ 

d'un pere, 



Rut I will wed no other than Valere. 



Moreover, besides. 
Besides that. 
Besides what I have just said. 
There are no means of finding mo- 
ney now. 

To push. 
Along the road. 
Along the street. 
All along. 
All the year round. 

To enable to. 
To be able to. 
To the right. On the right side or 

hand. 
To the left. On the left side or hand. 
Could you not tell me which is the 
nearest way to the city gate ? 

Go to the bottom of this street, and 
when you are there, turn to the 
right, and you will find a cross- 
way, which you must take. 
And then? 
You will then enter a broad street 
which will bring you to a great 
square, where you will see a blind 
alley. 
You must leave the blind alley on 
your left, and pass under the ar- 
cade that is near it. 
Then you must ask again. 
An arcade. 
The cross-way. 
The blind alley. 
The shore, (the bank.) 



Mais je ne serai point a d'autre qu'a 
Valere. 

Tartuffe, Acte ii. Scene 5 



En outre, d'ailleurs 

Outre cela. 

Outre ce que je viens de dire. 

II n'y a pas moyen de trouver de 

l'argent a present. 
Pousser 1. 
Le long du chemin. 
Le long de la rue. 
Tout le long de. 
t Tout le long de l'annee 

Mettre a menie — de. 

Eire en etat ou etre a mime — de 

A droite. Sur la droite. 

A gauche. Sur la gauche. 

No pourriez-vous pas me dire quel est 

le chemin le plus court pour arriver 

a la porte de la ville ? 
Suivez toute cette rue, et quand vous 

serez au bout, to*nez a droite ; 

vous trouverez un carrefour que 

vous traverserez. 
Etpuis? 
Puis vous entrerez dans une rue as- 

sez large, qui vous menera sur une 

grande place ou vous verrez un 

cul-de-sac. 
Vous laisserez le cul-de-sac k maiu 

gauch^, et vous passerez sous let 

arcades qui sont a cote', 
t Ensuite vous demanderez 
Une arcade. 
Le carrefour. 
Le cul-de-sac. 
Le rivage. 



To get married, (to enter into mat- 
rimony.) 



t Se maricr 1. 



SEVEN'! V-SJJCOND LESSON. 



327 



To marry somebody. 

To marry, (to give in marriage.) 

My cousin, having given his sister in 

marriage, married Miss Delby. 
Is your cousin married? 
No, he is still a bachelor. 

To be a bachelor. 
Embarrassed, puzzled, at a loss. 
An embarrassment, a puzzle. 
You embarrass (puzzle) me. 
You puzzle (perplex) me. 

The marriage. 
He asks my sister in marriage. 



Epouser 1, quelqu'uri. 

Marier, [dormer en mai iage.) 

Mon cousin ayant marie" sa socur, 

epousa Mademoiselle Delby 
M. votre cousin est-il marie ? 
Non, il est encore garcon. 
fltre garcon. 
Embarrasse. 
Un embarras. 
Vous m'embarrassez. 
Vous me mettez dans l'embarras. 
Le mariage. 
II demande ma soeur en mariage 



The measure. 
To take measures. 
I shall take other measures. 



La mesure. 

Prendre des mesures. 

Je prendrai d'autres mesures. 



Goodness ! how rapidly time passes i Mon Dieu ! que le temps passe vite 
in your society. dans votre societe, (en votre com- 

pagnie.) 



The compliment. 
Vou make me a compliment which 
I do not know how to answer. 



Le compliment. 

Vous me faites un compliment au« 
quel je ne sais que repondro. 



The fault. 

It is not my fault. 

Do not lay it to my charge. 

To lay to one's charge. 

Who can help it ? 

Whose fault is it ? 

I cannot help it. 



Lafaute. 

Ce n'est pas ma faute. 
Ne me l'imputez pas. 
Imputer 1, a quelqu*wu 



> A qui est la faute ? 

( Je ne sais qu'y faire. 
I Je ne saurais qu'y faire. 



The delay 
He does it without delay. 
I must go, (must be off.) 
Go away ! Begone ! 

To jest. 
The jest, joke. 
You are jesting. 



Le delai. 

II le fait sans delai. 

Je vais me sauver. 

Sauvez-vous ! Allez-vous en ! 



Plaisanter 1. 

La plaisanterie, le badinage 

Vous badinez. 

Vous vous nibquez. 



328 



SEVENTY-SECOND WESSON. 



He cannot take a joke, is no joker. 
To beg some one's pardon. 
To pcrdon. 
I beg your pardon. 
The pardon. 



To advance. 
The watch goes too fast, (gains.) 

To retard. 
The watch goes too slow, (loses.) 
My watch has stopped. 

To stop. 



t II n'entend pas raillerie 
Demander pardon a quelqu'un. 
Pardonner 1. 
Je vous demande pardon. 
Le pardon. 



; Avancer 1. 

• La montre avance. 

Retarder 1. 

La montre retarde. 

Ma montre s'est arrete'e. 

S'arreter 1. 



Where did we stop ? 
We left off at the fortieth lesson, page 
one hundred and thirty -six. 
To wind up a watch. 
To regulate a watch. 
Your watch is twenty minutes too 
fast, and mine a quarter of an hour 
too slow. 
It will soon strike twelve. 
Has it already struck twelve ? 
To strike. 



t Oil en etions-nous? 

t Nous etions en lecon quarimte, 

page cent-trente-six. 
Monter une montre. 
Re'gler une montre. 
Votre montre avance de vingt mi« 

nutes, et la mienne retarde d'un 

quart d'heure. 
II va sonner midi. 
Midi est-il deja sonne ? 
Sonuer 1. 



On condition, or provided. < 

I will lend you money, provided you 
will henceforth he more economi- 
cal than you have hitherto been. 

Hereafter, for the future, henceforth 
The future. 
Economical. 
To renounce gambling. 
To follow advice, (counsel.) 

You look so melancholy. 

Adieu, farewell. \ 

God be with you, good-by. ; 

Till I see you again. j 

I hope to see you again soon. \ 



A condition. 

Sous condition. 

Je vous preterai de l'argent, a condi- 
tion que vous serez desormais plus 
econome que vous n'avez ete jus- 
qu'ici. 

Desormais, dorenavant, a l'avenir. 

L'avenir. 

ficonome, e'conomique, menager. 

Renoncer au jeu. 

Suivre un conseil. 

Vous avez l'air si melancolique. 

Adieu. 

A€l plaisir de vous revoir, (au revoir.) 



SEVENTY-SECOND LESSON. 329 

EXERCISES. 
220. 
What o'clock is it 1 — It is half-past one. — You say it is half-past 
one, and by (a) my watch it is but half-past twelve. — It will soon 
strike two. — Pardon me, it has not yet struck one. — I assure you it 
is five and twenty minutes past one, for my watch goes very well.— ■ 
Bless me ! how rapidly time passes in your society. — You make me 
a compliment which I do not know how to answer. — Have you 
bought your watch in Paris 1 — I have not bought it, my uncle has 
made me a present of it, (en.) — What has that woman intrusted you 
with 1 — She has intrusted me with a secret about a (dhcn) great 
count who is in great embarrassment about the (a cause du) marriage 
of one of his daughters. — Does any one ask her in marriage 1 — The 
man who demands her in marriage is a nobleman of the neighbor- 
hood, (le voisinage.) — Is he rich 1 — No, he is a poor devil (diable) 
who has not a sou, (le sou.) — You say you have no friends among 
your schoolfellows, (le condisciple ;) but is it not your fault ! You 
have spoken ill (malparle) of them, and they have not offended you. 
They have done you good, and nevertheless (neanmoins) you have 
quarrelled with them, (Lesson LXIY.) Believe me, he who has no 
friends deserves (meriter) to have none. 

221. 
Dialogue (le dialogue) between a tailor and his journeyman, (le 
garcon.) — Charles, have you taken the clothes to the Count Narissi 1 
— Yes, Sir, I have taken them to him. — What did he say 1 — He said 
nothing but (sinon) that he had a great mind to give me a box on the 
ear, (des sou/Jlets, plur.,) because I had not brought them sooner.— 
What did you answer him 1 — Sir, said I, I do not understand that 
joke : pay me what you owe me ; and if you do not do so instantly 
I shall take other measures. Scarcely had I said that, when he put 
his hand to his sword, (porter la main a son epee,) and I ran away, 
(prendre* lafuite.) 

222. 
What are you astonished at \ — I am astonished to find you still in 
bed. — If you knew how (combien) sick I am, you would not be as- 
tonished (fern.) at it. Has it already struck twelve 1 — Yes, madam, 
it is already half-past twelve. — Is it so late ] Is it possible 1 — That 
is not late, it is still early. — Does your watch go well, (bien ?) — No, 
Miss N., it is a quarter of an hour too fast. — And mine is half an 
hour too slow. — Perhaps it has stopped. — In fact, you are right. — Is 



330 SEVENTY-THIRD LESSON. 

it wound up ? — It is wound up, and yet (pourtant) it does not go — 
Do you hear ] it is striking one o'clock. — Then I will regulate m> 
watch and go home.— Pray {de grace) stay a little longer, {encore un 
veu !) — I cannot, for we dine precisely at one o'clock, {a une heure 
vrecise.) — Adieu, then, till I see you again. 

223. 

What is the matter with you, my dear friend ? why do you look so 
melancholy 1 — Nothing ails me, (je rCai rien.) — Are you in any 
trouble, {Auriez-vous par hasard quelque chagrin ?) — I have nothing, 
and even less than nothing, for I have not a sou, {le sou,) and I owe 
a great deal to my creditors : am I not very unhappy 1 — When a 
man is well and has friends he is not unhappy. — Dare I ask you a 
favor ] — What do you wish 1 — Have the goodness to lend me fifty 
crowns. — I will lend you them with all my heart, but on condition 
that you will renounce gambling, {renoncer au jeu,) and be more 
economical than you have hitherto been. — I see now that you are 
my friend, and I love you too much not to follow your advice. 

John, {Jean!) What is your pleasure, Sir? — Bring some wine. — 
Presently, Sir. — Henry !— Madam 1 — Make the fire, {du feu.)— The 
maid-servant has made it already. — Bring me some paper, pens, and 
ink. Bring me also some sand {de la poudre) or blotting-paper, {du 
papier brouillard,) sealing-wax, {de la cire a cacheter,) and a light, 
{de la lumiere.) Go and tell my sister not to wait for me, and be 
back again {de retour) at twelve o'clock in order to carry my letters 
to the post, {la poste.) — Very well, {Men,) madam. (See end of 
Lesson XXIV.) 



SEVENTY-THIRD LESSON— Soixante-treizieme Lecon. 

To last, {to wear well.) j Durer 1. 

That cloth will wear well. I Ce drap durera bien. 

How long has that coat lasted you ? Combien de temps cet habit vouu 

I a-t-il dure" ? 



To my liking. j X A mon gre. 

To everybody's liking. | Au gre de tout le monde. 

Nobody can do any thing to his I On ne peut rien faire a sou gre 
liking. 



A boarding-house. ) TT 

a u j- i, i ^ Une pension. 

A boarding-school. \ r 

To keep a boarding-house | Tenir pension. 



SEVENTY-THIRD LESSON. 



331 



To board with any one or an 



ywhere. < 



Etre en pension. 

Se mettre en pension 



To exclaim. 
To make uneasy. 
To get or grow uneasy. 
To be uneasy. 
Why do you fret, (are you uneasy ?'. 
I do not fret, (am not uneasy.) 
That news makes me uneasy. 
I am uneasy at not receiving any 

news. 
She is uneasy about that affair. 
Do not be uneasy. 
The uneasiness, trouble. 
Quiet. 
To quiet. 
Compose yourself. 
To alter, to change. 
That man has altered a great deal 
since I saw him. 



To be of use. 
Of what use is that to you ? 
That is of no use to me. 
Of what use is that to your brother? 
It is of no use to him. 
Of what use is that stick to you ? 
I use it to beat my dogs. 
Of what use is that horse to your 

brother ? 
He uses it to carry his vegetables tc 

the market. 
Of what use are these bottles to you; 

landlord ? 
They serve him to put his wine in. 

To stand instead, to be as. 
I use my gun as a stick. 
This hole serves him for a house. 
He used his cravat as a nightcap. 

To avail. 
What avails it to you to cry ? 
U avails me nothing. 



S' eerier 1. 

Inquieter 1. 

SHnquieler. 

fitre inquiet ; fern, inquieto 

Pourquoi vous inquidtez-vous I 

Je ne m'inquiete pas. 

Cette nouvelle m'inquiete. 

Je suis inquiet de ne point recevoii 

de nouvelles. 
Elle est inquiete sur cette affaire. 
Ne vous inquietez pas. 
L'inquietude. 
Tranquille. 
Tranquilliser 1. 
Tranquillisez -vous. 
Changer 1. 
Cet homme a beaucoup change" de* 

puis que je ne l'ai vu. 



t Servir *. 

t A quoi cela vous sert-il 1 

t Cela ne me sert k rien. 

t A quoi cela sert-il k votre frere ? 

t Cela ne lui sert k rien. 

t A quoi ce baton vous sert-il ? 

t II me sert k battre mes chiens. 

t A quoi ce cheval sert-il k votre 

frere ? 
t II lui sert a porter ses legumes au 

marche". 
t A quoi ces bouteilles servent-ellea 

k votre h6te ? 
t Elles lui servent a mettre son vin. 
t Servir * de. 

t Mon fusil me sert de baton, 
t Ce trou lui sert de maison. 
t Sa cravate lui a servi de bonnet de 

nuit. 
t Servir *, (de before inf.) 
t A quoi vous sert-il de pleurer? 
t Cela ne me sert a rien. 



332 



SEVENTY-THIRD LESSON. 



Opposite to. 

Opposite that house. 

Opposite the garden. 

Opposite to me. 

Right opposite. 
He lives opposite the castle. 
I live opposite the king's library. 

To get hold of. 

To take possession of. 

To witness. 

To show. 
To give evidence against some one. 
He has shown a great deal of friend- 
ship to me. 
To turn some one into ridicule. 
To become ridiculous. 
To make one's self ridiculous. 



Vis-d-vis de. 

Vis-a-vis de cette maison. 
, Vis-a-vis du jardin. 

Vis-a-vis de moi. 

Tout vis-a-vis. 
, II demeure vis-a-vis du chateau. 
j Je demeure vis-a-vis de la bibiio- 
i theque royal e. 

> S'emparer de 

> T^moigner 1 

Temoigner contre quelqu'uu. 

II m'a te'moigne' beaucoup d'amitid 

Tourner quelqu'un en ridicule. 
Tomber dans le ridicule. 
Se rendre ridicule 



To be born. 
Where were you born ? 
I was born in this country. 
Where was your sister born { 
She was born in the United States 

of North America. 
Where were your brothers born ? 
They were born in France. 



The boarder. 
The pouch. 
A pillow. 
Down. 



Etre ne. 

t On etes-vous ne ? 

t Je suis ne dans ce pays 

tOii votre soeur est-elle ne'e ? 

t Elle est nee aux fitats Unis de 

l'Amerique du Nord. 
t Ou vos freres sont-ils n6s ? 
t lis sont ncs en France. 



Le pensionnaire. 
La gibeciere. 
Un oreiller. 
Le duvet. 



EXERCISES. 
224. 

Sir, may (oser) I ask where the Earl of B. lives ] — He lives near 
the castle on the other side of the river. — Could you tell me w T hich 
road I must (je dois) take to go thither 1 — You must go (suivez) 
along the shore, and you will come to a little street (quand vous serez 
au bout, prenez une petite rue) on the right, which will lead you 
straight {direct ement) to his house. It is a fine house, you will find 
it easily. — I thank you, Sir. — Does Count N. live here 1 — Yes, Sir, 
walk in, (donnez-vous la peine oVentrer^) if you please. — Is the count 



SEVENTY THIRD LESSON. 833 

at home \ I wish to have the honor (Vhonneur) to speak to him. — 
Yes, Sir, he is at home ; whom shall I have the honor to announce, 
(annoncer ?) — I am from B., and my name is (s'appeler) F. 

Which is the shortest (court) way to the arsenal, (un arsenal ?) — 
Go down (suivez) this street, and when you come to the bottom, (an 
bout,) turn to the left, and take the cross-way, (vous trouvcrez un — 
que vous traverserez ;) you will then enter into a rather narrow (etroit) 
street, which will lead you to a great square, (la place,) where yor 
will see a blind alley. — Through (par) which I must pass 1 — No, for 
there is no outlet, (une issue.) You must leave it on the right, and 
pass under the arcade which is near it. — And then 1 — And then you 
must inquire, (further.) — I am very much obliged to you. — Do not 
mention it, (il rCy a pas de quoi.) — Are you able to translate an Eng- 
lish letter into French 1 — I am. — Who has taught you ] — My French 
master has enabled me to do it. 

225. 

Why does your mother fret 1 — She frets at receiving no news from 
her son who is with the army. — She need not be uneasy about him, 
for whenever he gets into a bad scrape he knows how to get out of it 
again. — Last summer when we were a hunting together (ensemble) 
night grew upon us (la nuit nous surprit) at at least ten leagues (une 
lieue) from our country-seat, (la maison de campagne.) — Well, (Eh 
bien,) where did you pass the night 1 — I was very uneasy at first, but 
your brother not in the least, (pas le moins du monde ;) on the con- 
trary, he tranquillized me, so that I lost my uneasiness. We found 
at last a peasant's hut where we passed the night. Here I had an 
opportunity to see how clever your brother is. A few benches and a 
truss of straw (une botte de paille) served him to make a comfortable 
(commode) bed ; he used a bottle as a candlestick, our pouches 
served us as a pillow, and our cravats as nightcaps. When we 
awoke in the morning, we were as. fresh and healthy (bien portant) 
as if we had slept on down and silk. — A candidate (un candidat) pe- 
titioned (demander a) the king of Prussia (de Prusse) for an employ- 
ment, (unemploi.) This prince asked him where he was born. " I 
was born at Berlin," answered he. " Begone !" said the monarcn, 
(le monarque,) " all the men of Berlin (un Berlinois) are good for 
nothing." " I beg your majesty's (la majeste) pardon," replied the 
candidate, " there are seme good ones, and 1 know two." " Which 
are those two !" asked the king. " The first," replied the candidate, 
" is your majesty, and I am the second." The king could not help 
laughing (ne put s'empecher de rirc) at this answer, (la reponse,) and 
granted (accorder) the request, (la demande.) (See end of LessoD 
XXIV.) 

15 



334 



SEVENTY-FOURTH LESSON. 



SEVENTY-FOURTH LESSON.— Soixante-quatorziemt Le?on 



•v 



To lose sight of. 
The sight. 
I wear spectacles because my sight 

is bad, (or because I have bad 

sight.) 
I am near-sighted. 
The ship is so far off that we shall 

soon lose sight of it. 
I have lost sight of that. 
As it is long since I was in England, 

I have lost sight of your brother. 

A.s it is long since I have read any 
French, I have lost sight of it. 



Perdre de vita. 

La vue. 

Je pcrte des lunettes parce que j'ai 

la vue mauvaise. (See Obs. B 

Lesson XXVI.) 
t J'ai la vue courte. 
Le batiment est si loin, que nous le 

perdrons bientot de vue. 
J'ai perdu cela de vue. 
Comme il y a long-temps que je n'ai 

ete en Angleterre, j'ai perdu votre 

frere de vue. 
Comme il y a long-temps que je n'ai 

lu de francais. je l'ai perdu de vue. 



Obs. Ought and should are rendered into French by the conditionals of 
the verb devoir, to be obliged, to owe. Ex. 



You ought or should do that. 

He ought not to speak thus to his 

father. 
We ought to go thither earlier. 

They should listen to what you say. 

You should pay more attention to 
what I say. 

You ought to have done that. 

He should have managed the thing 
better than he has done. 

You should have managed the thing 
differently. 

They ought to have managed the 
thing as I did. 

We ought to have managed it differ- 
ently from what they did. 



Vous devriez faire cela. 

II ne devrait pas parler ainsi a son 

pere. 
Nous devrions y aller de meilleure 

heure. 
lis demaient ecouter ce que vous 

dites. 
Vous devriez faire plus d'attention a 

ce que je dis. 
Vous auriez du faire cela. 
II aurait du s'y prendre mieux qu'il 

n'a fait. 
Vous auriez du vous y prendre d'une 

maniere differente. 
Us auraient du s'y prendre comme je 

m'y suis pris. 
Nous aurions dii nous y prendre 

d'une autre maniere qu'ils ne s'y 

sont pris. 



To bid or to wish. 
I bid you a good morning. 
I wish you a good morning 
I wish you a good journey. 



Souhaiter 1, (de bef. infill.) 
Je vous souhaite le bonjour. 
Obs. B. Lesson XXVI.) 
j Je vous souhaite un bon voyage. 



(See 




r *u yvu&dtu*.** 



TY-FOURTH LESSON. 



To play a game at billiards 



To play upon the flute. 
A fall. 
To have a fall. 
A stay, a sojourn. 
To make a stay. 
Do you intend to make a long stay 

in the town ? 
I do not intend to make a long stay 
in it. 



335 



[See 



Faire line partie de biilaid. 

Obs. Lesson LI.) 
Jouer de la flute. (Obs. Less. LI.) 
Une chute, 
t Faire une chute. 
Un sejour. 
Faire un sejour. 
Comptez-vous faire un long sejour 

dans la ville ? 
Je ne compte pas y faire un long s^ 

jour. 



To propose, (meaning to intend.) 
I propose going on that journey. 
t propose (intend) joining a hunting 
party. 



Se proposer, (de bef. infin.) 
Je me propose de faire le voyage. 
Je me propose d'aller a une partie de 
chasse. 



To suspect, to guess. 

I suspect what he has done. 

He does not suspect what is going to 
happen to him. 

To think of some one or of some- 
thing. 

Of whom do you think ? 

Of what do you think 1 

To turn upon. 

To be the question. 

It is questioned, it turns upon. 

The question is not your pleasure, 
but your improvement. 

You play, Sir, but playing is not the 
thing, but studying. 

What is going on 

The question is to know what we 
shall do to pass the time agreea- 
bly. 



Se douter, (governs the gen.) 
Je me doute de ce qu'il a fait. 
II ne se doute pas de ce qui va lui 

arriver. 
Penser d quelqu'un ou a quclque 

chose. 
A qui pensez-vous ? 
A quoi pensez-vous ? 

t S'agir de. 

II s'agit de. 
j II ne s'agit pas de votre plaisir, mais 

de vos progres. 
Vous jouez, Monsieur ; mais il ne 

s'agit pas da jouer, il s'agit d'etu- 

dier. 
De quoi s'agit-il ? 
II s'agit de savoir ce que nous ferons 

pour passer notre temps agrdable- 

ment. 



On purpose. 
I beg your pardon, I have not aone 
it on purpose. 

To hold one's tongue. j> 
To *op speaking, to be silent. £ 



Expres. 

Je vous demande pardon, je ne l'ai 

pas fait expres. 
t Se take 4 ; pres. part, taisant ; 

past part. tu. 



33£ SEVENTY-FOURTH LESSON. 



\ 

Do you hold your tongue ? ; Vous taisez-vous ? 

1 hold my tongue. 

He holds his tongue 

After speaking half an hour, he held 



his tongue. heure, il se tut. 



Je me tais. 

II se tait. 

Apres avoir parle pendant une deml- 



EXERCISES. 
226. 

A thief having one day entered a boarding-house, stole three 
cloaks, (le manteau.) In going away he was met by one of the 
boarders who had a fine laced (galonne) cloak. Seeing so many 
cloaks, he asked the man where he had taken them. The thief an- 
swered boldly (froidement) that they belonged to three gentlemen 
of the house who had given them to be cleaned, (a degraisser.) 
'' Then you must also clean (degraissez done aussi) mine, for it is 
very much in need of it, (en avoir grand besom") said the boarder ; 
" but, 1 ' added he, " you must return it to me at three o'clock." " I 
shall not fail, (y manguer,) Sir," answered the thief, as he carried 
off (emporter) the four cloaks with which he (qu'il) is still to return, 
(n'a pas encore rapportes.) — You are singing, (chanter,) gentlemen, 
but it is not a time for (il ne s*agit pas de) singing ; you ought to 
be silent, and to listen to what you are told. — We are at a loss.-— 
What are you at a loss about 1 — I am going to tell you : the question 
is with us how we shall pass our time agreeably. — Play a game at 
billiards or at chess. (See Obs. Lesson LI.) — We have proposed 
joining a himting-party ; do you go with us, (etes-vous des notresl) 
— I cannot, for I have not done my task yet ; and if I neglect it, my 
master will scold me. — Every one according to his liking ; if you 
like staying at home better than going a hunting we cannot hinder 
you. — Does Mr. B. go with us 1 — Perhaps. — I should not like to go 
with him, for he is too great a talker, (trop bavard,) excepting that 
(a celapres) he is an honest man. 

What is the matter with you \ You look angry. — I have reason 
to (avoir lieu de) be angry, for there is no means of getting money 
now. — Have you been to Mr. A.'s 1 — I have been to his house ; but 
there is no possibility (pas moyen) of borrowing from him. I sus- 
pected that he would not lend me any, that is the reason why I did 
not wish to ask him ; and had you not told me to do so, I should not 
have subjected myself (s^exposer) to a refusal, (un refus.) 

227. 
1 suspected that you would be thirsty, and that your sister would 
be hungry ; that is the reason why I brought you hither. T am sor- 



SEVENTY-FIFTH LESSON 



337 



ry, however, {pourtant,) not to see your mother. — Why do you not 
drink your coffee 1 — If I were not sleepy I would drink it. — Some- 
times {tantot) you are sleepy, sometimes cold, sometimes warm, and 
sometimes something else is the matter with you, {et tantot quelque 
autre chose.) I believe that you think too much of the misfortune 
that has happened to your friend, (fern.) — If I did not think about 
it, who would think about it 3 — Of whom does your brother think 1 ? — 
He thinks of me, for we always think of each other {Vun a V autre) 
when we are not together, {ensemble.) 

I have seen six players (le joueur) to-day, who were all winning 
(gagner) at the same time, {en meme temps.) — That cannot 1 ; be ; for 
a player can only win when another loses. — You would, be right 
if I were speaking of people that had played at cards or billiards, 
(Obs. Lesson LI. ;) but I am speaking of flute and violin players, 
{de joueurs de flute et de violon.) — Do you sometimes practise 
{/aire *) music, {de la musique ?) — Very often, for I like it much. 
— What instrument (Lesson LI. Obs.) do you play 1 — I play the vi- 
olin, and my sister plays the harpsichord. My brother who plays 
ihe bass {la basse) accompanies {accompagner) us, and Miss Stolz 
sometimes applauds {applaudir) us. — Does she not also play some 
musical instrument, {un instrument de musique ?) — She plays the 
harp, {la harpe,) but she is too proud {fiere) to practise music with 
us. — A very poor town {une ville assez pauvre) went to considera- 
ble expense {/aire une depense considerable) in feasts and illumina- 
tions {en fetes et en illuminations) on the occasion of its prince 
passing through, {du passage de son — .) The latter seemed {parut) 
nimself astonished at it. — " It has only done," said a courtier, {un 
courtisan,) " what it owed (to your majesty.") " That is true," 
replied {reprendre *) another, " but it owes all that it has done." 
(See end of Lesson XXIV.) 



SEVENTY-FIFTH LESSON.—- Soixante-quinzieme Lecon. 



Towards. \ (P*>y™ally.) 
( (morally.) 
Ho conies towards me. 
Ho has behaved very well towards 

me. 
SVe must always behave well to- 
wards everybody. 
The behavior of others is but an 
echo of our own. If wo behave 



Vers. 

Envers. 

II vient vers moi. 

II s'est comportd tr6s-biea envers 

moi. 
II faut nous comporter toujours bieu 

envers tout le monde. 
La conduite des autres n'est qu'uii 

echo de la nAtre. Si nous nous 



338 



SEVENTY-FIFTH LESSON. 



well towards them, they will also 
behave well towards us ; but if we 
use them ill, we must not expect 
better from them. 

To treat or to use somebody well. 
To use somebody ill. 
A.s you have always used me well, I 
will not use you ill. 

As he has always used me well, I 
have always used him in the same 
manner. 



comportous bien envers eux, ils se 
comporteront bien aussi envers 
nous ; mais si nous en usons mal 
avec eux, nous ne devons pas at- 
tendre mieux de leur part. 

En user bien avec quelqu'un. 

En user mal avec quelqu'un. 

Comme vous en avez use toujoura 
bien avec moi, je n'en userai paa 
mal avec vous. 

Comme il en a toujours bien us6 avec 
moi, j'en ai toujours use de la 
meme manifcre avec lui. 



To delay, (to tarry.) 
Do not be long before you return. 
I shall not be long before I return. 

/ long to or for. 



Tarder 1, (takes d before inf.) 
Ne tardez pas a revenir. 
Je ne tarderai pas d revenir. 
t II me tarde de. 



Obs. When the verb tarder is employed impersonally, in the significa- 
tion of to long for, it requires the preposition de before the verb. Ex. 



I long to see my brother. 

He longs to receive his money. 

We long for dinner, because we are 

very hungry. 
They long to sleep, because they are 

tired. 



t II me tarde de voir mon frere. 

t II lui tarde de recevoir son argent. 

t II nous tarde de diner, parce que 

nous avons bien faim. 
t II leur tarde de dormir, parce qu'ils 

sont fatigues. 



To be at one's ease. 
To be comfortable. 
To be uncomfortable. 
I am very much at my ease upon 

this chair. 
You are uncomfortable upon your 

chair. 
What can that be ? 
We are uncomfortable in that board- 
ing-house. 
That man is well off, for he has 

plenty of money. 
That man is badly off, for he is poor. 

To make one*s self comfortable. 
Make yourself comfortable. 



Eire d son aise. 

Eire mal d son aise. 

Je suis bien a mon aise sur cette 

chaise. 
Vous etes mal a votre aise sur votro 

chaise, 
t Qu'est-ce que cela peut etre 1 
Nous sommes mal a notre aise dan." 

• cette pension. 
Get homme est a son aise, car il a 

beaucoup d'argent. 
Cet homme est mal a son aise, parce 

qu'il est pauvre. 
Se mettre d son aise. 
Mettez-vous a votre aise. 



SEVENTH-FIFTH LESSON. 



339 



To be uncomfortable. 

To inconvenience one's self. 

To put one's self out of the way. 

Do not put yourself out of the way. 

That man never inconveniences him- 
self ; he never does it for anybody. 

Can you, without putting yourself to 
inconvenience, lend me your gun ? 



| Etre gene. 

£ Se gener 1. 

Ne vous genez pas. 

Cet homme ne se gene jamais ; il Ufl 

se gene jamais pour personno. 
Pouvez-vous sans vous gener ma 

preter votre fusil ? 



To make entreaties. 
To beg with entreaty. 
I employed every kind of entreaty 

to engage him to it. 
To solicit, to press, to sue, to en- 
treat. 



Here and there. 
Now and then. 
From time to time. 
Indifferently, (as good as bad.) 
I have done my composition tolerably 
well. 



Faire des instances. 
Frier avec instances. 
Je Ten ai sollicite avec toutes les in- 
stances possibles. 
Solliciter 1 



Par-ci, par-la. 
De loin en loin. 
De temps en temps. 
Tant bien que mal. 
J'ai fait ma composition tant bien quo 
mal. 



To postpone, to put off 
Let us put that off until to-morrow. 
Let us put off that lesson until an- 
other time. 



To impart something to somebody. 

Have you imparted that to your fa- 
ther? 
I have imparted it to him 



In vain. 
In vain I looked all around, I saw 
neither man nor house : not the 
least sign of settlement. 

A. dwelling, habitation, settlement. 
In vain I speak, for you do not listen 

to me. 
In vain I do my best, I cannot do 

any thing to his liking. 



Remettre * a. 
Remettons cela a domain. 
Remettons cette legon a une autre 
fois. 



Faire part de quelque chose d quel' 

qu'un. 
Avez-vous fait part de cela a votre 

pere ? 
Je lui en ai fait part. 



t Avoir beau, 

J'avais beau regarder tout autour de 

moi, je ne voyais ni homme, ill 

maison : pas la moindre apparence 

d'habitation. 
Une habitation. 
J'ai beau parler, vous ne m'ecoutez 

pas. 
J'ai beau faire de mon mieux, je ne 

peux rien faire a son gr<5. 



340 



SEVEN TV-FIFTH LESSON 



You may say what you please, no- 

body will believe you. 
It is in vain that they earn money, 

they will never be rich. 
We search in vain, for what we have 

lost we cannot find. 



Vous avez beau due, persoime ne 

vous croira. 
Us out beau gaguer de P argent, ils ne 

seront jamais riches. 
Nous avons beau chercher, nous ne 

pourrons pas trouver ce que nous 

avons perdu. 



To salute. \ Saluer 1. 

I have the honor to bid you adieu. j J'ai l'honneur de vous saluer. 
Present my compliments to him, (to i 



her.) 

Remember me to him, (to her.) 

Pray present my compliments to your 
sister. 

Remember me (present my compli- 
ments) to him, (to her.) 

I shall not fail. 



Dites-lui bien des choses de ma part 

Je vous prie de faire mes compliments 
a Mademoiselle votre soeur. 

Presentez-lui mes civilites, (mes tres- 
humbles respects.) 

Je n'y manquerai pas. 



The present, (the present time or 
tense.) 

. The past. 

The future. 
The loss of time. 
Enjoy all the pleasures that virtue 
permits. 



Le present. 

Le passe. 
L'avenir, le futur. 
La pertc du temps. 
Jouissez de tous les 
vertu permet. 



laisirs quo 



EXERCISES. 
228. 
Have you made your French composition 1 — I have made it. — 
Was your tutor pleased with it 1 — He was not. In vain I do my 
best ; I cannot do any thing to his liking. — You may say what you 
please, nobody will believe you. — Can you, without putting yourself 
to inconvenience, lend me five hundred francs 1 — As you have al- 
ways used me well I will use you in the same manner. I will lend 
you the money you want, but on condition that you will return it to 
me next week. — Ydu may depend upon it, (pouvoir y compter.} — 
How has my son behaved towards you 1 — He has behaved well to- 
wards me, for he behaves well towards everybody. His father told 
him often : — The behavior of others is but an echo of our own. If 
we behave well towards them, they will also behave well towards us; 
but if we use them ill, we must not expect better from them. — May 
I see your brothers 1 — You will see them to-morrow. As they have 



SEVENTY-FIFTH LESSON. 341 

just arrived from a long journey (le voyage) they long for sleep, foi 
they are very tired. — What has my sister said 1 — She said that she 
longed for dinner, because she was very hungry. — Are you comfort- 
able at your boarding-house 1 — I am very comfortable there. — Have 
you imparted to your brother what I told you ? — As he was very 
tired, he longed for sleep ; so that I have put off imparting it to him 
till to-morrow. 

229. 
I have the honor to wish you a good morning. How do you do ? 
—Very well at your service, (a vous rendre mes devoirs.) — And how 
are all at home, (comment se porte-t-on chez vous?) — Tolerably well, 
thank God, (Dieu merci .') My sister was a little indisposed, (indis- 
posee,) but she is better, (retablie ;) she told (charger) me to give 
you her best compliments. — I am glad (charme) to hear that she is 
well. As for you, you are health itself, (la sante meme ;) you can- 
not look better, (vous avez la meilleure mine du rnonde.) — I have no 
time to be ill : my business (mes affaires) would not permit me. 
Please (donnez-vous la peine) to sit down ; here is a chair. — I will 
not detain (distraire) you from youi business, (les occupations ;) J 
know that a merchant's time is precious, (que le temps est precieux 
a un negociant.) — I have nothing pressing (presse) to do now, my 
courier is already dispatched, (mon courrier est deja expedie.) — I 
shall not stay any longer. I only wished in passing (en passant par 
ici) to inquire about your health. — You do me much honor. — It is very 
fine weather to-day. If you will allow me I shall have the pleasure 
of seeing you again (revoir *) this afternoon, (cette apres-dinee,) 
and if you have time we will take a little turn together. — With the 
greatest pleasure. In that case I shall wait for you. — I will come 
for you (venir prendre) about (vers) seven o'clock. — Adieu, then, 
till I see you again. — I have the honor to bid you adieu. 

230. 

The loss of time is an irreparable (irreparable) loss. A single 
minute (une seule — ) cannot be recovered (recouvrer) for all the gold 
in the (du) world. It is then of the greatest importance (de la der- 
niere importance) to employ well the time, which consists (consister) 
only of (en) minutes, of which we must make good use, (dont il faut 
tirer parti.) We have but the present ; the past is no longer any thing, 
(n'est plus rien,) and the future is uncertain, (incertainJ) — A great 
many people (une infinite d'hommes) ruin themselves (se miner) be- 
cause they wish to indulge themselves too much, (a force de vouloir 
sefaire du bien.) If most men (la plupart des hommes) knew how 
to content themselves (se content er) with what they have, they would 



342 



SEVENTY-SIXTH 1ESS0N. 



be happy ; but their greediness (lew avidite) very often makes (ren 
dre) thein unhappy. — In order to be happy we must forget the past, 
not trouble ourselves about (ne pas sHnquieter de) the future, and en- 
joy the present. — I was very much dejected (triste) when my cousin 
came to me. " What is the matter with you V he asked me. " Oh, 
(ah !) my dear cousin," replied I, " in losing that money I have lost 
every thing." " Do not fret," said he to me, " for I have found your 
money." (See end of Lesson XXIA 7 ".) 



SEVENTY-SIXTH LESSON.— Soixante-seizieme Lecon. 



To mean. 
What do you mean ? 
I mean. 

What does that man mean ? 
He means. 

What does that mean ? 

That means. 

That does not mean any thing. 

I do not know what that means. 



Vouloir dire. 

t Que voulez-vous dire ? 

t Je veux dire. 

t Que veut dire cet homme ? 

t II veut dire. 
( t Qu'est-ce que cela veut dire ? 
\ t Que veut dire cela ? 

t Cela veut dire. 

t Cela ne veut rien dire. 

t Je ne sais pas ce que cela veut dire 



To be particular. 
I do not like to deal with that man, 
for he is too particular. 

To grow impatient, to fret. 
To not fret about that. 



To sit up, to watch. 
I have sat up ail night. 

To advise. 
The dress, the costume. 
An elegant dress. 

To dress one's self. 
That man always dresses well 



t Y regarder de pres. 

t Je n'aime pas a faire des affaires 

avec cet homme, car il y regardo 

de trop pres. 
t SHmpatientcr de. 
Ne vons impatientez pas de cela. 



Veiller 1. 

J'ai veille toute la nuit. 

Conseiller 1. 

La mise. 

Une mise el6gante. 

Se mettre 4 *, 

Cet homme se met toujours bieu. 



To find fault with something. 
That man always finds fault with 

every thing he sees. 
Do you find fault with that ? 
I do not find fault with it 



t Trouver a redire a quelque chose. 
t Cet homme trouve toujours a redir€ 

a tout ce qu'il voit. 
t Trouvez-vous a redire a cela 1 
t Je n'y trouve rien a redire. 



wfaat***** J&i*t&i+ 



SEVENTY-SIXTH LESSON 



343 



A trick, (a turn, a round.) 
To play a trick. 
To play a trick upon some one. 
To take a turn. 
I have taken a turn round the gar- 
den. 
He has taken a couple of turns round 
the garden. 

To take a little turn. 
To travel through Europe. 



More, (meaning besides.) 
You have given me three books, but 
I want three besides. 
Less. 
Three less. 
Three too many. 



My reach. 
Within my reach. 
Out of my reach. 
Those things are not within the reach 

of everybody. 
Within gun-shot. 
A gun-shot, (meaning distance.) 
Two gun-shots, ( " .) 
How many shots have you fired ? 



I wonder why that man makes such 
a noise. 

So long as. 
So long as you behave well people 
will love you. 

To carry off. 
A mouthful. 
To overwhelm, to heap, to load. 
To overwhelm some one with joy 
Generous. 

Charitable, beneficent. 
You have heaped benefits upon me 
Sincere. 
Sincerely. 
An advantage. 



Un tour. 

Jouer un tour 

Jouer un tour a quelqu'un. 

t Faire un tour. 

t J'ai fait un tour de jardin. 

t II a fait deux tours de jardin. 

t Faire un petit tour. 

t Faire le tour de 1' Europe. 



De plus. 

Vous m'avez donne" trois livres, maio 

j'eu veux trois de plus. 
De moins. 
Trois de moins. 
Trois de trop. 



Ma portee. 

A ma portee. 

Hors de ma portee. 

Ces choses ne sont pas a la portde 

de tout le monde. 
A la portee du fusil. 
Une portee de fusil. 
Deux portees de fusil. 
Combien de coups de fusil avez-vous 

tire's ? (See Less. XLVIII.) 



Je voudrais bien savoir pourquoi cet 

homme fait un tel bruit. 
Tant que. 
Tant que vous vous ^comporterez 

bien, on vous aimera. 
Enlever 1. — t 

Une bouchee. 
Combler 1. 

Combler quelqu'un de joie. 
Gene'reux. 

Bienfaisant, charitable. 
Vous m'avez comble do bienfaita 
Sincere. 
Sincerement. 
Un avantago. 



&^t\S 



&V*&Vfii£ ^ 



344 



SE VENT i T -SIXTH LESSON. 



The disadvantage, prejudice. 
I shall never say any tiling to your 
disadvantage. 



Le desavantage. 

Je ne dirai jamais rien a votre des- 
avantage. 



Tl 



To surrender. Se rcndre 4. 

enemies have surrendered. Les ennemis se sont rendus. 

To prefer. Preferer. 

I prefer the useful to the agreeable. Je prefere 1' utile a. l'agrdable. 

Obs. AU adjectives and verbs used substantively are masculine. 

The drinking. I Le boire. 

The eating. | Le manger. 



Ex. 



To behold. 
Behold those beautiful flowers with 
their colors so fresh and bright. 

The color. 

The lily. 

The violet. 

The forget-me-not. 

The rose. 

An emblem. 
Fresh verdure is salutary to our eyes. 



Regarder 1. 

Regardez ces super bes fleurs au teint 

si frais et si dclatant. 
La couleur, le teint. 
Le Ms. 
La violette. 
La germandrde. 
La rose. 
Un emblem e. 
La verdure fraiche fait du bitfli a. noa 

yeux. 



EXERCISES. 
231. 

Why have you played a trick upon that man ] — Because he always 
finds fault with every thing he sees. — What does that mean, Sir ? — 
That means that I do not like to deal with you, because you are too 
particular. — I wonder why your brother has not done his task. — It 
was too difficult. He has sat up all night, and has not been able to 
do it, because it was out of his reach. — As soon as Mr. Flausen sees 
me he begins t%speak English, in order to practise, and overwhelms 
me Math politeness, (d'honnetete,) so that I often do not know what 
to answer. His brothers do the same, (en font autant.) However 
they are very good people, (Us ne laissent pas d'etre de fort bonnes 
gens ;) they are not only (non seulewient) rich and amiable, but they 
are also generous and charitable. w They love me sincerely, there- 
fore I love them also, and consequently (par consequent) shall never 
say any thing to their disadvantage. I should love them still more, 
if they did not make so. much ceremony, (tant de ceremonies ;) but 



SEVENTY-SIXTH LESSON. 345 

every one has his faults, (le defaut,) and mine is to speak too much 
of their ceremonies. 

232. 

Have the enemies surrendered 1 — They have not surrendered, for 
they did not prefer life (la vie) to death, (la mort.) They had nei- 
ther bread, nor meat, nor water, nor arms, (une arme,) nor money , 
notwithstanding they determined to die rather (Us ont mieux aime 
mourir) than surrender. — Why are you so sad 1 — You do not know 
what makes me uneasy, my dear friend, (fern.) — Tell me, for I as- 
sure you that I share (partager) your sufferings (la peine) as well as 
your pleasures. — I am sure that you feel for me, (prendre * part d 
mes peines,) but I cannot tell you now (en ce moment) what makes 
me uneasy. I will however tell you when an opportunity offers, (a 
V occasion.) Let us speak of something else now. What do you 
think of the man who spoke to us yesterday at the concert 1 — He is 
a man of much understanding, (de oeaucoup d'esprit,) and not at all 
wrapt up in his own merits, (et il n'est pas du tout infatue de son 
merite.) But why do you ask me that 1 — To speak of something. — 
It is said : contentment (content erne nt) surpasses (passer) riches ; 
let us then always be content. Let us share (partager) (with each 
other) what we have, and remain (demeurer) our lifetime (toute notre 
vie) inseparable (inseparable) friends. You will always be welcome 
at my house, and I hope to be equally so (aussi) at yours. If I saw 
you happy I should be equally so, and we should be more contented 
than the greatest princes, who are not always so. We shall be hap- 
py when we are perfectly (parfaitement) contented with what we 
have ; and if we do our duty as we ought (Men) God (le ban Dieu) 
will taJ^^je of the rest. The past being no longer any thing, let 
us notn^T^asy about the future, and enjoy the present. 

233. 

Behold, ladies, (Mesdames,) those beautiful flowers, with their 
colors so fresh and bright ; they drink nothing but water. The 
white lily has the color of innocence, (Vinnocence ;) the violet indi- 
cates gentleness, (marque la douceur ;) you may see it in Louisa's 
eyes, {dans les yeux de Louise.) The forget-me-not has the coloi 
of heaven, our future dwelling, and the rose, the queen of flowers, 
,is the emblem of beauty and of joy. You see all that personified 
(personnifie) in seeing the beautiful Amelia, (Amelie.) How beau- 
tiful is the fresh verdure ! It is salutary to our eyes, and has the 
color of hope, (de Vesperance,) our most faithful (fidele) friend, (fern.,; 
who never deserts (quitter) us, not even in death, (a la mort.) — One 



346 



SEVENTY-SEVENTH LESSON. 



word more, my dear friend. — What is your pleasure 1 — I forgot ta 
tell you to present my compliments to your mother. Tell her, if you 
please, that I regret (regretter) not having been at home when lately 
she honored me with her visit. — I thank you for her, (de sa part,) I 
•hall not fail. — Farewell then. (See end of Lesson XXIV.) 



SEVENTY-SEVENTH LESSOR .—Soixante-dix-septieme 
Lecon. 



A silk gown. 
A kitchen table. 
A mahogany table. 
A brick house. 
A stone house. 
A windmill. 
A coffee mill. 



Une robe de soie. 
Une table de cuisine. 
Une table eTacajou. 
Une maison de brique. 
Une maison de pierre 
Un moulin d vent. 
Un moulin d cafe". 



Obs. A. We have seen (Lesson II.) that the preposition de is put be- 
tween two substantives, the latter of which expresses the substance of which 
the former is made ; but the preposition d is made use of when the lattei 
expresses the use of the former. In both cases the order of the two substan- 
tives is inverted in French when they make a compound in English. Ex 

I Un chapeau de velours. 



A velvet bonnet. 

A silver tankard. 

A water-mill. 

A steam-mill. 

Gunpowder. 

Fire-arms. 

A one-horse wagon. 

A four-horse carriage. 

A two-wheeled wagon. 

A four-wheeled carriage. 

A one-story house. 

A two-story house. 

A three-story house. 



To exaggerate. 
That man exaggerates all that he 

says and does. 
To tak» the place of, to be instead of. 

That m? *i is a father to me. 



Un pot d' argent. 
Un moulin d eau. 
Un moulin d vapeur. 
De la poudre d cauon. 
Des armes a feu. 
Une voiture d un che^ftfflMto 
Une voiture a quatre cfievaux. 
Une voiture d deux roues. 
Une voiture d quatre roues. 
Une maison d un etage. 
Une maison d deux etages. 
Une maison d trois etages. 



l 



Outrer 1. 

Cet hommo outre tout ce qu'il dit el * 

tout ce qu' 
Tenir lieu 

Cet homme me tient lieu de pere. 

or 

Cet homme me sert de p&re. 



3 outre tout ce qu'il dit el * ^ 
[u'ilfait. 'J 

de. **t 

me me tient lieu de pere. 



V 




SEVENTY-SEVENTH LESSON. 



347 



• - 5 + 



Ce parapluie lui tient lieu de canne, 
That umbrelia serves him as a stick. ^ or 

Ce parapluie lui sert de canne. 



An inch. 
On a small scale. 
On a large scale. 
Thereabouts, nearly. 
Alternately, turn by turn. 
To endeavor, to strive. 
To give one's self up to grief. 
To melt. 
To melt in tears. 



Un pouce. 

En petit. 

En grand. 

A peu pres. 

Tour £l tour. 

t S'efforcer 1, (de before the infill ) 

S'ahandonner a la doulcur 

Fondre 4. 

Fondre en larmes. 



To give birth to, (meaning to raise, 
to cause.) 

To raise difficulties. 
To cause quarrels. 
To cause suspicions. 
The behavior of that man raised 
suspicions in my mind. 



Faire naitre. 

t Faire naitre des difficulte's. 

t Faire naitre des querelles. 

t Faire naitre des soupcons. 

t La conduite de cet homme a fait 
naitre des soupcons dans mon es- 
prit. 



To shake. 
Shake that tree, and the fruit will 
fall down. 



Secouer 1. 

Secouez cet arbre, et les fruits 
tomberont. 



To be in want of. } 

To be short of. > Manquer de. 

To want. y 

That man is in want of every thing. I Cet homme manque de tout 
I am in want of nothing. | Je ne manque de rien. 



A place at table, including knife, 
fork, and plate. 

A table for four persons. 
A table for ten persons. 
A writing-table or desk 
A dining-room. 
A sleeping or bed-room. 
A repeater. 
An oil-bottle. 
A mustard-pot. 



Un couvert. 

Une table de quatre couverta 
Une table de dix couverts 
Une table a ecrire. 
Une salle a manger. 
Une chambre a coucher. 
Une montre a repetition. 
Une bouteille a l'huile. 
Un pot a moutarde. 



U-W 



& ; 






348 



SEVENTY-SEVENTH LESSON. 



A pitcher 

A fowling-piece. 

A fishing line 



Un pot a l'eau. 
Un fusil de chasse. 
Une ligne a pecher. 



To exact, to want of. 
What do you want of me ? 
What do you exact of me ? 
1 exact nothing of you. 

A milk-pot. 



| Exiger 1. 

> Qu'exigez-vous de moi ? 

I Je n'exige rien de vous. 
I Un pot au lait. 



Obs. B. When the second noun is used to determine the firsl more pre- 
cisely, it is preceded by au or a la for the singular, and aux for the pluraA 
Ex. 



The rabbit-man. 
The oyster-woman. 



L'homme aux lapins. 
La femme aux huitres. 



OBSERVATIONS ON THE PROPER NAMES OF PERSONS 
TAKEN FROM THE LATIN AND GREEK. 1 

Obs. C. Proper names of men ending in English in a are the same hi 
Doth languages ; but those of women and goddesses having that ending be- 
come French by changing the final a into e mute. Ex. 



Caligula. 


Caligula. 


Dolabella. 


Dolabella. 


Cleopatra. 


Cleopatre 


Diana. 


Diane. 


Julia. 


Julie. 



Obs. D. Most proper names ending in English in as or es becomo French 
by changing these finals into e mute. Ex. 



Eneas. 


Ende. 


Pythagoras. 

Ulysses. 

Socrates. 


Pythagore. 

Ulysse. 

Socrate. 



Obs. E- Proper names ending in o change it in French into on. Ex. 

Cicero. I Ciceron. 

Dido. I Didon. 

Obs. F. Most proper names ending in us are the same in both languages 
"in hen they have but two syllables ; but when they are composed of three 
Or more syllables, they become French by changing it into e mute. Ex. 



1 All those which deviate from these rules are separately noted. 



M.: 



SEVENTY- S 




zW 



LESSON. 



349 



Cyrus. | Cyrus. 

Venus. Venus. 

Camillus. Camille. 

Orpheus. | Orphee. 

Obs G. Most of those ending in al or is are the same in both languages 
Ex. 



Juvenal. 



Juvenal. 



Obs H. Those ending in English in ander change it in French into 
andre. Ex. 

Alexander. | Alexandre. 

Lysander. | Lysandre. 

Remark. — The proper names of kingdoms, provinces, and towns, ending 
in English in a, become French by changing the ending a into e mute, and 
those of towns ending in burg, change it into bourg? Ex. 



Arabia. 
Asia. 
Friburg. 
Hamburg. 



L'Arabie. 
L'Asie. 
Fribourg. 
Hambourg. 



Dainties. 
He is fond of dainties. 
At broad daylight. 
To sit down to dinner. 



Les bons morceaux. 

II aime les bons morceaux. 

En plein jour. 

Se mettre a table. 



EXERCISES. 
234. 

Has your sister been out to-day 1 — She has been out to buy sev- 
eral things. — What has she bought 1 — She has bought {s'est achete) 
a silk gown, a velvet bonnet, and a lace veil, {un voile de dentelle.) 
— What have you done with {de) my silver tankard 1 — It is on the 
kitchen-table together with (avec) the oil-bottle, the milk-pot, the 
pitcher, the mustard-pot, and the coffee-mill. — Do you ask for a 
wine-bottle % — No, I ask for a bottle of wine, and not for a wine- 
bottle. If you will have the goodness to give me the key of the 
wine-cellar {la cave au viri) I shall go for one. — What does that 
man want of me ! — He exacts nothing ; but he will accept what you 
will give him, for he is in want of every thing. — I will tell you that 



a Such proper names as deviate from this rule are either separately noted, 
or are the same in both languages. 



,-.. \-^ • © ., • • y 

350 SEVENTY-SEVENTH LESSOJV. 

I am not fond of him, for his behavior raises suspicions in my mind 
He exaggerates all that he says and does. — You are wrong in hav« 
ing such a had opinion (une opinion) of him, for he has been a fa- 
ther to you. — I know what I say. He has cheated me on a small 
and on a large scale, and whenever he calls he asks me for some- 
thing. In this manner he has alternately asked me for all I had : 
my fowling-piece, my fishing-line, my repeater, and my golden can- 
dlesticks. — Do not give yourself up so much to grief, else {sinon) 
you will make me melt in tears. 

Democritus and Heraclitus were two philosophers of a very dif- 
ferent character, (d'un caractere bien different:) the first laughed 
at the follies (la folie) of men, and the other wept at them. — They 
were both right, for the follies of men deserve to be laughed and 
wept at. 

235. 

Have you seen your niece 1 — Yes ; she is a very good girJ, who 
writes well, and speaks French still better ; therefore she is loved 
and honored by everybody. — And her brother, what is he doing 1 — 
Do not speak to me of him ; he is a naughty boy, who writes always 
badly, and speaks French still worse ; he is therefore (aussi n'est-il) 
loved by nobody. He is very fond of dainties, but he does not like 
books. Sometimes he goes to bed at broad daylight, and pretends 
to be ill ; but when we sit down to dinner he is generally bettei 
again, (retabli.) He is to study physic, (la medecine,) but he has not 
the slightest inclination for it, (aucune envie.) — He is almost always 
talking of his dogs, which be loves passionately, (passionnement.) 
His father is extremely sorry for it. The young simpleton (un im- 
becile) said lately to his sister, " I shall enlist as soon as a peace 
(la paix) is proclaimed, (publier ■.") 

My dear father and my dear mother dined yesterday with some 
friends at the King of Spain, (VEspagne.) — Why do you always 
speak English and never French 1 — Because I am too bashful, (li* 
mide.) — You are joking : is an Englishman ever bashful 1 — I have a 
keen appetite, K grand appetit :) give me something good to eat. — 
Have you any money 1 — No, Sir. — Then I have nothing to eat for 
you. — Will you not let me have some (ne me donnez-vous pas) on 
credit 1 I pledge (engager) my honor. — That is too little. — What, 
{comment,) Sir ! 



SEVENTY-EIGHTH LESSON. 



35J 



SEVENTY-EIGHTH LESSON.— Soixante-dix-huitieme Legon* 
PRESENT OF THE SUBJUNCTIVE. 

The formation of the subjunctive in French presents no difficulty, as all 
verbs of this mood end alike. The present, with a few exceptions, which 
we shall presently give, is formed from the present participle, by changing 
ant into e mute for the first and third persons singular, into es for the sec- 
ond person singular, and into exit for the third person plural. The first and 
second persons plural are exactly like the imperfect. Ex. 



Speaking — That I may speak, that 

thou may est speak, that he or she 

may speak. 
That we may speak, that you may 

speak, that they may speak. 
Finishing — That I may finish, that 

thou mayest finish, that he or she 

may finish. 
That we may finish, that you may 

finish, that they may finish. 
Knowing — That I may know, that 

thou mayest know, that he or she 

may know. 
That we may know, that you may 

know, that they may know. 
Rendering — That I may render, 

that thou mayest render, that he 

or she may render. 
That we may render, that you may 

render, that they may render. 



Parlant — Que je parle, que 
paries, qu'il ou qu'elle parle. 



tu 



Que nous parlions, que vous parliez, 

qu'ils ou qu'elles parlent. 
Finissant — Que je finisse, que tu 

finisses, qu'il ou qu'elle finisse. 

Que nous (missions, que vous finis- 
siez, qu'ils ou qu'elles finissent. 

Sachant — Que je sache, que tu 
saches, qu'il ou qu'elle sache. 

Que nous sachions, que vous sa- 
chiez, qu'ils ou qu'elles sachent. 

Rendant — Que je rende, quo tu 
rendes, qu'il ou qu'elle rende. 

Que nous rendions, que vous ren- 
diez, qu'ils ou qu'elles rendent. 



Obs. A. The third person singular of the imperative, and the third per- 
son singular of the present of the subjunctive, are always alike. (See Obs. 
A. Lesson LXX.) 

EXCEPTIONS. 

Aixant, going— que faille, que tu allies, qu'il aille, que nous allions, quo 

vous alliez, qu'ils aillent. 
Tenant, holding— que je tienne, que tu tiennes, qu'il ticnne, que nous 

tenions, que vous teniez, qu'ils tiennent 

And all compounds of tenir *, such as : obtenir *, to obtain ; con- 
tenir *, to contain, &c. 



352 SEVENTY-EIGHTH LESSON. 

Venant, coming — que je vienne, que tu viennes, qu'il vienne, que nous ve- 
nions, que vous veniez, qu'ils viennent. 

And all compounds of vcnir *, such as : revenir *, to come back ; de~ 
venir *, to become, &c. 

/Vcquerant, acquiring — que ^acquiere, que tu acquieres, qu'il acquierc, 
que nous acquerions, que vous acqu£riez, qu'ils acquierent. 

Mourant, dying — que je meure, que tu meures, qu'il meure, que nous 
mourions, que vous mouriez, qu'ils meurent. 

Recevant, receiving — que je regoive, que tu regoives, qu'il regoive, quo 
nous recevions, que vous receviez, qu'ils regoivent. 

And all those ending in evoir, such as : apercevoir, to perceive ; con- 
cevoir, to conceive ; devoir, to owe, &c. 

Pouvant, being able — que je puisse, que tu puisses, qu'il puisse, que nous 

puissions, que vous puissiez, qu'ils puissent. 
Valant, being worth — que je vaille, que tu vailles, qu'il vaille, que nous 

valions, que vous valiez, qu'ils vaillent. 1 
Mouvant, moving — que je meuve, que tu meuves, qu'il meuve, que nous 

mouvions, que vous mouviez, qu'ils meuvent. 
Atant, having — que j'aie, que tu aies, qu'il ait, que nous ayons, que vous 

ayez, qu'ils aient. 
Voulant, wishing — que je veuille, que tu veuilles, qu'il veuille, que nous 

voulions, que vous vouliez, qu'ils veuillent. 
Etant, being — que je sois, que tu sois, qu'il soit, que nous soyons, que 

vous soyez, qu'ils soient. 
Buvant, drinking — que je boive, que tu boives, qu'il boive, que nous buvione 

que vous buviez, qu'ils boivent. 
Faisant, doing — que je fasse, que tu fasses, qu'il fasse, que nous fassions, 

que vous fassiez, qu'ils f assent. 
Prenant, taking — que je prenne, que tu prennes, qu'il prenne, que nous pre- 

nions, que vous preniez, qu'ils prennent. 

And all compounds of prendre *, such as : apprendre *, to learn ; com- 
prendre *, to understand ; entreprendre *, to undertake ; se meprendre *, 
to mistake ; reprendre *, to retake, &c. 

Obs. B. In the above list of exceptions it will be perceived that all those 
persons which really deviate from our rule on the present of the subjunctive 
are printed in italics : the verbs aller, tenir, venir, acquerir, mourir, recevoir, 
valoir, mouvoir, vouloir, boire, and prendre, do not deviate from it in the 
first and second persons plural, and avoir does not deviate from it in the first 
and second persons singular. 

1 Prevaloir, to prevail, is regular in the present of the subjunctive, thus; 
que je prevale, que tu prevales, qu'il prevale, que nous prevalions, que vous 
prevaliez, qu'ils prevalent. 



SEVENTY-EIGHTH LESSON. 



353 



REMARKS ON THE USE OF THE SUBJUNCTIVE IN FRENCH 

A. The subjunctive in French has scarcely any thing in common with 
the subjunctive in English, and when it has, it is because preceding words 
require it. It is required after the following impersonals when the verb that 
follows is preceded by the conjunction que. 



It is necessary that 

It is extraordinary that. 

It is sad that. 

It is right that. 

It is wrong that. 

It is proper that. 

It is surprising that. 

It is becoming that. 

It is time that. 

It is important, or it matters that 

It is sufficient that. 

It is to be wished that. 

It seems that. 
It is possible that. 
It is better that. 



i II faut que. 
fit 



est necessaire que. 

II est extraordinaire que. 

II est facheux que. 

II est juste que. 

I! est injuste que. 

II est a propos que. 

II est surprenant que. 

II convient que. 

II est temps que. 

II importe or il est important que. 

II suffit que. 
( II est a desirer que. 
( II est a souhaiter que. 

II semble que. 2 

II est possible que. 

II vaut mieux que. 

EXAMPLES. 



You must have the goodness to do 

that. 
It is necessary that you should be 

here at an early hour. 
You must do that. 
It is necessary that one should have 

money. 
I must go to market. 
I must go away. 
It is right that you should be pun- 



It is sufficient for you to know that. 

It is time for you to speak. 

We must sell our goods immediately. 

What must I say ? 



II faut que vous ayez la bonte" de 
faire cela. 

II faut que vous soyez ici de bonne 
heure. 

II faut que vous fassiez cela. 

II est ndcessaire qu'on ait de Par- 
gent. 

If faut que faille au marche. 

II faut que je m'en aille. 

II est juste que vous soyez puni. 

II suffit que vous sachiez cela. 
II est temps que vous parliez. 
II faut que nous vendions nos mar- 

chandises tout de suite. 
Que faut-il que je (Use ? 



7 II semble, it seems, is also construed with the indicative, particularly 
when it has an indirect object, as : il me semble, it seems to me ; il te sem« 
ble, it seems to thee ; il lui semble, it seems to him or her, &c. 



354 



SEVENTY-EIGH'IH LESSON 



It is important that that should be 
done. 

It is proper that we should set out 

It is to be wished that you should go 
to the country. 

It is to be desired that you should 
return soon. 

It seems you are angry. 

It is necessary I should finish to- 
day. 

It might be possible that you would 
not set out before to-morrow. 

It is sufficient that you are satisfied. 

It is better that we should have ar- 
rived this morning. 

Obs. C. When the impersonal il est is accompanied by an adjective 
denoting evidence, certainty, or probability, such as, clair, clear ; certain, 
certain ; vrai, true ; probable, probable, &c, it governs the next verb in the 
indicative, when it is affirmatively, and in the subjunctive when interroga- 
tively, negatively, or conditionally used. Ex. 



II importe que cela sefassc 

II est a propos que nous portions. 

II est a souhaiter que tu ailles a la 
carnpagne. 

II est a. desirer que tu reviennee 
promptement. 

II semble que vous soyez faclie". 

II est necessaire que je jinisse au- 
jourd'hui. 

II serait possible que tu ne partisses 
que demain. 

II suffit que vous soyez content 

II vaut mieux que nous soyons ar- 
rives ce matin. 



It is certain that you are in the wrong. 
It is not certain that you are in the 

right. 
It is probable that he will do it. 
Is it probable that he will do it ? 
It is true that he is capable of it. 
If it were true that he was capable 

of it. 



Ind. II est certain que vous avez tort. 

Subj. II n'est pas certain que vous 
ayez raison. 

Ind. II est probable qu'il le fera. 

Subj. Est-il probable qu'il le fasse ? 

Ind. II est vrai qu'il en est capable. 

Subj. S'il etait vrai qu'il en fut capa- 
ble. 



Remark B. The subjunctive with que is further used in French aftei 
verbs expressing doubt, wish, command, order, fear, ignorance, despair, corn* 
plaint, or any affection of the mind, such as : 



Aimer, 

Aimer mieux, 

Approuver, 

Apprehender, 

Attendre, 

Avoir peur, 

Commander, 

Consentir *, 

Craindre *, 

Defendre. 

Desapprouver 

Ddsirer, 

Doutor. 



to like, 
to like better, 
to approve. 
to apprehend, 
to expect, 
to be afraid, 
to command, 
to consent, 
to fear, 
to forbid, 
to disapprove, 
to desire, 
to dcubt 



Empecher, to hinder. 

Etre au desespoir, to despair. 



Exiger, 

Meriter, 

Nier, 

Ordonner, 

Permettre *, 

PreYerer, 

Prendre garde, 

Prier, 

Regretter, 

S'etonner, 

Se plaindre *, 



to exact 
to deserve, 
to deny, 
to order, 
to permit 
to prefer, 
to take care 
to pray, 
to regret, 
to wonder. 
to complain. 



SEVENTY-EIGHTH LESSON. 



355 



Sa rcjouir, 


to rejoice 


Souffrir * 


to suffer. 


Souhaiter 


to wish. 


Supposer, 


to suppose 



ill- 



I wish you may succeed. 

I doubt that he is arrived. 

I wish to be obeyed. 

I wish him to be told so. 

He wishes me to have patience 

I doubt his being at home. 

I fear we shall have a storm. 

He denies having done it. 

He complains of your having 

treated him. 
I am very sorry for your having 

done it. 
I regret that you should have been 

obliged to wait. 
You will approve of my not going 

^hither 
He disapproved of your having said 

it. 
What do you wish these men to buy ? 

What do you wish him to answer ? 
Do you expect him to give you his 

goods for nothing? 
What do you want me to drink ? 



Trembler, to tremble. 

Trouver bon, to approve. 

Trouver mauvais, to disapprove. 
Vouloir*, to be willing. 

EXAMPLES. 

Je desire que vous reussissiez. 

Je doute qu'il soit arrive. 

Je veux qu'on m'obeisse. 

Je souhaite qu'on le lui dise. 

II veut que j'aie patience. 

Je doute qu'il soit a la maison. 

Je crains que nous rfayons un orago 

II nie qu'il Vait fait. 

II se plaint que vous Vayez mal- 

traite\ 
Je suis au desespoir que vous Vayez 

fait. 
Je regrette que vous ayez ete" oblige" 

d'attendre. 
Vous trouverez bon que je n'y aille 

pas. 
II a trouve" mauvais que vous Vayez 

dit. 
Que voulez-vous que ces hommes 

achetent ? 
Que voulez-vous qu'il reponde ? 
Vous attendez-vous k ce qu'il vous 

donne ses marchandises pour rien ? 
Que voulez-vous que je boive ? 



Obs. D. All verbs expressing the intellectual faculties of the mind govern 
the indicative when they are used affirmatively, and the subjunctive when 
negatively or interrogatively, or when they are preceded by the conjunc- 
tion si. Such verbs are : 



Affirmer, 


to affirm. 


Maintenir *, 


to maintain. 


Assurer, 


to assure. 


Oublier, 


to forget. 


Apercevoir, 


to perceive. 


Penser, 


to think. 


Avouer, 


to confess. 


Predire *, 


to foretell. 


Conclure *, 


to conclude. 


Prevoir *, 


to foresee. 


Convenir *, 


to agree. 


Promettre *, 


to promise 


Croiro *, 


to believe. 


Publier, 


to publish 


Declarer, 


to declare. 


Savoir *, 


to know. 


Dire *, 


to say. 


Songer, 


to think. 


Espe"rer, 


to hope. 


Soutenir *, 


to maintain. 


Juger, 


to judge. 


Supposer, 


to suppose. 


Jurer, 


to swear. 


Voir *, 


to see. 



356 



SEVENTY-EIGHTH LESSON. 



[ believe he is in the right 

Do you believe that horse is worth 

a hundred crowns ? 
I do not believe that it is worth a 

hundred crowns. 
I hope he will come. 
Do you hope he will come ? 
[ think he has done it. 
Do you think he has done it ? 
If you think it will be fine weather 

let us set out for the country. 



EXAMPLES. 

Ind. Je crois qu'il a raison. 

Subj. Croyez-vous que co cheva. 

vaille cent ecus ? 
Subj. Je ne crois pas qu'il vaille cent 

ecus. 
Ind. J'espere qu'il viendra. 
Subj. Esperez-vous qu'il vienne ? 
Ind. Je pense qu'il l'a fait. 
Subj. Pensez-vous qu'il Yait fait ? 
Si vous pensez qu'il fasse beau temps, 

partons pour la campagne. 



Obs. E. Verbs expressing fear, such as : craindre, to fear ; avoir peur, 
to be afraid, govern the subjunctive with ne before it, when they are not 
negatively used. 3 Ex. 



I fear that they will come. 
I am afraid you will speak of me. 
Does he not fear that you might 
speak of it ? 



Je crams qu'ils ne viennent. 
J'ai peur que vous ne parliez de moi. 
Ne craint-il pas que vous n'en par- 
liez ? 



Obs. F. But when such verbs are used negatively they govern the sub- 
junctive without ne. Ex. 

I am not afraid that the man will | Je n'ai pas peur que l'homme vienne. 
come. 



Obs. G. The verbs douter, to doubt, and nier, to deny, require the sub- 
junctive with ne before it when they are negatively used. Ex. 

Do not doubt my being always your I Ne doutez pas que je ne sois toujours 

friend. votre ami. 

He does not deny your having done II ne nie pas que vous ne l'ayez fait. 

it. 



Remark C. The subjunctive is further governed by an adjective or par- 
ticiple preceded by one of the verbs, etre *, to be ; paraitre *, to appear . 
sembler, to seem. Some of such adjectives or participles are: 



Afflige, 


afflicted. 


Enchante, 


enchanted. 


Bien aise^ 


glad. 


£ tonne", 


astonished. 


Charme, 


charmed. 


Fach6, 


sorry. 


Content, 


satisfied. 


Surpris., 


surprised, &c 



3 Except when the phrase is interrogative, or when it is preceded by si 
Ex. Craignez-vous de Voffenser? Do you fear to offend him? Si je 
zraignais que vous le jissiez. If I were afraid that you would do it. 



SEVENTY -EIGHTH LESSON. 357 



EXAMPLES. 

I am sorry that she is ill. Jo suis fdche qu'elle soit malade. 

I am charmed that yon are here. j Je suis charme que vous soyez ici. 

I am glad that he ha* received his : Je suis Men aise qu'il ait eu son ar* 

money. j gent. 

She is angry that you are my friend. | Elle est fach.ee que vous soyez moil 

ami. 

I am surprised mat you are not more ! Je suis etonne que vous ne soyez paa 



attentive. 
1 am extremely glad that your sister 

has recovered. 
Vour father is afflicted that you miss 

your lessons. 
I am surprised that you have net 



plus attentif. 
Je suis enchante que votre soeur spit 

retablie. 
Votre pere est afflige que vous man- 

juiez vos leeons. 
Je suis surpris que vous rfayez paa 



done your task I fait votre devoir. 

Obs. H. In al! these instances the genitive de ce may be used, but then 
the indicative must follow. Ex. 



I am charmed at your being here. 

He is glad that you have received 
your money. 



Je suis charme de ce que vous tites 

ici. 
II est bien aise de ce que vous avez 

eu votre argent. 



EXERCISES. 
236. 

Will you relate (raconter) something to me] — What do you wish 
me to relate to you 1 — A little anecdote, if you like. — A little boy 
one day at table (a table) asked for some meat ; his father said that 
it was not polite to ask for any, and that he should wait until some 
was given to him, {qu'on lui en donndl, imperf. subjunctive ; see the 
following Lesson.) The poor boy, seeing every one eat, and that 
nothing was given to him, said to his father : " My dear father, give 
me a little salt, if you please." " What will you do with it ?" asked 
the father. " I wish to eat it with the meat which you will give 
me," replied (repliquer) the child. Everybody admired {admirer) 
the little boy's wit ; and his father, perceiving that he had nothing, 
gave him meat without his asking for it. Who was that little boy 
that asked for meat at table I — He was the son of one of my 
friends. — Why did he ask for some meat 1 — He asked for some be- 
cause he had a good appetite. — Why did his father not give him 
some immediately ] — Because he had forgotten it. — Was the little 
boy wrong in asking for some 1 — He was wrong, for he ought to have 
waited. — Why did lie ask his father for some salt] — He asked for 
16 



358 SEVENTY-EIGHTH LESSON. 

some salt, that his father might perceive (pour que sonpere s'apercut, 
imperf. subjunctive ; see next Lesson) that he had no meat, and that 
he might give him some, (et qu'il lui en donndt, imperf. subjunctive ; 
see next Lesson.) 

Do you wish me to relate to you another anecdote 1 — You will 
greatly (beaucoup) oblige me. — Some one purchasing some goods 
of a shopkeeper, (un marchand,) said to him : " You ask too 
much ; you should not sell so dear to me as to another, because 1 
am a friend, (puis que je suis des amis de la maison.'''') The merchant 
replied : " Sir, we must gain something by (avec) our friends, for 
our enemies will never come to the shop." 

237. 

A young prince, seven years old, was admired by everybody for 
his wit, (a cause de son esprit ;) being once in the society of an old 
officer, the latter observed, in speaking of the young prince, that 
when children discovered so much genius (avoir tant d" 1 esprit) in 
their early days, they generally grew very stupid (en ont ordinaire- 
ment fort peu) when they came to maturity, (quand Us sont avances 
en age.) — " If that is the case," said the young prince, who had heard 
it, " then you must have been very remarkable for your genius (avoit 
infiniment d^esprit) when you were a child, (dans votre enfance."") 

An Englishman, on first visiting France, met with a very young 
child in the streets of Calais, who spoke the French language with 
fluency and elegance, (courammcnt et avec elegance.) — "Good 
Heaven, (Mon Dieu !) is it possible !" exclaimed he, " that even 
children here speak the French language with purity, (la purele") 

Let us seek (rechercher) the friendship of the good, and avoid 
(eviter) the society of the wicked (le mechant ;) for bad company 
corrupts (les mauvaises societes corrompent) good manners, (les bon- 
nes mceurs.) — What sort of weather is it to-day 1 — It snows continu- 
ally, (toujours,) as it snowed yesterday, and, according to all appear- 
ances, will also snow to-morrow. — Let it snow ; I should like it to 
snow (qu'il neigedt, imperf. subjunctive ; see next Lesson) still more, 
for I am always very well when it is very cold. — And I am (et moi, 
je me porte) always very well when it is neither cold nor warm. — It 
is too windy to-day, and we should do better if we stayed at home. 
— Whatever weather it may be I must go out ; for 1 promised to be 
with my sister at a quarter past eleven, and I must keep my word, 
(tenir* parole.) (See end of Lesson XXIV.) 



SEVENTY-NINTH LESSON. 



359 



SEVENTY-NINTH LESSON.— Soixante-dix-neuvieme Lefon. 

IMPERFECT OF THE SUBJUNCTIVE. 

The imperfect of the subjunctive is formed from the preterit definite 
^Lesson LXVIII.) by changing the final ai into asse for the verbs of the 
first conjugation, and by adding se to all those of the other three con- 
jugations. This rule has not a single exception throughout the French 
language. 



I spoke — that I might speak. 



I finished — that I might finish. 



T received — that I might receive. 



I sold — that I might sell. 



Je parlai — que je ptrlasse, que tu 
parlasses, qu'il parlat, que nous 
parlassions, que vous parlassiez, 
qu'ils parlassent. 

Je finis — que je finisse, que tu finis- 
ses, qu'il finit, que nous finissions, 
que vous finissiez, qu'ils finissent. 

Je regus — que je rec,usse, que tu 
recesses, qu'il re9ut, que nous re- 
cessions, que vous reyussiez, qu'ils 
reijussent. 

Je vendis— que je vendisse, que tu 
vendisses, qu'il vendit, que noua 
vendissions, que vous vendissiez, 
qu'ils vendissent. 



Obs. A. As to the formation of the preterit, or preterperfect and pluper- 
fect of the subjunctive, it is exactly the same as in the indicative ; the former 
being compounded of the present subjunctive of the auxiliary, and the past 
participle of another verb, the latter of the imperfect subjunctive of the aux 
iliary and the past participle of another verb. Ex. 



That I may have loved. 
That I may have come. 
That I might have loved. 
That I might have come. 



Que j'aie aimd. 
Que je sois venu. 
Que j'eusse aime". 
Que je fusse venu. 



Obs. B. The past tenses of tne subjunctive are used whenever those terms 
which govern it are in the past tense or in the conditional. 



Remark D. on the Use of the Subjunctive. — After the following coir 
junctions the verb is always put in the subjunctive mood: 

Afin que, that, in order that, I Au cas que, if. 

to the end that. | Avant que, before. 

A wains que, unless i Bien que, though. 



360 



SEVENTY-NINTH LESSON. 



De crainte que, 
De peur que, 
En cas que, 
Encore que, 
Jusqu'd ce que, 
Loin que, 
Non que, 
Non pas que, 
No7iobstant que. 



for fear, lest. 

lest. 

in case, if. 

though. 

till, until. 

far from. 

not that 

for all that, not- 
withstandinsr that. 



Pose que, 
Pour que, 
Pour peu que, 

Pourvu que, 
Quoique, 
Sans que, 
Si peu que, 
Soit que, 
Suppose que, 



suppose that, 
that, in order that, 
if ever so little, how 

little soever, 
provided, save that 
though, 
without, 
however little, 
whether, 
suppose that. 1 



Will you stay here until I can go out 
with you? 

I will go out before he comes back. 

If you had what you have not, you 
would be rich. 

I send you my book, that you may 
read it. 

Unless you accompany her, she will 
not go out. 

Though your children are idle yet 
they improve. 

If a man had ever so little acquaint- 
ance with another, he was bou'jd 
to take a part in the dispute, and 
venture his person as much as if 
he had himself been angry. 
Be it as it may. 

Though she is little and bad-looking, 
she is nevertheless amiable. 

I would not have her for a wife, 
though she is rich, and has a great 
deal of wit, because she is not good- 
hearted. 



Voulez-vous rester ici jusqu'd ce que 

je puisse sortir avec vous ? 
Je sortirai avant qu'il ne revienne. 
En cas que vous eussiez ce que vous 

n'avez pas, vous seriez riche. 
Je vous envoie mon livre, afin que 

vous le lisicz. 
S A moins que vous ne Vaccompagniez, 

elle ne sortira pas. 
Bien que vos enfants soient pares- 

seux, ils font des progres. 
Pour peu qu'un homme fut connu 

d'un autre, il fallait qu'il enirdi 

dans la dispute, et qu'il paydt de 

sa personne, comme s'il avait ete" 

lui-meme en colere. 
Quoiqu'il en soit. 
Quoiqu'elle soit petite et qu'elle ait 

mauvaise mine, elle ne laisse pas 

d'etre aimable. 
Je ne la voudrais pas pour femme, 

quoiqu'elle soit riche, et qu'elle ait 

beaucoup d'esprit, parce qu'elle n'a 

pas bon coeur. 



1 Malgre que may be added to these conjunctions ; but as such it is used 
only with en avoir in the following expressions : Malgre que fen aie, que tu 
en aies, qu'il en ait, SfC.; malgre que fen eusse, que tu en eusses, &c. 
&,c. ; in spite of me, of thee, of him, &c. Ex. II I'a fait malgre que fen 
eusse, he has done it in spite of me ; il me faudra pariir, malgre que fen 
aie, I shall be obliged to set out in spite of me. 



SEVENTY-NINTH LESSON. 



361 



Provided you are my friend I am 
satisfied. 

Whether you are in the right or in 
the wrong. 

[ name distinctly the persons I wish 
to name, always with the inten- 
tion to praise their virtue or their 
merit : I write their names in 
large letters, that they may be 
seen at a distance, and that the 
reader may not run the risk of 
missing them. 

Philoctetes naturally spoke less : but 
he was quick ; and however little 
his vivacity was excited, he was 
made to say what he had resolved 
to keep secret 



Pourvu que vous soyez de rues amis 

je suis content. 
Soil que vous ayez raison ou tort. 

Je nomme nettement les personnea 
que je veux nommer, toujours 
dans la vue de louer leur vertu 
ou leur merite ; j'ecris leurs ncms 
en lettres capitales, afin qu'on les 
voie de loin, et que le lecteur ne 
coure pas risque de les manquer. 
(La Bruyere.) 

Philoctete naturellement parlait 
moins : mais il etait prompt ; et si 
peu qu'on excitat sa vivacite, on 
lui faisait dire ce qu'il avait resolu 
de taire. (Fenelon.) 



Obs. C. Some conjunctions govern the indicative when the sentence 
affirms positively that the thing in question is or will be, and the subjunctive 
when it is not certain or only wished for. They are the following : 



De fagon que. 

De maniere que. 

De sorte que. 

En sorte que. 

Tellement que. 

Sinon que. 
You behave in such a manner that 

you are loved by everybody. 
Behave in such a manner that you 
may be loved. 



So that, in so much that. 



Except that. 

Ind. Vous vous conduisez de jagon 

que vous etes aime" de tout le mondo. 
Subj. Conduisez-vous de fagon que 

vous soyez aime. 



06s. D. The conjunction que, employed in the second member of a sen- 
tence to avoid repetition of a conjunction occurring in the first, governs the 
same mood as the word it stands for. Ex 



Since you know him and are respon- Ind. Des que vous le connaissez et 
sible for him. que vous repondez de lui. 

Unless you are attentive, and do Subj. S A moins que vous ne soyoz 
your task regularly, you will not attentif, et que vous ne fassiez t6- 
learn. gulierement votre devoir, vous n'ap- 

prendrez pas. 

Obs. E. The word que, used to avoid the repetition of si, governs the 
subjunctivo. Ex. 



362 



SEVENTY-NINTH LESSON. 



If your friend were here, and would 

call upon me. 
If he loved me, and sincerely wished 

my welfare. 
If anybody come, and I should not 

be at home, send for me. 

If your brother writes to you, and 
you are satisfied with his letter, I 
beg of you to let me know it. 



Si votre ami dtait ici et qu'il voulttx 

venir me voir. 
&'il m'aimait et qu'il desirdt sincern- 

ment mon bonheur. 
Si quelqu'un venait et que je ne 
fusse pas a la maison envoyez-moi 
chercher 
Si votre frere vous dcrit et que vous 
soyez content de sa lettre, je vous 
prie de m'en faire part. 
Obs. F. The subjunctive is used after the conjunction que when it is 
substituted for various conjunctions, such as : afin que, soit que, sans que, 
avant que, a mains que, jusqu'd ce que. Ex. 



Be industrious, that your parents may 
' be satisfied. 

Whether I read or write it is always 
found fault with. 

I can say nothing without your know- 
ing it. 

Do not begin before I give you no- 
tice. 

He is never punished unless he has 
deserved it. 

Wait till your father returns. 



Appliquez-vous, que vos parents 

soient contents, (que stands for 

afin que.) 
Que je Use ou que fecrive on y 

trouve tou jours a redire, ( que stands 

here instead of soit que.) 
Je ne puis rien dire que tu ne le 

saches, (que stands here for sans 

que.) 
Ne commencez pas que je ne vous 

avertisse, (que stands here for avant 

que.) 
Jamais on ne le punit, qu'il ne Vail 

merite, (que stands for d moins 

que.) 
Attendez que votre pere revienne, 

(que stands for jusqu'd ce que.) 



EXERCISES. 
238. 

M. de Turenne would never buy any thing on credit of tradesmen, 
(le marchand,) for fear, he said, they should lose a great part of it, 
if he happened to be killed. All the workmen (un ouvrier) who were 
employed about his house had orders (avait ordre) to bring in theii 
bills (un memoire) before he set out for the campaign, (se mcttre* en 
campagne,) and they were regularly paid. 

You will never be respected (respecter) mless you forsake (aftan- 
donner) the bad company you keep. — -You cannot finish your work 
to-night, unless I help you. — I will explain to you (expliquer) every 
difficulty, that you may not be disheartened (decourager) in your un- 



sevi;nty-ninth lesson. 363 

dertaking, (une enterprise.) — Suppose you should lose your friends, 
what would become of you 1 — In case you want my assistance, call me] 
I shall help you. — A wise and prudent man (un homme sage et pru- 
dent) lives with econ(imy when young, in order that he may enjoy the 
fruit of his labor when he is old. — Carry this money to Mr. N., in 
order that he may be able to pay his debts, {une dette.) — Will 
you lend me that money 1 — I will not lend it you unless you 
promise to return (rendre) it to me as soon as you can. — Did the 
general arrive 1 — He arrived yesterday morning at the camp, (Je 
camp,) weary, (las,) and tired, (harassc,) but very seasonably, (tres 
a propos ;) he immediately gave his orders to begin the action, 
though he had not yet all his troops. — Are your sisters happy 1 — 
They are not, though they are rich, because they are not contented. 
Although they have a good memory, that is not enough to learn any 
language whatever, (quelque langue que ce soit ;) they must make 
use of their judgment, (le jugement.) — Behold how amiable that la- 
dy is ; for all that she (quoiqu } elle) has no fortune, I do not love hei 
the less. — Will you lend me your violin'? — I will lend it you, pro- 
vided you return it to me to-night. — Will your mother call upon me 1 
— She will, provided you will promise to take her to the concert. — 
I shall not cease to importune (importuner) her, till she has forgiven 
me. — Give me that penknife, (le canif.) — I will give it you, provided 
you will not make a bad use of it. — Shall you go to London 1 — I will 
go, provided you accompany (accompagner) me ; and I will write 
again (recrire*) to your brother, lest he should not have received my 
letter. 

239. 

Where were you during the engagement 1 — I was in bed to have 
my wounds (une blessure) dressed, (panser.) Would to God (Plut 
a Dieu) I had been there ! I would have conquered (vaincre) or 
perished, (perir.) — We avoided an engagement for fear we should 
be taken, their force being supericr (superieurj) to ours. — God for- 
bid (a Dieu ne plaise, with the subjunctive,) I should blame your 
conduct, but your business will never be done properly unless you 
do it yourself. — Will you set out soon 1 — I shall not set out till I 
have dined. — Why did you tell me that my father was arrived, though 
you knew the contrary 1 — You are so hasty, (prompt,) that however 
little you are contradicted (contrarie) you fly into a passion (s'empor- 
ter) in an instant. If your father does not arrive to-day, and if you 
want money, I will lend you some. — I am much obliged to you. — ■ 
Have you done your task? — Not quite ; if I had had time, and if I 
had not been so uneasy about (de) the arrival (Varrivee) of my fa 



364 EIGHTIETH LESSON. 

ther, I should have done it. — If you study and are attentive, I assure 
you that you will learn the French language in a very short time. — 
He who wishes to teach an art, must know it thoroughly, (a fond;) 
he must give none but clear (precise) and well-digested (digerer) 
notions (la notion) of it ; he must instil (/aire entrer) them one by 
one into the minds (dans Vesprii) of his pupils, and above all, (sur- 
fout,) he must not overburden (surcharge?-) their memory with useless 
or unimportant (insignifiant) rules. 

My dear friend, lend me a louis. — Here are (en void) two instead 
of one: — How much obliged I am to you, (que d" 1 obligations je vous 
ail) — I am always glad when I see you, and I find my happiness in 
yours. — Is this house to be sold 1 — Do you wish to buy it? — Why 
wot 1 — Why does your sister not speak * — She would speak if she 
were not always so absent, (distrait.) — I like pretty anecdotes ; they 
season (assaisonner) conversation, (la conversation,) and amuse ev- 
erybody. Pray relate me some. — Look, if you please, at page 148 
of the book which I lent you, and you will find some. (See end of 
Lesson XXIV.) 



EIGHTIETH LESSON.— Qaatre-vingtieme Lecon 

THE SUBJUNCTIVE— (continued.) 

However, howsoever. Quelque, (indeclinable.) 

Obs. A. Quelque before an adjective is indeclinable, and governs the 



subjunctive. 

However good you may be. 
How rich soever they may be. 
Whatever, whatsoever. 



Quelque bon que vous soyez. 
Quelque riches qu'ils soient. 
Quelque, (declinable.) 



Obs. B. Quelque, followed by a substantive, and any other verb than 
etre, to be, is invariable before a noun singular, and takes an s only before 
a noun plural, without regard to its gender. It always governs the sub- 
junctive. 



Whatsoever courage you mat " have, 

he has more than you. 
Whatsoever patience we may nave, 

we will never have enough 
Wha'soever riches he may have, he 

wilLsoon see the end of them. 
Whatsoever kindness I have for him, 

I never shall have as much as he 

merits. 



Quelque courage quo vous ayez, il 

en a plus que vous. 
Quelque patience que nous ayons 

nous n'en aurons jamais assez. 
Quelques richesses qu'il ait, il en 

verra bientot la fin, 
Quelque bonte que faie pour lui, je 

n'en aurai jamais autant qu'il le 

merite. 



EIGHTIETH LESSON. 



3(55 



Whatsoever faults you may make, 
I will take care to correct them. 
Whatever, whatsoever. 



Obs. C Quel que, quelle que, iu 
and the verb etre, to be, agrees with 
and governs the subjunctive. 

Whatever may be the happiness 

which you enjoy, I am happier 

than you. 
Whatsoever may be the fortune 

which you enjoy, you may lose it 

in an instant. 
Whatsoever may be the efforts which 

you make, you never can succeed. 

Whatsoever may be the pains which 
you take, no one will be under 
obligations to you for them. 

None or not any. 

Whatever, whatsoever, (meaning all 
things soever.) 



Quelques fautes que vous fassiez, 
j'aurai soin de les corriger. 

Mas. Quel que; plur. quels que. 
Fern Quelle que; plur. quelles 
que, (declinable.) 

two words, followed by a substantive, 
the substantive in gender and number, 

Quel que soit le bonheur que vous 

ayez, je suis plus heureux que 

vous. 
Quelle que soit la fortune dont vous 

jouissiez, vous pouvez la perdre en 

un instant. 
Quels que soient les efforts qixe vous 

fassiez, vous ne pouvez jamais 

reussir. 
Quelles que soient les peines que 

vous preniez, on ne vous en aura 

aucuue obligation. 
Aucun; fern, aucune. 
Quelque chose que, or quoi que ce 

soit. 



Obs. D. Whatever or whatsoever (meaning all things soever) is gener- 
ally expressed by quelque chose que or quoi que, when at the beginning of 
a sentence, and by quoi que ce soit, when after a verb, and governs the next 
verb in the subjunctive. 



Whatsoever you may do for my fa- 
ther, he will reward you for it. 

I complain of nothing whatsoever. 
Whoever, whosoever. 



Quelque chose que (or quoi que) vous 
fassiez pour mon pere, il vous rd- 
eompensera. 

Je ne me plains de quoi que ce soit 

Qui que ce soit. 



Obs. E. The indeterminate pronouns : qui que ce soit, whoever ; quelque, 
whatever ; personne, nobody ; pas un, not one ; aucun, none or not any ; 
ricn, nothing ; require the next verb in the subjunctive. 



Of whomsoever you may speak, 

avoid slander. 
I know nobody who is so good as you 

are. 
I have seen nothing that coivd be 

blamed in his conduct. 



De qui que ce soit que vous parliez 

eVitez la medisance. 
Je ne connais personne qui soit aussi 

bon que vous. 
Je n'ai rien vu qu'on puisse bl airier 

dans sa conduite. 



366 



EIGHTIETH LESSON. 



Remark E. on the Use of the Subjunctive 

1. The superlative, followed by qui or que, requires the next verb iu the 
tsubjunclive. Ex. 



You are the most amiable lady I 

know. 
He is the most extraordinary man 

that I have ever seen. 
You are the most studious pupils I 

have ever had. 
The best guard a king can have is 

the heart of his subjects. 



Vous etes la dame la plus aimable 

que je connaisse. 
C'est l'homme le plus extraordinaire 

que faie jamais vu. 
Vous etes les eleves les plus studieux 

que faie jamais eus. 
La meilleure garde qu'un roi puisse 

avoir, c'est le coeur de ses sujets. 



2. An ordinal number followed by qui or que. Ex. 

He is the first man who has dared to 

tell me so. 
You are the second amiable lady 

that I have met with in this town. 



C'est le premier homme qui ait osd 

me le dire. 
Vous etes la deuxieme dame aimable 

que faie rencontree dans cette 

ville. 



3. The words le seul, Vunique, the only one, followed by qui or que. Ex. 

You are the only one upon whom I I Vous etes le seul sur qui je puisse 
can rely. | compter. 

Obs. F. Qui or que, preceded by a genitive, does not always govern the 
subjunctive. Ex. 



She is the handsomest woman of 
those that were at the opera. 

I do not know any of the persons 
who called on you this morning. 

L hope you will say nothing of what 
I have intrusted you with. 

I have read the second volume of the 
work which you have lent me. 



C'est la plus belle des femmes qui 

etaient a l'opera. 
Je ne connais aucune des personnea 

qui sont venues chez vous ce 

matin. 
J'espere que vous ne direz rien de co 

que je vous ai confie. 
J'ai lu le second volume de l'ouvrage 

que vous m'avez prete. 

Obs. G. The subjunctive is employed at the beginning of a sentence to 
express surprise, a desire, or an imprecation. Ex. 

May heaven ever preserve you from I Fasse le Ciel que pareil malheur ne 

such a misfortune. vous arrive jamais. 

„1 ; .,1 - ' , S Pl&t ^ Dieu. 

Would to God < t,,.. -,. . 

I Plut au Ciel. 

Would to God it were so ! I Plut a Dieu qu'il enfut aiusi J 

Would to God he had done it ! | Plut h Dieu qu'il l'eut fait ! 



EIGHTIETH LESSON. 



367 



Would to God that all great lords 

loved peace ! 
Would to God we may never be 

more unhappy ! 
May you be happy ! 



Plut a. Dieu que tous les granda 
seigneurs aimassent la palx ! 

Plut au Ciel que nous ne fussions 
jamais plus malheureux ! 

Puissiez-vous etre heureux ! 



Obs. H. The subjunctive is also sometimes employed at the head of a 
sentence instead of quand mime, though, and a conditional. Ex. 



Though it cost me all I have, I shall 
know how to preserve myself from 
such a misfortune. 

Though they were a hundred leagues 
hence, I would go for them. 



Dut-il m'en coilter tout ce que je 
possede, je saurai me preserve* 
d'un semblable malheur. 1 

Fussent-ils k cent lieues d'ici, j'irais 
les chercher. 2 



Obs. I. It is essential for foreigners to observe, that in the French lan- 
guage the construction with the infinitive is preferable to that with the sub- 
junctive, whenever the former may be employed without ambiguity, and 
when the construction of the sentence permits it. Say", therefore : 

_ „ , ' , i Je viens pour tous voir ; and not 

I come (in order) to see you. < T . 

v ' J I Je viens pour que je vous vote. 

f Je ne crois pas pouvoir sortir demain ; 

I do not think I shall be able to go J and not 

out to-morrow. ] Je ne crois pas que je puisse sortir 

L demain. 

Remark F. on the Use of the Subjunctive Moon. 

It may be remarked, in- conclusion, on the use of the subjunctive, that, 
whenever the subordinate proposition, or the second member of a sentence, 
is united to the principal proposition, or the first member of the sentence, 
by one of the relative pronouns, such as qui, que, dont, oil, &c, it is put in 
the indicative when it expresses any thing certain or positive, and in the 
subjunctive when it relates to any thing uncertain or doubtful. Ex. 



I shall marry a woman who will 

please me. 
I shall marry a woman who must 

please me ; or, the woman I shall 

marry must please me. 
Here is a book for you which you 

may consult occasionally. 
Give me a book that I may be r,ble 

to consult occasionally. 



Ind. J'dpouserai une femme qui me 

plaira. 
Subj. J'6pouserai une femme qui me 

plaise. 

Ind. Voila un livre que vous pourree 

consulter au besoin. 
Subj. Donnez-moi un livre que je 

puisse consulter au besoin. 



1 Instead of — Quand meme il devrait m'en coilter tout cc queje poss^d*. 



&c. 



a Instead of — Quand meme Us seraient a. cent lieues d'ici, &c. 



368 



EIGHTIETH LESSON, 



Lend me that book which you do 

not want. 
Lend me a book which you may not 

be in want of. 
Do not leave a place where you are 

comfortable, and whence you hear 

well. 
Choose a place where you may be 

comfortable, and whence you may 

hear well. 



Ind. Pretez-moi ce livro, doni vous 

n'avez pas besoin. 
Subj. Pretez-moi un livre dont vous 

n'ayez pas besoin. 
Ind. Ne quittez pas une place oil 

vous ites commodement, et d'oti 

vous entendez bien. 
Subj. Choisissez une place oil vous 

soyez commodement, et d'ou voup 

enlendicz bien. 



SOME ADDITIONAL EXAMPLES ON THE SUBJUNCTIVE. 
TAKEN FROM THE BEST FRENCH AUTHORS. 



Like to be advised, and not to be 
praised. 

I had rather he should signify his 
name, 

And say, I am Orestes or Agamem- 
non, 

Than for him, by a heap of con- 
fused wonders, 

To stun one's ears without saying 
any thing to the mind. 

We must venture at any rate the 
happy passage of the Rhine : 

A real duty commands us to ven- 
ture it. 

On whom, in his misfortune, would 
you have him lean l 

Let me then here, beneath their fresh 

foliage, 
Wait until September shall have 

brought autumn round, 
And until cheerful Ceres shall have 

made room for Pomona. 

Allow the trembling Hippolytus for- 
ever 

To disappear from the spot inhabited 
by your consort. 



Aimez qu'on vous conseille et non 
• pas qu'on vous loue. Boilcau. 

J'ahnerais mievx encore gu'il de- 
clinat son nom, 

Et dit, Je suis Oreste, ou bien Aga- 
memnon, 

Que d'aller, par un tas de confuses 
merveilles, 

Sans rien dire a l'esprit ctourdir lea 
oreilles. The same 

II faut au moins du Rhin tenter 

1'heureux passage : 
Un trop juste devoir vcut que noua 

V 'essay ions. The same. 

Sur qui, dans son malheur, voulez- 
vous qu'il s'appuie ? Racine. 

Laissez-moi done ici, sous leurs om- 

brages frais, 
Attendre que septemtro ait rainene 

l'automne, 
Et que Ceres contente ait fait placo 

a Pomone. Boileau. 

Souffrez que pour jamais le trem- 

blant Hippolyte 
jyisparaisse des lieux que votre 

epouse habite. Racine. 



EIGHTIETH LESSON. 



360 



I am willing that my eyes shall for- 
ever remain deceived. 

F am willing, to conclude my folly, 

That all wines should become vins de 

Brie for me, 
That there should be no game in 

Paris during winter, 
And that in the month of August we 

should hardly eat green peas. 

Such as he is, all the Greeks request 
that he may die. 

My father himself, alas ! since I must 

tell it thee, 
My father, in saving me, commands 

that I should die. 

Command yourself to be loved, and 
you will be loved. 

My lord, fear lest cruel destiny 

Should hate you enough to grant 
your prayers. 

T feared that heaven, by a cruel help, 

Might have offered you that death 
which you always sought. 

I am fearful, to conceal nothing from 

you, that Athaliah, 
Having torn you from the altar, 

Should wreak at last on you her fear- 
ful vengeance, 

And should cast off the remains of a 
forced respect. 

I fear lest your just ire 

Should soon pursue in him a hateful 
mother. 



Je consens que mes yeux soient tou* 
jours abuse's. Racine. 

Je consens de bon coeur, pour finii 

ma folie, 
Que tous les vins pour moi devien- 

nent vins de Brie, 
Qu\ Paris le gibier manque tous les 

hivers, 
Et §u'a peine au mois d'aout l'on 

mange des pois verts. Boileau. 

Tel qu'il est tous les Grecs demand- 
ent qu'il perisse. Racine. 

Mon pere meme, helas ! puisqu'il faut 

to le dire, 
Mon pere, en me sauvant, ordonnc 

que j' expire. The same. 

Commandez qu'on vous aime, et 
vous serez aime. The same. 

Craignez, seigneur, craignez que lo 

ciel rigoureux 
Ne vous ha'isse assez pour exaucer 

vos vceux. The same. 

Je craignais que le ciel, par un cruel 

secours, 
Ne vous offrit la mort que vous cher- 

chiez toujours. The same 

Je tremble g^'Athalie, a ne vous rien 
cache,', 

Vous-meme de l'autel vous faisant 
arracher, 

Wacheve enfin sur vcus ses ven- 
geances funestes, 

Et d'un respect fores' ne depouille 
les restes. The same. 

Je tremble que sur lui votre juste 

colere 
Ne poursuivc bient6t uno odieuse , 

mere. The same. 



370 EIGHTIETH LESSON. 

Be careful lest the sun that shines or. I Prends garde que jamais l'astre qu 

nous cclaire, 



us 

Should see thee set thy rash foot in 
this palace. 

Take care lest a vowel too hasty in 

its course 
Should stumble on another vowel in 

its road. 

It was little that his hand, guided by 

hell, 
Should have shaped the saltpetre, 

should have sharpened the iron. 



Ne te voie en ces lieux mettro ua 
pied temcraire. Racine. 

Gardez ga'une voyclle a courir trcp 

hatee 
Ne soit d une voyelle en son chcmin 

heurtee. Boileau. 

C'etait peu que sa main, conduite 

par Penfer, 
Eut petri le salpctre, eut aiguise le 

fer. The same. 



EXERCISES. 

240. 
You must have patience, though you have no desire to have it , 
for I must also wait till I receive my money. Should I (en cas que) 
receive it to-day I will pay you all that I owe you. Do not believe 
that I have forgotten it ; for I think of it every day. Or do you be- 
lieve, perhaps, that I have already received it 1 — I do not believe 
that you have already received it ; but I fear that your other credit- 
ors (le creancier) may already have received it. — Yoi» wish you had 
more time to study, and your brothers wish they did not need to learn. 
— Would to God you had what I wish you, and that I had what I 
wish. — Though we have not had what we wish, yet we have almost 
always been contented ; and Messieurs B. have almost always been 
discontented, though they have had every thing a reasonable man 
(v.n hornme raisonnable) can be contented with. — Do not believe, 
Madam, that I have had your fan, (uri event ail.) — Who tells you that 
I believe it 1 — My brother-in-law wishes he had not had what he 
has had. — Wherefore 1 — He has always had many creditors, and no 
money. — I wish you would always speak French to me ; and you 
must obey, if you wish to learn, and if you do not wish to lose yonr 
time uselessly, (inutilement.) I wish y;u were more industrious 
(assidu) and more attentive when I speak to you. If I were not 
your friend, and if you were not mine, I should not speak thus to 
you. — Do not trust (mefiez-vous de) Mr. N., for he flatters you. Do 
you think a flatterer (un jlatteur) can be a friend 1 — You do not 
know him as well as I, though you see him every day. — Do not 
think that I am angry with him, because his father has offended 



EIGHTIETH LESSON. 371 

me.— Oh ! here he is coming, (le votla qui vient,) you may tell him 
all yourself. 

241. 

What do you think of our king V — I say he is a great man, but 1 
add, that though kings be ever so powerful (puissant) they die as 
well as the meanest (vil) of their subjects. — Have you been pleased 
with my sisters 1 — I have ; for however plain (laide) they may be, 
they are still very amiable ; and however learned (savant) our neigh- 
bors' daughters may be, they are still sometimes mistaken. — Is not 
their father rich 1 — However rich he may be he may lose all in an 
instant. — Whoever the enemy may be whose malice (la malice) you 
dread, (apprehender,) you ought to rely (se reposer) upon your inno- 
cence ; but the laws (la loi) condemn (condamner) all criminals (un 
criminel) whatever they may be. — Whatever your intentions (une in- 
tention) may be, you should have acted differently, (differ emment.) — 
Whatever the reasons (la raison) be which you may allege, (alleguer,) 
they will not excuse your action, blameable in itself. — Whatever may 
happen to you in this world, never murmur (murmurer) against Di- 
vine Providence, (la divine providence ;) for whatever we may suffer 
we deserve it. — Whatever I may do, you are never satisfied. — 
Whatever you may say, your sisters shall be punished, if they de- 
serve it, and if they do not endeavor to amend, (s'amender.) — Who 
has taken my gold watch ] — I do not know. Do not believe that I 
have had it, or that Miss C. has had your silver snuff-box, (la taba- 
tiere,) for I saw both in the hands of your sister when we were play- 
ingjat forfeits, (au gage touche.) — To-morrow I shall set out for Do- 
ver ; but in a fortnight I shall be back again, (revenir*,) and then 1 
shall come and see you and your family. — Where is your sister at 
present 1 — She is at Paris, and my brother is at Berlin. — That little 
woman is said (on dit) to be going to marry General (le general) K., 
your friend ; is it true 1 — I have not heard of it. — What news is 
there of our great army 1 — It is said to be lying (etre) between the 
Weser (le Veser) and the Rhine, (le Rhin.) — All that the courier told 
me seeming (paraitre * N very probable, (vraisemblable,) I went home 
immediately, wrote some letters, and departed for Londcn. 



372 



EIGHTY-FIRST LESSON. 



EIGHTY-FIRST LESSON.— Quatre-vingt-unieme Lecon. 



Just a little, ever so little. 
Will you do me the favor of giving 

me a piece of bread ? 
Do you wish a great deal ? 
No, just a little. 



Tant soit pen. 

Voulez-vous me faire Ie plaisir de me 

dormer un morceau de pain ? 
En voulez-vous beaucoup? 
Non, tant soit peu. 



To turn to account. 
To make the best of. 
That man does not know how to 

make the most of his talents. 
That man turns his money to account 

in trade. 
How do you employ your money 1 

I employ it in the stocks. 

[ turn it to account in the stocks. 

To boast, to brag. 
I do not like that man because he 
boasts too much. 



t Faire valoir. 

t Cet homme ne sait pas faire valok 
ses talents. 

t Cet homme fait valoir son argent 
dans le commerce. 

t Comment faites-vous valoir votre 
argent ? 

t Je le fais valoir dans les fonds pub- 
lics. 

t Se faire valoir. 

1 Je n'aime pas cet homme, parcc 
qu'il se fait trop valoir 



Notwithstanding that. 
For all that, although. 
That man is a little bit of a rogue, 

but notwithstanding he passes for 

an honest man. 
Although that man is not very well, 

he notwithstanding works a great 

deal. 
Although that woman is not very 

pretty, still sue is very amiable. 

Although that man has not the least 
talent, yet for all that he boasts a 
great deal. 

Although that tavern-keeper's wife is 
rather swarthy, yet for all that she 
turns the business to good account. 



Ne laisser pas de. 

Cet homme est tant soit peu fripon, 
mais il ne laisse pas de passer poor 
honnete homme. 

Quoique cet homme ne soit pas bien 
pcrtant, il ne laisse pas de tiavail- 
ler beaucoup. 

Quoique cette femme ne soit pas bieu 
jolie, elle ne laisse pas d'etre fort 
aim able. 

Quoique cet homme n'ait aucun ta- 
lent, il ne laisse pas de se faire 
beaucoup valoir. 

Quoique la femme de cet aubergiste 
soit tant soit peu basanee, elle ne 
laisse pas de faire valoir le bouchon 



EIGHTY-FIRST LESSON. 



373 



I received jour letter on the fifth. 
On the sixth. 
To go back, to return. 
The top. 
Tiie bottom. 
Up to the top. 

The eldest brother. 
The eldest sister. 
He is the eldest. 



To appear, to seem. 

I appear, thou appearest, he appears. 
To keep, to maintain. 
My keeping or maintenance. 
My keeping costs me six hundred 
francs a year. 

To drive in, to sink. 
To converse with. 
A conversation. 
To spare. 
Spare your money. 
To get tired. 
To be tired. 
To handle. 

To lean against. 
Lean against me. 
Lean against the wall. 

To aim at. 
Short. 
To stop short. 



Virtue is amiable. 
Vice is odious. 



J'ai rec,u votre lettre le cinq 

Le six. 

Retourner 1. 

Le haut. 

Le bas. 

Jusqu'en haut. 



Le frere aine\ 
La sceur ainee. 
C'est l'aine. 



Paraitre * 4 ; pres. part, paraissant t 

past part. paru. 
Je parais, tu parais, il parait. 
Entretenir * 2. 
Mon entretien. 
Mon entretien me coute six cents 

francs par an. 
Enf oncer 1. 
S'entretenir * avec. 
Un entretien. 
fipargner 1. 
Epargnez votre argent. 
Se lasser, (de bef. inf.) 
Etre las ; fern, lasse, (de bef. inf.) 
Manier 1. 
S'appuyer 1. 
Appuyez-vous sur moi. 
Appuyez-vous contre la muraillo. 
Coucher en joue. 
Court. 
S'arreter tout court. 



La vertu est aimablo. 
Le vice est odieux. 



Obs. A. The definite article is used in French before substantives taken 
m a general sense, and in the whole extent of their signification. In such 
instances no article is made use of in English. Ex. 



Men are mortal 
Gold is precious. 

Corn is sold at a crown a bushel. 

Beef costs four pence a pound. 



Les hommes sont mortels. 

.L'or est precieux. 

Le ble se vend un e"cu le boisseau. 

Le boeuf coute quatre sous la livre. 



374 



EIGHTY-FIRST LESSON. 



The horror of vice, and the love of 
virtue, are the delights of the wise 
man. 



L'horreur du vice, et I'amour do la 
vertu, sont les delices du sage. 



England is a fine country [ L'Angleterre est un beau pays. 

Obs. B. The definite article is also used before the names of kingdoms 
countries, and provinces. 1 



Ex. 

Italy is the garden of Eurcpe. 
The dog is the friend and compan- 
ion of man. 



L'ltalie est le jardin de l'Europe. 
Le chien est Z'ami et le compagnou 
de Z'homme. 

Obs. C. The articles are repeated in French before every substantive 
and agree with it in gender and number. Ex. 



'Thessaly produces wine, oranges, 
lemons, olives, and all sorts of 
fruit. 

He ate the bread, meat, apples, and 
cakes ; he drank the wine, beer, 
and cider. 

Beauty, gracefulness, and wit, are 
valuable endowments when heigh- 
tened by modesty. 



La Thessalie produit du vin, des 
oranges, des citrons, des olives et 
toutes sortes de fruits. 

II a mange le pain, la viande, les 
pommes et les gateaux ; il a bu Io 
vin, la biere et le cidre. 

La beaute, les graces et Z'esprit sont 
des avantages bien precieux, quand 
ils sont releve"s par la modestie. 



EXERCISE. 

242. 

Whither shall you go next year'? — I shall go to England, for it is 
a fine kingdom, (le royaume.) where I intend spending the summer 
on (a) my return from France. — Whither shall you go in the winter ! 
— I shall go to Italy, and thence (de Id) to the West Indies, (aux In- 
des occidentals ;) but before that I must go to Holland to take leave 
of my friends. — What country do these people inhabit, (habiter ?) — 
They inhabit the south (le midi) of Europe ; their countries are called 
Italy, Spain, and Portugal, and they themselves are Italians, Span- 
iards, or Portuguese ; but the people called Russians, Swedes, and 
Poles, inhabit the north (le nord) of Europe ; and the names of their 
countiies are Russia, Sweden, and Poland, (la Pologne.) France is 
separated (separer) from Italy by (par) the Alps, (les Alpes,) and 
from Spain by the Pyrenees, (les Pyrenees.) — Though the Mahom- 
etans (le Mahometan) are forbidden the use of wine, (defendre quel- 



1 Except, when preceded by en or de. Ex. J'irai en Allemagne a mon 
retour de France, I shall go to Germany on my return from Franco- 



EIGHTY-SECOND LESSON. 



375 



que chose d quelqu'un,) yet for all that some of them drink it. — Haa 
your brother eaten any thing this morning 1 — He has eaten a great 
deal ; though he said he had no appetite, yet for all that he ate all the 
meat, bread, and vegetables, (les legumes,) and drank all the wine, 
beer, and cider. — Are eggs (un ceuf) dear at present 1 — They are 
sold at six francs a hundred. — Do you like grapes, (le raisin ?) — I do 
not only like grapes, but also plums, {line prune,) almonds, nuts, and 
all sorts of fruit. — Though modesty, candor, and an amiable disposi- 
tion (Vamabilite) are valuable endowments, yet for all that there are 
some ladies that are neither modest, nor candid, (candide,) nor amia- 
ble. — The fear of death and the love of life being natural to men, 
they ought to shun (fuir*) vice, (levice,) and adhere to (s'attachei 
a) virtue. 



EIGHTY-SECOND LESSON.— Quatre-vingt-deuxieme Lecon. 

To give occasion. I Donner lieu, (de before infin.) 

Do not give him cause to complain. | Ne lui donnez pas lieu de se plaindre. 



To leave it to one. 
I leave it to you. 



t S'en rapporter a quelqu'un. 
t Je m'en rapporte a vous. 



A good bargain. 
To stick or to abide by a thing. 
I abide by the offer you have made 
me. 



Un bon marche. 
t S'en tenir a. 

t Je m'en tiens a 1'ofFre quo vous 
m'avez faite. 



I do not doubt but you are my friend. I Je ne doute pas que vous ne soyez 

| mon ami. 

Obs. When the verb douter is negatively used it requires ne before tbo 
subjunctive. 

I do not doubt but he will do it. | Je ne doute pas qu'il ne le fasse. 



To suffer, to bear. 
They were exposed to the whole fire 
of the place. 



Essuyer 1. 

lis essuyerent tout le fee. de la piaco. 



To examine one artfully, or to draw Tirer les vers du nez a quelqu un. 

a secret from one 
I examined him artfully, and by that | Je lui ai tire les vers du nez, et pal 



376 



EIGHTY-SECOND LESSON. 



means I have made myself ac- 
quainted with all his affairs. 



ce moyen je me suis mis au fait 
de toutes ses affaires. 



To bear, or to put up with. 
Vou will be obliged to put up with 
all he wishes. 



Thick. 
A thick cloud. 
A thick beard. 

A burst. 

A burst of laughter. 

To burst out laughing. 

To burst out. 
To burst out a laughing. 
Splendor, brightness. 
To make a great show 
To light. 



To suffer one's self to be beaten. 
To let or to suffer one's self to fall. 
To suffer one's self to be insulted. 
To suffer one's self to die. 
To let one's self be struck. 
To send back, to send away. 

To extol, to praise up. 

To boast, to praise one's self. 



Go thither. 

Let us go thither 

Go thou. 

Go (thou) thither. 

Go (thou) away. 

Let him go thither. 

Let them go thither. 

Go away, begone. 

Let us begone. 

Let him go away, let him begone. 

Give me. 
Give it to me. 
Give it to him. 
Give him some. 
Get paid. 
Let us set out 



En passer par. 

Vous serez oblige" d'en passer par tout 
ce qu'il voudra. 



Epais ; fern, epaisse. 

Un nuage epais. 

Une barbe epaisse. 

Un eclat. 

Un eclat de rire. 

Faire un eclat de rire. 

Eclater 1. 

Eclater de rire. 

L'eclat. 

t Faire de l'eclat 

Eclairer 1 



Se laisser battre. 
Se laisser tomber. 
Se laisser insulter. 
Se laisser mourir. 
Se laisser frapper. 
Renvoyer 1. 
Vanter 1. 
Se vanter. 



Allez-y. 

Allons-y. 

Va. 

Vas-y. (See Lesson LXX.) 

Va-t'en. 

Qu'il y aille. 

Qu'ils y aillent. 

Allez-vous en. 

Allons-nous en. 

Qu'il s'en aille. 

Donnez-moi. 

Donnez-le-moi. 

Donnez-le-lui. 

Donnez-lui-en. 

Faites-vous payor. 

Partons. 



EIGHTY SECOND LESSON. 



377 



Let us breakfast. 

Let him give it me. 

Let him be here at twelve o'clock. 

Let him send it me. 

He may believe it. 

Make an end of it. 

Let him finish. 

Let him take it. 

Let her say so. 



The starling. 
If I were to question you as I used 
to do at the beginning of our les- 
sons, what would you answer? 



We found these questions at first 
rather ridiculous ; but full of con- 
fidence in your method, we an- 
swered as well as the small quan- 
tity of words and rules we then 
possessed allowed us. 

We were not long in finding out that 
those questions were calculated to 
ground us in the rules, and to ex- 
ercise us in conversation, by the 
contradictory answers we were 
obliged to make. 

tVe can now almost keep up a con- 
versation in French. 

This phrase does not seem to us 
logically correct. 

We should be ungrateful if we al- 
lowed such an opportunity to es- 
cape without expressing our live- 
liest gratitude to you. 

Li all cases, at all events. 

The native. 

Tho insurmountable difficulty 



Dejeunons. 
Qu'il me le donuo. 
Qu'il soit ici a midi. 
Qu'il me l'envoie 
Qu'il le croie 
Finissez. 
Qu'il finisse. 
Qu'il le pienne. 
Qu'elle le dise. 



Le sansonnet. 

Si je vous posais maintenaut des 
questions comme je vous en ai 
pose au commencement de nos 
lecons, (comme j'avais d'abord 
l'habitude de le faire,) que repon- 
driez-vous ? 

Nous avons d'abord trouve ces ques- 
tions tant soit peu ridicules ; mais 
pleins de confiance en votre me- 
thode, nous y avons repondu aussi 
bien que la petite provision de mots 
et de principes que nous avions 
alors pouvait nous le permettre. 

Nous n'avons pas tarde a nous aper- 
cevoir que ces questions e"taient 
calcule"es pour nous inculquer les 
principes et nous exercer a la con- 
versation, par les reponses contra- 
dictoires que nous etions forces 
d'y faire. 

Maintenant nous savons presque sou- 
tenir une conversation en francais. 

Cette phrase ne nous parait paa 
logiquement correcte. 

Nous serious des ingrats si nous lais- 
sions echapper une si belle occa- 
sion, sans vous temoigner la recon- 
naissance la plus vive. 

En tout cas. 

L'homme ne dans le pays. 

La difficult^ ins uTmout able. 



373 EIGHTY -SECOND LESSON. 

EXERCISE. 
243. 

Will you drink a cup of coffee 1 — I thank you, I do not like coi 
fee. — Then you will drink a glass of wine 1 — I have just drunk some. 
— Let us take a walk. — Willingly, (je le veux bien;) but where shall 
we go to 1 — Come with me into my aunt's garden ; we shall there find 
very agreeable society. — I believe it, (je le crois bien ;) but the ques- 
tion is (Jest a savoir) whether this agreeable society will admit me, 
(voudra de moi.) — You are welcome everywhere. — What ails you, 
(qu'avez-vous,) my friend 1 How do you like that wine ] — I like it 
very well, (excellent;) but I have drunk enough of it, (suffisamment.') 
— Drink once more, (encore un coup.) — No, too much is unwhole- 
some, (malsain;) I know my constitution, (le temperament.) — Do not 
fall. What is the matter with you ] — I do not know ; but my head 
is giddy, (la tete me tourne ;) I think I am fainting, (tomber en de- 
faillance.) — I think so also, for you look almost like a dead person, 
(un mort.) — What countryman are you 1 — I am an Englishman. — 
You speak French so well that I took you for a Frenchman by birth, 
(Francais de nation.) — You are jesting. — Pardon me ; I do not jest 
at all. How long have you been in France ] — A few days. — In 
earnest, (serieusement ?) — You doubt it, perhaps, because I speak 
French ; I knew it before I came to France. — How did you learn it 
so well 1 — I did like the prudent starling. 

Tell me, why are you always on bad terms (etre toujours en dis- 
corde) with your wife] and why do you engage in unprofitable trades, 
(s'occuper de metiers inutiles ?) It costs so much trouble (avoir 
bien de la peine) to get (obtenir*) a situation, (un emploi ;) and you 
have a good one and neglect it. Do you not think of (songer a) the 
future 1 — Now allow me to speak also, (a mon tour.) — All you have 
just said seems reasonable ; but it is not rny fault, if I have lost my re- 
putation, (la reputation;) it is that of my wife : she has sold my finest 
clothes, my rings, (une bague,) and my gold watch. I am full of 
(etre charge de) debts, and I do not know what to do. — I will not ex- 
cuse (justifier) your wife ; but I know that you have also contributed 
(contribuer) to your ruin, (la perte.) Women are generally goad 
when they are left so, (repeat the adjective.) 

[See page 388.] 



FN 






^ 



EIGHTY-SECOND LESSON. 379 



TABLE 

FOR THE FORMATION OF ALL THE TENSES [N THE 
FRENCH VERBS. 



Preliminary Obs. — This table holds good for the formation of the tenses 
Dl regular verbs ; but in order to hold good also throughout all the irregular 
verbs, it is only necessary to know the three persons singular of the present 
tense of the indicative, (Lesson XXIV.,) and the present and past parti- 
ciples of the verb, (Lessons XXXI. and LVII.) The knowledge of the 
three persons singular of the indicative, may be facilitated by the following 
rules : 

1. If the first person singular ends in e mute, the third has the same end- 
ing, and the second ends in es mute. 

2. If the first person singular ends in s or x, the second is the same, and 
the third changes s or x into t; but if the final s of the first and second 
persons is preceded by c, d, or t, the third person singular is formed by 
dropping the letter s. Ex. Je vaincs, tu vaincs, il vainc ; Je prends, tu 
prends, il prend ; Je mets, tu mets, il met. 

3. In all French verbs, the imperfect indicative, the present and imper- 
fect subjunctive, and the conditional, have then first and second persons 
plural terminated in ions and iez ; (Nous parlio/js, vous parh'ez; que nous 
parlassjorcs, que vous parlassiez; nous parleriorcs, vous parlericz;) while all 
other simple tenses (except the perfect definite, which has a particular 
form, Lesson LXVIII.) have these persons terminated in ons and ez, except 
the following: Dire — vous elites ; l etre — nous sommes, vous etes ; faire— 
vous faites 

As to the formation of the present participle, we have, in Lesson LVII., 
when the pupils have become familiar with the terminations of the present 
tenses of almost all the irregular verbs, traced it to the first person plural, 
and mentioned the five exceptions. There remains, therefore, only the past 
participle to be known, which we have mentioned whenever it presented 
any irregularity. 

1 The compounds intcrdire and predirc follow the rule, as: Vous inter 
disez, vous predisez. 



Zt*tM*l4/%tt*£Mtf •&*-?' / /ft 



EIGHTY-SECOND JffiSSON. 



1 


> 

X 

G 
O 

VI 

w 

a 

u 

•S 

a 
"3 

4 


d 

s 
S 

1 

a. 


The first, second, and third persons plural are formed from 
the present participle, by changing ant into ons, ez, ent. 

Examples. 

Parlant, Nous parlons. Vous parlez. lis parlent. 
Finissant, Nous finissons. Vous finissez. lis finissent. 
Recevant, Nous recevons. Vous recevez. Us recoivent. 
Vendant, Nous vendons. Vous vendez. Us vendent. 


| 
u 

•'I 

1 


n 

C 

5 
o 
> 

1 


Is formed from the present participle by changing ant into 

12 3 12 3 

ais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient. 

Examples. 
Je parlais. Tu parlais. II parlait. 
Nous parlions. Vous parliez. Us parlaient 

Je finissais. Tu finissais. 11 finissait. 
Nous finissions. Vous finissiez. &c. &c. 


> 

.a 

e 

o 

to 

a 

s 
"g 

. Q 

1 
* 


45 

C 

■2 
o 
> 

2 

*c 

< 


Is formed from the past participle by changing, for the first 
conjugation, 

12 3 1 2 3 
e into ai, as, a, ames, dtes, erent. 

For the second and fourth conjugations, 

i and u into is, is, it, imes, ites, irent. 
And for the third conjugation, 

u into us, us, ut, umes, utes, urent. 

Examples. 

Parle, Je parlai. Tu pari as. 11 parla. 

Nous parlames. Vous parlates. Us parleront. 
Fini, Je finis. Tu finis. 11 finit. 

Nous finimes. Vous fin ites. Us finirent. 
Vendu, Je vendis. Tu vendis. II vendit. 

Nous vendimes. Vous vendites. Us vendirent 
Rcgu, Je re$us. Tu recus. 11 re cut. 

Nous recumes. Vous recutes. Us re9urent. 





EIGHTY 


SECOND LESSON- 


381 


1 




Exceptions. 






ItiTANT. 


Nous sommes. Vous etea 




lis sont. 


Ayant. 


Nous avons. 


Vous avez 




lis ont. 


Sachant 


Nous savons 


Vous savez. 


Us savent. 


Faisant. 




Vous faites. 


Us font. 


DlSANT. 




Vous dites 






Allant. 








Us vont. 


Venant. 








Us viennent. 


Tenant. 








Us tiennent. 


AcQUERANT. 
MOURANT. 








Us acquierent. 
Us meurent. 


Recevant. 
Devant. 








Us recoivent. 
Us doivent. 


Mouvant. 








Us meuvent. 


POUVANT. 
VoULANT. 








Us peuvent. 
Us veulent. 


BUVANT. 








Us boivent. 


PUENANT. 








Us prennent. 


Ayant. 


J'avais. 


Tu avais. 




U avait. 




Nous avions. 


Vous aviez 




Us avaient. 


Sachant. 


Je savais. 


Tu savais. 




II savait. 




Nous savions. 


Vous saviez. 


Us savaient. 


Couvert, 


Je couvris, 


is, it, 


imes. ites, irent 


Offert, 


J'cfFris, 


» « 


(C 


a (i 


Ouvert, 


J'ouvris, 


c« <( 


" 


(( it 


SoUFFERT 


Je souffris, 


a a 


a 


it it 


Tenu, 


Je tins, 


ins, hit, 


inmes; intes, inrent 


Venu, 


Je vins, 


a (« 


it 


it n 


MoRT, 


Je mourus, 


us, ut, 


times, utes, urent 


Vetu, 


Je v6tis, 


is, it, 


imes, ites, irent. 


Vu, 


Je vis, 


is, it, 


imes, ites, irent. 


Prevu, 


Je previs, 


is, it, 


" 


it a 


Ceint, 


Je ceignis, 


is, it, 


Tmes, ites, irent. 


Astreint, 


J'astreignis, 




(S 


tt (( 


Craint, 


Je craignis, 




a 


a tt 


Empreint, 
Enfreint, 

&PREINT, 


J'empreignis, 

J'enfreignis, 

J'dpreignis, 




a 


tt tt 
tt tt 
it a 


Feint, 


Je feignis, 




(< 


tt it 


Joint, 

Oint, 
Peint, 


Je joignis, 
J'oignis, 
Je peignis, 




<« 


tt te 
tt tt 
it tt 



17 



382 



EIGHTY-SECOND LESSON. 





a 

> 

X 

>i 

a 
o 

s> 

(J 

w 

e 

1 


3 

e 
2 
® 
> 

< 


(Continued. 


i 3 

1 H 

1 j 


Is 

II 


Is formed from the present indicative of the auxiliary, 
and the past participle. Ex. 

J'ai parle, fini, re£u, rendu. 


1 > 

1 ^ 


-3 
C 

c » 

11 

< 


Is formed from the preterit def uite of the auxiliary and 
the past participle of the verb. Ex. 

J'eus parle. Tu eus fini. 11 eut regu. 
Nous eumes vendu. Vous eutes travaille. lis eurent bati. 


3 

o 


T3 
c 

C ttj 

52 


Is formed from the imperfect of the auxiliary and the 
past participle. Ex. 

J'avais aime, fini, re$u, vendu. 


Simple Future. 
(Lesson XLVI.) 


1 

| A derivative tense. 

1 


Is formed from the infinitive by changing the letter r of 
the first three conjugations, and the ending re of the 
fourth, into rai. Ex 

Aimer. J'aimerai. Tu aimeras. 11 aimera. 

Nous aimerons. Vous aimerez. lis aimeront. 

1 



EIGHTY-SECOND LESSON 



383 



Exceptions. 


Plaint, 


Je plaignis, 


is, 


it, imes, 


ites, 


irent 


Restreint, 


Je restreignis, 


<« 


(« u 


<« 


« 


Teint, 


Je teignis, 


a 


il if 


a 


(« 


CuiT, 


Je cuisis, 


is, 


it, imes, 


ites, 


ireiit. 


Conduit, 


Je conduisis, 


(< 


« a 


«< 


tt 


CONSTRUIT, 


Je coiistruisis, 


it 


a a 


a 


a 


Detruit, 


Je detruisis, 


<« 


tt a 


<« 


it 


Enduit, 


J'enduisis, 


it 


i» it 


« 


ft 


Induit, 


J'induisis, 


(t 


tt it 


tt 


«( 


Instruit, 


J'instruisis, 


it 


«( tt 


it 


tt 


Introduit, 


J'iutroduisis, 


it 


a a 


tt 


it 


Reduit, 


Je reduisis, 


ft 


a tt 


tt 


tt 


Seduit, 


Je seduisis, 


it 


a ii 


a 


it 


Traduit, 


Je traduisis, 


it 


a a 


tt 


u 


Lui, 


Je luisis, 


it 


tt it 


a 


u 


Nui, 


Je nuisis, 


u 


it « 


ti 


it 


Cousu, 


Je cousis, 


It 


tt a 


tt 


M 


EcRIT, 


J'eerivis, 


it 


«< tt 


ti 


if 


Ete, 


Je fus, 


fus, 


fut, umes, 


utes, 


urent. 


Fait, 


Je fis, 


fis, 


fit, fimes, 


fites, 


firent. 


N£, 


Je uaquis, 


is, 


it, imes, 


ites, 


ireiit. 


Vaincu, 


Je vaiuquis, 


is, 


\t r imes, 


ites, 


ireut. 


Avoir, 


J'aurai. 


Tu 


auras. 


11 aura 


&C. 


Etre, 


Je serai. 


Tu 


seras. 


11 sera, 


&C. 


Aller, 


J'irai. 


Tu 


iras, &c. 






Envover, 


J'enverrai, &c. 










Tenir, 


Je tiendrai, &c. 










Venir, 


Je viendrai, &c. 










I S'asseoir, 


Je m'asseierai or 


je m'assie'rai, &c 







384 



EIGHTY-SECOND LESSON. 



i 

! 






(Continued.) 


I 




Finir. Je finirai. Tu finiras. 11 finira. 


I -r 




Nous finirons. Vous finirez. lis fiiiiront. 


| 5 




Prevoir. Je prevoirai. Tu prevoiras. 11 preVoira. 


! « 


o 


Nous prevoirons. Vous prevoirez. lis prevoiront. 


1 s 


w 


Rendre. Je rendrai. Tu rendras. 11 rendra. 


Q 




Nous rendrons. Vous rendrez. lis rendrout. 


i 
1 


> 










1 






<3 








•a 


Is formed from the future of the auxiliary and the past 
participle of another verb. Ex. 


«! K M 

« s » 


5S 


J'aurai aime. Tu auras fini, &c. &c. 


*ie. 


< 




^ 






"3 .* 


o 


Is formed from the simple future by changing rai, ra$ t 


§1H 


d a5 


ra, rons, rez, ront, into rais, rais, rait, rions, ricz, 


Si! 

8 S 


> to 


raient. Ex. 

yaimerai. J'aimerais, &c. &c. 


1-i 


c 


Is formed from the conditional present of the auxiliary, 




g a 


and the past participle. Ex. 








If 


c *■> 
u 

< 


J'aurais parle. Tu aurais fini, &c. &c. 


cLears 


e 
> 


Is formed from the first person of the indicative, by 




throwing out the pronoun je. Ex. 
Z'aime ; imperat. aime. 


i s 






I 8 i_3 


£ 


Is formed from the present participle by changing ant 




2 


into e mute. Ex. 


o 


Parlant. Que je parle. 


^- g 


> 


Finissant. Que je fmisse. 


R 1 


5 


Sachant. Quejesache. 




< 


Rendant. Que je rende. 



EIGHTY-SECOND LESSON. 



385 





Exceptions. 


! 


Devoir. 


Je devrai, &c. 




Falloir. 


11 faudra. 




Pouvoir. 


Je pourrai, &c 




Recevoir. 


Je recevrai, &c. 




Savoir. 


Je saurai, &c. 




Valoir. 


Je vaudrai, &c. 




Voir. 


Je verrai, tu verras, &c 




VOULOIR. 


Je voudrai, &c. 




Faire. 


Je ferai, &c. 




Appuver. 


J'appuierai, &o 




Employer. 


J'emploierai, &c. 




Essuyer. 


J'essuierai, &,c. 




AcQUERIR. 


J'acquerrai, &c. 




CoURIR. 


Je courrai, &c. 




CuEILLIR. 


Je cueillerai, &c. 




MOURIR. 


Je mourrai, &c. 




E CHOIR. 


J'echerrai, &c. 




Pleuvoir. 


11 pleuvra. 




r 




6 t*u&* <6h^i~ 


.fit,,' U^rr-'i 


J'ai. 


Imperat- ale. *t~ -" 




Je sure. 


" / sois. 
" J va. 




Jo VAIS. 




Je sais. 


" sache. 




Je veux. 


" veuille. 




1 Allant. 


Que j'aille. Mouvant. 


Que je meuve. 


Tenant. 


Que je tienne. Ayant. 


Que j'aie. 


V EN ANT. 


Que je vienne. Voulant. 


Que je veuille. 


ACQUERANT 


Que j'acquiere. Etant 


Que je sois. 


MoURANT. 


Que je meure. Buvant. 


Que je boive. 


Recevant. 


Que je recoive. Faisant. 


Que je fasse.. 


PoiWANT. 


Que jo puisse. Prenant. 


Que je prenno. 


Valant. 


Que je vaille. 


1 



886 



EIGHTY-SECOND LESSON. 





]a 

'ftL 

F« 


6 
a 
3 
s> 

1 

•c 

o 


Is fonned from the preterit definite by changing, for 
the first conjugation, ai into asse, and adding se for 
the three other conjugations. Ex. 

Je parlai. Que je parlasse. 
Je finis. Que je finisse. 
Je recus. Que je recusso. 
Je vendis. Que je vendisse. 


1 -S 

o 


9 
M 

a 

0) 

T3 

C 
3 
o 
p. 
S 
o 
u 

< 


Is formed from the present subjunctive of the auxiliary, 
and the past participle of another verb. Ex. 

Que j'aie aime. Que tu aies fini, &c. 


* 5" 
S 2, 


6 

Ul 

a 
■2 

-a 

c 

§ 
a 

S 
o 

<: 


Is formed from the imperfect subjunctive of the auxil- 
iary, and the past participle of another verb. Ex. 

Que j'eusse chante". Que tu eusses rempli, &c. 


"Is 

^d 


o 


First Conjugation. Parkr. 
Second " Finfr. 
Third " Recevoir. 
Fourth " Vendre. 




T3 
C 

s . 

as 

E S 

O «3 

<5 


Is formed from the present infinitive of the auxiliary, 
and the past participle of another verb. Ex. 

Avoir parle". fitre venu. 


Is 


CO 

s 

4J 

CD 
> 

2 

3 
p. 
< 


May be formed from the first person pliaral of the 
present indicative, by changing ons into ant. Ex. 
Nous parlons. Parlant. 
Nous finissons. Finissant. 
Nous recevons. Recevant. 
Nous rendons. Rendant. 


Past Partici- 
ple. 
(Less.XXXI.) 

- 


a 
> 

S3 

< 


First Conjugation. Parle. 
Second " Fini. 
Third " Recu. 
Fourth " Vendu. 



EIGHTY-SECOND LESSON. 33? 





Exceptions. 














NOUS AVONS. 
NOUS SOMMES. 
ficHOIR. 

nous savons. 
Seoir. 


Ayant. 
Eta nt. 
fich^ant 
Sachaut. 
Seant. 







388 EIGHTY-THIRD LESSON. 

EXERCISE — {continued from page 378.) 

244. 

Dialogue. 

The Master. — If I were now to ask you such questions as I did in 
the beginning of our lessons, viz. (telles que :) Have you the iiat 
which my brother has? am I hungry? has he the tree of my brother's 
garden 1 &c. What would you answer ? 

The Pupils. — We are obliged {etre force) to confess that we found 
these questions at first rather ridiculous ; but full of confidence in 
your method, we answered as well as the small quantity of words 
and rules we then possessed allowed us. We were, in fact, not long 
in finding out that these questions were calculated to ground us in 
the rules, and to exercise us in conversation, by the contradictory 
answers we were obliged to make. But now that we can almost 
keep up a conversation in the beautiful language which you teach us, 
we should answer : It is impossible that we should have the same 
hat which your brother has, for two persons cannot have one and the 
same thing. To the second question we should answer, that it is 
impossible for us to know whether you are hungry or not. As to the 
last, we should say : that there is more than one tree in a garden ; 
and in asking us whether he has the tree of the garden, the phrase 
does not seem to us logically correct. At all events we should be 
ungrateful {ingrat) if we allowed such an opportunity to escape, with- 
out expressing {temoigner) our liveliest gratitude to you for the trou- 
ble you have taken. In arranging those wise combinations, {la co?nbu 
naison.) you have succeeded in grounding us almost imperceptibly 
{imperceptible?nent) in the rules, and exercising us in the conversa- 
tion, of a language which, taught in any other way, presents to foreign- 
ers, and even to natives, almost insurmountable difficulties. (See 
end of Lesson XXIV.) 



EIGHTY-THIRD LESSON.— Quatre-vingt-iroisieme Lecon. 



It lacks a quarter. 
It lacks a half. 
How much does it want ? 
It does not want much. 
It wants but a trifle. 
It lacks but an inch of my being as 
tall as you. 



1' II s'en faut d'un quart 
t II s'en faut de la moitie. 
Combien s'en faut-il ? 
II ne s'en faut pas beaucoup. 
II s'en faut de peu de chose. 
II s'en faut d'un pouce que je eoia 
aussi grand que vous. 



EIGHTY-THIRD LESSON. 



389 



It lacked a great deal of my being as 
rich as you. 

The half. 
The third part. 
The fourth part. 
Ycu think you have returned me all ; 
a great deal is wanting. 



II s'en fallait de beaucoup que jc 
fusse aussi riche que vous. 

La moitie. 

Le tiers. 

Le quart. 

Vous croyez m'avoir tout rendu ; il 
s'en faut de beaucoup. 
{The French Academy, edit. 1762. 
Boiste and Laveaux, Diction- 
naire des Difficultes.) 

by de when a quantity is spoken of, 
things is spoken of it is not followed 

Le cadet n'est pas si sage que Taine, 
il s'en faut beaucoup. 
(The French Academy, edit. 1762 
and 1798.) 

II s'en faut beaucoup que nos com- 
mercants nous donnent I'idee de 
cette vertu dont nous parlent nos 
missionaires : on peut les consulter 
sur les brigandages des manda- 
rins. — Montesquieu, de VEsprit 
des Lois, ch. xxi. 

t II ne s'en faut presque rien qu'il 
ne soit aussi grand que son frere. 
Le Diet. Crit. de Feraud. 

Obs. B. When il s'en faut is accompanied by a negation, or by a ne- 
gative word, such as peu, little ; guere, but little ; presque, nearly ; rien, 
nothing, &c. &c, or when the sentence is interrogative, the subordinate 
proposition takes the negative ne. 



Obs. A. II s'era faut is followed 
but when a difference between two 
by de. 
The younger is not so good as the 

elder by far. 



Our merchants are far from giving 
us an idea of the virtue mentioned 
by our missionaries : they may be 
consulted on the depredations of 
the mandarins. 



He is nearly as tall as his brother. 



A discourse impeded or embarrassed 
by nothing goes on and flows from 
itself, and sometimes proceeds 
more rapidly than even the thought 
of the orator. 



Un discours que rien ne lie et n'em- 
barrasse, marche et coule de soi- 
meme, et il s'en faut peu qu'il 
n'aille quelque fois plus vite quo 
la pensee meme de l'orateur. — 
Boileau, Traite du Sublime, ch. 



In a foolish mariner, at random. 
He talks at random like a crazy 
man 



t y A tort et a tr avers. 
II parle a tort et k travers comma 
un fou. 



390 



EIGHTi'-THIRD LESSOJJ 



To resort to violence. 

A fact. 
It is a fact. 

Else, or else. 
To make fun of. 
To contradict, to give one the lie. 
Should he say so, I would give him 

the lie. 
His actions belie his words. 

To scratch. 



En venir aux voies de fait 

Un fait. 

C'est un fait. 

Ou bien. 

Se moquer de. 

De'mentir quelqu'un. 

S'il disait eel a, je le dementiraio, 

Ses actions dementent ses paroles 
Egratigner 1. 



To escape. 
1 fell from the top of the tree to the 

bottom, but I did not hurt myself 

much. 
I escaped with a scratch. 

The thief has been taken,, but he 
will escape with a few months' 
imprisonment. 



+ En etre quitte pour. 

J'ai tombe du haut de Farbre en bas, 

mais je ne me suis pas fait beau* 

coup de mal. 
J'eu ai e"te quitte pour une egra- 

tignure. 
Le voleur a e'te pris, mais il en sera 

quitte pour quelques mois de pri- 



By dint of. 
By dint of labor. 
By too much weeping. 
You will cry your eyes out. 

I obtained of him that favor by dint 
of entreaty. 



t S A force de. 

t A force de travail. 

t A force de pleurer. 

t A force de pleurer, vous perdroz 

les yeux. 
t J'obtins de lui cette faveur a force 

de prieres. 



That excepted. 
That fault excepted, he is a good 
man. 



t y A cela pres. 
t A ce defaut 
homme. 



pres c'est un bon 



To vie with each othsr. 
Those men are trying to rival each 
other. 



Clean. 
Clean linen 
The more — as. 
The less — as. 



t S A Venvie, (Vun de Vautre.) 
t Ces hommes travaillent a "envie 
(l'un de l'autre.) 



Propre. 

Du linge propre ou blanc. 
D'autant plus — que. 
D'autant moins — que. 



EIGHTY-THIRD LESSON. 



391 



I am the more discontented with his 
conduct, as he is under many ob- 
ligations to me. 

I am the less pleased with his con- 
duct, as I had more right to his 
friendship. 



I wish that. 
I wish that house belonged to me. 



Je suis d'autani plus mtlcontent de 

sa conduite, qiCW m'a beaucoup 

d'obligations. 
Je suis d'autant moins satisfait de sa 

conduite, que j'avais plus de droits 

a son amitiq. 



t Je voudrais que. 
t Je voudrais que cette maison fut ft, 
moi. 



To muse, to think. 
I thought a long time on that affair. 



River 1, (a before noun.) 

J'ai revd long-temps a cette affairo. 



To be naked. 
To have the head uncovered. 
To have the feet uncovered. 



Eire nu — nue. 

t Avoir la teie nue. 

t Avoir les pieds nus. 



Ohs. C. When the adjective nu, naked, is construed with the verb etrc, 
to be, it remains invariable. Ex. 



To be barefooted. 
To be bareheaded. 
To ride barebacked. 



litre nw-pieds. 
fitre nu-telc. 
t Aller a poil. 



To have like to, or to think to have. | t Manquer ou penser. 
Obs. D. Manquer takes de before the infinitive, but penser does not. 



Ex. 



I had like to have lost my money. 

I thought I had lost my life. 

o had like to have cut our fingers. 



JV. I the 

X 1 



Ho was very near falling. 

He was within a hair's breadth of 
being killed. 

He had like to have died. 



t J'ai manque de perdre mon argent, 
f J'ai pense perdre mon argent. 
Je pensai perdre la vie. 
Nous avons manque de nous couper 

les doigts. 
II a manque' de tomber. 
a manque* d'etre tue\ 
a pense etre tue. 
Peu s'en est fallu qu'il n'ait e'te' tud. 
II a pens6 mourir. 






At, on, or upon your heels. 
The enemy is at our heels. 



L'ennemi est & nos trousses. 



To strike, (in speaking of lightning ) I t Tomber. 

The lightning has struck. La foudre est tombee. 

The lightning struck the ship. | La foudre tomba sur le 



;92 



EIGHTY-THIRD LESSON. 



While my brother was on the open 
sea, a violent storm rose unexpect- 
edly ; the lightning struck the ship, 
which it set on fire, and the whole 
crew jumped into the sea to save 
themselves by swimming. 

He was struck with fright when he 
saw that the fire was gaining on 
all sides. 

He did not know what to dc. 

He hesitated no longer. 

I have not heard of him yet. 

An angel. 

A masterpiece. 

Masterpieces. 

Gbs. E. Of a word compounded 
understood, the first word only takes 
Four o'clock flowers. 



Mon frere <5tant en pleine mer, il sur 
vint une grande tempeto ; la foudrfl 
tomba sur ie vaisseau qu'elle mit 
en feu, et tout l'equipage se jeta 
pour se sauver a la 



dans la mer, 
nagre. 



II fut saisi de frayeur, voyant que le 
feu gagnait de tous les cotes. 

t II ne savait quel parti prendre. 

II ne balan^a plus. 

t Je n'ai pas encore eu do ses nou- 
velles. 

Un ange. 

Un chef d'eeuvre. 

Des chefs d'amvre. 
by means of a preposition, exr 
the mark of the plural. 
| Des belles de nuit 



i 



His or her physiognomy. 
His or her shape. 


Sa physionomie. 
Sa taiile. 


h 


The expression. 
The look. 
Contentment. 


L' expression. 

L' aspect. 

Le contentement. 





Respect. 
Admiration. 


Le respect. 
L'admiration. 


u 


Grace, charm. 

Delightfully. 
Fascinating. 
Thin, (slender.) 


Les graces. 
A ravir. 
Engageant. 
Svelte. 


i 

-■■• 


Uncommonly well. 
His or her look inspires respect and 
admiration. 


Superieurement bien. 
Son aspect inspiro du 
l'admiration. 


respect ot de 



EXERCISE. 
245. 

Will you be my guest, {manger avec quelqu'un ?) — I thank you ; a 
friend of mine has invited me to dinner : he has ordered (/aire pre- 
parer) my favorite dish, (unmets favori.) — What is if? — It is a dish 
of milk, {du laitage.) — As for me, I do not like milk-meat : there is 
nothing like {il rCy a rien tel qu > ) a good piece of roast beef or veal. 
— What has become of your younger brother ! — He has suffered 



EIGHTY-FOURTH LESSON, 



393 



shipwreck (/aire naufrage) in going to America. — You must give 
me an account of that, (raconter quelque chose.) — Yery willingly, 
(volontiers.) — Being on the open sea, a great storm arose. The 
lightning struck the ship and set it on fire. The crew jumped into 
the sea to save themselves by swimming. My brother knew not 
what to do, having never learned to swim. He reflected in vain ; he 
found no means to save his life. He was struck with fright when he 
saw that the fire was gaining on all sides. He hesitated no longer, 
and jumped into th3 sea. — Well, (eh Men,) what has become of him ? 
— I do not know, having not heard of him yet. — But who told you all 
that 1 — My nephew, who was there, and who saved himself. — As you 
are talking of your nephew, (a propos de — ,) where is he at present 1 
— He is in Italy. — Is it long since you heard of him 1 — I have re 
ceived a letter from him to-day. — What does he write to you 1 — He 
writes to me that he is going to marry a young woman who brings 
him (qui lux apporte) a hundred thousand crowns . — Is she hand- 
some 1 — Handsome as an angel ; she is a master-piece of nature 
Her physiognomy is mild and full of expression ; her eyes are the 
finest in the (du) world, and her mouth is charming, (et sa louche est 
mignonne.) She is neither too tall nor too short ; her shape is slen- 
der ; all her actions are full of grace, and her manners are engaging. 
Her look inspires respect and admiration. She has also a great deal 
of wit ; she speaks several languages, dances uncommonly well, and 
sings delightfully. My nephew finds in her (lui trouve) but one de- 
fect, (un defaut.) — And what is that defect 1 — She is affected, (avoir 
des pretentions.) — There is nothing perfect in the world. — How 
happy you are ! you are rich, you have a good wife, pretty children, 
a fine house, and all you wish. — Not all, my friend. — What do you 
desire more 1 — Contentment ; for you know that he only is happy 
who is contented. 



EIGHTY-FOURTH LESSON. — Quatre-vingt-yuatrieme Lecon. 



To unriddle, to disentangle. 
To find out. 
To disentangle the hair 
To unriddle difficulties. 
1 have not been able to find out the 
sense of that pbrase. 

A quarrel. 
To have differences (a quarrel) with 
somebody 



Demeler 1. 

Demeler les cheveux. 

Demeler des difficultes. 

Je n'ai pas pu demeler le seiw dj 

cette pbrase. 
Un demele. 
Avoir des demeles avec quclqu'un. 



394 



EIGHTY-FOURTH LESSON. 



To take good care, to shun, to be- 
ware. 

I will take good care not to do it. 

Mind you do not lend that man 
money. 

He takes good care not to answer 
the question which I asked him. 
To ask a question. 

If you take it into your head to do 
that I will punish you. 



Se garder de. 

Je me garderai bien de le fairo. 
Gtrdez-vous bien de preter votre 

argent a cet homme. 
II se garde bien de repondre a la 

question que je lui ai faite. 
t Faire une question. 
Si vous vous avisez de le faire, jo 

vous punirai. 



To become, to jit well. 



Seoir* 3 
si ant. 



pres. part, seyant, or 



Obs. This verb is used only in the third person, singular and plural. 

Cela me sied-il? 

Cela ne vous sied pas. 

II ne vous sied pas de faire cela. 

Cela vous sied a merveille. 



Does that become me ? 
That does not become you. 
It does not become you to do that. 
That fits you wonderfully well. 
Her head-dress did not become her. 
It does not become you to reproach 
me with it ! 



Sa coiffure lui seyait mal. 
II vous sied bien de me le reprocher! 
(an ironical expression.) 



To follow from it. 
It follows from it that you should not 

do that. 
How is it that you have come so 

late? 
I do not know how it is. 
How is it that he had not his gun ? 

I do not know how it happened. 



S'ensuivre * 4. 

II s'ensuit que vous ne devriez pas 

faire cela. 
t Comment se fait-il que vous soyez 

venu si tard? 
t Je ne sais pas comment cela se fait, 
t Comment se faisait-il qu'il n'eut 

pas son fusil? 
t Je ne sais pas comment cela se 

faisait. 



To fast. 
To be fasting. 
To give notice to. 
To let anybody know. 
To warn some one of something. 
Give notice to that man of his bro- 
ther's return. 



Jeuner 1. 
litre a jeun. 

■ Avertir quelqu'un de quelque chose. 

Avertissez cet homme du retour de 
son frere 



To clear, to elucidate, to clear up. 
The weather is clearing up. 



ficlaircir 2. 

Le temps s'eclaircit 



EIGHTY-FOURTH LESSON, 



395 



To refresh. 
Refresh yourself, and return to me 
immediately. 

To whiten, to bleach. 

To blacken. 

To turn pale, to grow pale. 

To grow old. 

To grow young 

To blush, to redden. 



Rafraichir 2. 

Rafraichissez-vous, et revenez tout 

de suite. 
Blanchir 2. 
Noircir 2. 
Palir 2. 
Vieiltir 2. 
Rajeunir 2. 
Rough. 



To make merry. 
To make one's self merry. 
He makes merry at my expense. 



I E gayer 1. 
S'egayer. 
II s'egaie a mes depens. 



To feign, to dissemble, to pretend. 

I feign, thou feignest, he feigns. 
He knows the art of dissembling. 
To procrastinate, to go slow about. 
I do not like to transact business 

with that man, for he always goes 

very slow about it. 



Feindre * 4 ; pres. part, feignant ; 
past part, feint. 

Je feins, tu feins, il feint. 

II possede l'art de feindre. 

t Trainer les choses en longueur. 

Je n'aime pas a faire des affaires avec 
cet homme, parce qu'il traine tou- 
jours les choses en longueur. 



A proof. 
This is a proof. 
To stray, to get lost, to lose one's 
self, to lose one's way. 

Through. 

The cannon-ball went through the 

wall. 
I ran him through the body. 



I Une preuve. 

| C'est une preuve. 

> S'egarer 1. 

( S A travers le, or 
\ Au travers de. 
Le boulet a pass«5 a travers la mu- 

raille. 
Jo lui ai passe" mon epde au travers 
du corps 



EXERCISES. 
246. 
The Emperor Charles the Fifth {Charles-Quint) being one day 
out a hunting lost his way in the forest, and having come to a house 
entered it to refresh himself. There were in it four men, who pre- 
tended to sleep. One of them rose, and approaching the Emperor, 
told him he had dreamed he should take his watch, and took it. 
Then another rose and said he had dreamed that his surtout fitted 



396 EIGHTY-FOURTH LESSON. 

nim wondei fully, and took it. The third took his purse. At lasl 
the fourth came up, and said he hoped he would not take it ill if he 
searched him, and in doing it perceived around the emperor's neck a 
small gold chain to which a whistle was attached, which he wished tc 
rob him of. But the emperor said : " My good friend, before de- 
priving me (priver quelqu'un de quelque chose) of this trinket, (h 
bijou,) I must teach you its virtue." Saying this he whistled. His 
attendants, (ses gens,) who were seeking him, hastened to the house, 
and were thunderstruck (frappe d ' etonnement) to behold his majesty 
in such a state. But the emperor seeing himself out of danger, (hors 
de danger,) said : " These men {void des hommes qui) have dreamed 
all that they liked. I wish in my turn also to dream." And after 
having mused a few seconds, he said : " I have dreamed that you all 
four deserve to be hanged :" which was no sooner spoken than exe- 
cuted before the house. 

A certain king making one day his entrance into a town at two 
o'clock in the afternoon, (apres-midi,) the senate sent some deputies 
(un depute) to compliment him. The one who was to speak (porter la 
parole) began thus : " Alexander the Great, the great Alexander,'' 
and stopped short, (demeurer court.) — The king, who was very hun- 
gry, (avoir grand' faim,) said : " Ah ! my friend, Alexander the 
Great had dined, and I am (et moi je suis) still fasting." Having 
said this, he proceeded to (continuer son chemin vers) the hotel de 
ville, where a magnificent dinner had been prepared for him. 

247. 

A good old man, being very ill, sent for his wife, who was still very 
young, and said to her : " My dear, you see that my last hour is ap- 
proaching, and that I am compelled to leave you. If, therefore, you 
wish me to die in peace you must do me a favor, (une grace.) You 
are still young, and will, without doubt, marry again, (se remarier :) 
kn >wing this, I request of you not to wed (prendre *) M. Louis ; for 
I confess that I have always been very jealous of him, and am so 
still. I should, therefore, die in despair (desespere) if you did not 
promise me that." The wife answered : " My dear husband, (mon 
coeur,) I entreat you, let not this hinder you from dying peaceably ; 
for I assure you that, if even I wished to wed him I could not do 
so, being already promised to .another." 

It was customary with Frederick the Great, whenever a new sol- 
dier appeared in his guards, to ask him three questions ; viz. " How 
old are you ' How long have you been in my service 1 Are you 



EIGHT i' -FIFTH LESSON. 



397 



satisfied with your pay and treatment 1" It happened that a young 
soldier, born in France, who had served in his own country, desired 
to enlist in the Prussian service. His figure caused him to be im- 
mediately accepted ; but he was totally ignorant of the German dia- 
lect ; and his captain giving him notice that the king would question 
him in that tongue the first time he should see him, cautioned him at 
the same time to learn by heart the three answers that he was to 
make to the king. Accordingly he learned them by the next day ; 
and as soon as he appeared in the ranks Frederick came up to inter- 
rogate him : but he happened to begin upon him by the second ques- 
tion, and asked him, " How long have you been in my service V 
" Twenty-one years," answered the soldier. The king, struck with 
his youth, which plainly indicated that he had not borne a musket so 
long as that, said to him, much astonished, " How old are you V 
" One year, an't please your majesty, (n'en deplaise a Votre Majes- 
te.") Frederick, more astonished still, cried, " You or I must cer- 
tainly be bereft of our senses." The soldier, who took this for the 
third question, replied firmly, (avec aplomb,) " Both, an't please your 
majesty." 



EIGHTY-FIFTH LESSON. — Quatre-vingt-cinquieme Lecon. 



To double. 
The double. 
Your share, your part. 
That merchant asks twice as much 

as he ought. 
You must bargain with him ; he will 

give it you for the half. 
You have twice your share. 
You have three times your share. 



Doubter 1. 

Le double. 

Votre part, (fern.) 

t Ce marchand surfait du double. 

t II faut que vous marchandiez aveo 

lui ; il vous'rabattra la moitid 
Vous avez double part. 
Vous avez triple part. 



To renew 
To stun. 
Wild, giddy. 
Open, frank, reui. 
To shake somebody's hand. 
I told him yes. 
I told him no. . 
To squeeze. 
To lay up, to put by 



Renouveler 1. 

fitourdir 2. 

fitourdi — e. 

Franc — franche 

Serrer la main a quelqu'iin. 

t Je lui dis qu'oul. 

t Je lui dis que non. 

Serrer 



398 



EIGHTY-FIFTH LESSON. 



Put your money by. 

As soon as I have read my book I 

put it by. 
I do not care much about going to 

the play to-night. 



j Serrez votre argent. 
Aussitot que j'ai lu mon livre, je le 

serre. 
Je ne me soucie pas beaucoup d'alier 

& la comedie ce soir. 



To satisfy one's self with a thing. 

I have been eating an hour, and I 
cannot satisfy my hunger. 

To be satisfied. 
To quench one's thirst. 
1 have been drinking this half-hour, 

but I cannot quench my thirst. 
To have one's thirst quenched. 
To thirst for, to le thirsty or dry. 
That is a blood-thirsty fellow. 
On both sides, on every side. 
On all sides. 



t Se rassasier 1. 
"t II y a une heure que je mange et 

je ne puis me rassasier ; or, 
t Je mange depuis une heure et je 

ne peux pas me rassasier. 
Etre rassasie. 
t Se desalterer 1. 
II y a une demi-heure que je bois 

mais je ne puis me ddsalterer. 
fkre desaltere. 
Etre altere. 

t C'est un homme altere de sang. 
De part et d'autre. 
De toutes parts. 



Allow me, my lady, to introduce to 

you Mr. G., an old friend of our 

family. 
I am delighted to become acquainted 

with you. 
I shall do all in my power to deserve 

your good opinion. 

Allow me to introduce to you Mr. B., 
whose brother has rendered such 
eminent services to 'your cousin. 

tlow nappy we are to see you at our 
house ! 



Permettez, Madame, que je vous pr6- 
sente Monsieur de G. comme an- 
cien ami de notre famille. 

Je suis charmee, Monsieur, de faire 
votre connaissance. 

Je ferai tout ce qui sera en mon pou- 
voir, pour me rendre digne de vos 
bonnes graces. 

Mesdames, permettez que je vous 
presente M. de B. dont le frere a 
rendu de si eminents services h. vo- 
tre cousin. 

Ah ! Monsieur, que nous sommes en- 
chantees de vous recevoir chez 
nous! 



\t is the prerogative of great men to 
conquer envy ; merit gives it birth, 
and merit destroys it 



C'est le privilege des grands hommes 
de vaincre l'envie ; le me'rite la 
fait naltre, le niGrite la fait znou- 
rir. 



EIGHTY-FIFTH LESSON 



399 



IDIOMATICAL EXPRESSIONS DEPENDING 
1st. On the Use of a Noun. 

Elle a de la grace dans tout ce 
qu'elle fait. 

Voila des tableaux d'une grande 
beaute. 

L'interet de VAllemagne e*tait op- 
pose a celui de la Russie. 

Courage, soldats, la victoire est a 
nous. 

Dormir la grasse matinee. 

fkre d deux doigts de sa perte. 

Jeter de la poudre aux yeux. 

Jeter feu et jlamme. 

Partagcr le gateau. 

Passer quelqu'un au fil de l'e'pe'e. 

Trouver son maitre. 



She does every thing gracefully. 

These are very beautiful pictures. 

The German interest was contrary 

to the Russian. 
Cheer up, soldiers, the day is ours. 

To sleep very late. 

To be on the brink of ruin. 

To cast a mist before one's eyes. 

To fret and fume. 

To share the profit. 

To put somebody to the sword. 

To meet with one's match. 



2d. On the Use of a Pronoun. 



What day of the month is it ? 

All blessings come from God. 

[s that your opinion ? — Do not ques- 
tion it. 

Are those your servants ? — Yes, they 
are. 

Madam, are you the mother of that 
child ? — Yes, I am. 

Ladies, are you the strangers that 
have been announced to me? — 
Yes, we are. 

Ladies, are you pleased with that 



music ? — Yes, we are. 



Yes, I 



Madam, are you a mother ?■ 

am. 
Madam, are you ill ? — Yes, I am. 

Madam, how long have you been 
married ? — A year. 

Is it long since you arrived ? — A fort- 
night. 

Although that woman shows more 



Quel quantieme du mois avons-nous? 
Tous les biens nous viennent de Dieu. 
Est-ce \k votre opinion ? — Ne doutez 

point que ce ne la soit. 
Sont-ce \k vos domestiques ? — Oui, 

ce les sont 
Madame, etes-vous la mere de cet 

enfant ? — Oui, je la suis. 
Mesdames, etes-vous les etrangeres 

qu'on m'a annoncees ? — Oui, nous 

les sommes. 
Mesdames, etes-vous contentes de 

cette musique ? — Oui, nous le 

sommes. 
Madame, etes-vous mere ? — Oui, je 

le suis. 
Madame, etes-vous maladc ? — Oui, 

je le suis. 
Madame, depuis quel temps 6tes- 

vous mariee 1 — Je le suis depuis 

un an. 
Y a-t-il long-temps que vous etes ar- 

rivee ? — Je le suis depuis quinze 

jours. 
Quoique cette femme montre plus de 



400 



EIGHTY-FIFTH LESSON. 



resolution than the others, she is 
nevertheless not the least afflicted. 

That woman has the art of shedding 
tears, even when she is least af- 
flicted. 

That woman proposed herself as a 
model for her children. 

He (or she) has not succeeded in that 
stratagem. 



fermete" que les aulres, elle n'est 
pas pour cela la moins afilig6e. 

Cette femme a l'art de r^pandre des 
larmes dans le temps meme qu'ello 
est le moins affiigee. 

Cette femme s'est proposee pour mo- 
dele d ses enfants. 

Cette ruse ne lui a pas reussi. 



3d. On the Use of a Verb, viz : 



To be free and open. 
To be full of business. 
To take fire presently. 
The dry weather we had in the spring 
has destroyed all the fruit. 



To put to the vote. 

Life is at stake. 

My honor is concerned in it. 

That is understood. 

To act deliberately. 

To go full speed. 

Shall you go to the opera this even- 
ing ? — Yes, I shall. 

Would you cheerfully go to Rome ? 
— Yes, I would. 



(a) Avoir. 

Avoir le coeur sur les levres. 
Avoir des affaires par-dessus les yeux 
Avoir la tete pres du bonnet. 
La sechereese qu'il y a eu au pnn 
temps a fait perir tons les fruits 

(b) Aller 

Aller aux voix. 

II y va de la vie. 

•II y va de mon honneur. 

Cela va sans dire. 

Aller pas & pas. 

Aller a bride abattue. 

Irez-vous ce soir a l'opera? — Oui, 

j'irai. 
Iriez-vous avec plaisir a Rome?- 

Oui, firais. 



(c) DoNNER. 



To pass one's time merrily. 

To fall upon the enemy 

The sun is in my eyes. 

To know not which way to turn. 

To give full power. 

To help. 

To give largely. 

Lucretia killed herself. 



Se donner du bon temps. 
Donner sur l'ennemi. 
Le soleil me donne dans la vu& 
Ne savoir oti donner de la tele. 
Donner carte blanche. 
Donner un coup de main. 
Donner a pleines mains. 
Lucrece s'est donne la mort. 



(d) Faire. 



Establish rules for yourself, 

never deviate from them. 
To forgive somebody 
To prosper. 
To fenoe. 



and 



Faites-vous des principes donf vcus 

ne vous ecartiez jamais. 
Faire grace & quelqu'un. 
Faire bien ses affaires. 
Faire dee armes. 



y 



si&*t6CS 




7.*0>&*W* m 



EIGHTY-FIFTH LESSON. 



401 



To give a deaf ear. 

To do something secretly. 

To run all chance. 
To perform a play. 
To throw one's last stake. 



I admit that it is so. 

I cannot accomplish it. 

To fight. 

It is an endless business. 

To interrupt one who speaks. 

To allay one's passion. 

To raise an army. 

That wine flies up to the head. 

Not to know which way to turn 



I Faire la sourde oreillo. 

I Faire quelquo chose sous main. 

(e) Jouer. 

Jouer a quitte ou double. 
Jouer une piece de theatre. 
Jouer de son reste. 
(J) All, sorts of Verbs. 

Je n'en disconviens pas. 
Je ne puis en venir a bout. 
En venir aux mains. 
C'est la mer a boire. 
Couper la parole a quelqu'un. 
Mettre de l'eau dans son vin. 
Mcitre une armee sur pied. 
Ce vin porle a la tete. 
Ne savoir sur quel pied danser. 



Obs. A. It may be also remarked, that there are in French a great many 
proverbs, or proverbial forms of expression, of which the following are most 
in use. 



Assiduity makes all things easy. 
Evil be to him that evil thinks. 
A desperate disease must have a des- 
perate cure. 
Fair words cost no tiling. 
A good name is better than riches. 

It is not the cowl that makes the friar. 
All is not lost that is delayed. 
Charity begins at home. 

Barking dogs seldom bite. 

To kill two birds with one stone. 

Strike the iron while it is hot. 

A good stomach is the best sauce. 

Smooth water runs deep. 

It is better to be envied than pitied. 

Better late than never. 

All's well that ends well. 

Ill gotten goods never prosper. 
A word to tbe wise is enough. 
Short reckonings make long friends. 
Opportunity makes the thief. 
Wo pleasure without pain. 



A force de forger, on devient forgeron. 

A qui veut mal, mal arrive. 

Aux grands maux les grands re- 
medes. 

Beau parler n'ecorche pas la languo. 

Bonne renommee vaut mieux que 
ceinture doree. 

L'habit ne fait pas le moine. 

Ce qui est differe n'est pas perdu. 

Charite bien ordormee commence par 
soi-m6me. 

Chien qui aboie ne mord pas. 

Faire d'une pierre deux coups. 

II faut battre ie fer quand il est chaud 

II n'est sauce que d'appetit. 

II n'est pire eau que l'eau qui dort. 

II vaut mieux faire envie que pitie. 

Mieux vaut tard que jamais. 
( La fin couronne l'ceuvre. 
I Qui veut la fin veut les moyens. 

Bien mal acquis ne prcfite jamais. 

Le sage entend a demi-mot. 

Les bons comptes font les bons amia 

L'occasion fait le larron. 

Nul bien sans peine. 









102 



EIGHTY-FIFTH LESSON. 



Where nothing is to be had the king 
loses his right. 

Rome was not built in a day. 

No money, no pater-noster. 

It is one thing to promise, and ano- 
ther to perfonn. 

Do well, and have well. 

Nothing venture, nothing have. 

Who makes himself a sheep, him the 
wolf eateth. 

All is not gold that glitters. 

Truth is not to be spoken at all times. 

Cat after kind. 

An honest man is as good as his word. 

One misfortune comes on the neck of 
another. 

A bird in the hand is worth two in 
the bush. 



Oh il n'y a rien, le roi perd sea droits 

Paris n'a pas ete fait dans un joui 
Point d'argent, point de Suisse. 
Promettre et tenir sont deux. 

Qui fera bien, bien trouvera. 
Qui ne hasarde rien n'a rien. 
Qui se fait brebis, le loup le manga. 

Tout ce qui brill e n'est pas or. 
Toute verite n'est pas bonne a dire. 
Bon chien chasse de race. 
Un honnete homme n'a que sa parole. 
Un malheur ne vient jamais seul. 

Un tiens vaut mieux que deux tu 
1' auras. 



It is the finest country in Europe. J C'est le plus beau pays de Z'Europe. 

Obs. B. When a relative superlative is to be expressed, the English prep, 
osition in is rendered into French by the genitive case. Ex. 



Candia is one of the most agreeable 
islands in the Mediterranean. 



Candie est une des iles les plus agre"a- 
bles de la Mediterranee. 



He lives in his retreat like a real [ II vit dans sa retraite en vrai philo* 
philosopher. sophe. 

Obs. C. Like is rendered by en when it means equal to. Ex 



You live like a king. 
He acts like a madman. 
To behave like a blunderbuss. 
Who knocks as if he were master 
where I am? 



Vous vivez en roi. 

II agit en furieux. 

Se conduire en e"tourdi. 

Qui frappe en maitre ou je suis? 



EXERCISES. 
248. 
A man had two sons, one of whom liked to sleep very late in the 
morning, (la grasse matinee,) and the other was veo-y industrious 
and always rose very early. The latter (celui-ci) having one day 
gone out very early, found a purse well filled with money. Hfc ran 
to his brother to inform him {Jarre fart de quelque chose a quelqu'un) 



EIGHTY-FIFTH LESSON. 403 

of his good luck, (la bonne fortune,) and said to him : " See, Louis, 
what is got (gagner) by (a) rising early] 1 ' — " Faith, (mafoi!") an- 
swered his brother, " if the person to whom it belongs had not risen 
earlier than I, he would not have lost it." 

A lazy young fellow being asked, what made him lie (rester) in bed 
so long 1 — " I am busied, (etre occupe") says he, " in hearing coun- 
sel every morning. Industry (le travail) advises me to get up ; sloth 
(la paresse) to lie still ; and so they give me twenty reasons pro and 
con, (pour et contre.) It is my part (c'est a moi) to hear what is said 
on both sides ; and by the time the cause (la cause) is over (enten- 
due) dinner is ready." 

It was a beautiful turn given by a great lady, who, being (on ra- 
conte un beau trait d? — ) asked where her husband was, when he lay 
concealed (etre cache) for having been deeply concerned in a con- 
spiracy, {pour avoir trempe dans une conspiration,) resolutely (cou- 
rageusement) answered, she had hid him. This confession (un aveu) 
drew her before the king, who told her, nothing but her discovering 
where her lord was concealed could save her from the torture, 
(qu'elle ne pouvait echapper a la torture qu'en decouvrant la retraite 
de son epoux.) " And will that do, (suffire * ?") said the lady. " Yes," 
says the king, " I will give you my word for it." " Then," says 
she, " I have hid him in my heart, where you will find him." 
Which surprising answer (cette reponse admirable) charmed her 
enemies. 

249. 
Cornelia, the illustrious (illustre) mother of the Gracchi, (des 
Gracques,) after the death of her husband, who left her with twelve 
children, applied herself to (se vouer a) the care of her family, with 
a wisdom (la sagesse) and prudence that acquired for (acquerlr *) her 
universal esteem, (Vestime universelle.) Only three out of ^Ventre) 
the twelve lived to years of maturity, (Vdge mur ;) one daughter, 
Sempronia, whom she married to the second Scipio Africanus ; and 
two sons, Tiberius and Caius, whom she brought up (elever) with so 
much care, that, though they were generally acknowledged (savoir 
generalement) to have been born with the most happy dispositions, 
(la disposition,) it was judged that they were still more indebted 
(etre redevable), to education than nature. The answer she gave 
(faire *) a Campanian lady (une dame de Campanie) concerning them 
(a leur sujet) is very famous, (fameux — se,) and includes in it (ren* 
fermer) great instruction for ladies and mothers. 



404 EIGHTY-SIXTH LESSON. 

That lady, who was very rich, and fond of pomp and show, (ctre 
■pas sionre pour lefaste et V eclat,) having displayed (etaler) her dia- 
monds, (le diamant,) pearls, (la perle,) and richest jewels, earnestly 
desired Cornelia to let her see her jewels also. Cornelia dexterous- 
ly (adroit ement) turned the conversation to another subject to wait 
the return of her sons, who were gone to the public schools. When 
they returned, and entered their mother's apartment, she said to the 
Campanian lady, pointing to them, (montrer :) " These are my jewels, 
and the only ornaments (la parure) I prize, (priser") And such or- 
naments, which are the strength (la force) and support (le soutien) 
of society, add a brighter lustre (un plus grand lustre) to the fair (la 
beaute) than all the jewels of the East, (de V Orient ) 



EIGHTY-SIXTH LESSON.— Quatre-vingt-sixieme Lecon. 

RECAPITULATION OF THE RULES OF SYNTAX OR CON- 
STRUCTION. 

1st. The adjectives, beau, fine ; vilain, ugly ; bon, good ; mauvais, bad 
mechant, wicked; grand, great; gros, big; petit, little ; jeune, young, 
vieux, old ; mcilleur, better ; moindre, less ; and saint, holy ; precede tho 
substantive ;* others, particularly those expressing the name of nations, and 
those denoting color or shape, follow it. Also when two or more adjectives 
refer to the same noun, they are usually placed after it. 2 Ex. Un bon en- 
fant, a good child ; un mechant garcon, a naughty boy ; la langue fran- 
caise, the French language ; un chapeau blanc, a white hat ; un bas noir, a 
black stocking; une table ronde, around table; un roi bon et genereux, a 
good and generous king; une femme jeune, riche et vertueuse, a young, 
rich, and virtuous woman. (See Obs. C. Less. XXVI. ; Obs. B. Less 
XXXVIII., and Note 1, Less. XXVI. ; and many other examples in tho 
foregoing lessons and exercises.) 



1 The adjective cher, dear, also stands before the noun, except when it de- 
notes the price of a thing. Ex. Mon cher ami, my dear friend ; ma chere 
sosur, my dear sister; but un fusil cher, a dear gun ; une table chere, a dear 
table. 

a In the followbg examples, the peculiarity with respect to the place oJ 
the adjective should be observed : Un grand homme means a great man, 
and un homme grand, a tall man ; une grosse femme, a fat woman, and 
une femme grosse, a woman with child ; une sage-femme, a midwife, and 
une femme sage, a wise or modest woman un galant homme, a man of 
honor, and un homme galant, a courtier. 



EIGHTY-SIXTH LESSON. , 405 

2d. The adverb usually stands after the simple tease, and after the aux- 
iliary in a compound tense of t:»e verb. Ex. Je sors plus tard que vous, I 
go out later than you, (Lesson XXX.) Allez-vous quelquefois au bal ? Do 
you sometimes go to the ball ? J'y vais quelquefois, I do go thither some- 
times. (Lesson XXXII.) Voire soeur parle bien, your sister speaks well 
Elle a bien parle, she has spoken well. Votre frere a-t-il bien ecrit son theme 1 
Did your brother write his exercise well ? II l'a bien ecrit, he did write it 
well. (Lesson XXXV.) Je n'ai jamais fait de mal a personne, I have 
never done harm to anybody. (Lesson XLIV.) And numerous other exam- 
ples in the preceding lessons. 

Obs. A. In French the adverb is never put between the nominative and 
the verb, as it is in English. Ex. Je le vois souvent, I often see him. Je 
lui parle souvent, I often speak to him or her. II n'a jamais eu tort ni rai- 
son, he never has been either right or wrong. And numerous other examples 
in the preceding lessons and exercises. 

3d. The prepositions always stand before the word which they govern, 
and never after, as is sometimes the case in English. Ex. De quoi avez- 
vousbesoin? What are you in want of? (Lesson XXIII.) S A qui ecrivez- 
vous ? Whom are you writing to ? (Lesson XXIX.) De qui parlez-vous ? 
Whom do you speak of? De quoi parlent-ils? What are they speaking 
of? (Lesson XLI.) De qui avons-nous ete blames? Whom have we 
been blamed by ? (Lesson XLIX.) And numerous other examples in the 
foregoing lessons and exercises. 

4th. A sentence is (o) either affirmative, (b) or interrogative, (c) or nega- 
tive, (d) or it is both interrogative and negative. 

(a) In an affirmative sentence the nominative precedes the verb. Ex 
L'homme a le crayon, the man has the pencil. (Lesson VII.) II a le coffre, 
he has the trunk. (Lesson VII.) Ces enfants sont aimes parce qu'z'/s soni 
studieux et sages, these children are loved because they are studious and 
good. (Lesson XLII.) Nos enfants ont ete loues et recompenses parce qu'z'Zs 
ont ete sages et assidus, our children have been praised and rewarded be- 
cause they have been good and studious. (Lesson XLIX.) And numeious 
other examples in the preceding lessons and exercises. 

(b) In an interrogative sentence two things are to be considered, viz. 
1. If the nominative is a personal pronoun, or the indefinite pronoun on, it 
follows the simple tense, and stands after the auxiliary in a compound tense 
of the verb. Ex. Savez-vous ecrire ? Do you know how to write ? Saii- 
il lire ? Does he know how to read ? (Lesson XXVII.) Entendez-vous le 
bruit du vent ? Do you hear the roaring of the wind ? (Lesson XXXV.) 
A-t-on apporte mes souliers? Have they brought my shoes ? A-t-on pv 
trouver les livres ? Have they been able to find the books 1 Peut-on les trou- 
ver k present ? Can they find them now ? (Lesson XXXVII.) Est-il enfiu 
arrive" ? Has he arrived at last ? (Lesson XLII.) Vient-il enfin ? Does 

18 



406 EIGHTY-SIXTH LESSON. 

he come at last ? (Lesson XLII.) Veut-il se chauffer ? Does he wish to 
warm himself ? (Lesson XLIII.) And numerous other examples in what 
precedes. 

2. But if the nominative is a substantive, or any other than the just- 
mentioned pronouns, it precedes the verb, and the personal pronoun (il, elle, 
Us, elles) follows the verb or its auxiliary. Ex. L'homme a-t-il mes beaux 
pistolets ? Has the man my fine pistols 1 Le gargon les a-t-il ? Has the 
boy them ? Les homines les ont-ils ? Have the men them ? (Lesson XL) 
Votre pere aime-t-il son fils? Does your father love his son? (Lesson 
XXIV.) Votre pere est-il parti? Has your father set out? Vos amis 
sont-ils partis ? Have your friends set out ? (Lesson XXXIV.) Le domes- 
tique revient-il de bonne heure du magasin ? Does the servant return early 
from the warehouse? (Lesson XXXVI.) Votre sceur est-elle arrivee ? 
Has your sister arrived ? Votre mere est-elle venue ? Has your mother 
come ? Les femmes sont-elles venues ? Have the women come ? Quel- 
qu'un est-il venu en mon absence ? Has anybody called during my ab- 
sence ? Mon chapeau est sur la table ; le votre est-il sm* le banc, et celui de 
ma sceur est-il sur la chaise ? My hat is upon the table ; is yours upon the 
bench, and is your sister's upon the chair ? (Lesson LVII.) And a great 
many other examples in the preceding lessons and exercises. 

Obs. B. If the personal pronoun be in any other case than the nomina- 
tive, it precedes the verb in an interrogative sentence the same as in the 
affirmative sentence. See Rules 6 and 7 hereafter. Ex. L'aimez-vous * 
Do you love him ? Le vendez-Yous 1 Do you sell it ? Vous envoie-t-il le 
billet ? Does he send you the note ? (Lesson XXIV.) Mecoutez -vous ? Dc 
you listen to me ? (Lesson XXVI.) Me faites-vous voir votre fusil ? Do 
you show your gun to me ? (Lesson XXVII.) M'avez-vous dit le mot ? 
Have you told me the word ? Vous a-t-il dit cela ? Has he told you that ? 
Lui ouez-vous dit cela ? Have you told him that ? M'appelez-vous ? 
Do you call me ? Les avez-xous jetes ? Have you thrown them away 1 
(Lesson XXXIII.) Me promettez -vous do venir ? Do you promise me to 
come ? (Lesson XXXV.) Vous rend-\\ votre livre ? Does he return you 
your book ? (Lesson XXXIX.) Vous paie-t-il le couteau ? Does he pay 
you for the knife ? (Lesson XL.) Vous ai-je fait du mal ? Have I hurt 
you ? And a great many other examples in what precedes. 

Obs. C. When there is an interrogative pronoun in the interrogative sen- 
tence it also stands at the head, whatever may be its case. Ex. Qui es, 
la? Who is there ? Qu'avez-vous fait? What have you done? Que, 
gargon a achete" ces livres, et a qui en a-t-il fait present ? Which boy har. 
bought those books, and to whom has he given them ? S A qui voulez-vous 
repondre? To whom do you wish to answer? (Lesson XXI.) ^ A qui est 
ce chapeau? Whose hat is that? (Lesson XXIX.) M. qui ecrivez-vous ? 
To whom do you write ? (Lesson XXIX.) De quoi votre oncle se rejouit- 
il ? What does your uncle rejoice at ? \A quelle heure vous etes-voua 
aouch<$ ? At what o'clock did you go to bed ? \4 quelle heure s'est-il 



EIGHTY-SIXTH LELSON. 40? 

couche hier? At what o'clock did he go to bed yesterday? (Lesson 
XLIV.) And numerous other examples in the preceding lessons and 
exercises. 

(c) In a negative sentence ne follows immediately the nominative of the 
verb ; and the other negative words, such as, pas, point, jamais, &c. follow 
the verb in a simple tense, and its auxiliary in a compound one. Ex. Je ne 
l'ai pas, I have it not. Vous rc'avez rien de bon, you have nothing good. 
(Lesson VI.) II ne veut pas y rester, he will not stay there. II ne va pas, 
he does not go. II n'en a pas besoin, he is not in want of it. (Lesson 
XXIII.) Vous n'j avez jamais ete, you have never been there. (Lesson 
XXXI.) Je n'ai jamais fait de mal a personne, I have never done harm to 
any one. (Lesson XLIV.) II ne peut pas vous donner de pain, car il rc'en 
a pas, he cannot give you any bread, for he has none. (Lesson XLIV.) Je 
ne les ai pas connus, I have not been acquainted with them. (Lesson 
XXXIII.) Je ne le crois pas, I do not believe him. (Lesson XLIV.) Je 
rc'ai rien jete, I have thrown away nothing. (Lesson XLIX.) II n'a rien 
laisse tomber, he has not dropped any thing. Je ne me les suis pas rappeles, 

I have not recollected them. Je ne me suis pas sauve, I did not run away. 
(Lesson LI.) And numerous other examples in the foregoing lessons and 
exercises. 

Obs. D. If the verb is in the infinitive, both negations precede it. Ex. 

II m'aime trop pour ne pas le faire, he is too fond of me not to do it. II 
faut etre peu sense pour ne pas voir cela, one must be a fool not to perceive 
that. (Lesson LXXII.) And numerous other examples in the foregoing les- 
sons and exercises. 

(d) If the sentence is both interrogative and negative, its construction is 
exactly the same as when it is interrogative, only the negative ne stands at 
the head of the sentence, and the other negative words follow the verb in a 
simple tense, and its auxiliary in a compound one. Ex. Ne savez-vous pas 
ecrire ? Do you not know how to write ? Ne sait-il pas lire ? Does he 
not know how to read ? iV'entendez-vous pas le bruit du vent ? Do you 
not hear the roaring of the wind ? &c. &c Ne pourriez-vous pas me dire 
quel est le chemin le plus court pour arriver a la porte de la ville ? Could 
you not tell me which is the nearest way to the city-gate 1 (Lesson LXXII.) 
And numerous other examples in this work. 

5th. The personal pronouns stand immediately after the verb by which 
they are governed; when it is in the imperative without a negation. 1 Ex. 



1 The third person of the imperative cannot be considered an exception to 
this rule, as it is in fact nothing but the present of the subjunctive with a 
varb, such as^'e veux,je souhaite,je consens, il faut, understood, the con- 
junction que at the head of a sentence generally marking order, wish, or 
consent. Therefore, when we say, (Lesson LXXXII.,) qu'il me Venvoie, 



408 EIGHTY-SIXTH LESSON. ,.. 

Donnez-le-moi, give it me. Envoyez-le-lui, send it to him. Empruntez* 
Ic-lui, borrow it of (or from) him. (Lesson LXX.) 

6th. But when the verb is not in the imperative, or when it is in the 
negative imperative, or any other mood or tense, the pronouns which are 
governed by it are put immediately before it in a simple tense, and imme- 
diately before the auxiliary in a compound one. Ex. Je vous Z'ai dit, I have 
told it you. II me Z'a dit, he has told it me. Je le lui ai dit, I have told it 
him. Vous le lui avez dit, you have told it him. II le lui a dit, he has 
told it him. (O* Lesson XXIV. KF A, Lesson XXXIL, and Lesson XXXIII.) 
Je vous le promets, I do promise you. (Lesson XXXV.) Je les lui paie, I 
pay him for them. Je vous le demande, I ask you for it. (Lessen XL.) 
Ne le lui dites pas, do not tell him. Ne le leur rendez pas, do not return it 
to them. (Lesson LXX.) II se le rappelle, he does recollect it. Je me les 
rappelle, I do recollect them. II se les est rappeles, he has recollected them. 
Ngus nous les sommes rappeles, we have recollected them. lis se les sont 
rappeles, they have recollected them. (Lesson LI.) II vous Z'enverra, s'fZ 
Z'a fini, he will send it you, if he has done with it. Je le lui porte, I carry 
it to him. (Lesson LVIII.) And numerous other examples in the foregoing 
lessons and exercises 

7th. According to Rule 6, when two or more pronouns are governed by 
the verb, they stand before it in the order presented, (Lesson XX., which 
see.) As to the words y and en, they always precede the verb, but the per- 
sonal pronouns stand before them, and y always stands before en, as mav be 
seen in Lesson XIX. Obs. Ex. Je le leur ai dit, I have told it them. 
(Lesson XXXIII.) Je veux le lui envoyer, I will send it to him. Je veux 
vous en donner, I am willing to give you some. Je veux lui en prater, 1 
will lend some to him. (Lesson XX.) Je veux Vy envoyer, I will send him 
to him, or thither. (Lesson XIX.) Je les y ai conduits, I have conducted 
them thither. (Lesson XXXIV.) Je vous le remettrai demain, I will give it 
you to-morrow. Ne lui en epargnez pas la peine, do not save him the 
trouble. II vous les enverra, he will send them you. II y en enverra, he 
will send some thither. (Lesson XL VI.) And a good many other examples 
in the foregoing lessons and exercises. 



W him send it me ; qu'il le croie, he may believe it ; qu'elle le dise, let her 
sf».y so ; qu'il le prenne, let him take it, it is as much as if we said: je 
;i ux,je souhaite, ilfaut, je consens, qu'il mc Venvoic, qu'il le croie, qu*elle 
le Jwe, <&c 



<**+** 



&&*&& ^^^ 



EIGHTY-SIXTH LESSON. 40$ 

EXERCISES. 
250. 

POLITENESS. 

When the Earl of Stair was at the court of Louis XIV. , his man- 
ners, address, and conversation, gained much on the esteem and 
friendship of that monarch. One day, in a circle of his courtiers, 
talking of the advantage of good breeding and easy manners, the king 
offered to lay a wager he would name an* English nobleman that 
should excel in those particulars any Frenchman of his court. The 
wager was jocularly accepted, and his majesty was to choose his 
own time and place for the experiment. 

To avoid suspicion, the king let the subject drop for some months, 
till the courtiers thought he had forgotten it ; he then chose the fol- 
lowing stratagem : he appointed Lord Stair, and two of the most 
polished noblemen of his court, to take an airing with him after the 
breaking up of the levee ; the king accordingly came down the great 
staircase at Versailles, attended by those three lords, and coming up 
to the side of the coach, instead of going in first, as usual, he pointed 
to the French lords to enter ; they, unaccustomed to the ceremony, 
shrunk back, and submissively declined the honor ; he then pointed 
to Lord Stair, who made his bow, and instantly sprang into the coach : 
the king and the French lords followed. 

When they were seated, the king exclaimed, " Well, gentlemen, I 
believe you will acknowledge I have won my wager." " How so, 
sire 1" " Why," continued the king, " when I desired you both to 
go into the coach, you declined it : but this polite foreigner (pointing 
to Lord Stair) no sooner received the commands of a king, though 
not his sovereign, than he instantly obeyed." The courtiers hung 
down their heads in confusion, and acknowledged the justness of his 
majesty's claim. 

251. 

MILDNESS. 

The mildness of Sir Isaac Newton's temper through the course 
of his life commanded admiration from all who knew him ; but in no 
one instance, perhaps, more than the following. Sir Isaac had a 
favorite dog, which he called Diamond ; and being one day called 
out of his study into the next room, Diamond was left behind. When 
Sir Isaac returned, having been absent but a few minutes, he had the 
mortification to find that Diamond having thrown down a lighted 
candlo among some papers, the nearly finished labor of many years 



410 EIGHTY-SIXTH LESSON. 



£^«* v 



was in flames, and almost consumed to ashes. This loss, as Sir 
Isaac Newton was then very far advanced in years, was irretrieva- 
ble ; yet, without once striking the dog - , he only rebuked him with 
this exclamation : " O ! Diamond ! Diamond ! thou little knowest 
the mischief thou hast done." 



Zeuxis entered into a contest of art with Parrhasius. The former 
painted grapes so truly, that birds came and pecked at them. The 
latter delineated a curtain so exactly, *hat Zeuxis, coming in, said. 
" Take away the curtain that we may see this piece." And finding 
his error, said, " Parrhasius, thou hast conquered : I only deceived 
birds, thou an artist." ♦ 

Zeuxis painted a boy carrying grapes ; the birds came again and 
pecked. Some applauding, Zeuxis flew to the picture in a passion, 
saying, " My boy must be very ill painted." 

The inhabitants of a great town offered to Marshal de Turenne 
one hundred thousand crowns upon condition that he should take an- 
other road, and not march his troops their way. He answered them, 
" As your town is not on the road I intend to march, I cannot accept 
the money you offer me." 

A corporal of the life-guards of Frederick the Great, who had a 
great deal of vanity, but at the same time was a brave fellow, wore 
a watch-chain, to which he affixed a musket-bullet instead of a watch, 
which he was unable to buy. The king, being inclined one day to 
rally him, said, " Apropos, corporal, you must have been very frugal 
to buy a watch : it is six o'clock by mine ; tell me what it is by 
yours?" The soldier, who guessed the king's intention, instantly 
drew out the bullet from his fob, and said, " My watch neither marks 
five nor six o'clock ; but it tells me every moment, that it is my duty 
to die for your majesty." " Here, my friend," said the king, quite 
affected, " take this watch, that you may be able to tell the hour 
also." And he gave him his watch, which was adorned with bril 
Hants. 

252. 

the history ov john and mary, (lean el Marie.) 

There was a merchant who went to India with his wife. He made 
there a large fortune, and at the end of a few years he re-embarked 
for France, which was his native country. He had a son and a 



EIGHTY-SIXTH LESSOR. 411 

daughter. The former aged four, was called John, and the latter, 
who was only three, was called Mary. When they had proceeded 
about half way, a violent storm came on, and the pilot said they were 
in great danger, because the wind drove (pousser) towards some 
islands, against which shipwreck was unavoidable. The poor mer- 
chant having heard this, took a large plank, and firmly fastened on 
it his wife and both his children ; he was going to fasten himself to 
it, but had not time ; for the vessel having struck against a rock, 
{toucher contre un rocher,) split, (s'ouvrit,) and all the crew (et tous 
ceux qui elaient 'dedans) fell into the sea. The plank, on which 
were the woman and the children, was carried by the water like a 
' small boat, (se soutint sur la mer comme un petit bateau,) and the 
wind sent it towards an island. The woman then undid (detacher) 
the cords, and advanced in the island with her children. 

On finding herself in a place of safety her first act {la premiere 
chose qu'elle fit) was to throw herself on her knees, and thank God 
for her preservation, (de V avoir sauvee.) She was sadly grieved to 
have lost her husband. She also thought that she and her children 
would die of hunger on this island, or be devoured by wild beasts. 
She proceeded for some time full of these melancholy thoughts, and 
perceived some trees loaded with fruit ; she took a stick, and knocked 
down (/aire tomber) some of it, which she gave to her children, and 
ate some herself. She went on further to see if she could not discover 
some cottage, but she was sadly disappointed when she discovered 
(reconnaitre**) that she was on a desert island. She found on her 
way a large hollow tree, (un grand arbre qui etait creux,) and re- 
sclved to pass the night in it.. She slept (coucher) in it with her 
children, and proceeded the next day into the island as far as they 
could walk. She found also on her way some birds' nests, (des nids 
d'oiseaux,) from which she took the eggs. Seeing that she found 
neither man nor beast, she resolved to submit to the will of God, and 
to do all in her power (/aire son possible) to bring her children up 
well. She had in her pocket a New Testament (un evangile) and a 
prayer-book, (un livre de priere.) She used them to teach her chil 
dren to read, and to know God, (et pour leur enseigner a connaitre le 
bon Dieu.) One day the little boy said to her : " Mother, where is 
my father ?" " My poor child," answered this poor woman with 
tears, (en pleurant,) " your father is gone to heaven ; but you have 
another father who is God, (le bon Dieu.) He is here, though yoa 
do not see him. It is he who sends us fruit and eggs ; and he will 
take care of us so long as (tant que) we love him with all our heart, 
and serve him." When these little children were able to read, they 



412 EIGHTY-SIXTH LESSON. 

i sad with great pleasure what was contained in their books, and 
talked about it all day. Besides, they were very good and obedient 
to their mother. 

At the end (au bout) of two years this poor woman fell ill, and she 
felt her death was near, (approcher :) she was very uneasy about 
(pour) her poor children ; but at last she thought that God, who is so 
good, would take care of them. She was lying in the hollow of the 
tree, and having called her children, she said to them : " My dear 
children, 1 am going to die, and you will soon be motherless, (n 'avoir 
plus de mere.) Remember, however, that you will not be alone, and 
that God sees all you do. Never miss (manque?-) praying to him 
night and morning. My dear John, take great care of your sister ; 
do not scold her ; never beat her : you are bigger and stronger than 
she ; you will go and seek fruit and eggs for her." She also wished 
to say a few words (quelque chose) to Mary, but she had not time, 
and died. 

These poor children did not understand what their mother meant, 
(vouloir dire,) for they did not know what deaj;h was, (ce que detail 
que de mourir.) — When she was dead, they thought that she was 
asleep, and they feared to make a noise, lest they should wake her. 
John went to fetch some fruit, and having supped, they lay down by 
the side of the tree, and both fell asleep, (s 'endormir * .) They were 
much astonished the next morning to find that their mother was yet 
asleep, and went to pull her by the arm to wake her. As they per- 
ceived that she did not answer, they thought they had offended 
her, and began to cry, (se mettre a pleurer,) begging her pardon, and 
promised to be very good. It was in vain, (Us eurent beau faire ;) 
the poor woman could answer no more. They remained there sev- 
eral days until the body began to be corrupted, (se decomposer.) 
Mary exclaimed one morning to John : (Marie se mit a jeter de 
grands cris, et dit a Jean :) " Ah, my brother, the worms are eating 
our poor mamma ; we must get them away, (arracher ;) come and 
help me." John approached, but the body smelt so bad, that they 
could not remain there, and they were obliged [etre contraint) to seek 
another tree to sleep in. 

These two children never missed praying to God ; they read their 
L>ooks so often that they knew them b)^ heart. When they had read 
they would walk, or else (ou bien) they sat down on the grass and 
talked, (et causaient entr'eux.) One day John said to his sister : 
" I remember, when I was very little, to have been in a place where 
there were many houses and many men ; my father had many ser- 
vants ; we had also many nice frocks, (de beaux habits.) All at once 
papa put us in a house that went on the water, and then, on a sud 



EIGHTY-SIXTH LESSON, 413 

den, he fastened us on to a plank, (attacker a une planche,) and has 
gone to the bottom (le fond) of the sea, whence he has not returned; 
and our dear mother says he is now in Heaven." " It is very 
strange, (singulier") answered Mary ; " but since it has happened, 
it is because it was the will of God ; for you know, brother, (?non 
fre?e,) that he is almighty, (tout-puissant") 

John and Mary remained eleven years on this island. One day 
that they were sitting on the shore, (au bord de la mer,) they saw a 
boat with - several black men come up to them. Mary was at first 
frightened, and wanted to run away ; but John said to her : " Let 
us remain, sister, (ma sczur,) do you not know that God our father 
(que notre pere le bon Dieu) is here, and that he will prevent these 
men from hurting us V These blacks having landed, (descendre a 
terre,) were surprised to see these children, who were of a different 
color to them, (d , u?ie autre couleur qu'eux.) They surrounded them, 
and spoke to them : it was in vain, for these children did not under- 
stand their language. John took these savages to the place where 
his mother's bones \vere, and told them how she had died ; but they 
did not understand him either. The blacks at last showed them 
their little boat, and made signs to them to enter. " I dare not," 
said Mary, "these people frighten me." Her brother comforted 
(rassurer) her. 

They therefore entered the boat, which led them to an island that 
was not far from thence, and whose inhabitants were savages. All 
these savages received them very well : their king could not take 
his eyes off (ne pouvait se lasser de regarder) Mary; and he often 
put his hand to his heart, to show that he loved her. Mary and John 
soon learned the language of these savages, and became acquainted 
with all that they were doing. John soon found that they made war 
on people who lived in the neighboring islands, that they ate their 
prisoners, and that they worshipped (adorer) a great ugly monkey, 
(le singe,) that had several savages to attend on him, (pour le servir,) 
so that the two children were sorry to have come to live with these 
wicked people. However the king was determined on marrying 
(voulait absolument epouser) Mary, who said to her brother : " I 
would rather die than be the wife of that man." " Is it because he 
is so ugly that you would not marry him ?" said John. " No, bro- 
ther," said she, " it is because he is wicked : do you not perceive 
that he is unacquainted with God our Father ; and that instead of 
praying to him, he kneels (se metire a genoux) before that horrid 
monkey ] Besides our book tells us that we must forgive our ene- 
mies, and do good to them ; and you see that instead of that, this wick- 
ed man has his prisoners put to death (faire mourir) and eats them. ,f 



414 EIGHTY- SIXTH LESSON. 

" A thought has struck me, {il me vient une pensee") said John ; 
" if we were to kill that horrid monkey, they would soon perceive 
that it is no God. Let us poison it." Mary agreed to it, and the 
monkey died. The savages who took care of it, and who were as 
its priests, told the king that Mary and her brother were the cause 
of the misfortune that had occurred, and that he could not be happy 
until these two whites were killed. It was immediately decided 
that a sacrifice should be made to the new monkey that had just beer. 
substituted for the last, that the two whites should be present, and 
that they should afterwards be burned alive, {bruler quelqiCun tout 
vif.) John having heard this resolution, said to them : "If your 
monkey had been a God, I could never have killed him ; have I net 
been stronger than he 1 We must worship the great God, the Cre- 
ator of heaven and earth, and not such an ugly beast." This speech 
irritated all the savages ; they fastened John and his sister to two 
trees, and were prepared to burn them, when intelligence came 
(lorsgu'on leur apprii) that a great number of their enemies had just 
landed {aborder) on the island. They ran to meet them, {pour les 
combattre,) and were defeated, {etre vaincu.) The savages who re- 
mained the conquerors took off the chains of the two whites, and 
conveyed {emmener) them to their own island, where they became 
the slaves of the king. 

These new savages, however, were often at war like their neigh- 
bors, and ate their prisoners. They one day took a great number ; 
for they were very powerful. Among the captives was a white 
man ; and as he was very thin, {fort maigre,) the savages deter- 
mined on fattening him up {de V engraisser) before they ate him 
They chained him up in a hut, and commissioned Mary to take him 
his food, {de lui porter a manger.) As she knew that he was soon 
to be eaten she felt great compassion for him, {elle en avait grand" 1 
pitie,) and said, as she sadly gazed on him : " O God ! take pity on 
him !" This white man, who had felt great astonishment on seeirg 
a girl of the same color as himself, wondered still more {le fui bien 
davantage) when he heard her speak his own language. " Who 
taught you to speak French V inquired he, Qui dit-il.) " I do not 
know the name of the language I speak," answered she ; " it is my 
mother's language, and she it was who taught it me. We have also 
two books in which we read everyday." " My God !" exclaimed 
this man, as he raised his hands to heaven, " and can it be possible, 
{serait-il possible 1) But, my child, could you show me the books 
of which you speak V " I have them not," said she, " but I will 
fetch my brother, who keeps them, and he will show them you." 
She went out, as she said this, and soon returned with John who 



EIGHTY-SIXTH LESSON. 415 

brought the two books. The white man opened them with emotion^ 
and having read on the first leaf: " This is John Morris"* book" he 
cried : " Ah, my dear children ! and do I indeed see you % Come 
and embrace your father ; oh, would to God ! you could give me 
news of your mother !" At these words John and Mary threw them- 
selves into the arms of the white man, and shed tears of joy. At 
last John said : " My heart tells me you are my father ; and yet ] 
know not how that can be, for my mother told me you had fallen in- 
to the sea." " I did in truth (effectivement) fall into the sea, when 
our vessel struck, (s'entr'ouvrit") answered this man ; " but hav- 
ing seated myself on a plank, I landed on an island, and I thought 
you lost." John then told him all he remembered. The white man 
wept, when he heard of the death of his wife. Mary' also wept, but 
it was on another account, (pour un autre sujet.) " Alas !" cried 
she, " of what use is it (a quoi serl-il) that we should have found 
our father, since he is to be killed and eaten in a few days." " We 
must cut his chains," said John, " and then we will all three escape 
to the forest." " And what should we do there, my poor children V 
said John Morris ; " the savages will soon catch (reprendre *) us, or 
else we shall die of hunger." " Let me alone, (laissez-moi faire") 
said Mary, " I know an infallible method (le moyeri) of saving 
you." 

As she ended these words, she went to the king. When she had 
entered his hut, she threw herself at his feet, and said : " My lord, 
(seigneur,) I have a great favor to beg of you ; will you promise me 
to grant it V " I swear it you," said the king, " for I am satisfied 
with you." " Well," continued Mary, " you must know that the 
white man, of whom you have desired me to take care, is John's and 
my father : you have resolved to eat him, and I am come to repre- 
sent to you, that he is old and thin, and that I am young and fat ; so 
I hope you will be so kind as to eat me instead ; I only ask a week, 
that I may have the pleasure of seeing him before I die." " Truly," 
said the king, " you are so good a girl, that I -?ould on no account 
{que je ne voudrais pas pour toutes choses) put you to death ; you 
shall live, and your father also. I will even tell you that every 
year a «hip with white men comes here, and we sell them the pris- 
oners we do not eat. This ship will soon arrive, and then I will 
give you leave (la permission) to go." 

Mary thanked the king, and in her heart returned thanks to God 
who had inspired him with compassion towards her. She ran to 
carry these joyful tidings to her father ; and a few days after, the 
vessel of which the black king had spoken having arrived, she em- 
barked on board with her father and brother. They landed on a 



418 EIGHTY-SIXTH LESSON. 

large island inhabited by Spaniards. The governor of this island 
having heard Mary's history, said to himself: " This girl has not a 
penny, {n'a pas le sou,) and is sadly sunburnt, (jbrulee du soleil ;) but 
she is so good and virtuous that her husband will be a happier man 
(qu'elle pourra rendre son mari plus heureux) than if she were rich 
and handsome." He therefore requested Mary's father to give her 
to him for wife, (en mariage ;) and John Morris having consented, 
the governor married her, and gave one of his relations to John. 
They lived very happy in this island, admiring the wisdom of Prov- 
idence, that had only allowed Mary to be a slave, that ohe might 
thereby be the means of (que pour lui donncr occasion cfe) saving her 
father's life. 



APPENDIX. 



CARDINAL AND ORDINAL NUMBERS. 



Kombrea 
Cardinaux. 



Cardinal 
Numbers. 



Un, m. une ' 1. 

Deux 2 

Trois 3. 

duatre 4. 

Cinq 5. 

Six 6. 

Sept 7. 

Huit 8. 

Neuf. 9. 

Dix 10. 

Onze. 11. 

Douze 12. 

Treize 13. 

Quatorze. 14. 

Quinze • 15. 

Seize 16. 

Dix-sept.-- 17. 

Dix-huit 18. 

Dix-neuf. 19. 

Vingt 20. 

Vingtetun 21. 

Vingt-deux 22. 

Vingt-trois 23. 

Vingt-qtiatre 24. 

Vingt-cinq 25. 

Vingt-six 26. 

Vingt-sept 27. 

Vingt-huit 28. 

Vingt-neuf 29. 

Trente 30. 

Trente et un 31. 

Trente-denx 32. 

Trente-trois 33. 

Trentre-quatre 34. 

Trente-cinq 35. 

Trente-six 36. 

Trente-sept 37. 

Trente-hui; 38. 

Trente-neuf 39. 

Quarante 40. 

Quarante et un 41. 

Claarante-deux 42. 

Quarante-trois 43. 

Quarante-quatre 44. 

QMarante-cinq 45. 



Nombres 
Ordinaux. 



Orvlina 

Number* 



Premier, m. premiere, / 1st. 

Deuxicme, second, seconde 2d. 

Troisieme > 3d. 

Quatrieme 4th 

Cinquieme 5th. 

Sixieme 6th. 

Septieme 7th. 

Huitieme 8th. 

Neuvieme 9th. 

Dixieme 10th. 

Onzieme 11th. 

Douzieme 12th. 

Treizieme. 13th. 

Quatorzieme 14th. 

Quinzieme 15th. 

Seizieme 16th. 

Dix-septieme 17th. 

Dix-huitieme 18th 

Dix-neuvieme 19th. 

Vingtieme 20th. 

Vingt etunieme 21st. 

Vingt-deuxieme 22d. 

Vingt-troisieme 23d. 

Vingt-quatrieme 24th. 

Vingt-cinquieme. 25th, 

Vingt-sixieme 26th. 

Vingt-septieme 27th 

Vingt-huitieme 28th 

Vingt-neuvieme 29th, 

Trentieme 30th 

Trente et unieme 31st. 

Trente-deuxieme 32d. 

Trente-troisieme 33d. 

Trente-quatrieme 34th- 

Trente-cinquieme 35th 

Trente-sixieme 36th 

Trente-septieme 37th 

Trente-huitieme 38th. 

Trente-neuvieme 39th 

Uuara ntieme 40th 

Quarante et unieme.. 41st. 

Quarante-deuxieme 42d. 

duarante-troisieme 43d. 

Quarante-quatrieme 44th 

Q,uarante-cinquieme 45th. 



418 



CARDINAL AND ORDIN 4.L NUMBERS. 



Nombres Cardinal 

Cardinaux. Numbers. 

Quarante-six 46. 

tiuarante-sept 47. 

Quarante-huit 48. 

Quarante-neuf.. 49. 

Cinquante 50. 

Cinquanteet un 51. 

Cinquante-deux 52. 

Cinquante-trois 53. 

Cinquante-quatre 54. 

Cinquante-cinq 55. 

Cinquante-six 56. 

Cinquante-sept 57. 

Cinquante-huit 58. 

Cinquante-neuf.. 59. 

Soixante 60. 

Soixante et un 61. 

Soixante-deux 62. 

Soixante-trois 63. 

Soixante-quatre 64. 

Soixante-cinq 65. 

Soixante-six 66. 

Soixante-sept 67. 

Soixante-huit. 68. 

Soixante-neuf. 69. 

Soixante-dix 70. 

Soixante et onze 71. 

Soixante-douze 72. 

Soixante- treize 73. 

Soixante-quatorze 74. 

Soixante-quinze. 75. 

Soixante-seize. 76. 

Soixante-dix-sept 77. 

Soixante-dix-huit 78. 

Soixante-dix-neuf. 79. 

Qxiatre-vingt 80. 

Q.uatre-vingt-un 81. 

Q,uatre-vingt-deux 82. 

Quatre-vingt-trois 83. 

Q.uatre-vingt-quatre 84. 

Quatre-vingt-oinq. 85. 

Ctuatre-vingt-six 86. 

Quatre-vingt-sept 87. 

Q.uatre-vingt-huit 88. 

Quatre-vingt-neuf 89. 

Quatre-vingt-dix. 90. 

Quatre-vingt-onze 91. 

Quatre-vingt-douze 92. 

Quatre-vingt- treize 93. 

Quatre-vingt-quatorza 94. 

Q,uaire-vingt-quinze • • • . 95. 

Q.uatre-vingt-seize ■■;* • 96. 

fcluatre vingt-dix-sept 97. 

Gluatre-vingt-dix-huit 98. 

Quatre-vingt-dix-neui 99. 

Cent 100. 



Nombres Ordinal 

Ordinaux. Numbers 

Quarante-sixieme 46th 

Quarante-septieme 47th 

Quarante-huitieme 48th 

Quarante-neuvieme 49th 

Cinquantieme 50th 

Cinquante et unieme 51st 

Cinquante-deuxieme.. 52d. 

Cinquante-troisieme 53d. 

Cinquante-quatrieme 54th 

Cinquante-cinquieme 55th 

Cinquante-sixieme 56th 

Cinquante-septieme 57th 

Cinquante-huitieme 58th. 

Cinquante-neuvieme : 59th. 

Soixantierae 60tli. 

Soixante et uniem? 61st. 

Soixante-deuxieme 62d. 

Soixante-troisieme 63d. 

Soixante-quatrieme 64th. 

Soixante-cinquieme 65th. 

Soixante-sixieme 66th. 

Soixante-septieme 67th. 

Soixante-huitieme 68th. 

Soixante-neuvieme 69th 

Soixante-dixieme 70ll» 

Soixante et onzieme 71st 

Soixante-douzieme 72d. 

Soixante-treizieme 73d. 

Soixante-quatorzieme 74th 

Soixante-quinzieme 75th 

Soixante-seizieme 76th 

Soixante-dix-septieme 77th. 

Soixante-dix-huitieme 78th 

Soixante- dix-neuvieme. 79th 

Quatre-vingtieme 80th 

Quatre-vingt-unieme 81st 

duatre-vingt-deuxieme 82d. 

Quatre-vingt-troisieme 83d. 

Q,uatre-vingt-quatrieme 84th 

Quatre-vingt-cinquieme 85th 

Quatrevingt-sixieme 86th 

Quatre-vingt-septieme 87 th 

Quatre-vingt-huitieme 88th 

Quatre-vingt-neuvieme 89th 

Quatre-vingt-dixieme • • • • 90th 

Quatre-vingt-onzieme 91st 

Q.uatre-vingt-do«zieme 92d. 

Quatre-vingt-treizienie 93d. 

duatre-vingt-quatorzieme 94th 

Quatre-vingt-quinzieme 95th. 

Q.uatre-vingt-seizieme 96th 

Quatre-vingt-dix-septieme. 97th 

Quatre-vingt-dix-huitieme 93th 

Quatre-vingt-dix-neuvieme 99th 

Centieme. 100th 



CONJUGATION OF WOIR. 



41J.» 



Nrmh'tr Cardinal 

Cardwaux. Numbers. 

Centun 101. 

Centdeux 102. 

Centtrois 103. 

Centdix. 110. 

Cent onze 111. 

Centvingt 120. 

Cent vingt et tin 121. 

Deux cents. 200. 

Deux cent un. 201. 

Deux cent deux 202. 

Mille 1000. 

Deux mille 2000. 

Mil huit cent quarante-six. 1846. 

Un million A million. 



JVombrr* Ordinal 

Ordinaux. Number* 

Cent-unieme 101st. 

Cent-deuxieme 102d 

Cent-troisieme 103d. 

Cent-dixieme 110th 

Cent-onzieme 111th. 

Cent-vingtieme 120th. 

Cent vingt et unieme 121st. 

Deuxcentieme 200th. 

Deux cent-unieme 201st 

Deux cent-deuxieme 202d. 

Millieme 1000th 

Deux millieme 2000th 

Mil huit cent quarante-sixieme. •• 1846th 
Millioneme A millionth 



PARADIGMS. 



CONJUGATION OF THE AUXILIARY VERB AVOIR, TO HAVE, 

IN THE FOUR FORMS. 

I.— AFFIRMATIVE FORM. 

Infinitive Mood. 



Avoir, 




to have. 


Avoir en, 


to have hud. 






Participles. 




Ayant, 


PRESENT. 


having. 


PAST. 


Eu, m. ; eue, 


PAST. 


had. 
Indicati 


Ayant eu, 
ve Mood. 


having had. 




PRESENT. 




l.tETERIT 


INDEFINITE. 


J'ai, 




I have. 


J'ai eu, 


I have had. 


Tu as, 




thou hast. 


Tu as eu, 


thou hast had. 


11 a, 




he has- 


11 a eu, 


he has had. 


Nous avors, 




we have. 


Nous avons eu, 


we have had. 


Vous avez, 
lis ont, 




you have, 
they have. 


Vous avez eu, 
lis ont eu, 


you have had. 
they have had. 




IMPERFECT. 




PLUPERFECT. 


J'avais, 




I had. 


J'avais eu, 


I had had. 


Tu avais, 




thou hadst. 


Tu avais eu, 


thou hadst had. 


11 avait, 




he had. 


11 avait ev, 


he had had. 


Nous avions 




we had. 


Nous aviens er 


we had had. 


Vous aviez, 




you had. 


Vous aviez eu, 


you had had. 


lis avaient, 




they had. 


lis avaient eu, 


they had had. 


FRETEJIT DEFINTK 




PRETERIT 


A NTERIOR 


Feus, 




I had. 


J'eus eu, 


/ had had 


Tu eus, 




thou hadst. 


Tu eus eu, 


thou hadst had. 


11 eut, 




he had 


11 eut eu, 


he had had. 


Nous eumes 




we had. 


Nous eumes eu, 


we had had. 


Vous eutes, 




you had. 


Vous eutes eu 


you had had. 


lis eureiit, 




they had. 


lis eurent eu, 


they had had. 



420 



CONJUGATION OF AVOIR. 



J'aural, 

Tu anras, 
11 aura, 

Nous aurons, 
Vous aurez, 
Us auront, 



/ shall have 

thou skalt have 

he shall have 

we shall have 

you shall have. 

they shall have. 



CONDITIONAL PRESENT. 

J'aurais, / should have. 

Tu aurais, thou shouldst have- 

II aurait, he should have. 

Nous aurions, we should have. 

Vous auriez, you should have. 

lis auraient, they should have. 



PAST FUTURE. 

J aurai eu, / shall hart lidi 

Tu auras en, thou shalt ha.e haa 

II aura eu, he shall have haa 

Nous aurons eu, we shall have haa 

Vous aurez eu, yon shall have had 

Us auront eu, they shall have had 

CONDITIONAL PAST. 

J'aurais eu, / chould have had 

Tu aurais eu, thou shouldst have had 

II aurait eu, he should have had 

Nous aurions eu, we should have had 

Vous auriez eu, you should have had 

Us auraient eu, they shoull have had 



Imper 


A.TIVE 


Mood. 


Ale, 




have (thou.) 


Qu'il ait, 




let him have. 


Ayons, 




let us have. 


Ayez, 




have (you.) 


Qu'ils aient, 




let them have. 



Subjunctive Mood. 



PRESENT. 

Que j'aie, that I may have. 

Que tu aies, that thou mayst have. 

Qu'il ait, that he may have. 

Que nous ayons, that we may have. 

Que vous ayez, that you may have. 

Qu'ils aient, that they may have. 

imperfect. 

Que j'eusse, that I might have. 
Que tu eusses, that thou mightst have. 

Qu'il eut, that he might have. 
Que nous eussions, that we might have. 

Que vous eussiez, that you might have. 

Qu'ils eussent, that they might have. 



preterit. 
Que j'aie eu, that I may have 

Que tu aies eu, that thou mayst have 
Qu'il ait eu, that he may have 

Que nous ayons eu, that we may have 
Que vous ayez eu, that you may have 
Qu'ils aient eu, that they may have 

pluperfect. 
Que j'eusse eu, that I might 

Que tu eusses eu, that thou mightst 
Qu'il eut eu, that he might 

Que nous eussions eu, that we might 
Que vous eussiez eu, that you might 
Qu'iis eussent eu, that they might 



had 
had 

had 
had. 
had. 
had 



II.— NEGATIVE FORM. 
Infinitive Mood. 



Nc pas avoir, 



N'ayant pas , 



Jo n'ai pas, 
Tu n'as pas, 
II n'a pas, 
Nous n'avons pas, 
Vous n'avez pas, 
Us n out pas, 



not to have. I N'avoir pas eu, 
Participles. 



not to have had 



PAST. 



not leaving I N'ayant pas eu, not having had 

Indicative Mood. 

preterit indefinite. 



I have not- 
thou hast not. 

he has not. 

we have not. 

you have not. 

they have not. 



.Te n'ai pas eu, 
Tu n'as pas eu, 
II n'a pas eu, 
Nous n'avons pas eu, 
Vous n'avez pas eu, 
Us n'ont pas eu, 



I have not had 

theu hast not had 

he has not had. 

we have not liaa\ 

yet have riot had. 

they have not had. 



-XV^ 



SWUS+ 



CONJUGATION OP AVOia. 



421 



IMPERFECT 

Je n ivais pas, J had not. 

Tu n'avais pas, thou hadst not. 

II n'avait pas, he had not. 

Nous n'avions pas, we had not. 

Vous n'aviez pas, you had not. 

lis n'avaient pas, they had not. 

PRETERIT DEFINITE. 

Je n'eus pas, I had not. 

Tu n'eus pas, thou hadst not. 

II n'eut pas, he had not. 

Nous n'eumes pas, we had not. 

Vous n'eutes pas, you had not. 

Us n'eurent pas, they had not. 

FUTURE. 

le n'aurai pas, I shall not have. 

Tu n'auras pas, thou shalt not have. 

II n'aura pas, he shall not have. 

N T ous n'aurons pas, we shall not have. 

Vous n'aurez pas, you shall not have. 

[Is n'auront pas, they shall not have. 

CONDITIONAL PRESENT. 

Se n'aurais pas, J should not have. 

Tu n'aurais pas, thou shouldst not have. 
11 n'aurait pas, he should not have. 

.Vous n'aurions pas, we should not have. 
Vous n'auriez pas, you should not have. 
Us n'auraient pas, they should not have. 



PLUPERFECT. 

Je n'avais pas eu, I had not had 

Tu n'avais pas eu, thou hadst not had. 



11 n'avait pas eu, 
Nous n'avions pas eu, 
Vous n'aviez pas eu, 
lis n'avaient pas eu, 



he had not had' 

we had not had 

you had not had 

they had not had 



PRETERIT ANTERIOR. 



Je n'eus pas eu, 
Tu n'eus pas eu, 
II n'eut pas eu, 
Nous n'eumes pas eu, 
Vous n'eutes pas eu, 
lis n'eurent pas eu, 



/ had not had% 

thou hadst not had 

he had not had 

we had not had. 

you had not had 

they had not had. 



PAST FUTURE. 

Je n'aurai pas eu, I shall not have had. 
Tu n'auras pas eu, thou shalt not have had. 
11 n'aura pas eu, he shall not have had. 
Nous n'aurons pas eu, we shall not have had. 
Vous n'aurez pas eu, you shall not have had. 
lis n'auront pas cu, they shall not have had. 

CONDITIONAL PAST. 

Je n'aurais pas eu, I should not' 

Tu n'aurais pas eu, thou shouldst not 
II n'aurait pas eu, he should not 

Nous n'aurions pas eu, we should not 
Vous n'auriez pas eu, you should not 
Us n'auraient pas eu, they should not. 



Imperative Mood. 

N'aie pas, have not {thou.) 

Qu'il n'ait pas, let him not have. 

N'ayons pas, let us not have. 

N'ayez pas, have not (you.) 

Qu'ils n'aient pas, let them not have. 

Subjunctive Mood. 



PRESENT. 

iue je n'aie pas, that I may ~) 

4ue tu n'aies pas, that thou mayst I ^ 
{Ju'il n'ait pas, that he may I § 

Que nous n'ayons pas, that we may f ^ 
Que vous n'ayez pas, that you may % 
Qu'ils n'aient pas, that they may ) 

IMPERFECT. 

Que je n'eusse pas, that /"> 

Que tu n'eusses pas, that thou 

Qu'il n'eut pas, that he 

Que nous n'eussions pas, that we 

Que vous n'eussiez pas, that you 

du'ils n'eussent pas, that they w 



S 



PRETERIT. 

Que je n'aie pas eu, that I may 

Que tu n'aies pas eu, that thsu mayst 
Qu'il n'ait pas eu, that he may 

Que nous n'ayons pas eu, that we may 
Que vous n'ayez pas eu, that you may 
Qu'ils n'aient pas eu, that they may 

PLUPERFECT. 

Que je n'eusse pas eu, that J 

Que tu n'eusses pas eu, that thou 
Qu'il n'eut pas eu, that he 

Que nous n'eussions pas eu, that we \ 
Que vous n'eussiez pas eu, that you 
Qu'Us n'eussent pas eu, that they} 



J s 



s-3 



/ 



n- v .^ -VT.. 



422 



CONJUGATION OF A.VOIR 



•"Sv 



III.— INTERROGATIVE FORM 

Indicative Mood. 





PRESENT. 


PRETERIl INDEFINITE. 


Ai-je, 


have I. 


Ai-je en, 


have I had. 


As-tu, 


hast thou. 


As-tu en, 


hast thou had 


A-t-il, 


has he. 


A-t-il eu, 


has he had 


Avons-nous, 


have we. 


Avons-nous eu, 


have we had. 


Avez-vous, 


have you. 


Avez-vous eu, 


have you had. 


Ont-ils, 


have they. 


Ont-ils eu, 


have they had. 




IMPERFECT. 


PLUPERFECT. 


Avais-je, 


had I. 


Avais-je eu, 


had I had. 


Avais-tu, 


hadst thou. 


Avais-tu eu, 


hadst thou had 


Avait-il, 


had he. 


Avait-il eu, 


had he had 


Avions-nous, 


had we. 


Avions-nous eu, 


had we had 


Aviez-vous, 


had you. 


Aviez-vous eu, 


had you had 


Avaient-ils, 


had they. 


Avaient-ils eu, 


had they had 


PRETERIT DEFINITE. 


PRETERIT ANTERIOR. 


Eus-je, 


had I. 


Eus-je eu, 


had I had. 


Eus-tu, 


hadst thou. 


Eus-tu eu, 


hadst thou had. 


Eut-il, 


had he. 


Eut-il eu, 


had he had 


Eumes-nous, 


had we. 


Eumes-nous eu, 


had we had. 


Eutes-vous, 


had you. 


Eutes-vous eu, 


had you had. 


Eurert ils, 


had they. 


Eurent-ils eu, 


had they had 




FUTURE. 


PAST 


FUTURE. 


Aura'-je, 


shall I have. 


Aurai-je eu. 


shall I have had 


Auras-ta, 


shalt thou have. 


Auras-tu eu, 


shalt thou have had 


Aura-t-il, 


shall he have. 


Aura-t-il eu, 


shall he liave had 


Auror<s-nous, 


shall we have. 


Aurons-nous eu, 


shall we have had 


Aurez-vous, 


shall you have. 


Aurez-vous eu, 


shall you have had 


Auront-iis, 


shall they have. 


Auront-ils eu, 


shall they have had 


CONDITIONAL PRESENT. 


CONDITIONAL PAST. 


Aurais-je, 


should I have. 


Aurais-je eu, 


should I have had 


Aurais-tu, 


shouldst thou have. 


Aurais-tu eu, 


shouldst thou have had 


Aurait-il, 


should he have. 


Aurait-il eu, 


should he have had 


Aurions-nous, 


should we have. 


Aurions-nous eu, 


should we have had 


Auriez-vous, 


should you have. 


Auriez-vous eu, 


should you have had. 


Auraient lis, 


should they have. 


Auraient-ils eu, 


should they have had. 



IV.— NEGATIVE AND INTERROGATIVE FORM. 



N'ai-je pas, 
N'as-tu pas, 
N'a t-il pas, 
N'avons-nous pas, 
N'avez-vous pas, 
H 'ont-ils pas, 



Indicative Mood. 



have I not. 

hast thou not. 

has he not. 

have we not. 

have you not. 

have they not. 



PRETERTT indefinite. 



N'ai je pas eu, 
N'as-tu pas eu, 
N'a-t-il pas eu, 
N'avons-nous pas eu, 
N'avez-vous pas eu, 
N'ont-ils pas eu, 



have 1 not had 
h<*st thou not had 

has he not had, 

have we not had 

have you not had 

have, they not had 



CONJUGATION OF ETKE. 



423 



IMPERFECT. 

N^ais-je pas, 
N'avais-tu pas, 
N'avait-il pas, 
N'avions-nous pas, 
N'aviez-vous pas, 
N'avaient-ils pas, 



had I not. 

hadst thou not. 

had he not. 

had we not. 

had you not, 

had they not 



PRETERIT DEFINITE. 



N'eus-je pas, 
N'eus-tu pas, 
N'eut-il pas, 
N'eumes-nous pas, 
N'eutes-vous pas, 
N'eurent-ils pas, 

FUT 

N'aurai-je pas, 
N'auras-tu pas, 
N'aura-t-il pas, 
N'aurons-nous pas, 
N'aurez-vous pas, 
N'auront-ils pas, 

CONDITIONAL PRESENT. 

N'aurafs-je pas, should I not have. 

N'aurais-tu pas, shouldst thou not have. 
N'aurait-il pas, should he not have. 

N'aurions-nous pas, should we not have. 
N'auriez-vous pas, should you not have. 
N'auraier.Mls pas, should they not have. 



had I not. 

hadst thou not. 

had he not. 

had we not. 

had you not. 

had they not. 

shall I not have. 

shall thou not have. 

shall he not have. 

shall we not have. 

shall you not have. 

shall they not have. 



PLUPERFECT. 



N'avais-je pas eu, 
N'avais-tu pas eu, 
N'avait-il pas eu, 
N'avions-nous pas eu, 
N'aviez-vous pas eu, 
N'avaient-ils pas eu, 



had 1 nut had 

hadst thou not had 

had he not had 

had we not had 

had you not had 

had they not had 



PRETERIT ANTERIOR. 

N'eus-je pas eu, had I not had 

N'eus-tu pas eu, hadst thou not had 

N'cut-il pas eu, had he not had 

N'eumes-nous pas eu, had we not had 

N'eutes-vous pas eu, had you not had 

N'eurent-ils pas eu, had they not had. 

PAST FUTURE. 

N'aurai-je pas eu, shall J not have had 
N'auras-tu pas eu, shalt thou not have had. 
N'aura-t-il pas eu, shall he not have had. 
N'aurons-nous pas eu, shall we not have had. 
N'aurez-vous pas eu, shall you not have had. 
N'auront-ils pas eu, shall they not have had. 

CONDITIONAL PAST. 

N'aurais-je pas eu, should I not ' 

N'aurais-tu pas eu, shouldst thou not 
N'aurait-il pas eu, should he not 

N'aurions-nous pas eu, should we not 
N'auriez-vous pas eu, should you not 
N'auraient-ils pas eu, should they not _ 



Etre, 

Etant, 
Et6, 



CONJUGATION OF THE AUXILIARY VERB ETRE, TO BE. 

Infinitive Mood. 

i PAST. 

to be. I Avoir ete, to have been 

Participles. 

P.EfSEN I 

PAST. 

Ayant ete, having been 



PRESENT. 



PAST. 



Je suis, 

Tues, 

II est, 

Nous sormnes, 

Vous fetes, 

lis so'nt, 

J'etais, 
Tu etais, 
II etait, 
Nous etions, 
Vous etiez, 
lis etaient, 



IMPERFECT. 



being, 
been. 



Indicative Mood. 





PRETERIT 


INDEFINITE. 


I am. 


J'ai ete, 


I have been 


thou art. 


Tu as ete, 


thou hast been 


he is. 


11 a ete, 


he has been 


we are. 


Nous avons etc, 


we have been 


you are. 


Vous avez ete, 


you have been 


they art. 


lis ont ete, 


they have been 


' 


PLUPERrECT. 


I was. 


J'avais ete, 


J had been 


thou wast. 


Tu avais ete, 


thou hadst been 


he was. 


II avait ete, 


he had been 


we were. 


Nous avions ete, 


we had been 


you were. 


Vous aviez ete, 


you had been 


they were- 


lis avaient etc, 


they had been 



424 



FIRST CONJUGATION ER. 



PRETERIT DEFINITE 



TRKTERIT ANTERIOR 



le fas, 


/ was. 


J'eus ete, 


I had been 


Pu fas, 


thou wast. 


Tu eus ete, 


thou kadst been 


11 fat, 


he was. 


II eut ete, 


he had been 


Nous fumes, 


we were. 


Nous eumes ete, 


we had been. 


Vous iutes, 


you were. 


Vous eutes ete, 


you had been. 


lis furent, 


they were. 


lis eurent ete, 


they had been. 


FUTURE. 


PAST 


FUTCR2. 


Je serai, 


I shall be. 


J'aurai ete, 


/ shall have been- 


Tu seras, 


thou shalt be. 


Tu auras ete, 


thou shall have been. 


11 sera, 


he sliall be. 


11 aura etc, 


he shall have been. 


Nous serons, 


we shall be. 


Nous aurons etc, 


we shall have been. 


Vous serez, 


you shall be. 


Vous aurez ete, 


you shall have been. 


lis seront, 


they shall be. 


lis auront ete, 


they shall have been 


CONDITIONAL PRESENT. 


conditional past. 


Je serais, 


I should be. 


J'aurais ete, 


I should have been 


Tu serais. 


thou shouldst be. 


Tu aurais ete, 


thoit shouldst have been. 


LI serai t, 


he should be. 


11 aurait ete, 


he should have been 


Nous serions 


we should be. 


Nous aurions ete, 


we should have been 


Vous seriez, 


" you should be. 


Vous auriez ete, 


you should have been. 


Us seraieut, 


they should be. 


Us auraient ete, 


they should have been 




Imperati 


ve Mood. 






Sois, 


be (thou.) 






Qu'il soit, 


let him be. 






Soyons, 


let us be. 






Soyez, 


be (you.) 






Qu'ils soient, 


let them be. 






Subjunctive Mood. 




PRES 


EXT. 


PRETERIT. 


Que je sois, 


that I may be. 


Que j'aie ete, 


that I may have been 


3.ue tu sois, 


that thou mayst be. 


Que tu aies ete, that thou mayst have been 


Qu'il soit, 


that he may be. 


Qu'il ait ete, 


that he may have been 


Que nous soyons, 


that we may be. 


Que nous ayous ete, that we may have been 


Que vous soyez. 


that you may be. 


Que vous ayez ete 


, that you may have been 


Qu'ils soient, 


that they may be. 


Qu'ils aient ete, 


that they may have been 


IMPERFECT. 


PLUPERFECT. 


Que je fusse, 


that I might be. 


Que j'eusse etc, 


that I might} 


Que tu fusses, 


that thou mightst be. 


Que tu eusses ete, 


that thou mightst 1 s 


Qu'il fut, 


that he might be. 


Qu'il eut ete, 


that he might > .§ 
ete, that we might T § 


Que nous fussions, 


that we might be. 


Que nous enssions 


Que vous fussiez, 


that you might be. 


Que vous eussiez 


fete, that you might ,§ 


Qu'ils fussent, 


that they might be- 


Qu'ils eussent ete. 


that they might) 



FIRST CONJUGATION— in ER. 
Infinitive Mood. 



Parler 



Parian! 
Parle, 



to speak, j Avoir parle. 
Participles. 



speaking. 



Ayant parie. 



to have spokoi 



having spoken 



/IRST CONJUGATION £R. 



425 



Indicative Mood. 



Je parle, 
Tu paries 
II parle, 
Nous parlons, 
Vous parlez, 
lis parlent, 

Je pariais, 
Tu pariais, 
II parlait, 
Nous parlions, 
Vous parliez, 
lis parlaient, 



/ speak. 

thou speakest. 

he speaks. 

we speak. 

you speak. 

they speak. 



IMPERFECT. 



I was speaking 

thou wast speaking. 

he was speaking, 

we were speaking. 

you were speaking 

they were speaking 



PRETERIT DEFINITE. 



Je parlai, 
Tu parlas, 
[1 parla, 
Nous parlames, 
Vous parlates, 
lis parlerent, 

Je parlerai, 
Tu parleras, 
II parlera, 
Nous parleroas, 
Vous parlerez, 
lis parleront, 



I spoke. 

thou spokcst. 

Ice spoke. 

we spoke. 

you spoke. 

they spoke. 

I shall speak. 

thou shalt speak. 

he shall speak. 

we shall speak. 

you shall speak. 

they shall speak. 



CONDITIONAL PRESENT. 



Je parlerais, 
Tu parlerais, 
II parlerait, 
Nous parlerions, 
Vous parleriez, 
lis parleraient, 



/ should speak. 

thou shouldst speak. 

he should speak. 

we should speak. 

you should speak. 

they should speak. 



PRETERIT INDEFINITE. 



J'ai parle, 
Tu as parle, 
II a parle, 
Nous avons parle, 
Vous avez parle, 
lis oat parle, 



I have spoken. 

thou hast spoken- 

he has spoken. 

we have ;poken 

you have spoken 

they have spoken. 



PLUPERFECT. 



J'avais parl6, 
Tu avais parle, 
II avait parle, 
Nous avions parle, 
Vous aviez parle, 
lis avaient parle, 



I had spoken. 

thou hadst spoken. 

he had spoken. 

we had spoken. 

you had spoken. 

they had spoken. 



PRETERIT ANTERIOR. 



J'eus parle, 
Tu eus parle, 
II eut parle, 
Nous eumes parle, 
Vous eutes parle, 
lis eurent parle, 



/ had spoken. 

thou hadst spoken. 

he had spoken. 

wc had spoken. 

you had spoken. 

they had spoken. 



PAST FUTURE. 

J'aurai parle, I shall have spoken. 

Tu auras parle, thou shalt have spoken. 

II aura parle, he shall have spdeen 

Nous aurons parle, we shall have spoken. 

Vous aurez parle, you shall have spoken 

Us auront parle, they shall have spoken 

CONDITIONAL PAST. 

J'aurais parle, I should have spoken 

Tu aurais parle, thou shouldst have spoken- 
II aurait parle, he should have spoken. 

Nous aurions parle, we should haves2)oken 
Vous auriez parle, you should have spoken. 
Us auraient parle, they should have spoken. 



Imperative Mood. 

Parle, speak or do speak (thou.) 

Qu'il parle, let him speak. 

Parlons, let us speak. 

Parlez, speak or do speak (you.) 

Qu'ils parlent, let them speak. 

Subjunctive Mood. 



Que je parle, 
tine tu paries, 
Qu'il parle, 
Que nous parlions, 
Que vous parliez, 
au'ils parlent, 



that I may speak. 

that thou mayst speak. 

that he may speak. 

that we may speak. 

that you may speak. 

that they may speak. 



Que j'aie parle, that J may 

Que tu aies parle, that thou mayst 
Qu'il ait parle, that he may 

Que nous ayons parle, that we may 
Que vous ayez parle, that you may 
Qu'ils aient parle, that they may 



426 



SECOND CONJUGATION iR. 



IMPERFECT. 

Que jc parlassc, 
Que tu parlasses, 
Qu'il parlat, 
Que nous parlassions, 
Que vous parlassiez, 
Qu'ils parlassent, 



that r 


. 


that thou 


1 


that he 


-if 


that we 




that you 


g 


that they . 



PLUPERFECT 

Que j'eusse parle, that I mighl 

Que tu eusses parle, that thou mightst 
Qu'il eut parle, that he might 

Que nous eussions parle, that we might 
Que vous eussiez parle, that you might 
Qu'ils eussent parle, that they might , 



SECOND CONJUGATION— in IR. 

Infinitive Mood. 





PRESENT 




PAST. 


Finir, 


to finish. 


Avoir fini, 


to have finished. 




Participles. 






present 




PAST 


Finissant 


finishing. 








PAST. 


Ayant fini, 


having finished. 


Fini, 


finished. 
Indicath 


'E Mood. 






PR fc. SENT. 


PRETERIT INDEFINITE. 


Je finis, 


I finish. 


J'ai fini, 


J have finished. 


Tu finis, 


thou finishest. 


Tu as fini, 


thou hast finished. 


II finit, 


he finishes. 


11 a fini, 


he has finished. 


Nous finissons, 


we finish. 


Nous avons fini, 


we have finished. 


Vous finissez, 


you finish. 


Vous avez fini, 


you have finished. 


lis finissent, 


they finish. 


lis ont fini, 


they have finished 


IMPERFECT. 


PLUPERFECT. 


Je finissais, 


I was finishing. 


J'avais fini, 


Ihadfinished. 


Tu finissais, 


thou wast finishing. 


Tu avais fini, 


thou hadst finished. 


11 finissait, 


he was finishing. 


11 avait fini, 


he had finished. 


Nous finissions 


we were finishing. 


Nous avions fini, 


we had finished. 


Vous finissiez, 


you were finishing. 


Vous aviez fini, 


you had finished. 


lis finissaient, 


they were finishing. 


lis avaient fini, 


they had finished. 


PRETERIT DEFINITE. 


PRETERIT ANTERIOR. 


Je finis, 


J finished. 


J'eus fini, 


1 had finished 


Tu finis, 


thou finishedst. 


Tu eus fini, 


thou hadst finished 


11 finit, 


he finished. 


11 eut fini, 


he had finished. 


Nous finimes, 


we finished. 


Nous eumes fini, 


we had finished. 


Vous finites, 


you finished. 


Vous eutes fini, 


you had finished 


lis finirent, 


they finished. 


lis eurent fini, 


they had finished. 




FUTURE 


PAST FUTURE. 


Je finirai, 


J shall finish. 


J'aurai fini, 


I shall have finishea. 


Tu finiras, 


thou shalt finish. 


Tu auras fini, 


thou shalt have finished. 


11 finira, 


he shall finish. 


II aura fini, 


he shall have finished 


Nous finirons, 


we shall finish. 


Nous aurons fini, 


we shall have finished. 


Vous finirez, 


you shall finish. 


Vous aurez fini, 


you shall have finished 


lis finiront, 


they shall finish. 


lis auront fini, 


they shall have finished 


CONDITIONAL PRESENT. 


CONDITIONAL PAST. 


Je finirais, 


I should finish. 


J'aurais fini, 


I slu>uld~\ -^ 


Tu finirais, 


thou shouldst finish. 


Tu aurais fini, 


thou shouldst ^ 


11 finirait. 


he should finish. 


11 aurait fini, 


he should 1 *| 


Nous finirions, 


we should finish. 


Nous aurions fini 


we should ( *< 


Vous finiriez, 


you should finish. 


Vous auriez fini, 


you should g 


Us finiraient, 


they should finish. 


lis auraient fini, 


they should J *s 



THIRD CONJUGATION OIR. 



427 



Imperative Mood. 



Finis, 

Qu il finisse, 

Finissons, 

Finissez, 

Qu'ils finissent, 

Scbjunctivj 



finish (thou.) 
let him finish, 
let us finish, 
finish (you.) 
let them finish 

Mood. 



PRESENT. 

Que je finisse, that I may finish. 

Que tu finisses, that thou mayst finish. 

Qu'il finisse, that he may finish. 

Que nous finissions, that we may finish. 
Que vous finissiez, that you may finish. 
Qu'ils finissent, that they may finish. 



IMPERFECT. 



Que je finisse, 
Qu tu finisses, 
Qu'il finit, 
Que nous finissions, 
Que vous finissiez, 
Qu'ils finissent, 



that I 

that thou 

that he 

that we 

that you 

that they _ 



^ 



FRETERIT. 



Que j'aie fini, 
Que tu aies fini, 
Qu'il ait fini, 
Que nous ayons fini, 
Que vous ayez fini, 
Qu'ils aient fini, 



that I may} 

that thou mayst .§ 

that he may I g 

that we may f ^> 

that you may \ § 

that they may J "* 



PLUPERFECT. 

Que j'eusse fini, that 1 might} . 

Que tu eusses fini, that thou mightst \ « 
Qu'il etit fini, that he might I | 

Que nous eussions fini, that we might [<«*, 
Que vous eussiez fini, that you might » 
Qu'ils eussent fini, that they might J -** 



THIRD CONJUGATION—^ OIR. 
Infinitive Mood, 
present. past. 



Recevoir, 




to receive. 


Avoir recu, 


to have received. 






Participles. 






PRESENT. 






PAST. 


Recevant, 
Recu, 


PAST. 


receiving. 

received. 
Indicath 


Ayant recu, 
'e Mood. 


having received. 




PRESENT. 




preterit 


INDEFINITE. 


Je recois, 




/ receive. 


J'ai recu, 


/ have received. 


Tu recois, 
II recoit, 




thou receives t. 
he receives. 


Tu as recu, 
11 a recu, 


thou hast received 
he has received. 


Nous recevons, 




wc receive. 


Nous avons recu, 


we have received. 


Vous recevez, 
lis recoivent, 




you receive, 
they receive. 


Vous avez recu, 
lis ont recu, 


you have received, 
they have received. 




IMPERFECT 




PLUPERFECT. 


Je recevais, 
Tu recevais, 
11 recevait, 


J was receiving. 

thou wast receiving. 

he was receiving. 


J'avais recu, 
Tu avais recu, 
11 avait recu, 


J had received 

thou hadst received. 

he had received. 


Nous reccvions 
Vous receviez, 
lis recevaient, 


we were receiving, 
you were receiving 
they were receiving 


Nous avions recti, 
Vous aviez recu. 
lis avaient recu, 


we had rr.ceivea 
you had received, 
they had received. 


PRETERIT DEFINITE. 

Je recus, I received. 
Tu recus, thou receivedst 
II recut, he received. 


PRETERIT ANTERIOR. 

J'eus recu, I had received. 
Tu eus recu, tliouhadst received 
11 eut recu, he had received. 


Nous recumes, 
Vous recfites 
Il« recurent, 




we received, 
you received, 
they received. 


Nous eumes recu 
Vous eutes recu, 
I1-; curent recu, 


we had received, 
you had received 
fiey had received. 



428 



FOURTH CONJUGATION RE. 



FUTURE. 

Je recevral, J shall receive. 

Tu recevras, thou shalt receive. 

II recevra, he shall receive. 

Nous recevrons, we shall receive. 

Vous recevrez, you shall receive. 

[Is recevront, they shall receive. 

CONDITIONAL PRESENT. 

Je recevrais, I should receive. 

Tu recevrais, thou shouldst receive. 

[1 recevrait, he should receive. 

Nous recevrions, ice should receive. 

Vou« recevriez, you should receive. 

lis recevraient, they should receive. 

Imperative Mood 
Recois, 
Qu'il recoive, 
Recevons, 
Recevez, 
Qu'ils recoivent, 



past future. 
J'aurai recu, / shall have received 

Tu auras recu, thou shalt have received 
II aura recu, he shall have received 

Nous aurons recu, we shall have received 
Vous aurez recu, you shall have received 
lis auront recu, they shall have received. 

CONDITIONAL PAST. 

J'aurais recu, J should have received. 

Tu aurais recu, thou shouldst have received. 
II aurait recu, he should have received. 

Nous aurionsrecu, we should have received. 
Vous auriez recu, you should have received, 
lis auraientrecu, they should have received. 



receive (thou.) 

let him receive. 

let us receive. 

receive (you.) 

let them receive. 



present. 
Que je recoive, 
Que tu recoives, 
Qu'il jecoive, 
due nous recevions, 
Que voua receviez, 
Qu'ils recoivent, 

IMPERFECT. 

Que je recusse, 
Que tu recusses, 
Qu'il recut, 
Que nous recussions, 
Que vous recussiez, 
Qu'ils recussent, 



Subjunctive Mood. 

preterit. 
Que j'aie recu, that I may } 

Que tu aies recu, that thou mayst j 



that n 

that thou 
that he 
that we ( *• 
that you | | 
that they) 



that F 
that thou 

that he 

that we f « 
that you | ."§o 
that they J S 



^ 



Qu'il ait recu, that he may I g 

Que nous ayons recu, that we may 

Que vous ayez recu, that you may 

Qu'ils aient recu, that they may _ 

PLUPERFECT. 

Que j'eusse recu, that I might ") 

Que tu eusses recu, that thou mightst J 
Qu'il eut recu, that he might I 

Que nous eussions recu, that we might 
Que vous eussiez recu, that you might 
Qu'ils eussent recu, that they mighty 



Vendre, 



Vendant, 



/endu, 



Je vends, 
Tu vends, 
II vend, 
Nous vendons 
Vous vendez 
Us vendent, 



FOURTH CONJUGATION— in RE. 
Infinitive Mood. 

'* i 

to sell. I Avoir vendu, 
Participles. 



have sold 



past. 
selling. 

Ayant vendu, having sold, 
sold. I 
Indicative Mood. 

preterit indefinite. 

I sell. J'ai vendu, I have sold. 

thou sellest. Tu as vendu, thou hast sold 

he sells. 11 a vendu, he has sold 

we sell. Nous avons vendu, we have sold 

you sell. Vous avez vendu, you have sold 

they sell. Us ont vendu, they have sold. 



FOURTH CONJUGATION RE. 



429 



IMPERFECT. 

Je vendais, / was selling: 

Tu vendais, thou wast selling: 

II vendait, he was selling. 

Nous vendions, we were selling: 

Vous vendiez, you were selling. 

lis vendaient, they were selling. 



PRETERIT DEFINITE. 



Je vendis, 
Tu vendis, 
II vendit, 
Nous vendimes, 
Vous vendites, 
lis vendirent, 

Je vendrai, 
Tu vendras, 
II vendra, 
Nous vendrons, 
Vous vendrez, 
lis vendront, 



J sold. 

thou soldest. 

he sold. 

we sold. 

you sold. 

they sold. 

J shall sell. 

thou shalt sell. 

he shall sell. 

we shall sell. 

you shall sell. 

they shall sell. 



CONDITIONAL PRESENT. 



Je vendrais, 
Tu vendrais, 
11 vendrait, 
Nous vendrions, 
Vous vendriez, 
Lis vendraient, 



I should sell. 

thou shouldst sell. 

he should sell. 

we should sell. 

you should sell. 

they should sell. 



PLUPERFECT. 



J'avais vendu, 
Tu avais vendu, 
II avait vendu, 
Nous avions vendu, 
Vous aviez vendu, 
lis avaient vendu, 



J had sold 

thou hadst sold 

he had sold. 

we had sold. 

you had sold. 

they had sold. 



PRETERIT ANTERIOR. 



J'eus vendu, 
Tu eus vendu, 
II eut vendu, 
Nous euraes vendu, 
Vous eutes vendu, 
lis eurent vendu, 



I had sold 

thou hadst sold 

he had sold 

we had sold 

you had sold. 

they had sold. 



PAST FUTURE. 

J'aurai vendu, / shall have sold. 

Tu auras vendu, thou shalt have sold 

II aura vendu, he shall have sold 

Nous aurons vendu, we shall have sold. 

Vous aurez vendu, you shall have sold. 

lis auront vendu, they shall have sold. 

CONDITIONAL PAST. 

J'aurais vendu, J should have sold. 

Tu aurais vendu, thou shouldst have sold. 
II aurait vendu, he should liavs sold. 

Nous aurions vendu, we should have sold. 
Vous auriez vendu, you should have sold. 
lis auraicnt vendu, they should have sold. 



Imperative Mood. 



Vends, 
Qu'il vende, 
Vendons, 
Vendez, 
Qu'ils vendent, 



sell (thou.) 
let him sell. 

let us sell. 

sell (you.) 
let them sell. 



Subjunctive Mood. 



Que je vende, 
Que tu vendei, 
Qu'il vende, 
Que nous vendionb 
Que vous vendiez, 
Qu'ils vendent, 



that I may sell. 

that thou mayst sell. 

that he may sell. 

that we may sell. 

that you may sell. 

tliat they may sell. 



IMPEIViiCT. 

Que je vendisse, that J" 

Que tu vendisses, that thou 

Qu'il vendit, that he 

Que nous vendissions, that we 

Que vous vendissiez, that you 

Qu'ils vendissent, that they. 

19 



PRETERIT. 

Que j'aie vendu, that I may " 

Que tu aies vendu, that thou mayst 
Qu'il ait vendu, that he may 

Que nous ayons vendu, that we may f g 
Que vous ayez vendu, that you may Jj 
Qu'ils aient vendu, that they may] 

PLUPERFECT 

Que j'eusse vendu, that I might 

Que tu eusses vendu, that thou mightst I -a 
Qu'il eiit vendu, that he might { £ 

Que nous eussionsver'!u,t/ja£ we might ( g 
Que vous eussiez venrta, thatyoumight 3 
Qu'ils eussent vendu that they night j 



430 



REFLECTIVE VERB. 



CONJUGATION OF THE REFLECTIVE YERB SE LEPER, TO 

RISE, IN THE FOUR FORMS. 

I— AFFIRMATIVE FORM. 

Infinitive Mood. 



PRESji f \ 

Se lever, 


to rise. 


past. 
S'etre leve, to have risen. 




Farticiples 


PRESENT 

Se levant, 

PAST. 

Leve, 


rising: 
risen. 


PAST. 

S'etant leve, having risen. 




Indicative Mood. 


PRESENT. 




PRETERIT INDEFINITE. 


ie me leve, 


/ rise. 


Je me suis leve, I have riser. 


Tu te leves, 


thou risest. 


Tu t'es leve, thou hast risen 


11 se leve, 


he rises. 


11 s'est leve, . he has risen 


Nous nous levons, 


we rise. 


Nous nous sommes leves, we have risen. 


Vous vous levez, 


you rise. 


Vous vous etes leves, you have risen. 


lis se levent, 


they rise. 


lis se sont leves, they have risen. 


IMFERFECT 




PLUPERFECT. 


Je me levais, 


I was rising. 


Je m'etais leve, J had risen. 


Tu te levais, 


thou wast rising. 


Tu t'etais leve, thou hadst risen. 


11 se levait, - 


he was rising. 


II s'etait leve, he had risen 


Nous nous levions, 


wc were rising. 


Nous nous etions leves, we had risen 


Vous vous leviez, 


you were rising. 


Vous vous etiez leves, you had risen 


lis se levaient, 


they were rising. 


lis s'etaient leves, they had risen. 


PRETERIT D3FINITE. 


PRETERIT ANTERIOR. 


Je me levai, 


I rose. 


Je me fus leve, / had risen. 


Tu te levas, 


■ thou rosest. 


Tu te fus leve, thou hadst risen 


11 se leva, 


he rose. 


11 se fut leve, he had risen. 


Nous nous levames, 


we rose. 


Nous nous fumes leves, we had risen 


Vous vous levates, 


you rose. 


Vous vous fiites leves, you had risen 


lis se leverent, 


they rose. 


lis se furent leves, they had risen 


FUTURE 




PAST FUTURE. 


Je me leverai, 


I shall rise. 


Je me serai leve, J" shall have risen 


Tu te leveras, 


thou shalt rise. 


Tu te seras leve, thou shalt have risen 


11 se levera, 


he shall rise. 


11 se sera leve, he shall have risen 


Nous nous leverons, 


we shall rise. 


Nous nous serons leves, we shall have risen 


Vous vous levcrez, 


you shall rise. 


Vous vous serez leves, you shall have riseni 


lis se leveront, 


they shall rise. 


lis se seront leves, they shall have risen 



CONDITIONAL PRESENT. 



Je me leverais, 
Tu te leverais, 
II se leverait, 
Nous nous leveriu as, 
Vous vous leveriez, 
Us se leveraient, 



/ should rise 

thou shouldst rise. 

he should rise. 

we should rise. 

you should rise. 

they should rise. 



CONDITIONAL PAST. 

Je me serais leve,, 1 should} 

Tu te serais leve, thou shouldst I s 



II se serait leve, 
Nous nous serions leves. 
Vous vous seriez leves, 
lis se seraient leves, 



he should ~ 
we should ( 



you should 



they should j 



I* 



Imperative Mood. 
Leve-toi, rise (.thou.i 

Q.u'il se leve, let him rise. 

Levons-nous, let us rise. 

Levez-vous, rise (you.) 

Q-U'ils se levent, let them rise- 



SE LEVER. 



431 



Subjunctive Mood. 



PRESENT. 

Que je me leve, that I may rise. 

Que tu te leves, that thou mayst rise. 

Qu'il se leve, that he may rise. 

Que nous nous levions, that we may rise. 
Que vous vous leviez, that you may rise. 
Qu'ils se levent, that they may rise. 

IMPERFECT. 

Que je me levasse, that I 

Que tu te levasses, that thou 

Qu'il se levat, that he 

Que nous nous levassions, that we 

Que vous vous levassiez, that you 

Qu'ils se levassent, '.hat they 



PRETERIT. 

Que je me 3ois leve, that I~\ 

Que tu te scis leve, that thou 

Qu'il se soit leve, that he 



Que nous nous soyons leves, that we 
Que vous vous soyez leves, that you 
Qu'ils se scient leves, that they ) 

PLUPERFECT. 

Que je me fusse leve, that I] 

Que tu te fusses leve, that thou | 

Qu'il se fut leve, that hel^ 

Que nous nous fussions leves,<Aa« we ] T 3 ■ 
Que vous vous fussiez leves, that you | "|* 
Qu'ils se fussent leves, that they) 



>l 



Ne pas se lever, 



Ne se levant pas, 

PRESENT. 

Je ne me leve pas, 
Tu ne te leves pas, 
II ne se leve pas, 
Nous ne nous levons pas, 
Vous ne vous levez pas, 
lis ne se levont pas, 
&c. 



II.— NEGATIVE FORM. 
Infinitive Mood. 

past. 
not to rise. | Ne pas s'etrc leve, not to have riser 

Participles. 

I PAST. 

not rising: I Ne s'etant pas leve, not having 1 risen 

Indicative Mood. 

preterit indefinite. 

I rise not. Je ne me suis pas leve, 7"| k 

thou risest not. Tu ne t'es pas leve, thou 

he rises not. I\ ne s'est pas leve, he 

we rise not. Nous ne nous sornmes pas leves, we 

you rise not. Vous ne vous etes pas leves, you 

they rise not. \\ 5 ne se sont pas leves, they 

&c. &c. &c, 



r 9 



present. 
Me leve-je, 
Te leves-tu, 
Se leve-t-il, 
Nous levons-nous, 
Vous levez-vous, 
Se levent-ils, 



III.— INTERROGATIVE FORM. 
Indicative Mood. 

preterit indefinite. 



&c. 



do I rise. 

dost thou rise 

does he rise 

do tee rise. 

do you rise. 

do they rise. 

&c. 



Me suis-je leve 
T'es-tu leve, 
S'est-il leve, 

Nous sommes-nous leves 
Vous etes-vous leves, 
Se sont-ils leves, 
&c. 



have I risen. 

hast thou risen. 

has he risen 

have we risen 

have you risen 

have they risen* 

&c. 



PRESENT. 

Ne u\e levc-je pas, do I not rise. 
Ne te leves- tu pas, dost thou not rise. 

Ne se leve-t-il pas, does he not rise. 

Ne nous levons-nous pas, do we not rise. 

Ne vous levez-vous pas, do you not rise. 

No so levent-ils pas, do they not rise. 

&c. &c. 



NEGATIVE AND INTERROGATIVE FORM 
Indicative Mood. 

preterit indefinite. 
Ne me suis-je pas leve have I\ 

Ne t'es-tu pas leve hast thou 

Ne s'est-il pas leve, has he { 

Ne nous sommes-nous pas leves, have we 
Ne vous etes-vous pas leves, have you 
Ne se sont-ils pas leves have they 

&c. &c. 



432 



IMPERSONAL VERBS. 



CONJUGATION OF THE IMPERSONAL VERB JfEIGER, TO SNOW. 
Infinitive Mood. - 



Neiger, 

Neigant, 
Neige, 



to snow, | Avoir neige, 
Participles. 



present. 

PAST. 



PRESENT. 



snowing. 



Ayant neige, 



to have snowed 



having snowed 



snowed. 
Indicative Mood. 



II neige, it snows. 

IMPERFECT. 

II neigeait, it was snowing. 

PRETERIT DEFINITE. 

II neigea, it snowed. 

FUTURE. 

II neigera, it will snow. 

conditional present. 
U neigerait, it should snow. 



preterit indefinite. 
II a neige, it has snowed. 

pluperfect. 
II avait neige, it had snowed. 

preterit anterior. 
II eut neige, it had snowed 

past future. 
II aura neig6, it will have snowed 

conditional past. 
II aurait neige, it should have snowed 



Subjunctive Mood. 



present. 
Q,u'il neige, that it may snow. 

imperfect. 
Qu'il neigeat, that it might snow. 



PRETERIT. 

Q.u'il ait neige, that it may have snowed 

PLUPERFECT. 

Qu'il eut neige, that it might have snowed 



CONJUGATION OF THE IMPERSONAL VERB PLEUVOIR, TO RAIN. 

Infinitive Mood. 



Pleuvoir, 



TRESENT. 



to rain. | Avoir plu, 
Participles. 



PAST. 



to have rained. 



Pleuvant, 

11 pleut, 
II plcuvait, 

firt'll plnuve, 



IMPERFECT. 



raining. \ Ayant plu, 
Indicative Mood 



having rained 



it rained. 



FUTURE 



II pleuvra, it will ram 

conditional present. 
II pleuvrait, it would rain 



PRETERIT DEFINITE. 

II plut, it rained. 

Subjunctive Mood, 
present. imperfect. 

that it may rain | Q.u'il plut, that it might ram- 



Y AVOIR AND FALLOIR. 



433 



CONJUGATION OF THE IMPERSONAL VERB Y AVOIR, TO BE THERE. 
Infinitive Mood, 
present. past. 

1" avoir, to be there. | Y avoir eu, to have been there 

Participles. 

present. past. 

y ayant, being there. \ Y ayant eu, having been, tneri 

Indicative Mood. 



PRESENT. 

there is, or there are. 

IMPERFECT. 

there wis, or there were. I II y avait eu, 



II y a, 

[1 y avait, 

PRETERIT DEFINITE. 

11 y eat, there was, or there were. 

FUTURE. 

11 y aura, there will be. 

CONDITIONAL PRESENT. 

II y aurait, there should be. 



PRETERIT INDEFINITE. 

II y a eu, there has been, or there hxve been 

PLUPERFECT. 

there had been 

PRETERIT ANTERIOR. 

H y eut eu, there had been. 

PAST FUTURE. 

II y aura eu, there will have bee<- 

CONDITIONAL PAST. 

II y aurait eu, there should have been. 



Imperative Mood. 

Qu'il y ait, let there be. 

Subjunctive Mood. 

ESENT. t PRETERI1 



Qu'il y ait, that there may be. 

IMPERFECT. 

Qu'il y eut, that there might be. 



Qu'il y ait eu, that there may have been 

PLUPERFECT. 

Qu'il y eut eu, that there might have been 



CONJUGATION OF THE IMPERSONAL VERB FALLOIR, TO BE NECESSARY 
Infinitive Mood, 
present. past participle. 

Falloir, to be necessary, j Fallu, been necessary 

Indicative Mood. 



PRESENT. 

11 faut, it is necessary. 

IMPERFECT. 

II fallait, it was necessary. 

PRETERIT DEFINITE. 

II fallut, it was necessary. 

FUTURE. 

11 faudra, it will be necessary. 

CONDITIONAL PRESENT. 

II faudrait, it would be necessary. 

Subjunctive Mood 
present. 
Qu'il faille, that it may be necessary 



preterit indefinite. 
II a fallu, it has been necessar* 

pluperfect. 
II avait fallu, it had been necessary 

preterit anterior. 
II eut fallu, it had been necessary 

PAST FUTURE. 

II aura fallu, it will have been necessary 

CONDITIONAL PAST. 

II aurait fallu, it would have been necessary 



IMPERFECT. 

ftn II fallut, that it might be necessary. 



PRETERIT. 

Qu'il ait fallu, that it may have been neccs 
sary. 

PLUPERFECT. 

Qu'il eut fallu, that it might have been r.e 
ccssary. 



434 



IRREGULAR VERBS. 



IRREGULAR VERBS OF THE FIRST CONJUGA- 
TION— £r. 

ALLER— To Go. 

Infinitive Mood. 

Present. Aller, to go. 



Part 
Part 


pres. 
past. 


Allant, going 
Alle, 6e, gone. 




Indicative Mood. 




Present. 




Je vais, 
Nous allons, 


tu vas, 
vous allez, 


il va, I go, &o 
ils vont. 


J'allais, 
Nous allions, 


Imperfect. 
tu allais, 
vous alliez, 

Preterit 


il allait, I was going, &a 
ils allaient. 


J'allai, 

Nous allames, 


tu alias, 
vous allates, 
Future 


il alia, I went, &c. 
ils allerent. 


J'irai, 
Nous irons, 


tu iras, 
vous irez, 

Conditiona 


il ira, I shall go, &c. 
ils iront. 


J'irais, 
Nous irions, 


tu irais, 
vous iriez, 


il irait, I should go, &.c 
ils iraient. 



Allons, 



J'aille, 
Nous allions, 



J'allasse, 
Nous allassions, 



Imperative Mood. 

Va, qu'il aille, Go thou, &c. 

allez, qu'ils aillent. 

Subjunctive Mood. 
Present. 



tu ailles, 
vous alliez, 

Imperfect. 
tu allasses, 
vous allassiez, 



il aille, 7 may go, &c. 
ils aillent. 



allat, I might go, &c. 
3 allassent. 



ENVOYER— To Send. 
This verb is irregular only in the Future and Conditional Tenses 
Future. 

tu enverras, il enverra, J shall send, Ate. 

vous enverrez, ils enverront. 

Conditional. 

tu enverrais, il enverrait, Ishou Id send, &c 

vous enverriez, ils enverraient. 



J'enverrai, 
Nous enverrons, 

J'enverrais, 
Nous enverrions, 



SECOND CONJLTGA riON- 



435 



IRREGULAR VERBS OF THE SECOND CONJUGA- 
TION— Ir. 



The Irregular Verbs belonging to 

s'Abstenir, to abstain, 
Accourir, to run to, 
Accueillir, to welcome, 
Appartenir, to belong to 
Acquerir, to acquire, . 
Bouillir, to boil, 
Concourir, to concur, . 
Conquerir, to conquer, 
Consentir, to consent, 
Contenir, to contain, 
Contrevenir, to contravene, 
Convenir, to agree, 
Courir, to run, . 
Couvrir, to cover, 
Cueillir, to gather, 
Decouvrir, to discover, 
Dementir, to give the lie, 
se Departir, to give up, 
Desservir, to clear the tables 
Detenir, to detain, 
Devenir, to become, 
se Devetir, to undress, 
Disconvenir, to disagree, 
Discourir, to discourse, 
Dormir, to sleep, 
Endormir, to lull asleep, 
s'Endormir, to fall asleep, 
Encourir, to incur, 
s'Enfuir, to run away, 
Entretenir, to keep up, 
Entr'ouvrir, to open a little, 
Fuir, to flee, to shun, to avoid, 
Intervenir, to intervene, ) 
Maintenir, to maintain, $ 
Mentir, to lie, 
Mourir, to die, . 
Obtenir, to obtain, 
Offrir, to offer, 
Ouvrir, to open, . 
Parcourir, to run over, 
Partir, to set out, 
Prcssentir, to foresee, 
Parvenir, to attain, 
Prevenir, to prevent 
Provenir, to proceed 
Recourir, to have recourse to 
Recouvrir, to cover again, . 
Recucillir, to collect, . 



this conjugation are — 

conjugated like Venir. 
" " Courir. 

" " Cueillir. 

page 436. 

page 437. 
" " Courir. 

" " Acquerir. 

" " Vemr. 

page 437 
r ' " Ouvrir. 

page 438 
" " Ouvrir. 



Venir. 






« 


Revetir. 


» 


Venir. 


(( 


Courir. 


it 


Sentir. 


« 


Courir. 


it 


Fuir. 


a 


Venir. 


' l 


Ouvrir. 




page 439- 


it 


Venir. 


« 


Sentir. 




page 440. 


a 


Venir. 


a 


Ouvrir. 




page 440. 


a 


Courir. 


(1 


Sentir. 


(t 


Venir. 


« 


Courir. 


« 


Ouvrir 


(( 


Cueillir 



436 



IRREGULAR VERBS. 



Redevenir, to become again, 
se Rendonnir, to sleep again, 
Repartir, to set out again, 
se Repentir, to repent, 
Rcquerir, to require, . 
Ressentir, to resent, 
Ressortir, to go out again, 
Ressouvenir, to remember, 
Retenir, to retain, 
Revenir, to return, 
Revetir, to invest, 
Secourir, to succor, 
Sentir, to feel, to smell, 
Servir, to serve, to use, 
Sortir, to go out, 
Souffrir, to suffer, 
Soutenir, to maintain, 
se Souvenir, to remember, 
Subvenir, to supply, 
Survenir, to befall, 
Tenir, to hold, 
Tressaillir, to start, . 
Venir, to come, . 
Vetir, to clothe, . 



conjugated 


like 


Venir, 


cc 


« 


Sentir. 


cc 


(C 


Acquerb 


it 


K 


Sentir. 



" Fem'r. 

page 441 
" Courir. 
page 442 

" Ouvrir. 



Venir. 



page 442 
page 443 
Revetir. 



ACQU^RIR— To Acquire. 
Infinitive Mood. 
Present. Acquerir, to acquire. 

Part. pres. Acquerant, acquiring. 
Part. past. Acquis, se, acquired. 

Indicative Mood. 
Present. 



J'acquiers, 
Nous acquerons, 

J'acqudrais, 
Nous acquerions, 

J'acquis, 

Nous acquimes, 

J'acquerrai, 
Nous acquerrons 

J'acquerrais, 
Nous acquerrions, 



Acquerons, 



il acquiert, J acquire, &c 
ils acquierent. 

il acquerait, / teas acquiring 
ils acqueraient. [&c 



tu acquiers, 
vous acquerez, 

Imperfect. 
tu acqu&ais, 
vous acqueriez, 

Preterit. 
tu acquis, il acquit, I acquired, &c. 

vous acquites, 

Future. 
tu acquerras, 
vous acquerrez, 

Conditional. 
tu acquerrais, il acquerrait, I should acquire, 
vous acquerriez, ils acquerraient. [&c. 

Imperative Mood. 
AcqUiers, qu'il acquiere, Acquire thou,ScG 

acquerez, qu'ils acquierent. 



il acquit, I acquiret 
ils acquirent. 



il acquerra, / shall acquire, 
ils acquerront. [«Stc 



SECOND CONJUGATION IR. 



437 



J'acquiere, 
Nous acquenons, 

J'acquisse, 
Nous acquissions, 



Subjunctive Mood. 

Present. 
tu acquieres, 
vous acqueriez, 

Imperfect 
tu acquisses, 
vous acquissiez, 



il acquiere, J may acquire*, 
ils acquierent. 



&c 



il acquit, I might acquire, &a 
ils acquissent 



BOUILLIR— To Boil 

Infinitive Mood. 

Present. Bouillir, to boil. 

Part.pres. Bouillant, boiling. 

Part. past. Bouilli, ie, boiled. 

Indicative Mood. 



Je bous, 
Nous bouillons, 



Je bouillais, 
Nous bouillions, 



Je bouillis, 
Nous bouillimes, 

Je bouillirai, 
Nous bouillirons, 

Je bouillirais, 
Nous bouillirions, 



jtfouillons, 



Je bouille, 
Nous bouillions, 

Je bouillisse, 
Nous bouillissions, 



Present. 
tu bous, 
vous bouillez, 

Imperfect 
tu bouillais, 
vous bouilliez, 

Preterit. 
tu bouillis, 
vous bouillites, 
Future. 
tu bouilliras, 
vous bouillirez, 

Conditional. 
tu bouillirais, il bouillirait, / should boil, &c 
vous bouilliriez, ils bouilliraient 

Imperative Mood. 
Bous, qu'il bouille, Boil thou, &c. 

bouillez, qu'ils bouillent. 

Subjunctive Mood. 
Present. 

il bouille, / may boil, &c. 
ils bouillent. 



il bout, I boil, &c. 
ils bouillent. 

il bouillait, I was boiling, &c 
ils bouillaient. 

il bouillit, I boiled, &c. 
ils bouillirent. 



il bouillira, I shall boil, &c. 
ils bouilliront. 



tu bouilles, 
vous bouilliez, 

Imperfect. 
tu bouillisses, 
vous bouillissiez, 



il bouillit, I might boil, &c. 
ils bouillissent. 



COURIR— To Run. 

Infinitive Mood. 

Present. Courir, to run. 

Pari. pres. Courant, running. 

Part. past. Couru, ue, run. 



438 



IRREGULAR VERBS. 



Je cours, 

Nous couronsj 

Je courais, 
Nous courions, 



Je courus, 
Nous courumes, 



Je courrai, 
Nous courrons, 



Je courrais, 
Nous courrions, 



Courons, 



Je coure, 

Nous courions, 

Jo courusse, 
Nous courussious, 



Indicativk Mood 

Present. 
tu cours, il court, I run, &c. 

vous courez, ils coureut. 

Imperfect. 
tu courais, il courait, I was running, &o 

vous couriez, ils couraient. 

Preterit. 
tu courus, 
vous courutes, 

Future. 
tu courras, 
vous courrez, 

Conditional. 
tu courrais, 
vous courriez, 
Imperative Mood. 
Cours, qu'il coure, Run thou, &c. 

courez, qu'ils courent. 

Subjunctive Mood. 

Present. 

il coure, I may run, &c. 



il courut, / ran, &c 
ils coururent. 

il courra, / shall run, &c. 
ils courront. 



il courrait, / should run, &c 
ils courraient. 



tu coures, 
vous couriez, 

Imperfect. 
tu courusses, 
vous courussiez, 



ils courent. 

il courut, I might run, &c 
ils courussent. 



CUEILLIR— To Gather. 
Infinitive Mood. 
Present. Cueillir, to gather. 



Part. pres. 
Part. past. 



Cueillant, gathering. 
Cueilli, ie, gathered. 



Je cueille, 
Nous cueillons, 

Je cueillais, 
Nous cueillions, 

Je cueillis, 
Nous cueillimes, 

Je cueillerai, 
Nous cueillerons, 



Indicative Mood 
Present. 

tu cueilles, 

vous cueillez, 
Imperfect 

tu cueillais, 

vous cueilliez, 
Preterit. 

tu cueillis, 

vous cueillites, 
Future. 

tu cueilleras, 

vous cueillerez, 



il cueille, I gather, &c. 
ils cueillent. 



il cueillait, / was gatherings 
ils cueillaient r &c. 



il cueillit, I gathered, &c. 
ils cueillirent. 



il cueillera, I shall gather, &c. 
ils cueilleront. 



SECOND CONJUGATION IR. 



439 



T e cueillerais, 
Nous cueillerions, 



Cueillons, 



Je cueille, 
Nous cueillions, 

Je cueillisso, 
Nous cueillissions, 



Conditional. 
tu cueillerais, il cueillerait, I should gather, 
vous cueilleriez, ils cueilleraient. [&c 

Imperative Mood. 
Cueille, qu'il cueille, Gather thou, Sec. 

cueillez, qu'ils cueillent. 

Subjunctive Mood. 

Present. 
tu cueilles, il cueille, I may gather, &c. 

vous cueilliez, ils cueillent. 

Imperfect. 
tu cueillisses, il cueillit, / might gather, &o 
vous cueillissiez, i js cueillissent. 



Je fuis, 
Nous fuyons, 

Je fuyais, 
Nous fuyions, 

Je fuis, 
Nous fuiraes, 

Je fuirai, 
Nous fuirons, 

Je fuirais, 
Nous fuirions, 



Fuyons, 



Je fuie, 
Nous fuyions, 

Je fuisso, 
Nous fuissions, 



il fuit, I fleet 
ils fuient. 



&c. 



il fuyait, I was fleeing, 
ils fuyaient. 



&& 



&c. 



FUIR— To Flee. 
Infinitive Mood. 
Present. Fuir, to flee. 

Part. pres. Fuyant, fleeing. 

Part. past. Fui, ie,fled. 

Indicative Mood 
Present. 
tu fuis, 
vous fuyez, 

Imperfect. 
tu fuyais, 
vous fuyiez, 

Preterit. 
tu fuis, 
vous fuites, 

Future. 
tu fuir as, 
vous fuirez, 

Conditional. 
tu fuirais, il fuirait, J should flee, Sec. 

vous fuiriez, ils fuiraient. 

Imperative Mood 
Fuis, qu'il fuie, Flee thou, &c 

fuyez, qu'ils fuient. 

Subjunctive Mood. 

Present. 
tu fuies, il fuie, J may flee, &c. 

vous fuyiez, ils fuient. 

Imperfect. 



il fuit, I fled, 
ils fuirent. 



il fuira, I shall flee, Sec. 
ils fuiront. 



tu fuisses, 
vous fuissiez, 



il fuit, I might flee, &c. 
ils fuissent. 



440 



IRREGULAR VERBS 



MOURIR— To Die. 

Infinitive Mood. 

Present. Mourir, to die 

Part. pres. Mourant, dying 

Part. past. Mort, te, dead. 

Indicative Mood. 
Present. 
Je meurs, tu meurs, il meurt, / die, &c. 

Nous mourons, vous mourez, ils meurent. 
Imperfect. 



Je mourais, 
Nous mourions, 

Je mourus, 
Nous mourumes, 

Je mourrai, 
Nous mourrons, 

Je mourrais, 
Nous mourrions, 



Mourons, 



Je meure, 
Nous mourionsj 

Je mourusse, 
Nous mourussions, 



il mourait, I was dying, &o 
ils mouraient. 

il mourut, / died, &c. 
ils moururent. 



tu mourais, 
vous mouriez, 

Preterit. 
tu mourus, 
vous mourutes, 
Future. 
tu mourras, 
vous mourrez, 

Conditional. 
tu mourrais, 
vous mourriez, 

Imperative Mood. 

Meurs, qu'il meure, Die thou. &c. 

mourez, qu'ils meurent. 

Subjunctive Mood. 
Present. 

tu meures, il meure, i" may die, &c. 

vous mouriez, ils meurent. 

Imperfect. 

tu mourusses, il mourut, / might die, &c 

vous mourussiez, ils mourussent 



il mourra, / shall die, &c. 
ils mourront. 



il mourrait, / should die, &c 
ils mourraient. 



OUVRIR— To Open. 
Infinitive Mood. 

Present. Ouvrir, to open. 

Part. pres. Ouvrant, opening. 

Part. past. Ouvert, te, opened 

Indicative Mood. 
Present. 
J'ouvre, tu ouvres, 

Nous ouvrons, vous ouvrez, 

Imperfect 
J'ouvrais, tu ouvrais, 

Nous ouvrions, vous ouvriez, 



il ouvre, / open, &c. 
ils ouvrent. 



il ouvrait, i" was opening, &a 
ils ouvraient. 



SECOND CONJUGATION IR. 



441 



J'ouvris, 
Nous ouvrimes, 

J'ouvrirai, 
Nous ouvrirons, 

J'ouvrirais, 
Nous ouvririons, 



Ouvrons, 



J'ouvre, 
Nous ouvrions, 

J'ouvrisse, 
Nous ouvrissions, 



Preterit. 
tu ouvris, 
vous ouvrites, 
Future. 
tu ouvriras, 
vous ouvrirez, 

- Conditional. 
tu ouvrirais, 
vous ouvririez, 



il ouvrit, 1 opened, &c. 
ils ouvrirent. 



il ouvrira, I shall open, &c. 
ils ouvriront. 



il ouvrirait, i" should open, &o 
ils ouvriraient. 



Imperative Mood. 
Ouvre, qu'il ouvre, Open thou, &c. 

ouvrez, qu'ils ouvrent. 

Subjunctive Mood. 

Present. 
tu ouvres, 
vous ouvriez, 

Imperfect. 
tu ouvrisses, 
vous ouvrissiez, 



il ouvre, I may open, &c. 
ils ouvrent. 



il ouvrit, I might open, &c 
ils ouvrissent. 



REVfiTIR— To Invest. 
Infinitive Mood. 
Present. Revetir, to invest. 

Part. pres. Revetant, investing. 

Part. past. Revetu, ue, invested. 

Indicative Mood. 
Present. 



Je rev6ts, 
Nous revetons, 


tu revets, 
vous revetez, 


il revet, I invest, &c. 
ils revetent. 


Je revfitais, 
Nous revStions, 


Imperfect. 
tu revetais, 
vous revetiez, 
Preterit. 


il revGtait, / was investing, 
ils revelaient. [&c. 


Je revfitis, 
Nous revetimes, 


tu rev^tis, 
vous revetites, 
Future. 


il revdtit, / invested, &c 
ils revetire,nt. 


Je revStirai, 
Nous revdtirons, 


tu revetiras, 
vous revetirez, 
Conditional. 


il revetira, I shall invest, &c 
ils rev6tiront. 


Je revfitirais, 
Nous revetirions, 


tu revfitirais, 
vous revetiriez, 


il revStirait, / should invest, 
ils revdtiraient. [&c. 




Imperative Mood. 


Rev6tons, 


Revets, 
Revetez, 


qu'il revdte, Invest thou, &c. 
qu'ils revfitent. 



442 



IRREGULAR VERBS. 



Je revete, 

Nous revetions, 

Je revetisse, 
Nous revetissions, 



Subjunctive Mood. 

Present. 
tu revetes, 
vous revetiez, 

Imperfect. 
tu revetisses, 
vous revetissiez, 



il revete, / may invest, &c. 
ils revetent. 



il revetit, I might invest, &c 
ils revetissent. 



SENTIR— To Feel 
Infinitive Mood. 
Present. Sentir, to feel. 

Part. pres. Sentant, feeling. 

Part. past. Senti, ie, felt. 

Indicative Mood. 
Present. 
Je sens, tu sens, il sent, I feel, &c. 

Nous sentons, vous sentez, ils sentent. 



Je sentais, 
Nous sentions, 

Je sentis, 
Nous sentimes, 



Je sentirai, 
Nous sentirons, 

Je sentirais, 
Nous sentirions, 



Imperfect. 



il sentait, I was feeling. &c 
ils sentaient. 



Sentons, 



Je sente, 
Nous sentions, 

Je sentisse, 
Nous sentissions, 



tu sentais, 
vous sentiez, 

Preterit. 
tu sentis, 
vous sentites, 

Future. 
tu sentiras, 
vous sentirez, 

Conditional 
tu sentirais, 
vous sentiriez, 

Imperative Mood. 
Sens, qu'il sente, Feel thou, &e. 

sentez, qu'ils sentent. 

Subjunctive Mood. 
Present. 

il sente, / may feel, &c. 
ils sentent. 



il sentit, I felt, &c. 
ils sentirent. 



il sentira, I shall feel, &c. 
ils sentiront. 



il sentirait, I should feel, &c 
ils sentiraient. 



tu sentes, 
vous sentiez, 

Imperfect 
tu sentisses, 
vous sentissiez, 



il sentit, i" might feel, &c, 
ils sentissent. 



TRESS AILLIR—ro Start. 
Infinitive Mood. 



Present. 
Part. pres. 
Part. past. 



Tressaillir, to start. 
Tressaillant, starting. 
Tressailli, ie, started. 



SECOND CONJUGATION IR. 



443 



Indicative Mood. 
Present. 
Je tressaille, tu tressailles, il tressaille, / start, &c. 

Nous tressaillons, vous tressaillez, ils tressaillent. 

Imperfect. 
Je tressaillais, tu tressaillais, il tressaillait, I was starting 

Nous tressaillions, vous tressailliez, ils tressaillaient. [&c. 

Preterit. 
Je tressaillis, tu tressaillis, il tressaillit, / started, &c. 

Nous tressaillimes, vous tressaillites, ils tressaillireiit. 

Future. 
Je tressaillirai, tu tressailliras, il tressaillira, / shall start, 

Nous tressaillirons, vous tressailiirez, ils tressailliront. [&c 

Conditional. 
Je tressaillirais, tu tressaillirais, il tressaillirait, I should start 

Nous tressaillirions, vous tressailliriez, ils tressailliraient. [&c. 

[No Imperative Mood.] 

Subjunctive Mood. 
Present. 
Je tressaille, tu tressailles, il tressaille, i" may start, Sec. 

Nous tressaillions, vous tressailliez, ils tressaiilent. 

Imperfect. 

Je tressaillisse, tu tressailiisses, il tressaillit, I might sttrt, &c 

Nous tressaillissions, vous tressaillissiez, ils tressaillissent. 



VENIR— To Come. 
Infinitive Mood. 



Venir, to come. 
Venant, coming. 
Venu, ue, come. 



Present. 
Part. pres. 
Part. past. 

Indicative Mood. 
Present. 
Je viens, tu viens, il vient, i" come, &c, 

Nous venons, vous venez, ils viennent. 



Je venais, 
Nous venions 



Je vins, 
Nous vinmss, 



Je viendrai, 
Nous viendrons 



Imperfect 



tu venais, 
vous veniez, 

Preterit. 
tu vins, 
vous vintes, 

Futur* 
tu viendras, 
vous viendrez, 



il venait, / was coming, &c 
ils venaient. 



il vint, / came, &c. 
ils vinrent. 



il viendra, / shall come*, 
ils viendront. 



&c 



444 



IRREGULAR VERBS. 



Je viendrais, 
Nous viendrions, 



Venons, 



Je vienne, 
Nous venions, 



Je viusse, 
Nous vinssions, 



Conditional. 
tu viendrais, il viendrait, / should come, &A 

vous viendriez, ils viendraient. 
Imperative Mood. 

Viens, qu'il vienne, Come thou, &o. 

venez, qu'ils viennent. 

Subjunctive Mood. 

Present. 
tu viennes, il vienne, / may come, &c. 

vous veniez, ils viennent. 



Imperfect. 



tu vmsses, 
vous vinssiez, 



il vint, I might come, &c. 
ils vinssent. 



IRREGULAR VERBS OF THE THIRD CONJUGATION— Oil 

The Irregular Verbs belonging to this conjugation are — 

page 445 



, to sit down, 

S ASSEOIR, ) 

Dechoir, to decay, 
Echoir, to expire, 
Emouvoir, to stir up, 
Entrevoir, to have a glimpse, 
Equivaloir, to be equivalent, 
Falloir, to be necessary, 
Mouvoir, to move, 
Pleuvoir, to rain, 
Pourvoir, to provide, 
Pouvoir, to be able, 
Prevoir, to foresee, 
Prevaloir, to prevail, 
Revaloir, to return like for like, 
Rasseoir, to sit down again, 
Rcvoir, to see again, 
Savoir, to know, . 
Seoir, to fit, to suit, to become.* 
Surseoir, to supersede, . 
Valoir, to be worth, 
Voir, to see, 
Vouloir, to be willing, . 



445 

conjugated like Dechoir. 
" Mouvoir 
" Voir. 
" Valoir. 
See page 43S 

page 446 
See page 432 
" Prevoir. 

page 447 

page 447 
« Valoir. 
« Valoir. 
" Asseoir. 
<* Voir. 

page 448 



Prevoir. 
page 449. 
page 450 
page 450 



* Skoir, To fit, to suit, to become, is used only in the third person of each tense in 
the indicative. 



II sied, it fits, 
Ds sieent, they fit. 
II siera, it will fit, 
Ils sieront, they will fit. 



II seyait, it fitted, 

Us seyaient, they fitted. 

II sierait, it would fit, 

Ils sieraient, they would fit. 



THIRD CONJUGATION OIR. 



445 



J'assieds, 
Nous asseyons, 

J'asseyais, 
Nous asseyions 

J'assis, 
Nous 



J'assierai, 
Nous assidrons 

J'assierais, 
Nous assie"rions 



J'asseie, 
Nous asseyions 



ASSEOIR— To Sit down. 

Infinitive Mood. 

Present. Asseoir, to sit down. 

Part. pres. Asseyant, sitting down 

Part. past. Assis, ise, sat down. 

Indicative Mood. 

Present. 
tu assieds, il assied, I sit, &c. 

vous asseyez, ils asseient. 

Imperfect. 
tu asseyais, il asseyait, i" was silling &a 

vous asseyiez, ils asseyaient. 

Preterit. 
tu assis, il assit, / sat, &c. 

vous assites, ils assirent. 

Future. 
tu assieras, il assiera, / shall sit, &c 

vous assierez, ils assieront. 

Conditional. 
tu assierais, il assierait, / should sit, &c 

vous assieriez, ils assieraient. 
Imperative Mood. 
Assieds, qu'il asseie, Sit thou, &c. 

asseyez, qu'ils asseient. 

Subjunctive Mood. 

Present. 
tu asseies, il asseie, / may sit, &c. 

vous asseyiez, ils asseient. 

Imperfect. 
tu assisses, il assit, / might sit, &c 

vous assissiez, ils assissent. 



Nous assissions, 

Asseoir is active, but is generally conjugated as a reflective verb. 



Dt CHOIR— To Decay. 

Infinitive Mood. 
Present. Dechoir, to decay. 

Part. pres. [Not used.] 
Part. past. Dechu, ue, decayed. 

Indicative Mood. 



Je de*chois, 
Nous dechoyons, 

Je de"cboyais, 
Nous ddchoyions, 



Present. 
tu dechois, 
vous dechoyez, 
Imperfect. 
tu ddchoyais, 
vous dechoyiez, 



il dechoit, I decay , &c 
ils dechoient 



il d^choyait, I icas decaying, 
ils dechoyaient \m*s. 



446 



IRREGULAR VERBS. 



Je dechus, 
Nous dechumes, 

Je decherrai, 
Nous decherrons, 

Je decherrais, 
Nous decherrions, 



e decboie, 
Nous dechoyions, 

Je dechusse, 
Nous dechussions, 



Preterit. 
tu dechus, 
voas dechutes, 
Future 
tu decherras, 
vous decherrez, 

Conditional 
tu decherrais, 
vous decherriez, 

Imperative Mood 

[Not used.] 

Subjunctive Mood. 

Present. 
tu dechoies, 
vous dechoyiez, 
Imperfect. 
tu dechusses, 
vous dechussiez, 



il dechut, / decayed, &c. 
ils dechurent. 



I decherra, I shall decay, &c 
ils decherrout. 



il decherrait, / should 
ils decherraient 



decay, 
[&c 



il dechoie, / may decay, &c. 
ils dechoient. 



il dechut, I might decay, &c, 
ils dechussent. 



MOUVOIR— To Move. 
Infinitive Mood. 



Present. Mouvoir, to move. 


Part 


. pres. Mouvant, moving. 


Pan 


past. Mil, ue, moved. 




Indicative Mood. 




Present. 




Je meus, 


tu meus, 


il meut, / move, &c. 


Nous mouvous, 


vous mouvez, 
Imperfect. 


ils meuvent. 


Je mouvais, 


tu mouvais, 


il mouvait, / was moving, &c. 


Nous mouvions, 


vous mouviez, 
Preterit. 


ils mouvaient. 


Je mus, 


tu mus, 


il mut, I moved, &c 


Nous mumes, 


vous mutes, 
Future 


ils murent. 


Je mouvrai, 


tu mouvras, 


il mouvra, / shall move, &c. 


Nous mouvrons, 


vous mouvrez, . 
Conditional. 


ils mouvront. 


Je mouvrais, 


tu mouvrais, 


il mouvr^ait, I should move, &c 


Nous mouvrhns, 


vous mouvnez, 


ils mouvraient. 




Imperative Mood. 




Meus, 


qu'il meuve, Move thou, &c 


Mouvons, 


mouvez, 


qu'ils meuvent. 



THIRD CONJUGATION OIR. 



447 



Subjunctive Mood. 
Present. 



Je meuve, 
Nous mouvions, 



Je musse, 
Nous mussions, 



tu meuves, 
vous mouviez, 

Imperfect. 
tu musses, 
vous mussiez, 



il meuve, I may move, &c. 
ils meuvent. 

il mut, / might move, &a 
ils mussent. 



Je puis, or peux, 
Nous pouvons, 

Je pouvais, 
Nous pouvions, 

Je pus, 
Nous pumes, 

Je pourrai, 
Nous pourrons, 

Je pourrais, 
Nous pourrions, 



Je puisse* 
Nous puissions, 

Je pusse, 
Nous pussions, 



FOVVOIR—To be Able. 
Infinitive Mood. 
Present. Pouvoir, to be able. 

Part. pres. Pouvant, being able. 
Part. past. Pu, been able. 

Indicative Mood. 
Present. 



tu peux, 
vous pouvez, 

Imperfect. 
tu pouvais, 
vous pouviez, 

Preterit. 
tu pus, 
vous putes, 

Future. 
tu pourras, 
vous pourrez 



il peut, I can, &c. 
ils peuvent. 

il pcuvait, i" was able, &c. 
ils pouvaient. 

il put, / was able, &c. 
ils purent. 

il pourra, / shall be able, &o. 
ils pourront. 



Conditional. 
tu pourrais, il pourrait, / should be able t 

vous pourriez^ ils pourraient. [&c 

Imperative Mood. 

[Not used.] 
Subjunctive Mood. 

Present. 
tu puisses, il puisse, / may be able, &c. 

vous puissiez, ils puissent. 

Imperfect. 
tu pusses, il put, / might be able, &,c 

vous pussiez, ils pussert. 



PR&VOIR— To Foresee. 
Infinitive Mood. 



Present. 
Part pres 
Part. past. 



Pre>oir, to foresee. 
Prevoyant, foreseeing, 
PreVu, ue, foreseen. 



448 



IRREGULAR VERBS. 





Indicative Mood. 




Present 




Je prevois, 


tu prevois, 


il preVoit, I foresee, &c. 


Nous prevoyons, 


vous prevoyez, 
Imperfect. 


ils prevoient. 


Je prevoyais, 


tu prevoyais, 


il prevoyait, I foresaw, &c 


Nous prevoyions, 


vous prevoyiez, 
Preterit. 


ils prevoyaient. 


Je previs, 


tu previs, 


il previt, I foresaw, &c. 


Nous previmes, 


vous prevites, 
Future. 


ils previrent. 


Je prevoirai, 


tu prevoiras, 


il prevoira, I shall foresee, &c 


Nous prevoirons, 


vous prevoirez, 
Conditional 


ils prevoiront. 


Je prevoirais, 


tu prevoirais, 


il prevoirait, I should foresee 


Nous prevoirious, 


vous pre"voiriez, 


ils prevoiraient. [&c 




Imperative Mood. 




Prevois, 


qu'il prevoie, Foresee thou 


Prevoyons, 


prevoyez, 


qu'ils prevoient. [&c. 




Subjunctive Mood. 




Present. 




Je preVoie, 


tu prevoies, 


il prevoie, I may foresee, &c. 


Nous prevoyions, 


vous prevoyiez, 
Imperfect. 


ils prevoient. 


Je previsse, 


tu previsses, 


il previt, / might foresee, &o 


Nous previssions, 


vous previssiez, 


ils previssent. 



S AVOIR— To Know. 

Infinitive Mood. 

Present. Savoir, to know. 



Part. pres. 
Part. past. 



Sachant, knowing. 
Su, ue, known. 



Je sais, 
Nous savous, 



Je savais, 
Nous savions, 

Je sus, 
Nous sumes, 



Indicative Mood. 
Present. 
tu sais, 
vous savez, 

Imperfect. 
tu savais, 
vous saviez, 

Preterit. 
tu sus, 
vous sutes, 



il sait, J know, &c. 
ils savent. 

il savait, I did know, &o 
ils savaient. 

il sut, i" knew, &c 
ils surent. 



THIRD CONJUGATION OIR. 



449 



Je saurai, 
Nous saurons, 

Je saurais, 
Nous saurions, 



Sachons, 



Future. 
tu sauras, 
vous saurez, 

Conditional. 
tu saurais, 
vous sauriez, 
Imperative Mood. 

Sache, qu'il sache, Know thou, &c 

sachez, qu'ils sachent. 

Subjunctive Mood. 
Present. 



il saura, / shall know, &c. 
ils sauront. 



il saurait, I should know, &o 
ils sauraient. 



Je sache, 
Nous sachions, 


tu saclies, 
vous sachiez, 


il sache, I may know, &c. 
ils sachent. 


Je susse, 
Nous sussions, 


Imperfect. 
tu susses, 
vous sussiez, 


il sut, I might know, &c 
ils sussent. 




VALOIR— To be 


Worth. 




Infinitive Mood 


Present. Valoir 
Part. pres. Valanl 
Part. past. Valu, 


to be worth. 
, being worth, 
been worth. 




Indicative Mood 




Present. 




Je vaux, 
Nous valons, 


tu vaux, 
vous valez, 


il vaut, I am worth, &c. 
ils valent. 


Je valais, 
Nous valions, 


Imperfect. 
tu valais, 
vous valiez, 

Preterit. 


il valait, I was worth, &c 
ils valaient. 


Je valus, 
Nous valilmes, 


tu valus, 
vous valutes, 
Future. 


il valut, / was worth, &c 
ils valurent. 


Je vaudrai, 
Nous vaudrons, 


tu vaudras, 
vous vaudrez, 
Conditional. 


il vaudra, 7" shall be worth 
ils vaudront. [&c 


Je vaudrais, 
Nous vaudrions, 


tu vaudrais, 
vous vaudriez, 


il vaudrait, I should be worth, 
ils vaudraient. [&a 




Imperative Mood. 


Valons, 


Vaux, 
valez, 


qu'il vaille, Be thou worth t 
qu'ils vaillent. [&.& 




Subjunctive Mood. 




Present. 




Je vaille, 
Nous valions, 


tu vailles, 
vous valiez, 


il vaille, I may be worth, &c. 
ils vaillent. 



450 



IRREGULAR VERBS. 



Je valusse, 
Nous valussions, 



Imperfect. 
tu valusses, 
vous valussiez, 



il valut, I might he worth, 
ils valussent. [&c 



Je vois, 

Nous voyons, 

Je voyais, 
Nous voyious, 

Je vis, 
Nous vimes, 

Je verrai, 
Nous verrons, 

Je verrais, 
Nous verrions, 



Voyons, 



il voit, / see, &c. 
ils voient. 

voy ait, / did sec, &c. 

ils voyaient. 



VOIR— To See. 

Infinitive Mood. 
Present. Voir, to see. 

Part. pres. Voy ant, seeing 

Part. past. Vu, ue, seen. 

Indicative Mood. 
Present. 
tu vois, 
vous voyez, 

Imperfect. 
tu voyais, 
vous voyiez, 

Preterit. 
tu vis, 
vous vites, 

Future. 
tu verras, 
vous verrez, 

Conditional. 
tu verrais, 
vous verriez, 

Imperative Mood. 
Vois, qu'il voie, See thou, &c 

voyez, qu'ils voient. 

Subjunctive Mood. 
Present. 



il vit, / saw, 
ils virent. 



&c. 



verra, I shall see, &c. 
ils verrout. 



verrait, I should see, 
3 verraient. 



&e 



Je voie, 

Nous voyious 

Jo visse, 
Nous vissions, 



tu voies, 
vous voyiez, 

Imperfect. 
tu visses, 
vous vissiez, 



il voie, I may see, &c. 
ils voient. 



il vit, / might see, &c. 
ils vissent. 



Je veux, 
Nous voulons, 



VOULOIR— To he Willing. 
Infinitive Mood. 

Vouloir, to he icilling. 
Voulant, being willing. 
Voulu, ue, heen willing. 
Indicative Mood. 
Present. 

il veut, I will, &c. 
ils veulent. 



Present, 
Part. pres. 
Part. past. 



tu veux, 
vous voulez, 



FOURTH CONJUGATION RE. 



4§1 



Je voulais, 
Nous voulrons, 



Je voulus, 
Nous voulumes, 

Je voudrai, 
Nous voudrous, 

Je voudrais, 
Nous voudrions, 



Imperfect 
tu voulais, 
vous vouliez, 

Preterit. 
tu voulus, 
vous voulutes, 

Future. 
tu voudras, 
vous voudrez, 

Conditional. 
tu voudrais, 
vous voudriez, 



il voulait, / would, &c 
ils voulaient. 

il voulut, / would, &c. 
ils voulureut. 

il voudra, JT will, &c. 
ils voudront. 

il voudrait, I would, &c. 
ils voudraient. 



Imperative Mood- 
[Not used, except Veuillez bien, Be willing, &c] 
Subjunctive Mood. 
Present. 



Je veuille, 
Nous voulions, 

Je voulusse, 

Nous voulussions, 



tu veuilles, 
vous vouliez, 

Imperfect. 
tu voulusses, 
vous voulussiez, 



il veuille, I may be willing, 
ils veuillent. [&c. 



il voulut, / might be willing, 
iis voulussent. [&c. 



IRREGULAR VERBS OF THE FOURTH CONJUGATION— RR 

The Irregular Verbs belonging to this conjugation are — 

Absoudre, to absolve, 
Abstraire, to abstract, 
Accroitre, to accrue, 
Admettre, to admit, 
Avparaitre, to appear, 
Apprendre, to learn, 
Astreindre, to restrain, 
Atteindre, to reach, 
Boire, to drink, 
Braire, to bray.* 
Ceindrc, to gird, 
Circoncire, to circumcise, 
Circonscrire, to circumscribe, 
Clore, to shut, 
Commettre, to commit, 



conjugated like Resoudre. 
" " Traire. 


cc 


a 


Connaitre. 


it 


cc 


Mettre. 


a 


(( 


Connaitre. 


• 




page 454. 


cc 


cc 


Feindre. 
pago 455 


n 


cc 


Feindre. 


St 


cc 


Dire. 


cc 


cc 


Ecrire. 


cc 


cc 


page 455 
Mettre. 



* Used only in the following tenses and persons : — 

Present. Future. 

II brait, he or it brays. II braira, he or it will bray. 

113 braient, they bray. lis biairont, they will bray. 

Conditional. 

II brairait, he cr it would bray. 

lis brairaient, they would bray. 



IRREGULAR VERBS. 



Comparaitre, to appear, 
Complaire, to comply with, 
Comprendre, to understand, 
Compromettre, to compromise, 
Conclure, to conclude, 
Conduire, to conduct, 
Confire, to pickle, 
Conjoindre, to join together, 
Connaitre, to know, 
Construire, to construct, 
Contraindre, to compel, 
Contredire, to contradict, 
Contrefaire, to counterfeit, 
Convaincre, to convince, 
Coudre, to sew, 
Craindre, to fear, 
Croire, to believe, 
Croitre, to grow up, 
Cuire, to cook, 
Decoudre, to unsew, . 
Decrire, to describe, 
Decroitre, to decrease, 
se Dedire, to recant, . 
Deduire, to deduct, 
Defaire, to undo, ) 

se Defaire, to get rid of, $ 
Dejoindre, to disjoin, 
Demettre, to disjoint, 
se Demettre, to abdicate, 
Deplaire, to displease, 
Desapprendre, to unlearn, 
Deteindre, to discolor, 
Detruire, to destroy, 
Dire, to say, to tell, 
Disparaitre, to disappear, 
Dissoudre, to dissolve, 
Distraire, to distract, 
Eclore, to hatch, 
Ecrire, to write, 
Elire, to elect, 
Emoudre, to grind, 
Enceindre, to encompass, 
Enclore, to enclose, 
Enduire, to daub, 
Enfreindre, to infringe, ) 
Enjoindre, to enjoin, $ 
s'Entremettre, to intermeddle.. 
Entreprendre, to undertake, 
Epreindre, to squeeze out, 
Eteindre, to extinguish, 
Exclure, to exclude, 
Extraire, to extract, 
Faire, to make, to do, 



'1 



conjugated like Connaitre 
" " PZaire. 


«« 




Apprendre 
Mettre. 


« 


it 


page 456. 
Jnstruire. 


i< 


a 


Dire. 


a 


it 


Feindre. 


(C 


it 


page 457. 
Jnstruire. 


(« 


a 


Feindre. 


«( 


a 


Dire. 


c< 


tt 


Faire. 


« 


«( 


Vainer e. 


(C 


tt 


page 458. 
Feindre. 


« 


a 


page 459. 
Connaitre 


«( 


a 


Jnstruire. 


(( 


a 


Coudre. 


«( 


a 


Ecrire. 


(( 


a 


Connaitre 


« 


a 


Dire. 


«( 


tt 


Jnstruire. 


«( 


a 


Faire. 


(< 


a 


Feindre 


«( 


« 


Mettre. 


» 


« 


Plaire. 


(( 
cc 


it 

tt 


Apprendre 
Feindre. 


« 


(t 


Jnstruire. 


C( 


a 


page 459. 
Connaitre 


(C 


a 


Risoudre. 


«( 


(C 


Traire. 

See Clore. 


(( 


tc 


page 460. 
Lire. 


u 


tt 


Moudre. 


(( 


« 


Feindre. 


. 




See Clore 


« 


(( 


Jnstruire. 


tt 


it 


Feindre. 


(( 


it 


Mettre. 


(I 


ti 


Apprendre. 


« 


tt 


Feindre. 


(( 


tt 


Conclure. 


(( 


tt 


Traire. 
page 461. 



FOURTH CONJUGATION RE. 



<% 



Feindre, to feign, 
Frire, to fry, 
Induire, to induce, 
Inscrire, to inscribe, 
Instruire, to instruct, 
Interdire, to interdict, 
Introduire, to introduce, 
Joindre, to join, 
Lire, to read, 
Luire, to shine, 
Maudire, to curse, 
Medire, to slander, 
Meconnaitre, not to know, 
se Meprendre, to mistake, 
Mettre, to put, 
Moudre, to grind, 
NaItre, to be born, 
Nuire, to harm, 
Oindre, to anoint, 
Omettre, to omit, 
Paitre, to graze, ) 
Paraitre, to appear, £ 
Peindre, to paint, 
Permettre, to permit, . 
Plaindre, to pity, 
se Plaindre, to complain, 
Plaire, to please, 
se Plaire a, to delight in, 
Poursuivre, to pursue, 
Pre dire, to foretell, 
Prendre, to take, 
Prescrire, to prescribe, 
Produire, to produce, 
Prometlre, to promise, 
Proscrire, to proscribe, 
Reboire, to drink again, 
Reconduire, to lead back, 
Reconnaitre, to know again, 
Rccoudre, to sew again, 
Recrire, to write again, 
Recuire, to cook again, 
Redefaire, to undo again, 
Redire, to say again, . 
Reduire, to reduce, 
Refaire, to do again, 
Relire, to read again, 
Reluire, to shine, 
Remettre, to put again, 
Remoudre, to grind again, 
Renaitre, to revive, 
Renlraire, to fine-draw, 
Repaitre, to feed, 
Reprendre, to take again, 

20 



page 462. 
conjugated like Ifo're. 

" " Instruct. 

" " Ecrire. 

page 462 
' " Aire. 

' " Instruire 

" « Feindre. 

page 463. 
" " Instruire 

" " Z>we. 

" " Connaitre 

" " Apprendre 

page 464. 

page 465. 

page 465. 
" " Instruire. 

" " Feindre. 

" " JtfeMre. 

" " Connaitre 

" " Feindre. 

" " Me«re. 

" " Feindre. 

page 466. 

" " P/oirc. 

" " Suivre. 

" " Dz're. 

" " Apprendre. 

« " £crire. 

" " Instruire. 

" " Me«rc. 

" " Ecrire. 

" " Instruire. 

'* " Connaitre 

« " Coudre. 

" " Ecrire. 

" " Instruire. 

" " Paire. 

" « Z>fre. 

" " Instruire 

" « Pai'rc. 

" « I,z*re. 

" " Instruire 

" " Mettre. 

" « Moudre. 

" " Naitre. 

" " TYazre. 

" " Connaitre. 

u (t Apprendre 



IRREGULAR VERBS. 



Resoudre, to resolve, 


, 


, 


. 


pasre 487 


Restreindre, to restrain, 




conjugated like Feindrc. 


Revivre, to live again, 




«« 


cc 


Vivre. 


Rire, to laugh, 








page 468. 


Satisfaire, to satisfy, . 




CC 


K 


Faire. 


Seduire, to seduce, 




a 


CC 


Instruire. 


Soumettre, to submit, . 




cc 


cc 


Mettre. 


Sourire, to smile, 




« 


" 


Rire. 


Souscrire, to subscribe, 




cc 


il 


Ecrire. 


Soustraire, to subtract, 




cc 


a 


Traire. 


Suivre, to follow, 








page 468. 


Sujjire, to suffice, 




(< 


a 


Dire. 


Surf aire, to overcharge, 




a 


" 


Faire. 


Surprendre, to surprise, 


. 


cc 


cc 


Apprendrc 


Survivre, to survive, 


, 


" 


cc 


Vivre. 


se Taire, to be silent, 




«« 


cc 


Plaire. 


Teindre, to dye, 


. 


cc 


cc 


Feindre. 


Traduire, to translate, 




(< 


<c 


Instruire. 


Traire, to milk, 






, 


page 469. 


Transcrire, to transcribe, 




« 


" 


Ecrire. 


Transmettre, to transmit, 


. 


« 


cc 


Mettre. 


Vaincre, to conquer, to vanquish, 




. 


page 470. 


Vivre, to live, .... 






page 471 



APPRENDRE— To Learn. 
Infinitive Mood. 
Present. Apprendre, to learn. 

Part. pres. Apprenant, learning. 

Part. past. Appris, se, learned. 

Indicative Mood. 
Present. 
tu apprends, 
vous apprenez, 

Imperfect. 
tu apprenais, 
vous appreniez, 
Preterit. 
tu appris, 
vous apprites, 
Future. 
tu apprendras, 
vous apprendrez, 
Conditional. 
tu apprendrais, 
Nous apprendrions, vous apprendriez. 

Imperative Mood. 

Apprends, qu'il apprenne, Learn thou 

Apprenons, apprenez, 



J'apprends, 
Nous apprenons, 

J 'apprenais, 
Nous apprenions, 

J'appris, 

Nous apprimes, 

J'apprendrai, 
Nous apprendroiiS; 

J'apprendrais, 



il apprend, / learn, &c. 
ils apprennent. 



il apprenait, / was learning 

ils apprenaient. [&o 



il apprit, I learned, &c. 
ils apprirent. 

il apprendra, I shall learn, &<i 
ils apprendi-ont. 

il apprendrait, I should learn, 
ils apprendraient. [&c. 



qu'ils apprennent. 



[&c 



FOURTH CONJUGATION RE 



4W 



Subjunctive Mood. 
Present. 

J'apprenne, tu apprennes, il apprenne, I may learn, &c 

Nous apprenions, vous appreniez, ils apprennent. 

Imperfect. 

J'apprisse, tu apprisses, il apprit, / might learn, &c. 

Nous apprissions, vous apprissiez, ils apprissent. 



BOIRE— To Drink. 
Infinitive Mood. 
Present. Boire, to drink. 



Je bois, 
Nous buvons, 

Je buvais, 
Nous buvions 



Je bus, 
Nous bumes 



Je boirai, 
Nous boirons, 



Je boirais, 
Nous boirions 



Buvons, 



Je boive, 
Nous buvions 



Je busse, 

Nous bussions 



Buvant, drinking 
Bu, ue, drunk. 



il boit, / drink, &c 
ils boivent. 



Part. pres. 
Part. past. 

Indicative Mood. 

Present. 
tu bois, 
vous buvez, 

Imperfect. 
tu buvais, 
vous buviez, 

Preterit. 
tu bus, 
vous butes, 

Future 
tu boiras, 
vous boirez, 

Conditional. 
tu boirais, il boirait, / should drink, &c. 

vous boiriez, ils boiraient. 



il buvait, / was drinking^ &c 

ils buvaient. 



but, I drank, &c. 
3 burent. 



il boira, I shall drink, &c. 
ils boiront. 



Imperative Mood. 
Bois, qu'il boive, Drink thou, &c. 

buvez, qu'ils boivent. 

Subjunctive Mood. 
Present. 



tu boives, 
vous buviez, 

Imperfect. 
tu busses, 
vous bussiez, 



il boive, / may drink, &c. 
ils boivent. 



il but, / might drink, &c. 
ils bussent. 



CLORE— To Shut. 

Clare, and its compounds, Eclore, Enclore, have only the following 
tenses and persons in use : — 



'156 IRREGULAR VERBS. 

Infinitive Mood. 
Present. Clore, to close 

Part. past. Clos, closed. 

Indicative Mood. 
Present. 

Je clos, tu clos, il clot, / close, &c 

Future. 

Je clorai, tu cloras, il clora, I shall close, &c. 

Nous clorons, vous clorez, ils clorout. 

Conditional. 

Je clorais, tu clorais, il clorait, / should close, &c 

Nous clorions, vous cloriez, ils cloraient. 

SuBJUNCTrvE Mood. 
Present. 
Je close, tu closes, il close, / may close, &c 

*** Enclore, to enclose, is conjugated in the same manner. Ftrtore, to 
hatch, lias the following tenses and persons in use : — 

Infinitive Mood. 
Present. £ clore, to he hatching. 

Part. past. jficlos, hatched. 

Indicative Mood. 
Present. 
II e*clot, it is hatching. Ils eclosent, they are hatching. 

Future. 
Tl eclora, it will he hatching. Ils ecloroiit, they, &c. 

Conditional. 
II dclorait, it would he hatching. Ils dcloraient, they, &c 

Subjunctive Mood. 
Present. 
II ©close, it may be hatching. Ils dclosent, they, &c 



CONCLURE— To Conclude. 

Infinitive Mood. 
Present. Conclure, to conclude. 

Part. pres. Concluant, concluding 

Part past. Conclu, ue, concluded. 

Indicative Mood. 
Present. 
Je conclus, tu conclus, il conclut, / conclude, &lc 

Nous concluons, vous concluez, ils concluent. 

Imperfect. 
Je concluais, tu concluais, il concluait, I was concluding, 

Nous concluions, vous conclulez, ils concluaient. [&ot 



FOURTH CONJUGATION RE. 



45' 



Je conclus, 
Nous conclumes, 



Je conclurai, 
Nous eonclurons, 



Je conclurais, 
Nous conclurious, 



Concluons, 



Je conclue, 

Nous concluions, 



Je conclusse, 
Nous conclussions, 



Preterit. 
tu conclus, 
vous conclutes, 

Future. 
tu concluras, 
vous conclurez, 

Conditional. 
tu conclurais, 
vous concluriez, 



il conclut, / concluded, &c. 
ils conclurent. 



il conclura, J shall conclude, 
ils concluront. [&a 



il conclurait, / should con- 
ils concluraient. [elude, &c 



Imperative Moon. 



Conclus, 
concluez, 



qu'il conclue, Conclude thou, 
qu'ils concluent. [&c. 



Subjunctive Moon. 
Present. 
tu con clues, 
vous concluiez, 

Imperfect. 
tu conclusses, 
vous conclussiez, 



il conclue, I may conclude, 
ils concluent. [&c 



il conclut, / might conclude, 
ils conclussent. [&c. 



* 9 * The participle past of Exclure is exclus, excluded. 



Je connais, 
Nous connaissons, 

Je connaissais, 
Nous connaissions, 



Je connus, 
Nous connumes, 



Jo connaitrai, 
Nous connai Irons, 



Je counaitrais, 
Nous connaitrions, 



CONNAITRE— To Knoic. 
Infinitive Mood. 
Present. - Connaitre, to know. 

Part. pres. Connaissant, knowing. 

Part. past. Connu, ue, known. 

Indicative Mood. 
Present. 
tu connais, il connait, I know, &c 

vous connaissez, ils connaissent 



Imperfect. 
tu connaissais, 
vous connaissiez, 

Preterit. 
tu connus, 
vous connutes, 

Future. 
tu connaitras, 
vous connaitrez, 

Conditional. 
tu connaitrais, 
vous coiinaitriez, 



il connaissait, / did know, &c. 
ils connaissaient. 



il connut, I knew, &c. 
ils connurent. 



il connaitra, I shall knoio, &c 
ils connaitront. 



il connaitrait, / should know % 
ils conuaitraient. [&© 



458 



IRREGULAR VERBS. 



Conuaissoiis, 



Je connaisse, 
Nous connaissicns, 

Je connusse, 
Nous connussions, 



Imperative Mood. 
Connais, qu'il connaisse, Knoto thou, 

connaissez, qu'ils connaissent. [&c. 

Subjunctive Mood. 

Present. 
tu connaisses, 
vous connaissiez, 
Imperfect. 
tu counusses, 
vous connussiez, 



il connaisse, I may know, &c 
ils connaissent. 



il connut, / might know, &c 
ils connussent. 



COUDRE— To Sew. 

Infinitive Mood. 

Present. Coudre, to sew. 



Part. pres. 
Part. past. 



Cousant, sewing. 
Cousu, ue, sewed. 



Je couds, 
Nous cousons, 



Je cousais, 
Nous cousions, 



Je cousis, 
Nous cousimes, 

Je coudrai, 
Nous coudrons, 



Je coudrais, 
Nous coudricns, 



Cousonsj 



Je couse, 
Nous cousions, 



Je cousisse, 



Indicative Mood. 
Present. 
tu couds, il coud, / sew. &c 



vous cousez, 



ils cousent. 



Imperfect. 



il cousait, I was sewing, &o 
ils cousaient. 



Nous 



cousissiono, 



tu cousais, 
vous cousiez, 

Preterit. 

tu cousis, 
vous cousites, 

Future. 
tu coudras, 
vous coudrez, 

Conditional, 

tu coudrais, 
vous coudriez, 

Imperative Mood. 
Couds, qu'il couse, Sew thou, &c. 

cousez, qu'ils cousent. 

Subjunctive Mood. 

Present 

tu couses, il couse, / may sew, &c. 

vous cousiez, ils cousent. 

Imperfect. 

tu cousisses, il cousit, / might sew, &c 

vous cousissiez, ils cousissent 



il cousit, i" sewed, &c 
ils cousirent. 



il coudra, I shall sew, &c. 
ils coudront. 



il coudrait, I should sew, &G. 
ils coudraient. 



FOURTH CONJ JGATION-r-RE. 



459 



CROIRE— To Believe. 

Infinitive Mood. 
Present Croire, to believe. 

Part. prcs. Croyant, believing. 
Part. past. Cru, ue, believed. 

Indicative Mood. 





Present. 




Je crois, 


tu crois, 


il croit, / believe, &c. 


Nous croyons, 


vous croyez, 

Imperfect. 


ils croient. 


Je croyais, 


tu croyais, 


il croyait, / did believe, &c 


Nous croyions, 


vous croyiez, 
Preterit. 


ils croyaient. 


Je crus, 


tu crus, 


il crut, I believed, &c. 


Nous crumes, 


vous crutes, 

Future. 


ils crurent. 


Je croirai, 


tu croiras, 


il croira, I shall believe, &c 


Nous croirons, 


vous croirsz, 
Conditional, 


ils croiront. 


Je croirais, 


tu croirais, 


il croirait, I should believe, &c 


Nous croirions, 


vous croiriez, 


ils croiraient. 




Imperative Mood. 




Crois, 


qu'il croie, Believe thou, &c. 


Croyons, 


croyez, 


qu'ils croient. 




Subjunctive Mood. 




Present. 




Je Croie, 


tu croies, 


il croie, J may believe, &c 


Nous croyions, 


vous croyiez, 
Imperfect. 


ils croient. 


Je crusse, 


tu crusses, 


il crut, I might believe, &c 


Nous missions, 


vous crussiez, 


ils crussent 



Je dis, 
Nous disons, 



DIRE— To Say, to Tell. 

Infinitive Mood. 

Present. Dire, to say. 

Part. pres. Disant, saying 

Part past. Dit,* te, said. 

Indicative Mood 
Present, 
tu dis, il dit, / say, &c. 

vous dites,t ils disent. 



* Circoncirc, to circumcise, has circoncis ir. the part past, and svffire, to bo suffi- 
cient, hrts suffi. 
j See Note, page 4C0. 



460 



IRREGULAR VERBS. 



Jo disais, 

Nous disions. 

Je dis, 
Nous dimes, 

Je dirai, 

Nous dirons, 

Je dirais, 
Nous dirions, 



hsons, 



Je dise, 
Nous disions, 



Je disse, 
Nous dissions, 



Imperfect. 
tu disais, 
vous disiez, 

Preterit. 
tu dis, 
vous dites, 

Future. 
tu diras, 
vous direz, 

Conditional. 
tu dirais, 
vous diriez, 



il disait, / was saying, &c 
ils disaieut. 



il dit, / said, &c 
ils dirent. 



il dira, I shall say, &c. 
ils diront. 



il dirait, / should say, &c 
iis diraieut. 



Imperative Mood. 
Dis, qu'il dise, Say thou, &c 

dites,* qu'ils disent 

Subjunctive Mood. 
Present. 



tu dises, 
vous disiez, 

Imperfect. 
tu disses, 
vous dissiez, 



il dise, / may say, &c. 
ils disent. 



il dit, I might say, &<e, 
ils dissent. 



£CRIRE— To Write. 
Infinitive Mood. 

Present. ficrire, to write. 

Part. pres. £crivant, writing. 

Part. past. ficrit, ite, ivritten. 

Indicative Mood. 



J'ecris, 

Nous ecrivons, 

J'ecrivais, 
Nous ecrivions, 

J'ecrivis, 

Nous ecrivimes, 



J'ecrirai, 
Nous ecrirons, 



Present. 
tu ecris, 
vous ecrivez, 

Imperfect. 
tu ecrivais, 
vous ecriviez, 

Preterit. 
tu ecrivis, 
vous ecrivites, 

Future. 
tu ecriras, 
vous ecrirez, 



il ecrit, / write, &c. 
ils ecrivent. 



il ecrivait, I was writing, &c 
ils ecrivaient. 



il ecrivit, I wrote, &c. 
iLs dcrivirent. 



il 6crira, / shall write, &c 
ils €criront. 



* All the compounds of Dire, except Redire, make isez instead of ites- JiTaudiri 
iiOTibles its s throughout the verb • ex. Nous maiidissims, vous maudisscz, ite maudis 



FOURTH CONJUGATION RE 



40J 



T'dcrirais, 
Nous dcririons, 



icnvons, 



J' derive, 
Nous dcrivions, 

J'dcrivisse, 
Nous derivissions, 



Conditional. 

tu dcrirais, il dcrirait, 1 should write, &c 

vous deririez, ils deriraient. 
Imperative Mood 

ficris, qu'il derive, Write thou, &j 

dcrivez, qu'ils ecrivent. 
Subjunctive Mood. 

Present. 

tu derives, il derive, J may write, &c. 

vous ecriviez, ils ecrivent. 

Imperfect. 

tu dciavisses, il ecrivit, / might write, &a 

vous ecrivissiez, ils ecrivissent. 



Je fais, 
Nous faisons, 

Jo faisais, 
Nous faisions, 



Je fis, 
Nous fimes, 



Je ferai, 
Nous ferons, 



Jo ferais, 
Nous feriona, 



Fais 



Jo fasse, 
Nous fassiom 



Jo fisse, 
Nous fissions 



F AIRE— To Male, to Do. 

Infinitive Mood. 

Present. Faire, to make. 



Part. pres. 
Part. past. 

Indicative Mood. 
Present. 

tu fais, 
vous faites, 

Imperfect 
tu faisais, 
vous faisiez, 

Preterit 
tu fis, 
vous fites, 

Future. 



Faisant, making. 
Fait, te, made. 



il fait, I make, &c. 
ils font. 



il faisait, / was making, &c 

ils faisaient. 



il fit, i" made, &c. 
ils firent. 



il fera, i" shall make, &c. 
ils foront. 



tu {eras, 
vous ferez, 

Conditional. 
tu ferais, il ferait, / should make, <&* 

vous feriez, ils feraient. 

Imperative Mood. 

Fais, qu'il fasse, Make thou, &c 

faites, qu'ils fassent. 

Subjunctive Mood. 

Present. 
tu fasses, i! fasse, / may make, &c. 

vous fassiez, ils fassent. 

Imperfect. 
tu fisses, i] fit, I might make, &.& 

vous ♦is^iez, I|s finsont. 



4G2 



IRREGULAR VERBS. 



Jo feins, 

Nous feignons, 

Je feignais, 
Nousfeignions. 

Je feignis, 
Nous feignimes 

Je feindrai, 
Nous feiudrons, 



Je feindrais, 
Nous feindrions 



■Feignons, 



Je feigne, 
Nous feignions 

Je feignisse, 



FEINDRE— To Feign 
Infinitive Mood. 
Present. Feindre, to feign. 

Part. pres. Feignant, feigning 
Part. past. Feint, te, feigned. 
Indicative Mood. 
Present. 
tu feins, 
vous feignez, 

Imperfect. 
tu feignais, 
vous feigniez, 

Preterit. 
tu feignis, 
vous feignites, 

Future. 

tu feindras, 
vous feindrez, 

Conditional. 
tu feindrais, il feindrait, I should feign, &fl 

vous feindriez, ils feindraient. 
Imperatp/e Mood. 

Feins, qu'il feigne, Feign thou, &a 

feignez, qu'ils feignent. 

Subjunctive Mood. 

Present. 
tu feignes, il feigne, / may feign, &lc 

vous feigniez, ils feignent. 

Imperfect. 
tu feignisses, il feign it, / might feign, Sac 



il feint, I feign, &c. 
ils feignent. 

il feignait, / was feigning, &a 

ils feignaient. 

il feignit, I feigned, &c. 
ils feignirent. 

il feindra, / shall feign, &c. 
ils feindront. 



Nous feignissions, vous feignissiez, ils feignissent. 



INSTRUIRE— To Instruct. 
Infinitive Mood. 

Present. Instruire, to instruct. 

Part. pres. Instruisant, instructing. 
Part. past. Instruit,* te, instructed. 
Indicative Mood. 
Present. 
J'instruis, tu instruis, il instruit, / instruct, &c 

Nous instruisons, vous instruisez, ils instruisent. 



* Luirc and Rcluire, to shine and Nuire, to hurt, make Lui, Rclui, and JViu in tlw 
part. past. 



FOURTH CONJUGATION RE 



463 



Pinstruisais, 
Nous instruisions, 

J'instruisis, 

Nous instruisimes, 

J'instruirai, 
Nous instruirons, 

J'instruirais, 
Nous instruirions, 



Instruisous, 



J'instruise, 
Nous instruisions. 



J'instruisisse, 
Nous instruisissions, 



Imperfect. 
tu instruisais, 
vous instruisiez, 
Preterit. 
tu instruisis, 
vous instruisitcs; 

Future. 
tu instruiras, 
vous instruirez, 

Conditional 
tu instruirais, 
vous instruiriez, 



il instruisait, I was instruct' 
ils instruisaient. \}ng, & c 



il instmisit, / instructed, 
ils instruisirent. 



&C 



il instruira, I shall instruct, &c. 

ils iiistruiront. 



il instruirait, / should instruct 
ils instruiraient. [&c 

Imperative Mood. 

Instruis, qu'il instruise, Instruct thou, 

instruisez, qu'ils instruisent. [&c. 

Subjunctive Mood. 
Present. 

il instruise, / may instruct, &c. 



Is instruisent. 



tu mstruises, 
vous instruisiez. 

Imperfect. 
tu instruisisses, il instmisit, / might instruct, 
, vous instruisissiez, ils instruisissent. [&.Q. 



Jo lis, 
Nous lisons, 



Je lisais, 
Nous lisions 



Je lus, 
Nous lumes, 

Je lirai, 
Nous lirons, 

Je lirais, 
Nous lirions 



LIRE— To Read. 

Infinitive Mood. 
Present. Lire, to read. 

Part. pres. Lisant, reading 
Part. past. Lu, ue, read. 

Indicative Mood. 
Present. 

tu lis, 
vous lisez, 

Imperfect. 
tu lisais, 
vous lisiez, 

Preterit. 
tu lus, 
vous lutes, 

Future. 
tu liras, 
vous lirez, 

Conditional. 
tu lirais, 
, vous liriez 



il lit, / read, 
ils lisent. 



&c. 



il lisait, / was reading, &c. 
ils lisaient. 



il lut, I read, &c. 
ils lurent 



il lira, / shall read, 
ils liront. 



&c 



il lirait, / should read, &a 
ils liraient. 



464 



IRREGULAR VERBS. 





Imperative Mood. 


Lisons, 


Lis, 

lisez, 


qu'il lise. Read thou, &c 
qu'ils lisent. 




Subjunctive Mood. 




Present. 




Jo Use, 
Nous lisions, 


tu Uses, 
vous lisiez, 


il lise, J may read, &c 
ils lispnt. 


Jo Iusso, 
Nous lussions 


Imperfect. 
tu lusses, 
vous lussiez, 


il lut, I might read, &c 

ils lussent. 



METTRE— To Pat. 

Infinitive Mood. 

Present. Mettre, to put. 

Part. prcs. Mettant, putting. 
Part. past. Mis, se, put. 

Indicative Mood. 



Je mets, 

Nous mettons, 

Je mettais, 
Nous mettions, 

To mis, 
Nous mi jugs, 



Jo mettrai, 
Nous mettrons, 



Jo mettrais, 
Nous mcttrions 



il met, I put, &.c 
ils mettent. 



il mettait, I ibas putting, &o 

ils mettaient. 



Mettons, 



le mette, 

Nous mettions 



je misse, 

Nous missions, 



Present. 

tu mets, 
vous mettez, 

Imperfect. 
tu mettais, 
vons mettiez, 

Preterit. 
tu mis, 
vous mites, 

Future- 
tii mettras, 
vous mettrez, 

Conditional. 
tu mettrais, 
vous mettriez, 

Imperative Mood. 
Mets, qu'il mette, Put thou, &,c 

mettez, qu'ils mettent. 

Subjunctive Mood. 
Present. 
tu mettes, 
vous mettiez, 

Imperfect. 

tu misses, il mit, / might put, <&a 

vous missiez, ils misseut. 



il mit, I put, &c. 
ils mirent. 



il mettra, / shall put, Sec. 
ils mettront. 



il meltrait, I should put, &o 
ils mettraient. 



il mette, / ?nay put, &c 
ils mettent. 



FOURTH CONJUGATION RE. 



465 



MOUDRE— To Grind. 

Infinitive Mood. 
Present. Moudre, to grind. 

Part. pres. Moulant, grinding. 

Part. past. Moulu, ue, ground. 

Indicative Mood. . 
Present. 
Je mouds, tu mouds, 

Nous moulons, vous moulez, 

Imperfect. 
Je moulais, tu moulais, 

Nous moulions, vous mouliez, 

Preterit. 



il moud, I grind, &c 
ils mouleut 



il moulait, / id as grinding, 
ils moulaient. [&c. 



Je moulus, 
Nous moulumes, 



Je moudrai, 
Nous moudrous, 



Je moudrais, 
Nous moudrions, 



il moulut, I ground, &c. 
ils moulurent. 



il moudra, I shall grind, &c 
ils moudront. 



il moudrait, / should grind, 
ils moudraient. [&c 



Moulons, 



Je moule, 
Nous mouli 



Je moulusse, 
Nous moulussions, 



tu moulus, 
vous moulutes, 

Future 

tu moudras, 

vous moudrez, 

Conditional 
tu moudrais, 
vous moudriez, 

Imperative Mood. 
Mouds, qu'il moule, Grind thou, &c. 

moulez, qu'ils mouleut. 

Subjunctive Mood. 
Present. 



tu moules, 
vous mouliez, 

Imperfect. 

tu moulusses, 
vous moulussiez, 



il moule, I may grind, &c. 
ils mouleut. 



il moulut, / might grind &c 
ils moulussent. 



NAITRE— To be Bom. 

Infinitive Mooo. 

Present. Naitre, to be born. 

Part. pres. 
Part. past. 

Indicative Mood 

Present. 



Naissant, being born. 
Ne, e"e, been born. 



Jo uaip, 
JNous naissons, 



tu uais, 
vous naissoz, 



il nait, / am born, &.C. 
its uaissent. 



466 IRREGULAR VERBS. 

Imperfect. 
Je naissais, tu naissais, il naissait, I was born, &c. 

Nous naissions, vous naissiez, ils naissaient. 

Preterit. 
e naquis, tu naquis, il naquit, / was born, &c. 

Nous naquimes, vous naquites, ils naquirent. 

Future. 
tu naltras, il naltra, I shall be born, &c 

vous naitrez, ils naitront. 

Conditional. 
tu naitrais, il naitrait, I should be born, 

vous naitriez, ils naitraient. [&o 

Imperative Mood. 
Nais, qu'il naisse, Be thou born, &c 

Naissoris, naissez, qu'ils naissenl. 

Subjunctive Mood. 

Present. 
tu naisses, il naisse, 7 may be born, &c. 



Jo naitrai, 
Nous naitrons, 

Jo naitrais, 
Nous naitrions, 



Je naisse, 

Nous naissions, vous naissiez, 



naissent. 



Imperfect. 
Je naquisse, tu naquisses, il naquit, / might be born, &c 

Nous naquissious, vous naquissiez, ils naquissent. 



PL AIRE— To Please. 

Infinitive Mood. 
Present. Plaire, to please. 



Part. prcs. 
Part. past. 



Plaisant, pleasing. 
Plu, pleased. 



Je plais, 
Nous olaisous, 



Je plaisais, 
Nous plaisions, 

Je plus, 
Nous plumes, 

Je plairai, 
Nous plairons, 

Je plairais, 
Nous plairiohs, 



Indicative Mood. 
Present. 

tu plais, il plait, I please, &e. 

vous plaisez, ils plaisent. 

Imperfect. 

tu plaisais, il plaisait, I did please, &c* 

vous plaisiez, ils plaisaient. 

Preterit 

tu plus, il plut, I pleased, &c 

vous plutes, ils plurent. 

Future. 

tu plairas, il plaira, / shall please, <fec 

vous plairez, ils plairont. 

Conditional. 

tu plairais, il plairait, I shouia puase, &c 

vous plairiez, ils plairarerit. 



FOURTH CON JLGATION RE. 



467 



Plaisons, 



Jo plaise, 
Nous plaisions, 

Je plusse, 
Nous plussions, 



Imperative Mood. 
Plais, qu'il plaise, Please thou, &c 

plaisez, qu'ils plaisent. 

Subjunctive Mood. 

Present. 
tu plaises, il plaise, I may please, &c 

vous plaisiez, ils plaisent. 

Imperfect. 
tu plusses, il plut, / might please, &c 

vous plussiez, ils plussent. 



RESOUDRE— To Resolve. 
Infinitive Mood. 
Present. Resoudre, to resolve. 

Part. pres. Resolvant, resolving. 

Part. past. Resolu,* resolved. 

Indicative Mood. 



Jo resous, 
Nous rdsolvons, 



Je resolvais, 
Nous resolvions, 



Je re"solus, 
Nous resolumes, 

Jo re'soudrai, 

Nous resoudrons, vous resoudrez, 

Conditional. 



Present. 
tu resous, 
vous resolvez, 

Imperfect. 
tu re'solvais, 
vous resolviez, 

Preterit. 
tu re"solus, 
vous resolutes, 

Future. 
tu resoudras, 



il resout, I resolve, &c 
ils resolvent. 



il resolvait, I was resolving, 
ils resolvaient. [&c 



il resolut, I resolved, &c. 
ils resolurent. 



il re"soudra, / shall resolve, 
ils resoudront. [&c 



Je rdsoudrais, 
Nous resoudrions, 



Resolvons, 



Je resolve, 
Nous resolvions, 



il resoudrait, / should resolve, 
[&c. 



tu rdsoudrais, 

vous rdsoudriez. ils resoudraient. 

Imperative Mood. 

Resous, qu'il resolve, Resolve thou, &a 

resolvez, qu'ils resolvent. 

Subjunctive Mood. 
Present. 

il resolve, / may resolve, &c. 



tu rdsolves, 
vous resolviez, 



ils resolvent. 



Jlbsoudrc, to absolve, and Dissoudre, to dissolve, make Msons and Dissous In the 
:. pa3t 



468 



IRREGULAR VERBS. 



Imperfect. 
Je rdsoluase, tu resolusses, il re*solu.t, I might resolve, tea 

Nous r&olussions, vous re"solussiez, ils resolussent 



RIRE— To Laugh. 

Infinitive Mood. 

Present. Rire, to laugh. 



Part. 
Part. 


pres. Riant, laughing, 
past. Ri,* laughed. 




Indicative Mood 




Present. 




Je ris, 
Nous rioiis, 


tu ris, 
vous riez, 


il rit, I laugh, &c 
ils rient. 


Je riais, 
Nous riions, 


Imperfect. 
tu riais, 
vous riiez, 

Preterit. 


il riait, / was laughing, &c 
ils riaient 


Je ris, 
Nous rimes, 


tu ris, 
vous rites, 

Future. 


il rit, / laughed, &c. 
ils rirent 


Je rirai, 
Nous rirons, 


tu riras, 
vous rirez, 

Conditional. 


il rira, i" shall laugh, &c. 
ils riront. 


Jo rirais, 
Nous ririons, 


tu rirais, 
vous ririez, 


il rirait, / should laugh, &a 
ils riraient 




Imperative Mood. 


Rions, 


Ris, 

riez, 


qu'il rie, Laugh thou, &c 
qu'ils rient. 




Subjunctive M 


DOD. 




Present. 




Je rio, 
Nous riions, 


tu ries, 
vou3 riiez, 


il rie, / may laugh, &c. 
ils rient 


Je risse, 
Nous rissions, 


Imperfect. 
tu risses, 
vous rissiez, 


il rit, / might laugh, &c 
ils rissent 



SUIVRE— To Follow. 
Infinitive Mood. 



Present. 
Part. prcs. 
Part. past. 



Suivre, to follow 
Suivant, following. 
Suivi, io, followed. 



FrirCi to fry, makes Frit in the part, past. 



J 



FOURTH CONJUGATION RE. 



460 



indicative Mood 
Present. 



Je suis, 
Nous suivons, 



Je suivais, 
Nous suivions, 



Je suivis, 
Nous suivimes, 

Je suivrai, 
Nous suivrons, 

Je suivrais, 
Nous suivrions, 



Suivons, 



Je suive, 
Nous suivions, 



Je suivisse, 
Nous suivissions, 



tu suis, 
vous suivez, 

Imperfect 
tu suivais, 
vous suiviez, 

Preterit. 

tu suivis, 
vous suivites, 

Future. 
tu suivras, 
vous suivrez, 

Conditional. 
tu suivrais, 
vous suivriez, 



il suit, I follow, &c. 
ils suivenc. 



il suivait, / was following, 
ils suivaient [&c 

il suivit, / followed, &c. 
ils suivirent. . 



il suivra, / shall follow, &c 
ils suivront. 



il suivrait, I should follow, &c 
ils suivraient. 



Imperative Mood. 
Suis, qu'il suive, Follow thou, &c. 

suivez, qu'ils suivent. 

Subjunctive Mood. 

Present. 
tu suives, il suive, i" may follow, &c. 

vous suiviez, ils suivent. 

Imperfect. 
tu suivisses, il suivit, i" might follow, && 

vous suivissiez, ils suivissent. 



TR AIRE— To Milk. 

Infinitive Mood. 
Present. Traire, to milk. 



Part. pres. 
Part. past. 



Tray ant, milking. 
Trait, aite, milked. 



Je trais, 
Nous trayons, 



Je trayais, 
Nous tray ions 



Indicative Mood. 

Present. 
tu trais, 
vous trayez, 

Imperfect. 
tu trayais, 
vous trayiez, 

Preterit. 

[Not used.] 



il trait, / milk, &c 
ils traient. 



il tray ait, / was milking, &o 
ils trayaient. 



470 



IRREGULAR VERBS. 



Je trairai, 
Nous trairons, 



Je trairais, 
Nous trairions, 



Trayons, 



Je traie, 
Nous trayious, 



il traira, / shall milk, &c 
ils trairont. 



Future. 
tu trairas, 
voas trairez. 

Conditional. 
tu trairais, il trairait, I should milk, &o 

vous trairiez, i]s trairaient. 

Imperative Mood. 

Trais, qu'il traie, Milk thou, &c. 

trayez, qu'ils traient. 

Subjunctive Mood 

Present. 
tu traies, il traie, / may milk, &c. 

vous trayiez, ils traient. 

Imperfect. 
[Not used.] 



VAINCRE— To Conquer. 

Infinitive Mood. 
Present. Vaincre, to conquer 



Part. pres. 
Part. past. 



Vainquant, conquering. 
Vaincu, ue, conquered. 



Je vaincs, 
Nous vainquons, 

Je vainquais, 
Nous vainquions, 



Indicative Mood 
Present. 
tu vaincs, 
vous vainquez, 

Imperfect 
tu vainquais, 
vous vainquiez, 

Preterit. 



il vainc, / conquer, &c 
ils vainquent. 

il vainquait, / did conquer, 
ils vainquaient. [&c 



Je vainquis, ,tu vainquis, 

Nous vainquimes, vous vainquites 



Je vaincrai, 
Nous vaincrons, 



Je vaincrais, 
Nous vaincrions, 



Vainquons, 



il vainquit, / conquered, &c 
, ils vainquirent. 

Future. 
tu vaincras, 
vous vaincrez, 

Conditional. 
tu vaincrais, il vaincrait, I should conquer^ 

vous vaincriez, ils vaincraient [&c 

Imperatd/e Mood. 

Vaincs, 
vainquez, 



il vaincra, I shall conquer, &a 
ils vaincront. 



qu'il vainque, Conquer thou, 
qu'ils vainquent. [&c 



FOURTH CONJUGATION RE. 



471 



Je vainque, 
Nous vainquions, 

Je vainquisse, 



Subjunctive Mood. 

Present. 
tu vainques, 
vous vainquiez, 

Imperfect. 
tu vainquisses. 



il vainque, I may conquer, &c. 
ils vainquent. 



il vainquit, / might conquer, 



Nous vainquissions, vous vainquissiez, ils vainquissent. 



r&o 



VIVRE— To Live. 

Infinitive Mood. 

Present. Vivre, to live. 

Part. pres. Vivant, living. 

Part. past. Vecu, lived. 

Indicative Mood. 
Present. 
Je vis, tu vis, il vit, / live, &c. 

Nous vivons, vous vivez, ils vivent. 



Je vivais, 
Nous vivions, 



Je vecus, 
Nous vecumes, 



Je vivrai, 
Nous vivrons, 



Je vivrais, 
Nous vivrions, 



Vivons, 



Je vive, 
Nous vivions, 

Je ve*cusse, 
Nou3 vecussions. 



Imperfect. 
tu vivais, 
vous viviez, 

Preterit. 
tu vecus, 
vous vecutes, 

Future 
tu vivras, 
vous vivrez, 

Conditional. 
tu vivrais, 
vous vivriez, 

Imperative Mood. 

Vis, qu'il vive, Live thou, &c 

vivez, qu'ils vivent. 

Subjunctive Mood. 

Present. 
tu vives, il vive, / may live, &c 



il vivait, / was living, &c 
ils vivaient. 



il vecut, I lived, &c 
ils vecurent. 



il vivra, / shall live, &c 
ils vivront. 



il vivrait, J should live, &c 
ils vivraient. 



vous viviez, 



ils vivent. 



Imperfect. 
tu vccusses, il ve"cut, I might live, &o 

vous v^cussiez, ils v^cussent. 



472 



LE JUIF ERRANT 



TAR BERANGER. 



Chretien, au voyageur soufirant 
fends un verre d'eau sur ta porte. 
Jc suis, je suis le Juif errant, 
Qu'un tourbillon toujemrs emporte. 
Sans vieillir, accable de jours, 
La fin du mende est mon seul reve. 
Chaque soir j'espere toujours ; 
Mais toujours le soleil se leve. 

Toujours, toujours, 
Tourne la terre ou moi je cours, 
Toujours, toujours, toujours toujeurs. 

Depuis dix-huit siecles, helas! 
Sur la cendre grecque et romaine, 
Sur les debris de mille etats, 
L'afTreux tourbillon me promene. 
J'ai vu sans fruit germer le bien, 
Vu des catamites fecondes ; 
Et pour survivre au monde ancien, 
Des riots j'ai vu sortir deux mondes. 

Toujours, toujours, 
Tourne la terre ou moi je cours, 
Toujours, toujours, toujours, toujours. 

Dieu m'a change pour me punir: 
A tout ce qui meurt je m'attache. 
Mais du toit pret a me benir 
Le tourbillon soudain m'arrache. 
Plus d'un pauvre vient implorer 
Le denier que je puis repandre, 
Qui n a pas le temps de serrer 
La main qU'en passant j'aime a tendre. 

Toujours, toujours, 
Tourne la terre ou moi je cours, 
Toujours, toujours, toujours, toujours 



Seul, au pied d'arbustes en flenxs. 
Sur le gazon, au bord de l'onde, 
Si je repose mes douleurs, 
J'entends le tourbillon qui gronde. 
Eh ! qu'importe au ciel irrite 
Cet instant passe sous l'ombrage"' 
Faut-il moins que l'eternite 
Tour delasser d'un tel voyage ? 

Toujours, toujours, 
Tourne la terre ou moi je cours. 
Toujours, toujours, toujours, toujours, 

Que des enfants vifs et joyeux 
Des miens me retracent l'imagfl, 
Si j'en veux repaitre mes yeux, 
Le tourbillon souffle avec rage. 
Vieillards, osez-vous a tout prix 
M'envier ma longue carriere 1 
Oes enfants a qui je souris, 
Mon pied balaiera leur poussiere. 

Toujours, toujours, 
Tourne la terre ou moi je cours, 
Toujours, toujours, toujours, toujours 

Des murs ou je suis ne jadis, 
Retrouve-je encor quelque trace; 
Pour m'arreter je me roidis ; 
Mais le tourbillon me dit : " Passe : 
" Passe I" et la voix me crie aussi : 
"Keste debout quand tout succombe 
" Tes a'ieux ne t'ont point ici 
"Garde de place dans leur tombe." 

Toujours, toujours, 
Tourne la terre ou moi je cours, 
Toujours, toujours, toujours, toujours 



J'outrageai d'un rire inhumain 
L'homme-dieu resphant a peine — 
Mais sous mes pieds fuit le chemin ; 
Adieu, le tourbillon m'entraine. 
Vous qui manquez de charite, 
Tremblez a mon supplice etrange : 
Ce n'est point sa divinit6, 
C'est rhwmanite que Dieu venge. 

Toujours, toujours, 
Tourne la terre ou moi je cours, 
Toujours, toujours, toujours, toujours 



INDEX. 



LIST OF TABLES. 



Declension of the definite article 
in the singular masculine, 9 ; mascu- 
line and feminine before a vowel or 
an h mute, 15 ; in the plural, 27 ; 
in the singular and plural feminine, 
230. 

Declension of the indefinite arti- 
cle masculine, 39 ; feminine, 233. 

Declension of the partitive article 



A. 



A, to, Obs. B. 73. A, to or at, 145. 
X A la bourse, to or at the exchange ; d 
la cave, to or at the cellar ; a Veglise, 
to or at church : a Vecole, to or at 
school, 239. S A droite or sur la 
droite, to the right or on the right 
hand ; d gauche or sur la gauche, to 
the left or on the left hand, 326. \A 
between two substantives, the latter 
of which expresses the use of the 
former, Obs. A. 346. y A Vavenir, in 
future ; d condition, {sous condi- 
tion,) on condition, or provided, 328. 
y A vies, ses, nos, depens, at my, his 
or her, our expense ; aux depens 
d'autrui, at other people's expense, 
322. V J. mon gre, to my liking ; au 
gre de tout le monde, to everybody's 
liking, 330. y A ma portee, within 
my reach ; d la portee du fusil, 
within gun-shot, 343. Uhomme d 
Vhabit bleu, the man with the blue 
coat ; la femme d la robe rouge, the 
woman with the red gc wn, 286. \A 
toute force, obstinately, by all means, 
282. 

A or an, un, une, 39, 233. See 
Article. 



in the singular and plural masculine, 
34 ; feminine, 233 ; before an adjee« 
tive, 35. 

Declension of the personal pro. 
nouns, 70 ; of the interrogative pro- 
nouns, 73. 

Table for the formation of all 
the tenses in the French verbs, 379 
et seqq. 



Able, (to be,) pouvoir, Note 1. 67, 
127 ; etre en etat or etre d meme de, 
326. 

About, environ, 133. 

Above, or up stairs, en haut, 
145. 

Accent (the grave) in verbs hav- 
ing e mute in the last syllable but 
one of the infinitive, as: je mene, I 
lead, &c, Obs. A. 92. 

(the acute) on the last syl- 
lable but one of the infinitive ia 
changed into the grave accent Q) 
when it is followed by a consonant 
having e mute after it, cider, to 
yield ; je cede, I yield, Obs. A. 
221. 

According to, selon ; according 
to circumstances, selon les circon- 
stances ; that is according to circum- 
stances, it depends, c'est selon, 269 

Accourir *, to run up, 287. 

Accustom, (to,) accoutumer. To 
be accustomed to a thing, etre ac- 
coutume d quelque chose, 317. 

Ache, (the,) le mal; the ear- 
ache, le mal d'oreille ; the heart- 
ache, le mal de cceur ; &c. 240. 

Acquainted (to be) with, connai* 
ire * ; been acquainted with, connUi 



474 



INDEX. 



124. Acquainted (to become) with 
somebody, to make some one's ac- 
quaintance, faire connaissance avec 
quelqu'un; I have become acquaint- 
ed with him or her, j'ai fait sa con- 
naissance, 280. To be thorojghly 
acquainted with a thing, etre au fait 
de quelque chose, 290. To make 
one's self thoroughly acquainted with 
a thing, se mettre aufait de quelque 
chose, 290. 

Adieu, adieu, farewell, God be 
with you, good-by. Au plaisir de 
vous revoir, (au revoir,) till I see you 
again, I hope to see you again soon, 
328. 

Adjective : agrees with its noun in 
numher, Obs. 78 ; in gender, 23 1 , 232. 
Feminine adjectives, Remark, 232 ; 
their formation from masculine adjec- 
tives, Obs. G. H. 233. Obs. I. K. 
Notes 1, 3, 4. 233, 234. Obs. L. Notes 
5, 6. 235. Adjectives that have no 
plural for the masculine gender, 
Obs. M. 236. Comparison of adjec- 
tives, Obs. A. 108. Adjectives that 
are irregular in the formation of their 
comparatives and superlatives, Obs. 
C. 108 ; D. 109. Adjectives substan- 
tively used, Obs. 344. Place of the 
adjective with regard to the substan- 
tive, Obs. C. 97. Obs. B. 147. Notes 
1, 2. 404. The adjective which in 
English follows how, stands in 
French after the verb, Obs. B. 285. 

Adverbs of quantity, 42. Obs. 43. 
Adverbs of place, 64, 145, 152. Ad- 
verbs of quality and manner, 132, 
133. Adverbs of number, 119, 310. 
Adverbs of time, Notes 1, 2. 65, 78, 
82, 101, 141. Compai-ative adverbs, 
52, 53, 101. Comparison of adverbs, 
Obs. A. B. 108. Adverbs forming 
their comparatives and superlatives 
irregularly, Obs. C. 108. D. 109. 
Place which the adverb is to occupy 
in the sentence, Rule 2. 405. Obs. 
A 405. 

Advice to teachers, Note 1. 9 ; to 
pupils, Note 2. 10. 

Afford, (to,) avoir les moyens ; 
can you afford to buy that horse ? 
avez-vous les moyens d'acheter ce 



cheval ? I can afford to buy \t,feh 
ai les moyens, 276. 

Afraid, (to be,) avoir peur, 15. 

After, apres, is in French follow • 
ed by the infinitive, while in Eng- 
lish it is followed by the pres. parti- 
ciple, 0* 154. 

Afterwards, ensuite, 166. 

Agree (to) to a thing, convenir * 
de quelque chose, 226. To agree to 
a thing, consentir * a quelque chose, 
301. 

Again, (anew,) de nouveau, 292. 

Aide, meaning an assistant, is 
masculine ; in the signification of 
succoi, help, it is feminine, Note 1. 
275 

Aimer, to like, 1 60 Aimer mieux, 
to like better, to prefer, 210, 211. 

Ainsi, thus or so, 288 ; ainsi que, 
as, or as well as, 281. 

Aise : Men aise, glad, (takes de 
bef. inf.,) 269 : etre a son aise, to bo 
comfortable, to be at one's ease ; etre 
mal a son aise, (etre gene,) to be un- 
comfortable, 339. 

Alight, (to,) from one's horse, to 
dismount, descendre de cheval, 218 ; 
to alight, to get out, descendre de 
voiture, 254. 

All, every, tout, tous, toute, 
toutes, 81, 147, 240 ; all at once, 
tout a coup, tout a la fois ; all of a 
sudden, suddenly, soudainemem, 
240. 

Aller, to go ; alle, gone, 59, 
119. Its conjugation in the present 
tense of the indicative, 81. Ete, 
past part, of etre, in the French 
often used for alle, past part, of al- 
ler, to go, Obs. 116. Aller en voiture, 
to drive, to ride in a carriage ; aller 
a, cheval, to ride (on horseback ;) 
aller a pied, to go on foot, 166. Al- 
ler, to travel to a place ; oil est-il 
alle ? where has he travelled to ? 
165. Aller bien, to fit ; cet habit 
vous va bien, that coat fits you well, 
190. In French the verbs aller*, 
to go, and venir *, to come, are al- 
ways followed by the infinitive in- 
stead of another tense used in Eng- 
lish, and the conjunction and is not 



INDEX. 



475 



rendered, Obs. A. 332 S'en oiler, 
to go away, 171, 193, 195. 

Almost, prcsque, 133. 

Alone, by one's self, seul fern. 
settle, 313. 

Along, le long du, de la ; along 
the road, le long du chemin ; along 
the street, le long de la rue ; all along, 
tout le long de, 326. 

Aloud, haut, or a haute voix, 
211. 

Already, dejd, 112. 

Always, toujours, 222. 

Amener, to bring, must not be 
mistaken for apporter, Obs. B. 253. 

Among, parmi, 221. Amongst or 
amidst, parmi, 280. 

Amuse (to) one's self, s'amuser, 
170. 

Amuser, (s',) to enjoy, to divert, to 
amuse one's self, takes a before inf. 
170. 

An, annee, difference between 
these two words, Note 3. 240. 

Anecdotes: Witty answer of a 
young prince, 358. The French lan- 
guage, 358. A shopkeeper's answer, 
358. The emperor Charles V., 395. 
The entrance of a king into a town, 
396 The last request of an old man, 
396. The three questions, 396. An- 
swer of a lazy young man, 402. 
Hearing counsel, 403. Noble answer 
of a lady, 403. Cornelia, 403. Po- 
liteness, 409. Mildness, 409. The 
contest of art, 410. Zeuxis, 410. The 
corporal of Frederick the Great, 410. 
The history of John and Mary, 410, 
et seqq. 

And, et, 43. Obs. D. 318 ; and 
then, puis, 167. And is not ren- 
dered into French between the verbs 
go, aller *, and come, venir *, Obs. 

A. 322. 

Angry (to be) with somebody, etre 
fache contre quelqu'un ; about some- 
thing, de quelque chose, 269. 

Answer, (to,) repondre. To answer 
the man, repondre d Vhomme, Obs. 

B. 73. 

Any or some, (before a noun,) du, 
de la, des, 34, 233 ; before an adjec- 
tive, de, 35, 233, 234. See Some. 



Anybody or somebody, any one oi 
some one, quelqu'un, 22. 

Any thing or something, quelque. 
chose, 12. Any thing or something 
good, Quelque chose de bon, 12. Obs. 
13. 

Apoplexy, (to be struck with,) etre 
frapp e d'apoplexie, 274. 

Apostrophe, its use, Obs. 10. 

Appartenir, to belong, lfc8. 

Appear, (to,) to look like, avoir 
Vair, la mine; she looks angry, ap- 
pears to be angry, elle a Vair fache, 
281. 

Appeler, to call, Obs. 124. 

Apporter, to bring, must not be 
mistaken for amener, Obs. D. 253. 

Apprendre *, to learn ; apprenant, 
learning ; appris, learned, 93, 132, 
95, 160. Apprendre *, to hear, 204 ; 
to teach, 216. 

Approach, (to,) to draw near, s'ap- 
procher de, 209. To approach (to 
have access to) one, approcher quel- 
qu'un, 209. 

Afres, after, is followed by the in- 
finitive in French, O* 154. 

Around, round, autour, 312 ; all 
around, tout autour, ibid. 

Arriver, to happen, 204. 

Article, (definite :) its declension 
in the singular masculine, 9 ; mascu- 
line and feminine before a vowel or 
an h mute, 15 ; in the plural, 27, 68 • 
in the singular and plural feminine, 
Obs. A. 230 ; used in French when 
omitted in English, Obs. A. 373 
Obs. B. Note 1. 374; when sub- 
stituted for the English indefinite 
article, Obs. B. 96. — Indefinite arti- 
cle : its declension masculine, 39 ; 
feminine, 233 ; used in English and 
not in French, Obs. A. 96. — Par- 
titive article : its declension in the 
singular and plur. masculine, 34 ; 
feminine, Obs. F. 233 ; before an ad- 
jective, 35. 

As — as, aussi — q'.te ; as often as 
you, aussi souvent que vous, 101. 
Is your hat as large as mine 1 Votre 
chapeau est-il aussi grand que le 
mien ? 108. As much — as, as many 
— ras, autant de — que de, 52. Ae 



476 



INDEX. 



soon as, aussitot que, 166, 308 ; as 
soon as, des que, 203, 308. As to, 
as for, quant d, 273. As, or, as well 
as, ainsi que, 281. 

Ashamed, (to be,) avoir honte, 19. 

Ask (to) a man for some money, 
demander de V argent a un homme, 
XT 155. To ask too much, to over- 
charge, surf aire *, 292. 

Asseoir *, (s' } ) pres. part, s'assey- 
ant ; past, assis, to sit down, 210, 
253. 

Assez de, enough, Obs. 43. 

Assis, fern, assise, (etre,) to sit, to 
be seated, 253. 

At, d, 145. At, chez, 59, 310. 
At translated by de, 322. At first, 
d'abord, 310. At home, d la maison, 
60. At last, enfin, 167. At present, 
d present, 78. At nine o'clock in 
the morning, d neuf heures du ma- 
tin ; at five o'clock in the evening, 
d cinq heures du soir, 138. 

Aucun, fern, aucune, none or not 
any, Obs. E. 365. 

Aupres de, by, by the side of, Obs. 

A. 215. 

Aussitot que, sitot que, as soon as, 
166, 308. 

Autant de — que de, as much — as, 
as many — as, 52. 

Autqur, around, round ; tout au- 
tour, all around, 312. Obs. A. 215. 

Autre, other ; un autre, another ; 
oVautres, some ether, 46. 

Autrui, others, other people, (in- 
determinate pronoun without gender 
or plural,) 247. 

Auxiliary. Verbs which in En- 
glish generally take to have for their 
auxiliary, while in French they take 
etre. Obs. E. 243. 

Avail, (to,) servir *. What avails 
it you to cry? S A quoi vous sert-il 
de pleurer ? it avails me nothing, cela 
ve me sert d rien, 331. 

Avant, before, takes de before the 
infinitive, 105 ; pas avant, not until, 
,263. 

Avoir, to have; eu, had, 0° A. 

B. 118. O" C. 119. Avoir beau, in 
vain, 339. When speaking of di- 
mension we use in French avoir when 



the English use to be, Note 1, Oba 

C. 286. 

Il y a, there is, there are, 133, 
189. Obs. A. 197. B. 198. Obs. C 

D. Note 1. 198. Obs. E. 199, 286". 
II y a cannot be rendered into 
English by there is, there are, when 
it is used in reply to the question, 
How long is it since ? Obs. A. 197 ; 
nor when it is used in reply to the 
question, How far? Quelle distance ? 
Obs. 203. 

Awake, (to,) reveiller,se reveiller % 
Obs. B. 217. 



B. 



Be, (to,) etre ; been, ete, Notes 2, 
3. 115. Obs. 116. To be at home, 
etre d la maison, 60. To be in the 
country, etre d la campagne, 239. 

To Be is rendered by devoir when 
it is used to express futurity with the 
infinitive of another verb. Ex. Where 
are you to go this morning ? Oil de- 
vez-vous aller ce matin ? I am to 
go to the warehouse, je dois aller au 
magasin, 137. 

To Be, translated by avoir * ; 
Are you hungry ? Avez -vous f aim ? 
I am thirsty, fai soif ; Are j^ou 
sleepy ? Avez-vous sommeil ? 13. 
Are you warm ? Avez-vous chaud ? 
I am cold, fai froid ; I am afraid, 
fai peur, 15. What is the matter 
with you? Qu'avez-vous? 17. Are 
you ashamed ? Avez-vous honte ? 
Am I wrong ? Ai-je tort ? You are 
right, vous avez raison, 19. How 
old are you ? Quel age avez-vous ? 
I am twelve years old, fai douze 
ans, 132. Of what height is his or 
her house ? Combien sa maison a-t- 
elle de haut ? It is nearly fifty feet 
high, elle a environ cinquante pieds 
de haut, Obs. C. 286. 

To Be under obligations to some 
one, avoir des obligations d quel* 
qu'un, 285, 286. My feet are cold, 
fai froid aux pieds ; her hands arc 
cold, elle a froid aux mains, 265. 

To Be in want of, avoir besoin de- 
S3. 



INDEX. 



47? 



To Be, translated by se porter, 
Obs. A. B. C. 225. 

To Be, translated by faire. Is 
it windy ? Fait-il du vent ? It is 
stormy, il fait de Vorage. Is it 
foggy ? Fait-il du brouillard ? 159, 
160, 1G6, 252. See Weather, 
Warm, Cold, Dark, &c. Is it good 
travelling ? Fait-il bon voyager ? 
165, 179, 180. 

Beau, bel, fine, handsome ; how 
these two words must be employed, 
Note 2. 143, 235. Avoir beau, in 
vain, 339. 

Be aucoup de, much, many, a good 
deal of, very much, 42. Obs. 43. Obs. 
C. 108. Obs. C. 323. 

Because, parce que, 137. 

Become, (to,) dcvenir*. What has 
become of him 1 Qu'est-il devenu ? 
176. What will become of him? 
Que deviendra-t-il ? 193. What has 
become of your aunt ? Qu'est deve- 
nue votre tante ? 268. To become 
ridiculous, tomber dans le ridicule, 
332. 

Before, avant de. Do you speak 
before you listen ? Parlez-vous 
avant d'ecouter? 105. Before, de- 
vant, Obs. G. 200. The day before, 
la veille ; the day before Sunday, la 
veille de dimanche, 288. 

Beg, (to,) prier, 254. To beg 
some one's pardon, demander par- 
don d quelqu'un, 328. 

Behave, (to,) se comporter, 218, 
337. 

Believe, (to,) croire *, 111, 127. 
See Croire*. 

Below, or down stairs, en bas, 146. 

Besides, outre ; besides that, ou- 
tre cela; besides, (moreover,) en 
outre, 326. 

Better — than, mieux — que de, 
210. To be better, valoir mieux, 151 
Is it better ? Vaut-il mieux ? 218. 

Between, entre, 280. 
^Bien, well, 105. Obs. D. 109, 132, 
270. Bien, well, a great deal, a 
great many, is always followed by 
the partitive article, but beaucoup is 
followed by the preposition de, Obs. 
C. 323. 

21 



B:ent6t, soon, shortly, 137 , soon, 
very soon, 208. 

Blow, (a,) un coup, 194. 

Blow, (to,) to blow out, souffer, 
291 ; to blow out one's brains, bric- 
ler la cervelle a quelqu'un ; he has 
blown out his brains, il s'est bride 
la cervelle, 313. 

Board (to) with any one, or any- 
where, etre en pension, se mettre en 
pension, 331. 

Boarding-house, (a.) a boarding 
school, une pension : to keep a 
boarding-house, tenir * pension, 330. 

Boast, (to,) to brag, se faire va- 
loir, 372. 

Boire *, to drink ; bu, drunk, 124. 

Bon, good, 11. Obs. G. 233 ; etre 
bon d quelque chose, to be good for 
something. \4 quoi cela est-il bon ? 
Of what use is that? Cela rfest bon 
d rien, it is good for nothing, 200. 
Fait-il bon vivre d Paris ? Is it 
good living in Paris? 166. 

Born, (to be,) etrene, nee ; Where 
were you born? Oil etes-vous ne, 
{nee?) 332. 

Bring, apporter, amener ; differ- 
ence between these two verbs. Obs. 
B. 253. 

Burst, (a.) un eclat. A burst of 
laughter, un eclat de rire ; to burst 
out, eclater ; to burst out laughing, 
eclater de rire, faire un eclat de 
rire, 376. 

Business, (a piece of,) an affair, 
une affaire. To transact business, 
faire des affaires, 247. 

But, mais, 24. But, ne — que ; I 
have but one friend ; je n'ai qu'un 
ami, 42. Nothing but, ne — que. He 
has nothing but enemies,- il tHa que 
des ennemis, 176. 

Buy, (to,) acheter, 56. Obs. A. 92 
Note 1. 125. To buy, (to purchase/ 
faire emplette de or faire des em 
pieties, 206. 

By, par, 164. By rendered by de 
*n the use of the passive voice, 164, 
200. By, aupres de; to pass by a 
place, passer aupres d'un endroit ; 
by the side of, d cote de, Obs. A 
215. 



478 



T NDEX. 



Ca et la, here and there, abcut ; 
allsr r a et Id dans la maison, to go 
about the house, 313- 

Call, (to,) appeler, Obs. B. 124. 
What do you call that in French? 
Comment cela s'appelle-t-il enfran- 
cais? 270. 

Carry, (to,) to take, porter, me- 
tier ; distinction between these two 
serbs, Obs. C. 253. 

Cash, (for,) comptant ; to buy for 
Dash, acheter comptant, 190. 

Cast (to) down, baisser ; to cast 
down one's eyes, baisser les yeux, 
300. 

Ce, before a vowel or an h mute, 
cet, fern, cette, plur. ces, this or that, 
these or those, 14, 24, 29, 232. Ce 
que, what, or the thing which. Trou- 
vez-vous ce que vous cherchez ? Do 
you find what you are locking for ? 
92. C'est-d-dire, {savoir.) that is to 
Kay, (i. e..) 297. C'est pourquoi, 
therefore, 323. 

Ceci, cela, this, that, 263. Ce 
tnois-ci, this month ; ce pays-ci, this 
country ; ce livre-ld, that book, 24, 
185. 

Cedilla, (the ;) its use to give the 
letter c the sound of s before the 
vowels a, o, u, Obs. A. 86. 

Cela, that, (meaning that thing.) 
Vous a-i-il dit cela ? has he told 
you that? 119,123. Cela, it. When 
the English pronoun it relates to a 
preceding circumstance, it is render- 
ed by cela ; when to a following, by 
il. Obs. D. 242. 

Celui, plur. ceux ; fem. celle, 
plur. cclles, that or the one, those, 
14, 31, 234. Celui que, plur. ceux 
que, fem. celie. que, celles que, that 
which, the one which, those which, 
25, 31, 234. Celui qui, him who, 
159. 

Celui-ci, celui-ld; plur. ceux-ci, 
ciux-la ; fem. celle-ci, celle-ld, plur. 
celles-ci, celles-ld, this one, that one, 
these, those, 24, 32, 234. 

Cent, a hundred, takes no s when 



followed by another numeral, Oba 
A. 137. 

Chacun, each one ; chacun s'a- 
muse de son mieux, each man amuses 
himself in the best way he can, 171. 

Change, (to,) meaning to put on 
other things, changer. Do you 
change your hat ? changez-vous de 
chapeau ? 221. 

Chaque, each ; chaque homme, 
each man, 171. 

Chez, with, or at the house of, to, 
or to the house of, 59, 310. 

Cold, froid. It is cold, il fait 
froid, 159. To have a cold, etre 
enrhum.e, 243. To catch a cold, 
prendre froid, s'enrhumer, 303. I 
have a cold, fai un rhume de cer- 
veau, 243. 

Combien de ? How much 1 How 
many ? Note 1. 42. Obs. 43. 

Come, (to,) venir*, 127. Seo 
Venir *. 

Commission, (a,) une commission. 
To execute a commission, faire une 
commission, s'acquitter d'une com- 
inission, 296. 

Comparison of adjectives, Obs. A 
108. Adjectives which are irregu 
lar in the formation of their com. 
paratives and superlatives, Obs. C 
108. D. 109. Comparison of ad- 
verbs, Obs. A. B. 108. Adverbs 
forming their comparatives and su- 
perlatives irregularly, Obs. C. 105. 
D. 109. 

Compassion, compassion. To have 
compassion on some one, avoir com- 
passion de quelqu'un, 318. 

Complain, (to.) se plaindre *, 204. 

Comprendre *, to understand, 
133. 

Comptant, for cash ; acheter 
comptant, to buy for cash, 190. 

Conditional tenses ; their forma- 
tion, Obs. C. 262, 263 ; when they 
are used, Obs. D. 263. 

Conduct, (to,) conduire *, 101, 
127 ; to conduct one's self, se con- 
duire, 218. 

Conduire *, to conduct ; conduit, 
conducted, 127. 

Conjunctions which govern the 



INDEX. 



179 



subjunctive. Remark D. 359, Note 
1. 360. Obs. C. 361. Obs. D. E. F. 
361,362. Obs. A. B. 364. Obs. C. 
D. E. 365. Obs. H. Notes 1, 2. 367, 
372. Conjunctions with the preterit 
anterior, 308. 

Connaitre, to be acquainted with, 
(to know ;) connaissant, being ac- 
quainted with ; connu, been ac- 
quainted with, 82, 104, 124. Note 
1. 280. 

Consent, (to,) consentir *, takes 
a or de before the inf. and a before 
the noun, 226. To consent to a 
thing, consentir a quelque chose; I 
consent to it,j'y consens, 301. 

Consentir *, to consent, 226, 301. 

Construction, (rules of,) 404 ct 
seqq. 

Construire *, to construct, 291. 

Convenir *, to suit, 188 ; conve- 
nir * de quelque chose, to agree to a 
thing, 226. 

Converse (to) with, s'entretenir * 
avec, 373. 

C6te : y A cote de, by the side of, 
Obs. A. 215. De ce cote-ci, this 
side ; de ce cote-ld, that side, 146. 

Countryman (what) are you ? de 
quel pays etes-vous ? 203,269. 

Coup, («n,) a blow, a kick, a 
knock, a stab, a clap, a slap ; Avez- 
vous donne un coup a cet homme ? 
have you given that man a blow ? 
un coup de pied, a kick, (with the 
foot ;) un coup de couteau, a stab 
of a knife ; un coup de fusil, a 
shot, or the report of a gun ; un 
coup de pistolct, the shot of a pistol ; 
un coup d'oeil, a glance of the eye ; 
un coup de tonnerre, a clap of thun- 
der, 194. 

Cuaindre *, to fear, to dread ; 
craignant, fearing; craint, feared, 
172,212. 

Credit, (on,) a credit, 190. 

Oroire *, to believe ; croyant, 
believing ; cru, believed, 111, 127; 
governs the accusative, Obs. B. 177. 
Croire en Dieu, to believe in God, 
177. 

Croitre, to grow ; present part. 
croissant ; past, cru, 302. 



Cueillir *, to gather ; piea. part 
cueillant ; past, cueilli ; cueillir du 
fruit, to gather fruit, 295. 

Curtain, (the,) le rideau, la toilt 
The curtain rises, falls, la toile (le 
rideau) se live, se baisse, 301. 

Cut, (to,) couper, 56 ; to cut one's 
self, se couper, 170. You cut your 
finger, vous vous coupez le doigt ; 
I cut my nails, je me coupe les on- 
gles ; he cuts his hair, il se coupe 
les cheveux, 171. I have cut his 
finger, je lui ai coupe le doigt, 204 

D. 

Dans, in, 74, 77, 180. See In. 

Dark, sombre. It is dark in your 
warehouse, il fait sombre dans votre 
magasin, 159. It grows dark, il se 
fait nuit, 301. 

Davantage, more. This adverb 
has the same signification as plus, 
with the difference only that it can- 
not precede a noun, Obs. D. 151. 

De, (partitive article,) some or 
any, 34, 233. See Article. 

De, of, between two nouns, the 
latter expresses the substance of the 
former, Obs. 11. Obs. A. 346. Nouns 
commonly used with this preposition 
before the infinitive, 56, 82, 181. 
De, by, 164. De, with, 175, 204. 
De, from, 203, 269. 

Deca. An deed du chemin, en 
deed du chemin, on this side of the 
road ; au deld du chemin, on that 
side of the road, 146. 

Deceive, (to,) tromper, 171. 

Defaire *, to undo ; se defaire * 
de, to get rid of, to part with, 216. 

Deja, already, 112. 

Delay, (to,) to tarry, tarder ; do 
not be long before you return, ne 
tarclez pas a revenir, 338. 

Demkurer, to dwell, to live, to 
reside, to remain. When does this 
verb take avoir * and when etre * in 
its compound tenses? Note 3. 138. 

Demi, feminine, de?nie, half. 
When this adjective precedes the 
noun, it does not agree with it in 
gender and nu Tiber; as, une demi' 



480 



heure, half an hour ; une heu>;,e et 
demie, half-past one, Note 2. 65. 

Depit, (en,) de, notwithstanding, 
311. 

Depuis, since or from, 291. De- 
puis que, since ; depuis quand ? how 
long, (since when ?) When que 
means depuis que, il y a must be 
followed bv the negative ne, Obs. E. 
199. 

Des, from, since ; des le matin, 
from morning ; des le point du jour, 
from the break of day ; des le ber- 
ceau, from the cradle, from a child ; 
des a present, from this time for- 
wards, 303. Des, from, since ; des 
que, as soon as, 303 ; is employed to 
use the preterit anterior, 308. 

Descendre, to go down, to come 
down. When does this verb take 
avoir *, and when etre *, in its com- 
pound tenses? Note 1. 254. 

Detruire *, to destroy, 291. 

Devenir*, to become, 176, 193, 
268. 

Dialogue between a master and 
his pupils, 388. 

Die, (to,) mourir % 268. See this 
word. 

Dire *, to tell, to say ; dit, said, 
told, (de before inf. ;) dire a quel- 
qu'un, to tell some one, to say to 
some one, 79, 88, 123. 

Do, (to,) to make, faire; done, 
made, fait, 122. To do one's best, 
faire de son tnieux, 199. To do 
one's duty, faire son devoir, 296. 
To do good to somebody, faire du 
bien d quelqu'un, 175, 318. Have 
you done? avez-vous fini? shall 
you soon have done writing? aurez- 
vous bientot fini d'ecrire ? I shall 
soon have done, faurai bientot fini ; 
he has just done writing, il vient 
d'ecrire, 180, 185, 199. To do 
without a thing, se passer de quel- 
que chose, 296. To Do translated 
by se porter, Obs. A, B. C. 225. 

Dont, of which, of whom, whose, 
(connective pronoun,) ISO. Ce dont, 
that of which, 180. The past parti- 
ciple preceded by dont, does not agree 
with its object in number, U" 181. 



Dormir *-, to sleep ; dormant, 
sleeping ; dormi, slept, 166. 

Dress, (to,) habiller ; to undress, 
deshahiller, 216. To be dressed in 
green, etre habille de vert, 286 
This man always dresses well, cet 
homme se met toujours bien, 342. 

Drink, (to,) boire*, 61, 88, 124 
To drink to some one, boire a queU 
qu'un; to drink some one's health, 
boire a la sante de quelqu'un, 282 
To drink coffee, prendre le cafe, 
prendre du cafe, 98. 

Drive, (to,) to ride hi a carnage, 
166. See Aller. 

Dry, sec. It is dry weather, il 
fait sec, 160, 161. 

Duty. To fulfil (to discharge, to 
do) one's duty, remplir son devoir, 
296. 

Dye, (to,) to color, teindre ; to 
dye black, teindre en noir, 147. 

E. 

Each, chaque ; each one, chacun, 
each man, chaque homme; each man 
amuses himself as he likes, chaque 
homme s' 'amuse commc il veut ; each 
one amuses himself in the best way 
he can, chacun s'amuse de son 
mieux, 171. 

Each other, Vun Vautre, fern. 
Vune Vautre. Are you pleased with 
each other? ites-vous contents Vun 
de Vautre ? We are, nous le so?n- 
mes, 281. 

Early, de bonne heure ; as early 
as you, d'aussi bonne heure que vous, 
111 ; earlier, plus tot, de meilleure 
heure, 112. 

£crire *, to write ; ecrit, written, 
65, 88, 124. 

En, some of it, any of it, of it 
some of them, any of them, of them 
is always placed before the verb, 38, 
39. Y e?^, (before the verb.) Y en 
porter, to carry some thither, 64, 
Obs. 64. Its place with regard tc 
the personal pronoun, 69. En is 
used for the genitive of personal pro- 
nouns, 82. When preceded by en, 
the past pf.:ticiple does not agree 



mi 



with its object in number, UZT C. 
219 En, from it, from there, 
thence, 138. 

En, in, Obs. B. 323. See In. 
En plein jour, at broad daylight, 

Encore, still, yet, some or any 
more, 49, see Some. 50, see More. 

Endeavor, (to,) tdcker, 290 ; 
s'efforcer, 347. 

Enfuir, (s',) to fly, to run away ; 
present part, fuyant ; past, fui, 204, 
212. 

Enlist, (enrol,) se faire soldat, 
s'enroler, 176. 

Ennuyer, (s',) to wa.nt amuse- 
ment, to get or be tired, 323, 324. 

Enter, (to,) to go in, to come in, 
entrer, 252. 

Entrer, to go in, to come in, to 
enter. Voulez-vous entrer dans ma 
chambrc ? Will you go into my 
room? Je veux y entrer, I will go 
in, 252. 

Entretenir *, to keep, to main- 
tain ; s'entreienir * avec, to converse 
with, 373. 

Et, and, 43. Obs. A. 322. Obs. 
D. 318. 

Eteindre *, to extinguish ; eteint, 
extinguished, 127. 

Etre*, to be; ere, been, 61. Notes 
2, 3. 115. Obs. 116. Oil en etions- 
nous ? where did we stop ? 328. 
Verbs which require etre, to be, for 
their auxiliary, Obs. E. 248. The 
past participle of such verbs must 
agree in gender and number with 
the nominative of etre, O 3 249. 
C'est. The impersonal it is, is ren- 
dered by c'est for the singular, and 
by ce sont for the plural. M. qui est 
ce livre ? whose book is this 1 C'est 
le mien, it is mine. K A qui sont ces 
souliers ? whose shoes are these ? 
Ce sont les notres, they are ours, 
Obs. 191. C'est moi, it is I. Ce 
ricst pas moi, it is not I. C'est lid, 
it is he. C'est elle, it is she. Ce 
sont eux, elles, it is they, &c. 276. 
C'est vrai, it is true. N'est-ce pas 
(n'cst-il pas vrai ?) vs it not, (or is it 
not true?) ''A qui est eette maison ? 



whose house is that? C'est la 
mienne, or elle est a moi, it is mine. 
\A qui sont ces maisons? whose 
houses are these? Ce sont les 
miennes, or elles sont a moi, they 
are mine, or they belong to me, 287, 
Obs. 191. C'est-d-dire, (savoir,) that 
is to say, (i. e.,) 297. 

Ever, jamais, 115. 

Every, all, tout, tous, toute, 
toutes; every day, tous les jours: 
every morning, tous les matins ; 
every time, toutes les fois, 81, 240. 
Everybody, every one, tout le monde 
Everybody speaks of it, tout le monde 
enparle ; every one is liable to error, 
tout (or chaque) homme est sujet a 
se tromper, 171. Everywhere, all 
over, throughout, partout; all over 
(throughout) the tevvn, par toute la 
ville, 302. 



F. 



Faire *, to make, to do ; Jaisant, 
making, doing ; fait, made, done, 59, 
88, 122. Idioms with faire. Vousfe- 
rez mieux de, you had better, 190. 
C'est fait de moi ! it is all over with 
me ! C'en est fait, it is all over, 282. 
On fera chauffer la soupe, they will 
warm the soup, 298. Je ne sais 
qu'y faire, je ne saurais qu'y faire, I 
cannot help it, 327. II se fait nuit, 
it grows towards night, night comes 
on, 301. Faire cas de quelqu'un, 
to think much of one, to esteem one, 
301. 

Fall, (to,) tombcr, 209. The day 
falls, le jour baisse ; the stocks have 
fallen, le change a baisse, 301. A 
fail, une chute. To have a fall, /aire 
une chute, 335. 

Falloir*, to be necessary, must ; 
past part, fallu, (an impersonal verb.) 
All verb3 expressing necessity, obli- 
gation, or want,"are in French gen- 
erally rendered by falloir *, Obs. A. 
B. C. 150. Il s'en faut is followed 
by de when a quantity is spoken of; 
but it is not followed by de when a 
difference between two things is 
spoken of, Obs. A. 389 ; when it \a 



462 



INDEX. 



accompanied by a negation, or a 
negative word, or when the sentence 
is interrogative, the subordinate prop- 
osition takes the negation ne, Obs. 
B. 389 

Far, loin. How far? quelle dis- 
tance ? Is it far from here to Paris? 
?/ a-t-il loin (Tici a Paris ? Obs. 203. 
Far off, from afar, de loin, 269. 

Fault, (the,) la faute. Whose 
fault is it? who can help it? a qui 
est la faute, 327. To find fault 
with something, trouver a, redire a 
quelque chose, 342. 

Favor, (a,) un plaisir. To do a 
favor, faire un plaisir, 81. 

Fear, (to,) craindre*, 172, 212. 
For fear of, de crainte de, de peur de, 
303. De crainte, or de peur que, 
governs the subjunctive, 360. 

Feel, (to,) sentir *, 226. To feel 
a pain in one's head or foot, souffrir * 
de la tete, du pied; I felt a pain 
in my eye,fai souffert de I'oeil, 282. 
To feel sleepy, avoir envie de dormir, 
172. 

Few, (a.) quelques-uns ; a few 
books, quelques livres, 45. 

Fill (to) with, rcmplir de, 253. 

Fire, (to,) tirer ; to fire a gun, 
tirer un coup de fusil ; to fire a pis- 
tol, tirer un coup de pistolet ; to fire 
at some one, tirer un coup de fusil 
sur quelqu'un, 195. 

Firstly, premier ement, en pre- 
mier lieu; secondly, sccondement, 
en second lieu; thirdly, troisieme- 
ment, en troisitme lieu, 310. 

Fit, (to,) oiler Men, 190. See 
Aller. 

Fleurir, to blossom, is regular ; 
ileurir *, to flourish, is irregular ; 
Note 2. 302. 

Fluently, couramment, 270. 

Fly, (to,) to run away, s'enfuir 
204, 212. 

For, (conjunction,) car, 176. For, 
(preposition,) during, pendant, 138. 
For and at, when used in English to 
express the price of a thing, are not 
rendered in French, Obs. D. 226. 
For rendered by de, 286. For ren- 
dered by pour : for more bad luck, 



pour surcroit de malheur , for more 
good luck, pour surcroit de bonfwur, 
282. 

Formerly, autrefois, 119. 

Fortnight, (a,) quinze jours; a 
fortnight ago, il y a quinze jours 
Note 1. 198. 

Frighten, (to,) effrayer ; to be 
frightened, s 'effrayer ; the least thing 
frightens him or her, la moindre chose 
Veffraie, 322. 

From, de, 203, 269. From, des, 
303. From time to time, de temps 
en temps, 339. 

Future, its formation ; first oi 
simple future, Rule, Obs. A. Note 1. 
183. Obs. B. 184. Obs. C. 186. Com- 
pound cr past future ; its formation, 
Note 1. 251. The future is used in 
French when the present is em- 
ployed in English, Obs. A. 252. 

G. 

Game, (a,) at chess, une pante 
d'echecs; a game at billiards, unt 
partie de billard ; a game at cards, 
une partie de cartes, 290. To play 
a game at billiards, faire une partie 
de billard, 335. 

Gener, (se,) to inconvenience 
one's self, put one's self out of the 
way, 339. 

Gather, (to,) cueillir *, 295. 

Get (to) one's livelihood by, ga- 
gner sa vie a ; I get my livelihood by 
working, je gagne ma vie d travail- 
ler, 259 ; to get made, faire faire ; 
to get dyed, faire teindrc, 129, 147 ; 
to get beaten, (whipped,) se faire 
battre ; to get paid, se faire payer ; 
to get one's self invited to dine, se 
faire inviter a diner, 310 ; to gel 
rid of something, se defaire de quel- 
que chose ; to get rid of some one, 
se debarrasser de quelqu'un, 217. 

Give, (to,) donner, 69. To give 
birth to (meaning to raise, to cause) 
difficulties, quarrels, suspicions, fair 
naitre des difficultes, des querelles, 
des soupgons, 347. 

Go, (to,) aller, 59, 119. To go 
thero or thither, y aller, 74, 119. To 



INDEV. 



488 



go around the house, faire le tour de. 
la maison, 312. To go on foot, aller 
d pied, 166. To go on a journey, 
faire un voyage, 247. To go to bed, 
(to lie down.) aller se coucher, sa 
mettre au lit, 174. To go to the 
country, aller d la campagne, 239. 
To go to some one, or to some one's 
house, aller chez quelqiCun, 60. To 
go to see some one, aller voir quel- 
qu'un, 281. To go a walking, aller 
se promener, 174. To go away, s'en 
aller. Are you going away? vous 
en allez-vous ? 171, 193, 195. To 
go for, (to fetch,) aller chercher, 77. 
To go out, sortir *, 80, 88, 111, 127. 
To be going to, aller *, 81. See Al- 
ler. 

Grow, (to,) croitre, 302. It 
grows towards night, it grows dark, 
il se fait nuit ; it grows late, il se 
fait tard, 301 



II. 



Hail, (to.) greler. It hails much, 
il fait beaucoup de grelc, 180. 

Hair *, to hate ; haissant, hating; 
ha'i, hated, 165. 

Half, demi, demie ; see this word. 

Happen, (to,) arriver. What has 
happened to you ? que vous esi-il 
arrive ? 204. 

Hardly, d peine, 133. 

Haut, (en,) above, up stairs ; en 
has, below, down stairs, 146. 

Have, (to,) avoir* ; had, eu, 118. 
You have a cough, vous avez un 
rhume de poitrine, 243. Have you 
a sore finger? avez-vous mal au 
doigt ? He has a sore eye, il a mal 
a I'oeil. We have sore eyes, nous 
avons mal aux yeux, 93. I have a 
sore hand, fai mal d la main. Have 
you the toothache ? avez-vous mal 
aux dents ? I have the headache, 
fai mal d la tete, Obs. E. 232. I 
have a sore throat, fai mal d la 
gorge, 246. He has a pain in his 
eide, il a malau cote, 265. 

Hear (to) of, entendre par J er. 197 
To hear, apprendre * 204. 



Her or His, son, sa, ses, 22, 29 
Obs. B. C. 231. 

Here, ici, (y,) 81. Hero and 
there, par-ci, par-Id, 339. Here is, 
void, 264. 

Him who, celui qui, 159. 

His or Her, son, sa, ses, 22, 29. 
Obs. B. C. 231. 

HoiME, (at,) d la maison, 60. Is 
he at home ? est-il d la maison ? est- 
il chez lui ? 60. 

Hors de, out ; hors de la ville, out 
of the city, (the town ;) dehors, (ad- 
verb,) without or out of doors, 252, 
259. 

Hour, (the,) Vheure, Note 1. 65 
At what o'clock ? d quelle hcure ? 
At one o'clock, d une heure. At 
half-past one, d une heure et demie, 
Notes 1, 2. 65. At nine o'clock in 
the morning, d neuf heures du ma- 
tin ; at eleven o'clock at night, d 
onze heures du soir, 138. De bonne 
heure, early, 111. De meilleure 
heure, (plus tot.) earlier, (sooner,) 
112. To ask the hour, Note 2. 
81. 

How, how much, how many, be- 
fore an exclamation, are translated 
by que. How good you are ! que 
vous etcs bon ! que de bonte vous 
avez ! Obs. A. 285. How far ? jus- 
qu'oh? 145. Obs. 203. How long? 
combien de temps, 197. How long, 
(since when ?) depuis quand? Obs. 
E. 199. How long? jusqu'd quand, 
141. How much? How many? 
combipn de ? 42. Obs. 43. How 
many times, how often? combien de 
fois? Once, unefois; twice, deux 
fois; thrice, (three times,) trois 
fois ; several times, plusieurs fois, 
119. 

However, cependant, 226. Hew- 
ever, howsoever, quelquc, Obs. A 
364. 

Hundred, cent. When does this 
numeral take an s ? Obs. A. 137. 

Hurt (to) somebody, faire dumal 
d quelquhin, 175. Her leg hurts her, 
lajambe lui fait mal, 265. To hurt 
some one's feelings, faire de la peine 
a quelqu'un, 282. 



484 



INDEX. 



I, je, and before a vowel or h mute 
;', 9. Obs. 

Ici, (y,) here, 81. 

Idioms, 399, 400, 401. Idioms de- 
pending on the use of a noun, 399 ; 
on the use of a pronoun, 399 ; on the 
use of a verb, 400 ; idiomatic expres- 
sions on avoir *, 400 ; on servir, 215, 
205, 331, 298 ; on aller * and on 
donner, 400 ; on faire * and jouer, 
400, 401 ; on mettre *, 297, 303, 326, 
338, 342, 349, 331, 287, 290 ; on 
all sorts of verbs, 401. Paris is a 
fine place to live in, c'est un beau 
sejour que Paris, 227. With tears 
in his, her, our, or my eyes, les 
larmes aux yeux, 274. If you please, 
s'il vous plait; as you please, at 
your pleasure, as you like, comma il 
vous plaira, 275. I wonder why, je 
voudrais bien savoir pourquoi, 343. 
To draw a secret from one, to exam- 
ine one carefully, tirer les vers du 
nez a quelqu'un, 375. To bear, to 
put up with, en passer par, 376. 

If, si, 161. Obs. C. D. 318. Obs. 
D. 263. See Si. 

Immediately, tout de suite, 189. 

Impart (to) something to some- 
body, faire part de quelque chose a 
quelqu'un, 339. 

Imperative : its formation, and 
when it must be employed, Notes 1, 
2, 3. 315, 316. Obs. A. B. 316, 317, 
376 Additional examples of the im- 
perative, 322, 376. 

Imperfect (the) of the Indicative : 
its formation, Note 1. 256. Obs. A. 
257. When it must be employed, 
Obs. B. 257, 258, 261. All verbs 
whose present participle ends in iant ; 
as oublier, oubliant ; rire, riant, &c, 
do not drop the letter i in the first 
and second persons plural of the im- 
perfect of the indicative, and present 
of the subjunctive ; as, nous oubli- 
ions, we. forgot ; que nous oubliions, 
that we may forget ; vous oubliiez, 
vou forgot ; que vous oubliiez, that 
you may forget, Obs. A. 261. All 
verb? whose present participle ends 



in yant, as payer, pay ant, fee, do 
not drop the letter i after y in the 
first and second persons plural of the 
imperfect indicative and present sub- 
junctive ; as, nous pay ions, we paid ; 
que nous payions, that we may pay ] 
vous pdyiez, you paid ; que vous 
payiez, that you may pay, Obs. B. 
262. Imperfect of the Subjunctive : 
its formation, 359. When it must 
be employed, Remarks, 353 <§f seqq. 
Obs. B. Remark D. 359 $ seqq. 364 

Improve, (to,) to profit, faire des 
progres, 265. 

In, dans, 74, 77, 180 ; in, dans, 
en. When must in be rendered by 
en, and when by dans, Obs. B. 323. 
In translated by a, 194, 312, 239 ; 
by de, 286. In is rendered into 
French by the genitive, when a rela- 
tive superlative is to be expressed 
It is the finest country in Europe 
c'est le plus beau pays de V Europe, 
Obs. B. 402. In this manner, de 
cettc maniire, 132. In a short time 
dans peu de temps, Obs. B. 323. 

Indifferently, (as good as bad,; 
iant bien que mal, 339. 

Infinitive, 55. Words which re- 
quire it with the preposition de, 56. 
Means to distinguish the infinitive of 
each conjugation, Note 3. 85. Verbs 
which do not require a preposition 
when they are joined to an infinitive, 
Obs. A. B. 112. 

Inquire (to) after some one, de- 
mander quelqu'un; after whom do 
you inquire 1 qui demandez-vous ? 
156. 

Instantly, this instant, a Vinstant, 
sur le champ, 189. 

Instead of, au lieu de, is in Eng- 
lish followed by the present parti- 
ciple, but in French it is followed by 
the infinitive, 92, Obs. B. 93. 

Instruire *, to instruct ; present 
participle, instruisant ; past, instruil, 
216. 

Introduire *, to introduce, 291 

It, le, 123. It, cela, il. When 
the English pronoun it relates to a 
preceding circumstance, it is trans- 



INDEX. 



485 



lated by ccla ; when to a following 
circumstance by il, Obs. D. 242. 



Jamais, ever ; ne — jamais, never, 
115. 

Je, I ; and before a vowel or h 
mute, f, Obs. 10. JTai, I have, Obs. 
10. 

Jest, (to,) plaisanter. Expres- 
sions about jesting : you are jesting, 
vous badinez, vous vous moquez ; he 
cannot take a joke, is no joker, il 
ricntend pas raillerie, 327, 328. 

Jeter, to throw, to throw away, 
Obs. 124. 

Jour, journes, difference between 
these two words, Note 2. 239. 

Jouer, to play, 93. This verb 
governs the genitive when an instru- 
ment, and the dative when a game, 
is spoken of, Obs. 208 ; jouer de la 
fiute, to play upon the flute, 335. 

Judge (to be a) of something, se 
connaitre en quelque chose, 300. 

Jusque, up to, as far as, (adverb 
of place ;) jusqu'ou ? how far 1 jus- 
qu'ici, as far as here, hither ; jusque- 
ld, as far as there, thither, 145. 
Jusque, till, until : jusqu'd quand ? 
how long 1 jusqu'd demain, till to- 
morrow, 141. 

Just, (to have,) venzr * de. He 
has but just come, il ne fait que 
d'arriver, 199. 



K 

Keep, to, tenir * 222, 330. To 
Rcep warm, se tenir ckaud ; to keep 
cool, se tenir frais ; to keep clean, 
se tenir propre, 312 ; to keep on 
one's guard against some one, se 
tenir en garde contre quelqu'un, 
312 To keep, to maintain, entre- 
tenir *, 373. 

Kill, to, tucr, 67 : to kill by 
shooting, tuer d'un coup d'arme d 
feu, 313 

Know, to, savoir *. Do you know 
how to swim 1 savez-vous nager ? 
101, 127 When is this verb ren- 



dered bv savoir *, and when by con- 
naitre ?' Note 1. 280. 



L. 

Li, (y,) there, 81. 

Late, tard; too late, irop tard, 
111. 

Lately ; the other day, V autre 
jour ; dernier ement, 323. 

Laugh, to, rire*, 275. SeeRiRE* 

Lay (to) to one's charge, imputer 
d quelqu'un ; do not lay it to my 
charge, ne me Vimputez pas, 327. 

Le, (definite article, masculine, 
singular,) the, 9. Le before a vowel 
or h mute, V, 9. Obs. 10, 11. Le, 
it, so ; je vous Vai dii, I have told it 
you, 123. Le is sometimes rendered 
by so, and more elegantly omitted in 
English : it may in French relate to 
a substantive, an adjective, or even 
a whole sentence, Obs. 123, 124. 

League, (a,) une lieue. To walk 
or travel a league, faire une lieue, 
246. 

Learn, (to,) apprendre *, 93, 132 ; 
to learn French, apprendre le fran- 
cais, 95 ; to learn by heart, appren- 
dre par coeur, 160. 

Left : to the left, on the left side 
or hand, d gauche, sur la gauche, 
326. 

Left, (to have,) tester; when I 
have paid for the horse I shall have 
only ten crowns left, quand j'aurai 
paye le cheval, il ne me restera que 
dix ecus; they have one louis left, 
il leur reste un louis, Obs. A. 252. 

Lequel ? which one ? plur. les- 
quels? 19,29, 234. Obs. 181." 

Less, moins ; the least, le mains, 
Obs. A. 108. Less, iewer, moins, 
Obs. B. 222. See Moins. 

Leur, plur. leurs, their, 29, Obs 
B. D. 231. Le (la) leur, les leurs, 
theirs, 32, 240, 241. 

Lieu (au) de, instead of, 92. Obs. 
B. 93. - 

Level (on a) with, even with, d 
fleur de, 301. 

Lighten, (to,) faire dts eclairs*, 
179. 



486 



INDEX 



Like, (to,) aimer; I like fish, 
j'aime le poisson ; he likes fowl, il 
Rime le poulet ; to like, trouver : 
How do you like that wine ? Com- 
ment trouvez-vous ce vin ? I like 
it well, je le irouve bon, 160. As 
you like, comme il vous plaira, 
275. 

Like better, (to,) to prefer, aimer 
mieux ; I like staying here better 
than going out, j'aime mieux rester 
ici que de sortir, 210, 211. To my 
liking, d mon gre, 330. 

Lire *, to read ; lisant, reading ; 
lu, read, 81, 88, 109, 124. 

Little, pen, Obs. C. 108 ; little, 
peu de ; a little, un peu de, Obs. 43 ; 
but little, only a little, ne — guere de, 
43 ; just a little, tant soit peu ; Do 
you wish a great deal of bread ? 
Voulez-vous beaucoup de pain ? no, 
just a little, non, tant soit peu, 
372. 

Live, (to,) demeurer, Note 3. 
138. 

Long (to) for, tarder ; I long to 
see my brother, il me tarde de voir 
monfrere. Obs. 338. 

Long, (so,) as, tant que, 343. How 
long? Combien de temps ? 197. How 
long, (since when ?) Depuis quand ? 
Obs. E. 199. How long ? Jusqu'd 
quand ? 141. 

Look, (to,^ upon, donner sur ; the 
window looks* into the street, la fene- 
tre donne sur la rue; the window 
looks out upon the river, la fenetre 
donne sur la riviere, 311. See Ap- 
pear. To look pleased with some, 
body, faire bonne mine d quelqu'un ; 
to look cross at some one, faire 
mauvaise mine d quelqu'un, 281. 
Look, (to,) avoir Vair ; to look mel- 
ancholy, avoir Vair melancolique, 
328. 

Lorsque, quand, when, 193 ; when 
they are used with the preterit ante- 
rior, 308. 

Lose, (to,) perdre ; to lose one's 
wits, perdre la tete, 282 ; to lose 
sight of, perdre de vue, 334. 

Luire *, to shine, to glitter ; pres. 
port- luisant ; past, lui, 180. 



M. 

Mais, but, 24. 

Make, (to,) do, faire ; made, done, 
fait, 122. To make a present of 
something to some one, faire present 
de quelque chose a quelqu'un, 323 
To make sick, rendre malade, 242 
To make one's self understood, se 
faire comprendre, 317. To make 
one's self comfortable, se mettre d 
son aise, 338. To make entreaties, 
faire des instances, 339. 

Mal, bad ; worse, pire ; the worst, 
le pire, Obs. C. 108, D. 109. Mal, 
badly, 105, 132. Mal, wrong, bad, 
270. 

Manage, (to,) to go about a thing, 
s'y prendre *, 300. To manage, 
faire en sorte de, 311. 

Many, beaucoup de, 42. Not 
many, ne — guere de. Obs. 43. 

Marcher, to march, to walk, to 
step, must not be mistaken for se 
promener, Obs. C. 246. 

Matin, matinee, difference be- 
tween these two w T ords, Note 2. 239 

Mean, (to,) vouloir dire. What 
do you mean? Que voulez-vous 
dire ? I mean, je veux dire, 342. 

Meddle (to) with a thing, se me- 
ler de quelque chose ; What are you 
meddling with ? De quoi vous me- 
lez-vous ? 247. 

Meme, memes, self, selves ; moi- 
meme, myself; eux-memes, elles- 
memes, themselves. Sometimes 
meme is an adverb, and answers to 
the English word even, 291. Obs 
292. 

Mener, to take, must not be mis- 
taken for porter, Obs. C. 253. 

• Mentir *, to utter a falsehood, to 
lie ; pres. part, mentant ; past, menti, 
177. 

Mettre *, to put, to put on ; pres. 
part, mettant ; past, mis, 111, 122. 
Mettre au net, to transcribe fairly, 
303. Mettre d meme de, to enable. 
326. Se mettre d table, to sit down 
to dinner, 349. Se mettre d quelque 
chose, to set about something, 287. 
Se mettre d I'abri de quelque chose 



INDEX. 



487 



to shelter one's self (to take shelter) 
from something, 302. 

Mile, (a,) un mille. To walk or 
travel a mile, fairc un mille, 246. 

Mien, (le,) la mienne, les miens, 
les micnnes, mine, 14, 32, 240, 241. 

Mine, le mien, la mienne, les 
miens, les mienncs, 14, 32, 240, 
241. A brother of mine, un de mes 
frgres ; a cousin of yours, un de vos 
cousins ; a neighbor of theirs, un de 
leurs voisins, 156. 

Mistake, (to,) to be mistaken, se 
tromper ; you are mistaken, vous 
vous trompez, 171. 

Moins, less ; serves to form the 
comparative of minority of adjectives 
and adverbs ; le moins, the least, 
forms the superlative of minority, 
Obs. A 108. Moins de, less, fewer, 
(before a noun,) 53. Moins, less, 
fewer. When there, is a comparison 
between two sentences, the verb 
which follows plus, or moins, re- 
quires the negative ne. Get homme 
a moins d'amis qu'il ne pense, that 
man has fewer friends than he 
imagines, Obs. B. 222. 

Mon, ma, mes, my, 10, 29. Obs. 
B. 231. 

Monter, to go up, to mount, to 
ascend ; when does this verb take 
avoir*, and when etre in its com- 
pound tenses ? Note 2. 254. 

Moonlight, clair de lune. It is 
moonlight, il fait clair de lune, 
160. 

More, plus, Obs. B. 222. See 
Plus. More, plus de, (before a noun.) 
53. One more book, encore un livre; 
a few books more, encore quelques 
livres, 50. More, plus; the most, 
le plus, 108. More, davantage, 
Obs. D. 151. 

Mourir *, to die, (lose life ;) pres. 
part, mourant; past, mort ; Li 1 homme 
sst mort ce matin et sa femme est 
tnorte aussi, the man died this morn- 
ing, and his wife died also, 268 ; 
mourir* d'une maladie, to die of a 
disease, 273. 

Much, many, a good deal of, very 
much, heaucoup, 42. Obs. 43. Obs. 



C. 323. Not much, ne- -guere de, 
Obs. 43. So much, tant, 160, 242 

Must : the English nominative of 
this verb is rendered in French by 
the dative, me, tc, lui, nous, vous, 
leur, together with the impersonal il 
faut, Obs. A. B. 149, 150. The 
same when followed by have, Obs. 
C. 150. See Falloir*. 

My, mon, ma, mes, 10, 29. Obs, 
B.C. 231. 

N. 

Name. What is your name ? Com ■ 
meat vous appelcz-vous ? My namt 
is Charles, je m'appelle Charles, 
270. 

Names. Proper names of persons, 
Obs. C. Note 1. 348. Obs. D. E F. 
G. II. Note 2. 348, 349 ; of king- 
doms, provinces, and towns, Re- 
mark, 349. 

Native, (the,) Vhomms ne dans 
le pays, 377. 

Ne is used without pas with the 
verbs, cesser, to cease ; oser, to dare ; 
pouvoir, savoir, to be able, 325. Ne 
— guere de, (pas heaucoup de,) but 
little, only a little, not much, not 
many, but few ; je n'ai guere d' ar- 
gent, I have but little money, Obf. 
43. Ne — ni, neither, ni, nor ; «/•■ 
n'ai ni le baton du marchand ni le 
mien, I have neither the merchant's 
stick nor mine, 17. Ne — nulli 
part, nowhere, not anywhere, 64. 
Ne — pas, ne — point, not ; Je riai 
pras, I have not, 11. When these 
negations must be used, and which 
place they ought to occupy in the 
sentence, Obs. A. B. C. 325, 326. 
Ne — pas encore, not yet, 112. Ne — 
plus, no longer, 139. Ne — plus de, 
not any more, no more ; je n'ai plus 
de pain, I have no more bread, 49. 
Ne — plus guere de. not much more, 
not many more ; je n'en ai plus 
guere, I have not much (many) 
more, 50. Ne — que, only, but ; je 
n'ai quhin ami, I have but one 
friend ; je n'en ai qu'un, I have but 
one, 42 ; ne — que, nothing but ; il 



£88 



n'a que ties enncmis, he has nothing 
but enemies, 176. Ne — rien, noth- 
ing, not any thing ; je rCai rien, I 
have nothing, 12. Requires de be- 
fore an adjective, Obs. 13, 17. 

Near, pres de ; near me, pres de 
moi ; near them, pres d'euz ; near 
going, pres d'aller, 209. 

Nearly, pres de, 133. Nearly, 
thereabouts, d peu pres, 347. 

Negation, Obs. B. 222. Place of 
the negation, Obs. A. B. C. 325, 
407. 

Neither — nor, ne — ni, ni, 16, 17. 

Neuf, nouveau, nouvel, new ; how 
these words must be distinguished 
from each other, Notes 1, 2. 142, 
L43. 

Never, ne — jamais, 115. 

New, neuf, nouveau, (before a 
vowel or h mute, nouvel,) Notes 1, 
2 142, 143. 

No, or not any, ne — pas de, 35, 
36. None, not one, not any ; aucun, 
pas un, (indefinite pronouns.) Obs. 
E. 365. No one, nobody, or not 
anybody, per sonne — ne, 22. Nobody, 
personne, (an indefinite pronoun,) 
Obs. E. 365. No longer, ne — plus, 
139. No sooner, pas plutot, 308. 

Not, ne — pas, ne — point, place of 
the negation in the French sentence, 
Obs. A. B. C. 325, 407. Not any 
more, no more, ne — plus de; not 
much more, not many more, ne — 
plus guere de, 50. Not quite, pas 
tout d fait, 133. Not until, (mean- 
:'ng not before,) pas avant, 263. Not 
yet, ne — pas encore, 112. 

Nothing, rien, (an indefinite pro- 
noun ;) rien qui or que, Obs. E. 
365. 

Nothing, or not any thing, ne — 
rien ; nothing, or net any thing bad, 
ne rien de mauvais, 13 Obs. 13, 17. 
Nothing but, ne — que, 176. 

Notre, plur. nos, our. 29. Obs. B. 
231. 

Notre, (le, la,) les notres, ours, 
Obs. A. 15, 32. Obs. A. 241. 

Notwithstanding, malgre; not- 
withstanding that, malgre cela, 311. 
Notwithstanding that, for all that, 



although, ne laisser pas de, thai 
man is a little bit of a rogue, but not- 
withstanding he passes for an hones* 
man, cet homme est tant soit peu 
fripon, mais il ne laisse pas dt 
passer pour honnete homme, 372. 

Now, maintenant, 303. Now and 
then, de loin en loin, 339. 

Numbers, (cardinal,) Note 1. 42 ; 
ordinal, Obs. A. B. 46, 47. The car- 
dinal numbers are employed after 
the Christian name of a sovereign, 
Obs. A. B. 270. Distributive num- 
bers, premierement, en premier lieu, 
firstly ; secondement, en second lieu, 
secondly, &c, 310. The English 
ordinal number rendered in French 
by the cardinal : I received your let- 
ter on the fifth, J'ai recu voire let- 
tre le cinq, 373. 



O. 



Obliged (to be) or indebted to 
some one for something, etre oblige 
(redevable) d quelqu'un de quelque 
chose, 286. 

CEil, (1',) the eve ; plur. les yeux, 
29. 

Of, de, Obs. 11. 56, 82, 346, 181, 
156. See De. 

Offrir *, to offer ; pres. part, of- 
frant; past, offert, 205. 

Often, souvent; as often as, aussi 
souvent que, 101 ; not so often as, 
moins souvent que; oftener than, 
plus souvent que, 102. 

Ombre, a shadow, is feminine ; 
meaning a fish or a game it is mas- 
culine ; d V ombre, under the shade, 
Note 3. 302. 

On or upon, sur ; upon rt, dessus, 
128. On a small scale, en petit en 
a large scale, en grand 347. 

On, one, the people, they or any 
one, 142, 143. When it is used, 
Obs. A. 176. The indefinite pronoun 
on takes V (with an apostrophe) af- 
ter the words et, ou, oil, or si, Obs. D 
318. 

Once, une fois; once a day, une 
fois par jour ; twice a day, deux fois 
par jour, 160. 



INDEX. 



489 



One, (the people, they or any one,) 
on, 142, 143. Obs. A. 176. 

Only, but, ne — que, 42. 

Opposite to, vis-d-vis de; oppo- 
site tha. house, vis-a-vis de cette 
maison, 332. 

Or, ou, 14. After this conjunc- 
tion, the indefinite pronoun on takes 
l\ (with an apostrophe,) Obs. D. 318. 

Other, autre; another sou, un 
autre sou; some other sous, d'autres 
sous, 46. No other, ne — pas d' autre. 
I have no other, je n'en ai pas d'au- 
tres, 46. Others, other people, au- 
trui, 247. 

Ou, or, 14. Obs. D. 318. 

Ou : after this adverb of place, the 
indefinite pronoun on takes V, (with 
an apostrophe.) Obs. D. 318. Oil? 
Where? 61. Oil, where, whither, 
whereto, 64, 137. D'ou ? whence ? 
wherefrom ? 152, 203. 

Ought and should are rendered 
into French by the conditionals of 
the verb devoir, to be obliged, to owe. 
Obs. 318. 

Our, notre, nos, 29. Obs. B. 231. 

Ours, le (la) notre, les notres, Obs. 
A. 15, 32. Obs. A. 241. 

Out, hors de ; out of doors, dehors, 
252, 259. 

Outre, besides ; outre cela, be- 
sides that ; en outre, moreover, 326 

Ouvrir *, to open ; pres. part. 
ouvrant ; past, ouvert, Note 6. 88, 
127. 



Par, by, 164. Far-ci, par-Id, 
here and there, 339. 

ParaItre *, to appear, to seem, 
373. 

Parce que, because, 137. 

Parmi, among, 221. 

Participle past; its formation, 
Notes 1, 2. 114; Note 3. 115, 386 
It agrees with its object in numbe- 
and gender, 0= B. 118, O 3 199. 
ICT 234, 0= 249 ; it does not agree 
with it when preceded by the rela- 
tive pronoun en, or the connective 
pronoun, dont, O" C. 119, ET 181. 



Serves to form the passive voice, 164\ 
O" 199. Participle present ; its for- 
mation, 245. How is the English 
present participle to be translated in- 
to French? 0= 154, 228. Obs. A 
B. 245, 246. 

Particular, (to be,) y regarded 
de pres, 342. 

Partir *, to depart, to set out 
pres. part, partant ; past, parti, 105, 
127, 128. 

Parvenir *, to succeed, 188. 

Pay (to) for, payer ; to pay a man 
for a horse, payer un cheval a un 
homme, O" 155. To pay some one 
a visit, faire une visite (rendre visite) 
d quelqu'un, 281. 

Peine, (a,) scarcely ; when it is 
employed in the use of the 'preterit 
anterior, 308. 

Pendant, during, for, 138 
j Permettre *, to permit, to allow 
318. 

-Personne, as a pronoun, is mascu- 
line, as a substantive it is feminine, 
Note 2. 234. Personne — ne, no one, 
nobody, or not anybody ; personne. 
n'a voire bat on, nobody has your stick, 
22. 

Personne qui or que, nobody that 
or who, requires the next verb in the 
subjunctive, Obs. E. 365. 

Peu, little, Obs. C. 108, D. 109 ; 
peu de, little, (before a noun,) Obs. 
43 ; un peu, a little, 43. VI peu pres, 
thereabouts, nearly, 347. 

Place. M. ma place, in my place ; 
d voire place, in your place, d sa 
place, in his or her place, 312. 

Plaindre *, to pity ; pres. part. 
plaignant; past, plaint; se plain- 
dre *, to complain, 204. 

Plaire *, to please, to be pleased ; 
pres. part, plaisant ; past, plu; se 
plaire *, to please, 190, 191. 

Play, (to,) jouer, 93 ; to play up- 
on an instrument, j ouer d'un instru- 
ment; to play at cards, jouer av.v . 
cartes, Obs. 208, 335. To play a 
trick on some one, jouer un tour a 
quelqiCun, 343. 

Please, (to,) plaire *, se plaire * ; 
to please some one, plaire a quel- 



*HP* 



190 



INDEX. 



qu'un. How do you please yourself 
here? Comment vous plaisez-vous 
ici ? 190, 191 ; if you please, s'il vous 
plait, 275. 

Pleased with, content de, 269. 

Pleasure. To give pleasure, fairt 
plaisir, 81. 

Pleuvoir * 3 to rain, 179. 

Pluperfect (the) of the Indica- 
tive : its formation and its use, Ohs. 
B. 307. Pluperfect of the Subjunc- 
tive : its formation, Obs. A. 359. Its 
use, Obs. B. 359. 

Plural: its formation in nouns 
and adjectives, Rule 27, Obs. A. 27. 
Obs. B. C. 28. Obs. 78. 

Plus, more, serves to form the 
comparative of superiority of adjec- 
tives and adverbs ; le plus, the most, 
serves to form the superlative of su- 
periority, 107, 108. Difference be- 
tween plus and davantage, Obs. D. 
151. Plus de, more, (before a noun,) 
53. When there is a comparison be- 
tween two sentences, the verb which 
follows plus, or moins. requires the 
negative ne. JTai plus de pain que 
je rv en puis manger, I have more 
bread than I can eat, Obs. B. 222. 

Plut d Dieu, plut au del, would 
to God, require the subjunctive, 366. 

Plutot — que, rather ; plutot — que 
de, rather — than, 270, 271. Pas plu- 
tot, no sooner, 308. 

Porter, to carry, to take, must 
not be mistaken for mener, Obs. C. 
253. 

Pour, to, (meaning in order to,) 
67. Whenever in order to can be 
substituted for the preposition to, the 
latter is rendered in French fay pour, 
to express the end, the design, or the 
cause for which a thing is done, Obs. 
A 311. 

Pour (to) out, verser ; to pour out 
Borne drink for any one, verser a 
Loire d quelqu'un, 274. 

Pourquoi? why? 137. 

Poursuivre *, to pursue, 283. 

Pouvoir *, to be able, (can,) pros, 
part, pouvant; past, pu, Note 1. 67, 
127. 

Prendre *, to take ; pres. part. 



prenani ; past,_prw, 98, 127, 303, 312. 
Prendre *, to drink, 98. Prendre 9 
soin, to take care, 205. Prendre * 
lafuite, to make oue's escape, to run 
away, to flee, to take to one's heels, 
292. S'y prendre *, to manage or 
to go about a thing, 300. 

Prepositions, which in French 
are followed by the infinitive, whilo 
in English they are followed by the 
present participle, U° 154. Obs. 167. 
The English preposition for with the 
verbs, to ask, demander ; to pay, 
payer, is not rendered in French, 
\TJ* 155 ; at and for are not rendered 
in French when used to express the 
price of a thing, Obs. D. 226. Prepo- 
sitions formed with a, au, or aux, ana 
a noun, require the genitive aftei 
them ; almost all others require the 
accusative, Obs. A. 215. Use of the 
preposition a, Obs. B. 73, 145 Obs 
A. 346. Obs. B. 348. Use of tht 
preposition de, Obs. 11. Obs. A. 346 
Place of the preposition in the sen- 
tence, Rule 3. 405. 
Pres de, near, 209. 
Present (the) tense Indicative. 
Its formation, Notes 1, 2, 3. 85. Noto 
4. 86. The English have three pres- 
ent tenses, while the French havo 
but one, Obs. B. 87. In verbs where 
the ending er is preceded by g, the 
letter e is, for the softening of the 
sound, retained in all those tenses 
where g is followed by a or o. Ex. 
Nous mangeons, we eat ; nous ju- 
geons, we judge, Obs. C. 87. In 
verbs ending in ayer, oyer, -oyer, the 
letter y is changed into i in all per- 
sons and tenses where it is followed 
by e mute. Ex. J'envoie, I send ; tu 
envoies, thou sendest, &c, Obs. I). 
87, 88. Exceptions to the formations 
of the present tense indicative, Ob. 1 ?. 
E. 88. In verbs having e mute in the 
last syllable but one of the infinitive, 
the letter e has the grave accent ( v ) 
in all persons and tenses where the 
consonant immediately after it is fol- 
lowed by e mute : as in mener, to 
guide ; je mtne, I guide ; achevsr, to 
finish ; facheve, I finish, &c., Oba 



491 



A. 92. In verbs ending in eler and 
eter, as appeler, to call ; jeter, to 
throw ; the letter I or t is doubled in 
all persons and tenses where it is fol- 
lowed by e mute. Ex. Qui m'ap- 
pelle ? Who calls me ? Obs. B. 124, 
125. In verbs having the acute ac- 
cent ( ' ) on the last syllable but one 
of the infinitive, the letter e takes the 
grave accent in all persons and tenses 
where it is followed by a consonant 
having e mute after it, as cider, to 
yield ; je cede, I yield, Obs. A. 221. 
Do and Am, when used to interro- 
gate for all persons and tenses may 
be rendered by est-ce que. In some 
verbs they cannot be rendered other- 
wise, Obs. Note 1. 104. Present of the 
Subjunctive : its formation, 351. Obs. 
A. Note 1. 351. Obs. B. 352. When it 
must be employed, 353, <$• seqq. In 
English the state of existence or of 
action, when in its duration, is al- 
ways expressed by the preterperfect 
tense, while in French it is express- 
ed by the present tense: He has 
been in Paris these three years, il y a 
trois ans quHl est d Paris, Obs. C. 
198. 

Presently, tout a Vheure, 189. 

Pretend, (to,) faire semblant de, 
302. 

Preterit (the) definite. Its for- 
mation, Obs. A. 305, 306. When it 
is used, 307. Preterit anterior: its 
formation and its use, Note 1. 307. 
The Preterit indefinite : its forma- 
tion, and when it is employed, 122. 
Preterit of the subjunctive : its for- 
mation, Obs. A. 359. When it is 
employed, Obs. B 359, <Sf seqq. 

Prier, to desire, to beg, to pray, 
to request, takes de before the infini- 
tive, 254. 

Produire*, to produce- 291 

Promener, (se,) to take a walk ; 
aller se promener, to go a-walking ; 
se promener en carosse, to take an 
airing in a carriage ; se promener d 
cheval, to take a ride, 174. 

Promettre *, to promise, (de be- 
fore inf.,) 132. 

Pronoun. Personal pronouns, 70. 



The personal pronoun le, him, it 
plur. les, stands before the verb, and 
before the adverb y. 64. Obs. 64. Use 
of the pronouns me,, moi and a moi, 
le, lui and d lui, nous and a nous, 
vous and d vous, leur and d eux, 
les and eux, 68, Obs. 69. Obs. D. 
231. Of the second person singular, 
tu, thou, Note 1. 78. The personal 
pronoun must be repeated before the 
verb when it has two or more differ- 
ent nominatives, Obs. B. 277. In- 
sertion of the letter t between the 
verb and the pronoun il, when the 
former is interrogative, Obs. A. B. 
21. Possessive pronouns 29, 79. Obs. 
B. C. 231. Absolute possessive pro- 
nouns, 14, 15, Obs. A. 15, 22, 32. 
Obs. A. 241. In French the qualifi- 
cations, monsieur, madarne, made- 
moiselle, usually precede the posses- 
sive pronouns, Obs. A. B. C. 225. 
Demonstrative pronouns, 14, 29, 232, 
234, 24, 32. Determinative pro- 
nouns, 25, 31, 234, 159, 92. Inter- 
rogative pronouns, Obs. A. 73, 234. 
Relative pronouns, 25, Obs. 181. In- 
definite pronouns, 22. Indefinite pro- 
nouns governing the subjunctive, 
Obs. A. B. 364. Obs. C. D. E. 365 
Obs. A. 176. Objective pronouns, 
i. e. those which are not in the no- 
minative, stand in French before 
the verb, and in compound tenses 
before the auxiliary, O" A. 118. 
Rule 6. 408. Pronouns of reflective 
verbs, 169, Obs. A. 170. 

Properly, comme ilfaut, 156. 

Proposer, (se,) de before inf., to 
propose ; je me propose de faire ce 
voyage, I propose going on that jour- 
ney, 290. 

Proverbial forms of expression, 
401, 402. 

Pull, (to,) tirer, 195. To pull out, 
arracher ; he pulls out his hair, il 
s'arrache les cheveux, 171. 

Purchase (to) any thing, faire 
emplette de quelque chose, faire des 
emplettes, 206. 

Put, (to,) to put on, mtttre *, 122. 
To put off, to postpone, remettrc *, 
(«,) 339. To put one's self out of 



492 



INDEX. 



the way, to inconvenience one's self, 
se gener, 339. 

Q. 

Quand, Zors^ue, when, 193 ; when 
they are used with the preterit an- 
terior, 308. Quand meme, though, 
requires the conditional, Notes 1, 
2. 367. 

Quant a, as to, as for ; quant a 
tnoi, as to me, 273. 

Quatre-vingt, eighty, takes no s 
when followed by another numeral, 
Obs. A. 137. 

Que, that or which, (relative pro- 
noun,) 25 ; que de, than, (before a 
noun,) 53. Que and qui have some- 
times Von after them, when the har- 
monv of the sentence requires it, Obs. 
E. F. 318, 319. Que used to avoid 
the repetition of the conjunction si, 
governs the subjunctive, Obs. E. 361. 
Qu'est-ce que c'est que cela ? what 
is that? js ne sais pas ce que c'est 
que cela, I do not know what that is, 
270. Quest-ce que cela peut etre ? 
what can that be ? 338. 

Quel? quels? quelle? quelles? 
which or what? 10, 11, 29, 232, 
234. 

Quel que, Quelle que, in two 
words, followed by a substantive, and 
the verb etre, agrees with the sub- 
stantive in gender and number, and 
governs the subjunctive, Obs. C. 365. 

Quelque, (indeclinable,) however, 
howsoever, whatever, whatsoever, 
before an adjective, governs the sub- 
junctive, Obs. A. 364. Followed by 
a substantive, and any other verb 
than etre, it is invariable before a 
noun singular, and takes an s only 
before a noun plural, without regard 
to its gender : it always governs the 
subjunctive, Obs. B. 364. 

Quelque chose, something, any 
thing, 12. Quelque chose de bon, 
something or any thing good, 13. Re- 
quires de before an adjective, Obs. 
13. Quelque chose que, whatever 
or whatsoever, stands at the begin- 
uing of a sentence, and governs the 



next verb in the subjunctivo, Oba 
D. 365. 

Quelque part, somewhere oi 
whither, anywhere or whither, 64. 

Quelqu'un, somebody or any- 
body, some one or any one. Quel- 
qu'un a-t-il inon lime ? has anybo- 
dy my book ? 22. 

Quelques-uns, a few, 45. 

Question, (to be the,) to turn up- 
on, s'agir de. It is the question, it 
turns upon, il s'agit de, 335. 

Qui? who? its declension, 73. 
Obs. 181. X A qui ? whose ? 73, 109. 
y A qui, to whom, Obs. 181. 

Qui que ce soit, whoever, who- 
soever, requires the next verb iu the 
subjunctive, Obs. E. 365. 

Quick, fast, vite, 211. 

Quite (or just) as much, as many, 
tout autant, 52, 53. 

Quoi? que? what? 13. Its de- 
clension, Obs. A. 73. 

Quoique, whatever, whosoever, 
requires the next verb in the sub- 
junctive, Obs. D. 365. Quoique, 
though, governs the subjunctive, 
Remark D. 359. 



R. 



Rain, (to,) pleuvoir *. Does it 
rain ? fait-il de la pluie ? 252. It 
rains very hard, il pleut a. verse, 179. 

Rappeler, (se,) to recollect. Vous 
rappelez-vous cela ? do you recollect 
that? Je vie le rappelle, I do re- 
collect it, 209. 

Rather than, plutot que de, 270, 
271. 

Read, (to,) lire * ; read, lu, 124. 

Recollect, (to,) se rappeler, 209 ; 
se souvenir % se ressouvenir, 210 

ReconnaItre, to recognise, to ac- 
knowledge, 221. 

Reduire *, to reduce ; pres. part 
reduisant ; past, reduit, 291. 

Rejouir (se) de quelque chose, to 
rejoice at something, 175. 

Rely, (to :) you may rely upon 
him, vous pouvez vous fier a lui t 
vous pouvez vous y fier, vous pouvez 
compter sur lui, 296. 



493 



Remain, (to,) rester, Note 1. 134 ; 
dcmeurer, Note 3. 138. 

Remettre *, to postpone, to put 
oiT, (a,) 339 

Rester, to remain, to stay, 81. 
When does this verb take avoir *, 
and when etre *, in its compound 
tenses? Note 1. 134. Rester, to 
have left, 251. Obs. A. 252. 

Retenir *, to retain, to hold back, 
209. # 

Rjeussir, to succeed, (d bef. inf.,) 
290. 

Revenir *, to return, to come 
back, 137, 138. 

Ride (to) on horseback, aller d 
cheval, 166. To take a ride, se pro- 
mener d cheval, 174. See Aller. 

Rien qui or que, nothing' that, re- 
quires the next verb in the subjunc- 
tive, Obs. E. 365. 

Right : to the right, on the right 
side or hand, a droite, sur la droite, 
326. Right, raison. See To Be. 

Rire *, to laugh ; press part, riant ; 
past, ri, 275 ; se rire, on se moquer 
de quelquhm, to laugh at, to deride 
one ; rire au nez de quelqu'un, to 
laugh in a person's face, 276. 

Room, (the,) la chambre ; the 
front room, la chambre du devant, 
or sur le devant ; the back room, la 
chambre sur le derriere, or la cham- 
bre du derriere ; the upper room, la 
chambre du haut, 233. 



S. 



Sail, (a,) une voile. To set sail, 
mettre a la voile, Note 2. 297. To 
set sail for, faire voile pour ; to sail 
under full sail, marcher a pleines 
voiles, 297. 

Same : the same thing, la meme 
chose ; the same man, le meme 
homme it is all one, (the same,) 
cost egal, 258. 

Sans, without, is in French fol- 
lowed by the infinitive, while in Eng- 
lish it requires the present participle, 
Obs. 167. 

Savoir *, to know ; pres. part, sa- 
vhant ; past, su. The infinitive 



| joined to this verb is not preceded bj 
a preposition, Obs. 101, 127. 

Satisfied (to be) with some one 
or something, etre content de quel- 
qu'un, or de quelque chose, 161 

Scarcely, d peine, 308. 

See, (to,) voir * ; seen, vu, 124. 

Self, selves, meme, memes ; my- 
self, moi-meme ; himself, lui-meme : 
herself, elle-meme ; themselves, eux- 
memes, elles-memes ; one's self, sot- 
mime, 291, Obs. 292. 

Selon, according to ; scion les 
cir Constances, according to circum- 
stances ; e'est selon, it depends, that 
is according to circumstances, 269. 

Sentir *, to feel ; pres. part. sc7i- 
tant ; past, senti, 226 ; sentir *, to 
smell, 301. 

Servir *, to serve, to wait upon ; 
pres. part, servant ; past, servi, 205 ; 
se servir de, to make use of, to use, 
215 ; servir la soupe, to serve up the 
soup ; servir le dessert, to bring in 
the dessert, 295. Servir, to be of 
use : d quoi cela vous sert-il ? of 
what use is that to you ? Sci'vir de, 
to stand instead, to be as : mon fusil 
me sert de baton, I use my gun as a 
stick ; servir (de bef. inf.) to avail ; 
d quoi vous sert-il de pleurer ? 
what avails it to you to cry? cela ne 
me sert d rien, it avails me nothing, 
331. 0?i a servi, dinner or supper 
is on the table, (is served up ;) vous 
servirai-je de la soupe ? do you 
choose any soup? shall I help you 
to some soup ? 298. 

Set (to) out, to depart, to leave, 
partir *, 105, 127, 128. 

Seul, fern, seule, alone, by one's 
self, 313. 

Shortly, (soon,) bientot, 137, 208 

Show, (to,) faire voir, montrer 
100. To show a disposition to, faire 
mine de, 281. The show, (splendor, 
brightness,) V eclat; to make a great 
show, faire de I' eclat, 376. 

Si, if, 161. If before the personal 
pronouns, il, he ; Us, they ; the let- 
ter i of this conjunction suffers elision 
Obs. C. 318 ; after it the indefinite 
pronoun on takes V, with an apos- 



194 



:ndex. 



trophe, Obs. D. 318. In the use of the 
conditional this conjunction is always 
expressed or understood, Obs. D. 263 ; 
que, used to avoid the repetition of 
this conjunction, governs the sub- 
junctive, Obs. E. 361. 

Sien, (le,) la sienne, les siens, les 
siennes, his or hers, 22, 32, 240, 
241. 

Side : by the side of, a cote de, 
Obs. A. 215. This side, de ce cote- 
ci ; that side, de ce cote-la ; on this 
side of the road, au deed (en degd) 
du chemin ; on that side of the road, 
au deld du chemin, 146. 

Silent, (to be,) to stop speaking, 
se taire *, 335. 

Since or from, depuis ; from that 
time, depuis ce moment ; from my 
childhood, depuis ma jeunesse ; from 
here to there, depuis ici jusque Id, 
291. See Depuis. Since, (consid- 
ering) puisque, 290. 

Sit (to) down, s'asseoir *, 210 ; to 
sit, to be seated, etre assis ; fern, as- 
sise, 253. 

Sleep, (to,) dormir*, 166. Are 
you sleepy? avez-voussommeil? 13. 
To feel sleepy, avoir envie de dor- 
mir, 172. 

Slow, slowly, lentement, 211. 

Snow, (to.) neiger, 179. It snows, 
u fait de la neige, 252. 

So, (it,) le, Obs. A. 123, 124. So, 
thus, ai?isi ; so so, comme cela, 132. 
So that, (conjunction,) de sorte que, 
181. 

Soir, soiree ; difference between 
these two words, Note 2. 239. 

Some or Any, (before a noun,) du, 
de la, des, 35, 233 ; before an ad- 
jective, de, 35 233, 234. Some of 
it, any of it, of it, some of them, any 
of them, of them, en; is always 
placed before the verb, 38, 39. 
Some, or any more, encore; some 
more wine, encore du vin ; some 
more buttons, encore des boutons, 
49. Somebody or anybody, quel- 
qiCun, 22. Something or any thing, 
quelque chose ; something or any 
thing good, quelque chose de bon, 13, 
Obs 13, 142. Sometimes, quelque- 



fois, 119. Somewhere or whither, 
anywhere or whither, quelque part, 
64. Nowhere, not anywhere, ne — 
nulle part, 64. 

Son, sa, scs, his or her, 22, 29, 
Obs. B. C. 231. 

Soon, bientot, 137, 208. As soon 
as, aussitot que, 166. No sooner, 
pas plutot, when it is employed in 
the use of the preterit anterior, 308 

Sortir *, to go out ; pres. part 
sortant; past, sorti, 80, 88, 111, 
127. 

Soudainement, suddenly, all of a 
sudden, 240. 

Souffrir *, to suffer ; pres. part. 
souffrant ; past, souffert, 282. 

Sous, (preposition,) under ; des- 
sous, (adverb,) under it, 128. 

Souvenir *, (se,) se ressouvenir *, 
to remember, to recoliect, governs 
the genitive, 210. 

Souvent, often, 101. Aussi sou- 
vent que, as often as, 101. Plus 
souvent que, oftener than, 102. 
Moins souvent que, not so often as, 
102. 

Speech, (a.) un discours. To 
make a speech, faire un discours, 
247. 

Spend (to) time in something, pas- 
ser le temps d quelque chose, 200. 

Spite : in spite of, en depit de, 
311. 

Step, (a.) un pas. To walk a 
step, faire un pas; to take a step, 
(meaning to take measures,) faire 
une demarche, 246. 

Strike, (to,) frapper, 274. Tc 
be struck with a thought, venir en 
pensee, d Videe, d Vesprit. A 
thought strikes me, il me vient une 
pensee, 312. 

Subjunctive, 353, seqq. See Pre- 
sent, IMPERFECT, &C. 

Substantive : formation of the 
plural, Rule, 27. Obs. A. Notes 1, 2, 
3. 28. Obs. B. C. 25, 230. Femi- 
nine substantives, 230. Gender of 
substantives, Obs. A. 146. Obs. 344 
Obs. D. 248. Note 1. 265. Obs. B. 
138. Note 1. 239. Note 3. 302. Re- 
mark 232. Compound substantives 



INDEX. 



495 



a substantive composed of a noun 
and an adjective, both take the mark 
of the plural, Obs. B. 134 ; of two 
nouns by means of a preposition, ex- 
pressed or understood, the first only 
takes the mark of the plural, Obs. 
E. 392. An English compound is 
rendered in French by two words, 
and the preposition de is put between 
when the latter expresses the sub- 
stance of which the former is made, 
Obs. 11. Obs. A. 346 ; but when tho 
latter expresses the use of the for- 
mer, the preposition a is put be- 
tween, 346. Obs. B. 348. Substan- 
tives having a distinct form for indi- 
viduals of the female sex, Obs. B. 
241 ; used for both sexes, Obs. C. 242. 

Succeed, (to,) parvenir *. Do you 
succeed in learning French ? parve- 
nez-vous a apprendre le frangais ? 
188. To succeed, reussir. Do you 
succeed in doing that? reussissez- 
voas a fair e cela? 290. 

Such, un tel, une telle; pareil, 
pareille, 258. 

Suffer, (to,) souffrir *, 282 ; to 
suffer one's self to be beaten, se lais- 
ser battre ; to let or suffer one's self 
to fall, se laisser tomber ; to suffer 
one's self to be insulted, se laisser 
insulter, &c, 376. 

Suffire *, to suffice, to be suffi- 
cient ; pres. part, sujjzsant ; past, 
suffi, 297. 

Suit, (to,) convenir*, 188. 

Suivre *, to follow ; pres. part. 
suivant ; past, suivi, 283 ; suivre * 
un conseil, to follow advice, (coun- 
sel,) 328. 

Sun, (the,) le soleil. We have 
too much sun, il fait trop de soleil, 
160. 

Superlative, Obs. A. 108. Obs. 
B. C. 108. 

Sur, upon, (preposition ;) dessus, 
upon it, (adverb,) 128. 

Surfaire *, to ovorcharge, to ask 
too much, 292. 

Surprendre*, to surprise, 322. 

Surprise, (to,) etonner. To be 
surprised at something, etre etonne 
ie quelque chose, 322. 



T. 



Taire *, (se,) to hold one's longue, 
to stop speaking, to be silent ; pres. 
part, taisant ; past, tu, 335. 

Take (to) place, avoir lieu, 119. 
To take care of something, prendre 
{avoir *) soin de quelque chose, 205 ; 
to take care of some one, to beware, 
prendre garde a quelqu'un, 312; to 
take an airing in a carriage, se pro- 
mener en carosse, 174. 

Tant, so much ; tant par an, so 
much a year ; tant par tete, so much 
ahead, 160,242; tant que, so long 
as, 343 ; tant soit peu, just a little, 
ever so little, 372. 

Taste, (to,) gouter, 160 ; the taste, 
le gout; each man has his taste, 
chaque homme a son gout, 171. 

Teach, (to,) enseigner ; to teach 
some one something, enseigner quel- 
que chose a quelqu'un ; to teach some 
one to do something, apprendre a 
quelqu y un a faire quelque chose, 216. 

Tear, (a,) une larme ; to shed 
tears, verser des larmcs ; with tears 
in his, her, our, or my eyes, les larmes 
aux yeux, ^,14=. 

Teindre *, to dye, or to color ; pres. 
part, teignant ; past, tcint ; teindre 
en noir, en rouge, to dye black, red, 
147. 

Tel, such ; un tel homme, such a 
man ; de tels hommes, such men ; 
une telle femme, such a woman ; de 
telles femmes, such women, 258. 

Tell, (to,) to say, dire * ; told, 
said, dit, 123. 

Tenir *, to hold ;• pres. part, te- 
nant; past, tenu, 155. Se tenir* 
pret, to keep one's self ready, 222. 
Tenir * pension, to keep a boarding- 
house, 330. Tenir * lieu de, to taka 
the place of, to bo instead of, 346 
See To Keep. 

Than, que de, (before a noun,) 53. 
Than, before a number, is rendered 
by de, and not by que : more than 
nine, plus de neuf, Obs. B. 198. 

That or which, que, relative pro- 
noun, 25. That, (meaning that 
thing,) cela, 119, 123. That, or the 



£96 



INLEX. 



one, celui, plur. ceux ; celle, plur. 
celles, 14, 31, 234. That which, the 
one which, those which, celui que, 
ceux que ; celle que, celles que, 25, 
31, 234. That which, or the thing 
which, ce que, 92. 

The, definite article, le, la, les, 9, 
27, 230. See Article. 

Their, leur, leurs, 29. Obs. B. D. 
231. 

Theirs, le (la) leur, les leurs, 32, 
240, 241. 

Then, alors ; until then, iusqu'- 
alors, 141. 

There, thither, to it, at it, in it, 
y, 64, Obs. 64, 73, 74. Togo thith- 
er, y aller ; to be there, y etre, 64. 
There, Id, y, 81. There is, behold, 
voild ; here is my book, void inon 
livre ; there it is, le voild, fern, la 
voild; there they are, les voild, 264, 
265. 

Thine, le tien, la tienne, les Hens, 
les tiennes, 79, 240, 241. 

This or That, these or those, ce, 
cet, cette, ces, 14, 24, 29, 232. This 
one, that one, these, those, celui-ci, 
celui-ld ; ceux-ci, ceux-ld; celle-ci, 
celle-ld ; celles-ci, celles-ld, 24, 32, 
234. 

Thou, tu, Note 1. 78. 

Thunder, le tonnerre. It thun- 
ders very much, il fait beaucoup de 
tonnerre, 166. 

Thus or So, ainsi, 288. 

Tot, ton, ta, tes, 79, Obs. B. C. 
231. 

Tien, (le,) la tienne, les tiens, les 
tiennes, thine, 79, 240, 241. 

Till, until, jusque ; till twelve 
o'clock, (till noon,) jusqu'd midi, 
141. Not until, pas avant, takes de 
before the infinitive, 263. 

Tired, (to be,) etre las, lasse, 
373. To get (or to be) tired, s'en- 
nuyer, 323. 

Tirer, to pull, to draw, to shoot, 
to fire, 195. 

To, d, Obs. B. 73. To, (meaning 
in order to,) pour, 67, Obs. A. 311. 

Ton, ta, tes, 79. Obs. B. C. 231. 

Too, trop, 111. Too much, too 
many, trop, 42, Obs. 43 ; too late 



trop tard , too soon, too early, tro\. 
tot ; too large, too great, trop grand , 
too little, trop peu ; too small, troj 
petit, 111. 

Tour a tour, alternately, turn by 
turn, 347. 

Tout, all ; plur. tous. Tout le 
vin, all the wine ; tous les livres, al! 
the books, 147. Tout autant, quit- 
(or just) as much, as many, 52. 

Towards, envers or vers, 218, 337 

Travel, (to.) voyager, 146. Se*- 
Aller. To travel through Europe, 
faire le tour de V Europe, 343. 

Treat (to) or to use somebody 
well, en user Men avcc quelqu y un , 
to use somebody ill, en user mal avec 
quelqu'un, 338. 

Tromper, to deceive, to cheat, 
171. Tromper, (se,) to mistake, to 
be mistaken, 171. 

Trop, too, 111. Trop, too much 
too many, Obs. 42, 111. 

Trust (to) some one, sejier a quel- 
qu'un; to distrust one, se defier de 
quelqu'un, 275. 

Tu, thou ; use of the pronoun of 
address, Note 1. 78. 

Turn (to) a soldier, a merchant, a 
lawyer, se faire soldat, marchand ; 
avocat, 176. To turn to account, (to 
make the best of.) faire valoir, 372. 
To turn some one into ridicule, tour- 
ner quelqxCun en ridicule, 332. Turn, 
(the,) le tour. To take a turn, (a 
walk.) faire un tour, 193. 194, 343. 

U. 

Un, une, a or an, 39, 233. Obs. 
A. 96. Pas un qui or que, not one 
that, requires the next verb in the 
subjunctive, Obs. E. 365. L'un 
V autre, Vune V autre, each other ; 
etes-vous contents Vun de V autre, 
are y r ou pleased with each other 1 
Nous le sommes, we are, 281. 

Under, sous; under it, dessous 
128. 

Understand, (to,) comprendre * ; 
understood, compris, 133. To make 
one's self understood, se faire cum- 
prendre, 317. 



INLEX. 



497 



Up : to get up, (to rise,) se lever, j 
174. To go up, monter, Note 2. 
254. To stand up, etre deboui ; to 
remain up, rester debout, 321. Up 
stairs, en haut, 146. Up to the top, 
jusqu'en haut, 373. 

Upon, sur ; upon it, dessus, 128. 

User, to wear out, 132. En user 
bien avec quelqu'un, to treat or to 
use somebody well ; en user mal 
avec quelqu'un, to use somebody ill, 
338. 



Valgir *, to be worth ; pres. part. 
valant ; past, valu, 151; valoir* 
tnieux, to be better, ibid. ; valoir * 
la peine, to be worth while. Cela 
vaut-il la peine ? Is it worth while? 
218. 

Venir *, to come ; pres. part, ve- 
nant, coming ; past, venu, 64, 88, 
1 27. Followed by the preposition de 
and the infinitive this verb expresses 
an action recently past, Obs. F. 199. 
Venir* en pensee, (a Videe, a V es- 
prit,) to be struck with a thought, 
312. Venir* and oiler * are in 
French followed by the infinitive, 
and the conjunction and is not ren- 
dered, Obs. A. 322. 

Verb: the four conjugations, 55, 
56. Means to distinguish each of 
them, 55. Note 3. 85. Verbs which 
do not require a preposition before 
the infinitive, Obs. A. B. 112, 113. 
Table for the formation of all the 
tenses in the French verbs, 379, § 
seqq. Compound and derivative 
verbs are conjugated like their prim- 
itives, Obs. A. 132. Auxiliary verbs : 
see Avoir *, £tre *. Verbs which 
require etre*, to be, for their aux- 
iliary, Obs. E. 248. The past par- 
ticiple of such verbs must agree in 
gender and number with the nomi- 
native of etre, (HT 249. Objective 
pronouns, i. e. those which are not in 
the nominative, stand in French be- 
fore the verb, and in compound 
tenses before the auxiliary, OCT A. 
118 Active verbs, 122. Neuter 



verbs, 127. Passive verbs, 164. The 
passive participle agrees with the 
nominative in number and gender, 
K? 199. Reflective verbs, 169. In 
French all reflective verbs, without 
exception, take in their compound 
tenses the auxiliary etre *. while in 
English they take to have, 174. In 
reflective verbs the pronoun of the 
object is the same person as that of 
the subject ; each person is there- 
fore conjugated with a double per- 
sonal pronoun, 169. Obs. A. 170. 
Impersonal verbs, 179. Impersonal 
verbs governing the subjunctive, Re- 
mark A. 353. Obs. C. 354. Other 
verbs governing the subjunctive, Re- 
mark B. 354. Obs. D. 355. Obs. E. 
356. Do and am when used to inter- 
rogate for all persons and tenses may 
be rendered by est-ce que. In some 
verbs they. cannot be rendered other- 
wise, Obs. Note 1. 104. Verbs with 
which the negation ne is used with- 
out pas, Obs. B. 325. Position of 
the verb in the sentence, Rule 4. 
405, <§• seqq. 

Vers, envers, towards, 218 ; the 
former is used physically, the latter 
morally, 337. 

Vis-a-vis de, opposite to, 332. 

Vivre *, to live ; pres. part, vi- 
vani ; past, vecu, 166. Fait-il bon 
vivre a Paris ? Is it good living in 
Paris ? Is the living good in Paris ] 
166. 

Voila, there is ; void, here is ; 
voild pourquoi, that is the reason 
why ; voild pourquoi je le dis, there- 
fore I say so, 264, 265. 

Voile, a veil, is masculine ; mean- 
ing a sail, it is feminine, Note 2. 297 
''A pleines voiles, (a ioutes voiles,) 
under full sail, 297. 

Voir *, to see ; pres. part, voyant l 
past, vu, 67, 88, 124. 

Votre, plur. ves, your, 10, 29 
Obs. B. 231. 

V6tre, (le, la,) les votres. yours, 
Obs. A. 15. Obs. A. 241. 

Vouloir *, to be willing, to wish ; 
pres. part, voulant ; past, v:oulu, 59, 
127. 



i^ 



V 



498 



INDEX. 



w 

Wake, (to.) eveiller s'eveiller, 
Obs. B. 217. 

Walk, (to,) marcher, Obs. C 246. 
To take a walk, se promener ; to go 
a walking, alter se promener, 174. 
To walk or travel a league, faire 
une lieus, 246. 

Want, (to,) to be in want of, avoir 
b*soin de, 82. 

Warm, chaud. Is it warm 1 Fait- 
il chaud ? 159. 

Way : expressions about asking 
one's way, 326. 

Welcome, (to be,) etre le bien- 
vcnu, 324. 

W r ELL, Men, 105, Obs. D. 109, 
132, 270. To be well, etre Men por- 
tant, portante ; etre en bonne sante ; 
she is well, elle est Men portante, 
clle se pofte Men, elle est en bonne 
sante, 280. See Bien. 

Wet, (damp,) humide. Is the 
weather damp? Fait-il humide ? 159. 

What? quoi? que? 13. Its de- 
clension, Obs. A. 73. What or the 
thing which. Do you find what you 
are looking for ? Trouvez-vous ce 
que vous cherchez ? 92. What, que, 
before an infinitive is translated by 
que, and if the sentence is negative 
pas is not used. I do not know what 
to do, Je ne sais que faire, Obs. A. 
273. 

Whatever, whatsoever, quclque, 
quel que, quelle que, quelque chose 
que, quoi que, quoi que ce soit, Obs. 
B. 364. Obs. C. D. 365. 

Weather, (the.) le temps. How 
is the weather? What kind of 
weather is it ? Quel temps fait-il, 
159, 160. 

When, quand, lorsque, 193, 308. 

W r HERE ? oil ? 61. Where ? Whi- 
ther ? Wliere to ? oil ? 64. Where 
from? Whence l-d'oii? 152, 203. 
Where did we stop ? Oil en etions- 
nous ? Somewhere or whither, any- 
where or whither, quelque part ; no- 
where, not anywhere, vulle part, 
64. 

Which or What ? Quel ? Quels ? 



Quelle? Quclles? 10,11,29, 234 
Of which, dont, 180, ICT 181 
Which one ? lequel ? plur. lesquels ? 
laquelle ? plur. lesquelles ? 19, 29, 
234. 

Who ? qui ? its declension, 73. 
W T hose? a qui? 73, 109; whose 
dont, (connective pronoun,) 180 
To whom, a qui, aux quels, Obs. 181 

W t hoever, whosoever, qui que e* 
soit, Obs. E. 365. 

Why? pourquoi? 137. 

Wipe, (to,) essuyer,Obs. D. 87,129. 

With, avec, 135. With rendered 
by de,175, 204, 161, 253. With 
rendered by chez, 59, 60. 

Withdraw, (to,) to go away 
from, s' eloigner, (takes de before 
the substantive ;) I go away (with- 
draw) from the fire, Je m'eloigne du 
feu, 209. ' 

Without, sans; without speak- 
ing, sans purler, Obs. 167. 

W 7 ord, (the,) le mot, 123. Worda 
commonly used with the preposition 
de, of, before the infinitive, 56. A 
word composed of a noun and an 
adjective both take the mark of the 
plural, Obs. B. 134. 

W t orth, (to be,) valoir *, 151. 
To be worth while, valoir la peine, 
218. 

Would to God ! Flut d Dieu ! 
Pliit au Ciel ! 366. 

Write, (to,) ecrire * ; written, 
ecrit, 65, 88, 124. 

W t rong, tort. See To Be. 



Y, to it, at it, in it, 64. Y, there, 
thither, (stands always before the 
verb.) Y alter, to go thither ; y etre, 
to be there. Its place with regard 
to the personal pronouns, and en, 
Obs. 64, 81, 74. Y, (ici,) here ; y, 
(la,) there, 81 ; y regarder de pres. 
to be particular, 342. 

Yesterday, hier ; the day before 
yesterday, avant-hier, 119. 

Youu, voire, vos, 10, 29. Oba 
B. 231. 

Yours, le (la) voire, les votres 
Obs. A. 15, Obs. A. 241. 



D. APPLETGN & UO:S PUBLICATIONS. 



Spiers and Surenne's French, and English 
and English and French Pronoun 
cing Dictionary. 

Edited by G. P. QUACKENBOS, A.M. One large volame, 8vo, Q* 
1,816 pages. Neat type and fine paper. 

THE PTJBLISHEKS CLAIM FOE THIS WOEK: 

1. That it is a revision and combination of (Spiers') the best defining 
Bid (Surenne's) the most a'ceurate pronouncing dictionary extant. 

2. That in this work the numerous errors in Spiers' Dictionary have bee? 
carefully and faithfully corrected. 

3. That some three thousand new definitions have been added. 

4. That numerous definitions and constructions are elucidated by gram- 
matical remarks and illustrative clauses and sentences. 

5. That several thousand new phrases and idioms are embodied. 

6. That upward of twelve hundred synonymous terms are explained, oy 
pointing out their distinctive shades of meaning. 

I. That the parts of all the irregular verbs are inserted in alphabetical 
order, so that one reference gives the mood, tense, person, and number. 

8. That some some four thousand new French words, connected with 
science, art, and literature, have been added. 

9. That every French word is accompanied by as exaet a pronunciation 
as can be represented by corresponding English sounds, and vice versd. 

10. That it contains a full vocabulary of the names of persons and 
places, mythological and classical, ancient and modern. 

II. That the arrangement is the most convenient for relerence that can 
dc adopted. 

12. That it is the most complete, accurate, and reliable dictionary o? 
these languages published. 

From. "Washington Ikying. 
u As far as I have had time to examine it, it appears to me that Mr. Quackenbvs, \j 
«Js re rision, corrections, and additions, has rendered the Paris Edition, already so cs 
Jf-ileiit, the most comrlete and valuable lexicon now in print,*' 

From Wm, H. Peescott. 
"la the copiousness of its vocabulary and its definitions, and in the great vartalj 
ti diornatic phrases and synonyines, it far exceeds any ether French an.i Euelui 
Ohtionarv with which I am acnuainted." 



a APPLET ON & CO:S PUBLICATIONS. 

Spiers and Surenne's Frencli and English 
and English and French Pronoun 
cing Dictionary. 

One Volume, 12mo, 973 pages. Standard Abridged Edition. Fksss 
new and large type. 

lie First Part of this well-known and universally popular work contstna : 

^S^prjds tn common use ; 

Terms connected with science ; Terins.belonging to She fine arts ; ,, 

Four thousand historical names ; Four thousand geographical names ; 

Upward of eleven thousand words of recent origin ; 

The pronunciation of every word according to the French Academy and ike uiesl 
•minent lexicographers and grammarians ; also, 

More than seven hundred critical remarks, in which the various methoCs of pro- 
nouncing employed by different authors are investigated and compared. 

The Second Part contains: A copious vocabulary of English words, with theij 
proper pronunciation. The whole is preceded by a critical treatise on French pro- 
nunciation. 

"It embraces all the words in common use, and those in science and the fine prts ; 
historical and georaphical names, etc., with the pronunciation of every word according 
to the French Academy, together with such critical remarks as will be useful to every 
learner. It contains so full a compilation of words, definitions, etc., as scarcely U, 
leave any thing to be desired." — New TorJc Observer. 

Pronouncing French Dictionary 

By GABKIEL SUEENNE, F. A. S. E. 16mo, 556 pages 

POCKET EDITION. 
In the preparation of this new work, due regard has been paid to the introdaciioa 
of such new words and definitions as the progressive changes in the language bars 
pondered necessary; and for this purpose the best and most recent authorities fcfiT 
fc«en carefully consulted. It is therefore confidently anticipated that the volume wi3 
jsfcve not only a useful auxiliary to the student, but also a convenient Pc cket Coza. 
^<snion to the traveller, wherever the French language is spoken. A vocabulary ci 
pcy^r names accompanies the work. 

K M, Surenne is a very promln3nt professor in Edinburgh, and all who use n!a 
fefi.ciu may rely on having before them the purest style of the French tong^le. ,, - 
ijteiatieiti Zntelligenfier 






/fYd 






siX/Ll tf yC^i^t> 



7 



Standard. Wrencla. Works, 




Roenier's Pol j-glot Reader, and Guide for Trans- 
lation. Consisting of a Series of English Extracts, with their 
Translations into French, German, Spanish, and Italian. The 
several parts designed to serve as Mutual Keys. By J. Eoejiee, 
LL.D., Professor of the French Language and Literature in the 
Xew York Free Academy. 5 vols. 12mo. 

Spiers & Snrenne's French and English and Eng- 
lish aud French Pronouncing Dictionary. Edited by G. P. 
Qcackenbos, A.M. One large vol. Svo. 1,316 pages, neat type, 
and fine paper. 

From "Washington Ieving. 
"As far as I have had time to examine it, it appears to me that Mr. 
Qcackenbos, by his revision, corrections, and additions, has rendered 
the Paris Edition, already so excellent, the most complete and valuable 
Lexieon now in print." 

From Wm. H. Peescott. 
"In the copiousness of its vocabulary and its definitions, and in the 
great variety of idiomatic phrases and synonymes, it far exceeds any 
other French and English Dictionary with which I am acquainted." 

From Theodobe Feelinghtttsen. 
"At the least, the pains taken, the learning evinced, and the sub- 
stantial improvements, show that you have contributed to the student 
facilities in the study of the French for which you deserve their pat- 
ronage and thanks." 

From the Professor of French in Loyola College, Baltimore. 
"The number of words embodied, the different meanings attached 
to them, both when isolated and when in phrase, and the happy choice 
of type for the convenience of the scholar, are advantages which will 
be in vain sought for elsewhere." 

Spiers &, Snrenne's French and English and Eng- 
lish and French Pronouncing Dictionary.* Standard School 
Edition. From new and large type. 12mo. 973 pp., 

The First Part of this well-known and universally popular work 
^contains: "Words in common use; terms connected with science; 
terms belonging to the fine arts; four thousand historical names; four 
thousand geographical names ; upwards of eleven thousand words of 
recent origin ; the pronunciation of every word according to the 
French Academy and the most eminent lexicographers and gram- 
marians; also, more than seven hundred critical" remarks, in which 
the various methods of pronouncing employed by different authors are 
investigated and compared. 

The Second Part contains : A copious vocabulary of English words, 
with their proper pronunciation. The whole is preceded by a critical 
treatise on French pronunciation. 



Snrenne's Pronouncing French Dictionary. 

Edition. 16mo. 556 pages, 



Pocket 



^ 



C 281 



- V 



A<% 



*<» • 












■♦" ... 



TVi* .0 







5°«* . 







*** *♦ ' 
















V^V v^V 'V^'V 



3^f 






'^<P 



W • 









■» 




» O 






A^ c ° " - • 






* ^o* .*i 






,. % 



^".JJlf. *Q 







V^ 



t» r\> 






» • a v *^ 






C 7 w »>» 



A/»V:i 



°ol 



" :<j 







<&**+ 

& ^ 








VA 



* 



;• . <T *« 










< 



< 





















"by* 
4"* •^c5^v> ~* /-O 4*"J/* ^b «$> 

y v^v_ v^-V Vv 





WERT 
BOOKBINDING 

Granrville P« 
Ju»yAug«st 1988 

We 'e 0«*"'» Soo^c 










